LTE ENB Command Description SLR2.3 Ver.1.0
Short Description
LTE ENB Command Description SLR2.3 Samsung...
Description
2600-00F3QEGA6 Ver.1.0
LTE eNB
Command Description_SLR2.3
COPYRIGHT This manual is proprietary to SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd. and is protected by copyright. No information contained herein may be copied, translated, transcribed or duplicated for any commercial purposes or disclosed to the third party in any form without the prior written consent of SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
TRADEMARKS Product names mentioned in this manual may be trademarks and/or registered trademarks of their respective companies.
This manual should be read and used as a guideline for properly installing and operating the product. This manual may be changed for the system improvement, standardization and other technical reasons without prior notice. If you need updated manuals or have any questions concerning the contents of the manuals, contact our Document Center at the following address or Web site: Address: Document C enter 3rd F loor J eong-bo-tong-sin-dong. Dong-Suwon P.O. B ox 1 05, 4 16, Maetan-3dong Yeongtong-gu, Suwon-si, Gyeonggi-do, Korea 442-600 Homepage: http://www.samsungdocs.com ©2012 SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
All rights reserved.
LTE eNB Command Description
INTRODUCTION
Purpose This manual provides descriptions on the LTE eNB command.
Document Content and Organization This manual defines each of LTE eNB commands, shows the command format and describes the input/output parameter.
Revision History Version
Date of Issue
Remark
1.0
09. 2012.
First Edition
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
I
INTRODUCTION
This page is intentionally left blank.
II
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
LTE eNB Command Description
TABLE OF CONTENTS
C0062 RETRIEVE BULKCM SESSION STATUS ............................................................................... 1 C0063 RETRIEVE CALL STATE/STATUS ......................................................................................... 2 C0101 CHANGE CELL CONFIGURATION ........................................................................................ 3 C0102 CHANGE SYSTEM CONFIGURATION ................................................................................... 5 C0133 EXPORT AND UPLOAD PART OF CONFIGURATION .......................................................... 7 C0136 RESTORE PLD ........................................................................................................................ 8 C0137 BACKUP PLD .......................................................................................................................... 9 C0138 IMPORT CONFIGURATION FILE ......................................................................................... 11 C0139 EXPORT CONFIGURATION FILE ......................................................................................... 12 C0152 ACTIVATE FIRMWARE BATCH ........................................................................................... 13 C0153 ACTIVATE NE SOFTWARE PACKAGE ............................................................................... 14 C0154 ACTIVATE SOFTWARE UNIT ............................................................................................... 15 C0155 ACTIVATE SOFTWARE BATCH .......................................................................................... 16 C0156 RETRIEVE ALL THE ACTIVE SOFTWARE UNIT ................................................................ 17 C0157 CHANGE ENVIRONMENT DATA ......................................................................................... 19 C0158 DOWNLOAD FIRMWARE UNIT ............................................................................................ 20 C0159 DOWNLOAD FIRMWARE BATCH ........................................................................................ 21 C0160 DOWNLOAD SOFTWARE PACKAGE ................................................................................. 22 C0161 DOWNLOAD SOFTWARE .................................................................................................... 23 C0162 DOWNLOAD SOFTWARE BATCH ....................................................................................... 24 C0163 RETRIEVE ENVIRONMENT DATA ....................................................................................... 25 C0164 RETRIEVE PROCESSOR FIRMWARE LIST ........................................................................ 26 C0165 RETRIEVE PROCESSOR INVENTORY LIST ....................................................................... 28 C0166 UPLOAD INVENTORY .......................................................................................................... 30 C0167 RETRIEVE THE ACTIVE PACKAGE VERSION ................................................................... 31 C0168 DELETE ALL THE PASSIVE PACKAGE VERSION ............................................................ 32 C0169 RESET THE SYSTEM ............................................................................................................ 33 C0170 RESET PROCESSOR UNIT .................................................................................................. 34
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
III
TABLE OF CONTENTS
C0171 RESET SOFTWARE UNIT ..................................................................................................... 35 C0172 RETRIEVE ALL THE SOFTWARE UNIT'S INFORMATION ................................................. 36 C0173 RETRIEVE ALL THE DIRECTORY INFORMATION ............................................................. 38 C0174 RETRIEVE LOADING TIME INFORMATION ........................................................................ 39 C0188 ACTIVATE FIRMWARE ......................................................................................................... 40 C0189 RETRIEVE PSU INVENTORY LIST ...................................................................................... 42 C0193 RESET RRH ........................................................................................................................... 44 C0206 ACTIVATE RRH FIRMWARE ................................................................................................ 45 C0207 ACTIVATE PSU FIRMWARE ................................................................................................ 46 C0220 RETRIEVE RRH INVENTORY LIST ...................................................................................... 47 C0222 RETRIEVE GPS INVENTORY LIST ...................................................................................... 49 C0224 RETRIEVE SFP INVENTORY LIST ....................................................................................... 51 C0246 RESET DSP ........................................................................................................................... 53 C0247 RESET GPS ........................................................................................................................... 54 C0249 RESET SCTP ......................................................................................................................... 55 C0300 RETRIEVE FILE LIST ............................................................................................................ 56 C0350 RESUME MEASUREMENT JOB ........................................................................................... 58 C0351 SUSPEND MEASUREMENT JOB ......................................................................................... 59 C0352 RETRIEVE MEASUREMENT JOB INFORMATION .............................................................. 60 C0353 CHANGE MEASUREMENT JOB DATA ............................................................................... 61 C0356 RETRIEVE PM FILE DATA ................................................................................................... 64 C0357 CHANGE PM FILE DATA ...................................................................................................... 65 C0506 EXECUTE INTERNAL PING TEST ....................................................................................... 66 C0507 EXECUTE EXTERNAL PING TEST ...................................................................................... 67 C0508 MONITOR TEST STATUS ..................................................................................................... 69 C0510 EXECUTE TRACE ROUTE TEST ......................................................................................... 71 C0511 RETRIEVE ONLINE TEST PARAMETER ............................................................................. 72 C0512 RETRIEVE EXTERNAL PING ONLINE TEST INFORMATION ............................................ 74 C0513 RETRIEVE INTERNAL PING ONLINE TEST INFORMATION ............................................. 76 C0515 RETRIEVE EXTERNAL PING ONLINE TEST RESULT ....................................................... 77 C0516 RETRIEVE INTERNAL PING ONLINE TEST RESULT ........................................................ 80 C0517 RETRIEVE TRACE ROUTE ONLINE TEST RESULT .......................................................... 82 C0520 RETRIEVE EXTERNAL PING TEST THRESHOLD DATA ................................................... 84 C0521 CHANGE ONLINE TEST PARAMETER ............................................................................... 85
IV
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
LTE eNB Command Description/Ver.1.0
C0522 CHANGE EXTERNAL PING ONLINE TEST INFORMATION ...............................................88 C0523 CHANGE INTERNAL PING ONLINE TEST INFORMATION ................................................90 C0525 CHANGE EXTERNAL PING TEST THRESHOLD DATA ......................................................91 C0529 RETRIEVE ETHERNET OAM CONFIGURATION .................................................................93 C0530 CHANGE ETHERNET OAM CONFIGURATION ...................................................................95 C0531 EXECUTE ETHERNET LOOPBACK TEST ...........................................................................98 C0534 CREATE ONLINE TEST LIST ................................................................................................99 C0535 DELETE ONLINE TEST LIST ..............................................................................................102 C0536 CHANGE TRACE ROUTE ONLINE TEST INFORMATION ................................................103 C0537 RETRIEVE TRACE ROUTE ONLINE TEST INFORMATION ..............................................105 C0550 START CELL TRAFFIC TRACE ..........................................................................................107 C0551 STOP CELL TRAFFIC TRACE ............................................................................................109 C0552 CHANGE CSL INFORMATION ............................................................................................110 C0553 RETRIEVE TRACE JOB LIST .............................................................................................112 C0554 RETRIEVE CSL INFORMATION .........................................................................................114 C0650 ADD SUBSCRIPTION ..........................................................................................................115 C0651 DELETE SUBSCRIPTION ....................................................................................................117 C0654 RESUME SUBSCRIPTION ..................................................................................................118 C0655 SUSPEND SUBSCRIPTION ................................................................................................119 C0656 RETRIEVE SUBSCRIPTION ................................................................................................120 C0657 EXPORT NOTIFICATION LOG RECORDS .........................................................................122 C0661 CHANGE EMS CONFIGURATION ......................................................................................123 C0662 RETRIEVE EMS CONFIGURATION ....................................................................................124 C0700 RETRIEVE ALARM INHIBITION CONFIGURATION ..........................................................125 C0701 CHANGE ALARM INHIBITION CONFIGURATION .............................................................127 C0704 RETRIEVE ALARM SEVERITY CONFIGURATION ............................................................129 C0705 CHANGE ALARM SEVERITY CONFIGURATION ..............................................................131 C0706 RETRIEVE ALARM THRESHOLD CONFIGURATION .......................................................133 C0707 CHANGE ALARM THRESHOLD CONFIGURATION .........................................................135 C0708 RETRIEVE USER DEFINED ALARM DATA .......................................................................137 C0709 CHANGE USER DEFINED ALARM DATA ..........................................................................138 C0710 RETRIEVE USER DEFINED CONTROL DATA ..................................................................140 C0711 CHANGE USER DEFINED CONTROL DATA .....................................................................141 C0712 RETRIEVE ACTIVE ALARMS .............................................................................................142
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
V
TABLE OF CONTENTS
C0713 RETRIEVE ALARM LOGS .................................................................................................. 144 C0714 RETRIEVE ALARM INFORMATION ................................................................................... 146 C0750 RETRIEVE PROCESSOR STATUS .................................................................................... 147 C0751 RETRIEVE EXTERNAL LINK STATE/STATUS .................................................................. 148 C0752 RETRIEVE CPU UTILIZATION ............................................................................................ 149 C0753 RETRIEVE MEMORY UTILIZATION ................................................................................... 150 C0754 RETRIEVE DISK UTILIZATION ........................................................................................... 151 C0850 RETRIEVE SYSTEM CONFIGURATION ............................................................................ 152 C0851 RETRIEVE SYSTEM PHYSICAL RESOURCE(BOARD,UNIT) CONFIGURATION ........... 154 C0853 RETRIEVE DB VERSION .................................................................................................... 156 C0859 RETRIEVE CELL CONFIGURATION .................................................................................. 157 C0860 RETRIEVE NTP CONFIGURATION .................................................................................... 159 C0861 CHANGE NTP CONFIGURATION ...................................................................................... 160 C1743 CREATE VLAN CONFIGURATION ..................................................................................... 161 C1744 DELETE VLAN CONFIGURATION ..................................................................................... 163 C1745 CHANGE VLAN CONFIGURATION .................................................................................... 164 C1746 RETRIEVE VLAN CONFIGURATION ................................................................................. 165 C1747 CHANGE EXTERNAL LINK CONFIGURATION ................................................................. 166 C1748 RETRIEVE EXTERNAL LINK CONFIGURATION .............................................................. 169 C1749 CREATE LAG CONFIGURATION ....................................................................................... 171 C1750 DELETE LAG CONFIGURATION ....................................................................................... 172 C1751 CHANGE LAG CONFIGURATION ...................................................................................... 173 C1752 RETRIEVE LAG CONFIGURATION .................................................................................... 174 C1905 RETRIEVE IP ADDRESS CONFIGURATION ..................................................................... 175 C1906 CREATE IP ADDRESS CONFIGURATION ........................................................................ 177 C1907 DELETE IP ADDRESS CONFIGURATION ......................................................................... 179 C1908 RETRIEVE IPV6 ADDRESS CONFIGURATION ................................................................. 180 C1909 CREATE IPV6 ADDRESS CONFIGURATION .................................................................... 182 C1910 DELETE IPV6 ADDRESS CONFIGURATION ..................................................................... 184 C1911 RETRIEVE IPV4 ATTRIBUTE PRIORITY CONFIGURATION ............................................ 185 C1912 CHANGE IPV4 ATTRIBUTE PRIORITY CONFIGURATION .............................................. 186 C1913 RETRIEVE IP ROUTE CONFIGURATION .......................................................................... 187 C1914 CREATE IP ROUTE CONFIGURATION ............................................................................. 188 C1915 DELETE IP ROUTE CONFIGURATION .............................................................................. 189
VI
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
LTE eNB Command Description/Ver.1.0
C1916 RETRIEVE IPV6 ROUTE CONFIGURATION ......................................................................190 C1917 CREATE IPV6 ROUTE CONFIGURATION .........................................................................191 C1918 DELETE IPV6 ROUTE CONFIGURATION ..........................................................................192 C1919 CHANGE IP ADDRESS CONFIGURATION ........................................................................193 C1920 CHANGE IPV6 ADDRESS CONFIGURATION ....................................................................195 C1921 RETRIEVE IPV6 ATTRIBUTE PRIORITY CONFIGURATION ............................................198 C1922 CHANGE IPV6 ATTRIBUTE PRIORITY CONFIGURATION ...............................................199 C1946 CHANGE PAT MAP INFORMATION ...................................................................................200 C1970 RETRIEVE ACL RULE .........................................................................................................202 C1971 CREATE ACL RULE ............................................................................................................205 C1972 DELETE ACL RULE .............................................................................................................210 C1973 RETRIEVE ACL CONFIGURATION ....................................................................................211 C1974 CREATE ACL CONFIGURATION .......................................................................................212 C1975 DELETE ACL CONFIGURATION ........................................................................................213 C1976 RETRIEVE QoS CLASS ......................................................................................................214 C1977 CREATE QoS CLASS ..........................................................................................................215 C1978 DELETE QoS CLASS ..........................................................................................................216 C1979 RETRIEVE QoS POLICY .....................................................................................................217 C1980 RETRIEVE SYSTEM IP SELECTION ..................................................................................219 C1981 CHANGE SYSTEM IP SELECTION .....................................................................................220 C1982 RETRIEVE BH QOS CONFIGURATION .............................................................................222 C1983 CREATE BH QOS CONFIGURATION .................................................................................223 C1984 DELETE BH QOS CONFIGURATION .................................................................................224 C1985 RETRIEVE BH RATE CONFIGURATION ............................................................................225 C1986 CREATE BH RATE CONFIGURATION ...............................................................................226 C1987 DELETE BH RATE CONFIGURATION ...............................................................................227 C1990 CREATE QoS POLICY ........................................................................................................228 C1991 DELETE QoS POLICY .........................................................................................................230 C1992 RETRIEVE SYSDSCP INFORMATION ...............................................................................231 C1993 CHANGE SYSDSCP INFORMATION ..................................................................................233 C1996 RETRIEVE PAT CONFIGURATION INFORMATION ..........................................................235 C1997 CHANGE PAT CONFIGURATION INFORMATION ............................................................237 C1998 RETRIEVE PAT MAP INFORMATION ................................................................................239 C2000 CHANGE RIM CONTROL ....................................................................................................240
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
VII
TABLE OF CONTENTS
C2002 RETRIEVE TIMER INFORMATION ..................................................................................... 241 C2004 RETRIEVE EUTRAN CELL CONFIGURATION IDLE ......................................................... 247 C2008 RETRIEVE BLACK LISTED CELL INFORMATION ........................................................... 250 C2009 RETRIEVE CELL ACCESS INFORMATION ....................................................................... 252 C2010 RETRIEVE CELL RESELECT INFORMATION ................................................................... 254 C2011 RETRIEVE CELL SELECT INFORMATION ........................................................................ 256 C2012 RETRIEVE CSG PCI IDLE INFORMATION ........................................................................ 258 C2013 RETRIEVE SIB SCHEDULING INFORMATION ................................................................. 260 C2014 RETRIEVE MOBILITY STATE INFORMATION .................................................................. 265 C2015 RETRIEVE UE TIMER CONSTANTS INFORMATION ........................................................ 266 C2025 RETRIEVE CELL ACCESS IDLE INFORMATION .............................................................. 271 C2027 RETRIEVE SIB SCHEDULING IDLE INFORMATION ........................................................ 272 C2028 RETRIEVE CELL CAC FUNCTION ..................................................................................... 273 C2029 RETRIEVE ENB CAC FUNCTION ....................................................................................... 276 C2030 RETRIEVE QOS CAC PARAMETER FUNCTION .............................................................. 278 C2031 RETRIEVE SON ANR PARAMETERS ................................................................................ 280 C2033 RETRIEVE SRB RLC INFORMATION ................................................................................ 282 C2034 RETRIEVE QCI DSCP MAP INFORMATION ...................................................................... 284 C2035 RETRIEVE DSCP COS MAP INFORMATION .................................................................... 285 C2038 RETRIEVE QCI VALUE INFORMATION ............................................................................. 286 C2039 RETRIEVE LOGICAL CH INFORMATION .......................................................................... 288 C2040 RETRIEVE RLC INFORMATION ......................................................................................... 290 C2041 RETRIEVE PDCP INFORMATION ...................................................................................... 292 C2042 RETRIEVE GTP INFORMATION ......................................................................................... 294 C2043 RETRIEVE PCCH CONFIGURATION ................................................................................. 296 C2044 RETRIEVE PDSCH CONFIGURATION ............................................................................... 297 C2045 RETRIEVE PHICH CONFIGURATION IDLE ....................................................................... 298 C2046 RETRIEVE PRACH CONFIGURATION .............................................................................. 299 C2047 RETRIEVE PUSCH CONFIGURATION ............................................................................... 300 C2048 RETRIEVE RACH CONFIGURATION ................................................................................. 302 C2049 RETRIEVE TIME ALIGNMENT INFORMATION ................................................................. 304 C2050 RETRIEVE SOUNDING RS UPLINK CONFIGURATION ................................................... 305 C2051 RETRIEVE UPLINK POWER CONTROL PARAMETER .................................................... 306 C2052 RETRIEVE BCCH CONFIGURATION ................................................................................. 308
VIII
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
LTE eNB Command Description/Ver.1.0
C2053 RETRIEVE PUSCH CONFIGURATION IDLE ......................................................................309 C2054 RETRIEVE RACH CONFIGURATION IDLE ........................................................................310 C2055 RETRIEVE CQI REPORTING INFORMATION ....................................................................311 C2056 RETRIEVE DEDICATED PHY PUSCH INFORMATION ......................................................313 C2057 RETRIEVE DEDICATED PHY SPS INFORMATION ...........................................................314 C2058 RETRIEVE DEDICATED PHY SR INFORMATION .............................................................316 C2059 RETRIEVE DEDICATED UL PWR CTRL INFORMATION ..................................................317 C2060 RETRIEVE DEDICATED PHY UL SRS INFORMATION .....................................................319 C2061 RETRIEVE DPHY RLF INFORMATION ...............................................................................320 C2062 RETRIEVE DRX INFORMATION .........................................................................................321 C2063 RETRIEVE DL SCHEDULER INFORMATION ....................................................................324 C2064 RETRIEVE UL SCHEDULER INFORMATION ....................................................................325 C2065 RETRIEVE TRANSPORT CH BSR INFORMATION ...........................................................326 C2066 RETRIEVE TRANSPORT CH INFORMATION ....................................................................327 C2067 RETRIEVE EUTRA FA PRIORITY INFORMATION ............................................................329 C2068 RETRIEVE MEASUREMENT INFORMATION ....................................................................334 C2069 RETRIEVE MEASUREMENT GAP INFORMATION ............................................................336 C2070 RETRIEVE UTRA FA PRIORITY INFORMATION ...............................................................337 C2073 RETRIEVE EUTRA A1CRITERIA INFORMATION ..............................................................339 C2074 RETRIEVE EUTRA A2CRITERIA INFORMATION ..............................................................341 C2075 RETRIEVE EUTRA A3CRITERIA INFORMATION ..............................................................343 C2076 RETRIEVE EUTRA A4CRITERIA INFORMATION ..............................................................345 C2077 RETRIEVE EUTRA A5CRITERIA INFORMATION ..............................................................347 C2078 RETRIEVE EUTRA PERIOD CRITERIA INFORMATION ...................................................349 C2079 RETRIEVE UTRAB1 CRITERIA INFORMATION ................................................................351 C2080 RETRIEVE UTRAB2 CRITERIA INFORMATION ................................................................353 C2081 RETRIEVE UTRA PERIOD CRITERIA INFORMATION ......................................................355 C2088 RETRIEVE QUANTITY CONFIG EUTRA ............................................................................357 C2089 RETRIEVE QUANTITY CONFIG UTRA ...............................................................................358 C2095 RETRIEVE UTRA RESELECT INFORMATION ..................................................................359 C2097 RETRIEVE ROHC INFORMATION ......................................................................................361 C2098 RETRIEVE SECURITY INFORMATION ..............................................................................364 C2100 RETRIEVE NEIGHBOR ENB INFORMATION .....................................................................365 C2102 RETRIEVE EXTERNAL UTRAN CELL INFORMATION .....................................................367
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
IX
TABLE OF CONTENTS
C2105 RETRIEVE MME CONFIGURATION ................................................................................... 371 C2106 RETRIEVE SON FUNCTION CELL CONTROL FLAGS ..................................................... 373 C2107 RETRIEVE SON DL ICIC PARAMETERS ........................................................................... 376 C2108 RETRIEVE SON UL ICIC PARAMETERS ........................................................................... 377 C2112 RETRIEVE SON MRO ......................................................................................................... 378 C2113 RETRIEVE CLOCK CONTROL INFORMATION ................................................................. 380 C2114 RETRIEVE QCI BH BW INFORMATION ............................................................................. 381 C2115 RETRIEVE SCTP PARAMETER ......................................................................................... 383 C2116 RETRIEVE SVC GRP BH BW INFORMATION ................................................................... 385 C2117 RETRIEVE SON SELF OPTIMIZATION PARAMETERS .................................................... 387 C2120 CHANGE ENB INFORMATION ........................................................................................... 389 C2121 CHANGE HANDOVER OPTION INFORMATION ............................................................... 391 C2122 CHANGE TIMER INFORMATION ....................................................................................... 393 C2124 CHANGE EUTRAN CELL CONFIGURATION IDLE ........................................................... 403 C2128 CHANGE BLACK LISTED CELL INFORMATION .............................................................. 408 C2129 CHANGE CELL ACCESS INFORMATION ......................................................................... 410 C2130 CHANGE CELL RESELECT INFORMATION ..................................................................... 412 C2131 CHANGE CELL SELECT INFORMATION .......................................................................... 414 C2132 CHANGE CSG PCI IDLE INFORMATION ........................................................................... 417 C2133 CHANGE SIB SCHEDULING INFORMATION .................................................................... 419 C2134 CHANGE MOBILITY STATE INFORMATION ..................................................................... 427 C2135 CHANGE UE TIMER CONSTANTS INFORMATION .......................................................... 429 C2145 CHANGE CELL ACCESS IDLE INFORMATION ................................................................ 436 C2147 CHANGE SIB SCHEDULING IDLE INFORMATION ........................................................... 437 C2148 CHANGE CELL CAC FUNCTION ....................................................................................... 439 C2149 CHANGE ENB FUNCTION .................................................................................................. 444 C2150 CHANGE QOS CAC PARAMETER FUNCTION ................................................................. 446 C2151 CHANGE SON ANR PARAMETERS .................................................................................. 448 C2153 CHANGE SRB RLC INFORMATION ................................................................................... 452 C2154 CHANGE QCI DSCP MAP INFORMATION ........................................................................ 457 C2155 CHANGE DSCP COS MAP INFORMATION ....................................................................... 458 C2158 CHANGE QCI VALUE INFORMATION ............................................................................... 459 C2159 CHANGE LOGICAL CH INFORMATION ............................................................................ 463 C2160 CHANGE RLC INFORMATION ........................................................................................... 466
X
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
LTE eNB Command Description/Ver.1.0
C2161 CHANGE PDCP INFORMATION .........................................................................................474 C2162 CHANGE GTP INFORMATION ............................................................................................476 C2163 CHANGE PCCH CONFIGURATION ....................................................................................478 C2164 CHANGE PDSCH CONFIGURATION .................................................................................479 C2165 CHANGE PHICH CONFIGURATION IDLE ..........................................................................481 C2166 CHANGE PRACH CONFIGURATION .................................................................................482 C2167 CHANGE PUSCH CONFIGURATION .................................................................................484 C2168 CHANGE RACH CONFIGURATION ....................................................................................486 C2169 CHANGE TIME ALIGNMENT INFORMATION ....................................................................491 C2170 CHANGE SOUNDING RS UPLINK CONFIGURATION ......................................................492 C2171 CHANGE UPLINK POWER CONTROL PARAMETER .......................................................493 C2172 CHANGE BCCH CONFIGURATION ....................................................................................496 C2173 CHANGE PUSCH CONFIGURATION IDLE ........................................................................497 C2174 CHANGE RACH CONFIGURATION IDLE ..........................................................................498 C2175 CHANGE CQI REPORTING INFORMATION ......................................................................499 C2176 CHANGE DEDICATED PHY PUSCH INFORMATION ........................................................501 C2177 CHANGE DEDICATED PHY SPS INFORMATION .............................................................502 C2178 CHANGE DEDICATED PHY SR INFORMATION ................................................................506 C2179 CHANGE DEDICATED UL PWR CTRL INFORMATION ....................................................507 C2180 CHANGE DEDICATED PHY UL SRS INFORMATION .......................................................509 C2181 CHANGE DPHY RLF INFORMATION .................................................................................510 C2182 CHANGE DRX INFORMATION ...........................................................................................512 C2183 CHANGE DL SCHEDULER INFORMATION .......................................................................523 C2184 CHANGE UL SCHEDULER INFORMATION .......................................................................525 C2185 CHANGE TRANSPORT CH BSR INFORMATION ..............................................................526 C2186 CHANGE TRANSPORT CH INFORMATION ......................................................................529 C2187 CHANGE EUTRA FA PRIORITY INFORMATION ...............................................................532 C2188 CHANGE MEASUREMENT INFORMATION .......................................................................541 C2189 CHANGE MEASUREMENT GAP INFORMATION ..............................................................543 C2190 CHANGE UTRA FA PRIORITY INFORMATION .................................................................545 C2193 CHANGE EUTRA A1CRITERIA INFORMATION ................................................................548 C2194 CHANGE EUTRA A2CRITERIA INFORMATION ................................................................552 C2195 CHANGE EUTRA A3CRITERIA INFORMATION ................................................................556 C2196 CHANGE EUTRA A4CRITERIA INFORMATION ................................................................560
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
XI
TABLE OF CONTENTS
C2197 CHANGE EUTRA A5CRITERIA INFORMATION ................................................................ 564 C2198 CHANGE EUTRA PERIOD CRITERIA INFORMATION ..................................................... 568 C2199 CHANGE UTRAB1 CRITERIA INFORMATION .................................................................. 571 C2200 CHANGE UTRAB2 CRITERIA INFORMATION .................................................................. 575 C2201 CHANGE UTRA PERIOD CRITERIA INFORMATION ........................................................ 579 C2208 CHANGE QUANTITY CONFIG EUTRA .............................................................................. 582 C2209 CHANGE QUANTITY CONFIG UTRA ................................................................................. 583 C2215 CHANGE UTRA RESELECT INFORMATION .................................................................... 585 C2217 CHANGE ROHC INFORMATION ........................................................................................ 587 C2218 CHANGE SECURITY INFORMATION ................................................................................ 592 C2220 CHANGE NEIGHBOR ENB INFORMATION ....................................................................... 593 C2221 CHANGE EXTERNAL EUTRAN CELL FDD INFORMATION ............................................ 596 C2222 CHANGE EXTERNAL UTRAN CELL INFORMATION ....................................................... 603 C2225 CHANGE MME CONFIGURATION ..................................................................................... 609 C2226 CHANGE SON FUNCTION CELL CONTROL FLAGS ....................................................... 612 C2227 CHANGE SON DL ICIC PARAMETERS ............................................................................. 616 C2228 CHANGE SON UL ICIC PARAMETERS ............................................................................. 617 C2231 CHANGE SON MRO ............................................................................................................ 618 C2232 CHANGE CLOCK CONTROL INFORMATION ................................................................... 621 C2233 CHANGE QCI BH BW INFORMATION ............................................................................... 622 C2234 CHANGE SCTP PARAMETER ............................................................................................ 625 C2235 CHANGE SVC GRP BH BW INFORMATION ..................................................................... 627 C2236 CHANGE SON SELF OPTIMIZATION PARAMETERS ...................................................... 630 C2237 CHANGE SIGNAL DSCP INFORMATION .......................................................................... 632 C2238 CREATE BLACK LISTED CELL INFORMATION ............................................................... 633 C2239 RETRIEVE SIGNAL DSCP INFORMATION ........................................................................ 635 C2244 CREATE NEIGHBOR ENB INFORMATION ....................................................................... 636 C2245 CREATE EXTERNAL EUTRAN CELL FDD INFORMATION ............................................. 639 C2246 CREATE EXTERNAL UTRAN CELL INFORMATION ........................................................ 646 C2249 DELETE BLACK LISTED CELL INFORMATION ............................................................... 652 C2255 DELETE NEIGHBOR ENB INFORMATION ........................................................................ 653 C2256 DELETE EXTERNAL EUTRAN CELL FDD INFORMATION .............................................. 654 C2257 DELETE EXTERNAL UTRAN CELL INFORMATION ......................................................... 655 C2260 RETRIEVE SON FUNCTION ENB CONTROL FLAGS ....................................................... 656
XII
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
LTE eNB Command Description/Ver.1.0
C2261 CHANGE SON FUNCTION ENB CONTROL FLAGS .........................................................657 C2266 RETRIEVE SON RO .............................................................................................................659 C2267 CHANGE SON RO ...............................................................................................................662 C2272 RETRIEVE HYBRID PCI RANGE INFORMATION ..............................................................669 C2273 CHANGE HYBRID PCI RANGE INFORMATION ................................................................671 C2274 RETRIEVE OPEN PCI RANGE INFORMATION .................................................................673 C2275 CHANGE OPEN PCI RANGE INFORMATION ....................................................................675 C2276 RETRIEVE POSITIONING CONFIGURATION ....................................................................677 C2277 CHANGE POSITIONING CONFIGURATION ......................................................................679 C2292 RETRIEVE SRS NEIGHBOR CELL CONFIGURATION .....................................................682 C2303 RETRIEVE EXTERNAL EUTRAN CELL FDD INFORMATION ...........................................683 C2304 RETRIEVE SYSTEM UE COUNT ........................................................................................687 C2305 RETRIEVE HANDOVER OPTION INFORMATION .............................................................688 C2306 RETRIEVE CELL UE COUNT ..............................................................................................690 C2307 CHANGE SRS INFORMATION ............................................................................................692 C2308 RETRIEVE SRS INFORMATION .........................................................................................693 C2309 RETRIEVE INTERWORK PARAMETER .............................................................................694 C2310 RETRIEVE SON LB INFORMATION ...................................................................................695 C2311 CHANGE SON LB INFORMATION .....................................................................................698 C2312 RETRIEVE SCHEDULER SERVER CONFIGURATION ....................................................702 C2313 CHANGE SCHEDULER SERVER CONFIGURATION .......................................................703 C2314 RETRIEVE SON SRS PARAMETERS ................................................................................704 C2315 CHANGE SON SRS PARAMETERS ..................................................................................705 C2316 RETRIEVE SMARTCELL AND SCHEDULER INTERWORKING CONFIGURATION ........707 C2317 CHANGE SMARTCELL AND SCHEDULER INTERWORKING CONFIGURATION ..........709 C2320 RETRIEVE IDLE MODE LB INFORMATION .......................................................................711 C2321 CHANGE IDLE MODE LB INFORMATION .........................................................................712 C2331 CHANGE INTERWORK PARAMETER ...............................................................................713 C2333 RETRIEVE EUTRAN CELL INFORMATION .......................................................................714 C2334 CHANGE EUTRAN CELL INFORMATION ..........................................................................718 C2335 RETRIEVE EMERGENCY AREA ID ....................................................................................724 C2336 CHANGE EMERGENCY AREA ID ......................................................................................727 C2338 CHANGE UTRA CARRIER SIB INFORMATION .................................................................731 C2339 RETRIEVE UTRA CARRIER SIB INFORMATION ..............................................................734
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
XIII
TABLE OF CONTENTS
C2343 RETRIEVE INTERWORKING OPTION ............................................................................... 736 C2344 CHANGE INTERWORKING OPTION .................................................................................. 738 C2370 CHANGE UTRA FA PRIORITY INFORMATION ................................................................. 740 C2371 RETRIEVE UTRA FA PRIORITY INFORMATION .............................................................. 741 C2372 RETRIEVE UTRA SIB5 TEMPLATE1 ................................................................................. 742 C2373 CHANGE UTRA SIB5 TEMPLATE1 .................................................................................... 747 C2374 RETRIEVE EUTRA FA PRIORITY INFORMATION ............................................................ 757 C2375 CHANGE EUTRA FA PRIORITY INFORMATION .............................................................. 758 C2376 RETRIEVE RIM CONTROL ................................................................................................. 759 C2377 RETRIEVE UTRAN MIB ...................................................................................................... 760 C2378 CHANGE UTRAN MIB ......................................................................................................... 763 C2379 RETRIEVE UTRA SIB1 ........................................................................................................ 768 C2380 CHANGE UTRA SIB1 .......................................................................................................... 770 C2381 RETRIEVE UTRA SIB3 ........................................................................................................ 774 C2382 CHANGE UTRA SIB3 .......................................................................................................... 777 C2383 RETRIEVE UTRAN SIB7 ..................................................................................................... 783 C2384 CHANGE UTRAN SIB7 ....................................................................................................... 784 C2385 RETRIEVE UTRAN SIB11 ................................................................................................... 785 C2386 CHANGE UTRAN SIB11 ..................................................................................................... 786 C2387 RETRIEVE UTRA SIB RELATION ...................................................................................... 788 C2388 CHANGE UTRA SIB RELATION ......................................................................................... 789 C2389 CHANGE UTRA SIB5 TEMPLATE 2 ................................................................................... 791 C2390 RETRIEVE UTRAN SIB RESERVED .................................................................................. 800 C2391 CHANGE UTRAN SIB RESERVED ..................................................................................... 802 C2394 RETRIEVE UTRA SIB5 TEMPLATE 2 ................................................................................ 805 C2400 RETRIEVE DIAG CALL CONFIGURATION ........................................................................ 809 C2401 CHANGE DIAG CALL CONFIGURATION ......................................................................... 811 C2409 RETRIEVE FEMTO MOBILITY CONFIGURATION ........................................................... 813 C2410 CHANGE FEMTO MOBILITY CONFIGURATION ............................................................... 814 C2412 CHANGE SRS NEIGHBOR CELL CONFIGURATION ....................................................... 816 C2432 RETRIEVE PUCCH CONFIGURATION ............................................................................. 818 C2433 CHANGE PUCCH CONFIGURATION ................................................................................. 819 C2435 RETRIEVE UL RESOURCE CONFIGURATION ................................................................. 820 C2436 CHANGE UL RESOURCE CONFIGURATION ................................................................... 821
XIV
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
LTE eNB Command Description/Ver.1.0
C2477 RETRIEVE CELL THROUGHPUT .......................................................................................822 C2480 CHANGE ACCESS BARRING PARAMETERS ..................................................................823 C2481 RETRIEVE ACCESS BARRING PARAMETERS ................................................................834 C2484 RETRIEVE QOS CAC QCI PARAMETER FUNCTION .......................................................840 C2485 CHANGE QOS CAC QCI PARAMETER FUNCTION ..........................................................842 C2495 RETRIEVE CHANNELCARD UE COUNT ...........................................................................845 C2499 RETRIEVE ENB INFORMATION .........................................................................................846 C2516 RETRIEVE RRH CONFIGURATION ....................................................................................848 C2517 CHANGE RRH CONFIGURATION ......................................................................................852 C2518 RETRIEVE DURU PORT CONFIGURATION ......................................................................857 C2530 RETRIEVE SYSTEM STATE/STATUS ................................................................................858 C2531 RETRIEVE CELL STATE/STATUS .....................................................................................859 C2533 RETRIEVE CELL DATA .......................................................................................................861 C2608 RETRIEVE REMOTE DEVICE USER DEFINED ALARM DATA .........................................862 C2609 CHANGE REMOTE DEVICE USER DEFINED ALARM DATA ...........................................863 C2614 RETRIEVE REMOTE DEVICE ALARM INHIBITION CONFIGURATION ............................865 C2615 CHANGE REMOTE DEVICE ALARM INHIBITION CONFIGURATION .............................868 C2632 RETRIEVE RRH STATUS ....................................................................................................870 C2635 RETRIEVE GPSR STATUS .................................................................................................872 C2637 RETRIEVE S1 STATUS .......................................................................................................874 C2639 RETRIEVE PRB USAGE ......................................................................................................876 C2644 RETRIEVE PSU STATUS ....................................................................................................877 C2647 RETRIEVE X2 STATUS .......................................................................................................879 C2803 RETRIEVE CELL COMMON CHANNEL STATE ................................................................880 C2808 RETRIEVE TX POWER ONLINE TEST RESULT ................................................................882 C2809 TERMINATE ONGOING TEST ............................................................................................884 C2811 EXECUTE BER TEST ..........................................................................................................885 C2814 EXECUTE LOOPBACK TEST .............................................................................................887 C2815 EXECUTE MODEL TEST .....................................................................................................889 C2816 EXECUTE OCNS TEST .......................................................................................................891 C2817 EXECUTE OPTIC DATA TEST ............................................................................................892 C2818 MEASURE THE CELL TRANSMITTED POWER ................................................................893 C2819 MEASURE THE ANTENNA VSWR .....................................................................................895 C2821 CHANGE TX POWER ONLINE TEST INFORMATION .......................................................897
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
XV
TABLE OF CONTENTS
C2822 RETRIEVE TX POWER ONLINE TEST INFORMATION .................................................... 899 C2862 CHANGE SON ANR FUNCTION SCHEDULES .................................................................. 900 C2863 RETRIEVE SON ANR FUNCTION SCHEDULES ............................................................... 902
XVI
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
LTE eNB Command Description
Command Description
C0062 RETRIEVE BULKCM SESSION STATUS Command Format RTRV-BKCM-SESS;
Command Description Retrieves the last execution result in the Bulk CM session. The user can retrieve the session ID, session execution state and detailed execution session state. TIMEOUT
30
Input Parameter Description No input parameter.
Output Parameter Description ID
The Bulk CM session ID.
STATE
The state of the last executed Bulk CM (uploadCompleted, downloadCompleted, activationCompleted).
STATE_DETAIL
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
The detailed state of the last executed BulkCM.
1
Command Description
C0063 RETRIEVE CALL STATE/STATUS Command Format RTRV-CALL-STS: CELL_NUM, [QCI];
Command Description Retrieves E-RAB (E-Utran Radio Access Bearer) by QCI [QoS (Quality of Service) Class Identifier] of the calls in a cell. The command displays the cumulative E-RAB count for 256 QCIs per cell. TIMEOUT
10
Input Parameter Description Parameter
Description
Range
Unit
Default
CELL_NUM
The cell number. This value must not exceed the maximum number of cells supported by the system. It is determined by FA/Sector. For example, if the maximum capacity provided to the carrier per system is 1 FA/3 Sector, up to 3 cells are supported.
0~8
NONE
0
QCI
QCI index. The range is from 0 to 255. The standard QCIs defined in the standard documents is 1 to 9. The user can use QCI values 0 and 10-255.
0 ~ 255
NONE
0
Output Parameter Description CELL_NUM
The cell number. This value must not exceed the maximum number of cells supported by the system. It is determined by FA/Sector. For example, if the maximum capacity provided to the carrier per system is 1 FA/3 Sector, up to 3 cells are supported.
QCI
QCI index. The range is from 0 to 255. The standard QCIs defined in the standard documents is 1 to 9. The user can use QCI values 0 and 10-255.
DRB_CNT
The number of E-RABs (E-Utran Radio Access Bearers) set per QCI.
2
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
LTE eNB Command Description/Ver.1.0
C0101 CHANGE CELL CONFIGURATION Command Format CHG-CELL-CONF: CELL_NUM, [ADMINISTRATIVE_STATE];
Command Description Changes the cell ADMINISTRATIVE_STATE parameter. The user can enter CELL_NUM to select the cell to be changed. The user can control the cell’s service by changing the ADMINISTRATIVE_STATE parameter of the cell to locked, unlocked or shuttingDown. When a cell is set to locked, the cell terminates the current call and stops servicing calls. When a cell is set to unlocked, the cell starts call services. When a cell is set to shuttingDown, the cell stops receiving further call service requests. When the current call process is complete, the cell enters the unlocked state and does not service any calls. TIMEOUT
10
Input Parameter Description Parameter CELL_NUM
Description The cell number. This value must not exceed the maximum number of cells supported by the system. It is determined by FA/Sector. For example, if the maximum capacity provided to the carrier per system is 1 FA/3 Sector, up to 3 cells are supported.
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
Range 0~8
Unit NONE
Default 0
3
Command Description
Parameter
Description
Range
ADMINISTRATI VE_STATE
The administrative state of the cell configured by the user. The initial value is locked when growing the system. This can be changed later by the user. - locked: A transitional state in the cell grow/degrow process. In this state, resources are grown in the PLD but no call services are offered. The user can delete resources or change them to the unlocked state so that a call service can be offered. - unlocked: The cell growth is complete. The grown resources are available in the PLD to offer a call service. - shuttingDown: A transitional state in the cell degrowth process. In this state, the grown resources in the PLD continue to offer the call service of the previous unlocked state but does not offer any new call services. When the current call service is complete, the resources automatically change to the locked state.
Unit
locked/unlocked/shuttingDown/
NONE
Default locked
Output Parameter Description CELL_NUM
The cell number. This value must not exceed the maximum number of cells supported by the system. It is determined by FA/Sector. For example, if the maximum capacity provided to the carrier per system is 1 FA/3 Sector, up to 3 cells are supported.
ADMINISTRATIVE_STATE
The administrative state of the cell configured by the user. The initial value is locked when growing the system. This can be changed later by the user. -
locked: A transitional state in the cell grow/degrow process.
In this state, resources are grown in the PLD but no call services are offered. The user can delete resources or change them to the unlocked state so that a call service can be offered. -
unlocked: The cell growth is complete. The grown resources
are available in the PLD to offer a call service. -
shuttingDown: A transitional state in the cell degrowth pro-
cess. In this state, the grown resources in the PLD continue to offer the call service of the previous unlocked state but does not offer any new call services. When the current call service is complete, the resources automatically change to the locked state.
4
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
LTE eNB Command Description/Ver.1.0
C0102 CHANGE SYSTEM CONFIGURATION Command Format CHG-SYS-CONF: [ADMINISTRATIVE_STATE];
Command Description Changes the system ADMINISTRATIVE_STATE parameter. The user can control the system’s service by changing the ADMINISTRATIVE_STATE parameter of the system to locked, unlocked or shuttingDown. When a system is set to locked, the system terminates the current call and stops servicing calls. When a system is set to unlocked, the system starts call services. When a system is set to shuttingDown, the system stops receiving further call service requests. When the current call process is complete, the system enters the unlocked state and does not service any calls. TIMEOUT
10
Input Parameter Description Parameter
Description
Range
ADMINISTRATI VE_STATE
The administrative state of the system configured by the user. - locked: A transitional state in the system grow/degrow process. In this state, resources are grown in the PLD but no call services are offered. The user can delete resources or change them to the unlocked state so that a call service can be offered. - unlocked: The system resource growth is complete. The grown resources are available in the PLD to offer a call service. - shuttingDown: A transitional state in the system resource degrowth process. In this state, resources are grown in the PLD and continue to offer the call service of the previous unlocked state but no call services are offered. When the current call service is complete, the resources automatically change to the locked state.
locked/unlocked/shuttingDown/
Unit NONE
Default locked
Output Parameter Description ADMINISTRATIVE_STATE
The administrative state of the system configured by the user. -
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
locked: A transitional state in the system grow/degrow pro-
5
Command Description
cess. In this state, resources are grown in the PLD but no call services are offered. The user can delete resources or change them to the unlocked state so that a call service can be offered. -
unlocked: The system resource growth is complete. The
grown resources are available in the PLD to offer a call service. -
shuttingDown: A transitional state in the system resource
degrowth process. In this state, resources are grown in the PLD and continue to offer the call service of the previous unlocked state but no call services are offered. When the current call service is complete, the resources automatically change to the locked state.
6
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
LTE eNB Command Description/Ver.1.0
C0133 EXPORT AND UPLOAD PART OF CONFIGURATION Command Format UPLD-CONF-FILE: [DATA_FILE_REF], [MO_XPATH];
Command Description Uploads the data stored in the System system database to the EMS in XML format. The user must enter the path of the EMS data file in the DATA_FILE_REFERENCE parameter. To upload only part of the data, the data name must be specified in the MO_XPATH parameter. If this parameter is not specified, the entire data in the System database is included in the XML file for uploading. When the System system receives this command, it sends a response to the EMS immediately. When the upload is complete, a separate notification is sent to the EMS. When the upload is successfully complete, the user can see the XML data file in the specified EMS directory. TIMEOUT
10
Input Parameter Description Parameter
Description
Range
Unit
Default
DATA_FILE_RE F
The path of the configuration data file to be uploaded in the EMS. For example, if the user enters /log/conf/{neTYPE}/123/datafile.xml, the file named datafile.xml will be uploaded to the /log/conf/{neTYPE}/123 directory.
256
NONE
-
MO_XPATH
The name of the data to be uploaded from the System system database. For example, if the user enters ManagedElement, the ManagedElement (the basic NE information) data in the system is stored as the file specified in the DATA_FILE_REF parameter.
256
NONE
*
Output Parameter Description No output parameter.
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
7
Command Description
C0136 RESTORE PLD Command Format RST-PLD: PLD_BACKUP_FILE_REF, [INVOCATION_ID];
Command Description Restores the database by applying the backup database stored in the EMS to the System. In the PLD_BACKUP_FILE_REF parameter, the user must enter the file name and location where the backup database is to be stored in the EMS. If it is not entered, an error occurs. The user can give any value to the INVOCATION_ID parameter. This value is included in the result notification after the command execution. If the same command is executed by more than one user, this is useful for identifying the users who executed the command. When the System system receives this command, it sends a response to the EMS immediately. When the restore is complete, a separate notification is sent to the EMS. The backup database is a tar of the binary data files constituting the database compressed in the GZIP format. Note that a system error may occur if the user specify a file other than the backup database. TIMEOUT
10
Input Parameter Description Parameter
Description
Range
Unit
Default
PLD_BACKUP_ FILE_REF
The location of the backup PLD file in the EMS, which will be restored to the System. For example, if the user enter /log/bak/pld/ {neTYPE}/123/{neTYPE}123.20110319173100.backup.db.tar.gz, the NE system database is restored using the file named {neTYPE}123.20110319173100.backup.db.tar.gz in the /log/bak/ pld/{neTYPE}/123 directory of the EMS.
128
NONE
-
INVOCATION_I D
The invocation ID used during PLD restore and when returning the result. For example, if the user enter 1234 for the invocation ID, 1234 is displayed in the invocation item of the PLD restore notification sent to the EMS.
0 ~ NONE
NONE
NONE
Output Parameter Description No output parameter.
8
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
LTE eNB Command Description/Ver.1.0
C0137 BACKUP PLD Command Format BKUP-PLD: [PLD_BACKUP_FILE_REF], [INVOCATION_ID];
Command Description Backs up the System database to the EMS. In the PLD_BACKUP_FILE_REF parameter, the user must enter the file name and location where the backup database is to be stored in the EMS. If nothing is entered, the default directory and file name are specified automatically as follows: - Directory: /log/bak/pld/{neTYPE}/{neID}. - File name: {neTYPE}{neID}.yyyymmdd-hhMMss.backup.db.tar.gz. - File information: yyyy: Year, mm: Month, dd: Day, hh: Hour, MM: Minute, ss: Second. The user can give any value to the INVOCATION_ID parameter. This value is included in the result notification after the command execution. If the same command is executed by more than one user, this is useful for identifying the users who executed the command. When the System system receives this command, it sends a response to the EMS immediately. When the backup is complete, a separate notification is sent to the EMS. The backup database is a tar of the binary data files constituting the database compressed in the GZIP format. TIMEOUT
10
Input Parameter Description Parameter
Description
PLD_BACKUP_ FILE_REF
The location in EMS where the PLD file of the System will be backed up. For example, if the user enter /log/bak/pld/{neTYPE}/123/ {neTYPE}123.20110319173100.backup.db.tar.gz, the NE system database is backed up using the file named {neTYPE}123.20110319173100.backup.db.tar.gz in the /log/bak/ pld/{neTYPE}/123 directory of the EMS.
128
NONE
-
INVOCATION_I D
The invocation ID used during PLD backup and when returning the result. For example, if the user enter 1234 for the invocation ID, 1234 is displayed in the invocation item of the PLD backup notification sent to the EMS.
0 ~ NONE
NONE
NONE
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
Range
Unit
Default
9
Command Description
Output Parameter Description No output parameter.
10
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
LTE eNB Command Description/Ver.1.0
C0138 IMPORT CONFIGURATION FILE Command Format IMPT-CONF-FILE: PLD_IMPORT_FILE_REF, [INVOCATION_ID];
Command Description Import EMS XML PLD file to the System. TIMEOUT
10
Input Parameter Description Parameter
Description
Range
Unit
Default
PLD_IMPORT_ FILE_REF
It specify the EMS PLD Xml file path to apply for System. The file path must include a full directory path and a file name. For example, if the user enters /log/conf/ {neTYPE}/123/datafile.xml, the file named datafile.xml in the directory /log/conf/ {neTYPE}/123 will be applied to the system.
128
NONE
-
INVOCATION_I D
It used to identify the command result of Import PLD Xml file.
0 ~ NONE
NONE
NONE
Output Parameter Description No output parameter.
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
11
Command Description
C0139 EXPORT CONFIGURATION FILE Command Format EXPT-CONF-FILE: [PLD_EXPORT_FILE_REF], [INVOCATION_ID];
Command Description Export Xml file of System PLD to the EMS storage TIMEOUT
10
Input Parameter Description Parameter
Description
Range
Unit
Default
PLD_EXPORT_ FILE_REF
It specify the file path to store the System Exported PLD Xml file. The file path must include a full directory path and a file name. For example, if the user enters /log/conf/ {neTYPE}/123/datafile.xml, the file named datafile.xml will be uploaded to the /log/ conf/{neTYPE}/123 directory.
128
NONE
-
INVOCATION_I D
It carries PLD backup invocation ID from IRP Manager. InvocationId shall reusing when issuing notification after PLD backup
0 ~ NONE
NONE
NONE
Output Parameter Description No output parameter.
12
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
LTE eNB Command Description/Ver.1.0
C0152 ACTIVATE FIRMWARE BATCH Command Format UDT-FW-BAT: BATCH_FILE, [APPLY_ACTION], [INVOCATION_ID];
Command Description Applies the firmware in a batch format. If this command is executed, the NE downloads the batch file specified by the parameter and starts applying the firmware files included in the batch file. Devices are applied directly to the main board while firmware files are applied to the sub boards in parallel. After applying the firmware, the user must reset the target unit to run the applied firmware. Before executing this command, the DNLD-FW(-BAT) command must be executed in advance and all the specified firmware files must be downloaded to the NE. TIMEOUT
10
Input Parameter Description Parameter
Description
Range
Unit
Default
BATCH_FILE
The batch file name. It must be the full name of the file including the directory name and the actual file name.
256
NONE
-
APPLY_ACTIO N
An action to be taken after applying the firmware. The unit must be reset after applying the firmware. The user can choose to apply the firmware without reset in order to avoid frequent resets. - NONE: The firmware is applied without reset. - REBOOT: The firmware is applied and the target unit is reset subsequently.
NONE/REBOOT/
NONE
NONE
INVOCATION_I D
The command execution result ID assigned when executing the command. It is recorded in the result notification after the command execution and used when receiving and processing the command execution result notification in the GUI.
0 ~ NONE
NONE
0
Output Parameter Description No output parameter.
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
13
Command Description
C0153 ACTIVATE NE SOFTWARE PACKAGE Command Format UDT-PKG: PACKAGE_VERSION, RELEASE_VERSION, ACTIVATION_MODE, [INVOCATION_ID];
Command Description Applies a package to the NE. The package can be applied in two methods. The first is the online upgrade method. This upgrade method does not restart the entire system but only restarts the software components when upgrading them. The advantage is the short activation time, but this method cannot be used when there are changes to the operating system or the firmware. The second method is upgrade by rebooting. This upgrade method reboots the entire system. The disadvantage is the long activation time, but this method guarantees stable upgrading. Before executing this command, the DNLD-PKG command must be executed at least once and two or more versions of the package must be available in the NE. TIMEOUT
10
Input Parameter Description Parameter
Description
Range
Unit
Default
PACKAGE_VE RSION
The package version to be used for upgrading the package.
128
NONE
-
RELEASE_VE RSION
The release version to be used for upgrading the package
128
NONE
-
ACTIVATION_ MODE
The package activation mode. The user can finish the package activation by rebooting the system or restarting the software units while the operating system is running. - REBOOT: The package is activated by rebooting the system. - AP_RESET: The package is activated by resetting the application software.
REBOOT/AP_RESET/
NONE
REBOO T
INVOCATION_I D
The command execution result ID assigned when executing the command. It is recorded in the result notification after the command execution and used when receiving and processing the command execution result notification in the GUI.
0 ~ NONE
NONE
0
Output Parameter Description No output parameter.
14
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
LTE eNB Command Description/Ver.1.0
C0154 ACTIVATE SOFTWARE UNIT Command Format UDT-SW: SW_UNIT_NAME, [INVOCATION_ID];
Command Description Applies the software unit to NE. The software unit can be applied in two methods. The first method is to apply the software unit to data files. This usually involves applying files stored in the storage, for example configuration files. When the command is executed for these files, the new files replace the old files. The data files are then applied after the NE restarts. The second method involves applying the software unit running in demon. This replaces the runnable software units with new software unit and restarts it. Before executing this command, the DNLDSW(-BAT) command must be executed in advance. TIMEOUT
10
Input Parameter Description Parameter
Description
Range
Unit
Default
SW_UNIT_NA ME
The name of the software unit to be applied. It must be the full name of the actual file name.
128
NONE
-
INVOCATION_I D
The command execution result ID assigned when executing the command. It is recorded in the result notification after the command execution and used when receiving and processing the command execution result notification in the GUI.
0 ~ NONE
NONE
0
Output Parameter Description No output parameter.
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
15
Command Description
C0155 ACTIVATE SOFTWARE BATCH Command Format UDT-SW-BAT: BATCH_FILE, [INVOCATION_ID];
Command Description Applies the software unit in batch format. If this command is executed, the NE downloads the batch file specified by the parameter and starts applying the software unit included in the batch file. The software unit running on the main board is updated on the main board and the software unit running on the sub board is updated on the sub board. The software unit running both on the main board and on the sub board is updated on the both boards simultaneously. Before executing this command, the DNLD-SW(-BAT) command must be executed in advance and the specified software unit must be downloaded to the NE. TIMEOUT
10
Input Parameter Description Parameter
Description
Range
Unit
Default
BATCH_FILE
The batch file name. It must be the full name of the file including the directory name and the actual file name.
256
NONE
-
INVOCATION_I D
The command execution result ID assigned when executing the command. It is recorded in the result notification after the command execution and used when receiving and processing the command execution result notification in the GUI.
0 ~ NONE
NONE
0
Output Parameter Description No output parameter.
16
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
LTE eNB Command Description/Ver.1.0
C0156 RETRIEVE ALL THE ACTIVE SOFTWARE UNIT Command Format RTRV-ACT-SW: [PRC_UNIT_TYPE], [PRC_UNIT_ID];
Command Description Retrieves the currently activated software unit. The software units included in the software list are either data units or active units. The data units are stored in the disk for reference by active software units and the active units run as demons on the eNB. This command can be used for retrieving the status of the software units running as demons. TIMEOUT
20
Input Parameter Description Parameter
Description
Range
Unit
Default
PRC_UNIT_TY PE
The processor unit type to be retrieved. If no type is entered, all units are selected. - UMP: The main processor of the system. - ECP: The channel card processor for call processing.
UMP/ECP/
NONE
UMP
PRC_UNIT_ID
The ID of the processor unit to be retrieved. If no ID is entered, all unit IDs are selected. - 0 if the processor unit type selected is UMP. - 0 to 2 if the processor unit type selected is ECP.
0~2
NONE
0
Output Parameter Description PRC_UNIT_TYPE
The type of the processor unit where the active software unit is running.
PRC_UNIT_ID
-
UMP: The main processor of the eNB.
-
ECP: The channel card processor of the eNB.
The ID of the processor unit where the active software unit is running.
ID
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
The list ID of the active software unit running on the retrieved
17
Command Description
processor unit. (The list order is the same as the order of the active software unit in the software list.) NAME
The name of the disk where the active software unit is stored.
SIZE
The file size of the software unit existing as a file. (The file can be validated by the size value.)
CHKSUM
The checksum value of the software unit existing as a file (the file can be validated by the chksum value).
VERSION
The package version of the software unit existing as a file. (The file is validated by the version value.)
RELVER
The release version of the software unit existing as a file. (The file can be validated by the relver value.)
ACTIVATION_TIME
The activation time of the active software unit.
STATUS
The current state of the active software unit. -
DEACT: The software unit is deactivated.
-
ACT: The software unit is activated.
-
DISABLED: The software unit is inhibited from reactivation
because it was deactivated 10 times or more for 3 minutes. DEACT_COUNT
18
The deactivation count of the active software unit.
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
LTE eNB Command Description/Ver.1.0
C0157 CHANGE ENVIRONMENT DATA Command Format CHG-ENV-INF: ENV_NAME, [ENV_VALUE];
Command Description Changes environment variables of the NE. If only envName is specified, the selected envName is deleted from the environment variables. If both envName and envValue are specified, the specified environment information is recorded in the flash memory. TIMEOUT
10
Input Parameter Description Parameter
Description
Range
Unit
Default
ENV_NAME
The name of the environment variable.
128
NONE
-
ENV_VALUE
The value of the environment variable. If the variable value is not entered, the specified environment variable is deleted from the flash memory.
128
NONE
-
Output Parameter Description No output parameter.
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
19
Command Description
C0158 DOWNLOAD FIRMWARE UNIT Command Format DNLD-FW: FW_UNIT_NAME, [INVOCATION_ID];
Command Description Downloads the firmware file to the NE. Firmwares such as Booter, Kernel, RFS, RFS_RAW, RU/RRH, IF-FPGA, post, EPLD, and GPS can be downloaded to the NE as well as to various devices included in the NE. TIMEOUT
10
Input Parameter Description Parameter
Description
Range
Unit
Default
FW_UNIT_NA ME
The name of the firmware unit to be applied. It must be the full name of the file including the directory name and the actual file name.
128
NONE
-
INVOCATION_I D
The command execution result ID assigned when executing the command. It is recorded in the result notification after the command execution and used when receiving and processing the command execution result notification in the GUI.
0 ~ NONE
NONE
0
Output Parameter Description No output parameter.
20
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
LTE eNB Command Description/Ver.1.0
C0159 DOWNLOAD FIRMWARE BATCH Command Format DNLD-FW-BAT: BATCH_FILE, [INVOCATION_ID];
Command Description Downloads the firmware recorded in the batch file on the main board of the NE. This command downloads firmware files to the NE. Firmwares such as Booter, Kernel, RFS, RFS_RAW, RU/ RRH, IF-FPGA, post, EPLD, and GPS can be downloaded to the NE as well as to various devices included in the NE. TIMEOUT
10
Input Parameter Description Parameter
Description
Range
Unit
Default
BATCH_FILE
The batch file name. It must be the full name of the file including the directory name and the actual file name.
128
NONE
-
INVOCATION_I D
The command execution result ID assigned when executing the command. It is recorded in the result notification after the command execution and used when receiving and processing the command execution result notification in the GUI.
0 ~ NONE
NONE
0
Output Parameter Description No output parameter.
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
21
Command Description
C0160 DOWNLOAD SOFTWARE PACKAGE Command Format DNLD-PKG: PACKAGE_VERSION, RELEASE_VERSION, [INVOCATION_ID];
Command Description Downloads the package. The user must enter the package version and release version to download the package. When the software units of the new package are downloaded, the database managed by the NE is automatically migrated into the new package's database. This procedure ensures that the configuration information in the older version of the NE is maintained in the new package. TIMEOUT
10
Input Parameter Description Parameter
Description
Range
Unit
Default
PACKAGE_VE RSION
The new package version to be downloaded to the NE.
128
NONE
-
RELEASE_VE RSION
The new release version to be downloaded to the NE.
128
NONE
-
INVOCATION_I D
The command execution result ID assigned when executing the command. It is recorded in the result notification after the command execution and used when receiving and processing the command execution result notification in the GUI.
0 ~ NONE
NONE
0
Output Parameter Description No output parameter.
22
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
LTE eNB Command Description/Ver.1.0
C0161 DOWNLOAD SOFTWARE Command Format DNLD-SW: SW_UNIT_NAME, [INVOCATION_ID];
Command Description Downloads the software unit to the system. When a software patch for the system is distributed, this command is used for downloading the necessary software unit to apply the patch. The software units available for download to the NE are included in the software list. A software unit not included in the software list cannot be downloaded. TIMEOUT
10
Input Parameter Description Parameter
Description
Range
Unit
Default
SW_UNIT_NA ME
The name of the software unit included in the software list. It must be the full name of the file including the directory name and the actual file name.
128
NONE
-
INVOCATION_I D
The command execution result ID assigned when executing the command. It is recorded in the result notification after the command execution and used when receiving and processing the command execution result notification in the GUI.
0 ~ NONE
NONE
0
Output Parameter Description No output parameter.
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
23
Command Description
C0162 DOWNLOAD SOFTWARE BATCH Command Format DNLD-SW-BAT: BATCH_FILE, [INVOCATION_ID];
Command Description Downloads the software unit included in a batch file. When a software patch for the system is distributed, the software unit necessary for applying the patch is included in a batch file and downloaded on the main board of the NE. The software unit available for download to the NE is included in the software list. A software unit not included in the software list cannot be downloaded. TIMEOUT
10
Input Parameter Description Parameter
Description
Range
Unit
Default
BATCH_FILE
The batch file name. It must be the full name of the file including the directory name and the actual file name.
128
NONE
-
INVOCATION_I D
The command execution result ID assigned when executing the command. It is recorded in the result notification after the command execution and used when receiving and processing the command execution result notification in the GUI.
0 ~ NONE
NONE
0
Output Parameter Description No output parameter.
24
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
LTE eNB Command Description/Ver.1.0
C0163 RETRIEVE ENVIRONMENT DATA Command Format RTRV-ENV-INF;
Command Description Retrieves the environment information of the NE. This command is used for retrieving all environment information recorded in the flash memory. TIMEOUT
20
Input Parameter Description No input parameter.
Output Parameter Description ENV_NAME
The environment variable name.
ENV_VALUE
The environment variable value.
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
25
Command Description
C0164 RETRIEVE PROCESSOR FIRMWARE LIST Command Format RTRV-PRC-FW: [PRC_UNIT_TYPE], [PRC_UNIT_ID], [LOC_TYPE];
Command Description Retrieves the firmware version of the processor unit. The retrieved information is stored in the flash memory. The following firmware types are available for the processor unit: BOOTER, KERNEL, RFS_RAW, RFS, POST, IF-FPGA, CLOCK_CPLD, and CTRL_CPLD. TIMEOUT
20
Input Parameter Description Parameter
Description
Range
Unit
Default
PRC_UNIT_TY PE
The type of the processor unit for which the firmware version is to be retrieved. If no type is entered, all processor units are selected.
UMP/ECP/
NONE
UMP
PRC_UNIT_ID
The ID of the processor unit for which the firmware version is to be retrieved. If no ID is entered, all unit IDs are selected.
0~2
NONE
0
LOC_TYPE
The type of the location where the firmware version is to be retrieved. Either the version stored in the flash memory or the currently running firmware version can be retrieved. - FLASH: The firmware version stored in the flash memory. - RUNNING: The currently running firmware version.
FLASH/RUNNING/
NONE
FLASH
Output Parameter Description PRC_UNIT_TYPE
The processor unit where the firmware version is retrieved (If no unit is specified, all processor units are selected).
PRC_UNIT_ID
The board ID of the processor unit where the firmware version is retrieved. (If not ID is specified, all unit IDs are selected.)
LOC_TYPE
The type of the location where the firmware version is retrieved (if no location is specified, both the version stored in the flash
26
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
LTE eNB Command Description/Ver.1.0
memory and the currently running firmware version can be selected). -
FLASH: The firmware version stored in the flash memory.
-
RUNNING: The currently running firmware version.
ID
The list ID of the firmware version retrieved.
TYPE
The type of the firmware unit existing as a file.
NAME
The file name of the firmware unit existing as a file.
VERSION
The package version of the firmware unit existing as a file. (The file can be validated.)
REL_VER
The release version of the firmware unit existing as a file. (The file can be validated.)
FILE_SIZE
The file size value of the firmware unit existing as a file. (The firmware can be validated.)
CHKSUM
The checksum value of the firmware unit existing as a file. (The firmware can be validated.)
BUILD_TIME
The build date of the firmware unit existing as a file. (The build date of the firmware can be checked.)
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
27
Command Description
C0165 RETRIEVE PROCESSOR INVENTORY LIST Command Format RTRV-PRC-INVT: [PRC_UNIT_TYPE], [PRC_UNIT_ID];
Command Description Retrieves the inventory information of the processor unit. Each field replaceable unit (FRU) has its unique inventory information which includes the serial number, hardware/firmware version, unit type, unit ID, family type, and install date. The inventory information suggested by TS32.692 can be retrieved. TIMEOUT
20
Input Parameter Description Parameter
Description
Range
Unit
Default
PRC_UNIT_TY PE
The type of the processor unit for which the firmware version is to be retrieved. If no type is entered, all processor units are selected. - UMP: The main processor of the system. - ECP: The channel card processor for call processing.
UMP/ECP/
NONE
UMP
PRC_UNIT_ID
It carries ID of processor unit.
0~2
NONE
0
Output Parameter Description PRC_UNIT_TYPE
The processor unit where the firmware version is retrieved (If no unit is specified, all processor units are selected).
PRC_UNIT_ID
-
UMP: The main processor of the eNB.
-
ECP: The channel card processor of the eNB.
The board ID of the processor unit where the firmware version is retrieved. (If not ID is specified, all unit IDs are selected.)
28
UNIT_ID
The ID of the inventory unit (unique in the eNB).
FAMILY_TYPE
The vendor family type of the inventory unit.
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
LTE eNB Command Description/Ver.1.0
TYPE_NUM
The vendor type number of the inventory unit (the same unit unique number as PBA_ID).
VERSION
The version of the inventory unit (hardware or firmware version).
SERIAL
The serial number of the inventory unit.
VENDOR
The vendor name of the inventory unit.
MNF_DATE
The manufactured date of the inventory unit.
INSTALL_DATE
The installation date of the inventory unit (the date the unit was installed on the field).
SERV_DATE
The last service date of the inventory unit.
SERV_DATA
The last service data of the inventory unit.
POSITION
The location of the inventory unit.
MNF_DATA
Additional information provided by the manufacturer for the inventory unit.
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
29
Command Description
C0166 UPLOAD INVENTORY Command Format UPLD-INVT: FILE_NAME, [INVOCATION_ID];
Command Description Upload files which exported inventory information to Management System. TIMEOUT
20
Input Parameter Description Parameter
Description
Range
Unit
Default
FILE_NAME
It carries the inventory file name include directory path to be saved.
256
NONE
-
INVOCATION_I D
It carries software unit activation invocation ID from IRP Manager. InvocationId shall reusing when issuing notification after activation
0 ~ NONE
NONE
0
Output Parameter Description No output parameter.
30
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
LTE eNB Command Description/Ver.1.0
C0167 RETRIEVE THE ACTIVE PACKAGE VERSION Command Format RTRV-PKG-VER;
Command Description Retrieves the package version. A software package has its unique version according to its functions and features. This command can be used for verifying the software package running on the NE. There are two types of version information: package version and release version. The package version is determined by the main features provided by the NE. When features are added or changed, most of them are no longer compatible with the previous functions and therefore the package must be upgraded. The release version is used as an auxiliary identifier when a revision is made in the same package version. TIMEOUT
20
Input Parameter Description No input parameter.
Output Parameter Description ID
The list ID of the package version, which indicates the list order of the package version.
PKG_VER
The package version of the currently active package in the NE.
REL_VER
The release version of the currently active package in the NE.
STATUS
Indicates package activation status.
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
31
Command Description
C0168 DELETE ALL THE PASSIVE PACKAGE VERSION Command Format DLT-PASV-PKG;
Command Description Delete all the system passive package version TIMEOUT
20
Input Parameter Description No input parameter.
Output Parameter Description No output parameter.
32
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
LTE eNB Command Description/Ver.1.0
C0169 RESET THE SYSTEM Command Format INIT-SYS: [RESET_MODE], [FORCED_MODE];
Command Description Resets the system. Two methods are available for the system reset. The first is a software reset which resets the software without disconnecting the power. The second is a hardware reset which involves disconnecting the power and connecting it back.(The systems which do not have hardware reset are not supported.) TIMEOUT
10
Input Parameter Description Parameter
Description
Range
Unit
Default
RESET_MODE
The reset method. Hardware and software resets are supported. - SW: Reset without disconnecting the power. - HW: Reset by disconnecting the power and connecting it back. The systems which do not have hardware reset are not supported.
SW/HW/
NONE
SW
FORCED_MOD E
It carries forced reset mode. - OFF: Do check environment and PLD before Reset. - ON: Do Not check environment and PLD before Reset.
OFF/ON/
NONE
OFF
Output Parameter Description No output parameter.
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
33
Command Description
C0170 RESET PROCESSOR UNIT Command Format INIT-PRC: PRC_UNIT_TYPE, [PRC_UNIT_ID], [RESET_MODE];
Command Description Resets the processor unit of the system. Two methods are available for the system reset. The first is a software reset which resets the software without disconnecting the power. The second is a hardware reset which involves disconnecting the power and connecting it back. TIMEOUT
10
Input Parameter Description Parameter
Description
Range
Unit
Default
PRC_UNIT_TY PE
The processor unit type to be reset. - UMP: The main processor of the system. - ECP: The channel card processor for call processing.
UMP/ECP/
NONE
UMP
PRC_UNIT_ID
The ID of the processor unit to be reset. - 0 if the processor unit type selected is UMP. - 0 to 2 if the processor unit type selected is ECP.
0~2
NONE
0
RESET_MODE
The reset method. Hardware and software resets are supported. - SW: Reset without disconnecting the power. - HW: Reset by disconnecting the power and connecting it back.
SW/HW/
NONE
SW
Output Parameter Description No output parameter.
34
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
LTE eNB Command Description/Ver.1.0
C0171 RESET SOFTWARE UNIT Command Format INIT-SW: [PRC_UNIT_TYPE], [PRC_UNIT_ID], [SW_UNIT_NAME];
Command Description Resets the software unit. The software unit only running on the main board is reset on the main board and the software unit only running on the sub board is reset on the sub board. The software unit running on both the main board and the sub board is reset on both the main board and the sub board. TIMEOUT
10
Input Parameter Description Parameter
Description
Range
Unit
Default
PRC_UNIT_TY PE
The processor unit type to be reset. - UMP: The main processor of the system. - ECP: The channel card processor for call processing.
UMP/ECP/
NONE
UMP
PRC_UNIT_ID
The ID of the processor unit to be reset. - 0 if the processor unit type selected is UMP. - 0 to 2 if the processor unit type selected is ECP.
0~2
NONE
0
SW_UNIT_NA ME
The name of the software unit included in the software list. Only the file name must be entered without the directory name.
128
NONE
-
Output Parameter Description No output parameter.
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
35
Command Description
C0172 RETRIEVE ALL THE SOFTWARE UNIT'S INFORMATION Command Format RTRV-SW-INF: [PRC_UNIT_TYPE], [PRC_UNIT_ID];
Command Description Retrieves the software unit information. Each software unit downloaded to the eNB has a unique version number assigned by the image creation system for software image creation. The software version retrieval function extracts and displays the unique version of each software unit. This command is used for checking whether appropriate software units are running on appropriate boards. TIMEOUT
20
Input Parameter Description Parameter
Description
Range
Unit
Default
PRC_UNIT_TY PE
The type of the processor unit for which the software version is to be retrieved. If no type is entered, all processor units are selected. - UMP: The main processor of the system. - ECP: The channel card processor for call processing.
UMP/ECP/
NONE
UMP
PRC_UNIT_ID
The board ID of the processor unit for which the software version is to be retrieved. If no board ID is entered, all unit IDs are selected. - 0 if proUnitType selected is UMP. - 0 to 2 if prcUnitType selected is ECP.
0~2
NONE
0
Output Parameter Description PRC_UNIT_TYPE
PRC_UNIT_ID
The processor unit for which the software version is retrieved. -
UMP: The main processor of the eNB.
-
ECP: The channel card processor of the eNB.
The board ID of the processor unit for which the software version is retrieved.
36
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
LTE eNB Command Description/Ver.1.0
ID
The list ID of the software units retrieved on each board
NAME
The name of the software unit stored in the disk.
SIZE
The size on the disk of the software unit existing as a file
CHKSUM
The checksum value of the software unit created.
INSTALL_TIME
The time at which the software unit is downloaded to the eNB and stored in the package directory.
VERSION
The unique version of the software unit.
RELVER
The release version of the software unit existing as a file
BUILD_TIME
The build time of the software unit.
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
37
Command Description
C0173 RETRIEVE ALL THE DIRECTORY INFORMATION Command Format RTRV-DIR-INF: [PRC_UNIT_TYPE], [PRC_UNIT_ID];
Command Description List up all the directory information stored at TIMEOUT
60
Input Parameter Description Parameter
Description
Range
Unit
Default
PRC_UNIT_TY PE
It carries type of processor unit.
UMP/ECP/
NONE
UMP
PRC_UNIT_ID
It carries ID of processor unit.
0~2
NONE
0
Output Parameter Description PRC_UNIT_TYPE
It carries type of processor unit.
PRC_UNIT_ID
It carries ID of processor unit.
ID
Software list index.
FILE_PATH
The name of software unit(Directory Name + File Name) stored at Managed Element.
SIZE
Indicates the software unist's file size. (Byte)
INSTALL_TIME
The time when the software unit was stored on that System. Time format: -> YYYY-MM-DDThh:mm:ss (e.g,) 2009-0523T11:23:55
VERSION
38
Version string on the software unit. Version format -> A.B.C
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
LTE eNB Command Description/Ver.1.0
C0174 RETRIEVE LOADING TIME INFORMATION Command Format RTRV-LDTIME-INF: [PRC_UNIT_TYPE], [PRC_UNIT_ID];
Command Description List up loading time information TIMEOUT
60
Input Parameter Description Parameter
Description
Range
Unit
Default
PRC_UNIT_TY PE
It carries type of processor unit.
UMP/ECP/
NONE
UMP
PRC_UNIT_ID
It carries ID of processor unit.
0~2
NONE
0
Output Parameter Description PRC_UNIT_TYPE
It carries type of processor unit.
PRC_UNIT_ID
It carries ID of processor unit.
START_TIME
The time when the loading start. Time format: -> YYYY-MMDDThh:mm:ss (e.g,) 2009-05-23T11:23:55
END_TIME
The time when the loading end. Time format: -> YYYY-MMDDThh:mm:ss (e.g,) 2009-05-23T11:23:55
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
39
Command Description
C0188 ACTIVATE FIRMWARE Command Format UDT-FW: FW_UNIT_NAME, APPLY_UNIT_TYPE, APPLY_UNIT_ID, [APPLY_SIDE], [APPLY_ACTION], [INVOCATION_ID];
Command Description Updates the firmware. This command is used for applying the downloaded eNB firmware unit to the actual Flash memory or the target device unit. When the command is executed, the specified firmware is verified first and then it is applied to the Flash memory or to the specified device unit through the specified proprietary interface. After applying the firmware, the user must reset the target unit to run the applied firmware. TIMEOUT
10
Input Parameter Description Parameter
Description
Range
Unit
Default
FW_UNIT_NA ME
The name of the firmware unit to be applied.
256
NONE
-
APPLY_UNIT_T YPE
The unit type to which the firmware is to be applied.
UMP/ECP/GPS/ FCM_D/
NONE
UMP
APPLY_UNIT_I D
The unit ID to be applied to the firmware unit. This is used for identifying each unit when multiple units exist in the eNB.
0~2
NONE
0
APPLY_SIDE
The side to which the firmware is to be applied. If this side is in redundancy, select A_SIDE, B_SIDE, or BOTH for applying the firmware. If the unit type does not support redundancy, select NONE. - NONE: The firmware apply unit is not in redundancy. - A_SIDE: The firmware apply unit is in redundancy and the firmware is applied to side A. - B_SIDE: The firmware apply unit is in redundancy and the firmware is applied to side B. - BOTH: The firmware apply unit is in redundancy and the firmware is applied to both side A and side B.
NONE/A_SIDE/ B_SIDE/BOTH/
NONE
NONE
40
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
LTE eNB Command Description/Ver.1.0
Parameter
Description
Range
Unit
Default
APPLY_ACTIO N
An action to be taken after applying the firmware. The unit must be reset after applying the firmware. The user can choose to apply the firmware without reset in order to avoid frequent resets. - NONE: The firmware is applied without reset. - REBOOT: The firmware is applied and the target unit is reset subsequently.
NONE/REBOOT/
NONE
NONE
INVOCATION_I D
The invocation ID assigned when applying the firmware. This ID is recorded in the execution result notification for easy retrieval of the result.
0 ~ NONE
NONE
0
Output Parameter Description No output parameter.
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
41
Command Description
C0189 RETRIEVE PSU INVENTORY LIST Command Format RTRV-PSU-INVT: CONN_BD_ID, CONN_PORT_ID, CASCADE_ID;
Command Description Retrieves the inventory information of the PSU unit. Each field replaceable unit (FRU) has its unique inventory information which includes the serial number, hardware/firmware version, unit type, unit ID, family type, and install date. The inventory information suggested by TS32.692 can be retrieved TIMEOUT
20
Input Parameter Description Parameter
Description
Range
Unit
Default
CONN_BD_ID
The ID of the board connected to the PSU to be retrieved.
0~2
NONE
0
CONN_PORT_I D
The port ID of the board connected to the PSU to be retrieved.
0 ~ 11
NONE
0
CASCADE_ID
The cascade ID connected to the port of the board connected to the PSU to be retrieved.
0~2
NONE
0
Output Parameter Description CONN_BD_ID
The ID of the board connected to the PSU which is retrieved.
CONN_PORT_ID
The port ID of the board connected to the PSU which is retrieved.
CASCADE_ID
The cascade ID connected to the port of the board connected to the PSU which is retrieved.
42
UNIT_ID
The ID of the inventory unit (unique in the eNB).
FAMILY_TYPE
The vendor family type of the inventory unit.
TYPE_NUM
The vendor type number of the inventory unit (the same unit
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
LTE eNB Command Description/Ver.1.0
unique number as PBA_ID). VERSION
The version of the inventory unit (hardware or firmware version).
FW_VERSION
The firmware version of the inventory unit.
SERIAL
The serial number of the inventory unit.
VENDOR
The vendor name of the inventory unit.
MNF_DATE
The manufactured date of the inventory unit.
INSTALL_DATE
The installation date of the inventory unit (the date the unit was installed on the field).
SERV_DATE
The last service date of the inventory unit.
SERV_DATA
The last service data of the inventory unit.
POSITION
The location of the inventory unit.
MNF_DATA
Additional information provided by the manufacturer for the inventory unit.
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
43
Command Description
C0193 RESET RRH Command Format INIT-RRH: [CONN_BD_ID], [CONN_PORT_ID], [CASCADE_ID];
Command Description Resets the RRH of the eNB. The RRH reset is done by the VSS reset. One or multiple RRHs can be reset. TIMEOUT
10
Input Parameter Description Parameter
Description
Range
Unit
Default
CONN_BD_ID
The ID of the board connected to the RRH to be reset. If no board ID is entered, all boards are selected.
0~2
NONE
0
CONN_PORT_I D
The port ID of the board connected to the RRH to be reset. If no port ID is entered, all ports are selected.
0 ~ 11
NONE
0
CASCADE_ID
The cascade ID of the port of the board connected to the RRH to be reset. If no cascade ID is entered, all cascades are selected.
0~2
NONE
0
Output Parameter Description No output parameter.
44
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
LTE eNB Command Description/Ver.1.0
C0206 ACTIVATE RRH FIRMWARE Command Format UDT-RRH-FW: FW_UNIT_NAME, [CONN_BD_ID], [CONN_PORT_ID], [CASCADE_ID], [APPLY_ACTION], [INVOCATION_ID];
Command Description Updates the RRH firmware. If this command is executed, the specified firmware is verified first and then applied to the RRH through the specified proprietary interface. After applying the firmware, the user must reset the target unit to run the applied firmware. TIMEOUT
10
Input Parameter Description Parameter
Description
Range
Unit
Default
FW_UNIT_NA ME
The name of the firmware unit to be applied.
256
NONE
-
CONN_BD_ID
The ID of the board connected to the RRH to which the firmware is to be applied.
0~2
NONE
0
CONN_PORT_I D
The port ID of the board connected to the RRH to which the firmware is to be applied.
0 ~ 11
NONE
0
CASCADE_ID
The cascade ID connected to the port of the board connected to the RRH to which the firmware is to be applied.
0~2
NONE
0
APPLY_ACTIO N
An action to be taken after applying the firmware. The unit must be reset after applying the firmware. The user can choose to apply the firmware without reset in order to avoid frequent resets. - NONE: The firmware is applied without reset. - REBOOT: The firmware is applied and the target unit is reset subsequently.
NONE/REBOOT/
NONE
NONE
INVOCATION_I D
The command execution result ID assigned when executing the command. It is recorded in the result notification after the command execution and used when receiving and processing the command execution result notification in the GUI.
0 ~ NONE
NONE
0
Output Parameter Description No output parameter.
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
45
Command Description
C0207 ACTIVATE PSU FIRMWARE Command Format UDT-PSU-FW: FW_UNIT_NAME, CONN_BD_ID, CONN_PORT_ID, CASCADE_ID, [INVOCATION_ID];
Command Description Updates the PSU firmware. If this command is executed, the specified firmware is verified first and then applied to the PSU through the specified proprietary interface.After applying the firmware, the user must reset the target unit to run the applied firmware. TIMEOUT
10
Input Parameter Description Parameter
Description
Range
Unit
Default
FW_UNIT_NA ME
The name of the firmware unit to be applied.
256
NONE
-
CONN_BD_ID
The ID of the board connected to the PSU to be retrieved.
0~2
NONE
0
CONN_PORT_I D
The port ID of the board connected to the PSU to be retrieved.
0 ~ 11
NONE
0
CASCADE_ID
The cascade ID connected to the port of the board connected to the PSU to be retrieved.
0~2
NONE
0
INVOCATION_I D
The command execution result ID assigned when executing the command. It is recorded in the result notification after the command execution and used when receiving and processing the command execution result notification in the GUI.
0 ~ NONE
NONE
0
Output Parameter Description No output parameter.
46
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
LTE eNB Command Description/Ver.1.0
C0220 RETRIEVE RRH INVENTORY LIST Command Format RTRV-RRH-INVT: [CONN_BD_ID], [CONN_PORT_ID], [CASCADE_ID];
Command Description Retrieves the inventory information of the RRH unit. Each field replaceable unit (FRU) has its unique inventory information which includes the serial number, hardware/firmware version, unit type, unit ID, family type, and install date. The inventory information suggested by TS32.692 can be retrieved. TIMEOUT
20
Input Parameter Description Parameter
Description
Range
Unit
Default
CONN_BD_ID
The ID of the board connected to the RHH for which the firmware version is to be retrieved.
0~2
NONE
0
CONN_PORT_I D
The port ID of the board connected to the RHH for which the firmware version is to be retrieved.
0 ~ 11
NONE
0
CASCADE_ID
The cascade ID connected to the port of the board connected to the RHH for which the firmware version is to be retrieved.
0~2
NONE
0
Output Parameter Description CONN_BD_ID
The ID of the board connected to the RHH for which the firmware version is retrieved.
CONN_PORT_ID
The port ID of the board connected to the RHH for which the firmware version is retrieved.
CASCADE_ID
The cascade ID connected to the port of the board connected to the RHH for which the firmware version is retrieved.
UNIT_ID
The ID of the inventory unit (unique in the eNB).
FAMILY_TYPE
The vendor family type of the inventory unit.
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
47
Command Description
TYPE_NUM
The vendor type number of the inventory unit (the same unit unique number as PBA_ID).
VERSION
The version of the inventory unit (hardware or firmware version).
FW_VERSION
The firmware version of the inventory unit.
SERIAL
The serial number of the inventory unit.
VENDOR
The vendor name of the inventory unit.
MNF_DATE
Additional information provided by the manufacturer for the inventory unit.
INSTALL_DATE
The installation date of the inventory unit (the date the unit was installed on the field).
SERV_DATE
The last service date of the inventory unit.
SERV_DATA
The last service data of the inventory unit.
POSITION
The location of the inventory unit.
MNF_DATA
Additional information provided by the manufacturer for the inventory unit.
48
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
LTE eNB Command Description/Ver.1.0
C0222 RETRIEVE GPS INVENTORY LIST Command Format RTRV-GPS-INVT;
Command Description Retrieves the inventory information of the GPS unit. Each field replaceable unit (FRU) has its unique inventory information which includes the serial number, hardware/firmware version, unit type, unit ID, family type, and install date. The inventory information suggested by TS32.692 can be retrieved. TIMEOUT
20
Input Parameter Description No input parameter.
Output Parameter Description UNIT_ID
The ID of the inventory unit (unique in the eNB).
FAMILY_TYPE
Indicates vendor family type of inventory unit.
TYPE_NUM
The vendor type number of the inventory unit (the same unit unique number as PBA_ID).
VERSION
The version of the inventory unit (hardware or firmware version).
FW_VERSION
The firmware version of the inventory unit.
SERIAL
The serial number of the inventory unit.
VENDOR
The vendor name of the inventory unit.
MNF_DATE
The manufactured date of the inventory unit.
INSTALL_DATE
The installation date of the inventory unit (the date the unit was installed on the field).
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
49
Command Description
SERV_DATE
The last service date of the inventory unit.
SERV_DATA
The last service data of the inventory unit.
POSITION
The location of the inventory unit.
MNF_DATA
Additional information provided by the manufacturer for the inventory unit.
50
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
LTE eNB Command Description/Ver.1.0
C0224 RETRIEVE SFP INVENTORY LIST Command Format RTRV-SFP-INVT;
Command Description Retrieves the inventory information of the SFP module which is an optic module of the eNB. Each field replaceable unit (FRU) has its unique inventory information which includes the serial number, hardware/firmware version, unit type, unit ID, family type, and install date. The inventory information suggested by TS32.692 can be retrieved. TIMEOUT
20
Input Parameter Description No input parameter.
Output Parameter Description PRC_UNIT_TYPE
The type of the processor unit for which the inventory information is retrieved.
PRC_UNIT_ID
-
UMP: The main processor of the eNB.
-
ECP: The channel card processor of the eNB.
The ID of the processor unit for which the inventory information is retrieved.
PORT_ID
The port ID on which the SFP module is mounted.
UNIT_ID
The ID of the inventory unit (unique in the eNB).
FAMILY_TYPE
The vendor family type of the inventory unit.
TYPE_NUM
The vendor type number of the inventory unit (the same unit unique number as BA_ID).
VERSION
The hardware version of the inventory unit.
SERIAL
The serial number of the inventory unit.
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
51
Command Description
VENDOR
The vendor name of the inventory unit.
MNF_DATE
The manufactured date of the inventory unit.
INSTALL_DATE
The installation date of the inventory unit (the date the unit was installed on the field).
SERV_DATE
The last service date of the inventory unit.
SERV_DATA
The last service data of the inventory unit.
POSITION
The location of the inventory unit.
MNF_DATA
Additional information provided by the manufacturer for the inventory unit.
WAVELENGTH
52
Tx/Rx optical wavelength supported by the SFP module.
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
LTE eNB Command Description/Ver.1.0
C0246 RESET DSP Command Format INIT-DSP: [BD_ID], [DSP_ID];
Command Description Resets the DSP. The DSP reset is done by disconnecting the power and connecting it back to the DSP. One or multiple DSPs can be reset. TIMEOUT
10
Input Parameter Description Parameter
Description
Range
Unit
Default
BD_ID
The board ID of the DSP to be reset. If no board ID is entered, all boards are selected.
0~2
NONE
0
DSP_ID
The ID of the DSP to be reset. If no DSP ID is entered, all DSPs are selected.
0~2
NONE
0
Output Parameter Description No output parameter.
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
53
Command Description
C0247 RESET GPS Command Format INIT-GPS;
Command Description Resets the GPS. The GPS reset is done by disconnecting the power and connecting it back to GPS. TIMEOUT
10
Input Parameter Description No input parameter.
Output Parameter Description No output parameter.
54
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
LTE eNB Command Description/Ver.1.0
C0249 RESET SCTP Command Format INIT-SCTP: TYPE, INDEX;
Command Description Reset SCTP. TIMEOUT
10
Input Parameter Description Parameter
Description
Range
Unit
Default
TYPE
It carries type of sctp to reset.
S1/X2/
NONE
S1
INDEX
It carries index of mme(or nbr) to reset.
0 ~ 255
NONE
0
Output Parameter Description No output parameter.
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
55
Command Description
C0300 RETRIEVE FILE LIST Command Format RTRV-FILE-LIST: [ID];
Command Description Retrieves the list of NE files. The NE can create the following 8 categories of files, which can be retrieved by this command. The files created in the NE are uploaded to the EMS and then deleted. If all the files uploaded to EMS, command execution result can be empty(NO DATA). - CG: Charging files. - CM: Configuration files (except for inventory). - CT: Call trace files (subscriber and equipment trace). - IM: Inventory management files. - NL: Notification log files. - OT: Other files. - PM: Performance data files. - TE: Test management files. TIMEOUT
10
Input Parameter Description Parameter ID
Description The list ID of the file created by the NE. If no ID is entered, all files are selected.
Range
Unit
0 ~ 127
NONE
Defaul t 0
Output Parameter Description ID
The list ID of the file created by the NE.
MANAGEMENT_DATA_TYPE
The category of the file created (CG/CM/CT/IM/NL/OT/PM/ TE).
56
SIZE
The file size on the disk.
COMPRESSION
The compression method of the file.
READY_TIME
The creation time of the file.
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
LTE eNB Command Description/Ver.1.0
EXPIRATION_TIME
The expiration time of the file created. (The file is automatically deleted after the expiration time.)
FORMAT
The file format (the format information such as XML/TXT/ ASN.1).
LOCATION
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
Directory name + File Name. (e.g., /tmp/Hello.World)
57
Command Description
C0350 RESUME MEASUREMENT JOB Command Format START-MEAS;
Command Description The command changes OPM_SUSPEND, which is statistic collecting status, to OPM_ACTIVE. When the statistic collecting status is OPM_SUSPEND, no data will be collected. NOK will be returned when you execute the command if its formal status was OPM_ACTIVE. TIMEOUT
10
Input Parameter Description No input parameter.
Output Parameter Description No output parameter.
58
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
LTE eNB Command Description/Ver.1.0
C0351 SUSPEND MEASUREMENT JOB Command Format STOP-MEAS;
Command Description The command changes OPM_ACTIVE, which is statistic collecting status, to OPM_SUSPEND. When the statistic collecting status is OPM_SUSPEND, no data will be collected. NOK will be returned when you execute the command if its formal status was OPM_SUSPEND. TIMEOUT
10
Input Parameter Description No input parameter.
Output Parameter Description No output parameter.
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
59
Command Description
C0352 RETRIEVE MEASUREMENT JOB INFORMATION Command Format RTRV-MEAS-JOB;
Command Description The command retrieves statistic collecting status (OPM_ACTIVE/OPM_SUSPEND), each family collecting status (OPM_ENABLE, OPM_DISABLE) and statistic data collecting period. When statistic collecting status is OPM_SUSPEND, no data will be collected. Statistic data of the family that collecting status is OPM_DISABLE will not be collected even though its statistic collecting status is OPM_ACTIVE. The family which is not collected will be printed “ND” regardless of occurring real data when you retrieve statistics in EMS. TIMEOUT
30
Input Parameter Description No input parameter.
Output Parameter Description
60
FAMILY_ID
Family ID
FAMILY_STATUS
Data collection status for the family. -
OPM_ENABLE: Data is collected for the family.
-
OPM_DISABLE: Data is not collected for the family
GRANULARITY_PERIOD
Granularity Period.
STATUS
It specifies the status of Measurement Job. -
OPM_ACTIVE : Data is collected for Measurement Job.
-
OPM_SUSPEND: Data is not collected for Measurement Job.
GRANULARITY_PERIOD
Granularity Period.
STATUS
It specifies the status of Measurement Job. -
OPM_ACTIVE : Data is collected for Measurement Job.
-
OPM_SUSPEND: Data is not collected for Measurement Job.
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
LTE eNB Command Description/Ver.1.0
C0353 CHANGE MEASUREMENT JOB DATA Command Format CHG-MEAS-JOB: FAMILY_ID, [STATUS];
Command Description Change statistics collection status (OPM_ENABLE, OPM_DISABLE) of family TIMEOUT
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
10
61
Command Description
Input Parameter Description Parameter
Description
Range
Unit
Default
FAMILY_ID
The measurement family ID. Retrieves and changes the statistics collection status (STOP/START) of the faimly.
STAT_RRC_ESTAB/STAT_RRC_RECONFIG/ STAT_RRC_REESTAB/STAT_RRC_RELEASE/ STAT_RRC_CONN/STAT_RRC_TIME/ STAT_RRC_RESETUP_TIME/ STAT_ERAB_ESTAB/STAT_ERAB_ESTAB_ADD/ STAT_ERAB_TIME/STAT_ERAB_ERASE_ENB/ STAT_ERAB_ERASE/STAT_ERAB_MOD/ STAT_ERAB_REL_ENB/STAT_ERAB_REL/ STAT_ERAB_NUM/STAT_HO_INTRA/ STAT_HO_X2_OUT/STAT_HO_X2_IN/ STAT_HO_S1_OUT/STAT_HO_S1_IN/ STAT_HO_TIME/STAT_CALL_DROP/STAT_CSL/ STAT_MRO_RLF/STAT_S1SIG/STAT_PAGING/ STAT_TA/STAT_CP_PACKET/STAT_SRB/ STAT_ACTIVE_UE/STAT_PDCP_DROP/ STAT_PDCP_LOSS/STAT_IP_LATENCY/ STAT_PDCP_DELAY/STAT_GTP_SN_QCI/ STAT_GTP_SN_ENB/STAT_GTP_FW_ENB/ STAT_RESOURCE/STAT_PACKET/ STAT_NET_HISTOGRAM/ STAT_AIR_RLC_BYTES/ STAT_AIR_MAC_BYTES/STAT_PRB_QCI/ STAT_PRB_TOTAL/STAT_CELL_UNAVAILABLE/ STAT_POWER/STAT_RNTP/STAT_RA/ STAT_TRANSMISSION/STAT_MIMO/ STAT_MCS/STAT_DL_MCS/STAT_DL_LAYER/ STAT_DL_CQI/STAT_DL_PMI/STAT_DL_RI/ STAT_DL_ACK_NACK_DTX_RATIO/ STAT_IOT_9LEVEL/STAT_PCI_300_REPORT/ STAT_PCI_504_REPORT/ STAT_ERAB_SESSION_UE/ STAT_ERAB_SESSION_QCI/ STAT_HO_INTER_RAT_UTRAN_OUT/ STAT_HO_INTER_RAT_UTRAN_IN/ STAT_CSFB_PSHO_UTRAN_OUT/ STAT_CSFB_REDIR_UTRAN_OUT/ STAT_RRH_RSSI/STAT_ACCESSIBILITY/ STAT_RETAINABILITY/STAT_INTEGRITY/ STAT_AVAILABILITY/STAT_MOBILITY/ STAT_THRU_DISTRIBUTION/ STAT_DELAY_DISTRIBUTION/ STAT_DROP_DISTRIBUTION/ STAT_CQI_DISTRIBUTION/ STAT_HO_UTRAN_SRVCC_OUT/ STAT_HO_INTRA_FREQ_OUT/ STAT_HO_INTER_FREQ_OUT_WITH_GAP/ STAT_HO_INTER_FREQ_OUT_WITHOUT_GAP/ STAT_HO_OUT_WITH_DRX/ STAT_HO_OUT_WITHOUT_DRX/ STAT_S1SIG_TIME/STAT_MR/STAT_RRC_MSG/ STAT_S1AP_MSG/STAT_X2AP_MSG/ STAT_LOAD/STAT_LBHO/ STAT_RECTI_POWER_CONSUM/ STAT_PSU_POWER_CONSUM/
NONE
STAT_R RC_ES TAB
62
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
LTE eNB Command Description/Ver.1.0
Parameter STATUS
Description Data collection status for the family. - OPM_ENABLE: Data is collected for the family. - OPM_DISABLE: Data is not collected for the family
Range OPM_ENABLE/OPM_DISABLE/
Unit
Default
NONE
OPM_E NABLE
Output Parameter Description FAMILY_ID
The measurement family ID. Retrieves and changes the statistics collection status (STOP/START) of the faimly.
STATUS
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
Data collection status for the family. -
OPM_ENABLE: Data is collected for the family.
-
OPM_DISABLE: Data is not collected for the family
63
Command Description
C0356 RETRIEVE PM FILE DATA Command Format RTRV-MEAS-FILEDATA;
Command Description The command retrieve information relating to mesurement file backup. The user can retrieve disk usage threshold, measurement file backup time and etc. TIMEOUT
10
Input Parameter Description No input parameter.
Output Parameter Description DISK_USAGE_THR
Disk usage threshold. If disk usage is higher than or equal to this threshold, measurement files are removed
64
BACKUP_TIME_THR
Measurement file backup time.
BACKUP_MODE
Measurement file backup mode.
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
LTE eNB Command Description/Ver.1.0
C0357 CHANGE PM FILE DATA Command Format CHG-MEAS-FILEDATA: [DISK_USAGE_THR], [BACKUP_TIME_THR], [BACKUP_MODE];
Command Description The command change information relating to mesurement file backup. The user can change disk usage threshold, measurement file backup time and etc. TIMEOUT
10
Input Parameter Description Parameter
Description
Range
Unit
Default
DISK_USAGE_ THR
Disk usage threshold. If disk usage is higher than or equal to this threshold, measurement files are removed
1 ~ 100
%
95
BACKUP_TIME _THR
Measurement file backup time.
1~8
hour
8
BACKUP_MOD E
Measurement file backup mode.
PM_BACKUP_FLASH/
NONE
PM_BA CKUP_ FLASH
Output Parameter Description DISK_USAGE_THR
Disk usage threshold. If disk usage is higher than or equal to this threshold, measurement files are removed
BACKUP_TIME_THR
Measurement file backup time.
BACKUP_MODE
Measurement file backup mode.
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
65
Command Description
C0506 EXECUTE INTERNAL PING TEST Command Format TEST-IPING: UNIT_ID;
Command Description Performs the internal ping test which tests the IPC (inter processor communication) paths between the main and sub processors. It performs the ping test on the master board of the selected eNB for the CPU of UNIT_TYPE and UNIT_ID (destination) specified by the user and then returns the ping test result. When there is a ping echo reply, the test result is returned as normal. TIMEOUT
10
Input Parameter Description Parameter UNIT_ID
Description The ID of the target board on which the internal ping test is to be performed.
Range 0 ~ 10
Unit NONE
Default 0
Output Parameter Description No output parameter.
66
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
LTE eNB Command Description/Ver.1.0
C0507 EXECUTE EXTERNAL PING TEST Command Format TEST-EPING: DST_IP_VER, [DST_IP_ADDR_V4], [DST_IP_ADDR_V6], [DSCP], [PKT_SIZE], [PKT_PER_SEC], [TRY_SEC];
Command Description Performs the external ping test for the network connection between the system and external hosts. The external ping test generates Internet Control Message Protocol (ICMP) packets to monitor the performance of the external interface (Ethernet or Gigabit Ethernet) and returns frame delay, frame delay min, max, avg and frame loss. The user can perform the external ping test and determine that the external interface is working properly if the test result shows that there is no packet loss. The delay in the test result indicates the round trip time (from time sent to time received). The user can check min, max, avg and variance of the packet delay. TIMEOUT
10
Input Parameter Description Parameter
Description
Range
Unit
Default
DST_IP_VER
The IP address version of the external host to be tested. Select IPV4 if the host uses an IPv4 address; IPV6 if the host uses an IPv6 address.
IPV4/IPV6/
NONE
IPV4
DST_IP_ADDR _V4
The IP address of the external host to be tested. A version 4 address must be entered in this parameter.
IPv4 Address
NONE
-
DST_IP_ADDR _V6
The IP address of the external host to be tested. A version 6 address must be entered in this parameter.
IPv6 Address
NONE
-
DSCP
The Differentiated Services Code Point (DSCP) specified to assign services of different levels in the network traffic.
0 ~ 63
NONE
0
PKT_SIZE
The size of packets transmitted during the external ping test. 56 to 1024 bytes can be entered. The default is 56 bytes.
56 ~ 1024
NONE
56
PKT_PER_SEC
The number of packets transmitted per second during the external ping test. 1 to 5 packets can be sent per second.
1~5
NONE
1
TRY_SEC
The maximum duration of the external ping test. The test can be performed for from 1 to 10 seconds.
1 ~ 10
NONE
1
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
67
Command Description
Output Parameter Description No output parameter.
68
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
LTE eNB Command Description/Ver.1.0
C0508 MONITOR TEST STATUS Command Format MON-TEST: [INVOCATION_ID];
Command Description Retrieves the on-going tests in the eNB. This command is used for retrieving tests related to the TM. Note that this command is not used for retrieving online tests because the RTRV-TESTLIST command can be used for retrieving the scheduler registration status. When a test command is executed, it is added to the monitor test list; when the test is complete and the result notification message is sent, the command is deleted from the monitor test list. Once it is deleted, the command cannot be retrieved by the monitor test command. If there is no on-going test command, the command displays 'NO_DATA'. TIMEOUT
10
Input Parameter Description Parameter INVOCATION_ID
Description
Range
The ID assigned when the command is executed in the LSM or the CLI. At the time the command is executed, the smallest number among the invocation IDs managed by the TM is assigned. When executing MON-TEST, enter an invocation ID to display the command list for the ID. If none is entered, the entire command list is displayed.
0 ~ 128
Unit NONE
Defaul t 0
Output Parameter Description INVOCATION_ID
The ID assigned by the TM during command execution. It is the same as the value displayed in the result notification message which shows the test execution result.
STATE
The command state at the time of retrieval by the monitor test command. -
TEST_STATE_INITIALIZING: Receiving and initializing
the command. -
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
TEST_STATE_TESTING: Executing the command.
69
Command Description
-
TEST_STATE_TERMINATING: Terminating the command
after completion. TEST_OUTCOME
The normal execution after the TM block has successfully received the command (TEST_OUTCOME_PASS).
TEST_TYPE
The type of the currently executing command. -
TEST_TYPE_EXTPING: External ping test.
-
TEST_TYPE_INTPING: Internal ping test.
-
TEST_TYPE_TXPOWER: PAU Tx power test.
-
TEST_TYPE_VSWR: PAU VSWR test.
-
TEST_TYPE_TEST_MODEL: Virtual traffic generation test.
-
TEST_TYPE_TEST_OCNS: Virtual call generation test.
-
TEST_TYPE_TRACERT: Trace route test for the IP path.
-
TEST_TYPE_OPTIC_DATA: Optical distance and wave-
length measurement test.
ATT_LIST
70
-
TEST_TYPE_DURULB : DU-RU loopback test.
-
TEST_TYPE_BER: DU-RU BER test.
-
TEST_TYPE_ANT: Antenna calibration test.
-
TEST_TYPE_BATT: Battery test.
-
TEST_TYPE_ETHLB: IEEE802.3ah Ethernet loopback test.
The list of commands entered by the user.
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
LTE eNB Command Description/Ver.1.0
C0510 EXECUTE TRACE ROUTE TEST Command Format TEST-TRC-ROUTE: DST_IP_VER, [DST_IP_ADDR_V4], [DST_IP_ADDR_V6], [DSCP];
Command Description Performs the trace route test for the network path between the system and external hosts. When performing the trace route test, the user can enter a destination IP address and check the hops between the destination and the NE. The user can identify network elements with problems on the external network by checking the gateway or route address and delay time for each hop. Optionally, the destination IP version and the DSCP (Differentiated Services Code Point) value can be specified. The test result is normal if the state of all hops to the destination is normal. If the test execution result is NOK, it indicates that the path to the target is broken. TIMEOUT
10
Input Parameter Description Parameter
Description
Range
Unit
Default
DST_IP_VER
The IP address version of the external host to be tested. Select IPV4 if the host uses an IPv4 address; IPV6 if the host uses an IPv6 address.
IPV4/IPV6/
NONE
IPV4
DST_IP_ADDR _V4
The IP address of the external host to be tested. A version 4 address must be entered in this parameter.
IPv4 Address
NONE
-
DST_IP_ADDR _V6
The IP address of the external host to be tested. A version 6 address must be entered in this parameter.
IPv6 Address
NONE
-
DSCP
The Differentiated Services Code Point (DSCP) specified to assign services of different levels in the network traffic.
0 ~ 63
NONE
0
Output Parameter Description No output parameter.
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
71
Command Description
C0511 RETRIEVE ONLINE TEST PARAMETER Command Format RTRV-TEST-LIST: [OT_ID];
Command Description Retrieves the added online test schedules. Unlike on-demand tests, online tests are performed at regular intervals according to the registered schedules. Test start/end and execution result (start, end, success, fail) are sent to the LSM according to the notify information added to the test list. TIMEOUT
10
Input Parameter Description Parameter OT_ID
Description
Range
The ID of the online test schedule. Up to 50 can be added.
Unit
0 ~ 49
NONE
Defaul t 0
Output Parameter Description OT_ID
The ID of the online test schedule.
STATE
The state of the online test scheduler (The scheduler is enabled and the test is performed at the specified interval only when the state is RUN_ONLINE). -
RUN_ONLINE: The scheduler is enabled to execute the test
command at the specified interval. -
STOP_ONLINE: The scheduler is stopped by the user. (Even
if before END_TIME, the scheduler is stopped and no further tests are performed.) TEST_ID
The online test that can be performed on the system (ex. EXT_PING_TEST/INT_PING_TEST/TX_POWER_TEST etc.).
TI_ID
72
The test item ID assigned to each online test.
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
LTE eNB Command Description/Ver.1.0
PERIOD
The online test interval in seconds.
START_TIME
The online test start time.
END_TIME
The online test end time.
START_NOTIFY
The notify flag for the online test start. (USED_FLAG_ON/ USED_FLAG_OFF)
END_NOTIFY
The notify flag for the online test end. (USED_FLAG_ON/ USED_FLAG_OFF)
SUCCESS_NOTIFY
The notify flag for the online test success. (USED_FLAG_ON/ USED_FLAG_OFF)
FAIL_NOTIFY
The notify flag for the online test fail. (USED_FLAG_ON/ USED_FLAG_OFF)
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
73
Command Description
C0512 RETRIEVE EXTERNAL PING ONLINE TEST INFORMATION Command Format RTRV-EPING-INF: [TI_ID];
Command Description Retrieves the test item ID (TI_ID) referenced during the external ping online test. The test item ID provides the information such as destination IP version and address, DSCP, ping duration, packet count per second, which is used as a reference by the external ping command. Entering a TI_ID value displays the information corresponding to TI_ID. If none is entered, information for all (10) test items is retrieved. TIMEOUT
10
Input Parameter Description Parameter TI_ID
Description The ID for identifying the information added for online external ping tests. Up to 10 can be added. TI_ID defines the detailed execution method of the external ping online test (TEST_ID). This is set by the user in advance.
Range
Unit
0~9
NONE
Defaul t 0
Output Parameter Description TI_ID
The ID for identifying the information added for online external ping tests.
DST_IP_VER
The IP address version (IPV4/IPV6) of the external host to be tested.
DST_IP_ADDR_V4
The IP address of the external host to be tested. A version 4 address must be entered in this parameter.
DST_IP_ADDR_V6
The IP address of the external host to be tested. A version 6 address must be entered in this parameter.
74
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
LTE eNB Command Description/Ver.1.0
DSCP
The Differentiated Services Code Point (DSCP) specified to assign services of different levels in the network traffic.
PKT_SIZE
The size of packets transmitted during the external ping test.
PKT_PER_SEC
The number of packets transmitted per second during the external ping test.
TRY_SEC
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
The maximum duration of the external ping test.
75
Command Description
C0513 RETRIEVE INTERNAL PING ONLINE TEST INFORMATION Command Format RTRV-IPING-INF: [TI_ID];
Command Description Retrieves the test item ID (TI_ID) referenced during the internal ping online test. The test item ID provides the information such as target board type (UNIT_TYPE) and target board ID (unit ID), which is used as a reference by the internal ping command. Entering a TI_ID value displays the information corresponding to TI_ID. If none is entered, information for all (10) test items is retrieved. TIMEOUT
10
Input Parameter Description Parameter TI_ID
Description The ID for identifying the information added for online internal ping tests. Up to 10 can be added. TI_ID defines the detailed execution method of the Internal ping online test (TEST_ID). This is set by the user in advance.
Range
Unit
0~9
NONE
Defaul t 0
Output Parameter Description TI_ID
The ID for identifying the information added for online internal ping tests.
UNIT_TYPE
The type of the target processor board on which the internal ping test is to be performed.
UNIT_ID
The ID of the target processor board (UNIT_ID) on which the internal ping test is to be performed.
76
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
LTE eNB Command Description/Ver.1.0
C0515 RETRIEVE EXTERNAL PING ONLINE TEST RESULT Command Format RTRV-EPING-RSLT: TI_ID, [RESULT_ID];
Command Description Retrieves the external ping online test results. It retrieves the results of the external ping test performed by the test schedule added by the CRTE-TEST-LIST command. Each test item ID (TI_ID) can have up to 30 results. Lower the result ID, the more recent the results are. Even when the online test scheduler is added, if the actual test has not been performed, the result retrieval returns NO_DATA with NOK processing. The online test results are saved only after the actual test is executed. If the test is interrupted by STOP_ONLINE, for example, the result is not updated. TIMEOUT
10
Input Parameter Description Parameter
Description
Range
Unit
Default
TI_ID
The ID for identifying the information added for online external ping tests. Up to 10 can be added. TI_ID defines the detailed execution method of the external ping online test (TEST_ID). This is set by the user in advance.
0~9
NONE
0
RESULT_ID
The result ID in which order the external ping online test result is saved after the test is executed. The smaller the result ID, the more recent the result is. Each ID can have up to 30 results. If more than 30 online tests are performed, the oldest data is deleted first.
0 ~ 29
NONE
0
Output Parameter Description TI_ID
The ID for identifying the information added for online external ping tests.
RESULT_ID
The result ID in which order the external ping online test result is saved after the test is executed. The smaller the result ID, the
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
77
Command Description
more recent the result is. Each ID can have up to 30 results. If more than 30 online tests are performed, the oldest data is deleted first. TIME_STAMP
The execution time of the external ping online test.
DST_IP_VER
The IP address version of the external host to be tested.
DST_IP_ADDR_V4
The IP address of the external host to be tested.
DST_IP_ADDR_V6
The IP address of the external host to be tested.
DSCP
The Differentiated Services Code Point (DSCP) specified to assign services of different levels in the network traffic.
PKT_SIZE
The size of packets transmitted during the external ping test.
PKT_PER_SEC
The number of packets transmitted per second during the external ping test.
TRY_SEC
The maximum duration of the external ping test.
SRC_IP_VER
The IP address version of Source host.
SRC_IP_ADDR_V4
The IP address of the source which the test is performed.
SRC_IP_ADDR_V6
The IP address of the source which the test is performed.
ERROR_REASON
The error reason when the external ping test result is NOK. -
TM_ICMP_DEST_UNREACHABLE: The destination is
unreachable. -
TM_ICMP_PARTIALTIMEOUT: Only some of the packets
transmitted are received. -
TM_ICMP_TIMEOUT: None of the packets transmitted are
received. -
TM_PKTLOSS_VIOLATION: The packet loss threshold
defined in the PLD is exceeded. -
TM_RTT_VIOLATION: The round trip time threshold
defined in the PLD is exceeded. - TM_RTT_JITTER_VIOLATION: The round trip jitter (delay
variance) threshold defined in the PLD is exceeded.
78
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
LTE eNB Command Description/Ver.1.0
TOTAL_PKT
The number of packets transmitted during the external ping test.
SEND_PKT
The number of packets successfully transmitted during the external ping online test.
RECV_PKT
Total packets received during the external ping test.
DELAY_VARIANCE
The jitter value (standard deviation) of the average delay (round trip) for the external ping test. The delay standard deviation (msec) of all ICMP packets received during the external ping test (TRY_SEC).
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
79
Command Description
C0516 RETRIEVE INTERNAL PING ONLINE TEST RESULT Command Format RTRV-IPING-RSLT: TI_ID, [RESULT_ID];
Command Description Retrieves the internal ping online test results. It retrieves the results of the internal ping test performed by the test schedule added by the CRTE-TEST-LIST command. Each test item ID (TI_ID) can have up to 30 results. Lower the result ID, the more recent the results are. Even when the online test scheduler is added, if the actual test has not been performed, the result retrieval returns NO_DATA with NOK processing. The online test results are saved only after the actual test is executed. If the test is interrupted by STOP_ONLINE, for example, the result is not updated. TIMEOUT
10
Input Parameter Description Parameter
Description
Range
Unit
Default
TI_ID
The ID for identifying the information added for online internal ping tests. Up to 10 can be added. TI_ID defines the detailed execution method of the internal ping online test (TEST_ID). This is set by the user in advance.
0~9
NONE
0
RESULT_ID
The result ID in which order the internal ping online test result is saved after the test is executed. The smaller the result ID, the more recent the result is. Each ID can have up to 30 results. If more than 30 online tests are performed, the oldest data is deleted first.
0 ~ 29
NONE
0
Output Parameter Description TI_ID
The ID for identifying the information added for online internal ping tests.
RESULT_ID
The result ID in which order the internal ping online test result is saved after the test is executed. The smaller the result ID, the
80
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
LTE eNB Command Description/Ver.1.0
more recent the result is. (Each ID can have up to 30 results. If more than 30 online tests are performed, the oldest data is deleted first.) TIME_STAMP
The execution time of the internal ping online test.
UNIT_TYPE
The type of the target processor board on which the internal ping test is to be performed.
UNIT_ID
The ID of the target processor board on which the internal ping test is to be performed.
ERROR_REASON
The error reason if the internal ping test result is NOK. -
TM_ICMP_DEST_UNREACHABLE: The destination is
unreachable. -
TM_ICMP_PARTIALTIMEOUT: Only some of the packets
transmitted are received. -
TM_ICMP_TIMEOUT: None of the packets transmitted are
received. DELAY
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
The delay (round trip) in milliseconds for the internal ping test.
81
Command Description
C0517 RETRIEVE TRACE ROUTE ONLINE TEST RESULT Command Format RTRV-TRC-RSLT: TI_ID, [RESULT_ID];
Command Description Retrieves the trace route online test results. It retrieves the results of the trace route test performed by the test schedule added by the CRTE-TEST-LIST command. Each test item ID (TI_ID) can have up to 30 results. Lower the result ID, the more recent the results are. Even when the online test scheduler is added, if the actual test has not been performed, the result retrieval returns NO_DATA with NOK processing. The online test results are saved only after the actual test is executed. If the test is interrupted by STOP_ONLINE, for example, the result is not updated. TIMEOUT
10
Input Parameter Description Parameter
Description
Range
Unit
Default
TI_ID
Test Item ID(0 to 9)
0~9
NONE
0
RESULT_ID
Trace Route Test Result ID(0 to 29)
0 ~ 29
NONE
0
Output Parameter Description
82
TI_ID
Test Item ID(0 to 9)
RESULT_ID
Trace Route Test Result ID(0 to 29)
TIME_STAMP
Executed time of the test
DST_IP_VER
IP Version for the Destination.
DST_IP_ADDR_V4
The IP address of the external host to be tested.
DST_IP_ADDR_V6
The IP address of the external host to be tested.
DSCP
The Differentiated Services Code Point (DSCP) specified to
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
LTE eNB Command Description/Ver.1.0
assign services of different levels in the network traffic. SRC_IP_VER
The IP address version of Source host.
SRC_IP_ADDR_V4
The IP address of the source which the test is performed.
SRC_IP_ADDR_V6
The IP address of the source which the test is performed.
ERROR_REASON
Error reason.
HOP_CNT
HOP Count. Maximum number of Hops allowed is 30
HOP_IP_VER
IP version of HOP IP address.
HOP_ADDR
IP Address of each HOP
HOP_DELAY
Echo Delay Average Time(msec)
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
83
Command Description
C0520 RETRIEVE EXTERNAL PING TEST THRESHOLD DATA Command Format RTRV-TEST-THR;
Command Description Retrieves the thresholds set for delay average, jitter and packet loss ratio measured during the external ping test to determine the test result (OK or NOK). The thresholds used for the external ping test are as follows. - Packet Loss Threshold: The threshold for packets received over total packets transmitted (0100%). - Round Trip Time Threshold: The threshold for RTT (round trip time) of ICMP packets (1-1000 msec). - RTT Jitter Threshold: The threshold for RTT jitter of ICMP packets (1-1000 msec). TIMEOUT
10
Input Parameter Description No input parameter.
Output Parameter Description RTT_THR
The threshold for round trip time (delay average for each packet) during the external ping test.
RTT_JIT_THR
The threshold for round trip jitter (delay standard deviation for each packet) during the external ping test.
PKT_LOS_THR
The threshold for the packet loss ratio during the external ping test.
84
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
LTE eNB Command Description/Ver.1.0
C0521 CHANGE ONLINE TEST PARAMETER Command Format CHG-TEST-LIST: OT_ID, [STATE], [TEST_ID], [TI_ID], [PERIOD], [START_TIME], [END_TIME], [START_NOTIFY], [END_NOTIFY], [SUCCESS_NOTIFY], [FAIL_NOTIFY];
Command Description Changes the added schedules for performing online tests. Up to 50 online tests can be added in the schedule. The additions/changes are stored in the PLD so that the tests are performed even when the system restarts. TIMEOUT
10
Input Parameter Description Parameter
Description
Range
Unit
Default
OT_ID
The ID of the online test schedule. Up to 50 can be added.
0 ~ 49
NONE
0
STATE
The state of the online test scheduler. The scheduler is enabled and the test is performed at the specified interval only when the state is RUN_ONLINE. - RUN_ONLINE: The scheduler is enabled to execute the test command at the specified interval. - STOP_ONLINE: The scheduler is stopped. Schedules in STOP_ONLINE state are not retrieved. The periodic tests are also not performed.
RUN_ONLINE/ STOP_ONLINE/
NONE
STOP_ ONLINE
TEST_ID
The following online tests can be performed in the system. For example, if the user wish to perform Tx power online test, the CHGTXPWR-INF command can be used to specify the target for the Tx power test and enter TX_POWER_TEST for the test ID parameter of the CHG-TEST-LIST command to have the online test performed at the specified time.
EXT_PING_TEST/ INT_PING_TEST/ TRC_ROUTE_TEST/ TX_POWER_TEST/
NONE
EXT_PI NG_TE ST
TI_ID
The ID for identifying the information added for online tests. Up to 10 can be added. TI_ID defines the detailed execution method of the online test (TEST_ID). This is set by the user in advance.
0~9
NONE
0
PERIOD
The online test interval in seconds.
60 ~ 720
seconds
60
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
85
Command Description
Parameter
Description
Range
Unit
Default
START_TIME
The online test start time. START_TIME must be earlier than END_TIME. The time input format is YYYY/MM/DD_HH:MM. For example, 2010/03/29_16:47.
-
yyyy/ mm/ dd_hh: mm
-
END_TIME
The online test end time. END_TIME must be later than the current time and later than START_TIME. The time input format is YYYY/MM/DD_HH:MM. For example, 2010/12/27_19:18.
-
yyyy/ mm/ dd_hh: mm
-
START_NOTIF Y
The notify flag for the online test start. If this flag is on, when the online test start time (START_TIME) is reached and the schedule starts, the online test start notification message is sent to the EMS (USED_FLAG_ON:1, USED_FLAG_OFF:0).
USED_FLAG_OFF/ USED_FLAG_ON/
NONE
USED_ FLAG_ OFF
END_NOTIFY
The notify flag for the online test end. If this flag is on, when the online test end time (END_TIME) is reached and the schedule ends, the online test end notification message is sent to the EMS (USED_FLAG_ON:1, USED_FLAG_OFF:0).
USED_FLAG_OFF/ USED_FLAG_ON/
NONE
USED_ FLAG_ OFF
SUCCESS_NO TIFY
The notify flag for the online test success. If this flag is on, when the online test result is OK, the online test success notification message is sent to the EMS (USED_FLAG_ON:1, USED_FLAG_OFF:0).
USED_FLAG_OFF/ USED_FLAG_ON/
NONE
USED_ FLAG_ OFF
FAIL_NOTIFY
The notify flag for the online test fail. If this flag is on, when the online test result is NOK, the online test fail notification message is sent to the EMS (USED_FLAG_ON:1, USED_FLAG_OFF:0).
USED_FLAG_OFF/ USED_FLAG_ON/
NONE
USED_ FLAG_ OFF
Output Parameter Description OT_ID
The ID of the online test schedule.
STATE
The state of the online test scheduler. -
RUN_ONLINE: The scheduler is added to execute the test
command at the specified interval. -
STOP_ONLINE: The scheduler is stopped. Schedules in
STOP_ONLINE state are not retrieved. The periodic tests are also not performed.
86
TEST_ID
The online test that can be performed on the system.
TI_ID
The test item ID assigned to each online test.
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
LTE eNB Command Description/Ver.1.0
PERIOD
The online test interval in seconds.
START_TIME
The online test start time.
END_TIME
The online test end time.
START_NOTIFY
The notify flag for the online test start. (USED_FLAG_ON/ USED_FLAG_OFF)
END_NOTIFY
The notify flag for the online test end. (USED_FLAG_ON/ USED_FLAG_OFF)
SUCCESS_NOTIFY
The notify flag for the online test success. (USED_FLAG_ON/ USED_FLAG_OFF)
FAIL_NOTIFY
The notify flag for the online test fail. (USED_FLAG_ON/ USED_FLAG_OFF)
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
87
Command Description
C0522 CHANGE EXTERNAL PING ONLINE TEST INFORMATION Command Format CHG-EPING-INF: TI_ID, DST_IP_VER, [DST_IP_ADDR_V4], [DST_IP_ADDR_V6], [DSCP], [PKT_SIZE], [PKT_PER_SEC], [TRY_SEC];
Command Description Specifies or changes the specified content in the test item ID (TI_ID) referenced during the external ping online test. The test item ID can set or change the information such as destination IP version and address, DSCP, ping duration, packet count per second, which is used as a reference by the external ping command. Up to 10 test items can be added. TIMEOUT
10
Input Parameter Description Parameter
Description
Range
Unit
Default
TI_ID
The ID for identifying the information added for online external ping tests. Up to 10 can be added. TI_ID defines the detailed execution method of the external ping online test (TEST_ID). This is set by the user in advance.
0~9
NONE
0
DST_IP_VER
The IP address version of the external host to be tested. Select IPV4 if the host uses an IPv4 address; IPV6 if the host uses an IPv6 address.
IPV4/IPV6/
NONE
IPV4
DST_IP_ADDR _V4
The IP address of the external host to be tested. A version 4 address must be entered in this parameter.
IPv4 Address
NONE
-
DST_IP_ADDR _V6
The IP address of the external host to be tested. A version 6 address must be entered in this parameter.
IPv6 Address
NONE
-
DSCP
The Differentiated Services Code Point (DSCP) specified to assign services of different levels in the network traffic.
0 ~ 63
NONE
0
PKT_SIZE
The size of packets transmitted during the external ping test. 56 to 1024 bytes can be entered. The default is 56 bytes.
56 ~ 1024
bytes
56
PKT_PER_SEC
The number of packets transmitted per second during the external ping test. 1 to 5 packets can be sent per second.
1~5
packets/ second
1
88
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
LTE eNB Command Description/Ver.1.0
Parameter TRY_SEC
Description
Range
The maximum duration of the external ping test. The test can be performed for from 1 to 10 seconds.
1 ~ 10
Unit seconds
Default 1
Output Parameter Description TI_ID
The ID for identifying the information added for online external ping tests.
DST_IP_VER
The IP address version (IPV4/IPV6) of the external host to be tested.
DST_IP_ADDR_V4
The IP address of the external host to be tested. A version 4 address must be entered in this parameter.
DST_IP_ADDR_V6
The IP address of the external host to be tested. A version 6 address must be entered in this parameter.
DSCP
The Differentiated Services Code Point (DSCP) specified to assign services of different levels in the network traffic.
PKT_SIZE
The size of packets transmitted during the external ping test.
PKT_PER_SEC
The number of packets transmitted per second during the external ping test.
TRY_SEC
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
The maximum duration of the external ping test.
89
Command Description
C0523 CHANGE INTERNAL PING ONLINE TEST INFORMATION Command Format CHG-IPING-INF: TI_ID, [UNIT_ID];
Command Description Sets or changes the test item ID (TI_ID) referenced during the internal ping online test. The test item ID can set or change the information such as target board type (UNIT_TYPE) and target board ID (unit ID), which is used as a reference by the internal ping command. Up to 10 test items can be added. TIMEOUT
10
Input Parameter Description Parameter
Description
Range
Unit
Default
TI_ID
The ID for identifying the information added for online internal ping tests. Up to 10 can be added. TI_ID defines the detailed execution method of the Internal ping online test (TEST_ID). This is set by the user in advance.
0~9
NONE
0
UNIT_ID
The ID of the target processor board (UNIT_ID) on which the internal ping test is to be performed.
0 ~ 10
NONE
0
Output Parameter Description TI_ID
The ID for identifying the information added for online internal ping tests.
UNIT_ID
The ID of the target processor board on which the internal ping test is to be performed.
90
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
LTE eNB Command Description/Ver.1.0
C0525 CHANGE EXTERNAL PING TEST THRESHOLD DATA Command Format CHG-TEST-THR: [RTT_THR], [RTT_JIT_THR], [PKT_LOS_THR];
Command Description Sets or changes the thresholds for delay average, jitter and packet loss ratio measured during the external ping test to determine the test result (OK or NOK). The thresholds applied in external ping tests are as follows. - Packet Loss Threshold: The threshold for packets received over total packets transmitted (0100%). - Round Trip Time Threshold: The threshold for RTT (round trip time) of ICMP packets (1-1000 msec). - RTT Jitter Threshold: The threshold for RTT jitter of ICMP packets (1-1000 msec). TIMEOUT
10
Input Parameter Description Parameter
Description
Range
Unit
Default
RTT_THR
The threshold for round trip time (delay average for each packet) during the external ping test in milliseconds.
1 ~ 1000
NONE
100
RTT_JIT_THR
The threshold for round trip jitter (delay standard deviation for each packet) during the external ping test in milliseconds.
1 ~ 1000
NONE
100
PKT_LOS_THR
The threshold for the packet loss ratio during the external ping test in %.
0 ~ 100
NONE
1
Output Parameter Description RTT_THR
The threshold for round trip time (delay average for each packet) during the external ping test.
RTT_JIT_THR
The threshold for round trip jitter (delay standard deviation for each packet) during the external ping test.
PKT_LOS_THR
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
The threshold for the packet loss ratio during the external ping
91
Command Description
test.
92
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
LTE eNB Command Description/Ver.1.0
C0529 RETRIEVE ETHERNET OAM CONFIGURATION Command Format RTRV-ETHOAM-CONF: [PORT_ID];
Command Description Retrieves the PLD ETHOAM CONFIGURATION information. EtherOAM provides Ethernet link monitoring according to the standard defined in IEEE 802.3ah. It uses the OAMPDU (Ethernet OAM Protocol Data Unit) to perform discovery, remote fault indication, link monitoring and remote loopback for maintenance of geographically remote Ethernet network elements. This command is used for retrieving the EFM parameter information changed by the CHG-ETHOAM-CONF command. TIMEOUT
10
Input Parameter Description Parameter PORT_ID
Description
Range
The port ID of the external link on which the Ethernet loopback is to be performed.
0~5
Unit NONE
Default 0
Output Parameter Description PORT_ID
The port ID of the external link on which the Ethernet loopback is performed.
ETH_OAM_ADMIN_STATE
The administrator state of the EFM (Ethernet in the First Mile).
ETH_OAM_LAYER_STATE
The layer state of the EFM. -
Active: Discovery is performed through the external link and
the Ethernet loopback command is also available for execution. -
Passive: Cannot be triggered directly by the eNB. It only
responds to the EFM packets transmitted through the external port. ETH_OAM_PDU_MAX_RATE
The maximum OAMPDU count transmitted per second on the OAM layer. Any OAMPDUs exceeding this value are dropped.
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
93
Command Description
ETH_OAM_PDU_MIN_RATE
The minimum OAMPDU count transmitted per second on the OAM layer.
ETH_OAM_CLIENT_TIMEOUT
The timeout for determining disconnection from the remote station. The remote station is determined as disconnected if the OAMPDU is not received within the time specified.
ERR_FRAME_PERIOD_WINDOW The frame window size set for link fault processing by the OAM layer (this value multiplied by 1000 is the actual window size). ERR_FRAME_PERIOD_THR_HI High threshold for the frames with errors. ERR_FRAME_PERIOD_THR_LO Low threshold for the frames with errors.
94
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
LTE eNB Command Description/Ver.1.0
C0530 CHANGE ETHERNET OAM CONFIGURATION Command Format CHG-ETHOAM-CONF: PORT_ID, [ETH_OAM_ADMIN_STATE], [ETH_OAM_LAYER_STATE], [ETH_OAM_PDU_MAX_RATE], [ETH_OAM_PDU_MIN_RATE], [ETH_OAM_CLIENT_TIMEOUT], [ERR_FRAME_PERIOD_WINDOW], [ERR_FRAME_PERIOD_THR_HI], [ERR_FRAME_PERIOD_THR_LO];
Command Description Changes the PLD EtherOAM CONFIGURATION information. EtherOAM provides Ethernet link monitoring according to the standard defined in IEEE 802.3ah. It uses the OAMPDU (Ethernet OAM Protocol Data Unit) to perform discovery, remote fault indication, link monitoring and remote loopback for maintenance of geographically remote Ethernet network elements. Sets or changes parameters for providing the EFM function. TIMEOUT
10
Input Parameter Description Parameter
Description
Range
Unit
Default
PORT_ID
The port ID of the external link on which Ethernet loopback is to be performed.
0~5
NONE
0
ETH_OAM_AD MIN_STATE
The administrator state of the EFM. AdminState can be entered as Enable or Disable. - Enable: The 802.3ah function is available. - Disable: The 802.3ah function is unavailable.
DOT3_ENABLE/ DOT3_DISABLE/
NONE
DOT3_ DISABLE
ETH_OAM_LAY ER_STATE
The layer state of the EFM. The OAM layer state can be entered as Active or Passive. - Active: Discovery is performed through the external link and the Ethernet loopback command is also available for execution. - Passive: Cannot be triggered directly by the eNB. It only responds to the EFM packets transmitted through the external port.
DOT3_PASSIVE/ DOT3_ACTIVE/
NONE
DOT3_ PASSIVE
ETH_OAM_PD U_MAX_RATE
The maximum OAMPDU count transmitted per second on the OAM layer. Any OAMPDUs exceeding the maximum value are dropped.
1 ~ 10
OAMPD U(s)
10
ETH_OAM_PD U_MIN_RATE
The minimum OAMPDU count transmitted per second on the OAM layer.
1 ~ 10
OAMPD U(s)
1
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
95
Command Description
Parameter
Description
Range
Unit
Default
ETH_OAM_CLI ENT_TIMEOUT
The timeout for determining disconnection from the remote station. The remote station is determined as disconnected if the OAMPDU is not received within the time specified.
2 ~ 30
seconds
5
ERR_FRAME_ PERIOD_WIND OW
The frame window size set for link fault processing by the OAM layer. This value multiplied by 1000 is the actual window size.
1 ~ 65535
1000 Frames
1000
ERR_FRAME_ PERIOD_THR_ HI
High threshold for the frames with errors. 0 indicates Disable and a value between 1 and 65535 can be entered for Enable state.
0 ~ 65535
Frames
0
ERR_FRAME_ PERIOD_THR_ LO
Low threshold for the frames with errors. If ErrFramePeriodThrHi is enabled, this value must be smaller than the high threshold.
0 ~ 65535
Frames
1
Output Parameter Description PORT_ID
The port ID of the external link on which the Ethernet loopback is performed.
ETH_OAM_ADMIN_STATE
The administrator state of the EFM.
ETH_OAM_LAYER_STATE
The layer state of the EFM. -
Active: Discovery is performed through the external link and
the Ethernet loopback command is also available for execution. -
Passive: Cannot be triggered directly by the eNB. It only
responds to the EFM packets transmitted through the external port. ETH_OAM_PDU_MAX_RATE
The maximum OAMPDU count transmitted per second on the OAM layer. Any OAMPDUs exceeding this value are dropped.
ETH_OAM_PDU_MIN_RATE
The minimum OAMPDU count transmitted per second on the OAM layer.
ETH_OAM_CLIENT_TIMEOUT
The timeout for determining disconnection from the remote station. The remote station is determined as disconnected if the OAMPDU is not received within the time specified.
ERR_FRAME_PERIOD_WINDOW The frame window size set for link fault processing by the OAM layer (this value multiplied by 1000 is the actual window size). ERR_FRAME_PERIOD_THR_HI High threshold for the frames with errors.
96
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
LTE eNB Command Description/Ver.1.0
ERR_FRAME_PERIOD_THR_LO Low threshold for the frames with errors.
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
97
Command Description
C0531 EXECUTE ETHERNET LOOPBACK TEST Command Format TEST-ETH-LB: PORT_ID, DURATION;
Command Description Performs the loopback test on the EFM function defined in the IEEE 802.3ah standard. During the process this command, the backhaul link can not receive any packet except OAMPDU for testing. Therefore the connection to the LSM will be disconnected for a while. The EFM is responsible for testing the inter-station link directly connected to the eNB. To execute the Ethernet loopback command, the discovery must be performed. The command can only be triggered in EFM active mode. If discovery fails or the EFM is in passive mode, this command returns NOK and does not perform the loopback test. TIMEOUT
10
Input Parameter Description Parameter
Description
Range
Unit
Default
PORT_ID
The port ID of the backhaul port on which Ethernet loopback is to be performed.
0~5
NONE
0
DURATION
The duration of the Ethernet loopback test. Since performing a loopback test on the external link results in disconnection of the external communication, the test duration must be specified so that the link is automatically restored after the specified duration. The duration is in seconds.
1 ~ 10
NONE
1
Output Parameter Description No output parameter.
98
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
LTE eNB Command Description/Ver.1.0
C0534 CREATE ONLINE TEST LIST Command Format CRTE-TEST-LIST: OT_ID, [STATE], [TEST_ID], [TI_ID], [PERIOD], START_TIME, END_TIME, [START_NOTIFY], [END_NOTIFY], [SUCCESS_NOTIFY], [FAIL_NOTIFY];
Command Description Crteate Online Test List Relation. Adds schedules for a specific command for performing online tests. Up to 50 online tests can be added in the schedule. The additions are stored in the PLD so that the tests are performed even when the system restarts. TIMEOUT
10
Input Parameter Description Parameter
Description
Range
Unit
Default
OT_ID
The ID of the online test schedule. Up to 50 can be added.
0 ~ 49
NONE
0
STATE
The state of the online test scheduler. The scheduler is enabled and the test is performed at the specified interval only when the state is RUN_ONLINE. - RUN_ONLINE: The scheduler is enabled to execute the test command at the specified interval. - STOP_ONLINE: The scheduler is stopped. Schedules in STOP_ONLINE state are not performed the periodic tests either.
RUN_ONLINE/ STOP_ONLINE/
NONE
STOP_ ONLINE
TEST_ID
The following online tests can be performed in the target system. For example, if the user wish to perform Tx power online test, the CHG-TXPWR-INF command can be used to specify the target for the Tx power test and enter TX_POWER_TEST for the test ID parameter of the CHG-TEST-LIST command to have the online test performed at the specified time.
EXT_PING_TEST/ INT_PING_TEST/ TRC_ROUTE_TEST/ TX_POWER_TEST/
NONE
EXT_PI NG_TE ST
TI_ID
The ID for identifying the information added for online tests. Up to 10 can be added. TI_ID defines the detailed execution method of the online test (TEST_ID). This is set by the user in advance.
0~9
NONE
0
PERIOD
The online test interval in seconds.
60 ~ 720
seconds
60
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
99
Command Description
Parameter
Description
Range
Unit
Default
START_TIME
The online test start time. START_TIME must be earlier than END_TIME. The time input format is YYYY/MM/ DD_HH:MM.('YYYY' value can not exceed 2037.) For example, 2010/03/29_16:47
-
yyyy/ mm/ dd_hh: mm
-
END_TIME
The online test end time. END_TIME must be later than the current time and later than START_TIME. The time input format is YYYY/MM/DD_HH:MM.('YYYY' value can not exceed 2037). If START_TIME and END_TIME are equal, the END_TIME will be set 6 hours later by START_TIME. For example, 2010/12/27_19:18
-
yyyy/ mm/ dd_hh: mm
-
START_NOTIF Y
The notify flag for the online test start. If this flag is on, when the online test start time (START_TIME) is reached and the schedule starts, the online test start notification message is sent to the EMS (USED_FLAG_ON:1, USED_FLAG_OFF:0).
USED_FLAG_OFF/ USED_FLAG_ON/
NONE
USED_ FLAG_ OFF
END_NOTIFY
The notify flag for the online test end. If this flag is on, when the online test end time (END_TIME) is reached and the schedule ends, the online test end notification message is sent to the EMS (USED_FLAG_ON:1, USED_FLAG_OFF:0).
USED_FLAG_OFF/ USED_FLAG_ON/
NONE
USED_ FLAG_ OFF
SUCCESS_NO TIFY
The notify flag for the online test success. If this flag is on, when the online test result is OK, the online test success notification message is sent to the EMS (USED_FLAG_ON:1, USED_FLAG_OFF:0).
USED_FLAG_OFF/ USED_FLAG_ON/
NONE
USED_ FLAG_ OFF
FAIL_NOTIFY
The notify flag for the online test fail. If this flag is on, when the online test result is NOK, the online test fail notification message is sent to the EMS (USED_FLAG_ON:1, USED_FLAG_OFF:0).
USED_FLAG_OFF/ USED_FLAG_ON/
NONE
USED_ FLAG_ OFF
Output Parameter Description OT_ID
The ID of the online test schedule.
STATE
The state of the online test scheduler. -
RUN_ONLINE: The scheduler is added to execute the test
command at the specified interval. - STOP_ONLINE: The scheduler is stopped. The periodic tests
are not performed either. TEST_ID
100
The online test that can be performed on the system.
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
LTE eNB Command Description/Ver.1.0
TI_ID
The test item ID assigned to each online test.
PERIOD[seconds]
The online test interval in seconds.
START_TIME
The online test start time.
END_TIME
The online test end time.
START_NOTIFY
The notify flag for the online test start. (USED_FLAG_ON/ USED_FLAG_OFF)
END_NOTIFY
The notify flag for the online test end. (USED_FLAG_ON/ USED_FLAG_OFF)
SUCCESS_NOTIFY
The notify flag for the online test success. (USED_FLAG_ON/ USED_FLAG_OFF)
FAIL_NOTIFY
The notify flag for the online test fail. (USED_FLAG_ON/ USED_FLAG_OFF)
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
101
Command Description
C0535 DELETE ONLINE TEST LIST Command Format DLT-TEST-LIST: OT_ID;
Command Description Delate schedules for a specific online test command. TIMEOUT
10
Input Parameter Description Parameter OT_ID
Description The Online Test schedule ID will be deleted.
Range 0 ~ 49
Unit NONE
Defaul t 0
Output Parameter Description No output parameter.
102
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
LTE eNB Command Description/Ver.1.0
C0536 CHANGE TRACE ROUTE ONLINE TEST INFORMATION Command Format CHG-TRC-ROUTE: TI_ID, DST_IP_VER, [DST_IP_ADDR_V4], [DST_IP_ADDR_V6], [DSCP];
Command Description Specifies or changes the specified content in the test item ID (TI_ID) referenced during the trace route online test. The test item ID can set or change the information such as destination IP version, address and DSCP which is used as a reference by the trace route command. Up to 10 test items can be added. TIMEOUT
10
Input Parameter Description Parameter
Description
Range
Unit
Default
TI_ID
The ID for identifying the information added for online trace route tests. Up to 10 can be added. TI_ID defines the detailed execution method of the trace route online test (TEST_ID). This is set by the user in advance.
0~9
NONE
0
DST_IP_VER
The IP address version of the external host to be tested. Select IPV4 if the host uses an IPv4 address; IPV6 if the host uses an IPv6 address.
IPV4/IPV6/
NONE
IPV4
DST_IP_ADDR _V4
The IP address of the external host to be tested. A version 4 address must be entered in this parameter.
IPv4 Address
NONE
-
DST_IP_ADDR _V6
The IP address of the external host to be tested. A version 6 address must be entered in this parameter.
IPv6 Address
NONE
-
DSCP
The Differentiated Services Code Point (DSCP) specified to assign services of different levels in the network traffic.
0 ~ 63
NONE
0
Output Parameter Description TI_ID
The ID for identifying the information added for online trace route tests. Up to 10 can be added. TI_ID defines the detailed execution method of the trace route online test (TEST_ID). This
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
103
Command Description
is set by the user in advance. DST_IP_VER
The IP address version of the external host to be tested. Select IPV4 if the host uses an IPv4 address; IPV6 if the host uses an IPv6 address.
DST_IP_ADDR_V4
The IP address of the external host to be tested. A version 4 address must be entered in this parameter.
DST_IP_ADDR_V6
The IP address of the external host to be tested. A version 6 address must be entered in this parameter.
DSCP
The Differentiated Services Code Point (DSCP) specified to assign services of different levels in the network traffic.
104
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
LTE eNB Command Description/Ver.1.0
C0537 RETRIEVE TRACE ROUTE ONLINE TEST INFORMATION Command Format RTRV-TRC-ROUTE: [TI_ID];
Command Description Retrieves the test item ID (TI_ID) referenced during the trace route online test. The test item ID provides the information such as destination IP version, address and DSCP which is used as a reference by the trace route command. Entering a TI_ID value displays the information corresponding to TI_ID. If none is entered, information for all (10) test items is retrieved. TIMEOUT
10
Input Parameter Description Parameter TI_ID
Description The ID for identifying the information added for online trace route tests. Up to 10 can be added. TI_ID defines the detailed execution method of the trace route online test (TEST_ID). This is set by the user in advance.
Range 0~9
Unit NONE
Defaul t 0
Output Parameter Description TI_ID
The ID for identifying the information added for online trace route tests. Up to 10 can be added. TI_ID defines the detailed execution method of the trace route online test (TEST_ID). This is set by the user in advance.
DST_IP_VER
The IP address version of the external host to be tested. Select IPV4 if the host uses an IPv4 address; IPV6 if the host uses an IPv6 address.
DST_IP_ADDR_V4
The IP address of the external host to be tested. A version 4 address must be entered in this parameter.
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
105
Command Description
DST_IP_ADDR_V6
The IP address of the external host to be tested. A version 6 address must be entered in this parameter.
DSCP
The Differentiated Services Code Point (DSCP) specified to assign services of different levels in the network traffic.
106
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
LTE eNB Command Description/Ver.1.0
C0550 START CELL TRAFFIC TRACE Command Format START-TRC: MCC, MNC, TRACE_ID, [LIST_OF_INTERFACES], DEPTH, CELL_NUM, IP_VER, [TCE_IPV4], [TCE_IPV6];
Command Description Registers signaling trace for all active calls within the specified cell. Only one cell per eNB can be specified for this command. For example, to trace Cell #2 while tracing Cell #1, the user must delete the trace of Cell #1 and then add the trace of Cell #2. Once added, a trace cannot be changed. If a change is necessary, the user must delete (STOP-TRC) the existing trace and then add it again. This command can be executed in the following order. 1. Select Performance at the top of the main screen. 2. Select Call Trace. 3. Select the target eNB. 4. Select the Register button and enter parameters. TIMEOUT
10
Input Parameter Description Parameter
Description
Range
Unit
Default
MCC
Mobile country code. A unique code for each country, which is used for trace reference configuration. For example, Korea: 450, USA: 310 - 316
3
NONE
-
MNC
Mobile network code. A unique code for each network, which is used for trace reference configuration. For example, SK: 05, SPRINT: 120
3
NONE
-
TRACE_ID
The trace ID which is unique within the network. It is used along with MCC and MNC for configuring the trace reference.
0 ~ 16777215
NONE
NONE
LIST_OF_INTE RFACES
The interface for which the signaling trace data is to be collected. If no interface is entered, signaling trace data is collected for all interfaces. The interfaces available for data collection include S1MME, X2, and Uu.
S1MME/X2/ S1MME_X2/Uu/ S1MME_Uu/X2_Uu/ S1MME_X2_Uu/
NONE
-
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
107
Command Description
Parameter
Description
Range
Unit
Default
DEPTH
The detail level of the data to be collected. Minimum, Medium, MinimumWithoutVendorSpecificExtension, and MediumWithoutVendorSpecificExtension show the trace detail data in the XML decoding format. Maximum and MaximumWithoutVendorSpecificExtension show the trace detail data in the XML encoding format.
ci_minimum/ ci_medium/ ci_maximum/ ci_woVendorSpecificMi nimum/ ci_woVendorSpecificMe dium/ ci_woVendorSpecificMa ximum/
NONE
NONE
CELL_NUM
The cell number for which trace is to be activated.
0~5
NONE
0
IP_VER
The TCE IP version.
IPV4/IPV6/
NONE
NONE
TCE_IPV4
The TCE IP address in the IPv4 format.
IPv4 Address
NONE
-
TCE_IPV6
The TCE IP address in the IPv6 format.
IPv6 Address
NONE
-
Output Parameter Description No output parameter.
108
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
LTE eNB Command Description/Ver.1.0
C0551 STOP CELL TRAFFIC TRACE Command Format STOP-TRC: MCC, MNC, TRACE_ID, CELL_NUM;
Command Description Deletes the trace registered for cells. When the command is executed, collection of the signaling trace data for active calls in the specified cell is stopped. This command can be executed in the following order. 1. Select Performance at the top of the main screen. 2. Select Call Trace. 3. Select the target eNB 4. Select the Delete button. TIMEOUT
10
Input Parameter Description Parameter
Description
Range
Unit
Default
MCC
Mobile country code. A unique code for each country, which is used for trace reference configuration. For example, Korea: 450, USA: 310 - 316
3
NONE
-
MNC
Mobile network code. A unique code for each network, which is used for trace reference configuration. For example, SK: 05, SPRINT: 120
3
NONE
-
TRACE_ID
The trace ID which is unique within the network. It is used along with MCC and MNC for configuring the trace reference.
0 ~ 16777215
NONE
NONE
CELL_NUM
The cell number for which trace is to be activated.
0~5
NONE
0
Output Parameter Description No output parameter.
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
109
Command Description
C0552 CHANGE CSL INFORMATION Command Format CHG-CSL-INF: [IP_VER], [CSL_IPV4], [CSL_IPV6], [BUFFERING_TIME];
Command Description Changes the information related to CSL data transmission. The following parameters are available for change. - CSL server IP version. - CSL server IP. - CSL buffering time. When the user changes any of the parameters above, the eNB immediately applies the changes to the CSL data and transmits it. The CLS server's IP address supports both IPV4 and IPV6. The default is eNB-LSM (TruceCall server for MPCS). Multiple CSL servers cannot be used. The CSL data is transmitted when: - the buffering time elapses after data is created. - the number of data entries buffered reaches 10. When any of the conditions above are met, the eNB transmits the CSL data to the server. The default CSL buffering timer is 5 (sec). TIMEOUT
10
Input Parameter Description Parameter
Description
Range
Unit
Default
IP_VER
The type of the IP address of the server for which CSL data (IPV4 or IPV6) is to be collected.
IPV4/IPV6/
NONE
IPV4
CSL_IPV4
The CSL server's IP address in the IPv4 format.
IPv4 Address
NONE
-
CSL_IPV6
The CSL server's IP address in the IPv6 format.
IPv6 Address
NONE
-
BUFFERING_T IME
The eNB stores the CSL data in the eNB memory during the buffering time to reduce the network load. If the buffering time is set to 10, all of the CSL data stored in the memory is sent to the CLS server 10 seconds after the data is created. Note that the CSL data is also transmitted to the CSL server when the number of CSL data entries stored reaches 10 even within 10 seconds of data creation.
5 ~ 60
NONE
5
110
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
LTE eNB Command Description/Ver.1.0
Output Parameter Description IP_VER
The type of the IP address of the server for which CSL data (IPV4 or IPV6) is to be collected.
CSL_IPV4
The CSL server's IP address in the IPv4 format.
CSL_IPV6
The CSL server's IP address in the IPv6 format.
BUFFERING_TIME
The eNB stores the CSL data in the eNB memory during the buffering time to reduce the network load. If the buffering time is set to 10, all of the CSL data stored in the memory is sent to the CLS server 10 seconds after the data is created. Note that the CSL data is also transmitted to the CSL server when the number of CSL data entries stored reaches 10 even within 10 seconds of data creation.
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
111
Command Description
C0553 RETRIEVE TRACE JOB LIST Command Format RTRV-TRC;
Command Description Retrieves the trace information of each cell. This command can also be executed in the following order. 1) Select Performance at the top of the main screen. 2) Select Call Trace 3) Select the target eNB 4) If the list is not displayed, select the Refresh button. TIMEOUT
30
Input Parameter Description No input parameter.
Output Parameter Description ID
It is a dynamic table index.
TYPE
Trace Type 0: Management based Trace(Cell Traffic Trace) 1: Signaling based Trace
MCC
Mobile country code. A unique code for each country, which is used for trace reference configuration. For example, Korea: 450, USA: 310 - 316
MNC
Mobile network code. A unique code for each network, which is used for trace reference configuration. For example, SK: 05, SPRINT: 120
TRACE_ID
The trace ID which is unique within the network. It is used along with MCC and MNC for configuring the trace reference.
REFERENCE
A value constituting MCC, MNC and traceId, which is used for identifying traces for calls or cells. It is the key information for identifying the trace and unique within the network.
LIST_OF_INTERFACES
112
The interface for which the signaling trace data is to be col-
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
LTE eNB Command Description/Ver.1.0
lected. If no interface is entered, signaling trace data is collected for all interfaces. The interfaces available for data collection include S1MME, X2, and Uu. DEPTH
The detail level of the data to be collected. Minimum, Medium, MinimumWithoutVendorSpecificExtension, and MediumWithoutVendorSpecificExtension show the trace detail data in the XML decoding format. Maximum and MaximumWithoutVendorSpecificExtension show the trace detail data in the XML encoding format.
CELL_NUM
The cell number for which trace is to be activated.
IP_VER
The type of the IP address (IPV4 or IPV6) of the TCE (trace collection entity). The TCE is the server in which the signaling trace data is to be collected.
TCE_IPV4
The TCE IP address in the IPv4 format.
TCE_IPV6
The TCE IP address in the IPv6 format.
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
113
Command Description
C0554 RETRIEVE CSL INFORMATION Command Format RTRV-CSL-INF;
Command Description Retrieves the settings related to CSL data transmission. The following parameters are available for retrieval. - CSL Server IP Version. - CSL Server IP. - CSL Buffering Time. The CSL data is transmitted when: - the buffering time elapses after data is created. - the number of data entries buffered reaches 10. When any of the conditions above are met, the eNB transmits the CSL data to the server. The default CSL buffering timer is 5 (sec). TIMEOUT
10
Input Parameter Description No input parameter.
Output Parameter Description IP_VER
The type of the IP address of the server for which CSL data (IPV4 or IPV6) is to be collected.
CSL_IPV4
The CSL server's IP address in the IPv4 format.
CSL_IPV6
The CSL server's IP address in the IPv6 format.
BUFFERING_TIME
The eNB stores the CSL data in the eNB memory during the buffering time to reduce the network load. If the buffering time is set to 10, all of the CSL data stored in the memory is sent to the CLS server 10 seconds after the data is created. Note that the CSL data is also transmitted to the CSL server when the number of CSL data entries stored reaches 10 even within 10 seconds of data creation.
114
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
LTE eNB Command Description/Ver.1.0
C0650 ADD SUBSCRIPTION Command Format ADD-SBSC: MGR_REF, TIME_TICK, NOTIFICATION_CATEGORY, LOG_FLAG, LOG_FTP_REFERENCE;
Command Description Generates information for the notification manager which receives notifications generated in the system. This command also forwards the notifications generated in the system according to the subscription information of the registered notification managers. To create a subscription, the user must enter the manager reference parameters including the network information for the notification manager such as the IP address and the port, and the parameters for category information of the notifications to receive, log collection setting for the notifications, and notification transmission duration. Multiple subscriptions can be created for each notification manager by using different notification category settings. TIMEOUT
10
Input Parameter Description Parameter
Description
Range
Unit
Default
MGR_REF
The network information for the notification manager. It is entered in the x.x.x.x:yyyy format, where 'x.x.x.x' represents the IP address of the manager and 'yyyy' represents the port of the IP address of the manager. The IP address of the manager also supports the IPv6 format.
64
NONE
x.x.x.x:y yyy
TIME_TICK
The timer value for keep receiving notifications from the time the subscription is registered for the notification manager. If 0, the timer is not used and the subscription is maintained until deleted. The value is in minutes. The value less than 15 is changed to 15 except for 0.
0 ~ 44640
NONE
0
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
115
Command Description
Parameter
Description
Range
NOTIFICATION _CATEGORY
The category of notifications. - NTF_CATEGORY_ALL: All notification categories. - NTF_CATEGORY_ALARM_IRP: Alarm IRP notification category. - NTF_CATEGORY_TM_IRP: TM IRP notification category. - NTF_CATEGORY_NLM_IRP: NLM IRP notification category. - NTF_CATEGORY_FTM_IRP: FTM IRP notification category. - NTF_CATEGORY_PM_IRP: PM IRP notification category. - NTF_CATEGORY_TRM_IRP: TRM IRP notification category. - NTF_CATEGORY_SWM_IRP: SWM IRP notification category. - NTF_CATEGORY_BULK_CM_IRP: Bulk CM IRP notification category. - NTF_CATEGORY_KERNEL_CM_IRP: Kernel CM IRP notification category.
Unit
Default
NTF_CATEGORY_ALL / NTF_CATEGORY_ALA RM_IRP/ NTF_CATEGORY_TM_ IRP/ NTF_CATEGORY_NL M_IRP/ NTF_CATEGORY_FT M_IRP/ NTF_CATEGORY_PM _IRP/ NTF_CATEGORY_TR M_IRP/ NTF_CATEGORY_SW M_IRP/ NTF_CATEGORY_BUL K_CM_IRP/ NTF_CATEGORY_KE RNEL_CM_IRP/ NTF_CATEGORY_SO N_IRP/
NONE
NTF_C ATEGO RY_ALL
LOG_FLAG
Whether to enable the notification log collection function when registering the notification manager to NE. - LOG_ENABLED: The notification log collection function is enabled according to the notification category value. - LOG_DISABLED: The notification log collection function is disabled.
LOG_DISABLED/ LOG_ENABLED/
NONE
LOG_E NABLE D
LOG_FTP_REF ERENCE
FTP information for transmitting the notification log collected in the NE to the notification manager. This value needs only when LogFlag is set to LOG_ENABLED. It is entered in the 'ftp_username:ftp_password:ftp_path:sftp' format. Enter the user name of the ftp account in ftp_username, the password of the ftp account in ftp_password, the log file upload path in ftp_path, and the sftp protocol in sftp.
256
NONE
userid:pass wd:/log/ system/ applog
Output Parameter Description SBSC_ID
The subscription ID for the notification manager registered in the notification management system.
116
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
LTE eNB Command Description/Ver.1.0
C0651 DELETE SUBSCRIPTION Command Format DLT-SBSC: MGR_REF;
Command Description Deletes subscriptions for the notification manager information created for receiving the notifications generated in the system. To delete a subscription, the user must enter the MGR_REF parameter which includes the IP address and the port information of the notification manager and the SBSC_ID which is the ID for the registered subscription. Since multiple subscriptions can be created for each notification manager, if the user wants to delete all registered subscriptions for the a notification manager, only MGR_REF needs to be entered for the registered notification manager. Deleting a registered subscription also deletes the notification log function registered for the subscription. TIMEOUT
10
Input Parameter Description Parameter MGR_REF
Description The network information for the notification manager. It is entered in the x.x.x.x:yyyy format, where 'x.x.x.x' represents the IP address of the manager and 'yyyy' represents the port of the IP address of the manager. The IP address of the manager also supports the IPv6 format.
Range 64
Unit
Default
NONE
x.x.x.x:y yyy
Output Parameter Description No output parameter.
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
117
Command Description
C0654 RESUME SUBSCRIPTION Command Format START-SBSC;
Command Description Starts the suspended notification services for registered notification managers. To execute the command, the user must enter the subscription ID information of the notification manager for which the notification service will be started. The command has no effect on services registered for other notification categories for the same notification manager. If the TIME_TICK value for the subscription is not 0, the timer also starts when the subscription is started. TIMEOUT
10
Input Parameter Description No input parameter.
Output Parameter Description No output parameter.
118
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
LTE eNB Command Description/Ver.1.0
C0655 SUSPEND SUBSCRIPTION Command Format STOP-SBSC;
Command Description Stops notification services for registered notification managers. To execute the command, the user must enter the subscription ID information of the notification manager for which the notification service will be stopped. Notification transmission continues for services registered for other notification categories for the same notification manager. If the TIME_TICK value for the subscription is not 0, the timer value is reset when the subscription is stopped, and the timer will start again when the service starts. The command for stopping notification services can only be executed for subscriptions with active notification services. TIMEOUT
10
Input Parameter Description No input parameter.
Output Parameter Description No output parameter.
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
119
Command Description
C0656 RETRIEVE SUBSCRIPTION Command Format RTRV-SBSC;
Command Description Retrieves the subscription information for notification managers registered for receiving the notifications generated in the system. This command displays the notification manager's network information (IP address and port information), time tick setting, notification log collection function flag, and FTP information for notification log transmission. The user can also retrieve a specific subscription by entering a subscription ID for a registered notification manager. TIMEOUT
30
Input Parameter Description No input parameter.
Output Parameter Description NTF_MANAGER_REFERENCE
The network information for the notification manager.
NTF_SUBSCRIPTION_STATE
Whether to provide notification for the registered subscription. -
NTF_SUB_STATE_SUSPENDED: Notification is not pro-
vided. -
NTF_SUB_STATE_NOTSUSPENDED: Notification is pro-
vided. NTF_TIME_TICK
The timer value for keep receiving notifications from the time the subscription is registered for the notification manager.
NTF_NOTIFICATION_CATEGORYThe category of notifications. NTF_LOG_FLAG
Whether to enable the notification log function when registering notification manager (LOG_ENABLED/ LOG_DISABLED)
NTF_LOG_FTP_REFERENCE
It is used only when LogFlag is set to LOG_ENABLED. FTP information for transmitting the notification logs collected from
120
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
LTE eNB Command Description/Ver.1.0
the eNB to the notification manager.
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
121
Command Description
C0657 EXPORT NOTIFICATION LOG RECORDS Command Format UPLD-NOTI-LOG;
Command Description Records the notification logs collected for the notification category set for the registered notification manager in a file and sends it to the notification manager. Whenever a notification is generated, the notification log data is saved in the system, which is used for generating a notification log file at the time of user request according to the registered notification category. Then, this file is transmitted over FTP. The FTP transmission is performed by referencing the FTP_REFERENCE information entered at the time of subscription registration for the FTP login account information and the log file upload path. The name of the notification log file is NLIRP_XML_Notification.xml and the maximum size is 4MB. TIMEOUT
10
Input Parameter Description No input parameter.
Output Parameter Description No output parameter.
122
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
LTE eNB Command Description/Ver.1.0
C0661 CHANGE EMS CONFIGURATION Command Format CHG-EMS-CONF: [IPV4_ADDR], [IPV6_ADDR];
Command Description Change EMS IP Address. TIMEOUT
10
Input Parameter Description Parameter
Description
Range
Unit
Default
IPV4_ADDR
EMS IPv4 Address.
IPv4 Address
NONE
--
IPV6_ADDR
EMS IPv6 Address.
IPv6 Address
NONE
-
Output Parameter Description IPV4_ADDR
EMS IPv4 Address.
IPV6_ADDR
EMS IPv6 Address.
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
123
Command Description
C0662 RETRIEVE EMS CONFIGURATION Command Format RTRV-EMS-CONF;
Command Description EMS IP Address Display. TIMEOUT
10
Input Parameter Description No input parameter.
Output Parameter Description
124
IPV4_ADDR
EMS IPv4 Address.
IPV6_ADDR
EMS IPv6 Address.
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
LTE eNB Command Description/Ver.1.0
C0700 RETRIEVE ALARM INHIBITION CONFIGURATION Command Format RTRV-ALM-INH: [UNIT_TYPE], [UNIT_ID], [ALARM_TYPE];
Command Description Retrieves the alarm inhibition information. The user can use this command to retrieve the list of alarms inhibited from being displayed on the operator screen. If certain alarms are not generated when faults occur during operation, the user can execute this command to check whether the alarms are inhibited. TIMEOUT
30
Input Parameter Description Parameter
Description
Range
Unit
Default
UNIT_TYPE
This field indicates the Unit type.
UMP/ECP/GPSR/SYS/
NONE
UMP
UNIT_ID
This field indicates the Unit ID.
0~2
NONE
0
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
125
Command Description
Parameter ALARM_TYPE
Description This field indicates an alarm type that can be inhibited.
Range
Unit
Default
MME_COMMUNICATION_ FAIL/SERVICE_OFF/ NTP_UPDATE_ERROR/ FAN_FAIL/UDA/ BOARD_DELETION/ POWER_FAIL/ FUNCTION_FAIL/ COMMUNICATION_FAIL/ CLOCK_FAIL/ MEMORY_FAIL/DSP_FAIL/ DSP_RESTART/SFN_FAIL/ OVERLOAD/DISK_FULL/ MEMORY_FULL/ PORT_DOWN/CPRI_FAIL/ OPTIC_TRANSCEIVER_R X_LOS/ OPTIC_TRANSCEIVER_T X_FAULT/ CPU_TEMPERATURE_HI GH/ANTENNA_FAIL/ HOLDOVER_24H/ LOCKING_FAIL/ TOD_MSG_MISSED/ TEMPERATURE_HIGH/ RECTIFIER_AC_INPUT_F AIL/ RECTIFIER_BATTERY_DI SCHARGE/ RECTIFIER_COMMUNICA TION_FAIL/ RECTIFIER_MODULE_FAI L/ RECTIFIER_OUTPUT_VO LTAGE_HIGH/ RECTIFIER_OUTPUT_VO LTAGE_LOW/ SLEEPING_CELL_DETEC TION/PROCESS_DOWN/
NONE
CLOCK _FAIL
Output Parameter Description
126
UNIT_TYPE
This field indicates the Unit type.
UNIT_ID
This field indicates the Unit ID.
ALARM_TYPE
This field indicates an alarm type that can be inhibited.
ALARM_CODE
This field indicates an alarm code that can be inhibited.
INHIBIT_STATUS
This field indicates a status inhibited of an alarm.
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
LTE eNB Command Description/Ver.1.0
C0701 CHANGE ALARM INHIBITION CONFIGURATION Command Format CHG-ALM-INH: [UNIT_TYPE], [UNIT_ID], [ALARM_TYPE], INHIBIT_STATUS;
Command Description Changes the alarm inhibition information. The user can use this command to change the existing alarm inhibition information. The alarms inhibited by the user are not displayed on the screen and are not recorded in the alarm history. If certain alarms are not generated when faults occur during operation, the user can execute this command to check whether the alarms are inhibited. TIMEOUT
30
Input Parameter Description Parameter
Description
Range
Unit
Default
UNIT_TYPE
This field indicates the Unit type to which an alarm inhibition will be applied.
UMP/ECP/GPSR/SYS/
NONE
UMP
UNIT_ID
This field indicates the Unit ID to which an alarm inhibition will be applied.
0~2
NONE
0
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
127
Command Description
Parameter
Description
Range
Unit
Default
ALARM_TYPE
This field describes an alarm type that can be inhibited.
MME_COMMUNICATI ON_FAIL/ SERVICE_OFF/ NTP_UPDATE_ERRO R/FAN_FAIL/UDA/ BOARD_DELETION/ POWER_FAIL/ FUNCTION_FAIL/ COMMUNICATION_FA IL/CLOCK_FAIL/ MEMORY_FAIL/ DSP_FAIL/ DSP_RESTART/ SFN_FAIL/OVERLOAD/DISK_FULL/ MEMORY_FULL/ PORT_DOWN/ CPRI_FAIL/ OPTIC_TRANSCEIVE R_RX_LOS/ OPTIC_TRANSCEIVE R_TX_FAULT/ CPU_TEMPERATURE _HIGH/ ANTENNA_FAIL/ HOLDOVER_24H/ LOCKING_FAIL/ TOD_MSG_MISSED/ TEMPERATURE_HIGH / RECTIFIER_AC_INPU T_FAIL/ RECTIFIER_BATTERY _DISCHARGE/ RECTIFIER_COMMUN ICATION_FAIL/ RECTIFIER_MODULE _FAIL/ RECTIFIER_OUTPUT_ VOLTAGE_HIGH/ RECTIFIER_OUTPUT_ VOLTAGE_LOW/ SLEEPING_CELL_DET ECTION/ PROCESS_DOWN/
NONE
CLOCK _FAIL
INHIBIT_STAT US
This field describes a status inhibited of an alarm.
ALLOW/INHIBIT/
NONE
ALLOW
Output Parameter Description No output parameter.
128
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
LTE eNB Command Description/Ver.1.0
C0704 RETRIEVE ALARM SEVERITY CONFIGURATION Command Format RTRV-ALM-SEV: [UNIT_TYPE], [ALARM_TYPE];
Command Description Retrieves the alarm severity state of the NE. The user can use this command to retrieve the alarm severity state information set by the CHG-ALM-SEV command. When the alarm severity state is set by the CHG-ALM-SEV command, the severity state is overwritten. TIMEOUT
10
Input Parameter Description Parameter
Description
UNIT_TYPE
This field indicates a unit type.
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
Range UMP/ECP/RRH/GPSR/PSU/SYS/
Unit NONE
Default UMP
129
Command Description
Parameter ALARM_TY PE
Description This field indicates an alarm type.
Range
Unit
MME_COMMUNICATION_FAIL/ SERVICE_OFF/ NTP_UPDATE_ERROR/FAN_FAIL/ BOARD_DELETION/POWER_FAIL/ FUNCTION_FAIL/ COMMUNICATION_FAIL/CLOCK_FAIL/ MEMORY_FAIL/DSP_FAIL/ DSP_RESTART/SFN_FAIL/ PORT_DOWN/CPRI_FAIL/ OPTIC_TRANSCEIVER_RX_LOS/ OPTIC_TRANSCEIVER_TX_FAULT/ CPU_TEMPERATURE_HIGH/ DC_INPUT_FAIL/DISABLED/LNA_FAIL/ LOW_GAIN/LOW_POWER/ OVER_POWER/VSWR_FAIL/ RSSI_HIGH/RSSI_LOW/ ANTENNA_FAIL/HOLDOVER_24H/ LOCKING_FAIL/TOD_MSG_MISSED/ TEMPERATURE_HIGH/ RECTIFIER_AC_INPUT_FAIL/ RECTIFIER_BATTERY_DISCHARGE/ RECTIFIER_BATTERY_DISCONNECT/ RECTIFIER_COMMUNICATION_FAIL/ RECTIFIER_DC_OVER_CURRENT/ RECTIFIER_DOOR_OPEN/ RECTIFIER_HEATER_FAIL/ RECTIFIER_MODULE_FAIL/ RECTIFIER_OUTPUT_VOLTAGE_HIG H/ RECTIFIER_OUTPUT_VOLTAGE_LOW /SLEEPING_CELL_DETECTION/ PROCESS_DOWN/ HW_TYPE_MISMATCH/
NONE
Default CLOCK _FAIL
Output Parameter Description
130
UNIT_TYPE
This field indicates a unit type.
ALARM_TYPE
This field indicates an alarm type.
SEVERITY
This field indiccates the status severity of an alarm.
ALARM_CODE
This field indicates an alarm code.
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
LTE eNB Command Description/Ver.1.0
C0705 CHANGE ALARM SEVERITY CONFIGURATION Command Format CHG-ALM-SEV: [UNIT_TYPE], [ALARM_TYPE], SEVERITY;
Command Description Changes the alarm severity state. You can use this command to change the existing alarm severity state information. When an alarm occurs, the alarm severity state information changed by the CHG-ALM-SEV command is displayed on the operator screen. The changed alarm severity state can be retrieved by the RTRV-ALM-SEV command. TIMEOUT
30
Input Parameter Description Parameter UNIT_TYPE
Description This is a unit type to which an alarm severity will be changed.
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
Range UMP/ECP/RRH/GPSR/PSU/SYS/
Unit NONE
Default UMP
131
Command Description
Parameter
Description
Range
Unit
Default
ALARM_TY PE
This field indicates an alarm.
MME_COMMUNICATION_FAIL/ SERVICE_OFF/ NTP_UPDATE_ERROR/FAN_FAIL/ BOARD_DELETION/POWER_FAIL/ FUNCTION_FAIL/ COMMUNICATION_FAIL/ CLOCK_FAIL/MEMORY_FAIL/ DSP_FAIL/DSP_RESTART/ SFN_FAIL/PORT_DOWN/ CPRI_FAIL/ OPTIC_TRANSCEIVER_RX_LOS/ OPTIC_TRANSCEIVER_TX_FAULT/ CPU_TEMPERATURE_HIGH/ DC_INPUT_FAIL/DISABLED/ LNA_FAIL/LOW_GAIN/ LOW_POWER/OVER_POWER/ VSWR_FAIL/RSSI_HIGH/ RSSI_LOW/ANTENNA_FAIL/ HOLDOVER_24H/LOCKING_FAIL/ TOD_MSG_MISSED/ TEMPERATURE_HIGH/ RECTIFIER_AC_INPUT_FAIL/ RECTIFIER_BATTERY_DISCHARG E/ RECTIFIER_BATTERY_DISCONNE CT/ RECTIFIER_COMMUNICATION_FA IL/ RECTIFIER_DC_OVER_CURRENT/ RECTIFIER_DOOR_OPEN/ RECTIFIER_HEATER_FAIL/ RECTIFIER_MODULE_FAIL/ RECTIFIER_OUTPUT_VOLTAGE_H IGH/ RECTIFIER_OUTPUT_VOLTAGE_L OW/ SLEEPING_CELL_DETECTION/ PROCESS_DOWN/ HW_TYPE_MISMATCH/
NONE
CLOCK _FAIL
SEVERITY
This field indicates the severity of an alarm.
critical/major/minor/warning/
NONE
major
Output Parameter Description No output parameter.
132
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
LTE eNB Command Description/Ver.1.0
C0706 RETRIEVE ALARM THRESHOLD CONFIGURATION Command Format RTRV-ALM-THR: [UNIT_TYPE], [ALARM_TYPE];
Command Description Retrieve the alarm Threshold configuration information TIMEOUT
10
Input Parameter Description Parameter
Description
Range
Unit
Default
UNIT_TYPE
This field indicates a unit type to which an alarm Threshold will be applied.
UMP/ECP/
NONE
UMP
ALARM_TYPE
This field indicates an alarm type.
OVERLOAD/ DISK_FULL/ MEMORY_FULL/
NONE
OVERLOAD
Output Parameter Description UNIT_TYPE
This field indicates a unit type to which an alarm Threshold will be applied.
ALARM_TYPE
This field indicates an alarm type.
ALARM_CODE
This field indicates an alarm code.
THR_CRI_DEC
Critical level threshold for Alarm Declare. ThresholdCriticalDeclare value must be greater than the value of ThresholdMajorDeclare. ThresholdCriticalDeclare value must be greater than or equal to the value of ThresholdCriticalClear.
THR_MAJ_DEC
Major level threshold for Alarm Declare. ThresholdMajorDeclare value must be greater than the value of ThresholdMinorDeclare. ThresholdMajorlDeclare value must be greater than or equal to the value of ThresholdMajorClear.
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
133
Command Description
THR_MIN_DEC
Minor level threshold for Alarm Declare. ThresholdMinorDeclare value must be greater than or equal to the value of ThresholdMinorClear.
THR_CRI_CLR
Critical level threshold for Alarm Clear. ThresholdCriticalClear value must be greater than the value of ThresholdMajorClear. ThresholdCriticalDeclare value must be greater than or equal to the value of ThresholdCriticalClear.
THR_MAJ_CLR
Major level threshold for Alarm Clear. ThresholdMajorClear value must be greater than the value of ThresholdMinorClear. ThresholdMajorlDeclare value must be greater than or equal to the value of ThresholdMajorClear.
THR_MIN_CLR
Minor level threshold for Alarm Clear. ThresholdMinorDeclare value must be greater than or equal to the value of ThresholdMinorClear.
134
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
LTE eNB Command Description/Ver.1.0
C0707 CHANGE ALARM THRESHOLD CONFIGURATION Command Format CHG-ALM-THR: [UNIT_TYPE], [ALARM_TYPE], [THR_CRI_DEC], [THR_MAJ_DEC], [THR_MIN_DEC], [THR_CRI_CLR], [THR_MAJ_CLR], [THR_MIN_CLR];
Command Description Changes the alarm threshold. The user can use this command to change the existing alarm threshold. When a Threshold alarm occurs and if the alarm exceeds the level threshold changed by the CHG-ALM-THR command, the corresponding alarm level is displayed on the operator screen. The changed alarm threshold can be retrieved by the RTRV-ALM-THR command. TIMEOUT
30
Input Parameter Description Parameter
Description
Range
Unit
Default
UNIT_TYPE
This is a unit type to which an alarm severity will be changed.
UMP/ECP/
NONE
UMP
ALARM_TYPE
This field indicates an alarm.
OVERLOAD/ DISK_FULL/ MEMORY_FULL/
NONE
OVERLOAD
THR_CRI_DEC
Critical level threshold for Alarm Declare. ThresholdCriticalDeclare value must be greater than the value of ThresholdMajorDeclare. ThresholdCriticalDeclare value must be greater than or equal to the value of ThresholdCriticalClear.
1 ~ 100
NONE
95
THR_MAJ_DE C
Major level threshold for Alarm Declare. ThresholdMajorDeclare value must be greater than the value of ThresholdMinorDeclare. ThresholdMajorlDeclare value must be greater than or equal to the value of ThresholdMajorClear.
1 ~ 100
NONE
90
THR_MIN_DEC
Minor level threshold for Alarm Declare. ThresholdMinorDeclare value must be greater than or equal to the value of ThresholdMinorClear.
1 ~ 100
NONE
85
THR_CRI_CLR
Critical level threshold for Alarm Clear. ThresholdCriticalClear value must be greater than the value of ThresholdMajorClear. ThresholdCriticalDeclare value must be greater than or equal to the value of ThresholdCriticalClear.
1 ~ 100
NONE
95
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
135
Command Description
Parameter
Description
Range
Unit
Default
THR_MAJ_CLR
Major level threshold for Alarm Clear. ThresholdMajorClear value must be greater than the value of ThresholdMinorClear. ThresholdMajorlDeclare value must be greater than or equal to the value of ThresholdMajorClear.
1 ~ 100
NONE
90
THR_MIN_CLR
Minor level threshold for Alarm Clear. ThresholdMinorDeclare value must be greater than or equal to the value of ThresholdMinorClear.
1 ~ 100
NONE
85
Output Parameter Description No output parameter.
136
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
LTE eNB Command Description/Ver.1.0
C0708 RETRIEVE USER DEFINED ALARM DATA Command Format RTRV-UDA-DATA: [PORT_ID];
Command Description Retrieves the UDA data. The user can install an external device and connect it to the UDA port of the system to monitor and manage faults on the external device. TIMEOUT
10
Input Parameter Description Parameter PORT_ID
Description The port ID for which the UDA data is to be retrieved. If no port ID is entered, all UDA data is retrieved.
Range 0~8
Unit NONE
Defaul t 0
Output Parameter Description PORT_ID
Port ID for detect UDA Alarm
STATUS
The equip status of input port. The input port can be unequipped or equipped.
ALARM_NAME
User-defined alarm name
SEVERITY
Alarm severity of UDA.
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
137
Command Description
C0709 CHANGE USER DEFINED ALARM DATA Command Format CHG-UDA-DATA: PORT_ID, [STATUS], [ALARM_NAME], [SEVERITY];
Command Description Changes the UDA data. The user can install an external device and connect it to the UDA port of the system to monitor and manage faults on the external device. When an alarm has occurred on the UDA port, use the CHG-UDA-DATA command to change STATUS to N_EQUIP to clear the alarm, change ALARM_NAME to clear the alarm of the previous name and have another alarm occur using the new name, or change severity to clear the alarm of the previous severity level and have another alarm occur using the new severity level. TIMEOUT
10
Input Parameter Description Parameter
Description
Range
Unit
Default
PORT_ID
The port ID for which the UDA data is to be changed.
0~8
NONE
0
STATUS
Whether to use the UDA port. - EQUIP: The UDA port is used. - N_EQUIP: The UDA port is not used.
N_EQUIP/EQUIP/
NONE
N_EQUI P
When N_EQUIP is entered, the user is not notified even when an alarm occurs on the UDA port. ALARM_NAME
The name of the alarm detected on the UDA port.
64
NONE
-
SEVERITY
The severity of the alarm detected on the UDA port.
critical/major/minor/ warning/
NONE
major
Output Parameter Description PORT_ID
Port ID for detect UDA Alarm
STATUS
The equip status of input port. The input port can be unequipped or equipped.
ALARM_NAME
138
User-defined alarm name
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
LTE eNB Command Description/Ver.1.0
SEVERITY
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
Alarm severity of UDA.
139
Command Description
C0710 RETRIEVE USER DEFINED CONTROL DATA Command Format RTRV-UDA-CTRL: [PORT_ID];
Command Description Retrieve the User defined control port configuration. TIMEOUT
10
Input Parameter Description Parameter PORT_ID
Description User defined control port ID to display.
Range
Unit
0~1
NONE
Defaul t 0
Output Parameter Description PORT_ID
User defined control port ID to display.
STATUS
The equip status of port.
NAME
The Control configuration name of port
TYPE
Control type of User defined control port. Supported control types are on and off.
DURATION
Minimum control duration in seconds. Valid range is from 1 second to 60 seconds.
140
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
LTE eNB Command Description/Ver.1.0
C0711 CHANGE USER DEFINED CONTROL DATA Command Format CHG-UDA-CTRL: PORT_ID, [STATUS], [NAME], [TYPE], [DURATION];
Command Description Change the User defined control port configuration. TIMEOUT
10
Input Parameter Description Parameter
Description
Range
Unit
Default
PORT_ID
User defined control port ID to display.
0~1
NONE
0
STATUS
The equip status of port.
N_EQUIP/EQUIP/
NONE
N_EQUI P
NAME
The Control configuration name of port
64
NONE
-
TYPE
Control type of User defined control port. Supported control types are on and off.
OFF/ON/
NONE
ON
DURATION
Minimum control duration in seconds. Valid range is from 1 second to 60 seconds.
1 ~ 60
NONE
1
Output Parameter Description PORT_ID
User defined control port ID to display.
STATUS
The equip status of port.
NAME
The Control configuration name of port
TYPE
Control type of User defined control port. Supported control types are on and off.
DURATION
Minimum control duration in seconds. Valid range is from 1 second to 60 seconds.
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
141
Command Description
C0712 RETRIEVE ACTIVE ALARMS Command Format RTRV-ALM-LIST: [UNIT_TYPE];
Command Description Retrieves the list of alarms currently active in the NE. This command retrieves alarm time, alarm group information, cause information, alarm severity, detailed alarm type, thresholds, and occurrence location. It does not retrieve any alarms previously occurred and cleared or alarms inhibited by user. Only the alarms not inhibited are displayed. TIMEOUT
30
Input Parameter Description Parameter UNIT_TYPE
Description
Range
It is unit type
Unit
UMP/ECP/RRH/GPSR/ PSU/SYS/
NONE
Default UMP
Output Parameter Description UNIT_TYPE
It is unit type
LOCATION
It is provided with the alarm location information using Xpath expression.
ALARM_TYPE
One probableCause can be mapped into several specificProblem to represent more detailed information.
142
RAISED_TIME
Alarm occurrence time.
ALARM_GROUP
Alarm group.
PROBABLE_CAUSE
Refer to Annex.A of 3GPP TS 32.111-3.
SEVERITY
The severity of alarm
ALARM_CODE
AlarmCode.
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
LTE eNB Command Description/Ver.1.0
INFO
It is provided with the alarm information.(if it is threshold alarm, it is provided threshold and current value)
SEQUENCE_ID
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
The sequence ID of the alarm.
143
Command Description
C0713 RETRIEVE ALARM LOGS Command Format RTRV-ALM-LOG;
Command Description Retrieves the alarm history in the NE. Up to 100 recent alarms are retrieved. This command retrieves alarm occurrence time, alarm cleared time, alarm group, cause, detailed alarm type, and occurrence location. If the alarm has not yet been cleared after its occurrence, the cleared time is retrieved as '-' in the alarm log. TIMEOUT
30
Input Parameter Description No input parameter.
Output Parameter Description LOG_NO
Table index
UNIT_TYPE
It is unit type
ALARM_TYPE
One probableCause can be mapped into several specificProblem to represent more detailed information.
LOCATION
It is provided with the alarm location information.
RAISED_TIME
Alarm occurrence time.
ALARM_GROUP
Alarm group.
PROBABLE_CAUSE
Refer to Annex.A of 3GPP TS 32.111-3.Some alarm has Samsung’s specific probableCause.
144
SEVERITY
The severity of alarm
ALARM_CODE
This field indicates an alarm code that can be inhibited.
INFO
It is provided with the alarm information.(if it is threshold
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
LTE eNB Command Description/Ver.1.0
alarm, it is provided threshold and current value)
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
145
Command Description
C0714 RETRIEVE ALARM INFORMATION Command Format RTRV-ALM-INF: [UNIT_TYPE];
Command Description This operation is response of the list of available alarm information. TIMEOUT
30
Input Parameter Description Parameter UNIT_TYPE
Description It is unit type.
Range
Unit
UMP/ECP/RRH/ GPSR/PSU/SYS/
NONE
Defaul t UMP
Output Parameter Description UNIT_TYPE
It is the unit type.
ALARM_TYPE
It is a alarm Type.
ALARM_GROUP
Alarm Event Type
PROBABLE_CAUSE
Probable Cause defined TS32.111-3 ANNEX-A.
ALARM_CODE
Alarm Code
SEVERITY
The severity of alarm
INFO
It is provided with the alarm information.(if it is threshold alarm, it is provided threshold and current value)
146
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
LTE eNB Command Description/Ver.1.0
C0750 RETRIEVE PROCESSOR STATUS Command Format RTRV-PRC-STS: [UNIT_TYPE], [UNIT_ID];
Command Description Inquire unit status of system. TIMEOUT
10
Input Parameter Description Parameter
Description
Range
Unit
Default
UNIT_TYPE
It is unit type.
UMP/ECP/
NONE
UMP
UNIT_ID
It is unit ID.
0 ~ 10
NONE
0
Output Parameter Description UNIT_TYPE
It is unit type.
UNIT_ID
It is unit ID.
RACK_ID
It is rack ID.
SHELF_ID
It is shelf ID.
SLOT_ID
It is slot ID.
DUAL_STATUS
It is dual status of the unit.
OPERATIONAL_STATE
It is operational state of the unit.
ADMINISTRATIVE_STATE
The administrative state of the processor.
TEMPERATURE
It is Temperature of the unit.
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
147
Command Description
C0751 RETRIEVE EXTERNAL LINK STATE/STATUS Command Format RTRV-ELINK-STS: [PORT_ID];
Command Description Inquire external link status. TIMEOUT
10
Input Parameter Description Parameter PORT_ID
Description
Range
It is port ID.
0~5
Unit NONE
Default 0
Output Parameter Description
148
PORT_ID
It is port ID.
ADMINISTRATIVE_STATE
It is administrative state of link.
OPERATIONAL_STATE
It is operational state of link.
INTERFACE_NAME
It is the interface name.
RX_UTIL
It is rx utilization.
TX_UTIL
It is tx utilization.
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
LTE eNB Command Description/Ver.1.0
C0752 RETRIEVE CPU UTILIZATION Command Format RTRV-CPU-UTIL: [UNIT_TYPE], [UNIT_ID];
Command Description Retrieves CPU utilization of the processor. Available processor types are UMP (main board) and ECP (channel card). Displays the processor board type, processor ID, shelf ID, slot ID, and CPU load value. The CPU load value is periodically updated. It indicates the CPU utilization as a percentage of total availability. The processor type and processor ID represent the logical location of the processor while the shelf ID and slot ID represent the physical location of the processor. TIMEOUT
10
Input Parameter Description Parameter
Description
Range
Unit
Default
UNIT_TYPE
It is unit type.
UMP/ECP/
NONE
UMP
UNIT_ID
It is unit ID.
0 ~ 10
NONE
0
Output Parameter Description UNIT_TYPE
It is unit type.
UNIT_ID
It is unit ID.
RACK_ID
It is rack ID.
SHELF_ID
It is shelf ID.
SLOT_ID
It is slot ID.
CPU_LOAD
It is CPU load.
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
149
Command Description
C0753 RETRIEVE MEMORY UTILIZATION Command Format RTRV-MEM-UTIL: [UNIT_TYPE], [UNIT_ID];
Command Description Inquire memory utilization. TIMEOUT
10
Input Parameter Description Parameter
Description
Range
Unit
Default
UNIT_TYPE
It is unit type.
UMP/ECP/
NONE
UMP
UNIT_ID
It is unit ID.
0 ~ 10
NONE
0
Output Parameter Description
150
UNIT_TYPE
It is unit type.
UNIT_ID
It is unit ID.
RACK_ID
It is rack ID.
SHELF_ID
It is shelf ID.
SLOT_ID
It is slot ID.
TOT_SIZE
It is total memory size in KB.
USED_SIZE
It is used memory size in KB.
FREE_SIZE
It is free memory size in KB.
USED_RATE
It is used rate of memory.
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
LTE eNB Command Description/Ver.1.0
C0754 RETRIEVE DISK UTILIZATION Command Format RTRV-DISK-UTIL: [UNIT_TYPE], [UNIT_ID];
Command Description Inquire disk utilization. TIMEOUT
10
Input Parameter Description Parameter
Description
Range
Unit
Default
UNIT_TYPE
It is unit type.
UMP/ECP/
NONE
UMP
UNIT_ID
It is unit ID.
0 ~ 10
NONE
0
Output Parameter Description UNIT_TYPE
It is unit type.
UNIT_ID
It is unit ID.
RACK_ID
It is rack ID.
SHELF_ID
It is shelf ID.
SLOT_ID
It is slot ID.
S_DISK_TYPE
it is String Disk Type.
TOT_SIZE
It is total disk size in KB.
USED_SIZE
It is used disk size in KB.
FREE_SIZE
It is free disk size in KB.
USED_RATE
It is used rate of disk.
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
151
Command Description
C0850 RETRIEVE SYSTEM CONFIGURATION Command Format RTRV-SYS-CONF;
Command Description Retrieves the system configuration information. It includes the system ID, status (EQUIP/ N_EQUIP), administrative state (locked, shutting down, unlocked), the type of grown system and the system version. TIMEOUT
10
Input Parameter Description No input parameter.
Output Parameter Description SYS_ID
The system ID configured by the user when growing the system
STATUS
The system status. -
ADMINISTRATIVE_STATE
EQUIP: Grown - N_EQUIP: Degrown
The administrative state of the system configured by the user. -
locked: A transitional state in the system grow/degrow pro-
cess. In this state, resources are grown in the PLD but no call services are offered. The user can delete resources or change them to the unlocked state so that a call service can be offered. -
unlocked: The system resource growth is complete. The
grown resources are available in the PLD to offer a call service. -
shuttingDown: A transitional state in the system resource
degrowth process. In this state, resources are grown in the PLD and continue to offer the call service of the previous unlocked state but no call services are offered. When the current call service is complete, the resources automatically change to the locked state. TYPE
152
The type of the network element (LTE eNB is set to eNB).
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
LTE eNB Command Description/Ver.1.0
SYS_TYPE
The system type set by the user when growing the system. This includes system information such as indoor/outdoor and integrated/standalone.
USER_LABEL
An additional system name given by the user.
SW_VERSION
The software version running in the system.
LATITUDE
The latitude of the system location. A BBB:CC:DD.DDD - A : hemisphere. 'N' or 'S'. -BBB -CC
: degree. 0~90.
: minutes. 0~59.
-DD.DDD
LONGITUDE
The longitude of the system location. A BBB:CC:DD.DDD. -A
: hemisphere. 'E' or 'W'.
-BBB -CC
: degree. 0~180.
: minutes. 0~59.
-DD.DDD
HEIGHT
: seconds. 00.000~59.999
: seconds. 00.000~59.999
The altitude of the system location. AAAA.AAm. -AAAA.AA -9999.99m
AC_COMM_FAIL_TX_FLAG
: water elevation.
~ 9999.99m unit 'm' must be added. ex) '53.85m'
Whether to give the output off command to the RF unit when the Access Control Communication Fail alarm occurs.
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
153
Command Description
C0851 RETRIEVE SYSTEM PHYSICAL RESOURCE(BOARD,UNIT) CONFIGURATION Command Format RTRV-UNIT-CONF: [UNIT_TYPE], [UNIT_ID], [SIDE];
Command Description Retrieves the type, ID, mounting status in the PLD, board type, and mounting location for each unit of the system. TIMEOUT
10
Input Parameter Description Parameter
Description
Range
Unit
Default
UNIT_TYPE
The unit type.
UMP/ECP/ECM/RECTIFIER/
NONE
UMP
UNIT_ID
The ID of each unit; a unique value within UnitType.
0 ~ 10
NONE
0
SIDE
The side information of each unit; Single, A_Side, B_Side
SINGLE/
NONE
SINGLE
Output Parameter Description UNIT_TYPE
The unit type.
UNIT_ID
The ID of each unit; a unique value within UnitType.
SIDE
The side information of each unit; Single, A_Side, B_Side
STATUS
The mounting status in the PLD for the UnitType and UnitID. -
EQUIP: Indicates that the unit is mounted on the PLD and
available in the system. The unit is also available for loading the software. -
N_EQUIP: Indicates that the unit is unmounted on the PLD
and unavailable in the system. The unit is also unavailable for loading the software.
154
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
LTE eNB Command Description/Ver.1.0
ADMINISTRATIVE_STATE
The administrative state of the system unit configured by the user. -
locked: A transitional state in the system unit grow/degrow
process. In this state, resources are grown in the PLD but no call services are offered. The user can delete resources or change them to the unlocked state so that a call service can be offered. -
unlocked: The system unit resource growth is complete. The
grown resources are available in the PLD to offer a call service. -
shuttingDown: A transitional state in the system resource
degrowth process. In this state, resources are grown in the PLD and continue to offer the call service of the previous unlocked state but no call services are offered. When the current call service is complete, the resources automatically change to the locked state. BOARD_TYPE
The board type of the UnitType and UnitID. For the hardware type of the unit, the same UnitType can have different types of boards.
RACK_ID
The ID of the rack where the UnitType and UnitId are located.
SHELF_ID
The ID of the shelf where the UnitType and UnitId are located.
SLOT_ID
The ID of the slot where the UnitType and UnitId are located.
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
155
Command Description
C0853 RETRIEVE DB VERSION Command Format RTRV-DB-VER;
Command Description Retrieves the version information of the PLD database in the system. This includes the database schema version and the database data version. It also shows the time of the last database update. The database schema version is the same as the software version, and the database data version increments by 1 each time the database is updated. TIMEOUT
10
Input Parameter Description No input parameter.
Output Parameter Description DB_SCHEMA_VERSION
The version information is changed when the PLD database in the system is changed structurally. It is the same as the software version.
156
DB_DATA_VERSION
The version information of the PLD database in the system.
DB_UPDATED_TIME
The last update time of the PLD database in the system.
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
LTE eNB Command Description/Ver.1.0
C0859 RETRIEVE CELL CONFIGURATION Command Format RTRV-CELL-CONF: [CELL_NUM];
Command Description Retrieves the configuration information of the cells provided by the system. The user can enter CELL_NUM to select a cell to be retrieved. If no cell is selected, configuration information for all cells is displayed. The user can retrieve the cell's status, administrative state, sector information. TIMEOUT
10
Input Parameter Description Parameter CELL_NUM
Description
Range
The cell number. This value must not exceed the maximum number of cells supported by the system. It is determined by FA/Sector. For example, if the maximum capacity provided to the carrier per system is 1 FA/3 Sector, up to 3 cells are supported.
0~8
Unit NONE
Defaul t 0
Output Parameter Description CELL_NUM
The cell number. This value must not exceed the maximum number of cells supported by the system. It is determined by FA/Sector. For example, if the maximum capacity provided to the carrier per system is 1 FA/3 Sector, up to 3 cells are supported.
STATUS
The status information of the cell. -
EQUIP: Indicates that the cell is grown and available in the
system. In the EQUIP state, the user can change the cell status to locked, unlocked, or shuttingDown. -
N_EQUIP: Indicates that the cell is degrown and unavailable
in the system.
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
157
Command Description
ADMINISTRATIVE_STATE
The administrative state of the cell configured by the user. The initial value is locked when growing the system. This can be changed later by the user. -
locked: A transitional state in the cell grow/degrow process.
In this state, resources are grown in the PLD but no call services are offered. The user can delete resources or change them to the unlocked state so that a call service can be offered. -
unlocked: The cell growth is complete. The grown resources
are available in the PLD to offer a call service. -
shuttingDown: A transitional state in the cell degrowth pro-
cess. In this state, the grown resources in the PLD continue to offer the call service of the previous unlocked state but does not offer any new call services. When the current call service is complete, the resources automatically change to the locked state. SECTOR_ID
The ID of the sector to which the cell belongs (in the range from 0 to 2 in a system supporting 3 sectors).
FA_ID
The ID of the FA to which the cell belongs.
CC_ID
The ID of the channel card supporting the cell (unique within the system).
DSP_ID
The DSP ID within the channel card supporting the cell (unique within the channel card).
158
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
LTE eNB Command Description/Ver.1.0
C0860 RETRIEVE NTP CONFIGURATION Command Format RTRV-NTP-CONF: [SVR_TYPE];
Command Description Retrieve NTP Server IP Information. TIMEOUT
10
Input Parameter Description Parameter SVR_TYPE
Description NTP Configuration Table Index.
Range PRIMARY_NTP_SER VER/ SECONDARY_NTP_S ERVER/
Unit NONE
Defaul t PRIMA RY_NT P_SER VER
Output Parameter Description SVR_TYPE
NTP Configuration Table Index.
IP_VER
NTP Server IP Version
NTP_IPV4
NTP Server V4 IP Address
NTP_IPV6
NTP Server V6 IP Address
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
159
Command Description
C0861 CHANGE NTP CONFIGURATION Command Format CHG-NTP-CONFIGURATION: SVR_TYPE, [IP_VER], [NTP_IPV4], [NTP_IPV6];
Command Description Change NTP Server IP Information. TIMEOUT
10
Input Parameter Description Parameter
Description
Range
Unit
Default
SVR_TYPE
NTP Configuration Table Index.
PRIMARY_NTP_SERV ER/ SECONDARY_NTP_S ERVER/
NONE
PRIMA RY_NT P_SER VER
IP_VER
NTP Server IP Version
IPV4/IPV6/
NONE
IPV4
NTP_IPV4
NTP Server V4 IP Address
IPv4 Address
NONE
-
NTP_IPV6
NTP Server V6 IP Address
IPv6 Address
NONE
-
Output Parameter Description
160
SVR_TYPE
NTP Configuration Table Index.
IP_VER
NTP Server IP Version
NTP_IPV4
NTP Server V4 IP Address
NTP_IPV6
NTP Server V6 IP Address
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
LTE eNB Command Description/Ver.1.0
C1743 CREATE VLAN CONFIGURATION Command Format CRTE-VLAN-CONF: DB_INDEX, [IF_NAME], [VLAN_ID], [ADMINISTRATIVE_STATE], [DESCRIPTION];
Command Description This command is to activate VLAN interface. TIMEOUT
10
Input Parameter Description Parameter
Description
Range
Unit
Default
DB_INDEX
Index for the VLAN interface.
0 ~ 15
NONE
0
IF_NAME
The name of the GE interface connected to the VLAN interface (e.g. ge_0_0_0). The VLAN interface is created as a combination of the GE interface name and VLAN_ID.
24
NONE
-
VLAN_ID
The ID of the VLAN interface (for example, to create ge_0_0_0.100, VLAN_ID is 100).
1 ~ 4094
NONE
1
ADMINISTRATI VE_STATE
The administrative state for determining usage of the VLAN interface. - linkLocked: The port is disabled. - linkUnlocked: The port is enabled.
linkLocked/linkUnlocked/
NONE
linkUnlocked
DESCRIPTION
The description of the VLAN interface usage. Up to 32 characters can be entered.
32
NONE
-
Output Parameter Description DB_INDEX
Index for the VLAN interface.
IF_NAME
The name of the GE interface connected to the VLAN interface (e.g. ge_0_0_0). The VLAN interface is created as a combination of the GE interface name and VLAN_ID.
VLAN_ID
The ID of the VLAN interface (for example, to create ge_0_0_0.100, VLAN_ID is 100).
ADMINISTRATIVE_STATE
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
The administrative state for determining usage of the VLAN
161
Command Description
interface.
DESCRIPTION
-
linkLocked: The port is disabled.
-
linkUnlocked: The port is enabled.
The description of the VLAN interface usage. Up to 32 characters can be entered.
162
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
LTE eNB Command Description/Ver.1.0
C1744 DELETE VLAN CONFIGURATION Command Format DLT-VLAN-CONF: DB_INDEX;
Command Description This command is to deactivate VLAN interface. TIMEOUT
10
Input Parameter Description Parameter DB_INDEX
Description Index for the VLAN interface.
Range 0 ~ 15
Unit NONE
Defaul t 0
Output Parameter Description No output parameter.
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
163
Command Description
C1745 CHANGE VLAN CONFIGURATION Command Format CHG-VLAN-CONF: DB_INDEX, [ADMINISTRATIVE_STATE];
Command Description This command is to change VLAN interface TIMEOUT
10
Input Parameter Description Parameter
Description
Range
Unit
Default
DB_INDEX
Index for the VLAN interface.
0 ~ 15
NONE
0
ADMINISTRATI VE_STATE
The administrative state for determining usage of the VLAN interface. - linkLocked: The port is disabled. - linkUnlocked: The port is enabled.
linkLocked/linkUnlocked/
NONE
linkLocked
Output Parameter Description DB_INDEX
Index for the VLAN interface.
ADMINISTRATIVE_STATE
The administrative state for determining usage of the VLAN interface.
164
-
linkLocked: The port is disabled.
-
linkUnlocked: The port is enabled.
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
LTE eNB Command Description/Ver.1.0
C1746 RETRIEVE VLAN CONFIGURATION Command Format RTRV-VLAN-CONF: [DB_INDEX];
Command Description This command is to retrieve VLAN interface. TIMEOUT
10
Input Parameter Description Parameter DB_INDEX
Description
Range
Index for the VLAN interface.
0 ~ 15
Defaul t
Unit NONE
0
Output Parameter Description DB_INDEX
Index for the VLAN interface.
IF_NAME
The name of the GE interface connected to the VLAN interface (e.g. ge_0_0_0). The VLAN interface is created as a combination of the GE interface name and VLAN_ID.
VLAN_ID
The ID of the VLAN interface (for example, to create ge_0_0_0.100, VLAN_ID is 100).
ADMINISTRATIVE_STATE
The administrative state for determining usage of the VLAN interface.
DESCRIPTION
-
linkLocked: The port is disabled.
-
linkUnlocked: The port is enabled.
The description of the VLAN interface usage. Up to 32 characters can be entered.
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
165
Command Description
C1747 CHANGE EXTERNAL LINK CONFIGURATION Command Format CHG-ELINK-CONF: PORT_ID, [STATUS], [ADMINISTRATIVE_STATE], [CONNECT_TYPE], [SPEED_DUPLEX], [MTU], [FLOW_CONTROL], [LAG_ID], [DESCRIPTION];
Command Description Changes the configuration information of the external link for communication outside the system. The user can specify the unit type, unit ID, or port ID and change the status of the port to grow or degrow it. To prevent communication interruption, the last link cannot be degrown or locked. TIMEOUT
10
Input Parameter Description Parameter
Description
Range
Unit
Default
PORT_ID
The port ID of the external link.
0~5
NONE
0
STATUS
The EQUIP information for the backhaul interface port. - EQUIP: Indicates that the unit is mounted on the PLD and available in the system. - N_EQUIP: Indicates that the unit is unmounted on the PLD and unavailable in the system.
N_EQUIP/EQUIP/
NONE
N_EQUI P
ADMINISTRATI VE_STATE
The administrative state. - linkLocked: The port is disabled. - linkUnlocked: The port is enabled.
linkLocked/linkUnlocked/
NONE
linkUnlocked
CONNECT_TY PE
The connect type of the external link.
Backhaul/UDE/
NONE
Backhaul
SPEED_DUPL EX
The speed and duplex of the backhaul port. - AUTO: The speed is determined by autonegotiation. - S10_HALF: A speed of 10 Mbps, halfduplex mode. - S10_FULL: A speed 10 Mbps, full-duplex mode. - S100_HALF: A speed of 100 Mbps, halfduplex mode. - S100_FULL: A speed of 100 Mbps, fullduplex mode. - S1000_FULL: A speed of 1000 Mbps, full-duplex mode.
AUTO/S10_HALF/ S10_FULL/ S100_HALF/ S100_FULL/ S1000_FULL/ S10G_FULL/
NONE
AUTO
166
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
LTE eNB Command Description/Ver.1.0
Parameter
Description
Range
Unit
Default
MTU
The maximum transmission unit of the external link. The default is 1500 (bytes).
68 ~ 8270
NONE
1500
FLOW_CONTR OL
Whether flow control of the external link is enabled. - False: Flow control is disabled. - True: Flow control is enabled.
False/True/
NONE
False
LAG_ID
The link aggregation ID (0 means it is not link aggregation).
0~2
NONE
0
DESCRIPTION
Describes the use of the external link. Up to 32 characters are allowed.
32
NONE
-
Output Parameter Description PORT_ID
The port ID of the external link.
STATUS
The EQUIP information for the backhaul interface port. -
EQUIP: Indicates that the unit is mounted on the PLD and
available in the system. -
N_EQUIP: Indicates that the unit is unmounted on the PLD
and unavailable in the system. ADMINISTRATIVE_STATE
The administrative state. -
linkLocked: The port is disabled.
-
linkUnlocked: The port is enabled.
CONNECT_TYPE
The connect type of the external link.
SPEED_DUPLEX
The speed and duplex of the backhaul port.
MTU
-
AUTO: The speed is determined by auto-negotiation.
-
S10_HALF: A speed of 10 Mbps, half-duplex mode.
-
S10_FULL: A speed 10 Mbps, full-duplex mode.
-
S100_HALF: A speed of 100 Mbps, half-duplex mode.
-
S100_FULL: A speed of 100 Mbps, full-duplex mode.
-
S1000_FULL: A speed of 1000 Mbps, full-duplex mode.
The maximum transmission unit of the external link. The default is 1500 (bytes).
FLOW_CONTROL
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
Whether flow control of the external link is enabled. -
False: Flow control is disabled.
-
True: Flow control is enabled.
167
Command Description
LAG_ID
The link aggregation ID (0 means it is not link aggregation).
MEDIA_TYPE
The media type of the external link, which is set automatically.
DESCRIPTION
Describes the use of the external link. Up to 32 characters are allowed.
168
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
LTE eNB Command Description/Ver.1.0
C1748 RETRIEVE EXTERNAL LINK CONFIGURATION Command Format RTRV-ELINK-CONF: [PORT_ID];
Command Description Retrieves the external link settings. If Port ID is not specified, all external link settings are retrieved. This command can retrieve settings such as EQUIP of link, lock status, media type, MTU, speed, duplex, and flow control. TIMEOUT
10
Input Parameter Description Parameter PORT_ID
Description
Range
The port ID of the external link.
0~5
Unit NONE
Default 0
Output Parameter Description PORT_ID
The port ID of the external link.
STATUS
The EQUIP information for the backhaul interface port. -
EQUIP: Indicates that the unit is mounted on the PLD and
available in the system. -
N_EQUIP: Indicates that the unit is unmounted on the PLD
and unavailable in the system. ADMINISTRATIVE_STATE
The administrative state. -
linkLocked: The port is disabled.
-
linkUnlocked: The port is enabled.
CONNECT_TYPE
The connect type of the external link.
SPEED_DUPLEX
The speed and duplex of the backhaul port.
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
-
AUTO: The speed is determined by auto-negotiation.
-
S10_HALF: A speed of 10 Mbps, half-duplex mode.
169
Command Description
MTU
-
S10_FULL: A speed 10 Mbps, full-duplex mode.
-
S100_HALF: A speed of 100 Mbps, half-duplex mode.
-
S100_FULL: A speed of 100 Mbps, full-duplex mode.
-
S1000_FULL: A speed of 1000 Mbps, full-duplex mode.
The maximum transmission unit of the external link. The default is 1500 (bytes).
FLOW_CONTROL
Whether flow control of the external link is enabled. -
False: Flow control is disabled.
-
True: Flow control is enabled.
LAG_ID
The link aggregation ID (0 means it is not link aggregation).
MEDIA_TYPE
The media type of the external link, which is set automatically.
DESCRIPTION
Describes the use of the external link. Up to 32 characters are allowed.
170
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
LTE eNB Command Description/Ver.1.0
C1749 CREATE LAG CONFIGURATION Command Format CRTE-LAG-CONF: DB_INDEX, [ADMINISTRATIVE_STATE], [LAG_ID], [DESCRIPTION];
Command Description This command is to activate LINK AGGREGATION. TIMEOUT
10
Input Parameter Description Parameter
Description
Range
Unit
Default
DB_INDEX
This field indicates dbIndex
0~1
NONE
0
ADMINISTRATI VE_STATE
The administrative state for determining usage of the LAG interface. - linkLocked: The port is disabled. - linkUnlocked: The port is enabled.
linkLocked/linkUnlocked/
NONE
linkUnlocked
LAG_ID
This field indicates Link aggregation Interface ID
1~2
NONE
1
DESCRIPTION
The description of the LAG interface usage. Up to 32 characters can be entered.
32
NONE
-
Output Parameter Description DB_INDEX
This field indicates dbIndex
ADMINISTRATIVE_STATE
The administrative state for determining usage of the LAG interface. -
linkLocked: The port is disabled.
-
linkUnlocked: The port is enabled.
LAG_ID
This field indicates Link aggregation Interface ID
DESCRIPTION
The description of the LAG interface usage. Up to 32 characters can be entered.
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
171
Command Description
C1750 DELETE LAG CONFIGURATION Command Format DLT-LAG-CONF: DB_INDEX;
Command Description This command is to deactivate LINK AGGREGATION. TIMEOUT
10
Input Parameter Description Parameter DB_INDEX
Description This field indicates dbIndex
Range 0~1
Unit NONE
Defaul t 0
Output Parameter Description No output parameter.
172
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
LTE eNB Command Description/Ver.1.0
C1751 CHANGE LAG CONFIGURATION Command Format CHG-LAG-CONF: DB_INDEX, [ADMINISTRATIVE_STATE];
Command Description This command is to change LINK AGGREGATION TIMEOUT
10
Input Parameter Description Parameter
Description
Range
Unit
Default
DB_INDEX
This field indicates dbIndex
0~1
NONE
0
ADMINISTRATI VE_STATE
The administrative state for determining usage of the LAG interface. - linkLocked: The port is disabled. - linkUnlocked: The port is enabled.
linkLocked/linkUnlocked/
NONE
linkLocked
Output Parameter Description DB_INDEX
This field indicates dbIndex
ADMINISTRATIVE_STATE
The administrative state for determining usage of the LAG interface.
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
-
linkLocked: The port is disabled.
-
linkUnlocked: The port is enabled.
173
Command Description
C1752 RETRIEVE LAG CONFIGURATION Command Format RTRV-LAG-CONF: [DB_INDEX];
Command Description This command is to retrieve LINK AGGREGATION. TIMEOUT
10
Input Parameter Description Parameter DB_INDEX
Description
Range
This field indicates dbIndex
Unit
0~1
NONE
Defaul t 0
Output Parameter Description DB_INDEX
This field indicates dbIndex
ADMINISTRATIVE_STATE
The administrative state for determining usage of the LAG interface. -
linkLocked: The port is disabled.
-
linkUnlocked: The port is enabled.
LAG_ID
This field indicates Link aggregation Interface ID
DESCRIPTION
The description of the LAG interface usage. Up to 32 characters can be entered.
174
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
LTE eNB Command Description/Ver.1.0
C1905 RETRIEVE IP ADDRESS CONFIGURATION Command Format RTRV-IP-ADDR: [DB_INDEX];
Command Description Retrieves the IP address set for interface. TIMEOUT
10
Input Parameter Description Parameter DB_INDEX
Description
Range
Index for setting the IP address.
0 ~ 29
Unit NONE
Defaul t 0
Output Parameter Description DB_INDEX
Index for setting the IP address.
IF_NAME
The name of the interface to be set with the IP address. Enter the name of the interface grown. For example, enter ge_0_0_0 for the GE interface, ge_0_0_1.100 for the VLAN interface, or sa1 for the LAG interface.
IP_ADDR
The IP address to be set.
IP_PFX_LEN
The prefix length of the IP address determining the network mask. If the network mask is 255.255.255.0, the length is 24.
OAM
Attribute of the IP address, whether to use the IP address entered for OAM.
LTE_SIGNAL_S1
-
False: The IP address is not used for OAM.
-
True: The IP address is used for OAM.
Attribute of the IP address. Whether to use the IP address entered for S1 signals. -
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
False: The IP address is not used for S1 signals.
175
Command Description
-
LTE_SIGNAL_X2
True: The IP address is used for S1 signals.
Attribute of the IP address. Whether to use the IP address entered for X2 signals.
LTE_BEARER
-
False: The IP address is not used for X2 signals.
-
True: The IP address is used for X2 signals.
Attribute of the IP address. Whether to use the IP address entered for bearer.
176
-
False: The IP address is not used for bearer.
-
True: The IP address is used for bearer.
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
LTE eNB Command Description/Ver.1.0
C1906 CREATE IP ADDRESS CONFIGURATION Command Format CRTE-IP-ADDR: DB_INDEX, [IF_NAME], [IP_ADDR], [IP_PFX_LEN], [OAM], [LTE_SIGNAL_S1], [LTE_SIGNAL_X2], [LTE_BEARER];
Command Description Sets the IP address for an interface. The interface must be grown before setting the IP address. TIMEOUT
10
Input Parameter Description Parameter
Description
Range
Unit
Default
DB_INDEX
Index for setting the IP address.
0 ~ 29
NONE
0
IF_NAME
The name of the interface to be set with the IP address. Enter the name of the interface grown. For example, enter ge_0_0_0 for the GE interface, ge_0_0_1.100 for the VLAN interface, or sa1 for the LAG interface.
24
NONE
-
IP_ADDR
The IP address to be set.
IPv4 Address
NONE
-
IP_PFX_LEN
The prefix length of the IP address determining the network mask. If the network mask is 255.255.255.0, the length is 24.
1 ~ 30
NONE
24
OAM
Attribute of the IP address, whether to use the IP address entered for OAM. - False: The IP address is not used for OAM. - True: The IP address is used for OAM.
False/True/
NONE
True
LTE_SIGNAL_ S1
Attribute of the IP address. Whether to use the IP address entered for S1 signals. - False: The IP address is not used for S1 signals. - True: The IP address is used for S1 signals.
False/True/
NONE
True
LTE_SIGNAL_ X2
Attribute of the IP address. Whether to use the IP address entered for X2 signals. - False: The IP address is not used for X2 signals. - True: The IP address is used for X2 signals.
False/True/
NONE
True
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
177
Command Description
Parameter LTE_BEARER
Description
Range
Attribute of the IP address. Whether to use the IP address entered for bearer. - False: The IP address is not used for bearer. - True: The IP address is used for bearer.
Unit
False/True/
NONE
Default True
Output Parameter Description DB_INDEX
Index for setting the IP address.
IF_NAME
The name of the interface to be set with the IP address. Enter the name of the interface grown. For example, enter ge_0_0_0 for the GE interface, ge_0_0_1.100 for the VLAN interface, or sa1 for the LAG interface.
IP_ADDR
The IP address to be set.
IP_PFX_LEN
The prefix length of the IP address determining the network mask. If the network mask is 255.255.255.0, the length is 24.
OAM
Attribute of the IP address, whether to use the IP address entered for OAM.
LTE_SIGNAL_S1
-
False: The IP address is not used for OAM.
-
True: The IP address is used for OAM.
Attribute of the IP address. Whether to use the IP address entered for S1 signals.
LTE_SIGNAL_X2
-
False: The IP address is not used for S1 signals.
-
True: The IP address is used for S1 signals.
Attribute of the IP address. Whether to use the IP address entered for X2 signals.
LTE_BEARER
-
False: The IP address is not used for X2 signals.
-
True: The IP address is used for X2 signals.
Attribute of the IP address. Whether to use the IP address entered for bearer.
178
-
False: The IP address is not used for bearer.
-
True: The IP address is used for bearer.
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
LTE eNB Command Description/Ver.1.0
C1907 DELETE IP ADDRESS CONFIGURATION Command Format DLT-IP-ADDR: DB_INDEX;
Command Description Deletes the IP address set for an interface. Once the IP address is deleted, the IP communication is no longer provided with the outside using the IP address. TIMEOUT
10
Input Parameter Description Parameter DB_INDEX
Description Index for setting the IP address.
Range 0 ~ 29
Unit NONE
Defaul t 0
Output Parameter Description No output parameter.
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
179
Command Description
C1908 RETRIEVE IPV6 ADDRESS CONFIGURATION Command Format RTRV-IPV6-ADDR: [DB_INDEX];
Command Description Retrieves the IPv6 address set for interface. TIMEOUT
10
Input Parameter Description Parameter DB_INDEX
Description
Range
Index for setting the IPv6 address.
Unit
0 ~ 29
NONE
Defaul t 0
Output Parameter Description DB_INDEX
Index for setting the IPv6 address.
IF_NAME
The name of the interface to be set with the IPv6 address. Enter the name of the interface grown. For example, enter ge_0_0_0 for the GE interface, ge_0_0_1.100 for the VLAN interface, or sa1 for the LAG interface.
IPV6_ADDR
The IPv6 address to be set.
IPV6_PFX_LEN
The prefix length of the IPv6 address.
OAM
Attribute of the IPv6 address, whether to use the IPv6 address set for OAM.
LTE_SIGNAL_S1
-
False: The IP address is not used for OAM.
-
True: The IP address is used for OAM.
Attribute of the IPv6 address, whether to use the IPv6 address set for S1 signals. -
180
False: The IP address is not used for S1 signals.
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
LTE eNB Command Description/Ver.1.0
-
LTE_SIGNAL_X2
True: The IP address is used for S1 signals.
Attribute of the IPv6 address, whether to use the IPv6 address set for X2 signals.
LTE_BEARER
-
False: The IP address is not used for X2 signals.
-
True: The IP address is used for X2 signals.
Attribute of the IPv6 address, whether to use the IPv6 address set for bearer.
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
-
False: The IP address is not used for bearer.
-
True: The IP address is used for bearer.
181
Command Description
C1909 CREATE IPV6 ADDRESS CONFIGURATION Command Format CRTE-IPV6-ADDR: DB_INDEX, [IF_NAME], [IPV6_ADDR], [IPV6_PFX_LEN], [OAM], [LTE_SIGNAL_S1], [LTE_SIGNAL_X2], [LTE_BEARER];
Command Description Sets the IPv6 address for the interface. The interface must be grown before setting the IPv6 address. TIMEOUT
10
Input Parameter Description Parameter
Description
Range
Unit
Default
DB_INDEX
Index for setting the IPv6 address.
0 ~ 29
NONE
0
IF_NAME
The name of the interface to be set with the IPv6 address. Enter the name of the interface grown. For example, enter ge_0_0_0 for the GE interface, ge_0_0_1.100 for the VLAN interface, or sa1 for the LAG interface.
24
NONE
-
IPV6_ADDR
The IPv6 address to be set.
IPv6 Address
NONE
-
IPV6_PFX_LEN
The prefix length of the IPv6 address.
1 ~ 127
NONE
64
OAM
Attribute of the IPv6 address, whether to use the IPv6 address set for OAM. - False: The IP address is not used for OAM. - True: The IP address is used for OAM.
False/True/
NONE
True
LTE_SIGNAL_ S1
Attribute of the IPv6 address, whether to use the IPv6 address set for S1 signals. - False: The IP address is not used for S1 signals. - True: The IP address is used for S1 signals.
False/True/
NONE
True
LTE_SIGNAL_ X2
Attribute of the IPv6 address, whether to use the IPv6 address set for X2 signals. - False: The IP address is not used for X2 signals. - True: The IP address is used for X2 signals.
False/True/
NONE
True
182
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
LTE eNB Command Description/Ver.1.0
Parameter LTE_BEARER
Description
Range
Attribute of the IPv6 address, whether to use the IPv6 address set for bearer. - False: The IP address is not used for bearer. - True: The IP address is used for bearer.
False/True/
Unit NONE
Default True
Output Parameter Description DB_INDEX
Index for setting the IPv6 address.
IF_NAME
The name of the interface to be set with the IPv6 address. Enter the name of the interface grown. For example, enter ge_0_0_0 for the GE interface, ge_0_0_1.100 for the VLAN interface, or sa1 for the LAG interface.
IPV6_ADDR
The IPv6 address to be set.
IPV6_PFX_LEN
The prefix length of the IPv6 address.
OAM
Attribute of the IPv6 address, whether to use the IPv6 address set for OAM.
LTE_SIGNAL_S1
-
False: The IP address is not used for OAM.
-
True: The IP address is used for OAM.
Attribute of the IPv6 address, whether to use the IPv6 address set for S1 signals.
LTE_SIGNAL_X2
-
False: The IP address is not used for S1 signals.
-
True: The IP address is used for S1 signals.
Attribute of the IPv6 address, whether to use the IPv6 address set for X2 signals.
LTE_BEARER
-
False: The IP address is not used for X2 signals.
-
True: The IP address is used for X2 signals.
Attribute of the IPv6 address, whether to use the IPv6 address set for bearer.
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
-
False: The IP address is not used for bearer.
-
True: The IP address is used for bearer.
183
Command Description
C1910 DELETE IPV6 ADDRESS CONFIGURATION Command Format DLT-IPV6-ADDR: DB_INDEX;
Command Description Deletes the IPv6 address set for an interface. Once the IPv6 address is deleted, the IPv6 communication is no longer provided with the outside using the IP address. TIMEOUT
10
Input Parameter Description Parameter DB_INDEX
Description Index for setting the IPv6 address.
Range 0 ~ 29
Unit NONE
Defaul t 0
Output Parameter Description No output parameter.
184
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
LTE eNB Command Description/Ver.1.0
C1911 RETRIEVE IPV4 ATTRIBUTE PRIORITY CONFIGURATION Command Format RTRV-IPV4-PRIOR: [DB_INDEX];
Command Description Retrieves configured IP priority for each IP attribute which is OAM and Signal. TIMEOUT
10
Input Parameter Description Parameter DB_INDEX
Description Index of the IP attribute for which IP priority is to be changed.
Range 0~2
Unit NONE
Defaul t 0
Output Parameter Description DB_INDEX
Index of the IP attribute for which IP priority is to be changed.
ATTRIBUTE
IP Attribute Type.
PRI_IPV4_ADDR
Primary IPv4 Address.
SEC_IPV4_ADDR
Secondary IPv4 Address.
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
185
Command Description
C1912 CHANGE IPV4 ATTRIBUTE PRIORITY CONFIGURATION Command Format CHG-IPV4-PRIOR: DB_INDEX, [PRI_IPV4_ADDR], [SEC_IPV4_ADDR];
Command Description Changes configuration of IP priority for each IP attribute which is OAM and Signal. TIMEOUT
10
Input Parameter Description Parameter
Description
Range
Unit
Default
DB_INDEX
Index of the IP attribute for which IP priority is to be changed.
0~2
NONE
0
PRI_IPV4_ADD R
Primary IPv4 Address.
IPv4 Address
NONE
-
SEC_IPV4_AD DR
Secondary IPv4 Address.
IPv4 Address
NONE
-
Output Parameter Description
186
DB_INDEX
Index of the IP attribute for which IP priority is to be changed.
ATTRIBUTE
IP Attribute Type.
PRI_IPV4_ADDR
Primary IPv4 Address.
SEC_IPV4_ADDR
Secondary IPv4 Address.
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
LTE eNB Command Description/Ver.1.0
C1913 RETRIEVE IP ROUTE CONFIGURATION Command Format RTRV-IP-ROUTE: [DB_INDEX];
Command Description Retrieves static IP routes set by the user. If the DB_INDEX parameter is entered, only the corresponding IP route is retrieved. If not, all IP routes are retrieved. TIMEOUT
10
Input Parameter Description Parameter DB_INDEX
Description Index for the IP route.
Range 0 ~ 127
Unit NONE
Defaul t 0
Output Parameter Description DB_INDEX
Index for the IP route.
IP_PREFIX
IP route to be created.
IP_PFX_LEN
The prefix length of the IP route determining the network mask. If the network mask is 255.255.255.0, the length is 24.
IP_GW
The nexthop IP (or gateway IP) address of the IP route.
DISTANCE
The distance of the IP route. Entered between 1 and 255. The default is 1. Smaller the distance value, the higher the priority of the route becomes.
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
187
Command Description
C1914 CREATE IP ROUTE CONFIGURATION Command Format CRTE-IP-ROUTE: DB_INDEX, [IP_PREFIX], [IP_PFX_LEN], [IP_GW], [DISTANCE];
Command Description Creates static IP route. TIMEOUT
10
Input Parameter Description Parameter
Description
Range
Unit
Default
DB_INDEX
Index for the IP route.
0 ~ 127
NONE
0
IP_PREFIX
IP route to be created.
IPv4 Address
NONE
-
IP_PFX_LEN
The prefix length of the IP route determining the network mask. If the network mask is 255.255.255.0, the length is 24.
0 ~ 32
NONE
0
IP_GW
The nexthop IP (or gateway IP) address of the IP route.
IPv4 Address
NONE
-
DISTANCE
The distance of the IP route. Entered between 1 and 255. The default is 1. Smaller the distance value, the higher the priority of the route becomes.
1 ~ 255
NONE
1
Output Parameter Description DB_INDEX
Index for the IP route.
IP_PREFIX
IP route to be created.
IP_PFX_LEN
The prefix length of the IP route determining the network mask. If the network mask is 255.255.255.0, the length is 24.
IP_GW
The nexthop IP (or gateway IP) address of the IP route.
DISTANCE
The distance of the IP route. Entered between 1 and 255. The default is 1. Smaller the distance value, the higher the priority of the route becomes.
188
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
LTE eNB Command Description/Ver.1.0
C1915 DELETE IP ROUTE CONFIGURATION Command Format DLT-IP-ROUTE: DB_INDEX;
Command Description Deletes static IP route. TIMEOUT
10
Input Parameter Description Parameter DB_INDEX
Description Index for the IP route.
Range 0 ~ 127
Unit NONE
Defaul t 0
Output Parameter Description No output parameter.
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
189
Command Description
C1916 RETRIEVE IPV6 ROUTE CONFIGURATION Command Format RTRV-IPV6-ROUTE: [DB_INDEX];
Command Description Retrieves static IPv6 routes set by the user. If the DB_INDEX parameter is entered, only the corresponding IPv6 route is retrieved. If not, all IPv6 routes are retrieved. TIMEOUT
10
Input Parameter Description Parameter DB_INDEX
Description Index for the IPv6 route.
Range 0 ~ 127
Unit NONE
Defaul t 0
Output Parameter Description DB_INDEX
Index for the IPv6 route.
IPV6_PREFIX
IPv6 route to be created.
IPV6_PFX_LEN
The prefix length of the IPv6 route determining the network mask.
IPV6_GW
The nexthop IPv6 (or gateway IPv6) address of the IPv6 route.
DISTANCE
The distance of the IPv6 route. Entered between 1 and 255. The default is 1. Smaller the distance value, the higher the priority of the route becomes.
190
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
LTE eNB Command Description/Ver.1.0
C1917 CREATE IPV6 ROUTE CONFIGURATION Command Format CRTE-IPV6-ROUTE: DB_INDEX, [IPV6_PREFIX], [IPV6_PFX_LEN], [IPV6_GW], [DISTANCE];
Command Description Creates static IPv6 route. TIMEOUT
10
Input Parameter Description Parameter
Description
Range
Unit
Default
DB_INDEX
Index for the IPv6 route.
0 ~ 127
NONE
0
IPV6_PREFIX
IPv6 route to be created.
IPv6 Address
NONE
-
IPV6_PFX_LEN
The prefix length of the IPv6 route determining the network mask.
0 ~ 128
NONE
0
IPV6_GW
The nexthop IPv6 (or gateway IPv6) address of the IPv6 route.
IPv6 Address
NONE
-
DISTANCE
The distance of the IPv6 route. Entered between 1 and 255. The default is 1. Smaller the distance value, the higher the priority of the route becomes.
1 ~ 255
NONE
1
Output Parameter Description DB_INDEX
Index for the IPv6 route.
IPV6_PREFIX
IPv6 route to be created.
IPV6_PFX_LEN
The prefix length of the IPv6 route determining the network mask.
IPV6_GW
The nexthop IPv6 (or gateway IPv6) address of the IPv6 route.
DISTANCE
The distance of the IPv6 route. Entered between 1 and 255. The default is 1. Smaller the distance value, the higher the priority of the route becomes.
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
191
Command Description
C1918 DELETE IPV6 ROUTE CONFIGURATION Command Format DLT-IPV6-ROUTE: DB_INDEX;
Command Description Deletes static IPv6 route. TIMEOUT
10
Input Parameter Description Parameter DB_INDEX
Description Index for the IPv6 route.
Range 0 ~ 127
Unit NONE
Defaul t 0
Output Parameter Description No output parameter.
192
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
LTE eNB Command Description/Ver.1.0
C1919 CHANGE IP ADDRESS CONFIGURATION Command Format CHG-IP-ADDR: DB_INDEX, [IF_NAME], [IP_ADDR], [IP_PFX_LEN], [OAM], [LTE_SIGNAL_S1], [LTE_SIGNAL_X2], [LTE_BEARER];
Command Description Changes the IP address for an interface. The changes made to the IP addresses are applied to the system immediately. Therefore, the user must check that the new IP address conforms to the network IP configuration to avoid IP communication problems after making changes. TIMEOUT
10
Input Parameter Description Parameter
Description
Range
Unit
Default
DB_INDEX
Index for setting the IP address.
0 ~ 29
NONE
0
IF_NAME
The name of the interface to be set with the IP address. Enter the name of the interface grown. For example, enter ge_0_0_0 for the GE interface, ge_0_0_1.100 for the VLAN interface, or sa1 for the LAG interface.
24
NONE
-
IP_ADDR
The IP address to be set.
IPv4 Address
NONE
-
IP_PFX_LEN
The prefix length of the IP address determining the network mask. If the network mask is 255.255.255.0, the length is 24.
1 ~ 30
NONE
24
OAM
Attribute of the IP address, whether to use the IP address entered for OAM. - False: The IP address is not used for OAM. - True: The IP address is used for OAM.
False/True/
NONE
True
LTE_SIGNAL_ S1
Attribute of the IP address. Whether to use the IP address entered for S1 signals. - False: The IP address is not used for S1 signals. - True: The IP address is used for S1 signals.
False/True/
NONE
True
LTE_SIGNAL_ X2
Attribute of the IP address. Whether to use the IP address entered for X2 signals. - False: The IP address is not used for X2 signals. - True: The IP address is used for X2 signals.
False/True/
NONE
True
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
193
Command Description
Parameter LTE_BEARER
Description
Range
Attribute of the IP address. Whether to use the IP address entered for bearer. - False: The IP address is not used for bearer. - True: The IP address is used for bearer.
Unit
False/True/
NONE
Default True
Output Parameter Description DB_INDEX
Index for setting the IP address.
IF_NAME
The name of the interface to be set with the IP address. Enter the name of the interface grown. For example, enter ge_0_0_0 for the GE interface, ge_0_0_1.100 for the VLAN interface, or sa1 for the LAG interface.
IP_ADDR
The IP address to be set.
IP_PFX_LEN
The prefix length of the IP address determining the network mask. If the network mask is 255.255.255.0, the length is 24.
OAM
Attribute of the IP address, whether to use the IP address entered for OAM.
LTE_SIGNAL_S1
-
False: The IP address is not used for OAM.
-
True: The IP address is used for OAM.
Attribute of the IP address. Whether to use the IP address entered for S1 signals.
LTE_SIGNAL_X2
-
False: The IP address is not used for S1 signals.
-
True: The IP address is used for S1 signals.
Attribute of the IP address. Whether to use the IP address entered for X2 signals.
LTE_BEARER
-
False: The IP address is not used for X2 signals.
-
True: The IP address is used for X2 signals.
Attribute of the IP address. Whether to use the IP address entered for bearer.
194
-
False: The IP address is not used for bearer.
-
True: The IP address is used for bearer.
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
LTE eNB Command Description/Ver.1.0
C1920 CHANGE IPV6 ADDRESS CONFIGURATION Command Format CHG-IPV6-ADDR: DB_INDEX, [IF_NAME], [IPV6_ADDR], [IPV6_PFX_LEN], [OAM], [LTE_SIGNAL_S1], [LTE_SIGNAL_X2], [LTE_BEARER];
Command Description Changes the IPv6 address set for an interface. To change an IPv6 address, an interface with an IPv6 address must exist. Enter the new address in the DB_INDEX parameter. Since any changes to IPv6 addresses are applied in the system immediately, the user must check that the new IPv6 address conforms to the external network configuration in order to avoid communication interruptions after changing the address. TIMEOUT
10
Input Parameter Description Parameter
Description
Range
Unit
Default
DB_INDEX
Index for setting the IPv6 address.
0 ~ 29
NONE
0
IF_NAME
The name of the interface to be set with the IPv6 address. Enter the name of the interface grown. For example, enter ge_0_0_0 for the GE interface, ge_0_0_1.100 for the VLAN interface, or sa1 for the LAG interface.
24
NONE
-
IPV6_ADDR
The IPv6 address to be set.
IPv6 Address
NONE
-
IPV6_PFX_LEN
The prefix length of the IPv6 address.
1 ~ 127
NONE
64
OAM
Attribute of the IPv6 address, whether to use the IPv6 address set for OAM. - False: The IP address is not used for OAM. - True: The IP address is used for OAM.
False/True/
NONE
True
LTE_SIGNAL_ S1
Attribute of the IPv6 address, whether to use the IPv6 address set for S1 signals. - False: The IP address is not used for S1 signals. - True: The IP address is used for S1 signals.
False/True/
NONE
True
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
195
Command Description
Parameter
Description
Range
Unit
Default
LTE_SIGNAL_ X2
Attribute of the IPv6 address, whether to use the IPv6 address set for X2 signals. - False: The IP address is not used for X2 signals. - True: The IP address is used for X2 signals.
False/True/
NONE
True
LTE_BEARER
Attribute of the IPv6 address, whether to use the IPv6 address set for bearer. - False: The IP address is not used for bearer. - True: The IP address is used for bearer.
False/True/
NONE
True
Output Parameter Description DB_INDEX
Index for setting the IPv6 address.
IF_NAME
The name of the interface to be set with the IPv6 address. Enter the name of the interface grown. For example, enter ge_0_0_0 for the GE interface, ge_0_0_1.100 for the VLAN interface, or sa1 for the LAG interface.
IPV6_ADDR
The IPv6 address to be set.
IPV6_PFX_LEN
The prefix length of the IPv6 address.
OAM
Attribute of the IPv6 address, whether to use the IPv6 address set for OAM.
LTE_SIGNAL_S1
-
False: The IP address is not used for OAM.
-
True: The IP address is used for OAM.
Attribute of the IPv6 address, whether to use the IPv6 address set for S1 signals.
LTE_SIGNAL_X2
-
False: The IP address is not used for S1 signals.
-
True: The IP address is used for S1 signals.
Attribute of the IPv6 address, whether to use the IPv6 address set for X2 signals.
LTE_BEARER
-
False: The IP address is not used for X2 signals.
-
True: The IP address is used for X2 signals.
Attribute of the IPv6 address, whether to use the IPv6 address set for bearer. -
196
False: The IP address is not used for bearer.
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
LTE eNB Command Description/Ver.1.0
-
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
True: The IP address is used for bearer.
197
Command Description
C1921 RETRIEVE IPV6 ATTRIBUTE PRIORITY CONFIGURATION Command Format RTRV-IPV6-PRIOR: [DB_INDEX];
Command Description Retrieves configured IPv6 priority for each IPv6 attribute which is OAM and Signal. TIMEOUT
10
Input Parameter Description Parameter DB_INDEX
Description Index of the IPv6 attribute for which IPv6 priority is to be changed.
Range 0~2
Unit NONE
Defaul t 0
Output Parameter Description DB_INDEX
Index of the IPv6 attribute for which IPv6 priority is to be changed.
198
ATTRIBUTE
IPv6 Attribute Type.
PRI_IPV6_ADDR
Primary IPv6 Address.
SEC_IPV6_ADDR
Secondary IPv6 Address.
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
LTE eNB Command Description/Ver.1.0
C1922 CHANGE IPV6 ATTRIBUTE PRIORITY CONFIGURATION Command Format CHG-IPV6-PRIOR: DB_INDEX, [PRI_IPV6_ADDR], [SEC_IPV6_ADDR];
Command Description Changes configuration of IPv6 priority for each IPv6 attribute which is OAM and Signal. TIMEOUT
10
Input Parameter Description Parameter
Description
Range
Unit
Default
DB_INDEX
Index of the IPv6 attribute for which IPv6 priority is to be changed.
0~2
NONE
0
PRI_IPV6_ADD R
Primary IPv6 Address.
IPv6 Address
NONE
-
SEC_IPV6_AD DR
Secondary IPv6 Address.
IPv6 Address
NONE
-
Output Parameter Description DB_INDEX
Index of the IPv6 attribute for which IPv6 priority is to be changed.
ATTRIBUTE
IPv6 Attribute Type.
PRI_IPV6_ADDR
Primary IPv6 Address.
SEC_IPV6_ADDR
Secondary IPv6 Address.
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
199
Command Description
C1946 CHANGE PAT MAP INFORMATION Command Format CHG-PAT-MAP: MAP_INDEX, [IP_VER], [MON_SERVER_IPV4], [MON_SERVER_IPV6], [EXT_DEV_IPV4], [EXT_DEV_IPV6], [MON_SERVER_PORT], [EXT_DEV_PORT];
Command Description Changes information on the static Port Address Translation (PAT) settings. The mapping information between the IP/UDP port of the server, which monitors auxiliary devices, and the IP/ UDP port of an auxiliary device can be changed. TIMEOUT
10
Input Parameter Description Parameter
Description
Range
Unit
Default
MAP_INDEX
Static PAT Map index.
0 ~ 255
NONE
0
IP_VER
The version of the IP address.
IPV4/IPV6/
NONE
IPV4
MON_SERVER _IPV4
The IPv4 address of the monitoring server to be communicated with the ancillary device.
IPv4 Address
NONE
-
MON_SERVER _IPV6
The IPv6 address of the monitoring server to be communicated with the ancillary device.
IPv6 Address
NONE
-
EXT_DEV_IPV 4
The IPv4 address of the ancillary device.
IPv4 Address
NONE
-
EXT_DEV_IPV 6
The IPv6 address of the ancillary device.
IPv6 Address
NONE
-
MON_SERVER _PORT
Information on the UDP port of the monitoring server to be communicated with ancillary devices.
0 ~ 65535
NONE
0
EXT_DEV_PO RT
Information on the UDP port of the ancillary device to be used to communicate with the monitoring server.
0 ~ 65535
NONE
0
Output Parameter Description
200
MAP_INDEX
Static PAT Map index.
IP_VER
The version of the IP address.
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
LTE eNB Command Description/Ver.1.0
MON_SERVER_IPV4
The IPv4 address of the monitoring server to be communicated with the ancillary device.
MON_SERVER_IPV6
The IPv6 address of the monitoring server to be communicated with the ancillary device.
EXT_DEV_IPV4
The IPv4 address of the ancillary device.
EXT_DEV_IPV6
The IPv6 address of the ancillary device.
MON_SERVER_PORT
Information on the UDP port of the monitoring server to be communicated with ancillary devices.
EXT_DEV_PORT
Information on the UDP port of the ancillary device to be used to communicate with the monitoring server.
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
201
Command Description
C1970 RETRIEVE ACL RULE Command Format RTRV-ACL-RULE: [DB_INDEX];
Command Description Retrieve created rules in the ACL(Access Control List) TIMEOUT
10
Input Parameter Description Parameter DB_INDEX
Description
Range
Index of ACL rule for create, delete and retrieve.
Unit
0 ~ 511
NONE
Defaul t 0
Output Parameter Description DB_INDEX
Index of ACL rule for create, delete and retrieve.
IP_VERSION
Set the IP version of ACL rule. ACL can has ACL rules with same IP version. -
IPV4 : Set the IP version of ACL rule to IPv4.
-IPV6
SEQ_NO
: Set the IP version of ACL rule to IPv6
Set the priority of rule in the ACL. This parameter of rules in the same ACL can't be duplicated.
ACL_NAME
Set the name of ACL. This parameter is used for inserting a rule in the ACL or attaching the ACL on the interface.
ACTION
PROTOCOL
Set the action of the packet that satisfy all condition of this rule. -
DENY: Discard the packet.
-
PERMIT: Transmit the packet.
Set the protocol number condition of this rule. -
202
any: Skip checking protocol number of the packet. (Any pro-
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
LTE eNB Command Description/Ver.1.0
tocol number of the packet satisfy this condition). -
0~255: If the packet protocol number and this parameter are
the same, this condition is satisfied.
SRC_HOST_TYPE
-
tcp: If TCP packet, this condition is satisfied.
-
udp: If UDP packet, this condition is satisfied.
-
ip: If IP packet, this condition is satisfied.
-
icmp: If ICMP packet, this condition is satisfied.
-
icmpv6: If IPv6 ICMP packet, this condition is satisfied.
Set whether to check source IP address of the packet. -
ANY: Skip checking source IP address of the packet.
-
IP_ADDRESS: Check source IP address of the packet and
source IP condition of this rule are the same. SRC_IPV4_ADDR
Set the IPv4 source IP address condition of this rule. If SRC_HOST_TYPE parameter is ANY or IP_VERSION parameter is IPV6, this paramter is not available.
SRC_IPV4_PFX_LEN
Set the prefix length of IPv4 source IP address condition of thie rule.
SRC_IPV6_ADDR
Set the IPv6 source IP address condition of this rule. If SRC_HOST_TYPE parameter is ANY or IP_VERSION parameter is IPV4, this paramter is not available.
SRC_IPV6_PFX_LEN
Set the prefix length of IPv6 source IP address condition of thie rule.
SRC_PORT
Set the source port number condition of this rule. If PROTOCOL parameter is not any, tcp(6) or udp(17), this parameter is not available. -
any: Skip checking source port number of the packet.
- 0~65535: If the packet source port number and this parameter
are the same, this condition is satisfied. - MIN-MAX: If the packet source port number is between MIN
and MAX, this condition is satisfied. DST_HOST_TYPE
Set whether to check destination IP address of the packet. -
ANY: Skip checking destination IP address of the packet.
-
IP_ADDRESS: Check destination IP address of the packet
and destination IP condition of this rule are the same.
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
203
Command Description
DST_IPV4_ADDR
Set the IPv4 destination IP address condition of this rule. If DST_HOST_TYPE parameter is ANY or IP_VERSION parameter is IPV6, this paramter is not available.
DST_IPV4_PFX_LEN
Set the prefix length of IPv4 destination IP address condition of thie rule.
DST_IPV6_ADDR
Set the IPv6 destination IP address condition of this rule. If DST_HOST_TYPE is ANY parameter or IP_VERSION parameter is IPV4, this paramter is not available.
DST_IPV6_PFX_LEN
Set the prefix length of IPv6 destination IP address condition of thie rule.
DST_PORT
Set the destination port number condition of this rule. If PROTOCOL parameter is not any, tcp(6) or udp(17), this parameter is not available. -
any: Skip checking destination port number of the packet.
-
0~65535: If the packet destination port number and this
parameter are the same, this condition is satisfied. -
MIN-MAX: If the packet destination port number is between
MIN and MAX, this condition is satisfied. DSCP_TYPE
Set whether to check DSCP number of the packet. -
NONE: Skip checking DSCP number of the packet.
-
DSCP: Check DSCP number of the packet and
DSCP_NUMBER parameter are the same. DSCP_NUMBER
Set the DSCP number condition fo this rule. If DSCP_TYPE parameter is NONE, this parameter is not available.
204
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
LTE eNB Command Description/Ver.1.0
C1971 CREATE ACL RULE Command Format CRTE-ACL-RULE: DB_INDEX, [IP_VERSION], [SEQ_NO], [ACL_NAME], [ACTION], [PROTOCOL], [SRC_HOST_TYPE], [SRC_IPV4_ADDR], [SRC_IPV4_PFX_LEN], [SRC_IPV6_ADDR], [SRC_IPV6_PFX_LEN], [SRC_PORT], [DST_HOST_TYPE], [DST_IPV4_ADDR], [DST_IPV4_PFX_LEN], [DST_IPV6_ADDR], [DST_IPV6_PFX_LEN], [DST_PORT], [DSCP_TYPE], [DSCP_NUMBER];
Command Description Create a new rule and insert in the ACL(Acess Control List). ACL rule has 6 tuple(Protocol Number/Source IP/Destination IP/Source Port/Destination Port/DSCP) condition and set the action(permit/deny) of an incoming or outgoing packet that satisfy all conditions. When a new rule is inserted in the ACL, it can be selected by ACL_NAME parameter. Multiple rules can be inserted in the ACL and priority of a rule in the ACL can be set by SEQ_NO parameter. A new rule can't be inserted in the ACL that is attached on the interface. TIMEOUT
10
Input Parameter Description Parameter
Description
Range
Unit
Default
DB_INDEX
Index of ACL rule for create, delete and retrieve.
0 ~ 511
NONE
0
IP_VERSION
Set the IP version of ACL rule. ACL can has ACL rules with same IP version. - IPV4 : Set the IP version of ACL rule to IPv4. -IPV6 : Set the IP version of ACL rule to IPv6
IPV4/IPV6/
NONE
IPV4
SEQ_NO
Set the priority of rule in the ACL. This parameter of rules in the same ACL can't be duplicated.
1 ~ 127
NONE
1
ACL_NAME
Set the name of ACL. This parameter is used for inserting a rule in the ACL or attaching the ACL on the interface.
32
NONE
-
ACTION
Set the action of the packet that satisfy all condition of this rule. - DENY: Discard the packet. - PERMIT: Transmit the packet.
DENY/PERMIT/
NONE
DENY
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
205
Command Description
Parameter
Description
Range
Unit
Default
PROTOCOL
Set the protocol number condition of this rule. - any: Skip checking protocol number of the packet. (Any protocol number of the packet satisfy this condition). - 0~255: If the packet protocol number and this parameter are the same, this condition is satisfied. - tcp: If TCP packet, this condition is satisfied. - udp: If UDP packet, this condition is satisfied. - ip: If IP packet, this condition is satisfied. - icmp: If ICMP packet, this condition is satisfied. - icmpv6: If IPv6 ICMP packet, this condition is satisfied.
16
NONE
any
SRC_HOST_T YPE
Set whether to check source IP address of the packet. - ANY: Skip checking source IP address of the packet. - IP_ADDRESS: Check source IP address of the packet and source IP condition of this rule are the same.
ANY/IP_ADDRESS/
NONE
ANY
SRC_IPV4_AD DR
Set the IPv4 source IP address condition of this rule. If SRC_HOST_TYPE parameter is ANY or IP_VERSION parameter is IPV6, this paramter is not available.
IPv4 Address
NONE
-
SRC_IPV4_PF X_LEN
Set the prefix length of IPv4 source IP address condition of thie rule.
0 ~ 32
NONE
0
SRC_IPV6_AD DR
Set the IPv6 source IP address condition of this rule. If SRC_HOST_TYPE parameter is ANY or IP_VERSION parameter is IPV4, this paramter is not available.
IPv6 Address
NONE
-
SRC_IPV6_PF X_LEN
Set the prefix length of IPv6 source IP address condition of thie rule.
0 ~ 128
NONE
0
SRC_PORT
Set the source port number condition of this rule. If PROTOCOL parameter is not any, tcp(6) or udp(17), this parameter is not available. - any: Skip checking source port number of the packet. - 0~65535: If the packet source port number and this parameter are the same, this condition is satisfied. - MIN-MAX: If the packet source port number is between MIN and MAX, this condition is satisfied.
16
NONE
any
206
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
LTE eNB Command Description/Ver.1.0
Parameter
Description
Range
Unit
Default
DST_HOST_TY PE
Set whether to check destination IP address of the packet. - ANY: Skip checking destination IP address of the packet. - IP_ADDRESS: Check destination IP address of the packet and destination IP condition of this rule are the same.
ANY/IP_ADDRESS/
NONE
ANY
DST_IPV4_AD DR
Set the IPv4 destination IP address condition of this rule. If DST_HOST_TYPE parameter is ANY or IP_VERSION parameter is IPV6, this paramter is not available.
IPv4 Address
NONE
-
DST_IPV4_PF X_LEN
Set the prefix length of IPv4 destination IP address condition of thie rule.
0 ~ 32
NONE
0
DST_IPV6_AD DR
Set the IPv6 destination IP address condition of this rule. If DST_HOST_TYPE is ANY parameter or IP_VERSION parameter is IPV4, this paramter is not available.
IPv6 Address
NONE
-
DST_IPV6_PF X_LEN
Set the prefix length of IPv6 destination IP address condition of thie rule.
0 ~ 128
NONE
0
DST_PORT
Set the destination port number condition of this rule. If PROTOCOL parameter is not any, tcp(6) or udp(17), this parameter is not available. - any: Skip checking destination port number of the packet. - 0~65535: If the packet destination port number and this parameter are the same, this condition is satisfied. - MIN-MAX: If the packet destination port number is between MIN and MAX, this condition is satisfied.
16
NONE
any
DSCP_TYPE
Set whether to check DSCP number of the packet. - NONE: Skip checking DSCP number of the packet. - DSCP: Check DSCP number of the packet and DSCP_NUMBER parameter are the same.
NONE/DSCP/
NONE
NONE
DSCP_NUMBE R
Set the DSCP number condition fo this rule. If DSCP_TYPE parameter is NONE, this parameter is not available.
0 ~ 63
NONE
0
Output Parameter Description DB_INDEX
Index of ACL rule for create, delete and retrieve.
IP_VERSION
Set the IP version of ACL rule. ACL can has ACL rules with same IP version. -
IPV4 : Set the IP version of ACL rule to IPv4.
-IPV6
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
: Set the IP version of ACL rule to IPv6
207
Command Description
SEQ_NO
Set the priority of rule in the ACL. This parameter of rules in the same ACL can't be duplicated.
ACL_NAME
Set the name of ACL. This parameter is used for inserting a rule in the ACL or attaching the ACL on the interface.
ACTION
PROTOCOL
Set the action of the packet that satisfy all condition of this rule. -
DENY: Discard the packet.
-
PERMIT: Transmit the packet.
Set the protocol number condition of this rule. -
any: Skip checking protocol number of the packet. (Any pro-
tocol number of the packet satisfy this condition). -
0~255: If the packet protocol number and this parameter are
the same, this condition is satisfied.
SRC_HOST_TYPE
-
tcp: If TCP packet, this condition is satisfied.
-
udp: If UDP packet, this condition is satisfied.
-
ip: If IP packet, this condition is satisfied.
-
icmp: If ICMP packet, this condition is satisfied.
-
icmpv6: If IPv6 ICMP packet, this condition is satisfied.
Set whether to check source IP address of the packet. -
ANY: Skip checking source IP address of the packet.
-
IP_ADDRESS: Check source IP address of the packet and
source IP condition of this rule are the same. SRC_IPV4_ADDR
Set the IPv4 source IP address condition of this rule. If SRC_HOST_TYPE parameter is ANY or IP_VERSION parameter is IPV6, this paramter is not available.
SRC_IPV4_PFX_LEN
Set the prefix length of IPv4 source IP address condition of thie rule.
SRC_IPV6_ADDR
Set the IPv6 source IP address condition of this rule. If SRC_HOST_TYPE parameter is ANY or IP_VERSION parameter is IPV4, this paramter is not available.
SRC_IPV6_PFX_LEN
Set the prefix length of IPv6 source IP address condition of thie rule.
SRC_PORT
Set the source port number condition of this rule. If PROTOCOL parameter is not any, tcp(6) or udp(17), this parameter is
208
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
LTE eNB Command Description/Ver.1.0
not available. -
any: Skip checking source port number of the packet.
- 0~65535: If the packet source port number and this parameter
are the same, this condition is satisfied. - MIN-MAX: If the packet source port number is between MIN
and MAX, this condition is satisfied. DST_HOST_TYPE
Set whether to check destination IP address of the packet. -
ANY: Skip checking destination IP address of the packet.
-
IP_ADDRESS: Check destination IP address of the packet
and destination IP condition of this rule are the same. DST_IPV4_ADDR
Set the IPv4 destination IP address condition of this rule. If DST_HOST_TYPE parameter is ANY or IP_VERSION parameter is IPV6, this paramter is not available.
DST_IPV4_PFX_LEN
Set the prefix length of IPv4 destination IP address condition of thie rule.
DST_IPV6_ADDR
Set the IPv6 destination IP address condition of this rule. If DST_HOST_TYPE is ANY parameter or IP_VERSION parameter is IPV4, this paramter is not available.
DST_IPV6_PFX_LEN
Set the prefix length of IPv6 destination IP address condition of thie rule.
DST_PORT
Set the destination port number condition of this rule. If PROTOCOL parameter is not any, tcp(6) or udp(17), this parameter is not available. -
any: Skip checking destination port number of the packet.
-
0~65535: If the packet destination port number and this
parameter are the same, this condition is satisfied. -
MIN-MAX: If the packet destination port number is between
MIN and MAX, this condition is satisfied. DSCP_TYPE
Set whether to check DSCP number of the packet. -
NONE: Skip checking DSCP number of the packet.
-
DSCP: Check DSCP number of the packet and
DSCP_NUMBER parameter are the same. DSCP_NUMBER
Set the DSCP number condition fo this rule. If DSCP_TYPE parameter is NONE, this parameter is not available.
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
209
Command Description
C1972 DELETE ACL RULE Command Format DLT-ACL-RULE: DB_INDEX;
Command Description Delete created rule from ACL(Access Control List). Rule of the ACL that is attached on the interface, can't be deleted. TIMEOUT
10
Input Parameter Description Parameter DB_INDEX
Description Index of ACL rule for create, delete and retrieve.
Range 0 ~ 511
Unit NONE
Defaul t 0
Output Parameter Description No output parameter.
210
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
LTE eNB Command Description/Ver.1.0
C1973 RETRIEVE ACL CONFIGURATION Command Format RTRV-ACL-CONF: [DB_INDEX];
Command Description Retrieve attached ACL(Access Control List) on the interface. TIMEOUT
10
Input Parameter Description Parameter DB_INDEX
Description
Range
Index of ACL for attach, delete and retrieve.
0 ~ 39
Unit NONE
Defaul t 0
Output Parameter Description DB_INDEX
Index of ACL for attach, delete and retrieve.
IF_NAME
Set the interface name that will be attached ACL
ACL_NAME
Set the ACL name for attaching on a direction of the interface.
DIRECTION
Set the direction of the interface that will be attached ACL. -IN:
Apply ACL on inbound packet of the interface.
-OUT:
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
Apply ACL on outgoing packet of the interface
211
Command Description
C1974 CREATE ACL CONFIGURATION Command Format CRTE-ACL-CONF: DB_INDEX, [IF_NAME], [ACL_NAME], [DIRECTION];
Command Description Attach ACL(Access Control List) on a direction(in/out) of the interface. ACL is selected by ACL_NAME parameter of CRTE-ACL-RULE command. An incoming or outgoing packet is compared with rules of the ACL and handled by the action(permit/deny) of the matched rule. If the packet is not matched with every rules of the ACL, it is discarded. TIMEOUT
10
Input Parameter Description Parameter
Description
Range
Unit
Default
DB_INDEX
Index of ACL for attach, delete and retrieve.
0 ~ 39
NONE
0
IF_NAME
Set the interface name that will be attached ACL
24
NONE
-
ACL_NAME
Set the ACL name for attaching on a direction of the interface.
32
NONE
-
DIRECTION
Set the direction of the interface that will be attached ACL. -IN: Apply ACL on inbound packet of the interface. -OUT: Apply ACL on outgoing packet of the interface
IN/OUT/
NONE
IN
Output Parameter Description DB_INDEX
Index of ACL for attach, delete and retrieve.
IF_NAME
Set the interface name that will be attached ACL
ACL_NAME
Set the ACL name for attaching on a direction of the interface.
DIRECTION
Set the direction of the interface that will be attached ACL. -IN:
Apply ACL on inbound packet of the interface.
-OUT:
212
Apply ACL on outgoing packet of the interface
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
LTE eNB Command Description/Ver.1.0
C1975 DELETE ACL CONFIGURATION Command Format DLT-ACL-CONF: DB_INDEX;
Command Description Delete attached ACL(Access Control List) from the interface. TIMEOUT
10
Input Parameter Description Parameter DB_INDEX
Description Index of ACL for attach, delete and retrieve.
Range 0 ~ 39
Unit NONE
Defaul t 0
Output Parameter Description No output parameter.
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
213
Command Description
C1976 RETRIEVE QoS CLASS Command Format RTRV-QOS-CLASS: [DB_INDEX];
Command Description Retrieve configuration of DSCP mapping to the Class. TIMEOUT
10
Input Parameter Description Parameter DB_INDEX
Description Index of DSCP mapping to Class for add, delete and retrieve.
Range 0 ~ 511
Unit NONE
Defaul t 0
Output Parameter Description DB_INDEX
Index of DSCP mapping to Class for add, delete and retrieve.
CLASS_NAME
Set the Class name for adding a new DSCP mapping. This parameter is used for adding multiple DSCP number to the Class or including in the Policy.
DSCP_NUMBER
Set the DSCP number for adding to the Class. A Class can have multiple DSCP mapping.
214
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
LTE eNB Command Description/Ver.1.0
C1977 CREATE QoS CLASS Command Format CRTE-QOS-CLASS: DB_INDEX, [CLASS_NAME], [DSCP_NUMBER];
Command Description Add a new DSCP mapping to the Class. Packets that are transmitted through the backhaul interface are classified to Class by IP header DSCP value. This Class is included in a Policy with QoS policy configuration. Class is selected by Class Name and a Class can have multiple DSCP mapping. A new DSCP mapping can't be added to the Class that is included in Policy. TIMEOUT
10
Input Parameter Description Parameter
Description
Range
Unit
Default
DB_INDEX
Index of DSCP mapping to Class for add, delete and retrieve.
0 ~ 511
NONE
0
CLASS_NAME
Set the Class name for adding a new DSCP mapping. This parameter is used for adding multiple DSCP number to the Class or including in the Policy.
32
NONE
-
DSCP_NUMBE R
Set the DSCP number for adding to the Class. A Class can have multiple DSCP mapping.
0 ~ 63
NONE
0
Output Parameter Description DB_INDEX
Index of DSCP mapping to Class for add, delete and retrieve.
CLASS_NAME
Set the Class name for adding a new DSCP mapping. This parameter is used for adding multiple DSCP number to the Class or including in the Policy.
DSCP_NUMBER
Set the DSCP number for adding to the Class. A Class can have multiple DSCP mapping.
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
215
Command Description
C1978 DELETE QoS CLASS Command Format DLT-QOS-CLASS: DB_INDEX;
Command Description Delete DSCP mapping from the Class. DSCP mapping can't be deleted from the Class that is included in Policy. TIMEOUT
10
Input Parameter Description Parameter DB_INDEX
Description Index of DSCP mapping to Class for add, delete and retrieve.
Range 0 ~ 511
Unit NONE
Defaul t 0
Output Parameter Description No output parameter.
216
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
LTE eNB Command Description/Ver.1.0
C1979 RETRIEVE QoS POLICY Command Format RTRV-QOS-POLICY: [DB_INDEX];
Command Description Retrieve Policy including Class with QoS policy configuration. TIMEOUT
10
Input Parameter Description Parameter DB_INDEX
Description
Range
Index of Policy including Class for add, delete and retrieve.
0 ~ 319
Unit NONE
Defaul t 0
Output Parameter Description DB_INDEX
Index of Policy including Class for add, delete and retrieve.
POLICY_NAME
Set the Policy name for adding a new Class. This parameter is used for attaching the Policy on the interface.
CLASS_NAME
Set the Class name that will be added to the Policy.
SCHEDULER_TYPE
Set the scheduler type of the Class(Queue). -
NONE: This Class is not used for scheduler configuration.
-
SPQ: Strict Priority Queue. Packet in the SPQs is sent out
according to the priority of Class(Queue) that is set by QUEUE_PRIORITY paramter. - DRR: Deficit Round Robin. Packet in the DRR Classes is sent
out over percentage of bandwidth that is set by BW_PERCENTAGE at least. QUEUE_PRIORITY
Set the priority of SPQ in the Policy. If SCHEDULER_TYPE parameter is not SPQ, this parameter is not available.
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
217
Command Description
BW_PERCENTAGE
Set the minimum guaranteed bandwidth percentage of DRR Class. If SCHEDULER_TYPE parameter is not DRR, this parameter is not available.
QUEUE_RATE
Set the bandwidth limitation rate of the Class(Queue). If this class traffic rate is over QUEUE_RATE, it is shaped. This parameter should be multiples of 128 and range is 1024 ~ 999936 kbps.
218
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
LTE eNB Command Description/Ver.1.0
C1980 RETRIEVE SYSTEM IP SELECTION Command Format RTRV-SYSIP-SEL;
Command Description Retrieves selected system IP addresses for each attribute. TIMEOUT
10
Input Parameter Description No input parameter.
Output Parameter Description OAM_IPVER
The IP version for OAM.
SIG_IPVER
The IP version for Signal.
OAM_IPV4_ADDR
The IPv4 address for OAM.
S1_PRI_IPV4_ADDR
The primary IPv4 address for S1 signal.
S1_SEC_IPV4_ADDR
The secondary IPv4 address for S1 signal.
X2_PRI_IPV4_ADDR
The primary IPv4 address for X2 signal.
X2_SEC_IPV4_ADDR
The secondary IPv4 address for X2 signal.
OAM_IPV6_ADDR
The IPv6 address for OAM.
S1_PRI_IPV6_ADDR
The primary IPv6 address for S1 signal.
S1_SEC_IPV6_ADDR
The secondary IPv6 address for S1 signal.
X2_PRI_IPV6_ADDR
The primary IPv6 address for X2 signal.
X2_SEC_IPV6_ADDR
The secondary IPv6 address for X2 signal.
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
219
Command Description
C1981 CHANGE SYSTEM IP SELECTION Command Format CHG-SYSIP-SEL: [SIG_IPVER];
Command Description Change system IP version. TIMEOUT
10
Input Parameter Description Parameter SIG_IPVER
Description
Range
The IP version for Signal.
Unit
IPV4/IPV6/
NONE
Default IPV4
Output Parameter Description
220
OAM_IPVER
The IP version for OAM.
SIG_IPVER
The IP version for Signal.
OAM_IPV4_ADDR
The IPv4 address for OAM.
S1_PRI_IPV4_ADDR
The primary IPv4 address for S1 signal.
S1_SEC_IPV4_ADDR
The secondary IPv4 address for S1 signal.
X2_PRI_IPV4_ADDR
The primary IPv4 address for X2 signal.
X2_SEC_IPV4_ADDR
The secondary IPv4 address for X2 signal.
OAM_IPV6_ADDR
The IPv6 address for OAM.
S1_PRI_IPV6_ADDR
The primary IPv6 address for S1 signal.
S1_SEC_IPV6_ADDR
The secondary IPv6 address for S1 signal.
X2_PRI_IPV6_ADDR
The primary IPv6 address for X2 signal.
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
LTE eNB Command Description/Ver.1.0
X2_SEC_IPV6_ADDR
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
The secondary IPv6 address for X2 signal.
221
Command Description
C1982 RETRIEVE BH QOS CONFIGURATION Command Format RTRV-BHQOS-CONF: [DB_INDEX];
Command Description Retrieve the Policy attached on the backhaul interface. TIMEOUT
10
Input Parameter Description Parameter DB_INDEX
Description Index of Policy of backhaul interface for attach, delete and retrieve.
Range 0 ~ 39
Unit NONE
Defaul t 0
Output Parameter Description DB_INDEX
Index of Policy of backhaul interface for attach, delete and retrieve.
222
IF_NAME
Set the backhaul interface name for attaching a new Policy.
POLICY_NAME
Set the Policy name for attaching on the backhaul interface.
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
LTE eNB Command Description/Ver.1.0
C1983 CREATE BH QOS CONFIGURATION Command Format CRTE-BHQOS-CONF: DB_INDEX, [IF_NAME], [POLICY_NAME];
Command Description Attach the Policy on the backhaul interface. The Policy is selected by POLICY_NAME parameter of CRTE-QOS-POLICY command. Packets that are transmitted through the backhaul interface are classified to Class of the Policy by IP header DSCP value and handled by QoS Policy of each Class. TIMEOUT
10
Input Parameter Description Parameter
Description
Range
Unit
Default
DB_INDEX
Index of Policy of backhaul interface for attach, delete and retrieve.
0 ~ 39
NONE
0
IF_NAME
Set the backhaul interface name for attaching a new Policy.
24
NONE
-
POLICY_NAME
Set the Policy name for attaching on the backhaul interface.
32
NONE
-
Output Parameter Description DB_INDEX
Index of Policy of backhaul interface for attach, delete and retrieve.
IF_NAME
Set the backhaul interface name for attaching a new Policy.
POLICY_NAME
Set the Policy name for attaching on the backhaul interface.
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
223
Command Description
C1984 DELETE BH QOS CONFIGURATION Command Format DLT-BHQOS-CONF: DB_INDEX;
Command Description Delete the Policy from the backhaul interface. TIMEOUT
10
Input Parameter Description Parameter DB_INDEX
Description Index of Policy of backhaul interface for attach, delete and retrieve.
Range 0 ~ 39
Unit NONE
Defaul t 0
Output Parameter Description No output parameter.
224
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
LTE eNB Command Description/Ver.1.0
C1985 RETRIEVE BH RATE CONFIGURATION Command Format RTRV-BHRATE-CONF: [DB_INDEX];
Command Description Retrieve the bandwidth limitaion rate of the backhaul interface. TIMEOUT
10
Input Parameter Description Parameter DB_INDEX
Description Index of the bandwidth limitation rate of backhaul interface for set, delete and retrieve.
Range 0~3
Unit NONE
Defaul t 0
Output Parameter Description DB_INDEX
Index of the bandwidth limitation rate of backhaul interface for set, delete and retrieve.
IF_NAME
Set the backhaul interface name for setting bandwidth limitation rate.
PORT_RATE
Set the rate of bandwidth limitation. This parameter should be multiples of 128 and range is 1024 ~ 999936 kbps.
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
225
Command Description
C1986 CREATE BH RATE CONFIGURATION Command Format CRTE-BHRATE-CONF: DB_INDEX, [IF_NAME], [PORT_RATE];
Command Description Set the bandwidth limitation rate of the backhaul interface. If this backhaul interface traffic rate is over PORT_RATE, it is shaped. TIMEOUT
10
Input Parameter Description Parameter
Description
Range
Unit
Default
DB_INDEX
Index of the bandwidth limitation rate of backhaul interface for set, delete and retrieve.
0~3
NONE
0
IF_NAME
Set the backhaul interface name for setting bandwidth limitation rate.
24
NONE
-
PORT_RATE
Set the rate of bandwidth limitation. This parameter should be multiples of 128 and range is 1024 ~ 999936 kbps.
1024 ~ 999936
kbps
999936
Output Parameter Description DB_INDEX
Index of the bandwidth limitation rate of backhaul interface for set, delete and retrieve.
IF_NAME
Set the backhaul interface name for setting bandwidth limitation rate.
PORT_RATE
Set the rate of bandwidth limitation. This parameter should be multiples of 128 and range is 1024 ~ 999936 kbps.
226
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
LTE eNB Command Description/Ver.1.0
C1987 DELETE BH RATE CONFIGURATION Command Format DLT-BHRATE-CONF: DB_INDEX;
Command Description Delete the bandwidth limitaion rate of the backhaul interface. TIMEOUT
10
Input Parameter Description Parameter DB_INDEX
Description Index of the bandwidth limitation rate of backhaul interface for set, delete and retrieve.
Range 0~3
Unit NONE
Defaul t 0
Output Parameter Description No output parameter.
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
227
Command Description
C1990 CREATE QoS POLICY Command Format CRTE-QOS-POLICY: DB_INDEX, [POLICY_NAME], [CLASS_NAME], [SCHEDULER_TYPE], [QUEUE_PRIORITY], [BW_PERCENTAGE], [QUEUE_RATE];
Command Description Add a new Class to the Policy and set the QoS policy of the Class. Class is selected by CLASS_NAME parameter of CRTE-QOS-CLASS command. Policy can include up to 7 Classes and a new Class can't be added to the Policy that is attached on the interface. TIMEOUT
10
Input Parameter Description Parameter
Description
Range
Unit
Default
DB_INDEX
Index of Policy including Class for add, delete and retrieve.
0 ~ 319
NONE
0
POLICY_NAME
Set the Policy name for adding a new Class. This parameter is used for attaching the Policy on the interface.
32
NONE
-
CLASS_NAME
Set the Class name that will be added to the Policy.
32
NONE
-
SCHEDULER_ TYPE
Set the scheduler type of the Class(Queue). - NONE: This Class is not used for scheduler configuration. - SPQ: Strict Priority Queue. Packet in the SPQs is sent out according to the priority of Class(Queue) that is set by QUEUE_PRIORITY paramter. - DRR: Deficit Round Robin. Packet in the DRR Classes is sent out over percentage of bandwidth that is set by BW_PERCENTAGE at least.
NONE/SPQ/DRR/
NONE
NONE
QUEUE_PRIO RITY
Set the priority of SPQ in the Policy. If SCHEDULER_TYPE parameter is not SPQ, this parameter is not available.
0~6
NONE
0
BW_PERCENT AGE
Set the minimum guaranteed bandwidth percentage of DRR Class. If SCHEDULER_TYPE parameter is not DRR, this parameter is not available.
1 ~ 99
%
1
228
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
LTE eNB Command Description/Ver.1.0
Parameter QUEUE_RATE
Description
Range
Set the bandwidth limitation rate of the Class(Queue). If this class traffic rate is over QUEUE_RATE, it is shaped. This parameter should be multiples of 128 and range is 1024 ~ 999936 kbps.
1024 ~ 999936
Unit kbps
Default 999936
Output Parameter Description DB_INDEX
Index of Policy including Class for add, delete and retrieve.
POLICY_NAME
Set the Policy name for adding a new Class. This parameter is used for attaching the Policy on the interface.
CLASS_NAME
Set the Class name that will be added to the Policy.
SCHEDULER_TYPE
Set the scheduler type of the Class(Queue). -
NONE: This Class is not used for scheduler configuration.
-
SPQ: Strict Priority Queue. Packet in the SPQs is sent out
according to the priority of Class(Queue) that is set by QUEUE_PRIORITY paramter. - DRR: Deficit Round Robin. Packet in the DRR Classes is sent
out over percentage of bandwidth that is set by BW_PERCENTAGE at least. QUEUE_PRIORITY
Set the priority of SPQ in the Policy. If SCHEDULER_TYPE parameter is not SPQ, this parameter is not available.
BW_PERCENTAGE
Set the minimum guaranteed bandwidth percentage of DRR Class. If SCHEDULER_TYPE parameter is not DRR, this parameter is not available.
QUEUE_RATE
Set the bandwidth limitation rate of the Class(Queue). If this class traffic rate is over QUEUE_RATE, it is shaped. This parameter should be multiples of 128 and range is 1024 ~ 999936 kbps.
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
229
Command Description
C1991 DELETE QoS POLICY Command Format DLT-QOS-POLICY: DB_INDEX;
Command Description Delete a Class from the Policy. A Class can't be deleted from the Policy that is attached on the interface. TIMEOUT
10
Input Parameter Description Parameter DB_INDEX
Description Index of Policy including Class for add, delete and retrieve.
Range 0 ~ 319
Unit NONE
Defaul t 0
Output Parameter Description No output parameter.
230
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
LTE eNB Command Description/Ver.1.0
C1992 RETRIEVE SYSDSCP INFORMATION Command Format RTRV-SYSDSCP-DATA: [CLASS_ID];
Command Description Retrieve the DSCP mapping information with control and management traffic type. If CLASS_ID parameter is inserted, DSCP value of the system traffic corresponding to the parameter is displayed. If CLASS_ID parameter is blank, DSCP values of all system traffic type are displayed. TIMEOUT
10
Input Parameter Description Parameter CLASS_ID
Description
Range
The index defined to set the DSCP mapping information with control and management traffic type. 7 traffic types are defined as follows depending on the ClassID. - 0: SNMP. -1: SSH. -2: sftp/ftp. -3: OAM traffic, CSL, Trace. -4: ICMP (Ping). - 5: Network control traffic. -6: IEEE 1588 traffic
0~6
Unit NONE
Defaul t 0
Output Parameter Description CLASS_ID
The index defined to set the DSCP mapping information with control and management traffic type. 7 traffic types are defined as follows depending on the ClassID. -
-1:
SSH.
-2:
sftp/ftp.
-3:
OAM traffic, CSL, Trace.
-4:
ICMP (Ping).
-
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
0: SNMP.
5: Network control traffic.
231
Command Description
-6:
DSCP
IEEE 1588 traffic
The DSCP value that will be mapped with the specified control and management traffic type.
232
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
LTE eNB Command Description/Ver.1.0
C1993 CHANGE SYSDSCP INFORMATION Command Format CHG-SYSDSCP-DATA: CLASS_ID, [DSCP];
Command Description Change the DSCP mapping information with control and management traffic type. The system traffic type can be selected by CLASS_ID parameter and the value of DSCP parameter is mapped to the system traffic type. TIMEOUT
10
Input Parameter Description Parameter
Description
Range
Unit
Default
CLASS_ID
The index defined to set the DSCP mapping information with control and management traffic type. 7 traffic types are defined as follows depending on the ClassID. - 0: SNMP. -1: SSH. -2: sftp/ftp. -3: OAM traffic, CSL, Trace. -4: ICMP (Ping). - 5: Network control traffic. -6: IEEE 1588 traffic
0~6
NONE
0
DSCP
The DSCP value that will be mapped with the specified control and management traffic type.
0 ~ 63
NONE
26
Output Parameter Description CLASS_ID
The index defined to set the DSCP mapping information with control and management traffic type. 7 traffic types are defined as follows depending on the ClassID. -
-1:
SSH.
-2:
sftp/ftp.
-3:
OAM traffic, CSL, Trace.
-4:
ICMP (Ping).
-
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
0: SNMP.
5: Network control traffic.
233
Command Description
-6:
DSCP
IEEE 1588 traffic
The DSCP value that will be mapped with the specified control and management traffic type.
234
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
LTE eNB Command Description/Ver.1.0
C1996 RETRIEVE PAT CONFIGURATION INFORMATION Command Format RTRV-PAT-INF: [CONF_INDEX];
Command Description Retrieves information on static Port Address Translation (PAT) settings. Mapping information between the backhaul port of eNBs and the IP/UDP port of the UDE port can be retrieved. TIMEOUT
10
Input Parameter Description Parameter CONF_INDEX
Description The index for identifying the configuration information.
Range 0 ~ 255
Unit NONE
Defaul t 0
Output Parameter Description CONF_INDEX
The index for identifying the configuration information.
MATCHINGMODE
The Port Address Translation (PAT) search mode. It determines either to compare either the Source IP/Port or the Destination IP/Port of the received packet. (0: Source IP/Port, 1: Destination IP/Port)
IP_VER
The version of the IP address.
PUBLIC_IPV4
The public IPv4 address of the eNB interface connected to the monitoring server.
PUBLIC_IPV6
The public IPv6 address of the eNB interface connected to the monitoring server.
PRIVATE_IPV4
The private IPv4 address of the eNB interface connected to the monitoring server.
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
235
Command Description
PRIVATE_IPV6
The private IPv6 address of the eNB interface connected to the monitoring server.
PUBLIC_PORT
The public UDP port of the eNB which receives packets from the monitoring server.
PRIVATE_PORT
The private UDP port of the eNB which receives packets from an ancillary device.
236
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
LTE eNB Command Description/Ver.1.0
C1997 CHANGE PAT CONFIGURATION INFORMATION Command Format CHG-PAT-INF: CONF_INDEX, [MATCHINGMODE], [IP_VER], [PUBLIC_IPV4], [PUBLIC_IPV6], [PRIVATE_IPV4], [PRIVATE_IPV6], [PUBLIC_PORT], [PRIVATE_PORT];
Command Description Changes the static Port Address Translation (PAT) settings. The IP/UDP port mapping between eNB's backhaul port and UDE port can be changed. TIMEOUT
10
Input Parameter Description Parameter
Description
Range
Unit
Default
CONF_INDEX
The index for identifying the configuration information.
0 ~ 255
NONE
0
MATCHINGMODE
The Port Address Translation (PAT) search mode. It determines either to compare either the Source IP/Port or the Destination IP/Port of the received packet. (0: Source IP/Port, 1: Destination IP/Port)
0~1
NONE
0
IP_VER
The version of the IP address.
IPV4/IPV6/
NONE
IPV4
PUBLIC_IPV4
The public IPv4 address of the eNB interface connected to the monitoring server.
IPv4 Address
NONE
-
PUBLIC_IPV6
The public IPv6 address of the eNB interface connected to the monitoring server.
IPv6 Address
NONE
-
PRIVATE_IPV4
The private IPv4 address of the eNB interface connected to the monitoring server.
IPv4 Address
NONE
-
PRIVATE_IPV6
The private IPv6 address of the eNB interface connected to the monitoring server.
IPv6 Address
NONE
-
PUBLIC_PORT
The public UDP port of the eNB which receives packets from the monitoring server.
0 ~ 65535
NONE
0
PRIVATE_POR T
The private UDP port of the eNB which receives packets from an ancillary device.
0 ~ 65535
NONE
0
Output Parameter Description CONF_INDEX
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
The index for identifying the configuration information.
237
Command Description
MATCHINGMODE
The Port Address Translation (PAT) search mode. It determines either to compare either the Source IP/Port or the Destination IP/Port of the received packet. (0: Source IP/Port, 1: Destination IP/Port)
IP_VER
The version of the IP address.
PUBLIC_IPV4
The public IPv4 address of the eNB interface connected to the monitoring server.
PUBLIC_IPV6
The public IPv6 address of the eNB interface connected to the monitoring server.
PRIVATE_IPV4
The private IPv4 address of the eNB interface connected to the monitoring server.
PRIVATE_IPV6
The private IPv6 address of the eNB interface connected to the monitoring server.
PUBLIC_PORT
The public UDP port of the eNB which receives packets from the monitoring server.
PRIVATE_PORT
The private UDP port of the eNB which receives packets from an ancillary device.
238
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
LTE eNB Command Description/Ver.1.0
C1998 RETRIEVE PAT MAP INFORMATION Command Format RTRV-PAT-MAP: [MAP_INDEX];
Command Description Retrieves information on the static Port Address Translation (PAT) mapping. Mapping information between the IP/UDP port of the server, which monitors auxiliary devices, and the IP/UDP port of an auxiliary device can be retrieved. TIMEOUT
10
Input Parameter Description Parameter MAP_INDEX
Description Static PAT Map index.
Range 0 ~ 255
Unit NONE
Defaul t 0
Output Parameter Description MAP_INDEX
Static PAT Map index.
IP_VER
The version of the IP address.
MON_SERVER_IPV4
The IPv4 address of the monitoring server to be communicated with the ancillary device.
MON_SERVER_IPV6
The IPv6 address of the monitoring server to be communicated with the ancillary device.
EXT_DEV_IPV4
The IPv4 address of the ancillary device.
EXT_DEV_IPV6
The IPv6 address of the ancillary device.
MON_SERVER_PORT
Information on the UDP port of the monitoring server to be communicated with ancillary devices.
EXT_DEV_PORT
Information on the UDP port of the ancillary device to be used to communicate with the monitoring server.
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
239
Command Description
C2000 CHANGE RIM CONTROL Command Format CHG-RIM-CONTROL: [STATUS], [RNC_ID];
Command Description Changes the RIM Status required to operate a RIM. This command can change the RIM Status information by entering the RIM_STATUS_DB Index. TIMEOUT
10
Input Parameter Description Parameter
Description
Range
Unit
Default
STATUS
Information of Change RIM Connection.
N_EQUIP/EQUIP/
NONE
N_EQUI P
RNC_ID
RNC ID of UTRAN neighboring cell to the eNB.
0 ~ 4095
NONE
0
Output Parameter Description
240
STATUS
Information of Change RIM Connection.
RNC_ID
RNC ID of UTRAN neighboring cell to the eNB.
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
LTE eNB Command Description/Ver.1.0
C2002 RETRIEVE TIMER INFORMATION Command Format RTRV-TIMER-INF;
Command Description Retrieves the timer values used by the ECCB blocks in the eNB. The user can retrieve the timer value used for exchanging messages with the UE, MME and Naver eNB, and by other ECCB blocks when a call is set up. TIMEOUT
10
Input Parameter Description No input parameter.
Output Parameter Description RRC_CONNECTION_SETUP
The time to wait for reception of the RrcConnectionSetupComplete message after sending the RrcConnectionSetup message from the eNB to the UE.
RRC_CONNECTION_RECONFIG The time to wait for reception of the RrcConnectionRecofigurationComplete message after sending the RrcConnectionRecofig message from the eNB to the UE. RRC_CONNECTION_RE_ESTABLISHThe time to wait for reception of the RrcConnectionReestablishmentComplete message after sending the RrcConnectionReestablishment message from the eNB to the UE. RRC_SECURITY_MODE_COMMANDThe time to wait for reception of the SecurityModeComplete message after sending the SecurityModeCommand message from the eNB to the UE. RRC_UE_CAPABILITY_ENQUIRYThe time to wait for reception of the UeCapabilityInformation message after sending the UeCapabilityEnquiry message from the eNB to the UE. RRC_CONNECTION_RELEASE
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
The time to wait for reception of the message from the PDCB
241
Command Description
block confirming that the RrcConnectionRelease message was successfully sent after sending it from the eNB to the UE. RRC_HANDOVER_PREPARATIONThe time to wait for reception of the RrcULHandoverPreparationTransfer message after sending the RrcHandoverFromEUTRAPreparationRequest message from the eNB to the UE. RRC_UE_INFORMATION_REQUESTThe time to wait for reception of the InformationResponse message after sending the InformationRequest message from the eNB to the UE. S1_SETUP
The time to wait for reception of the S1SetupResponse message or the S1SetupFailure message after sending the S1SetupRequest from the eNB to the MME.
S1_UPDATE
The time to wait for reception of the EnbConfigurationUpdateAcknowledge message or the EnbConfigurationUpdateFailure message after sending the EnbConfigurationUpdate from the eNB to the MME.
S1_UPDATE_RETRY_COUNT
The retry count for the eNB configuration update procedure when the eNBConfigurationUpdateFailure message is received from the MME or when time out occurs after sending the eNBConfigurationUpdate message from the eNB.
S1_UPDATE_TIME_TO_WAIT
The TimetoWait value included in MMEConfigurationUpdateFailure transmission.
S1_INITIAL_CONTEXT_SETUP
The time to wait for reception of the InitialContextSetupRequest message after sending the InitilUE from the eNB to the MME.
S1_ERAB_RELEASE_INDICATIONThe time to wait for reception of the ERABReleaseCommand message after sending the E_RABReleaseIndication from the eNB to the MME. S1_UE_CONTEXT_RELEASE
The time to wait for reception of the UEContextReleaseCommand message after sending the UEContextReleaseRequest from the eNB to the MME.
S1_PATH_SWITCH
The time to wait for reception of the PathSwitchRequestAcknowledge message after sending the PathSwitchReques from
242
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
LTE eNB Command Description/Ver.1.0
the eNB to the MME. S1_HANDOVER_PREPARATION The time to wait for reception of the HandoverCommand message after sending the HandoverRequired from the eNB to the MME. S1_RELOC_OVERALL
The time to wait for the UEContextReleaseCommand message from the MME after the HandoverCommand message from the eNB is received by the MME and handover is complete.
S1_HANDOVER_CANCEL
The time to wait for reception of the HandoverCancelAcknowledge message after sending the HandoverCancel from the eNB to the MME.
X2_SETUP
The time to wait for the X2SetupResponse message or the X2SetupFailure message after sending the X2SetupRequest from the eNB to another eNB.
X2_SETUP_TIME_TO_WAIT
The TimetoWait value included in the X2SetupFailure message sent by the eNB which received an X2SetupRequest message.
X2_UPDATE
The time to wait for the EnbConfigurationUpdateAcknowledge message or the EnbConfigurationUpdateFailure message after sending the EnbConfigurationUpdate from the eNB to another eNB set as a neighbor.
X2_UPDATE_RETRY_COUNT
The retry count for the X2 eNB configuration update procedure when the eNBConfigurationUpdateFailure message is received from the MME or when time out occurs after sending the X2 eNBConfigurationUpdate message from the eNB.
X2_UPDATE_TIME_TO_WAIT
The TimetoWait value included in ENBConfigurationUpdateFailure transmission (The default is 5 seconds).
X2_HANDOVER_PREPARATION The time to wait for the HandoverRequestAcknowledge message after sending the HandoverRequest message from the source eNB to the target eNB. X2_RELOC_OVERALL
The time to wait for the UEContextRelease message from the target eNB after receiving the HandoverRequestAcknowledge message from the target eNB and handover is complete.
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
243
Command Description
X2_STORE_UE_CONTEXT
The time during which to determine whether the Handover Report message is sent when the RLF Indication message is received by the SON MRO (Mobility Robustness Optimization) function.
INTERNAL_RESOURCE_SETUP The time to wait for a response after sending the setup message to internal entities (PDCB, MACB, RLCB) for setting up resources inside the eNB. INTERNAL_RESOURCE_RELEASEThe time to wait for a response after sending the release message to internal entities (PDCB, MACB, RLCB) for releasing resources inside the eNB. INTERNAL_SECURITY_CONTROLThe time to wait for a response after sending the control message to the PDCP entity for security control inside the eNB. INTERNAL_RRC_DATA_TRANSFERThe time to wait for reception of the data transfer confirm message from the PDCP entity after sending RrcConnectionReconfiguration to the UE at intra-cell handover. INTERNAL_FORWARDING_PATH_SETUPThe time to wait for a response after sending the setup message to the GTP entity for unlink and downlink path setup at handover. INTERNAL_REESTALISH_CONTROLThe time to wait for a response after sending the control message for controlling the entities inside the eNB at reestablish. INTERNAL_BUFFER_FLUSH
The time between buffer flush message transmission and reception of its response. The flush message is sent to flush the buffer of the PDCP entity after receiving UEContextRelease (X2) and UEContextReleaseCommand (S1) at handover.
INTERNAL_DATA_TRANSFER_STARTThe time to wait for a response after sending the control message notifying HandoverComplete to the target PDCP entity after the X2, S1 handover. INTERNAL_DATA_FORWARD_END_INDThe time to wait for reception of DataForwardEndInd from the PDCP entity indicating that data forwarding is complete after transmitting UEContextRelease to X2 and HandoverNotify to S1.
244
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
LTE eNB Command Description/Ver.1.0
INTERNAL_REESTABLSH_TIME_TO_WAITThe time to wait for reception of RrcReestablishRequest from the UE after RLF is received from MACB or Max Retransmission Ind is received from RLCB. INTERNAL_USER_INACTIVITY The user inactivity time triggered by MAC because there is no traffic at the UE attached for a certain period of time. INTERNAL_SIGNALING_INACTIVITYThe signaling inactivity time triggered when enb has no signaling message for a certain period of time. INTERNAL_NO_WAIT_RETRY
The time to wait for resending the message to S1 or X2 when the failure message received from S1 or X2 (S1SetupFailure, X2SetupFailure, S1EnbConfigurationUpdateFailure, X2EnbConfigurationUpdateFailure) does not contain timer information.
INTERNAL_RRC_RESET
The time to wait for multiple UEs to be released after sending the RrcConnectionRelease to the UEs at eNB reset.
INTERNAL_ENB_RESET
The time to wait for a response after sending the CallDelete message to the internal entities for releasing the entities inside the eNB at eNB reset.
INTERNAL_SOLICIT_MEASUREMENT_REPORTThe time to wait for reception of the Measurement Report message from the UE according to the Solicit Measurement Report procedure. INTERNAL_RTDINFO_REQ
The time to wait for reception of the RTDInfoCnf message after sending RTDInfoReq to MAC for obtaining the RTD information.
RIM_RIR
The time to wait for a response after sending MME Direct Information Transfer (RAN-INFORMATION-REQUEST) to the MME.
RIM_RIAE
The time to wait for a response after sending MME Direct Information Transfer (RAN-INFORMATION-APPLICATIONERROR) to the MME.
INTERNAL_SUB_CELL_CHANGEThe time to wait for a response after sending msgCmacPhySubCellChangeCnf to MAC. Only Sub Cell Type Applicable
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
245
Command Description
INTERNAL_SUB_CELL_PDCP_CONTROLThe time to wait for a response after sending msgCpdcpControl to PDCB. Only Sub Cell Type Applicable
246
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
LTE eNB Command Description/Ver.1.0
C2004 RETRIEVE EUTRAN CELL CONFIGURATION IDLE Command Format RTRV-CELL-IDLE: [CELL_NUM];
Command Description Retrieves the E-UTRAN (Evolved Universal Terrestrial Radio Access Network) cell information in the eNB. The parameters defined in this PLD include the essential information for operating E-UTRAN cells. TIMEOUT
10
Input Parameter Description Parameter CELL_NUM
Description
Range
The cell number to be changed or retrieved.
0~8
Unit NONE
Defaul t 0
Output Parameter Description CELL_NUM
The cell number to be changed or retrieved.
CELL_IDENTITY
This parameter defines cell Identity.
PHY_CELL_ID
Physical cell ID. It is used for UE to distinguish the cell in a wireless network, and is also used to recover cell-specific reference signals. It should be assigned to avoid conflicts between neighboring cells.
CELL_TYPE
Type of cell operation. -
macroCell: Operates multiple common cells.
-
openCell: Operates a single common cell.
-
hybridCell: Operates closed subscriber group (CSG) cells as
well as common ones. -
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
csgCell: Operates CSG cells only.
247
Command Description
DUPLEX_TYPE
DL_ANT_COUNT
UL_ANT_COUNT
EARFCN_DL
Communication method for cell operation. -
ci_FDD: Frequency division duplex.
-
ci_TDD: Time division duplex.
Tx antenna count used by the active cell. -
ci_n1TxAntCnt: 1 Tx antenna is used.
-
ci_n2TxAntCnt: 2 Tx antennas are used.
-
ci_n4TxAntCnt: 4 Tx antennas are used.
The Rx antenna count used by the active cell. -
ci_n2RxAntCnt: 2 Rx antennas are used.
-
ci_n4RxAntCnt: 4 Rx antennas are used.
-
ci_n6RxAntCnt: 6 Rx antennas are used.
-
ci_n8RxAntCnt: 8 Rx antennas are used.
-
ci_n10RxAntCnt: 10 Rx antennas are used.
-
ci_n12RxAntCnt: 12 Rx antennas are used.
Downlink ARFCN (Absolute Radio Frequency Channel Number) used by the EUTRAN (Evolved Universal Terrestrial Radio Access Network) system in the active cell. The center frequency should be changed to E-UTRA Absolute Radio Frequency Channel Number (EARFCN). See 5.7.3 in 3GPP TS 36.101.
EARFCN_UL
Uplink ARFCN (Absolute Radio Frequency Channel Number) used by the EUTRAN (Evolved Universal Terrestrial Radio Access Network) system in the active cell. The center frequency should be changed to EARFCN. See 5.7.3 in 3GPP TS 36.101.
DL_BANDWIDTH
Downlink bandwidth used by the active cell. -
ci_SystemBandwidth_n6: 1.4MHz bandwidth that uses 6
physical resource blocks. -
ci_SystemBandwidth_n15: 3MHz bandwidth that uses 15
physical resource blocks. -
ci_SystemBandwidth_n25: 5 MHz bandwidth using 25 physi-
cal RBs. -
ci_SystemBandwidth_n50: 10 MHz bandwidth using 50
physical RBs. -
ci_SystemBandwidth_n75: 15 MHz bandwidth using 75
physical RBs.
248
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
LTE eNB Command Description/Ver.1.0
-
ci_SystemBandwidth_n100: 20 MHz bandwidth using 100
physical RBs. UL_BANDWIDTH
Uplink bandwidth used by the active cell. -
ci_SystemBandwidth_n6: 1.4MHz bandwidth that uses 6
physical resource blocks. -
ci_SystemBandwidth_n15: 3MHz bandwidth that uses 15
physical resource blocks. -
ci_SystemBandwidth_n25: 5 MHz bandwidth using 25 physi-
cal RBs. -
ci_SystemBandwidth_n50: 10 MHz bandwidth using 50
physical RBs. -
ci_SystemBandwidth_n75: 15 MHz bandwidth using 75
physical RBs. -
ci_SystemBandwidth_n100: 20 MHz bandwidth using 100
physical RBs. FREQUENCY_BAND_INDICATORFrequency band indicator including the frequency of the active cell. This information is broadcast to UE via SIB 1. GROUP_ID
This parameter defines Carrier groupId for the cell
FORCED_MODE
This parameter defines forced mode for changed value.
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
249
Command Description
C2008 RETRIEVE BLACK LISTED CELL INFORMATION Command Format RTRV-BLACK-LIST: [CELL_NUM], [BLACK_LIST_IDX];
Command Description Retrieves the blacklist cell information for each cell in the eNB. The blacklist cell information for each cell in the eNB is transmitted to the UE when performing basic call actions. TIMEOUT
10
Input Parameter Description Parameter
Description
Range
Unit
Default
CELL_NUM
The cell number to be changed.
0~8
NONE
0
BLACK_LIST_I DX
Index for the blacklist cell.
0 ~ 127
NONE
0
Output Parameter Description CELL_NUM
The cell number to be changed.
BLACK_LIST_IDX
Index for the blacklist cell.
STATUS
Whether tuple information is valid ID.
PCI_TYPE
-
N_EQUIP: Invalid ID
-
EQUIP: Valid ID.
Physical cell ID type of the blacklist cell. -
ci_singlePci: Single PCI.
-
ci_rangedPci: PCI range.
START_PCI
The starting physical cell ID for the blacklist cell.
PCI_RANGE
Range from the starting physical cell ID of the blacklist cell. Not used if it is a single physical cell ID type.
250
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
LTE eNB Command Description/Ver.1.0
EARFCN_UL
Uplink EARFCN (E-UTRA Absolute Radio Frequency Channel Number) of the blacklist cell.
EARFCN_DL
Downlink EARFCN (E-UTRA Absolute Radio Frequency Channel Number) of the blacklist cell.
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
251
Command Description
C2009 RETRIEVE CELL ACCESS INFORMATION Command Format RTRV-CELL-ACS: [CELL_NUM];
Command Description Retrieves the cell access information in the eNB. This information is broadcast to the UE through SIB (System Information Block) 1. TIMEOUT
10
Input Parameter Description Parameter CELL_NUM
Description
Range
The cell number to be changed or retrieved.
0~8
Unit NONE
Defaul t 0
Output Parameter Description CELL_NUM
The cell number to be changed or retrieved.
CELL_BARRED
Whether the cell is barred. -
ci_barred: The cell is barred.
-
ci_notBarred: The cell is not barred. When the cell status
turns to Shutdown, or the operator sets this parameter value to ci_barred, the cellBarred value of SIB1 is broadcast as ci_barred. INTRA_FREQ_CELL_RESELECT The reselection status of the intra-frequency cell if the cell selected by the UE is barred. -
ci_intraFreqReselect_allowed: An intra-frequency cell is
reselected. -
ci_intraFreqReselect_notAllowed: An intra-frequency cell is
considered barred. BARRING_CTR_USAGE
Whether barring control type is applied when setting the acBarringInfo for SIB2.
252
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
LTE eNB Command Description/Ver.1.0
-
barringOff : Not assigns the ac-BarringInfo parameter.
-manualCtrl
: using manual barring control.
-cpuStatusCtrl
: using auto barring control according to CPU
Overlad.
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
253
Command Description
C2010 RETRIEVE CELL RESELECT INFORMATION Command Format RTRV-CELL-RSEL: [CELL_NUM];
Command Description Retrieves the cell reselection information in the eNB. This information is broadcast to the UE through SIB (System Information Block) 3. TIMEOUT
10
Input Parameter Description Parameter CELL_NUM
Description The cell number to be changed or retrieved.
Range
Unit
0~8
NONE
Defaul t 0
Output Parameter Description CELL_NUM
The cell number to be changed or retrieved.
Q_HYST
Offset value added to the current serving cell from the cell reselection reference. ci_q_Hyst_dB1 indicates 1dB, and ci_q_Hyst_dB2 2dB.
Q_HYST_SFMEDIUM
The value added if the UE speed in Qhyst added to the current serving cell is Medium in the cell reselection condition. This parameter, in order to apply to change, SPEED_STATE_RESEL_PARAMS_USAGE of CHGMOBIL-STA is set to CI_use.
Q_HYST_SFHIGH
The value added if the UE speed in Qhyst added to the current serving cell is High in the cell reselection condition. ci_Q_HystSF_dB_6 indicates -6dB, and ci_Q_HystSF_dB_4 4dB. This parameter, in order to apply to change, SPEED_STATE_RESEL_PARAMS_USAGE of CHG-
254
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
LTE eNB Command Description/Ver.1.0
MOBIL-STA is set to CI_use.
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
255
Command Description
C2011 RETRIEVE CELL SELECT INFORMATION Command Format RTRV-CELL-SEL: [CELL_NUM];
Command Description Retrieves the cell selection information in the eNB. This information is broadcast to the UE through SIB (System Information Block) 1. TIMEOUT
10
Input Parameter Description Parameter CELL_NUM
Description
Range
The cell number to be changed or retrieved.
0~8
Unit NONE
Defaul t 0
Output Parameter Description CELL_NUM
The cell number to be changed or retrieved.
Q_RXLEV_MIN
The threshold added to the current measured cell in the cell selection condition.
Q_RXLEV_MIN_OFFSET_USAGE The offset value added to qRxlevmin in the cell selection condition. -
CI_no_use: qRxlevminoffset value is not added to qRxlev-
min. -
Q_RXLEV_MIN_OFFSET
CI_use: qRxlevminoffset value is added to qRxlevmin.
The offset value added to qRxlevmin in the cell selection condition. The range is 1-8, where 1 indicates 2dB, and 8 indicates 16dB (IE value*2[dB]).
P_MAX_USAGE
Whether UE can use the maximum power for uplink transmission in cells. -
256
CI_no_use: UE uses the maximum power according to its
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
LTE eNB Command Description/Ver.1.0
capability. -
P_MAX
CI_use: UE uses the maximum power set in pMax.
The value used for limiting uplink transmission power and calculating the compensation (see 5.2.3.2 of 3GPP TS 36.304) parameter.
REL9_SEL_INFO_USAGE
Whether to use Rel. 9 selectionInfo parameter of the cell in the eNB.
Q_QUAL_MIN
-
CI_no_use: Rel. 9 selectionInfo parameter is not used.
-
CI_use: Rel. 9 selectionInfo parameter is used.
The threshold added to the current measured cell in the cell selection condition. The value is in dB.
Q_QUAL_MIN_OFFSET_USAGE Whether to set the offset value added to qQualMin based on the cell selection condition. - CI_no_use:
The qQualMinOffset value is not added to qQual-
Min. -
Q_QUAL_MIN_OFFSET
CI_use: The qQualMinOffset value is added to qQualMin.
The offset value added to qQualMin in the cell selection condition. The value is in dB.
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
257
Command Description
C2012 RETRIEVE CSG PCI IDLE INFORMATION Command Format RTRV-CSGPCI-IDLE: [CELL_NUM], [FA_INDEX];
Command Description Retrieves the PCI related to CSG (close subscriber group) of the cell. If the cell type is set to CSG, the PCI value or the PCI range of the CSG is included in the SIB for transmission. Also, if the cell type is set to Macro, whether to include SIB is determined by the usage. TIMEOUT
10
Input Parameter Description Parameter
Description
Range
Unit
Default
CELL_NUM
The cell number to be changed or retrieved.
0~8
NONE
0
FA_INDEX
EUTRA frequency index. Up to 8 FAs can be assigned per cell.
0~7
NONE
0
Output Parameter Description CELL_NUM
The cell number to be changed or retrieved.
FA_INDEX
EUTRA frequency index. Up to 8 FAs can be assigned per cell.
CSG_PCIRANGE_USAGE
Whether to use PCI range of the CSG cell.
PCI_TYPE
-
CI_no_use: The PCI range is not used.
-
CI_use: The PCI range is used.
The PCI type of a CSG cell. Determines whether to use CSG PCI as a range or single. -
ci_singlePci: CSG PCI is used as a single.
-
ci_rangedPci: CSG PCI is used as a range.
CSG_PCISTART
The PCI start value of the CSG cell.
CSG_PCIRANGE
The PCI range of the CSG cell. The range includes the start value.
258
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
LTE eNB Command Description/Ver.1.0
FORCED_MODE
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
This parameter defines forced mode for changed value.
259
Command Description
C2013 RETRIEVE SIB SCHEDULING INFORMATION Command Format RTRV-SIB-INF: [CELL_NUM];
Command Description Retrieves the SIB period of the cell. SIB2-SIB12 is sent as an SI (System Information) message and the mapping information for SIB and SI messages of SIB2-SIB12 is included in schedulingInfoList of SIB1. Each SIB is included in its own SI message and SIBs of the same period are mapped to the same SI message. Multiple SI messages may also be transmitted in the same period. SIB2 is always mapped to the first SI message in the SI message list of schedulingInfoList. TIMEOUT
10
Input Parameter Description Parameter CELL_NUM
Description
Range
The cell number to be changed or retrieved.
0~8
Unit NONE
Defaul t 0
Output Parameter Description CELL_NUM
The cell number to be changed or retrieved.
SIB2_PERIOD
The transmission period for the system information block type 2 of the cell in the eNB.
260
-
ci_rf8: 80 ms.
-
ci_rf16: 160 ms.
-
ci_rf32: 320 ms.
-
ci_rf64: 640 ms.
-
ci_rf128: 1280 ms.
-
ci_rf256: 2560 ms.
-
ci_rf512: 5120 ms.
-
ci_not_used: SIB2 is not sent.
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
LTE eNB Command Description/Ver.1.0
SIB3_PERIOD
The transmission period for the system information block type 3 of the cell in the eNB.
SIB4_PERIOD
-
ci_rf8: 80 ms.
-
ci_rf16: 160 ms.
-
ci_rf32: 320 ms.
-
ci_rf64: 640 ms.
-
ci_rf128: 1280 ms.
-
ci_rf256: 2560 ms.
-
ci_rf512: 5120 ms.
-
ci_not_used: SIB3 is not sent.
The transmission period for the system information block type 4 of the cell in the eNB.
SIB5_PERIOD
-
ci_rf8: 80 ms.
-
ci_rf16: 160 ms.
-
ci_rf32: 320 ms.
-
ci_rf64: 640 ms.
-
ci_rf128: 1280 ms.
-
ci_rf256: 2560 ms.
-
ci_rf512: 5120 ms.
-
ci_not_used: SIB4 is not sent.
The transmission period for the system information block type 5 of the cell in the eNB.
SIB6_PERIOD
-
ci_rf8: 80 ms.
-
ci_rf16: 160 ms.
-
ci_rf32: 320 ms.
-
ci_rf64: 640 ms.
-
ci_rf128: 1280 ms.
-
ci_rf256: 2560 ms.
-
ci_rf512: 5120 ms.
-
ci_not_used: SIB5 is not sent.
The transmission period for the system information block type 6 of the cell in the eNB.
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
-
ci_rf8: 80 ms.
-
ci_rf16: 160 ms.
-
ci_rf32: 320 ms.
-
ci_rf64: 640 ms.
-
ci_rf128: 1280 ms.
-
ci_rf256: 2560 ms.
261
Command Description
SIB7_PERIOD
-
ci_rf512: 5120 ms.
-
ci_not_used: SIB6 is not sent.
The transmission period for the system information block type 7 of the cell in the eNB.
SIB8_PERIOD
-
ci_rf8: 80 ms.
-
ci_rf16: 160 ms.
-
ci_rf32: 320 ms.
-
ci_rf64: 640 ms.
-
ci_rf128: 1280 ms.
-
ci_rf256: 2560 ms.
-
ci_rf512: 5120 ms.
-
ci_not_used: SIB7 is not sent.
The transmission period for the system information block type 8 of the cell in the eNB.
SIB9_PERIOD
-
ci_rf8: 80 ms.
-
ci_rf16: 160 ms.
-
ci_rf32: 320 ms.
-
ci_rf64: 640 ms.
-
ci_rf128: 1280 ms.
-
ci_rf256: 2560 ms.
-
ci_rf512: 5120 ms. ci_not_used: SIB8 is not sent.
The transmission period for the system information block type 9 of the cell in the eNB.
SIB10_PERIOD
-
ci_rf8: 80 ms.
-
ci_rf16: 160 ms.
-
ci_rf32: 320 ms.
-
ci_rf64: 640 ms.
-
ci_rf128: 1280 ms.
-
ci_rf256: 2560 ms.
-
ci_rf512: 5120 ms.
-
ci_not_used: SIB9 is not sent.
The transmission period for the system information block type 10 of the cell in the eNB.
262
-
ci_rf8: 80 ms.
-
ci_rf16: 160 ms.
-
ci_rf32: 320 ms.
-
ci_rf64: 640 ms.
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
LTE eNB Command Description/Ver.1.0
SIB11_PERIOD
-
ci_rf128: 1280 ms.
-
ci_rf256: 2560 ms.
-
ci_rf512: 5120 ms.
-
ci_not_used: SIB10 is not sent.
The transmission period for the system information block type 11 of the cell in the eNB.
SIB12_PERIOD
-
ci_rf8: 80 ms.
-
ci_rf16: 160 ms.
-
ci_rf32: 320 ms.
-
ci_rf64: 640 ms.
-
ci_rf128: 1280 ms.
-
ci_rf256: 2560 ms.
-
ci_rf512: 5120 ms.
-
ci_not_used: SIB11 is not sent.
The transmission period for the system information block type 12 of the cell in the eNB.
SI_WINDOW
-
ci_rf8: 80 ms.
-
ci_rf16: 160 ms.
-
ci_rf32: 320 ms.
-
ci_rf64: 640 ms.
-
ci_rf128: 1280 ms.
-
ci_rf256: 2560 ms.
-
ci_rf512: 5120 ms.
-
ci_not_used: SIB12 is not sent.
The system information window size of the cell in the eNB. Each SI message is related with one SI window, and does not overlap with SI windows of other SI messages. I.e, one SI is sent in each SI window. All SI messages have the same window size. Corresponding SI messages within the SI window are sent repeatedly. The range is as follows:. -ci_si_WindowLength_ms1:
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
1 ms.
-
ci_si_WindowLength_ms2: 2 ms.
-
ci_si_WindowLength_ms5: 5 ms.
-
ci_si_WindowLength_ms10: 10 ms.
-
ci_si_WindowLength_ms15: 15 ms.
-
ci_si_WindowLength_ms20: 20 ms.
-
ci_si_WindowLength_ms40: 40 ms.
263
Command Description
WARNING_MSG_TYPE
264
This is the value of Warning Message Type
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
LTE eNB Command Description/Ver.1.0
C2014 RETRIEVE MOBILITY STATE INFORMATION Command Format RTRV-MOBIL-STA: [CELL_NUM];
Command Description Retrieves the mobility state information. If the CELL_NUM parameter is entered, the information only for the corresponding mobility state is retrieved. If not, the information for all mobility states are retrieved. TIMEOUT
10
Input Parameter Description Parameter CELL_NUM
Description
Range
The cell number to be changed or retrieved.
0~8
Unit NONE
Defaul t 0
Output Parameter Description CELL_NUM
The cell number to be changed or retrieved.
SPEED_STATE_RE_SEL_PARS_USAGEWhether to use the speedStateReselectonPars field of the cell in the eNB. -
CI_no_use: The speedStateReselectonPars field is not used.
-
CI_use: The speedStateReselectonPars field is used.
T_EVALULATION
The evaluation time of the cell in the eNB.
T_HYST_NORMAL
The hyst normal time of the cell in the eNB.
N_CELL_CHANGE_MEDIUM
The number of cell change in medium mobility state of the cell in the eNB.
N_CELL_CHANGE_HIGH
The number of cell change in high mobility state of the cell in the eNB.
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
265
Command Description
C2015 RETRIEVE UE TIMER CONSTANTS INFORMATION Command Format RTRV-TIME-INF: [CELL_NUM];
Command Description Retrieves the UE timer constant in the eNB. This information includes the UE-timers and constants broadcasted to SIB2 and the UE-specific timer information. The timer values broadcasted to SIB are t300, t301, t310, n310, and n311. All other values are UE-specific timer values which are included in the RRC message. TIMEOUT
10
Input Parameter Description Parameter CELL_NUM
Description
Range
The cell number to be changed or retrieved.
0~8
Unit NONE
Defaul t 0
Output Parameter Description CELL_NUM
The cell number to be changed or retrieved.
T300
Timer t300 of the cell in the eNB. The UE starts the t300 timer after sending RRC Connection Request. When it receives the RRC Connection Setup message or the RRC Connection Reject message, the timer is cleared. When the t300 timer terminates, UE resets the MAC, clears the MAC configuration, and reestablishes the RLC. The default is 200 ms, and can be changed by the operator.
266
-
ci_t_300_ms100: 100 ms.
-
ci_t_300_ms200: 200 ms.
-
ci_t_300_ms300: 300 ms.
-
ci_t_300_ms400: 400 ms.
-
ci_t_300_ms600: 600 ms.
-
ci_t_300_ms1000: 1000 ms.
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
LTE eNB Command Description/Ver.1.0
T301
-
ci_t_300_ms1500: 1500 ms.
-
ci_t_300_ms2000: 2000 ms.
Timer t301 of the cell in the eNB. The UE starts the t301 timer after sending RRC Connection Reestablishment Request. When it receives the RRC Connection Reestablishment message or the RRC Connection Reestablishment message, the timer is cleared. When the t301 timer terminates, UE becomes idle. The default is 200 ms, and can be changed by the operator.
T302
-
ci_t_301_ms100: 100 ms.
-
ci_t_301_ms200: 200 ms.
-
ci_t_301_ms300: 300 ms.
-
ci_t_301_ms400: 400 ms.
-
ci_t_301_ms600: 600 ms.
-
ci_t_301_ms1000: 1000 ms.
-
ci_t_301_ms1500: 1500 ms.
-
ci_t_301_ms2000: 2000 ms.
The timer value which starts after the UE receives the RRC Connection Reject message. The timer terminates when UE status becomes RRC_Connect or a cell is reselected. When the timer is cleared, the UE treats the cell as barred and performs cell reselection. The default is 8 seconds, and can be changed by the operator.
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
-
ci_t_302_s1: 1 second.
-
ci_t_302_s2: 2 seconds.
-
ci_t_302_s3: 3 seconds.
-
ci_t_302_s4: 4 seconds.
-
ci_t_302_s5: 5 seconds.
-
ci_t_302_s6: 6 seconds.
-
ci_t_302_s7: 7 seconds.
-
ci_t_302_s8: 8 seconds.
-
ci_t_302_s9: 9 seconds.
-
ci_t_302_s10: 10 seconds.
-
ci_t_302_s11: 11 seconds.
-
ci_t_302_s12: 12 seconds.
-
ci_t_302_s13: 13 seconds.
-
ci_t_302_s14: 14 seconds.
-
ci_t_302_s15: 15 seconds.
-
ci_t_302_s16: 16 seconds.
267
Command Description
T304
The timer started by UE after receiving RRC Connection Reconfiguration message during the handover. The timer terminates when the handover to EUTRA succeeds. The default is 200 ms, and can be changed by the operator.
CCO_T304
-
ci_t_304_ms50: 50 ms.
-
ci_t_304_ms100: 100 ms.
-
ci_t_304_ms150: 150 ms.
-
ci_t_304_ms200: 200 ms.
-
ci_t_304_ms500: 500 ms.
-
ci_t_304_ms1000: 1000 ms.
-
ci_t_304_ms2000: 2000 ms.
The timer started by UE after receiving Mobility From EUTRA Command message during the handover. The timer terminates when the command to change the cell to inter-RAT succeeds. The default is 200 ms, and can be changed by the operator.
T310
-
ci_cco_t_304_ms100: 100 ms.
-
ci_cco_t_304_ms200: 200 ms.
-
ci_cco_t_304_ms500: 500 ms.
-
ci_cco_t_304_ms1000: 1000 ms.
-
ci_cco_t_304_ms2000: 2000 ms.
-
ci_cco_t_304_ms4000: 4000 ms.
-
ci_cco_t_304_ms8000: 8000 ms.
The timer value which starts after the UE continuously receives out-of-syncIndication as much as N310. Cleared if in-sync indication is received continuously as much as N311, if handover is triggered, or if the reestablishment procedure is triggered.
T311
-
ci_t_310_ms0: 0 ms.
-
ci_t_310_ms50: 50 ms.
-
ci_t_310_ms100: 100 ms.
-
ci_t_310_ms200: 200 ms.
-
ci_t_310_ms500: 500 ms.
-
ci_t_310_ms1000: 1000 ms.
-
ci_t_310_ms2000: 2000 ms.
The timer started by UE when initiating a reestablishment procedure. The timer is cleared if a suitable EUTRA cell or an inter-RAT cell is found. If the timer is cleared without finding a suitable cell, it enters RRC_IDLE state. The default is 10000ms, and can be changed by the operator.
268
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
LTE eNB Command Description/Ver.1.0
-
T320
ci_t_311_ms1000: 1000 ms.
-ci_t_311_ms3000:
3000 ms.
-ci_t_311_ms5000:
5000 ms.
-ci_t_311_ms10000:
10000 ms.
-ci_t_311_ms15000:
15000 ms.
-ci_t_311_ms20000.
20000ms.
-ci_t_311_ms30000:
30000 ms.
The timer started by UE when receiving a t320 timer value. It also starts when cell reselection occurs from another RAT to EUTRA, and terminates when UE status becomes RRC_CONNECTED. The default is 30 minutes, and can be changed by the operator.
N310
-
ci_t_320_min5: 5 minutes.
-
ci_t_320_min10: 10 minutes.
-
ci_t_320_min20: 20 minutes.
-
ci_t_320_min30: 30 minutes.
-
ci_t_320_min60: 60 minutes.
-
ci_t_320_min120: 120 minutes.
-
ci_t_320_min180: 180 minutes.
The maximum count of out-of-syncIndication the UE receives from lower-layer. The default is 10, and can be changed by the operator.
N311
-
ci_n_310_n1: 1.
-
ci_n_310_n2: 2.
-
ci_n_310_n3: 3.
-
ci_n_310_n4: 4.
-
ci_n_310_n6: 6.
-
ci_n_310_n8: 8.
-
ci_n_310_n10: 10.
-
ci_n_310_n20: 20.
The maximum count of In-syncIndication the UE receives from lower-layer. The default is 1, and can be changed by the operator.
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
-
ci_n_311_n1: 1.
-
ci_n_311_n2: 2.
-
ci_n_311_n3: 3.
-
ci_n_311_n4: 4.
-
ci_n_311_n5: 5.
269
Command Description
270
-
ci_n_311_n6: 6.
-
ci_n_311_n8: 8.
-
ci_n_311_n10: 10.
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
LTE eNB Command Description/Ver.1.0
C2025 RETRIEVE CELL ACCESS IDLE INFORMATION Command Format RTRV-CAS-IDLE: [CELL_NUM];
Command Description Retrieves the CSG cell ID. The parameters retrieved are broadcasted to the UE through SIB (System Information Block) 1. TIMEOUT
10
Input Parameter Description Parameter CELL_NUM
Description The cell number to be changed or retrieved.
Range 0~8
Unit NONE
Defaul t 0
Output Parameter Description CELL_NUM
The cell number to be changed or retrieved.
CSG_IDENTITY
The ID of the cell. This is available only if it is a Closed Subscriber Group (CSG) cell.
FORCED_MODE
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
This parameter defines forced mode for changed value.
271
Command Description
C2027 RETRIEVE SIB SCHEDULING IDLE INFORMATION Command Format RTRV-SIB-IDLE: [CELL_NUM];
Command Description Retrieves the max size of the packed SI for transmission in the cell. The size for SIB information transmission is determined by considering downlink bandwidth, DCI formation type, SIB reception time at cell edge, and payload size. TIMEOUT
10
Input Parameter Description Parameter CELL_NUM
Description The cell number to be changed or retrieved.
Range
Unit
0~8
NONE
Defaul t 0
Output Parameter Description CELL_NUM
The cell number to be changed or retrieved.
MAX_PACKED_SI_SIZE
The maximum size of the packed SI for transmission in the cell. This value takes into account the DL RB count by bandwidth, maximum RB count allocated to each SI message, PDSCH RE count for each RB, payload size of DCI Format 1A, max aggregation level and PDCCH coderate. Recommend values are 9 for 1.4 MB (i.e., mega bytes); 26 for 3 MB; 49 for 5 MB; 97 for 10 MB; 141 for 15 MB; 217 for 20 MB.
FORCED_MODE
272
This parameter defines forced mode for changed value.
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
LTE eNB Command Description/Ver.1.0
C2028 RETRIEVE CELL CAC FUNCTION Command Format RTRV-CELL-CAC: [CELL_NUM];
Command Description Retrieves the CAC (call admission control) parameter information of the cells operating within the eNB. As cell-level CACs, backhaul based CAC, call count based CAC, DRB count based CAC, and QoS based CAC are performed. Retrieves threshold, CAC option, and preemption status for performing CAC at the cell level. TIMEOUT
10
Input Parameter Description Parameter CELL_NUM
Description
Range
The cell number to be changed or retrieved.
0~8
Unit NONE
Defaul t 0
Output Parameter Description CELL_NUM
The cell number to be changed or retrieved.
CELL_COUNT_CAC_USAGE
Whether to execute the call count-based CAC function, which is one of the capacity-based Call Admission Control (CAC) functions per cell. -
CI_no_use: The capacity-based CAC function per cell is not
performed. -
CI_use: The capacity-based CAC function per cell is per-
formed. MAX_CALL_COUNT
The call count limit in the capacity based CAC (call admission control) at the cell level. The number of calls that can be allowed by the cell.
CALL_CAC_THRESH_FOR_NORMALThe percentage of the allowable calls to the total normal calls. When a normal call is requested, if the number of con-
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
273
Command Description
nected calls exceeds MAX_CALL_COUNT * CALL_CAC_THRESH_FOR_NORMAL, the Capacity-based CAC Fail is generated. CALL_CAC_THRESH_FOR_EMER_HOEmergency call availability of total handover calls in percentage. When a normal call is requested, if the number of connected calls exceeds MAX_CALL_COUNT * CALL_CAC_THRESH_FOR_EMER_HO, the Capacity-based CAC Fail is generated. DRB_COUNT_CAC_USAGE
Whether to execute the E-UTRAN Radio Access Bearer (ERAB)-based CAC function, which is one of the capacity-based Call Admission Control (CAC) functions per cell. - CI_no_use: The E-RAB count-based CAC function per cell is
not executed. -
CI_use: The E-RAB count-based CAC function per cell is
executed. MAX_DRB_COUNT
The limit for the E-RAB (E-UTRAN Radio Access Bearer) count in capacity based CAC (call admission control) at the cell level. The number of E-RABs (E-Utran Radio Access Bearers) allowed in the cell.
DRB_CAC_THRESH_FOR_NORMALThe percentage of the allowable calls to the total normal calls. When a normal call is requested, if the number of connected calls exceeds 'MAX_DRB_COUNT * DRB_CAC_THRESH_FOR_NORMAL', the Capacity-based CAC Fail is generated. DRB_CAC_THRESH_FOR_EMER_HOEmergency call availability of total handover calls in percentage. When a normal call is requested, if the number of connected calls exceeds 'MAX_DRB_COUNT * DRB_CAC_THRESH_FOR_EMER_HO', the Capacity-based CAC Fail is generated. QOS_CAC_OPTION
The policy of the QoS (Quality of Service) based CAC (call admission control) at the cell level. -
QoSCAC_option0: The QoS based CAC function at the cell
level is not used. -
QoSCAC_option1: The QoS-based CAC function per cell is
used.
274
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
LTE eNB Command Description/Ver.1.0
QOS_POLICY_OPTION
The policy used when executing the Quality of Service (QoS)based Call Admission Control (CAC) function per cell. -
QoSPolicy_option0: For a GBR bearer newly requested, the
PRB usage is calculated based on the resource type (GBR or non-GBR) of the QCI. Then CAC is executed based on the calculated PRB usage. Non-GBRs are always allowed. -
QoSPolicy_option1: For a GBR bearer newly requested, the
PRB usage is calculated based on the priority of the QCI. Then CAC is executed based on the calculated PRB usage. NonGBRs are always allowed. PRB_REPORT_PERIOD
PRB (Physical Resource Block) report period for QoS CAC at the cell level.
ESTIMATION_OPT
The policy of the Expected PRB usage calculation. (0: auto, 1:manual). -
EstimationOption_auto(0) : The PRB Usage is automatically
calculated. -
EstimationOption_manual(1) : The PRB Usage is manually
calculated. PREEMPTION_FLAG
BH_BW_CAC_USAGE
Whether to use preemption at the cell level. -
CI_no_use: The Preemption function per cell is disabled.
-
CI_use: The Preemption function per cell is enabled.
Whether to use backhaul bandwidth based CAC at the cell level. -
CI_no_use: Backhaul Bandwidth-based CAC function per
cell is not used. -
CI_use: Backhaul Bandwidth-based CAC function per cell is
used. BH_BW_CAC_OPTION
The policy used when executing the Backhaul-based Call Admission Control (CAC) function per cell. -
bhBwCac_QCI_only: QoS-based CAC.
-
bhBwCac_ServiceGroup_only: Service group-based CAC.
-
bhBwCac_Both_QCI_ServiceGroup: QoS amp; Service
group-based CAC.
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
275
Command Description
C2029 RETRIEVE ENB CAC FUNCTION Command Format RTRV-ENB-CAC;
Command Description Retrieves the capacity based CAC (call admission control) parameter information of the eNBs in the BS. This command performs call count based CAC at the eNB level. It also retrieves the threshold information and the MAX call count information required for CAC at the eNB level. TIMEOUT
10
Input Parameter Description No input parameter.
Output Parameter Description CALL_COUNT_CAC_USAGE
Whether to execute the Capacity-based Call Admission Control (CAC) function per cell. -
CI_no_use: The capacity-based CAC function per base sta-
tion is not performed. -
CI_use: The capacity-based CAC function per base station is
performed. MAX_ENB_CALL_COUNT
The limit for capacity based CAC (call admission control) at the eNB level. The number of calls that can be allowed by the eNB.
CALL_CAC_THRESH_FOR_NORMALThe percentage of the allowable calls to the total normal calls. When a normal call is requested, if the number of connected calls exceeds MAX_ENB_CALL_COUNT * CALL_CAC_THRESH_FOR_NORMAL, the Capacity-based CAC Fail is generated. CALL_CAC_THRESH_FOR_EMER_HOEmergency call availability of total handover calls in percentage. When a normal call is requested, if the number of connected calls exceeds MAX_ENB_CALL_COUNT * CALL_CAC_THRESH_FOR_EMER_HO, the Capacity-based CAC Fail is generated.
276
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
LTE eNB Command Description/Ver.1.0
CHECK_UE_ID_USAGE
Whether to execute the SAE Temporary Mobile Station Identifier (S-TMSI) Duplication Check function for a new call. -
CI_no_use: The S-TMSI Duplication Check function is not
performed. -
CI_use: The S-TMSI Duplication Check function is per-
formed. If a call is found as a duplicate, the existing call is released and the new call is accommodated.
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
277
Command Description
C2030 RETRIEVE QOS CAC PARAMETER FUNCTION Command Format RTRV-QCAC-PARA: [CELL_NUM];
Command Description Retrieves the active QoS (Quality of Service) CAC (call admission control) parameter in the eNB. QoS CAC is performed at the cell level, for QCI of each GBR bearer. Retrieves the threshold by QCI for performing QoS CAC and retrieves the threshold for determining congestion state of the active cell. TIMEOUT
10
Input Parameter Description Parameter CELL_NUM
Description The cell number to be changed or retrieved.
Range 0~8
Unit NONE
Defaul t 0
Output Parameter Description CELL_NUM
The cell number to be changed or retrieved.
DL_GBRUSAGE_THRESH_NORMALThe threshold of downlink calls that can be assigned per cell. It is used when a new call is requested. It is calculated as 'PRB percentage'. When a new call is requested, if the downlink GBR PRB usage exceeds this parameter value, the QoS CAC Fail is generated. DL_GBRUSAGE_THRESH_HO
The threshold of downlink Handover calls that can be assigned per cell. It is used when a Handover call is requested. It is calculated as 'PRB percentage. When a Handover call is requested, if the downlink GBR PRB usage exceeds this parameter value, the QoS CAC Fail is generated.
UL_GBRUSAGE_THRESH_NORMALThe threshold of uplink calls that can be assigned per cell. It
278
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
LTE eNB Command Description/Ver.1.0
is used when a new call is requested. It is calculated as 'PRB percentage'. When a new call is requested, if the uplink GBR PRB usage exceeds this parameter value, the QoS CAC Fail is generated. UL_GBRUSAGE_THRESH_HO
The threshold of uplink Handover calls that can be assigned per cell. It is used when a Handover call is requested. It is calculated as 'PRB percentage'. When a Handover call is requested, if the uplink GBR PRB usage exceeds this parameter value, the QoS CAC Fail is generated.
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
279
Command Description
C2031 RETRIEVE SON ANR PARAMETERS Command Format RTRV-SON-ANR;
Command Description Retrieves the parameter information for the SON ANR function. TIMEOUT
10
Input Parameter Description No input parameter.
Output Parameter Description MAX_NRTSIZE
The maximum size of Neighbor Relation Table (NRT) per cell. ANR manages the ranking of NRs that are within this size. If an added NR exceeds the size, ANR adds the existing NR of the lowest rank to the blacklist to limit the number of NRs to MAX_NRTSIZE.
LSM_USAGE_FLAG
Whether to use the ECGI and IP processing procedures in the LSM during operation. -
FALSE (0): The procedures are not executed through the
LSM but are executed through UE. -
TRUE (1): The procedures are executed through the LSM or
UE. DEFAULT_WEIGHT
The default weight for a new neighbor relation (NR). A neighboring cell newly added has a disadvantage in both of the handover attempt rate and the handover success rate, when determining its priority. Therefore, the default weight specified by this parameter value is given to the newly added neighboring cells during the specified period of time (DEFAULT_PERIOD).
DEFAULT_PERIOD
A period of time for which the default priority is applied to a new Neighbor Relation (NR) in a unit of day. During this period of time, the default weight (DEFAULT_WEIGHT) is given to
280
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
LTE eNB Command Description/Ver.1.0
the newly added NRs and they are handled so that they are not added to the blacklist. HO_ATTEMPT_WEIGHT
The weight given to a handover attempt rate when calculating the NR ranking. The NR ranking is determined by default in consideration of handover success and failure rates of each neighboring cell with attempt rates weighted.
HO_SUCCESS_WEIGHT
The weight given to the handover success rate when calculating the NR ranking. The NR ranking is determined by default in consideration of handover success and failure rates of each neighboring cell with success rates weighted.
LOWER_HO_ATTEMPT_RATE
The lowest attempt rate that applies the handover blacklist. NRs that fail to meet HO KPI are added to the HO blacklist to prevent a handover to the neighboring cell. The NRs whose attempt rate is lower than this parameter value, and whose success rate is lower than LOWER_HO_SUCCESS_TO_KPI are included in the handover blacklist.
LOWER_HO_SUCCESS_TO_KPI The lowest success rate that applies the handover blacklist. NRs that fail to meet HO KPI are added to the HO blacklist to prevent a handover to the neighboring cell. The NRs whose success rate is lower than the HO KPI multiplied by this parameter value, and whose attempt rate is lower than LOWER_HO_ATTEMPT_RATE are included in the handover blacklist. UPPER_HO_TO_BLACK_RATE
The upper limit of the handover attempt rate to the black cell to be deleted from the blacklist. During handover from cell A to cell B, if the handover to wrong cell event occurs and the frequency of reconnecting to neighboring cells managed by the blacklist exceeds this parameter, the NR is returned to NRT from the blacklist.
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
281
Command Description
C2033 RETRIEVE SRB RLC INFORMATION Command Format RTRV-SRB-RLC: [SRB_ID];
Command Description Retrieves the parameters required to operate the RLC protocol. The number of AMD PDU retransmissions per SRB ID. PollByte and PollPDU for poll triggering, the poll retransmission timer, the loss detection timer, and the STATUS_PDU prohibit timer can be retrieved. TIMEOUT
10
Input Parameter Description Parameter SRB_ID
Description
Range 1~2
The ID of SRB to retrieve. - 1: Information on SRB1. - 2: Information on SRB2.
Unit NONE
Defaul t 1
Output Parameter Description SRB_ID
The ID of SRB to retrieve. -
1: Information on SRB1.
-
2: Information on SRB2.
TIMER_POLL_RETRANSMIT
The timer to retransmit poll in a transmitting AM RLC entity.
POLL_PDU
The threshold to trigger poll for pollPDU PDUs in an AM_RLC entity.
POLL_BYTE
The threshold used to trigger poll for pollByte bytes in an AM_RLC entity.
MAX_RETRANSMISSION_THRESHOLDThe threshold used to limit the number of the AMD PDU retransmission in a transmitting AM_RLC entity. TIMER_REORDERING
The timer to detect the losses of RLC PDUs in a receiving RLC entity.
282
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
LTE eNB Command Description/Ver.1.0
TIMER_STATUS_PROHIBIT
The timer to prohibit the transmission of STATUS_PDU in a receiving AM_RLC entity.
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
283
Command Description
C2034 RETRIEVE QCI DSCP MAP INFORMATION Command Format RTRV-QCIDSCP-MAP: [QCI];
Command Description Retrieves the Differentiated Services Code Point (DSCP) mapping by QCI. TIMEOUT
10
Input Parameter Description Parameter QCI
Description QCI(Qos Class Identifier) value for which the DSCP mapping information will be set.
Range 0 ~ 255
Unit NONE
Defaul t 0
Output Parameter Description QCI
QCI(Qos Class Identifier) value for which the DSCP mapping information will be set.
DSCP
284
DSCP value that will be set for the specified traffic type (QCI).
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
LTE eNB Command Description/Ver.1.0
C2035 RETRIEVE DSCP COS MAP INFORMATION Command Format RTRV-DSCPCOS-MAP: [DSCP];
Command Description Retrieves the COS mapping information by Differentiated Services Code Point (DSCP). The COS value mapped to a DSCP value is marked as VLAN TAG. TIMEOUT
10
Input Parameter Description Parameter DSCP
Description DSCP value for which the COS mapping information will be set.
Range 0 ~ 63
Unit NONE
Defaul t 0
Output Parameter Description DSCP
DSCP value for which the COS mapping information will be set.
COS
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
The CoS value that will be set for the specified DSCP value.
285
Command Description
C2038 RETRIEVE QCI VALUE INFORMATION Command Format RTRV-QCI-VAL: [QCI];
Command Description Retrieves the configuration of QoS Class Identifier (QCI). The information is used by the Evolved Universal Terrestrial Radio Access Network (EUTRAN) in the eNB. The configuration parameters of each QCI consist of Status, Resource Type, Priority, Packet Delay Budget (PDB), Packet Error Loss Rate (PELR), and Backhaul Service Group. TIMEOUT
10
Input Parameter Description Parameter QCI
Description
Range
QCI index. The range is from 0 to 255. The standard QCIs defined in the standard documents is 1 to 9. The user can use QCI values 0 and 10-255.
Unit
0 ~ 255
NONE
Defaul t 0
Output Parameter Description QCI
QCI index. The range is from 0 to 255. The standard QCIs defined in the standard documents is 1 to 9. The user can use QCI values 0 and 10-255.
STATUS
RESOURCE_TYPE
Whether the QoS Class Identifier (QCI) is used. -
EQUIP: The QCI is used in the eNB.
-
N_EQUIP: The QCI is not used in the eNB.
The resource type of the QoS Class Identifier (QCI). - ci_NonGBR: The resource type of the QCI is set to non-GBR
(Guaranteed Bit Rate). - ci_GBR: The resource type of the QCI is set to GBR (Guaran-
teed Bit Rate). PRIORITY
286
The priority of the QoS Class Identifier (QCI). The range is
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
LTE eNB Command Description/Ver.1.0
between 1 and 16. 1 indicates the highest priority. PDB
PELR
Packet Delay Budget (PDB) of the QoS Class Identifier (QCI). -
ci_pdb50msec: PDB of the QCI to 50 msec.
-
ci_pdb100msec: PDB of the QCI to 100 msec.
-
ci_pdb150msec: PDB of the QCI to 150 msec.
-
ci_pdb200msec: PDB of the QCI to 200 msec.
-
ci_pdb250msec: PDB of the QCI to 250 msec.
-
ci_pdb300msec: PDB of the QCI to 300 msec.
-
ci_pdb350msec: PDB of the QCI to 350 msec.
-
ci_pdb400msec: PDB of the QCI to 400 msec.
-
ci_pdb450msec: PDB of the QCI to 450 msec.
-
ci_pdb500msec: PDB of the QCI to 500 msec.
Packet Error Loss Rate (PLER) of the QoS Class Identifier (QCI).
BH_SERVICE_GROUP
-
ci_pler10_2: The PLER's QCI is 10^-2.
-
ci_pler10_3: The PLER's QCI is 10^-3.
-
ci_pler10_4: The PLER's QCI is 10^-4.
-
ci_pler10_5: The PLER's QCI is 10^-5.
-
ci_pler10_6: The PLER's QCI is 10^-6.
-
ci_pler10_7: The PLER's QCI is 10^-7.
-
ci_pler10_8: The PLER's QCI is 10^-8.
-
ci_pler10_9: The PLER's QCI is 10^-9.
The service group of the QoS Class Identifier (QCI). The entered parameter values is used in the backhaul Call Admission Control (CAC). -
voipService: The QCI uses the Voice of Internet Protocol
(VoIP) service. -
SCHEDULING_TYPE
videoService: The QCI uses the video service.
The schedulin type of the QoS Class Identifier (QCI). The entered parameter values is used in scheduling by MAC Layer.
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
-
Dynamic_scheduling: The QCI uses the Dynamic scheduling.
-
SPS_scheduling: The QCI uses SPS scheduling.
287
Command Description
C2039 RETRIEVE LOGICAL CH INFORMATION Command Format RTRV-LOCH-INF: [QCI];
Command Description Retrieves information required to operate logical channels. TIMEOUT
10
Input Parameter Description Parameter QCI
Description
Range
QCI (QoS Class Identifier) index. The range is from 0 to 255. The standard QCIs defined in the standard documents is 1 to 9. The user can use QCI values 0 and 10255.
0 ~ 255
Unit NONE
Defaul t 0
Output Parameter Description QCI
QCI (QoS Class Identifier) index. The range is from 0 to 255. The standard QCIs defined in the standard documents is 1 to 9. The user can use QCI values 0 and 10-255.
PRIORITIZED_BIT_RATE
The parameter used for UE's logical channel prioritization. It is a minimum transmission rate that must be secured per logical channel. The parameter by which UE increases the bucket for each logical channel. -
ci_kBps0: Prioritized Bit Rate of the QCI is 0 kBps.
-
ci_kBps8: Prioritized Bit Rate of the QCI is 8 kBps.
-
ci_kBps16: Prioritized Bit Rate of the QCI is 16 kBps.
-
ci_kBps32: Prioritized Bit Rate of the QCI is 32 kBps.
-
ci_kBps64: Prioritized Bit Rate of the QCI is 64 kBps.
-
ci_kBps128: Prioritized Bit Rate of the QCI is 128 kBps.
-
ci_kBps256: Prioritized Bit Rate of the QCI is 256 kBps.
- ci_prioritizedBitRate_infinity: Prioritized Bit Rate of the QCI
is infinity.
288
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
LTE eNB Command Description/Ver.1.0
BUCKET_SIZE_DURATION
The parameter used for UE's logical channel prioritization. It determines the maximum length of a bucket per UE's logical channel. -
ci_bucketSizeDuration_ms50: Bucket Size Duration of the
QCI is 50 ms. -
ci_bucketSizeDuration_ms100: Bucket Size Duration of the
QCI is 100 ms. -
ci_bucketSizeDuration_ms150: Bucket Size Duration of the
QCI is 150 ms. -
ci_bucketSizeDuration_ms300: Bucket Size Duration of the
QCI is 300 ms. -
ci_bucketSizeDuration_ms500: Bucket Size Duration of the
QCI is 500 ms. -
ci_bucketSizeDuration_ms1000: Bucket Size Duration of the
QCI is 1000 ms. LOGICAL_CHANNEL_PRIORITY The parameter used for UE's logical channel prioritization. It determines an allocation order per logical channel. The range is from 1 to 16. NON_GBRPFWEIGHT
The non-GBR bearer's proportional fairness weight per QCI. The threshold that is not applied to a GBR bearer. The range is from 0 to 15.
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
289
Command Description
C2040 RETRIEVE RLC INFORMATION Command Format RTRV-RLC-INF: [QCI];
Command Description Retrieves information required to operate the RLC protocol. The RLC mode per QCI, number of the AMD PDU retransmission in the eNB and UE, the PollByte and PollPDU settings for poll triggering, the poll retransmission timer, the loss detection timer, and the STATUS_PDU prohibit timer settings can be retrieved. TIMEOUT
10
Input Parameter Description Parameter QCI
Description QCI (QoS Class Identifier) index. The range is from 0 to 255. The standard QCIs defined in the standard documents is 1 to 9. The user can use QCI values 0 and 10255.
Range
Unit
0 ~ 255
NONE
Defaul t 0
Output Parameter Description QCI
QCI (QoS Class Identifier) index. The range is from 0 to 255. The standard QCIs defined in the standard documents is 1 to 9. The user can use QCI values 0 and 10-255.
RLC_MODE
The mode information (AM/UM) on RLC.
ENB_TIMER_POLL_RETRANSMITThe timer to retransmit poll in a transmitting AM RLC entity. ENB_POLL_PDU
The threshold to trigger poll for pollPDU PDUs in an AM_RLC entity.
ENB_POLL_BYTE
The threshold used to trigger poll for pollByte bytes in an AM_RLC entity.
ENB_MAX_RETX_THRESHOLD The threshold used to limit the number of the AMD PDU
290
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
LTE eNB Command Description/Ver.1.0
retransmission in a transmitting AM_RLC entity. ENB_TIMER_REORDERING
The timer to detect the losses of RLC PDUs in a receiving RLC entity.
ENB_TIMER_STATUS_PROHIBITThe timer to prohibit the transmission of STATUS_PDU in a receiving AM_RLC entity. UE_TIMER_POLL_RETRANSMIT The timer to retransmit poll in a transmitting AM RLC entity. UE_POLL_PDU
The threshold to trigger poll for pollPDU PDUs in an AM_RLC entity.
UE_POLL_BYTE
The threshold used to trigger poll for pollByte bytes in an AM_RLC entity.
UE_MAX_RETX_THRESHOLD
The threshold used to limit the number of the AMD PDU retransmission in a transmitting AM_RLC entity.
UE_TIMER_REORDERING
The timer to detect the losses of RLC PDUs in a receiving RLC entity.
UE_TIMER_STATUS_PROHIBIT The timer to prohibit the transmission of STATUS_PDU in a receiving AM_RLC entity. SN_FIELD_LENGTH
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
The field size of UM sequence number.
291
Command Description
C2041 RETRIEVE PDCP INFORMATION Command Format RTRV-PDCP-INF: [QCI];
Command Description Retrieves information of the PDCP. The PDCP information to be retrieved are the UM SN size by QoS class, discard timer, and forward end timer. If a QoS class is not specified, the entire information on 256 QoS classes is retrieved. TIMEOUT
10
Input Parameter Description Parameter QCI
Description
Range
QCI index. The range is from 0 to 255. The standard QCIs defined in the standard documents is 1 to 9. The user can use QCI values 0 and 10-255.
Unit
0 ~ 255
NONE
Defaul t 0
Output Parameter Description QCI
QCI index. The range is from 0 to 255. The standard QCIs defined in the standard documents is 1 to 9. The user can use QCI values 0 and 10-255.
UM_SN_SIZE
DISCARD_TIMER
The size of PDCP Sequence Number (SN) in RLC UM mode. -
ci_len7bits: Uses the size of 7 bits (0 to 127).
-
ci_len12bits: The size of 12 bits (0 to 4095) is used (Default).
The Discard timer value for a packet buffer managed per RB in RLC AM mode. If ACK is not received from the RLC within a specified period of time, the packet is discarded.
292
-
ci_discardTimer_ms50: 50 msec.
-
ci_discardTimer_ms100: 100 msec.
-
ci_discardTimer_ms150: 150 msec.
-
ci_discardTimer_ms300: 300 msec.
-
ci_discardTimer_ms500: 500 msec.
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
LTE eNB Command Description/Ver.1.0
-
ci_discardTimer_ms750: 750 msec.
-
ci_discardTimer_ms1500: 1500 msec.
-
ci_discardTimer_infinity: The discard timer is disabled.
(default). FWD_END_TIMER
A period of time when PDCP of target eNB waits for end marker upon receiving a HO_COMPLETE message. in milliseconds.
STATUS_REPORT_REQUIRED
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
This value determines whether or not to send SN Status Report.
293
Command Description
C2042 RETRIEVE GTP INFORMATION Command Format RTRV-GTP-INF;
Command Description Retrieves information of the GTP. This command can retrieve whether to use keep alive, the timeout interval, and the sequence number. If KeepAlive is set, the GTP ECHO-REQ message is sent to S-GW at a specified interval (T3_TIMER_LONG). If the GTP ECHO-RESP message is not received from S-GW until the next message is sent, transmission is repeated for N3_REQUEST times at T3_TIMER interval. TIMEOUT
10
Input Parameter Description No input parameter.
Output Parameter Description T3_TMR
The interval at which transmission of the ECHO-REQ message is repeated if a response message to ECHO-REQ, which is sent for Keep Alive, is not received. The range is between 0 and 60000 msec. The default is 5000 (5 seconds). This timer runs only if KEEP_ALIVE is set to '1'.
T3_TMR_LONG
The interval at which the ECHO-REQ message is sent for periodic Keep Alive. The range is between 60000 and 600000 msec. The default is 60000 (60 seconds). This timer runs only if KEEP_ALIVE is set to '1'.
N3_REQUEST
The maximum retransmission number of the GTP ECHO-REQ message. This timer runs only if KEEP_ALIVE is set to '1'.
KEEP_ALIVE
Whether the GTP ECHO-REQ message at specified intervals (Keep Alive) is sent.
294
-
0: The ECHO-REQ message is not sent.
-
1: The ECHO-REQ message is sent(default).
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
LTE eNB Command Description/Ver.1.0
SNN
ECN
Whether the GTP sequence number is used. -
0: The GTP sequence number in the eNB is not used.
-
1: The GTP sequence number in the eNB is used.
Whether the Explicit Congestion Notification (ECN) function is used.
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
-
0: The ECN function in the eNB is not used.
-
1: The ECN function in the eNB is used.
295
Command Description
C2043 RETRIEVE PCCH CONFIGURATION Command Format RTRV-PCCH-CONF;
Command Description Retrieves the configuration of the Paging Control Channel (PCCH) in the eNB. Paging is used when initiating a mobile-terminating connection or triggering UE to re-obtain the system information, as well as for sending the Earthquake and Tsunami Warning System (ETWS) indication. TIMEOUT
10
Input Parameter Description No input parameter.
Output Parameter Description DEFAULT_PAGING_CYCLE[msec] When DRX is used, UE monitors a single paging occasion per DRX cycle. If UE-specific DRX is not set by the upper layer, defaultPagingCycle is applied as the default DRX cycle. N_B
The parameter required to calculate the paging frame and paging occasion using the TS 36.304 method, which is a multiple of defaultPagingCycle.
296
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
LTE eNB Command Description/Ver.1.0
C2044 RETRIEVE PDSCH CONFIGURATION Command Format RTRV-PDSCH-IDLE: [CELL_NUM];
Command Description Retrieves the configuration of the Physical Downlink Shared Channel (PDSCH) in the eNB. The power ratio between a Resource Element (RE) transmitting a reference signal and a RE transmitting data can be set in PDSCH. TIMEOUT
10
Input Parameter Description Parameter CELL_NUM
Description
Range
The cell number for which the command was executed.
0~8
Unit NONE
Defaul t 0
Output Parameter Description CELL_NUM
The cell number for which the command was executed.
DL_POWER_OPTION
The power setting option. The power of the RS per resource grid is set to a multiple of the power of the data per resource grID. -
ci_pwrOpt_Same: The power of the RS per resource grid is
the same as that of the data per resource grID. -
ci_pwrOpt_OneHalf: The power of the RS per resource grid
is one and a half times as much as that of the data per resource grID. -
ci_pwrOpt_Twice: The power of the RS per resource grid is
two times as much as that of the data per resource grID. -
ci_pwrOpt_Half: The power of the RS per resource grid is a
half times as much as that of the data per resource grID. FORCED_MODE
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
This parameter defines forced mode for changed value.
297
Command Description
C2045 RETRIEVE PHICH CONFIGURATION IDLE Command Format RTRV-PHICH-IDLE: [CELL_NUM];
Command Description Retrieves the configuration of the Physical Hybrid ARQ Indicator Channel (PHICH) in the eNB. This command can retrieve PHICH duration and resource settings. TIMEOUT
10
Input Parameter Description Parameter CELL_NUM
Description The cell number for which the command was executed.
Range 0~8
Unit NONE
Defaul t 0
Output Parameter Description CELL_NUM
The cell number for which the command was executed.
PHICH_DURATION
The PHICH duration set in accordance with Table 6.9.3-1 of TS 36.211. It sets the lower limit of a control region size that is passed to PCFICH.
298
PHICH_RESOURCE
The parameter used to calculate the number of PHICH groups.
FORCED_MODE
This parameter defines forced mode for changed value.
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
LTE eNB Command Description/Ver.1.0
C2046 RETRIEVE PRACH CONFIGURATION Command Format RTRV-PRACH-CONF: [CELL_NUM];
Command Description Retrieves the configuration of the Physical Random Access Channel (PRACH) in the eNB. This command can retrieve the high speed flag, the PRACH configuration index, the root sequence index, and the zero correlation zone configuration. TIMEOUT
10
Input Parameter Description Parameter CELL_NUM
Description The cell number for which the command was executed.
Range 0~8
Unit NONE
Defaul t 0
Output Parameter Description CELL_NUM
The cell number for which the command was executed.
PRACH_CONFIG_INDEX
Index for the preamble format, subframe sent by preamble, and interval.
HIGH_SPEED_FLAG
Whether to use unrestricted or restricted set. When this parameter is set to TRUE, a restricted set is used. When set to FALSE, an unrestricted set is used.
ZERO_CORREL_ZONE_CONFIG The zero correlation zone used to create a random preamble. ROOT_SEQUENCE_INDEX
The first logical root sequence index used to create a random preamble. Different values should be assigned to neighboring cells.
PRACH_POSITION
Provides information about PRACH position between two possible positions adjacent to PUCCH. 0: low position, 1: high position
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
299
Command Description
C2047 RETRIEVE PUSCH CONFIGURATION Command Format RTRV-PUSCH-CONF: [CELL_NUM];
Command Description Retrieves the configuration of the Physical Uplink Shared Channel (PUSCH) in the eNB. This command can retrieve whether to receive 64-QAM in the eNB and hopping settings. TIMEOUT
10
Input Parameter Description Parameter CELL_NUM
Description
Range
The cell number for which the command was executed.
Defaul t
Unit
0~8
NONE
0
Output Parameter Description CELL_NUM
The cell number for which the command was executed.
N_SB
The number of sub-bands in Type 2 PUSCH hopping.
HOPPING_MODE
Hopping mode.
ENABLE_SIX_FOUR_QAM
-
ci_interSubFrame: Inter-subframe hopping.
-
ci_intraAndInterSubFrame: Intra and inter-subframe hopping.
Whether to support 64QAM. Only the category 5 UEs capable of sending 64-QAM via the uplink are affected by this parameter value.
GROUP_HOPPING_ENABLED
GROUP_ASSIGNMENT_PUSCH
300
-
False: 64QAM is not applied.
-
True: 64QAM when the eNB receives data is applied.
Whether to support group hopping. -
False: Group hopping is not supported.
-
True: Group hopping is supported.
The group assignment value in the PUSCH.
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
LTE eNB Command Description/Ver.1.0
SEQUENCE_HOPPING_ENABLEDWhether to support sequence hopping.
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
-
False: Sequence hopping is not supported.
-
True: Sequence hopping is supported.
301
Command Description
C2048 RETRIEVE RACH CONFIGURATION Command Format RTRV-RACH-CONF: [CELL_NUM];
Command Description Retrieves the configuration information on the Random Access Channel (RACH) in the eNB. The information retrieved includes the backoff indicator, number of times to transmit Msg3 HARQ, the number of non-dedicated/dedicated preambles, the power ramping step and the maximum number of transmission, and the number of preamble group A/B. TIMEOUT
10
Input Parameter Description Parameter CELL_NUM
Description The cell number for which the command was executed.
Range
Unit
0~8
NONE
Defaul t 0
Output Parameter Description CELL_NUM
The cell number for which the command was executed.
NUMBER_OF_RAPREAMBLES
The number of non-dedicated preambles.
SIZE_OF_RAPREAMBLES_GROUP_AThe number of PreamblesGroup A. MESSAGE_SIZE_GROUP_A
Standard for message size to select PreamblesGroup A.
MESSAGE_POWER_OFFSET_GROUP_BStandard for power offset to select PreambleGroup B. POWER_RAMPING_STEP
Power ramping steps when sending a preamble.
PREAMBLE_INIT_RCV_TARGET_POWERThe threshold used to set an initial-target receiving power of preambles. PREAMBLE_TRANS_MAX
302
The maximum number of times to transmit a preamble.
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
LTE eNB Command Description/Ver.1.0
CONTENTION_RESOLUTION_TIMERContention resolution timer. BACKOFF_INDICATOR_SETUP Whether to use the backoff indicator. -
ci_Config_Release: release.
-
ci_Config_Setup: setup.
BACKOFF_INDICATOR
The backoff parameter.
MAX_HARQMSG3_TX
The maximum number of transmission of HARQ Msg3.
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
303
Command Description
C2049 RETRIEVE TIME ALIGNMENT INFORMATION Command Format RTRV-TIME-ALIGN: [CELL_NUM];
Command Description Retrieves the configuration of a time alignment of UE. If TimeAlignmentTimer is not infinity, the UE determines that the uplink timing is maintained by receiving the timing advance command within the timer value. Otherwise, the UE releases the PUCCH and SRS resources. TIMEOUT
10
Input Parameter Description Parameter CELL_NUM
Description The cell number for which the command was executed.
Range 0~8
Unit NONE
Defaul t 0
Output Parameter Description CELL_NUM
The cell number for which the command was executed.
TIME_ALIGNMENT_TIMER_COMMONThe parameter used to adjust a period of time during which UE decides that the uplink timing is correct.
304
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
LTE eNB Command Description/Ver.1.0
C2050 RETRIEVE SOUNDING RS UPLINK CONFIGURATION Command Format RTRV-SNDRS-CONF: [CELL_NUM];
Command Description Retrieves the configuration of the UL Sounding Reference Signal in the eNB. This command can retrieve whether simultaneous transmission of ACK/NACK or SR, and SRS is supported, whether SRS is used in the cell, and SRS MaxUpPts. TIMEOUT
10
Input Parameter Description Parameter CELL_NUM
Description
Range
The cell number for which the command was executed.
0~8
Unit NONE
Defaul t 0
Output Parameter Description CELL_NUM
The cell number for which the command was executed.
SRS_USAGE
Whether to use SRS. -
CI_no_use: SRS is not used.
-
CI_use: SRS is used.
ACK_NACK_SRS_SIMUL_TRANSMISSIONWhether simultaneous transmission of ACK/NACK or SR, and Sounding RS is supported.
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
-
False: Sounding RS is not transmitted.
-
True: Sounding RS is transmitted.
305
Command Description
C2051 RETRIEVE UPLINK POWER CONTROL PARAMETER Command Format RTRV-PWR-PARA: [CELL_NUM];
Command Description Retrieves the configuration information on the Uplink Power Control in the eNB. The information retrieved includes the alpha value used in PUSCH Power Control, transmission power settings by PUCCH format, settings for the p0_nominal_PUCCH and p0_nominal_PUSCH, and UL IOT target value. TIMEOUT
10
Input Parameter Description Parameter CELL_NUM
Description The cell number for which the command was executed.
Range 0~8
Unit NONE
Defaul t 0
Output Parameter Description CELL_NUM
The cell number for which the command was executed.
P0_NOMINAL_PUSCH
p0NominalPUSCH.
ALPHA
Assign alpha (0,0.4,0.5~0.9,1)
P0_NOMINAL_PUCCH
p0Nominal PUCCH.
DELTA_FPUCCHFORMAT1
The difference in the transmission power between PUCCH format1a and PUCCH format1.
DELTA_FPUCCHFORMAT1_B
The difference in the transmission power between PUCCH format1a and PUCCH format1b.
DELTA_FPUCCHFORMAT2
The difference in the transmission power between PUCCH format1a and PUCCH format2.
306
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
LTE eNB Command Description/Ver.1.0
DELTA_FPUCCHFORMAT2_A
The difference in the transmission power between PUCCH format1a and PUCCH format2a.
DELTA_FPUCCHFORMAT2_B
The difference in the transmission power between PUCCH format1a and PUCCH format2b.
DELTA_PREAMBLE_MSG3
deltaPreambleMsg3.
UL_TARGET_IOT
The UL IOT target value for all ICIC types.
UL_IOI_THRESHOLD_STEP
The difference between high and low thresholds to generate UL IOI for all ICIC types and the Target IoT. The threshold scaled up 4 times in dB area.
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
307
Command Description
C2052 RETRIEVE BCCH CONFIGURATION Command Format RTRV-BCCH-CONF: [CELL_NUM];
Command Description Retrieves the configuration of the Broadcast Control Channel (BCCH) in the eNB. This command can retrieve the ModificationPeriodCoeff value used to determine an interval for changing system information. TIMEOUT
10
Input Parameter Description Parameter CELL_NUM
Description The cell number for which the command was executed.
Range 0~8
Unit NONE
Defaul t 0
Output Parameter Description CELL_NUM
The cell number for which the command was executed.
MODIFICATION_PERIOD_COEFFThe number of times to determine whether the system information saved is valid ID.
308
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
LTE eNB Command Description/Ver.1.0
C2053 RETRIEVE PUSCH CONFIGURATION IDLE Command Format RTRV-PUSCH-IDLE: [CELL_NUM];
Command Description Retrieves the configuration of the Physical Uplink Shared Channel (PUSCH) in the eNB. The n(1)_DMRS value used to determine the cyclic shift value of a PUSCH Reference Signal can be retrieved. TIMEOUT
10
Input Parameter Description Parameter CELL_NUM
Description The cell number for which the command was executed.
Range 0~8
Unit NONE
Defaul t 0
Output Parameter Description CELL_NUM
The cell number for which the command was executed.
CYCLIC_SHIFT
The n(1)_DMRS value by cell. The cyclic shift value of the PUSCH reference signal is determined by this value and the n(2)_DMRS value set in DCI format 0.
FORCED_MODE
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
This parameter defines forced mode for changed value.
309
Command Description
C2054 RETRIEVE RACH CONFIGURATION IDLE Command Format RTRV-RACH-IDLE: [CELL_NUM];
Command Description Retrieves the configuration of the Random Access Channel (RACH) in the eNB. The raResponseWindowSize value that is the period of time during which UE waits for RA Response can be retrieved. TIMEOUT
10
Input Parameter Description Parameter CELL_NUM
Description The cell number for which the command was executed.
Range 0~8
Unit NONE
Defaul t 0
Output Parameter Description CELL_NUM
The cell number for which the command was executed.
RA_RESPONSE_WINDOW_SIZE The period of time during which UE waits for RA Response. FORCED_MODE
310
This parameter defines forced mode for changed value.
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
LTE eNB Command Description/Ver.1.0
C2055 RETRIEVE CQI REPORTING INFORMATION Command Format RTRV-CQI-REP: [TRANSMISSION_MODE];
Command Description Retrieves information required to operate the CQI reporting. This command can retrieve whether Wideband CQI or both Wideband CQI and Subband CQI are run by the DL transmission mode. TIMEOUT
10
Input Parameter Description Parameter
Description
Range
TRANSMISSION_ MODE
Transmission mode. - ci_tm1: Single-antenna port (port 0), DCI format 1 or 1A is used. - ci_tm2: Transmit diversity, DCI format 1 or 1A is used. - ci_tm3: Open-loop spatial multiplexing, DCI format 2A or 1A is used. - ci_tm4: Closed-loop spatial multiplexing, DCI format 2 or 1A is used. - ci_tm5: MU-MIMO, DCI format 1D or 1A is used. - ci_tm6: Closed-loop rank-1 precoding, DCI format 1B or 1A is used. - ci_tm7: Single-antenna port (port 5), DCI format 1 or 1A is used. - ci_tm8: Single-antenna port (port 7/port 8), DCI format 2B or 1A is used.
ci_tm1/ci_tm2/ci_tm3/ ci_tm4/ci_tm5/ci_tm6/ ci_tm7/ci_tm8/
Unit NONE
Defaul t ci_tm1
Output Parameter Description TRANSMISSION_MODE
Transmission mode. -
ci_tm1: Single-antenna port (port 0), DCI format 1 or 1A is
used. -
ci_tm2: Transmit diversity, DCI format 1 or 1A is used.
- ci_tm3: Open-loop spatial multiplexing, DCI format 2A or 1A
is used.
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
311
Command Description
- ci_tm4: Closed-loop spatial multiplexing, DCI format 2 or 1A
is used. -
ci_tm5: MU-MIMO, DCI format 1D or 1A is used.
-
ci_tm6: Closed-loop rank-1 precoding, DCI format 1B or 1A
is used. -
ci_tm7: Single-antenna port (port 5), DCI format 1 or 1A is
used. - ci_tm8: Single-antenna port (port 7/port 8), DCI format 2B or
1A is used. WIDE_SUBBAND_SELECT
312
Selects a Wideband/Subband CQI option. -
ci_WideBand: wideband CQI only.
-
ci_SubBand: wideband CQI + subband CQI.
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
LTE eNB Command Description/Ver.1.0
C2056 RETRIEVE DEDICATED PHY PUSCH INFORMATION Command Format RTRV-DPHY-PUSCH: [CELL_NUM];
Command Description Retrieves information required to operate dedicated PUSCH. This command can retrieve betaOffsetACK, betaOffsetCQI, and betaOffsetRI, which determine the degree of resources in PUSCH to be used in transmitting UCI if it needs to be sent to the uplink in the same subframe as PUSCH. TIMEOUT
10
Input Parameter Description Parameter CELL_NUM
Description The cell number to be changed.
Range 0~8
Unit NONE
Defaul t 0
Output Parameter Description CELL_NUM
The cell number to be changed.
BETA_OFFSET_ACKINDEX
The threshold used to multiplex ACK/NACK and PUSCH.
BETA_OFFSET_RIINDEX
The threshold used to multiplex RI with PUSCH.
BETA_OFFSET_CQIINDEX
The threshold used to multiplex CQI with PUSCH.
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
313
Command Description
C2057 RETRIEVE DEDICATED PHY SPS INFORMATION Command Format RTRV-DPHY-SPS: [CELL_NUM];
Command Description Retrieves information required to operate dedicated semiPersistScheduling. This command can retrieve UL power settings for SPS and whether to use the two-interval SPS pattern. TIMEOUT
10
Input Parameter Description Parameter CELL_NUM
Description
Range
The cell number to be changed.
0~8
Unit NONE
Defaul t 0
Output Parameter Description CELL_NUM
The cell number to be changed.
P0_NOMINAL_PUSCHPERSISTENTSPS P0 value used in power control. The value is dBm. P0_UEPUSCHPERSISTENT
SPS P0 value used in power control, which is determined per UE. The value is in dB.
SEMI_PERSIST_SCHED_TBS_DL Provide information about the combinations of the allocated number of RB, MCS and TBS size for DL SPS SEMI_PERSIST_SCHED_TBS_UL Provide information about the combinations of the allocated number of RB, MCS and TBS size for UL SPS TWO_INTERVALS_CONFIG
Whether to use the two-interval SPS pattern in UL. -
ci_false: Two-interval SPS pattern is not used.
-
ci_true: Two-interval SPS pattern is used.
SEMI_PERSIST_SCHED_MAXNUMBER_OF_RB_DLProvide informations about the maximum
314
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
LTE eNB Command Description/Ver.1.0
allowable number of PRBs for DL SPS SEMI_PERSIST_SCHED_MAXNUMBER_OF_RB_ULProvide informations about the maximum allowable number of PRBs for UL SPS
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
315
Command Description
C2058 RETRIEVE DEDICATED PHY SR INFORMATION Command Format RTRV-DPHY-SR: [CELL_NUM];
Command Description Retrieves information required to operate dedicated SchedulingRequest. This command can retrieve the maximum number of times to send a scheduling request of UE. TIMEOUT
10
Input Parameter Description Parameter CELL_NUM
Description The cell number for which the command was executed.
Range 0~8
Unit NONE
Defaul t 0
Output Parameter Description CELL_NUM
The cell number for which the command was executed.
DSR_TRANS_MAX
The maximum number of scheduling requests that can be sent until PUSCH resources are assigned to UE.
316
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
LTE eNB Command Description/Ver.1.0
C2059 RETRIEVE DEDICATED UL PWR CTRL INFORMATION Command Format RTRV-ULPWR-CTRL: [CELL_NUM];
Command Description Retrieves information required to operate dedicated Uplink Power Control. The information retrieved includes p0 value per UE for PUSCH/PUCCH, information on whether the accumulation mode is used by TPC, power offsets of PUSCH and SRS, and the L3 filtering coefficient value used by UE to calculate path. TIMEOUT
10
Input Parameter Description Parameter CELL_NUM
Description
Range
The cell number for which the command was executed.
0~8
Unit NONE
Defaul t 0
Output Parameter Description CELL_NUM
The cell number for which the command was executed.
P0_UE_PUSCH
The non-persistent scheduling P0 value used in PUSCH power control, which is determined per UE.
DELTA_MCSENABLED
ACCUMULATION_ENABLED
Whether to use a power offset against other MCSs. -
ci_en0: 0.
-
ci_en1: 1.25. Refer to 5.1 of TS 36.213.
Whether to use the accumulation mode and absolute mode in the TPC.
P0_UE_PUCCH
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
-
0: Accumulation mode is not used.
-
1: Accumulation mode is used.
P0 value used in PUCCH power control, which is determined
317
Command Description
per UE. P_SRSOFFSET
The power offset value between PUSCH and SRS.
FILTER_COEFFICIENT
Filtering coefficient used to measure RSRP in order to calculate a path loss.
318
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
LTE eNB Command Description/Ver.1.0
C2060 RETRIEVE DEDICATED PHY UL SRS INFORMATION Command Format RTRV-DPHY-ULSRS: [CELL_NUM];
Command Description Retrieves information required to operate dedicated Uplink Sounding RS. The hopping bandwidth and the transmission duration of SRS can be retrieved. TIMEOUT
10
Input Parameter Description Parameter CELL_NUM
Description
Range
The cell number for which the command was executed.
0~8
Unit NONE
Defaul t 0
Output Parameter Description CELL_NUM
The cell number for which the command was executed.
SRS_HOPPING_BANDWIDTH
The area where Sounding RS is hopped.
DURATION
The transmission duration of Sounding RS.
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
-
0: Sounding RS is transmitted only once.
-
1: Sounding RS is transmitted repeatedly until it is disabled.
319
Command Description
C2061 RETRIEVE DPHY RLF INFORMATION Command Format RTRV-DPHY-RLF: [QCI];
Command Description Retrieves the dedicated PHY RLF. Parameters used to determine RLF can be retrieved. TIMEOUT
10
Input Parameter Description Parameter QCI
Description
Range
QCI index. The range is from 0 to 255. The standard QCIs defined in the standard documents is 1 to 9. The user can use QCI values 0 and 10-255.
Unit
0 ~ 255
NONE
Defaul t 0
Output Parameter Description QCI
QCI index. The range is from 0 to 255. The standard QCIs defined in the standard documents is 1 to 9. The user can use QCI values 0 and 10-255.
DEDICATED_RLFSETUP
320
Whether the dedicated RLF is used. -
ci_Config_Release: The RLF function is not used.
-
ci_Config_Setup: The RLF function is used.
T301
Timer t301 of a cell in the eNB.
T310
Timer t310 of a cell in the eNB.
N310
N310 value of a cell in the eNB.
T311
Timer t311 of a cell in the eNB.
N311
N311 value of a cell in the eNB.
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
LTE eNB Command Description/Ver.1.0
C2062 RETRIEVE DRX INFORMATION Command Format RTRV-DRX-INF: [QCI];
Command Description Retrieves information required to operate DRX. Information on whether DRX , longDRX cycle is used, whether shortDRX is used, and shortDRX cycle can be retrieved. TIMEOUT
10
Input Parameter Description Parameter QCI
Description
Range
QCI index. The range is from 0 to 255. The standard QCIs defined in the standard documents is 1 to 9. The user can use QCI values 0 and 10-255.
0 ~ 255
Unit NONE
Defaul t 0
Output Parameter Description QCI
QCI index. The range is from 0 to 255. The standard QCIs defined in the standard documents is 1 to 9. The user can use QCI values 0 and 10-255.
DRX_CONFIG_SETUP
Whether to use the DRX. -
ci_Config_Release: DRX is not used.
-
ci_Config_Setup: normal DRX profile is used in normal sta-
tus and reportCGI DRX profile is used in reportCGI status. -
ci_Config_reportCGI: DRX is not used in normal status and
reportCGI DRX profile is used in reportCGI status. ON_DURATION_TIMER_NORMALTimer to monitor PDCCH in DRX mode in normal status. (5.7 in TS 36.321) Value in number of PDCCH sub-frames: psf1 for 1 PDCCH subframe, psf2 for 2 PDCCH sub-frames and so on (6.3.2 in TS 36.331) {psf1, psf2, psf3, psf4, psf5, psf6, psf8, psf10, psf20, psf30, psf40, psf50, psf60, psf80, psf100, psf200} Available values are greater than or equal to 10ms.
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
321
Command Description
DRX_INACTIVITY_TIMER_NORMALTimer to monitor PDCCH in DRX mode in normal status. (5.7 in TS 36.321) Value in number of PDCCH sub-frames: psf1 for 1 PDCCH subframe, psf2 for 2 PDCCH sub-frames and so on (6.3.2 in TS 36.331) {psf1, psf2, psf3, psf4, psf5, psf6, psf8, psf10, psf20, psf30, psf40, psf50, psf60, psf80, psf100, psf200, psf300, psf500, psf750, psf1280, psf1920, psf2560, spare10, spare9, spare8, spare7, spare6, spare5, spare4, spare3, spare2, spare1} Available Value is greater than or equal to 10ms DRX_RETRANSMISSION_TIMER_NORMALThe timer used to monitor PDCCH in DRX mode in normal status. {psf1, psf2, psf4, psf6, psf8, psf16, psf24, psf33} LONG_DRXCYCLE_START_OFFSET_TYPE_NORMALThe long DRX cycle and drx start offset values to run onDurationTimer in DRX mode in normal status. The unit of the long DRX cycle is a sub-frame. If the short DRX-Cycle is set to a value, this parameter is set to a multiple of the short DRX-Cycle. The DRX start offset is set to an integer. For the TDD, DL sub-frame or UL sub-frame can be set. {sf10, sf20, sf32, sf40, sf64, sf80, sf128, sf160, sf256, sf320, sf512, sf640, sf1024, sf1280, sf2048, sf2560} Available Value: multiple of 10ms SHORT_DRXCONFIG_SETUP
SHORT_DRXCYCLE_NORMAL
Short DRX mode. -
ci_Config_Release: Short DRX is not used.
-
ci_Config_Setup: Short DRX is used.
The short DRX cycle to run onDurationTimer in DRX mode in normal status. {sf2, sf5, sf8, sf10, sf16, sf20, sf32, sf40, sf64, sf80, sf128, sf160, sf256, sf320, sf512, sf640} Available Value: multiple of 10ms
DRX_SHORT_CYCLE_TIMER_NORMALThe timer used to enter long DRX mode in normal status. DRX_SELECTION_ORDER
Selection order per QCI to select DRX profile.
ON_DURATION_TIMER_REPORT_CGITimer to monitor PDCCH in DRX mode in reportCGI status. (5.7 in TS 36.321) Value in number of PDCCH sub-frames: psf1 for 1 PDCCH subframe, psf2 for 2 PDCCH sub-frames and so on (6.3.2 in TS 36.331) {psf1, psf2, psf3, psf4, psf5,
322
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
LTE eNB Command Description/Ver.1.0
psf6, psf8, psf10, psf20, psf30, psf40, psf50, psf60, psf80, psf100, psf200} Available values are greater than or equal to 10ms. DRX_INACTIVITY_TIMER_REPORT_CGITimer to monitor PDCCH in DRX mode in reportCGI status. (5.7 in TS 36.321) Value in number of PDCCH subframes: psf1 for 1 PDCCH subframe, psf2 for 2 PDCCH subframes and so on (6.3.2 in TS 36.331) {psf1, psf2, psf3, psf4, psf5, psf6, psf8, psf10, psf20, psf30, psf40, psf50, psf60, psf80, psf100, psf200, psf300, psf500, psf750, psf1280, psf1920, psf2560, spare10, spare9, spare8, spare7, spare6, spare5, spare4, spare3, spare2, spare1} Available Value is greater than or equal to 10ms DRX_RETRANSMISSION_TIMER_REPORT_CGIThe timer used to monitor PDCCH in DRX mode in reportCGI status. {psf1, psf2, psf4, psf6, psf8, psf16, psf24, psf33} LONG_DRXCYCLE_START_OFFSET_TYPE_REPORT_CGIThe long DRX cycle and drx start offset values to run onDurationTimer in DRX mode in reportCGI status. The unit of the long DRX cycle is a subframe. If the short DRX-Cycle is set to a value, this parameter is set to a multiple of the short DRX-Cycle. The DRX start offset is set to an integer. For the TDD, DL sub-frame or UL subframe can be set. {sf10, sf20, sf32, sf40, sf64, sf80, sf128, sf160, sf256, sf320, sf512, sf640, sf1024, sf1280, sf2048, sf2560} Available Value: multiple of 10ms SHORT_DRXCYCLE_REPORT_CGIThe short DRX cycle to run onDurationTimer in DRX mode in reportCGI status. {sf2, sf5, sf8, sf10, sf16, sf20, sf32, sf40, sf64, sf80, sf128, sf160, sf256, sf320, sf512, sf640} Available Value: multiple of 10ms DRX_SHORT_CYCLE_TIMER_REPORT_CGIThe timer used to enter long DRX mode in reportCGI status.
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
323
Command Description
C2063 RETRIEVE DL SCHEDULER INFORMATION Command Format RTRV-DL-SCHED: [CELL_NUM];
Command Description Retrieves the configuration of downlink scheduling for the MAC layer in the eNB. The information retrieved includes fairness, channel quality, and priority-related scheduler values (alpha, beta, and gamma). TIMEOUT
10
Input Parameter Description Parameter CELL_NUM
Description The cell number for which the command was executed.
Range
Unit
0~8
NONE
Defaul t 0
Output Parameter Description CELL_NUM
The cell number for which the command was executed.
DL_MIMO_MODE
DL MIMO parameters. 0(SM/MU-MIMO disable), 1(SM enable), 2(MU_MIMO enable), 3(Test Mode: CL-SM default mode), 4(Test Mode: CL-Rank1-Precoding default mode), 5(Test Mode: OL-TxD default mode), 6(Test Mode: OL-SM default mode), 7(Test Mode: Dual-layer transmission default mode), 8(Beamforming enable), 9(Dual-layer beamforming enable), 10(reserved)
324
ALPHA
Fairness weight in PF scheduler.
BETA
Channel quality weight in PF scheduler.
GAMMA
Priority weight in PF scheduler.
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
LTE eNB Command Description/Ver.1.0
C2064 RETRIEVE UL SCHEDULER INFORMATION Command Format RTRV-UL-SCHED: [CELL_NUM];
Command Description Retrieves the configuration of uplink scheduling for the MAC layer in the eNB. The information retrieved includes fairness, channel quality, and priority-related scheduler values (alpha, beta, and gamma). TIMEOUT
10
Input Parameter Description Parameter CELL_NUM
Description The cell number for which the command was executed.
Range 0~8
Unit NONE
Defaul t 0
Output Parameter Description CELL_NUM
The cell number for which the command was executed.
ALPHA
Fairness weight in PF scheduler.
BETA
Channel quality weight in PF scheduler.
GAMMA
Priority weight in PF scheduler.
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
325
Command Description
C2065 RETRIEVE TRANSPORT CH BSR INFORMATION Command Format RTRV-TRCH-BSR: [QCI];
Command Description Retrieves information required to operate transport channels. BST-related timer value can be retrieved. TIMEOUT
10
Input Parameter Description Parameter QCI
Description QCI index. The range is from 0 to 255. The standard QCIs defined in the standard documents is 1 to 9. The user can use QCI values 0 and 10-255.
Range 0 ~ 255
Unit NONE
Defaul t 0
Output Parameter Description QCI
QCI index. The range is from 0 to 255. The standard QCIs defined in the standard documents is 1 to 9. The user can use QCI values 0 and 10-255.
PERIODIC_BSRTIMER
The Periodic BSR Timer type in accordance with the PDB per QCI. For multiple bearers, the PDB with the smallest value is used.
RETX_BSRTIMER
The Retx BSR Timer type in accordance with the PDB per QCI. For multiple bearers, the PDB with the smallest value is used.
326
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
LTE eNB Command Description/Ver.1.0
C2066 RETRIEVE TRANSPORT CH INFORMATION Command Format RTRV-TRCH-INF: [CELL_NUM];
Command Description Retrieves information required to operate transport channels. The maximum number of times to re-transmit UL HARQ, whether ttiBundling is used and its band, PHR transmission interval, and dlPathlossChange value can be retrieved. TIMEOUT
10
Input Parameter Description Parameter CELL_NUM
Description
Range
The cell number to be changed.
0~8
Unit NONE
Defaul t 0
Output Parameter Description CELL_NUM
The cell number to be changed.
MAX_HARQTX
The max HARQ Tx per cell. The UE executes PUSCH retransmission in accordance with this parameter value.
TTI_BUNDLING
TTI_BUNDLING_BAND
Whether to use TTI bundling. -
False: ttiBundling is not used.
-
True: ttiBundling is used.
The maximum number of RBs per cell to which the users for whom TTI_BUNDLING is set to true can be assigned.
PERIODIC_PHRTIMER
periodicPHRTimer per cell.
DL_PATHLOSS_CHANGE
The dLPathloss Change value per cell.
MAX_HARQTX_BUNDLING
The maximum HARQ transmission count in sub_frame bun-
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
327
Command Description
dling mode.
328
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
LTE eNB Command Description/Ver.1.0
C2067 RETRIEVE EUTRA FA PRIORITY INFORMATION Command Format RTRV-EUTRA-FA: [CELL_NUM], [FA_INDEX];
Command Description Retrieves parameters required to operate priority information on EUTRA FA. If the Cell Num parameter is entered, the EUTRA FA registered to the corresponding cell is retrieved. If not, the EUTRA FA information registered to all cells is retrieved. TIMEOUT
10
Input Parameter Description Parameter
Description
Range
Unit
Default
CELL_NUM
The cell number to be changed.
0~8
NONE
0
FA_INDEX
EUTRA frequency index. Up to 8 FAs can be assigned per cell.
0~7
NONE
0
Output Parameter Description CELL_NUM
The cell number to be changed.
FA_INDEX
EUTRA frequency index. Up to 8 FAs can be assigned per cell.
STATUS
Whether the EUTRA FA is valid ID. -
N_EQUIP: Invalid ID
-
EQUIP: Valid ID.
EARFCN_UL
Uplink E-UTRA Absolute Radio Frequency Channel Number.
EARFCN_DL
Downlink E-UTRA Absolute Radio Frequency Channel Number.
PRIORITY
Priority of EUTRA FA.
Q_RX_LEV_MIN
The minimum RX level required in a cell in dBm units.
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
329
Command Description
P_MAX_USAGE
Whether to use pMax. -
CI_no_use: pMax value is not used.
-
CI_use: pMax value is used.
P_MAX
The maximum TX power level in the UE.
T_RESELECTION
Reselection timer value.
SF_USAGE
Whether to use scaling factors. -
CI_no_use: T_RESELECTION_SF_MEDIUM and
T_RESELECTION_SF_HIGH values are not used. -
CI_use: T_RESELECTION_SF_MEDIUM and
T_RESELECTION_SF_HIGH values are used. T_RESELECTION_SF_MEDIUM The medium timer value of the reselection scaling factors. T_RESELECTION_SF_HIGH
The high timer value of the reselection scaling factors.
S_INTRA_SEARCH_USAGE
Whether to use sIntraSearch.
S_INTRA_SEARCH
-
CI_no_use: sIntraSearch is not used.
-
CI_use: sIntraSearch is used.
The threshold for intra-frequency measurement.
S_NON_INTRA_SEARCH_USAGE Whether to use sNonIntraSearch. -
CI_no_use: sNonIntraSearch is not used.
-
CI_use: sNonIntraSearch is used.
S_NON_INTRA_SEARCH
The threshold for inter-RAT and intra-frequency measurement.
THRESH_SERVING_LOW
The low threshold for serving frequency during reselection evaluation.
THRESH_XHIGH
The threshold used in the UE to reselect a frequency whose priority is higher than the current camped frequency.
THRESH_XLOW
The threshold used to reselect low-priority frequency from high-priority frequency.
MESA_BANDWIDTH_USAGE
330
Whether to use measurementBandwidth. -
CI_no_use: measurementBandwidth is not used.
-
CI_use: measurementBandwidth is used.
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
LTE eNB Command Description/Ver.1.0
MEASUREMENT_BANDWIDTH The maximum measurement bandwidth allowed for carrier frequency. PRESENCE_ANT_PORT1
Whether Antenna Port1 exists. -
False: Antenna Port1 does not exist.
-
True: Antenna Port1 exists.
NEIGH_CELL_CONFIG
The neighboring cell settings.
Q_OFFSET_FREQ
Frequency offset value applied to q-OffsetFreq in SIB5.
OFFSET_FREQ
Frequency offset value applied to offsetFreq in RRC Connection Reconfiguration.
S_INTRA_SEARCH_REL9_USAGEWhether to use the sIntraSearch for Rel-9. -
CI_no_use: sIntraSearch is not used.
-
CI_use: sIntraSearch is used.
S_INTRA_SEARCH_P
The threshold P for an intra-frequency measurement in Rel-9.
S_INTRA_SEARCH_Q
The threshold Q for an intra-frequency measurement in Rel-9.
S_NON_INTRA_SEARCH_REL9_USAGEWhether to use sNonIntraSearch for Rel-9.
S_NON_INTRA_SEARCH_P
-
CI_no_use: sNonIntraSearch is not used.
-
CI_use: sNonIntraSearch is used.
The threshold P for inter-RAT and an intra-frequency measurement.
S_NON_INTRA_SEARCH_Q
The threshold Q for inter-RAT and an intra-frequency measurement.
Q_QUAL_MIN_REL9_USAGE
Q_QUAL_MIN_REL9
Whether to use the qQualMin for Rel-9. -
CI_no_use: SqQualMin is not used.
-
CI_use: qQualMin is used.
qQualMin value for Rel-9.
THRESH_SERVING_LOW_QREL9_USAGEWhether to use the threshServingLowQ for Rel-9. -
CI_no_use: threshServingLowQ is not used.
-
CI_use: threshServingLowQ is used.
THRESH_SERVING_LOW_QREL9threshServingLowQ value for Rel-9.
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
331
Command Description
THRESH_XHIGH_QREL9
The threshold used in the UE to reselect a frequency whose priority is higher than the current camped frequency in Rel-9.
THRESH_XLOW_QREL9
The threshold used to reselect low-priority frequency from high-priority frequency in Rel-9.
MCC0
Mobile Country Code (MCC) that comprises Public Land Mobile Network (PLMN). FA have the Preference of Preference0 for PLMN#0
MNC0
MNC that comprises PLMN.FA have the Preference of Preference0 for PLMN#0
PREFERENCE0
Preference of PLMN #0 for FA.
MCC1
Mobile Country Code (MCC) that comprises Public Land Mobile Network (PLMN). FA have the Preference of Preference1 for PLMN#1
MNC1
MNC that comprises PLMN.FA have the Preference of Preference1 for PLMN#1
PREFERENCE1
Preference of PLMN #1 for FA.
MCC2
Mobile Country Code (MCC) that comprises Public Land Mobile Network (PLMN). FA have the Preference of Preference2 for PLMN#2
MNC2
MNC that comprises PLMN.FA have the Preference of Preference2 for PLMN#2
PREFERENCE2
Preference of PLMN #2 for FA.
MCC3
Mobile Country Code (MCC) that comprises Public Land Mobile Network (PLMN). FA have the Preference of Preference3 for PLMN#3
MNC3
MNC that comprises PLMN.FA have the Preference of Preference3 for PLMN#3
332
PREFERENCE3
Preference of PLMN #3 for FA.
MCC4
Mobile Country Code (MCC) that comprises Public Land
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
LTE eNB Command Description/Ver.1.0
Mobile Network (PLMN). FA have the Preference of Preference4 for PLMN#4 MNC4
MNC that comprises PLMN.FA have the Preference of Preference4 for PLMN#4
PREFERENCE4
Preference of PLMN #4 for FA.
MCC5
Mobile Country Code (MCC) that comprises Public Land Mobile Network (PLMN). FA have the Preference of Preference5 for PLMN#5
MNC5
MNC that comprises PLMN.FA have the Preference of Preference5 for PLMN#5
PREFERENCE5
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
Preference of PLMN #5 for FA.
333
Command Description
C2068 RETRIEVE MEASUREMENT INFORMATION Command Format RTRV-MEAS-FUNC: [CELL_NUM];
Command Description Retrieves measurements set for each cell in the eNB. If the Cell Num parameter is entered, the measurement information registered to the corresponding cell is retrieved. If not, all measurement information is retrieved. TIMEOUT
10
Input Parameter Description Parameter CELL_NUM
Description
Range
The cell number to be changed.
Unit
0~8
NONE
Defaul t 0
Output Parameter Description CELL_NUM
The cell number to be changed.
S_MEASURE
The quality threshold of the serving cell used by the UE to control measurement for the intra-frequency, inter-frequency, and inter-RAT neighboring cells.
SF_USAGE
Whether to use scaling factors. -
CI_no_use: Scaling factor is not used.
-
CI_use: Scaling factor is used.
TIME_TO_TRIGGER_SF_MEDIUMSpeedStateScaleFactors used to scale the parameter values that control mobility when the UE is at a medium speed.
334
-
ci_oDot25: 0.25 is used for the medium timer.
-
ci_oDot5: 0.5 is used for the medium timer.
-
ci_oDot75: 0.75 is used for the medium timer.
-
ci_1Dot0: 1.0 is used for the medium timer.
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
LTE eNB Command Description/Ver.1.0
TIME_TO_TRIGGER_SF_HIGH
SpeedStateScaleFactors used to scale the parameter values that control mobility when the UE is at a high speed.
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
-
ci_oDot25: 0.25 is used for the high timer.
-
ci_oDot5: 0.5 is used for the high timer.
-
ci_oDot75: 0.75 is used for the high timer.
-
ci_1Dot0: 1.0 is used for the high timer.
335
Command Description
C2069 RETRIEVE MEASUREMENT GAP INFORMATION Command Format RTRV-MSGAP-INF;
Command Description Retrieves the measurement gap set for each cell in the eNB. The measurement gap retrieved is necessary to measure SON ANR, inter-FA, and inter-RAT. TIMEOUT
10
Input Parameter Description No input parameter.
Output Parameter Description GAP_PATTERN_FOR_INTER_FA Measurement gap pattern used for inter-frequency measurement. The default is gapPattern0. -
gapPattern0: 0-39.
-
gapPattern1: 0-79.
GAP_PATTERN_FOR_INTER_RATThe measurement gap pattern used for inter-RAT measurement. The default is gapPattern0.
GAP_USE_FOR_ANR
-
gapPattern0: 0-39.
-
gapPattern1: 0-79.
Whether the measurement gap is used for the SON ANR function. The default is False.
GAP_PATTERN_FOR_ANR
-
False: Measurement gap is not used.
-
True: Measurement gap is used.
The measurement gap pattern used for SON ANR. The default is gapPattern0.
336
-
gapPattern0: 0-39.
-
gapPattern1: 0-79.
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
LTE eNB Command Description/Ver.1.0
C2070 RETRIEVE UTRA FA PRIORITY INFORMATION Command Format RTRV-UTRA-FA: [CELL_NUM], [FA_INDEX];
Command Description Retrieves priority of UTRA FA. If the CELL_NUM and FA_INDEX parameters are entered, the information only for the UTRAN FA object registered to the corresponding E-UTRAN served cell is retrieved. If not, the information for all UTRAN FA objects is retrieved. TIMEOUT
10
Input Parameter Description Parameter
Description
Range
Unit
Default
CELL_NUM
The cell number to be changed.
0~8
NONE
0
FA_INDEX
EUTRA frequency index. Up to 6 FAs can be assigned per cell.
0~5
NONE
0
Output Parameter Description CELL_NUM
The cell number to be changed.
FA_INDEX
EUTRA frequency index. Up to 6 FAs can be assigned per cell.
STATUS
Whether the EUTRA FA is valid ID.
DUPLEX_TYPE
-
N_EQUIP: Invalid ID
-
EQUIP: Valid ID.
The duplex mode information on a cell. Enter either FDD or TDD. -
ci_FDD: Frequency division duplex.
-
ci_TDD: Time division duplex.
UARFCN_UL
Uplink UTRA Absolute Radio Frequency Channel Number.
UARFCN_DL
Downlink UTRA Absolute Radio Frequency Channel Number.
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
337
Command Description
PRIORITY
Priority information on the UTRA FA.
THRESH_XHIGH
The threshold used in the UE to reselect a frequency whose priority is higher than the current camped frequency.
THRESH_XLOW
The threshold used to reselect low-priority frequency from high-priority frequency.
Q_RX_LEV_MIN
The minimum RX level required in a cell in dBm units.
P_MAX_UTRA
The maximum RF output power in the UE.
Q_QUAL_MIN
The minimum quality level required in UTRA FDD cells.
OFFSET_FREQ
The offset applied to UTRA carrier frequency.
THRESH_XHIGH_QREL9
The threshold used in the UE to reselect a frequency whose priority is higher than the current camped frequency in Rel-9.
THRESH_XLOW_QREL9
The threshold used to reselect low-priority frequency from high-priority frequency in Rel-9.
338
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
LTE eNB Command Description/Ver.1.0
C2073 RETRIEVE EUTRA A1CRITERIA INFORMATION Command Format RTRV-EUTRA-A1CNF: [CELL_NUM], [PURPOSE];
Command Description Retrieves the EUTRA A1 criteria. If the CELL_NUM and PURPOSE parameters are entered, the information only for the EUTRAN A1 event report registered to the corresponding EUTRAN served cell is retrieved. If not, the information for all EUTRAN A1 event reports are retrieved. TIMEOUT
10
Input Parameter Description Parameter
Description
Range
Unit
Default
CELL_NUM
The cell number to be changed.
0~8
NONE
0
PURPOSE
The purpose for using Event A1. It is currently used to deactivate measurement gap. - ci_A1PurposeMeasGapDeat. : Deactivates the gap. - ci_A1PurposeSpare_1: Reserved. - ci_A1PurposeSpare_2: Reserved.
ci_A1PurposeMeasGap Deact/ ci_A1PurposeSpare_1/ ci_A1PurposeSpare_2/
NONE
ci_A1Pu rposeMeasGapDea ct
Output Parameter Description CELL_NUM
The cell number to be changed.
PURPOSE
The purpose for using Event A1. It is currently used to deactivate measurement gap.
ACTIVE_STATE
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
-
ci_A1PurposeMeasGapDeat. : Deactivates the gap.
-
ci_A1PurposeSpare_1: Reserved.
-
ci_A1PurposeSpare_2: Reserved.
Whether to use Event A1. -
Inactive: Event A1 is not used.
-
Active: Event A1 is used.
339
Command Description
A1_THRESHOLD_RSRP
RSRP threshold used in the EUTRA measurement report triggering condition for Event A1.
A1_THRESHOLD_RSRQ
RSRQ threshold used in the EUTRA measurement report triggering condition for Event A1.
HYSTERESIS
Hysteresis applied to entry and leave condition of Event A1.
TIME_TO_TRIGGER
timeToTrigger value for Event A1. The timeToTrigger value is the period of time that must be met for the UE to trigger a measurement report.
TRIGGER_QUANTITY
Quantity (RSRP/RSRQ) used to calculate a triggering condition for Event A1. Either RSRP or RSRQ is assigned.
REPORT_QUANTITY
The quantity information included in a measurement report for Event A1. It can be the same value as the trigger quantity or be set to include both of the RSRP and RSRQ values.
MAX_REPORT_CELL
The maximum number of cells included in a measurement report for Event A1.
340
REPORT_INTERVAL
The reporting interval of a measurement report for Event A1.
REPORT_AMOUNT
The number of measurement reports for Event A1.
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
LTE eNB Command Description/Ver.1.0
C2074 RETRIEVE EUTRA A2CRITERIA INFORMATION Command Format RTRV-EUTRA-A2CNF: [CELL_NUM], [PURPOSE];
Command Description Retrieves the EUTRA A2 criteria. If the CELL_NUM and PURPOSE parameters are entered, the information only for the EUTRAN A2 event report registered to the corresponding EUTRAN served cell is retrieved. If not, the information for all EUTRAN A2 event reports is retrieved. TIMEOUT
10
Input Parameter Description Parameter
Description
Range
Unit
Default
CELL_NUM
The cell number to be changed.
0~8
NONE
0
PURPOSE
The purpose for using Event A2. It is currently used to activate measurement gap and PS-redirection. - ci_A2PurposeMeasGapAct: Activates gap. - ci_A2PurposeRedirection: PS Redirecdtion. -ci_A2PurposeSpare_1: Reserved. - ci_A2PurposeSpare_2: Reserved.
ci_A2PurposeMeasGap Act/ ci_A2PurposeRedirecti on/ ci_A2PurposeSpare_1/ ci_A2PurposeSpare_2/
NONE
ci_A2Pu rposeMeasGapAct
Output Parameter Description CELL_NUM
The cell number to be changed.
PURPOSE
The purpose for using Event A2. It is currently used to activate measurement gap and PS-redirection. -
ci_A2PurposeMeasGapAct: Activates gap.
-
ci_A2PurposeRedirection: PS Redirecdtion.
-ci_A2PurposeSpare_1: -
ACTIVE_STATE
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
Reserved.
ci_A2PurposeSpare_2: Reserved.
Whether to use the Event A2.
341
Command Description
A2_THRESHOLD_RSRP
-
Inactive: Event A2 is not used.
-
Active: Event A2 is used.
RSRP threshold used in the EUTRA measurement report triggering condition for Event A2.
A2_THRESHOLD_RSRQ
RSRQ threshold used in the EUTRA measurement report triggering condition for Event A2.
HYSTERESIS
Hysteresis applied to entry and leave condition of Event A2.
TIME_TO_TRIGGER
timeToTrigger value for Event A2. The timeToTrigger value is the period of time that must be met for the UE to trigger a measurement report.
TRIGGER_QUANTITY
Quantity (RSRP/RSRQ) used to calculate a triggering condition for Event A2. Either RSRP or RSRQ is assigned.
REPORT_QUANTITY
The quantity information included in a measurement report for Event A2. It can be the same value as the trigger quantity or be set to include both of the RSRP and RSRQ values.
MAX_REPORT_CELL
The maximum number of cells included in a measurement report for Event A2.
342
REPORT_INTERVAL
The reporting interval of a measurement report for Event A2.
REPORT_AMOUNT
The number of measurement reports for Event A2.
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
LTE eNB Command Description/Ver.1.0
C2075 RETRIEVE EUTRA A3CRITERIA INFORMATION Command Format RTRV-EUTRA-A3CNF: [CELL_NUM], [PURPOSE];
Command Description Retrieves the EUTRA A3 criteria. If the CELL_NUM and PURPOSE parameters are entered, the information only for the EUTRAN A3 event report registered to the corresponding EUTRAN served cell is retrieved. If not, the information for all EUTRAN A3 event reports is retrieved. TIMEOUT
10
Input Parameter Description Parameter
Description
Range
Unit
Default
CELL_NUM
The cell number to be changed.
0~8
NONE
0
PURPOSE
The purpose for using Event A3. It is currently used for intra-LTE handover and the SON ANR function. - ci_A3PurposeIntraLteHandover: IntraLTE handover. - ci_A3PurposeReportStrongestCells: ICIC. - ci_A3PurposeSpare_2: Reserved.
ci_A3PurposeIntraLteH andover/ ci_A3PurposeReportStr ongestCells/ ci_A3PurposeSpare_2/
NONE
ci_A3Pu rposeIntraLteHandov er
Output Parameter Description CELL_NUM
The cell number to be changed.
PURPOSE
The purpose for using Event A3. It is currently used for intraLTE handover and the SON ANR function.
ACTIVE_STATE
-
ci_A3PurposeIntraLteHandover: Intra-LTE handover.
-
ci_A3PurposeReportStrongestCells: ICIC.
-
ci_A3PurposeSpare_2: Reserved.
Whether to use Event A3. -
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
Inactive: Event A3 is not used.
343
Command Description
-
A3_OFFSET
Active: Event A3 is used.
RSRP threshold used for triggering the EUTRA measurement report for Event A3.
A3_REPORT_ON_LEAVE
Indicates whether or not the UE shall initiate the measurement reporting procedure when the leaving condition is met. - False: a3ReportOnLeave parameter is set to FALSE and UE is
not report when the leaving condition is met (default). -
True: a3ReportOnLeave parameter is set to TRUE and UE
shall report when the leaving condition is met. HYSTERESIS
Hysteresis applied to entry and leave condition of Event A3.
TIME_TO_TRIGGER
timeToTrigger value for Event A3. The timeToTrigger value is the period of time that must be met for the UE to trigger a measurement report.
TRIGGER_QUANTITY
Quantity (RSRP/RSRQ) used to calculate a triggering condition for Event A3. Either RSRP or RSRQ is assigned.
REPORT_QUANTITY
The quantity information included in a measurement report for Event A3. It can be the same value as the trigger quantity or be set to include both of the RSRP and RSRQ values.
MAX_REPORT_CELL
The maximum number of cells included in a measurement report for Event A3.
344
REPORT_INTERVAL
The reporting interval of a measurement report for Event A3.
REPORT_AMOUNT
The number of measurement reports for Event A3.
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
LTE eNB Command Description/Ver.1.0
C2076 RETRIEVE EUTRA A4CRITERIA INFORMATION Command Format RTRV-EUTRA-A4CNF: [CELL_NUM], [PURPOSE];
Command Description Retrieves the EUTRA A4 criteria. If the CELL_NUM and PURPOSE parameters are entered, the information only for the EUTRAN A4 event report registered to the corresponding EUTRAN served cell is retrieved. If not, the information for all EUTRAN A4 event reports is retrieved. TIMEOUT
10
Input Parameter Description Parameter
Description
Range
Unit
Default
CELL_NUM
The cell number to be changed.
0~8
NONE
0
PURPOSE
The purpose for using Event A4. It is currently used for intra-LTE handover and the SON ANR function. - ci_A4PurposeANR_Specific: For ANR. - ci_A4PurposeSpare_1: Reserved. - ci_A4PurposeSpare_2: Reserved.
ci_A4PurposeANR_Spe cific/ ci_A4PurposeSpare_1/ ci_A4PurposeSpare_2/
NONE
ci_A4Pu rposeA NR_Spe cific
Output Parameter Description CELL_NUM
The cell number to be changed.
PURPOSE
The purpose for using Event A4. It is currently used for intraLTE handover and the SON ANR function.
ACTIVE_STATE
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
-
ci_A4PurposeANR_Specific: For ANR.
-
ci_A4PurposeSpare_1: Reserved.
-
ci_A4PurposeSpare_2: Reserved.
Whether to use Event A4. -
Inactive: Event A4 is not used.
-
Active: Event A4 is used.
345
Command Description
A4_THRESHOLD_RSRP
RSRP threshold used in the EUTRA measurement report triggering condition for Event A4.
A4_THRESHOLD_RSRQ
RSRQ threshold used in the EUTRA measurement report triggering condition for Event A4.
HYSTERESIS
Hysteresis applied to entry and leave condition of Event A4.
TIME_TO_TRIGGER
timeToTrigger value for Event A4. The timeToTrigger value is the period of time that must be met for the UE to trigger a measurement report.
TRIGGER_QUANTITY
Quantity (RSRP/RSRQ) used to calculate a triggering condition for Event A4. Either RSRP or RSRQ is assigned.
REPORT_QUANTITY
The quantity information included in a measurement report for Event A4. It can be the same value as the trigger quantity or be set to include both of the RSRP and RSRQ values.
MAX_REPORT_CELL
The maximum number of cells included in a measurement report for Event A4.
346
REPORT_INTERVAL
The reporting interval of a measurement report for Event A4.
REPORT_AMOUNT
The number of measurement reports for Event A4.
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
LTE eNB Command Description/Ver.1.0
C2077 RETRIEVE EUTRA A5CRITERIA INFORMATION Command Format RTRV-EUTRA-A5CNF: [CELL_NUM], [PURPOSE];
Command Description Retrieves the EUTRA A5 criteria. If the CELL_NUM and PURPOSE parameters are entered, the information only for the EUTRAN A5 event report registered to the corresponding EUTRAN served cell is retrieved. If not, the information for all EUTRAN A5 event reports is retrieved. TIMEOUT
10
Input Parameter Description Parameter
Description
Range
Unit
Default
CELL_NUM
The cell number to be changed.
0~8
NONE
0
PURPOSE
The purpose for using Event A5. Not in current use. The definition is made for later use. - ci_A5PurposeIntraLteHandover: IntraLTE handover. - ci_A5PurposeSpare_1: Reserved. - ci_A5PurposeSpare_2: Reserved.
ci_A5PurposeIntraLteH andover/ ci_A5PurposeSpare_1/ ci_A5PurposeSpare_2/
NONE
ci_A5Pu rposeIntraLteHandov er
Output Parameter Description CELL_NUM
The cell number to be changed.
PURPOSE
The purpose for using Event A5. Not in current use. The definition is made for later use.
ACTIVE_STATE
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
-
ci_A5PurposeIntraLteHandover: Intra-LTE handover.
-
ci_A5PurposeSpare_1: Reserved.
-
ci_A5PurposeSpare_2: Reserved.
Whether to use the Event A5. -
Inactive: Event A5 is not used.
-
Active: Event A5 is used.
347
Command Description
A5_THRESHOLD1_RSRP
RSRP threshold1 used for triggering the EUTRA measurement report for Event A5.
A5_THRESHOLD2_RSRP
RSRP threshold2 used for triggering the EUTRA measurement report for Event A5.
A5_THRESHOLD1_RSRQ
RSRQ threshold1 used for triggering the EUTRA measurement report for Event A5.
A5_THRESHOLD2_RSRQ
RSRQ threshold2 used for triggering the EUTRA measurement report for Event A5.
HYSTERESIS
Hysteresis applied to entry and leave condition of Event A5.
TIME_TO_TRIGGER
timeToTrigger value for Event A5. The timeToTrigger value is the period of time that must be met for the UE to trigger a measurement report.
TRIGGER_QUANTITY
Quantity (RSRP/RSRQ) used to calculate a triggering condition for Event A5. Either RSRP or RSRQ is assigned.
REPORT_QUANTITY
The quantity information included in a measurement report for Event A5. It can be the same value as the trigger quantity or be set to include both of the RSRP and RSRQ values.
MAX_REPORT_CELL
The maximum number of cells included in a measurement report for Event A5.
348
REPORT_INTERVAL
The reporting interval of a measurement report for Event A5.
REPORT_AMOUNT
The number of measurement reports for Event A5.
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
LTE eNB Command Description/Ver.1.0
C2078 RETRIEVE EUTRA PERIOD CRITERIA INFORMATION Command Format RTRV-EUTRA-PRD: [CELL_NUM], [PURPOSE];
Command Description Retrieves the EUTRA periodic criteria. If the CELL_NUM and PURPOSE parameters are entered, the information only for the EUTRAN periodic report registered to the corresponding E-UTRAN served cell is retrieved. If not, the information for all EUTRAN periodic reports is retrieved. TIMEOUT
10
Input Parameter Description Parameter
Description
Range
Unit
Default
CELL_NUM
The cell number to be changed.
0~8
NONE
0
PURPOSE
The purpose for using the EUTRA periodic report. It is currently used for ReportStrongestCells(ICIC) and ReportCGI functions.
ci_EutraPeriodicalPurp oseReportStrongestCells/ ci_EutraPeriodicalPurp oseReportCGI/ ci_EutraPeriodicalPurp oseSpare_1/
NONE
ci_Eutra PeriodicalPurposeRe portStrongestCell s
-
ci_EutraPeriodicalPurposeReportStrongest Cells: ICIC. - ci_EutraPeriodicalPurposeReportCGI: Report CGI. - ci_EutraPeriodicalPurposeSpare_1: Reserved.
Output Parameter Description CELL_NUM
The cell number to be changed.
PURPOSE
The purpose for using the EUTRA periodic report. It is currently used for ReportStrongestCells(ICIC) and ReportCGI functions.
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
-
ci_EutraPeriodicalPurposeReportStrongestCells: ICIC.
-
ci_EutraPeriodicalPurposeReportCGI: Report CGI.
-
ci_EutraPeriodicalPurposeSpare_1: Reserved.
349
Command Description
ACTIVE_STATE
TRIGGER_QUANTITY
Whether to use the EUTRA periodic report. -
Inactive: The EUTRA periodic report is not used.
-
Active: The EUTRA periodic report is used.
The quantity (RSRP/RSRQ) used to calculate a triggering condition for the EUTRA periodic report. Either RSRP or RSRQ is assigned.
REPORT_QUANTITY
The quantity information included in a measurement report for the EUTRA periodic report. It can be the same value as the trigger quantity or be set to include both of the RSRP and RSRQ values.
MAX_REPORT_CELL
The maximum number of cells included in a measurement report for the EUTRA periodic report.
REPORT_INTERVAL
The reporting interval of a measurement report for the EUTRA periodic report.
REPORT_AMOUNT
The number of measurement reports for the EUTRA periodic report.
350
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
LTE eNB Command Description/Ver.1.0
C2079 RETRIEVE UTRAB1 CRITERIA INFORMATION Command Format RTRV-UTRA-B1CNF: [CELL_NUM], [PURPOSE];
Command Description Retrieves the UTRA B1 criteria. If the CELL_NUM and PURPOSE parameters are entered, the information only for the UTRAN B1 event report registered to the corresponding E-UTRAN served cell is retrieved. If not, the information for all UTRAN B1 event reports is retrieved. TIMEOUT
10
Input Parameter Description Parameter
Description
Range
Unit
Default
CELL_NUM
The cell number to be changed.
0~8
NONE
0
PURPOSE
The purpose for using UTRA Event B1 information. It is currently used for the SON ANR function. - ci_B1PurposeANR_Specific: For ANR. - ci_B1PurposeSpare_1: Reserved. - ci_B1PurposeSpare_2: Reserved.
ci_B1PurposeANR_Spe cific/ ci_B1PurposeSpare_1/ ci_B1PurposeSpare_2/
NONE
ci_B1Pu rposeA NR_Spe cific
Output Parameter Description CELL_NUM
The cell number to be changed.
PURPOSE
The purpose for using UTRA Event B1 information. It is currently used for the SON ANR function.
ACTIVE_STATE
B1_THRESHOLD_UTRA_RSCP
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
-
ci_B1PurposeANR_Specific: For ANR.
-
ci_B1PurposeSpare_1: Reserved.
-
ci_B1PurposeSpare_2: Reserved.
Whether to use UTRA Event B1. -
Inactive: UTRA Event B1 is not used.
-
Active: UTRA Event B1 is used.
UTRA RSCP threshold used in the Inter-RAT measurement
351
Command Description
report triggering condition for the UTRA Event B1. B1_THRESHOLD_UTRA_EC_NO UTRA EcNO threshold used in the Inter-RAT measurement report triggering condition for the UTRA Event B1. HYSTERESIS
Hysteresis applied to entry and leave condition of UTRA Event B1.
TIME_TO_TRIGGER
timeToTrigger value for UTRA Event B1. The timeToTrigger value is the period of time that must be met for the UE to trigger a measurement report.
MAX_REPORT_CELL
The maximum number of cells included in a measurement report for UTRA Event B1.
REPORT_INTERVAL
The reporting interval of a measurement report for UTRA Event B1.
REPORT_AMOUNT
352
The number of measurement reports for UTRA Event B1.
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
LTE eNB Command Description/Ver.1.0
C2080 RETRIEVE UTRAB2 CRITERIA INFORMATION Command Format RTRV-UTRA-B2CNF: [CELL_NUM], [PURPOSE];
Command Description Retrieves the UTRA B2 criteria. If the CELL_NUM and PURPOSE parameters are entered, the information only for the UTRAN B2 event report registered to the corresponding E-UTRAN served cell is retrieved. If not, the information for all UTRAN B2 event reports is retrieved. TIMEOUT
10
Input Parameter Description Parameter
Description
Range
Unit
Default
CELL_NUM
The cell number to be changed.
0~8
NONE
0
PURPOSE
The purpose for using the UTRA Event B2 information. It is currently used for the InterRAT handover function. - ci_B2PurposeInterRatHandover: For inter-RAT handover. - ci_B2PurposeSpare_1: Reserved. - ci_B2PurposeSpare_2: Reserved.
ci_B2PurposeInterRatH andover/ ci_B2PurposeSpare_1/ ci_B2PurposeSpare_2/
NONE
ci_B2Pu rposeInterRatHan dover
Output Parameter Description CELL_NUM
The cell number to be changed.
PURPOSE
The purpose for using the UTRA Event B2 information. It is currently used for the Inter-RAT handover function.
ACTIVE_STATE
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
-
ci_B2PurposeInterRatHandover: For inter-RAT handover.
-
ci_B2PurposeSpare_1: Reserved.
-
ci_B2PurposeSpare_2: Reserved.
Whether to use UTRA Event B2. -
Inactive: UTRA Event B2 is not used.
-
Active: UTRA Event B2 is used.
353
Command Description
B2_THRESHOLD1_RSRP
RSRP threshold1 value used in the EUTRA measurement report triggering condition for the UTRA Event B2.
B2_THRESHOLD1_RSRQ
RSRQ threshold1 value used in the EUTRA measurement report triggering condition for the UTRA Event B2.
B2_THRESHOLD2_UTRA_RSCP UTRA RSCP threshold2 value used in the Inter-RAT measurement report triggering condition for the Event B2. B2_THRESHOLD2_UTRA_EC_NO UTRA EcNO threshold2 value used in the Inter-RAT measurement report triggering condition for the Event B2. HYSTERESIS
Hysteresis applied to entry and leave condition of the UTRA Event B2.
TIME_TO_TRIGGER
timeToTrigger value for the UTRA Event B2. The timeToTrigger value is the period of time that must be met for the UE to trigger a measurement report.
MAX_REPORT_CELL
The maximum number of cells included in a measurement report for the UTRA Event B2.
REPORT_INTERVAL
The reporting interval of a measurement report for the UTRA Event B2.
REPORT_AMOUNT
The number of measurement reports for the UTRA Event B2.
TRIGGER_QUANTITY_EUTRA
The EUTRA quantity used to calculate a triggering condition for the UTRA Event B2.
354
-
ci_rsrp: RSRP.
-
ci_rsrq: RSRQ.
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
LTE eNB Command Description/Ver.1.0
C2081 RETRIEVE UTRA PERIOD CRITERIA INFORMATION Command Format RTRV-UTRA-PRD: [CELL_NUM], [PURPOSE];
Command Description Retrieves the UTRA periodic criteria. If the CELL_NUM and PURPOSE parameters are entered, the information only for the UTRAN periodic report registered to the corresponding EUTRAN served cell is retrieved. If not, the information for all UTRAN periodic reports is retrieved. TIMEOUT
10
Input Parameter Description Parameter
Description
Range
Unit
Default
CELL_NUM
The cell number to be changed.
0~8
NONE
0
PURPOSE
The purpose for using the UTRA periodic report. It is currently used for ReportStrongestCells(ICIC), ReportStrongestCellsForSON and ReportCGI functions.
ci_RatPeriodicalPurpos eReportStrongestCells/ ci_RatPeriodicalPurpos eReportStrongestCellsForSON/ ci_RatPeriodicalPurpos eReportCGI/
NONE
ci_RatP eriodicalPurposeRe portStrongestCell s
-
ci_RatPeriodicalPurposeReportStrongestC ells: ICIC. -
ci_RatPeriodicalPurposeReportStrongestC ellsForSON: SON. - ci_RatPeriodicalPurposeReportCGI: CGI.
Output Parameter Description CELL_NUM
The cell number to be changed.
PURPOSE
The purpose for using the UTRA periodic report. It is currently used for ReportStrongestCells(ICIC), ReportStrongestCellsForSON and ReportCGI functions.
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
-
ci_RatPeriodicalPurposeReportStrongestCells: ICIC.
-
ci_RatPeriodicalPurposeReportStrongestCellsForSON: SON.
-
ci_RatPeriodicalPurposeReportCGI: CGI.
355
Command Description
ACTIVE_STATE
MAX_REPORT_CELL
Whether to use the EUTRA periodic report. -
Inactive: The UTRA periodic report is not used.
-
Active: The UTRA periodic report is used.
The maximum number of cells included in a measurement report for the UTRA periodic report.
REPORT_INTERVAL
The reporting interval of a measurement report for the UTRA periodic report.
REPORT_AMOUNT
The number of measurement reports for the UTRA periodic report.
356
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
LTE eNB Command Description/Ver.1.0
C2088 RETRIEVE QUANTITY CONFIG EUTRA Command Format RTRV-QUANT-EUTRA: [CELL_NUM];
Command Description Retrieves quantity settings for EUTRA measurement. The eNB sends coefficient values to be used in EUTRA measurement to UE, which, in turn, applies the values for EUTRA cell measurement. TIMEOUT
10
Input Parameter Description Parameter CELL_NUM
Description The cell number to be changed.
Range 0~8
Unit NONE
Defaul t 0
Output Parameter Description CELL_NUM
The cell number to be changed.
RSRP_FILTER_COEFFICIENT
The measurement filtering coefficient for EUTRA RSRP.
RSRQ_FILTER_COEFFICIENT
The measurement filtering coefficient for EUTRA RSRQ.
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
357
Command Description
C2089 RETRIEVE QUANTITY CONFIG UTRA Command Format RTRV-QUANT-UTRA: [CELL_NUM];
Command Description Retrieves quantity settings for UTRA FDD/TDD measurement. The eNB sends coefficient values to be used in UTRA measurement to UE, which, in turn, applies the values for UTRA TDD/ FDD cell measurement. TIMEOUT
10
Input Parameter Description Parameter CELL_NUM
Description The cell number to be changed.
Range 0~8
Unit NONE
Defaul t 0
Output Parameter Description CELL_NUM
The cell number to be changed.
MEAS_QUANTITY_UTRA_FDD
The measurement quantity information used for UTRA FDD measurement. Enter this parameter to either cpich_RSCP or cpich_EcN0.
MEAS_QUANTITY_UTRA_TDD
The measurement quantity information used for UTRA FDD measurement. This parameter can have only one value: pccpch_RSCP.
UTRA_FILTER_COEFFICIENT
358
The measurement filtering coefficient for EUTRA.
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
LTE eNB Command Description/Ver.1.0
C2095 RETRIEVE UTRA RESELECT INFORMATION Command Format RTRV-UTRA-RESEL: [CELL_NUM];
Command Description Retrieves the UTRAN FA reselection information. If the CELL_NUM and PURPOSE parameters are entered, the information only for the UTRAN FA reselection registered to the corresponding E-UTRAN served cell is retrieved. If not, the information for all UTRAN FA reselections is retrieved. TIMEOUT
10
Input Parameter Description Parameter CELL_NUM
Description
Range
The cell number to be changed or retrieved.
0~8
Unit NONE
Defaul t 0
Output Parameter Description CELL_NUM
The cell number to be changed or retrieved.
T_RESELECTION
UTRAN FA Reselection timer value. The duration is in seconds.
SF_USAGE
Whether to use the scaling factors related to UTRAN FA reselection. -
CI_no_use: Scaling factor is not used.
-
CI_use: Scaling factor is used.
T_RESELECTION_SF_MEDIUM The medium timer value of the scaling factors related to UTRAN FA reselection.
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
-
ci_oDot25: 0.25 is used for the medium timer.
-
ci_oDot5: 0.5 is used for the medium timer.
-
ci_oDot75: 0.75 is used for the medium timer.
359
Command Description
-
T_RESELECTION_SF_HIGH
ci_1Dot0: 1.0 is used for the medium timer.
The high timer value of the scaling factors related to UTRAN FA reselection.
360
-
ci_oDot25: 0.25 is used for the high timer.
-
ci_oDot5: 0.5 is used for the high timer.
-
ci_oDot75: 0.75 is used for the high timer.
-
ci_1Dot0: 1.0 is used for the high timer.
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
LTE eNB Command Description/Ver.1.0
C2097 RETRIEVE ROHC INFORMATION Command Format RTRV-ROHC-INF: [QCI];
Command Description Retrieves the Robust Header Compression (ROHC) protocol. The information retrieved includes whether ROHC is run for each QoS class and the supported profile types. If a QoS class is not specified, the entire information on 256 QoS classes is retrieved. TIMEOUT
10
Input Parameter Description Parameter QCI
Description
Range
QCI index. The range is from 0 to 255. The standard QCIs defined in the standard documents is 1 to 9. The user can use QCI values 0 and 10-255.
0 ~ 255
Unit NONE
Defaul t 0
Output Parameter Description QCI
QCI index. The range is from 0 to 255. The standard QCIs defined in the standard documents is 1 to 9. The user can use QCI values 0 and 10-255.
ROHC_SUPPORT
MAX_CONTEXT_SESSION
Whether to support the ROHC. -
False: ROHC is not used (default).
-
True: ROHC is used.
The maximum number of ROHC context sessions supported per call. -
ci_maxROHC_Sessions_cs2: Up to 2 sessions per call are
supported. -
ci_maxROHC_Sessions_cs4: Up to 4 sessions per call are
supported. -
ci_maxROHC_Sessions_cs8: Up to 8 sessions per call are
supported.
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
361
Command Description
- ci_maxROHC_Sessions_cs12: Supports up to 12 sessions per
call are supported. -
ci_maxROHC_Sessions_cs16: Up to 16 sessions per call are
supported (default). -
ci_maxROHC_Sessions_cs24: Up to 24 sessions per call are
supported. -
ci_maxROHC_Sessions_cs32: Up to 32 sessions per call are
supported. -
ci_maxROHC_Sessions_cs48: Up to 48 sessions per call are
supported. -
ci_maxROHC_Sessions_cs64: Up to 64 sessions per call are
supported. -
ci_maxROHC_Sessions_cs128: Up to 128 sessions per call
are supported. -
ci_maxROHC_Sessions_cs256: Up to 256 sessions per call
are supported. -
ci_maxROHC_Sessions_cs512: Up to 512 sessions per call
are supported. - ci_maxROHC_Sessions_cs1024: Up to 1024 sessions per call
are supported. -
ci_maxROHC_Sessions_cs16384: Up to 16384 sessions per
call are supported. PROFILE0001
PROFILE0002
PROFILE0003
PROFILE0004
PROFILE0006
Whether to support the profile0001 (RTP/UDP/IP). -
False: The profile0001 is not supported.
-
True: The profile0001 is supported (default).
Whether to support the profile0002 (UDP/IP). -
False: The profile0002 is not supported (default).
-
True: The profile0002 is supported.
Whether to support the profile0003 (ESP/IP). -
False: The profile0003 is not supported (default).
-
True: The profile0003 is supported.
Whether to support the profile0004 (IP). -
False: The profile0004 is not supported (default).
-
True: The profile0004 is supported.
Whether to support the profile0006 (TCP/IP). -
362
False: The profile0006 is not supported (default).
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
LTE eNB Command Description/Ver.1.0
-
PROFILE0101
PROFILE0102
PROFILE0103
PROFILE0104
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
True: The profile0006 is supported.
Whether to support the profile0101 (RTP/UDP/IP). -
False: The profile0101 is not supported (default).
-
True: The profile0101 is supported.
Whether to support the profile0102 (UDP/IP). -
False: The profile0102 is not supported (default).
-
True: The profile0102 is supported.
Whether to support the profile0103 (ESP/IP). -
False: The profile0103 is not supported (default).
-
True: The profile0103 is supported.
Whether to support the profile0104 (IP). -
False: The profile0104 is not supported (default).
-
True: The profile0104 is supported.
363
Command Description
C2098 RETRIEVE SECURITY INFORMATION Command Format RTRV-SECU-INF;
Command Description Retrieves the current preferred integrity protection and the ciphering algorithm of the eNB. TIMEOUT
10
Input Parameter Description No input parameter.
Output Parameter Description INTEGRITY_EA_PRIOR
CIPHER_EA_PRIOR
364
The integrity protection algorithm supported by the eNB. -
EIA0: NULL.
-
EIA1: SNOW 3G.
-
EIA2: AES.
The ciphering algorithm supported by the eNB. -
EEA0: NULL.
-
EEA1: SNOW 3G.
-
EEA2: AES.
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
LTE eNB Command Description/Ver.1.0
C2100 RETRIEVE NEIGHBOR ENB INFORMATION Command Format RTRV-NBR-ENB: [NBR_ENB_INDEX];
Command Description Retrieves information on the neighboring eNB to the eNB. If the index parameter of the neighboring eNB is entered, the information for a certain neighboring eNB is retrieved, If not, the information for all neighboring eNBs is retrieved. TIMEOUT
10
Input Parameter Description Parameter
Description
Range
NBR_ENB_INDEX
Index of the neighboring eNB. The value entered when registering the neighboring eNB is used.
0 ~ 255
Unit NONE
Defaul t 0
Output Parameter Description NBR_ENB_INDEX
Index of the neighboring eNB. The value entered when registering the neighboring eNB is used.
STATUS
NO_X2
NO_HO
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
The validity of the neighboring eNB information. -
N_EQUIP: Invalid ID
-
EQUIP: Valid ID.
Whether to make X2 connection to the neighboring eNB. -
False: X2 connection with the neighboring eNB is made.
-
True: X2 connection to the neighboring eNB is not made.
Whether to perform handover to the neighboring eNB. -
False: Handover to the neighboring eNB is performed.
-
True: Handover to the neighboring eNB is not performed.
365
Command Description
ENB_ID
The eNB ID represents the neighboring eNB. If the enbType value is macro eNB, 20 bit of the value is eNB ID. If the enbType value is home eNB, 28 bit of the value is eNB ID.
ENB_TYPE
ENB_MCC
eNB type of the neighboring eNB. -
ci_Macro_eNB: Indicates the macro eNB.
-
ci_Home_eNB: Indicates the home eNB.
The PLMN information (MCC) that represents the neighboring eNB. It is a three-digit number with each digit being from 0 to 9.
ENB_MNC
The PLMN information (MNC) that represents the neighboring eNB. It is a three-digit or two-digit number with each digit being from 0 to 9.
IP_VER
The IP version, which is the IP address of the neighboring eNB.
NBR_ENB_IPV4
Enter the IP address of the neighboring eNB in the IP version 4 format.
NBR_ENB_IPV6
Enter the IP address of the neighboring eNB in the IP version 6 format.
SECONDARY_NBR_ENB_IPV4
Enter the secondary IP address of the neighboring eNB in the IP version 4 format.
SECONDARY_NBR_ENB_IPV6
Enter the secondary IP address of the neighboring eNB in the IP version 6 format.
ADMINISTRATIVE_STATE
This parameter defines Neighbor eNB Link Status
OWNER_TYPE
This parameter defines how NRT is updated, This filed can be classfied Initial NRT / ANR by Server/ ANR by UE / Created by User Command/CreatedByUserUI.
REMOTE_FLAG
This parameter defines the target eNB is managed local EMS or other EMS
366
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
LTE eNB Command Description/Ver.1.0
C2102 RETRIEVE EXTERNAL UTRAN CELL INFORMATION Command Format RTRV-NBR-UTRAN: [CELL_NUM], [RELATION_IDX];
Command Description Retrieves information on UTRAN neighboring cell to the eNB. If the CELL_NUM and RELATION_INDEX parameters are entered, the information for a certain UTRAN neighboring cell is retrieved. If not, the information for all UTRAN neighboring cells is retrieved. TIMEOUT
10
Input Parameter Description Parameter
Description
Range
Unit
Default
CELL_NUM
The cell number to be changed.
0~8
NONE
0
RELATION_IDX
Database index of UTRAN neighboring cell.
0 ~ 255
NONE
0
Output Parameter Description CELL_NUM
The cell number to be changed.
RELATION_IDX
Database index of UTRAN neighboring cell.
STATUS
The validity of the UTRAN neighboring cell information. -
N_EQUIP: UTRAN neighboring cell information is invalid
ID. -
EQUIP: UTRAN neighboring cell information is valid ID.
RNC_ID
RNC ID of UTRAN neighboring cell to the eNB.
C_ID
CID of UTRAN neighboring cell to the eNB.
LAC
The location area code of UTRAN neighboring cell to the eNB.
RAC
The routing area code of UTRAN neighboring cell to the eNB.
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
367
Command Description
MCC0
The broadcast PLMN list information (MCC) of UTRAN neighboring cell to the eNB. It is a three-digit number with each digit being from 0 to 9.
MNC0
The broadcast PLMN list information (MNC) of UTRAN neighboring cell to the eNB. It is a three-digit or two-digit number with each digit being from 0 to 9.
MCC1
The broadcast PLMN list information (MCC) of UTRAN neighboring cell to the eNB. It is a three-digit number with each digit being from 0 to 9.
MNC1
The broadcast PLMN list information (MNC) of UTRAN neighboring cell to the eNB. It is a three-digit or two-digit number with each digit being from 0 to 9.
MCC2
The broadcast PLMN list information (MCC) of UTRAN neighboring cell to the eNB. It is a three-digit number with each digit being from 0 to 9.
MNC2
The broadcast PLMN list information (MNC) of UTRAN neighboring cell to the eNB. It is a three-digit or two-digit number with each digit being from 0 to 9.
MCC3
The broadcast PLMN list information (MCC) of UTRAN neighboring cell to the eNB. It is a three-digit number with each digit being from 0 to 9.
MNC3
The broadcast PLMN list information (MNC) of UTRAN neighboring cell to the eNB. It is a three-digit or two-digit number with each digit being from 0 to 9.
MCC4
The broadcast PLMN list information (MCC) of UTRAN neighboring cell to the eNB. It is a three-digit number with each digit being from 0 to 9.
MNC4
The broadcast PLMN list information (MNC) of UTRAN neighboring cell to the eNB. It is a three-digit or two-digit number with each digit being from 0 to 9.
MCC5
The broadcast PLMN list information (MCC) of UTRAN neighboring cell to the eNB. It is a three-digit number with each
368
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
LTE eNB Command Description/Ver.1.0
digit being from 0 to 9. MNC5
The broadcast PLMN list information (MNC) of UTRAN neighboring cell to the eNB. It is a three-digit or two-digit number with each digit being from 0 to 9.
DUPLEX_TYPE
P_SCM_CODE
The duplex type of UTRAN neighboring cell to the eNB. -
ci_FDD: Frequency division duplex.
-
ci_TDD: Time division duplex.
The primary scramble code of UTRAN neighboring cell to the eNB, which needs only for FDD.
CELL_PARA_ID
The cell parameter ID of UTRAN neighboring cell to the eNB, which needs only for TDD.
ARFCN_UL
The uplink absolute radio frequency channel number (ARFCN) of UTRAN neighboring cell to the eNB.
ARFCN_DL
The downlink absolute radio frequency channel number (ARFCN) of UTRAN neighboring cell to the eNB.
IS_REMOVE_ALLOWED
Whether to delete a certain neighboring cell to the eNB using the ANR (Automatic Neighbor Relation) function.
IS_HOALLOWED
-
True: The neighboring cell can be deleted.
-
False: The neighboring cell cannot be deleted.
Whether to perform handover to UTRAN neighboring cell. -
True: Handover is allowed.
-
False: Handover is not allowed.
RIM_STATUS
This parameter shown RIM Association Status
VOIP_INCAPABLE
Whether to support VoIp of UTRAN neighboring cell.
RIM_SUPPORT
OWNER_TYPE
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
-
True: VoIP is support.
-
False: VoIP is not supported.
Whether to support RIM Procedure of UTRAN neighbor cell. -
False : RIM is not support.
-
True : RIM is support.
This parameter defines how NRT is updated, This filed can be
369
Command Description
classfied Initial NRT / ANR by Server/ ANR by UE / Created by User Command/CreatedByUserUI. HIGH_PRIORITY_FOR_CSFB
Whether to decide CSFB_Hysteresis application availability about CSFB with PS HO
370
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
LTE eNB Command Description/Ver.1.0
C2105 RETRIEVE MME CONFIGURATION Command Format RTRV-MME-CONF: [MME_INDEX];
Command Description Retrieves MME-related parameters. The information retrieved includes MME Equip, active State indicating whether S1 is used, MME IP, and secondary MME IP. TIMEOUT
10
Input Parameter Description Parameter MME_INDEX
Description
Range
The index used to access the information. Since there are a total of 16 MMEs that can be connected to an eNB, the index range is 0 to 15.
0 ~ 15
Unit NONE
Defaul t 0
Output Parameter Description MME_INDEX
The index used to access the information. Since there are a total of 16 MMEs that can be connected to an eNB, the index range is 0 to 15.
STATUS
ACTIVE_STATE
The EQUIP status information on the MME. -
N_EQUIP: The MME to connect does not exist (default).
-
EQUIP: The MME to connect exists.
The state information on the specified MME in operation. Of the MMEs for which the S1 Setup is established, if there is an undesired MME, this parameter value must be changed to Inactive. The default is active. If the STATUS parameter is set to Equip, it is better not to change this parameter value to inactive.
IP_VER
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
-
Active: MME (S1 assigned) is used.
-
Inactive: MME (S1 assigned) is not used.
The IP address version of the MME. Either IPv4 or IPv6 is
371
Command Description
assigned. MME_IPV4
Information on the IPV4 address of the MME. This parameter value is valid only if the IP_VER parameter is set to IPv4. It is not used if the IP_VER parameter is set to IPv6.
MME_IPV6
Information on the IPV6 address of the eNB. This parameter value is valid only if the IP_VER parameter is set to IPv6. It is not used if the IP_VER parameter is set to IPv4.
ADMINISTRATIVE_STATE
The status of the MME link. -
locked: A state where active calls connected to the MME are
all dropped, and new call connections are not possible. -
unlocked: Connection to the MME is normal.
-
shutting down: A state where active calls connected to the
MME are maintained, but new call connections are not possible. SECONDARY_MME_IPV4
The secondary IP address of the IPv4 type set in the MME node to support the SCTP Multi Homing function. It is valid only if the IP_VER parameter is set to IPv4.
SECONDARY_MME_IPV6
The secondary IP address of the IPv6 type set in the MME node to support the SCTP Multi Homing function. It is valid only if the IP_VER parameter is set to IPv6.
372
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
LTE eNB Command Description/Ver.1.0
C2106 RETRIEVE SON FUNCTION CELL CONTROL FLAGS Command Format RTRV-SONFN-CELL: [CELL_NUM];
Command Description Retrieves the flag for the SON function controlled by the cell. There can be 3 operation modes, which are Function Off, Manual Apply and Auto Apply or 2 operation modes, which are Function Off and Auto Apply. TIMEOUT
10
Input Parameter Description Parameter CELL_NUM
Description
Range
The cell number to be changed.
0~8
Unit NONE
Defaul t 0
Output Parameter Description CELL_NUM
The cell number to be changed.
ANR_ENABLE
Controls SON ANR in 3 modes. - sonFuncOff: The ANR function is disabled except for the NR
deletion (X2-based). -
sonManualApply: The NR adding and NR ranking are per-
formed automatically. The management of HO Black List and NR deletion are performed manually. -
sonAutoApply: The NR adding and NR ranking, managing
HO Black List, NR deleting, and NR adding are performed automatically. INTER_RAT_ANR_ENABLE_UTRANControls SON Inter-RAT ANR for URTAN (WCDMA). -
sonFuncOff: The Inter-RAT ANR function is disabled.
-sonManualApply:
The NR Adding is performed automati-
cally.
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
373
Command Description
-
sonAutoApply: The NR Adding is performed automatically.
MOBILITY_ROBUSTNESS_ENABLEWhether to enable the Mobility Robustness Optimized function (one of the SON functions). -
OFF: The function is turned off.
-
Manual Apply: When the parameter value is changed by an
algorithm, this change is reported tot he the LSN and then the operator determines manually whether to apply the changed parameter value. -
Auto Apply: When the parameter value is changed by an
algorithm, this change is applied automatically. MOBILITY_LOAD_BALANCE_ENABLEWhether to enable the Mobility-based Load Balance function, (one of the SON functions). -
OFF: The function is turned off.
-
Auto Apply: When the parameter value is changed by an
algorithm, this change is applied automatically. BLANKING_LOAD_BALANCE_ENABLEWhether to enable the Blanking Load Balance function, (one of the SON functions). -
OFF: The function is turned off.
-
Auto Apply: When the parameter value is changed by an
algorithm, this change is applied automatically. RACH_OPT_ENABLE
Whether to enable the Rach Optimized function (one of the SON functions). -
OFF: The function is turned off.
-
Manual Apply: When the parameter value is changed by an
algorithm, this change is reported tot he the LSN and then the operator determines manually whether to apply the changed parameter value. -
Auto Apply: When the parameter value is changed by an
algorithm, this change is applied automatically. PICO_SUBBAND_BLANKING_ENABLEWhether to enable the Pico Subband Load Balancing function, (one of the SON functions). -
OFF: The function is turned off.
-
Auto Apply: When the parameter value is changed by an
algorithm, this change is applied automatically. IDLE_MODE_LOAD_BALANCE_ENABLEWhether to enable the Idle Mode Load Balancing func-
374
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
LTE eNB Command Description/Ver.1.0
tion. SON_SRS_FUNC_ENABLE
Whether to enable the SRS SON function, (one of the SON functions). -
OFF: The function is turned off.
-
Auto Apply: When the parameter value is changed by an
algorithm, this change is applied automatically.
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
375
Command Description
C2107 RETRIEVE SON DL ICIC PARAMETERS Command Format RTRV-SON-DLICIC: [CELL_NUM];
Command Description Retrieves information on parameters related to Downlink Inter-Cell Interference Cancellation (DL ICIC). It is defined as one of the scheduler functions of the eNB system. It is set as a separate flag unlike other SON functions. Manual Apply is disabled. TIMEOUT
10
Input Parameter Description Parameter CELL_NUM
Description
Range
cell index (number)
0~8
Unit NONE
Defaul t 0
Output Parameter Description CELL_NUM
cell index (number)
DL_ICIC_TYPE
The DL ICIC type is specified. -
sonIcicDlNone: The DL ICIC function is not performed. The
UE performs the power control function with fixed conditions. -
sonIcicDlDynamicStd: The Dynamic ICIC function is per-
formed. The system calculates the conditions based on the UE location for performing the power control function.
376
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
LTE eNB Command Description/Ver.1.0
C2108 RETRIEVE SON UL ICIC PARAMETERS Command Format RTRV-SON-ULICIC: [CELL_NUM];
Command Description Retrieves information on parameters related to Uplink Inter-Cell Interference Cancellation (UL ICIC). It is defined as one of the scheduler functions of the eNB system. It is set as a separate flag unlike other SON functions. Manual Apply is disabled. TIMEOUT
10
Input Parameter Description Parameter CELL_NUM
Description
Range
The cell number for which the command was executed.
0~8
Unit NONE
Defaul t 0
Output Parameter Description CELL_NUM
The cell number for which the command was executed.
UL_ICIC_TYPE
The UL ICIC type is specified. -
sonIcicUlNone: The UL ICIC function is not performed. The
UE performs the power control function with the specified conditions. -
sonIcicUlDynamicStd: The Dynamic ICIC function is per-
formed. The system suggests various conditions based on the UE location. Then, the UE uses the suggested conditions for performing the power control function.
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
377
Command Description
C2112 RETRIEVE SON MRO Command Format RTRV-SON-MRO;
Command Description Retrieves the parameters used in the SON MRO (Mobility Robustness Optimization) function. TIMEOUT
10
Input Parameter Description No input parameter.
Output Parameter Description T_PERIOD
The period of statistics monitoring. The timer (a unit of one_day/one_week, by default/one_month) used to trigger the handover parameter control. -
one_day: MRO is triggered based on handover statistics col-
lected for 1 day. - one_week: MRO is triggered based on handover statistics col-
lected for 1 week. -
one_month: MRO is triggered based on handover statistics
collected for 1 month. T_PERIOD_TEMP
The period of fallback statistics monitoring. This value (one_hour/one_day/one_week, default=one_week) is used for checking a fault where HandoverSuccessKPI is not temporarily met after the RACH parameter is changed. -
one_hour: Fallback for MRO based on the handover statistics
collected for 1 hour. -
one_day: Fallback for MRO based on the handover statistics
collected for 1 day. - one_week: Fallback for MRO based on the handover statistics
collected for 1 week. HANDOVER_SUCCESS_KPI
The threshold related to the handover success KPI to trigger MRO algorithm. The MRO algorithm is triggered if the hando-
378
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
LTE eNB Command Description/Ver.1.0
ver success rate is lower than this threshold. N_HANDOVER_THRESH
The threshold to the number of handover attempts to trigger MRO algorithm. The MRO algorithm is triggered if the number of handover attempts collected during the statistics period is lower than this threshold.
OFFSET_MAX
The maximum value allowable for HO margin which is equal to A3Offset - CIO. If and only if the value of A3Offset - CIO is lower than this maximum value, it is valid ID.
OFFSET_MIN
The minimum value allowable for HO margin which is equal to A3Offset - CIO. If and only if the value of A3Offset - CIO is higher than this minimum value, it is valid ID.
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
379
Command Description
C2113 RETRIEVE CLOCK CONTROL INFORMATION Command Format RTRV-CLOCK-CTRL: [CELL_NUM];
Command Description Retrieves information required for Modem/DSP clock settings (advance/retard). A period of time for the eNB to transmit/receive DU signals changes according to the value entered in the clock advance/retard parameter. The value for UL timing advance in UE decreases if increasing the clock advance/retard without changing the RU setting. TIMEOUT
10
Input Parameter Description Parameter CELL_NUM
Description The cell number to be changed.
Range 0~8
Unit NONE
Defaul t 0
Output Parameter Description
380
CELL_NUM
The cell number to be changed.
CLOCK_ADVANCE
The clock advance value in ns.
CLOCK_RETARD
The clock retard value in ns.
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
LTE eNB Command Description/Ver.1.0
C2114 RETRIEVE QCI BH BW INFORMATION Command Format RTRV-BHBW-QCI: [QCI];
Command Description Retrieves parameter information for backhaul Call Admission Control (CAC) per QoS Class Identifier (QCI) enabled in the eNB. Backhaul-based CAC is enabled per QCI or service group on GBR bearers. Retrieves thresholds to enable backhaul-based CAC per QCI. TIMEOUT
10
Input Parameter Description Parameter QCI
Description QCI index. The range is from 0 to 255. The standard QCIs defined in the standard documents is 1 to 9. The user can use QCI values 0 and 10-255.
Range 0 ~ 255
Unit NONE
Defaul t 0
Output Parameter Description QCI
QCI index. The range is from 0 to 255. The standard QCIs defined in the standard documents is 1 to 9. The user can use QCI values 0 and 10-255.
BH_BW_CAC_DL_THRESH_FOR_NORMALThe total backhaul bandwidth in percent that can be assigned to the downlink per QoS Class Identifier (QCI) for normal calls. When a normal call is requested, if the downlink usage exceeds the input parameter value, the Backhaul Bandwidth CAC Fail is generated. BH_BW_CAC_DL_THRESH_FOR_EMER_HOThe total backhaul bandwidth in percent that can be assigned to the downlink per QoS Class Identifier (QCI) for urgent and handover calls. When emergency and handover calls are requested, if the downlink usage exceeds the input parameter value, the Backhaul Bandwidth CAC Fail is generated.
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
381
Command Description
BH_BW_CAC_UL_THRESH_FOR_NORMALThe total backhaul bandwidth in percent that can be assigned to the uplink per QoS Class Identifier (QCI) for normal calls. When a normal call is requested, if the uplink usage exceeds the input parameter value, the Backhaul Bandwidth CAC Fail is generated. BH_BW_CAC_UL_THRESH_FOR_EMER_HOThe total backhaul bandwidth in percent that can be assigned to the uplink per QoS Class Identifier (QCI) for urgent and handover calls. When emergency and handover calls are requested, if the uplink usage exceeds the input parameter value, the Backhaul Bandwidth CAC Fail is generated. OVER_BOOKING_RATIO
The ratio of over-booking with downlink and uplink thresholds when executing backhaul-based CAC per QoS Class Identifier (QCI).
382
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
LTE eNB Command Description/Ver.1.0
C2115 RETRIEVE SCTP PARAMETER Command Format RTRV-SCTP-PARA;
Command Description Retrieves SCTP-related parameters. The retrieved information is necessary for SCTP to establish/maintain connections with a peer. TIMEOUT
10
Input Parameter Description No input parameter.
Output Parameter Description MME_FAILOVER_TIMER
The timer to maintain the call connected to the MME if the SCTP returns to normal within a specified time (mmeFailoverTimer) after the MME SCTP is disconnected in seconds.
HEART_BEAT_INTERVAL
The transmission interval of the HeartBeat message to be sent to verify the normality of the SCTP Link in milliseconds.
NUM_PATH_RE_TX
The number of times to re-send heartbeat messages in order to check whether the SCTP link is normal. The SCTP link is disconnected if responses to the heartbeats are not received during specified (numPathReTx) attempts.
RTO_INITIAL
The threshold used to calculate the SCTP round-trip time (RTT). It is an initial value of Retransmission Time-Out used before the RTT by packet transmission is measured.
RTO_MIN
The minimum value of Retransmission Time-Out used to calculate the SCTP RTT.
RTO_MAX
The maximum value of Retransmission Time-Out used to calculate the SCTP RTT.
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
383
Command Description
CONNECT_INTERVAL
The timer to establish connections periodically when the SCTP link is not currently established while the peer node is EQUIP in PLD in seconds.
384
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
LTE eNB Command Description/Ver.1.0
C2116 RETRIEVE SVC GRP BH BW INFORMATION Command Format RTRV-BHBW-SVCGR: [SERVICE_GROUP];
Command Description Retrieves parameter information for backhaul Call Admission Control (CAC) per service group enabled in the eNB. Backhaul-based CAC is enabled per QCI or service group on GBR bearers. Retrieves thresholds to enable backhaul-based CAC per service group. TIMEOUT
10
Input Parameter Description Parameter SERVICE_GROU P
Description
Range
Service group. - voipService: Service group that uses the Voice over Internet Protocol (VoIP) service. - videoService: Service group that uses the video service.
voipService/videoService/
Unit NONE
Defaul t voipSer vice
Output Parameter Description SERVICE_GROUP
Service group. -
voipService: Service group that uses the Voice over Internet
Protocol (VoIP) service. -
videoService: Service group that uses the video service.
BH_BW_CAC_DL_THRESH_FOR_NORMALThe total backhaul bandwidth in percent that can be assigned to the downlink per service group for normal calls. When a normal call is requested, if the downlink usage exceeds the input parameter value, the Backhaul Bandwidth CAC Fail is generated. BH_BW_CAC_DL_THRESH_FOR_EMER_HOThe total backhaul bandwidth in percent that can be assigned to the downlink per service group for urgent and han-
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
385
Command Description
dover calls. When emergency and handover calls are requested, if the downlink usage exceeds the input parameter value, the Backhaul Bandwidth CAC Fail is generated. BH_BW_CAC_UL_THRESH_FOR_NORMALThe total backhaul bandwidth in percent that can be assigned to the uplink per service group for normal calls. When a normal call is requested, if the uplink usage exceeds the input parameter value, the Backhaul Bandwidth CAC Fail is generated. BH_BW_CAC_UL_THRESH_FOR_EMER_HOThe total backhaul bandwidth in percent that can be assigned to the uplink per service group for urgent and handover calls. When emergency and handover calls are requested, if the uplink usage exceeds the input parameter value, the Backhaul Bandwidth CAC Fail is generated. OVER_BOOKING_RATIO
The ratio of over-booking with downlink and uplink thresholds when operating backhaul-based CAC per service group.
386
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
LTE eNB Command Description/Ver.1.0
C2117 RETRIEVE SON SELF OPTIMIZATION PARAMETERS Command Format RTRV-SON-SO;
Command Description Retrieves parameter information on the SON self-optimization. The following functions are related to the parameters that can be retrieved:. -RRH Optic Delay Compensation measures RRH-specific optical delay when initially installing RRH or if an optical delay change occurs and calculates Tx and Rx time buffer by a formula. The calculated time buffer is sent to the RRH for RRH delay compensation. The TX_TBMAX and RX_TBMAX values that can be changed by using this command are necessary to calculate the time buffer. - Related commands The operation of RRH optic delay compensation is determined by the DELAY_COMPENSATION_ENABLE parameter value of the CHG-SONFN-ENB command. If the value is sonFuncOff, compensation is disabled. If the value is sonAutoApply, compensation is enabled. The TX_TBMAX and RX_TBMAX parameters can be changed with CHGSON-SO command. TIMEOUT
10
Input Parameter Description No input parameter.
Output Parameter Description TX_TBMAX
Tx Time Buffer Maximum value. The value that can be set by using the maximum delay that occurs from DU to RRH. Assuming the maximum distanced between DU and RRH is d_max (km), the maximum DL CPRI hopping delay is h_max (ns), the maximum number of RRHs that can be cascaded is N_max, and the maximum Tx processing delay is PD_max, TX_TBMAX can be calculated using the following formula. However, this formula is based on the basic concept of Max Timer buffer, and thus can be changed due to various factors in an actual network design. TX_TBMAX (ns) = 5000 * d_max + (N_max-1) * h_max + PD_max
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
387
Command Description
RX_TBMAX
The maximum Tx Time Buffer value. The value that can be set by using the maximum delay that occurs from DU to RRH. Assuming the maximum distanced between DU and RRH is d_max (km), the maximum UL CPRI hopping delay is h_max (ns), the maximum number of RRHs that can be cascaded is N_max, and the maximum Tx processing delay is PD_max, TX_TBMAX can be calculated using the following formula. However, this formula is based on the basic concept of Max Timer buffer, and thus can be changed due to various factors in an actual network design. RX_TBMAX (ns) = 5000 * d_max + (N_max-1) * h_max + PD_max
388
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
LTE eNB Command Description/Ver.1.0
C2120 CHANGE ENB INFORMATION Command Format CHG-ENB-INF: [BH_LINK_CAPACITY], [DL_CRS_PORT_COUNT];
Command Description Changes the eNB's default information. Defaults except the backhaul capacity and SCTP Port cannot be changed during operation since they are entered when the eNB is established. TIMEOUT
10
Input Parameter Description Parameter
Description
Range
Unit
Default
BH_LINK_CAP ACITY
Total backhaul link capacity of the eNB (in Kbps, 0-10G, default 1G).
0 ~ 10000000
Kbps
100000 0
DL_CRS_POR T_COUNT
This parameter defines Downlink CRS Port Count
ci_n1CrsPortCnt/ ci_n2CrsPortCnt/ ci_n4CrsPortCnt/
NONE
ci_n2Cr sPortCnt
Output Parameter Description ENB_TYPE
This parameter defines eNB Type ( Macro eNB(0). Home eNB(1) )
ENB_MCC
This parameter defines the Representative PMNN's MCC information
ENB_MNC
This parameter defines the Representative PMNN's MNC information
ENB_ID
This parameter defines eNB ID ( Macro eNB : BIT STRING(20), Home eNB : BIT STRING(28) )
SCTP_PORT_NUM_S1
The port number to be used in SCTP association configuration for S1AP with the MME. (The port number is fixed at 36412. SCTP association is possible only when the port value is the same as SCTP of the MME.)
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
389
Command Description
SCTP_PORT_NUM_X2
The port number to be used in SCTP association configuration for X2AP with the neighbor eNB. (The port number is fixed at 36422. SCTP association is possible only when the port value is the same as SCTP of the neighbor eNB.)
BH_LINK_CAPACITY
Total backhaul link capacity of the eNB (in Kbps, 0-10G, default 1G).
DL_CRS_PORT_COUNT
390
This parameter defines Downlink CRS Port Count
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
LTE eNB Command Description/Ver.1.0
C2121 CHANGE HANDOVER OPTION INFORMATION Command Format CHG-HO-OPT: [ERAB_INTERACTION], [USED_NBR_LIST], [UPLINK_FORWARD], [NUM_OF_ENB], [RIM_ENABLE], [MME_SELECT_FACTOR_FOR_RIM];
Command Description Changes handover information. The user can retrieve the E-RAB iteration method set in the eNB, whether to include neighboring cell list (NCL), and whether to forward uplink data in the target eNB. TIMEOUT
10
Input Parameter Description Parameter
Description
ERAB_INTERA CTION
Prioritization information when contention occurs between E-RAB and handover procedures. - 0: Performs handover first (Handover Prior). - 1: Performs E-RAB procedures (ERAB Prior).
0~1
NONE
1
USED_NBR_LI ST
The method for providing the neighboring cell list included in MeasObjectEUTRA of the RRC Connection Reconfiguration message. - 0: Neighboring cells whose CIO value is not dB0 are only included in the list (by algorithm). - 1: Neighboring cells whose CIO value is dB0 are also included in the list (forceused).
0~1
NONE
0
UPLINK_FORW ARD
Whether to forward uplink data in the target base station during handover. - 0: Uplink data forwarding is disabled. - 1: Uplink data forwarding is enabled.
0~1
NONE
1
NUM_OF_ENB
The number of target base stations for multi-target preparation during handover. The maximum of 4 eNBs can be prepared. If the value entered is 1, the multi-target preparation is not executed.
1~4
NONE
1
RIM_ENABLE
Whether to RIM procedure decision.
False/True/
NONE
False
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
Range
Unit
Default
391
Command Description
Parameter
Description
Range
MME_SELECT _FACTOR_FO R_RIM
This parameter is MME Selection Factor for RIM Procedure.
Unit
0 ~ 15
NONE
Default 0
Output Parameter Description ERAB_INTERACTION
Prioritization information when contention occurs between ERAB and handover procedures.
USED_NBR_LIST
-
0: Performs handover first (Handover Prior).
-
1: Performs E-RAB procedures (ERAB Prior).
The method for providing the neighboring cell list included in MeasObjectEUTRA of the RRC Connection Reconfiguration message. -
0: Neighboring cells whose CIO value is not dB0 are only
included in the list (by algorithm). -
1: Neighboring cells whose CIO value is dB0 are also
included in the list (force-used). UPLINK_FORWARD
Whether to forward uplink data in the target base station during handover.
NUM_OF_ENB
-
0: Uplink data forwarding is disabled.
-
1: Uplink data forwarding is enabled.
The number of target base stations for multi-target preparation during handover. The maximum of 4 eNBs can be prepared. If the value entered is 1, the multi-target preparation is not executed.
RIM_ENABLE
Whether to RIM procedure decision.
MME_SELECT_FACTOR_FOR_RIMThis parameter is MME Selection Factor for RIM Procedure.
392
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
LTE eNB Command Description/Ver.1.0
C2122 CHANGE TIMER INFORMATION Command Format CHG-TIMER-INF: [RRC_CONNECTION_SETUP], [RRC_CONNECTION_RECONFIG], [RRC_CONNECTION_RE_ESTABLISH], [RRC_SECURITY_MODE_COMMAND], [RRC_UE_CAPABILITY_ENQUIRY], [RRC_CONNECTION_RELEASE], [RRC_HANDOVER_PREPARATION], [RRC_UE_INFORMATION_REQUEST], [S1_SETUP], [S1_UPDATE], [S1_UPDATE_RETRY_COUNT], [S1_UPDATE_TIME_TO_WAIT], [S1_INITIAL_CONTEXT_SETUP], [S1_ERAB_RELEASE_INDICATION], [S1_UE_CONTEXT_RELEASE], [S1_PATH_SWITCH], [S1_HANDOVER_PREPARATION], [S1_RELOC_OVERALL], [S1_HANDOVER_CANCEL], [X2_SETUP], [X2_SETUP_TIME_TO_WAIT], [X2_UPDATE], [X2_UPDATE_RETRY_COUNT], [X2_UPDATE_TIME_TO_WAIT], [X2_HANDOVER_PREPARATION], [X2_RELOC_OVERALL], [X2_STORE_UE_CONTEXT], [INTERNAL_RESOURCE_SETUP], [INTERNAL_RESOURCE_RELEASE], [INTERNAL_SECURITY_CONTROL], [INTERNAL_RRC_DATA_TRANSFER], [INTERNAL_FORWARDING_PATH_SETUP], [INTERNAL_REESTALISH_CONTROL], [INTERNAL_BUFFER_FLUSH], [INTERNAL_DATA_TRANSFER_START], [INTERNAL_DATA_FORWARD_END_IND], [INTERNAL_REESTABLSH_TIME_TO_WAIT], [INTERNAL_USER_INACTIVITY], [INTERNAL_SIGNALING_INACTIVITY], [INTERNAL_NO_WAIT_RETRY], [INTERNAL_RRC_RESET], [INTERNAL_ENB_RESET], [INTERNAL_SOLICIT_MEASUREMENT_REPORT], [INTERNAL_RTDINFO_REQ], [RIM_RIR], [RIM_RIAE], [INTERNAL_SUB_CELL_CHANGE], [INTERNAL_SUB_CELL_PDCP_CONTROL];
Command Description Changes the timer values used by the ECCB blocks in the eNB. The user can change the timer value used for exchanging messages with the UE, MME and Naver eNB, and by other ECCB blocks when a call is set up. TIMEOUT
10
Input Parameter Description Parameter
Description
RRC_CONNEC TION_SETUP
The time to wait for reception of the RrcConnectionSetupComplete message after sending the RrcConnectionSetup message from the eNB to the UE.
10 ~ 65535
msec
1000
RRC_CONNEC TION_RECONF IG
The time to wait for reception of the RrcConnectionRecofigurationComplete message after sending the RrcConnectionRecofig message from the eNB to the UE.
10 ~ 65535
msec
1500
RRC_CONNEC TION_RE_EST ABLISH
The time to wait for reception of the RrcConnectionReestablishmentComplete message after sending the RrcConnectionReestablishment message from the eNB to the UE.
10 ~ 65535
msec
5000
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
Range
Unit
Default
393
Command Description
Parameter
Description
RRC_SECURIT Y_MODE_COM MAND
The time to wait for reception of the SecurityModeComplete message after sending the SecurityModeCommand message from the eNB to the UE.
10 ~ 65535
msec
2000
RRC_UE_CAP ABILITY_ENQU IRY
The time to wait for reception of the UeCapabilityInformation message after sending the UeCapabilityEnquiry message from the eNB to the UE.
10 ~ 65535
msec
2000
RRC_CONNEC TION_RELEAS E
The time to wait for reception of the message from the PDCB block confirming that the RrcConnectionRelease message was successfully sent after sending it from the eNB to the UE.
10 ~ 65535
msec
500
RRC_HANDOV ER_PREPARAT ION
The time to wait for reception of the RrcULHandoverPreparationTransfer message after sending the RrcHandoverFromEUTRAPreparationRequest message from the eNB to the UE.
10 ~ 65535
msec
5000
RRC_UE_INFO RMATION_RE QUEST
The time to wait for reception of the InformationResponse message after sending the InformationRequest message from the eNB to the UE.
10 ~ 65535
msec
300
S1_SETUP
The time to wait for reception of the S1SetupResponse message or the S1SetupFailure message after sending the S1SetupRequest from the eNB to the MME.
10 ~ 65535
msec
5000
S1_UPDATE
The time to wait for reception of the EnbConfigurationUpdateAcknowledge message or the EnbConfigurationUpdateFailure message after sending the EnbConfigurationUpdate from the eNB to the MME.
10 ~ 65535
msec
5000
S1_UPDATE_R ETRY_COUNT
The retry count for the eNB configuration update procedure when the eNBConfigurationUpdateFailure message is received from the MME or when time out occurs after sending the eNBConfigurationUpdate message from the eNB.
ci_CountZero/ ci_CountOne/ ci_CountTwo/ ci_CountThree/ ci_CountTen/ ci_CountInfinity/
count
ci_Coun tThree
S1_UPDATE_TI ME_TO_WAIT
The TimetoWait value included in MMEConfigurationUpdateFailure transmission.
ci_v1s/ci_v2s/ci_v5s/ ci_v10s/ci_v20s/ ci_v60s/
sec
ci_v5s
S1_INITIAL_C ONTEXT_SET UP
The time to wait for reception of the InitialContextSetupRequest message after sending the InitilUE from the eNB to the MME.
10 ~ 65535
msec
10000
S1_ERAB_REL EASE_INDICAT ION
The time to wait for reception of the ERABReleaseCommand message after sending the E_RABReleaseIndication from the eNB to the MME.
10 ~ 65535
msec
5000
S1_UE_CONT EXT_RELEASE
The time to wait for reception of the UEContextReleaseCommand message after sending the UEContextReleaseRequest from the eNB to the MME.
10 ~ 65535
msec
5000
394
Range
Unit
Default
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
LTE eNB Command Description/Ver.1.0
Parameter
Description
S1_PATH_SWI TCH
The time to wait for reception of the PathSwitchRequestAcknowledge message after sending the PathSwitchReques from the eNB to the MME.
10 ~ 65535
msec
3000
S1_HANDOVE R_PREPARATI ON
The time to wait for reception of the HandoverCommand message after sending the HandoverRequired from the eNB to the MME.
10 ~ 65535
msec
2000
S1_RELOC_O VERALL
The time to wait for the UEContextReleaseCommand message from the MME after the HandoverCommand message from the eNB is received by the MME and handover is complete.
10 ~ 65535
msec
5000
S1_HANDOVE R_CANCEL
The time to wait for reception of the HandoverCancelAcknowledge message after sending the HandoverCancel from the eNB to the MME.
10 ~ 65535
msec
2000
X2_SETUP
The time to wait for the X2SetupResponse message or the X2SetupFailure message after sending the X2SetupRequest from the eNB to another eNB.
10 ~ 65535
msec
5000
X2_SETUP_TI ME_TO_WAIT
The TimetoWait value included in the X2SetupFailure message sent by the eNB which received an X2SetupRequest message.
ci_v1s/ci_v2s/ci_v5s/ ci_v10s/ci_v20s/ ci_v60s/
sec
ci_v5s
X2_UPDATE
The time to wait for the EnbConfigurationUpdateAcknowledge message or the EnbConfigurationUpdateFailure message after sending the EnbConfigurationUpdate from the eNB to another eNB set as a neighbor.
10 ~ 65535
msec
5000
X2_UPDATE_R ETRY_COUNT
The retry count for the X2 eNB configuration update procedure when the eNBConfigurationUpdateFailure message is received from the MME or when time out occurs after sending the X2 eNBConfigurationUpdate message from the eNB.
ci_CountZero/ ci_CountOne/ ci_CountTwo/ ci_CountThree/ ci_CountTen/ ci_CountInfinity/
count
ci_Coun tThree
X2_UPDATE_TI ME_TO_WAIT
The TimetoWait value included in ENBConfigurationUpdateFailure transmission (The default is 5 seconds).
ci_v1s/ci_v2s/ci_v5s/ ci_v10s/ci_v20s/ ci_v60s/
sec
ci_v5s
X2_HANDOVE R_PREPARATI ON
The time to wait for the HandoverRequestAcknowledge message after sending the HandoverRequest message from the source eNB to the target eNB.
10 ~ 65535
msec
2000
X2_RELOC_O VERALL
The time to wait for the UEContextRelease message from the target eNB after receiving the HandoverRequestAcknowledge message from the target eNB and handover is complete.
10 ~ 65535
msec
5000
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
Range
Unit
Default
395
Command Description
Parameter
Description
Range
Unit
Default
X2_STORE_UE _CONTEXT
The time during which to determine whether the Handover Report message is sent when the RLF Indication message is received by the SON MRO (Mobility Robustness Optimization) function.
10 ~ 65535
msec
10000
INTERNAL_RE SOURCE_SET UP
The time to wait for a response after sending the setup message to internal entities (PDCB, MACB, RLCB) for setting up resources inside the eNB.
10 ~ 65535
msec
2000
INTERNAL_RE SOURCE_REL EASE
The time to wait for a response after sending the release message to internal entities (PDCB, MACB, RLCB) for releasing resources inside the eNB.
10 ~ 65535
msec
100
INTERNAL_SE CURITY_CONT ROL
The time to wait for a response after sending the control message to the PDCP entity for security control inside the eNB.
10 ~ 65535
msec
2000
INTERNAL_RR C_DATA_TRAN SFER
The time to wait for reception of the data transfer confirm message from the PDCP entity after sending RrcConnectionReconfiguration to the UE at intra-cell handover.
10 ~ 65535
msec
40
INTERNAL_FO RWARDING_P ATH_SETUP
The time to wait for a response after sending the setup message to the GTP entity for unlink and downlink path setup at handover.
10 ~ 65535
msec
2000
INTERNAL_RE ESTALISH_CO NTROL
The time to wait for a response after sending the control message for controlling the entities inside the eNB at reestablish.
10 ~ 65535
msec
2000
INTERNAL_BU FFER_FLUSH
The time between buffer flush message transmission and reception of its response. The flush message is sent to flush the buffer of the PDCP entity after receiving UEContextRelease (X2) and UEContextReleaseCommand (S1) at handover.
10 ~ 65535
msec
2000
INTERNAL_DA TA_TRANSFER _START
The time to wait for a response after sending the control message notifying HandoverComplete to the target PDCP entity after the X2, S1 handover.
10 ~ 65535
msec
2000
INTERNAL_DA TA_FORWARD _END_IND
The time to wait for reception of DataForwardEndInd from the PDCP entity indicating that data forwarding is complete after transmitting UEContextRelease to X2 and HandoverNotify to S1.
10 ~ 65535
msec
5000
INTERNAL_RE ESTABLSH_TI ME_TO_WAIT
The time to wait for reception of RrcReestablishRequest from the UE after RLF is received from MACB or Max Retransmission Ind is received from RLCB.
10 ~ 65535
msec
5000
INTERNAL_US ER_INACTIVIT Y
The user inactivity time triggered by MAC because there is no traffic at the UE attached for a certain period of time.
0 ~ 65535
sec
10
INTERNAL_SI GNALING_INA CTIVITY
The signaling inactivity time triggered when enb has no signaling message for a certain period of time.
0 ~ 65535
sec
10
396
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
LTE eNB Command Description/Ver.1.0
Parameter
Description
Range
Unit
Default
INTERNAL_NO _WAIT_RETRY
The time to wait for resending the message to S1 or X2 when the failure message received from S1 or X2 (S1SetupFailure, X2SetupFailure, S1EnbConfigurationUpdateFailure, X2EnbConfigurationUpdateFailure) does not contain timer information.
10 ~ 65535
msec
5000
INTERNAL_RR C_RESET
The time to wait for multiple UEs to be released after sending the RrcConnectionRelease to the UEs at eNB reset.
10 ~ 65535
msec
5000
INTERNAL_EN B_RESET
The time to wait for a response after sending the CallDelete message to the internal entities for releasing the entities inside the eNB at eNB reset.
10 ~ 65535
msec
2000
INTERNAL_SO LICIT_MEASU REMENT_REP ORT
The time to wait for reception of the Measurement Report message from the UE according to the Solicit Measurement Report procedure.
10 ~ 65535
msec
5000
INTERNAL_RT DINFO_REQ
The time to wait for reception of the RTDInfoCnf message after sending RTDInfoReq to MAC for obtaining the RTD information.
10 ~ 65535
msec
100
RIM_RIR
The time to wait for a response after sending MME Direct Information Transfer (RANINFORMATION-REQUEST) to the MME.
10 ~ 65535
msec
5000
RIM_RIAE
The time to wait for a response after sending MME Direct Information Transfer (RANINFORMATION-APPLICATION-ERROR) to the MME.
10 ~ 65535
msec
5000
INTERNAL_SU B_CELL_CHAN GE
The time to wait for a response after sending msgCmacPhySubCellChangeCnf to MAC. Only Sub Cell Type Applicable
10 ~ 65535
msec
1000
INTERNAL_SU B_CELL_PDCP _CONTROL
The time to wait for a response after sending msgCpdcpControl to PDCB. Only Sub Cell Type Applicable
10 ~ 65535
msec
1000
Output Parameter Description RRC_CONNECTION_SETUP
The time to wait for reception of the RrcConnectionSetupComplete message after sending the RrcConnectionSetup message from the eNB to the UE.
RRC_CONNECTION_RECONFIG The time to wait for reception of the RrcConnectionRecofigurationComplete message after sending the RrcConnectionRecofig message from the eNB to the UE. RRC_CONNECTION_RE_ESTABLISHThe time to wait for reception of the RrcConnectionReestablishmentComplete message after sending the RrcConnectionReestablishment message from the eNB to the UE.
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
397
Command Description
RRC_SECURITY_MODE_COMMANDThe time to wait for reception of the SecurityModeComplete message after sending the SecurityModeCommand message from the eNB to the UE. RRC_UE_CAPABILITY_ENQUIRYThe time to wait for reception of the UeCapabilityInformation message after sending the UeCapabilityEnquiry message from the eNB to the UE. RRC_CONNECTION_RELEASE
The time to wait for reception of the message from the PDCB block confirming that the RrcConnectionRelease message was successfully sent after sending it from the eNB to the UE.
RRC_HANDOVER_PREPARATIONThe time to wait for reception of the RrcULHandoverPreparationTransfer message after sending the RrcHandoverFromEUTRAPreparationRequest message from the eNB to the UE. RRC_UE_INFORMATION_REQUESTThe time to wait for reception of the InformationResponse message after sending the InformationRequest message from the eNB to the UE. S1_SETUP
The time to wait for reception of the S1SetupResponse message or the S1SetupFailure message after sending the S1SetupRequest from the eNB to the MME.
S1_UPDATE
The time to wait for reception of the EnbConfigurationUpdateAcknowledge message or the EnbConfigurationUpdateFailure message after sending the EnbConfigurationUpdate from the eNB to the MME.
S1_UPDATE_RETRY_COUNT
The retry count for the eNB configuration update procedure when the eNBConfigurationUpdateFailure message is received from the MME or when time out occurs after sending the eNBConfigurationUpdate message from the eNB.
S1_UPDATE_TIME_TO_WAIT
The TimetoWait value included in MMEConfigurationUpdateFailure transmission.
S1_INITIAL_CONTEXT_SETUP
The time to wait for reception of the InitialContextSetupRequest message after sending the InitilUE from the eNB to the MME.
S1_ERAB_RELEASE_INDICATIONThe time to wait for reception of the ERABReleaseCommand
398
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
LTE eNB Command Description/Ver.1.0
message after sending the E_RABReleaseIndication from the eNB to the MME. S1_UE_CONTEXT_RELEASE
The time to wait for reception of the UEContextReleaseCommand message after sending the UEContextReleaseRequest from the eNB to the MME.
S1_PATH_SWITCH
The time to wait for reception of the PathSwitchRequestAcknowledge message after sending the PathSwitchReques from the eNB to the MME.
S1_HANDOVER_PREPARATION The time to wait for reception of the HandoverCommand message after sending the HandoverRequired from the eNB to the MME. S1_RELOC_OVERALL
The time to wait for the UEContextReleaseCommand message from the MME after the HandoverCommand message from the eNB is received by the MME and handover is complete.
S1_HANDOVER_CANCEL
The time to wait for reception of the HandoverCancelAcknowledge message after sending the HandoverCancel from the eNB to the MME.
X2_SETUP
The time to wait for the X2SetupResponse message or the X2SetupFailure message after sending the X2SetupRequest from the eNB to another eNB.
X2_SETUP_TIME_TO_WAIT
The TimetoWait value included in the X2SetupFailure message sent by the eNB which received an X2SetupRequest message.
X2_UPDATE
The time to wait for the EnbConfigurationUpdateAcknowledge message or the EnbConfigurationUpdateFailure message after sending the EnbConfigurationUpdate from the eNB to another eNB set as a neighbor.
X2_UPDATE_RETRY_COUNT
The retry count for the X2 eNB configuration update procedure when the eNBConfigurationUpdateFailure message is received from the MME or when time out occurs after sending the X2 eNBConfigurationUpdate message from the eNB.
X2_UPDATE_TIME_TO_WAIT
The TimetoWait value included in ENBConfigurationUpdateFailure transmission (The default is 5 seconds).
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
399
Command Description
X2_HANDOVER_PREPARATION The time to wait for the HandoverRequestAcknowledge message after sending the HandoverRequest message from the source eNB to the target eNB. X2_RELOC_OVERALL
The time to wait for the UEContextRelease message from the target eNB after receiving the HandoverRequestAcknowledge message from the target eNB and handover is complete.
X2_STORE_UE_CONTEXT
The time during which to determine whether the Handover Report message is sent when the RLF Indication message is received by the SON MRO (Mobility Robustness Optimization) function.
INTERNAL_RESOURCE_SETUP The time to wait for a response after sending the setup message to internal entities (PDCB, MACB, RLCB) for setting up resources inside the eNB. INTERNAL_RESOURCE_RELEASEThe time to wait for a response after sending the release message to internal entities (PDCB, MACB, RLCB) for releasing resources inside the eNB. INTERNAL_SECURITY_CONTROLThe time to wait for a response after sending the control message to the PDCP entity for security control inside the eNB. INTERNAL_RRC_DATA_TRANSFERThe time to wait for reception of the data transfer confirm message from the PDCP entity after sending RrcConnectionReconfiguration to the UE at intra-cell handover. INTERNAL_FORWARDING_PATH_SETUPThe time to wait for a response after sending the setup message to the GTP entity for unlink and downlink path setup at handover. INTERNAL_REESTALISH_CONTROLThe time to wait for a response after sending the control message for controlling the entities inside the eNB at reestablish. INTERNAL_BUFFER_FLUSH
The time between buffer flush message transmission and reception of its response. The flush message is sent to flush the buffer of the PDCP entity after receiving UEContextRelease (X2) and UEContextReleaseCommand (S1) at handover.
INTERNAL_DATA_TRANSFER_STARTThe time to wait for a response after sending the control
400
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
LTE eNB Command Description/Ver.1.0
message notifying HandoverComplete to the target PDCP entity after the X2, S1 handover. INTERNAL_DATA_FORWARD_END_INDThe time to wait for reception of DataForwardEndInd from the PDCP entity indicating that data forwarding is complete after transmitting UEContextRelease to X2 and HandoverNotify to S1. INTERNAL_REESTABLSH_TIME_TO_WAITThe time to wait for reception of RrcReestablishRequest from the UE after RLF is received from MACB or Max Retransmission Ind is received from RLCB. INTERNAL_USER_INACTIVITY The user inactivity time triggered by MAC because there is no traffic at the UE attached for a certain period of time. INTERNAL_SIGNALING_INACTIVITYThe signaling inactivity time triggered when enb has no signaling message for a certain period of time. INTERNAL_NO_WAIT_RETRY
The time to wait for resending the message to S1 or X2 when the failure message received from S1 or X2 (S1SetupFailure, X2SetupFailure, S1EnbConfigurationUpdateFailure, X2EnbConfigurationUpdateFailure) does not contain timer information.
INTERNAL_RRC_RESET
The time to wait for multiple UEs to be released after sending the RrcConnectionRelease to the UEs at eNB reset.
INTERNAL_ENB_RESET
The time to wait for a response after sending the CallDelete message to the internal entities for releasing the entities inside the eNB at eNB reset.
INTERNAL_SOLICIT_MEASUREMENT_REPORTThe time to wait for reception of the Measurement Report message from the UE according to the Solicit Measurement Report procedure. INTERNAL_RTDINFO_REQ
The time to wait for reception of the RTDInfoCnf message after sending RTDInfoReq to MAC for obtaining the RTD information.
RIM_RIR
The time to wait for a response after sending MME Direct Information Transfer (RAN-INFORMATION-REQUEST) to the MME.
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
401
Command Description
RIM_RIAE
The time to wait for a response after sending MME Direct Information Transfer (RAN-INFORMATION-APPLICATIONERROR) to the MME.
INTERNAL_SUB_CELL_CHANGEThe time to wait for a response after sending msgCmacPhySubCellChangeCnf to MAC. Only Sub Cell Type Applicable INTERNAL_SUB_CELL_PDCP_CONTROLThe time to wait for a response after sending msgCpdcpControl to PDCB. Only Sub Cell Type Applicable
402
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
LTE eNB Command Description/Ver.1.0
C2124 CHANGE EUTRAN CELL CONFIGURATION IDLE Command Format CHG-CELL-IDLE: CELL_NUM, [PHY_CELL_ID], [CELL_TYPE], [DUPLEX_TYPE], [DL_ANT_COUNT], [UL_ANT_COUNT], [EARFCN_DL], [EARFCN_UL], [DL_BANDWIDTH], [UL_BANDWIDTH], [FREQUENCY_BAND_INDICATOR], [GROUP_ID], [FORCED_MODE];
Command Description Change cell information This parameter, in order to apply the changes, CELL_LOCK or forcedModeFlag is set to True. TIMEOUT
10
Input Parameter Description Parameter
Description
Range
Unit
Default
CELL_NUM
The cell number to be changed or retrieved.
0~8
NONE
0
PHY_CELL_ID
Physical cell ID. It is used for UE to distinguish the cell in a wireless network, and is also used to recover cell-specific reference signals. It should be assigned to avoid conflicts between neighboring cells.
0 ~ 503
NONE
0
CELL_TYPE
Type of cell operation. - macroCell: Operates multiple common cells. - openCell: Operates a single common cell. - hybridCell: Operates closed subscriber group (CSG) cells as well as common ones. - csgCell: Operates CSG cells only.
macroCell/openCell/ hybridCell/csgCell/
NONE
macroCell
DUPLEX_TYPE
Communication method for cell operation. - ci_FDD: Frequency division duplex. - ci_TDD: Time division duplex.
ci_FDD/ci_TDD/
NONE
ci_FDD
DL_ANT_COU NT
Tx antenna count used by the active cell. - ci_n1TxAntCnt: 1 Tx antenna is used. - ci_n2TxAntCnt: 2 Tx antennas are used. - ci_n4TxAntCnt: 4 Tx antennas are used.
ci_n1TxAntCnt/ ci_n2TxAntCnt/ ci_n4TxAntCnt/
NONE
ci_n2Tx AntCnt
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
403
Command Description
Parameter
Description
UL_ANT_COU NT
The Rx antenna count used by the active cell. - ci_n2RxAntCnt: 2 Rx antennas are used. - ci_n4RxAntCnt: 4 Rx antennas are used. - ci_n6RxAntCnt: 6 Rx antennas are used. - ci_n8RxAntCnt: 8 Rx antennas are used. - ci_n10RxAntCnt: 10 Rx antennas are used. - ci_n12RxAntCnt: 12 Rx antennas are used.
EARFCN_DL
Unit
Default
ci_n2RxAntCnt/ ci_n4RxAntCnt/ ci_n6RxAntCnt/ ci_n8RxAntCnt/ ci_n10RxAntCnt/ ci_n12RxAntCnt/
NONE
ci_n4Rx AntCnt
Downlink ARFCN (Absolute Radio Frequency Channel Number) used by the EUTRAN (Evolved Universal Terrestrial Radio Access Network) system in the active cell. The center frequency should be changed to E-UTRA Absolute Radio Frequency Channel Number (EARFCN). See 5.7.3 in 3GPP TS 36.101.
0 ~ 65535
NONE
1600
EARFCN_UL
Uplink ARFCN (Absolute Radio Frequency Channel Number) used by the EUTRAN (Evolved Universal Terrestrial Radio Access Network) system in the active cell. The center frequency should be changed to EARFCN. See 5.7.3 in 3GPP TS 36.101.
0 ~ 65535
NONE
19600
DL_BANDWIDT H
Downlink bandwidth used by the active cell. - ci_SystemBandwidth_n6: 1.4MHz bandwidth that uses 6 physical resource blocks. - ci_SystemBandwidth_n15: 3MHz bandwidth that uses 15 physical resource blocks. - ci_SystemBandwidth_n25: 5 MHz bandwidth using 25 physical RBs. - ci_SystemBandwidth_n50: 10 MHz bandwidth using 50 physical RBs. - ci_SystemBandwidth_n75: 15 MHz bandwidth using 75 physical RBs. - ci_SystemBandwidth_n100: 20 MHz bandwidth using 100 physical RBs.
ci_SystemBandwidth_n 6/ ci_SystemBandwidth_n 15/ ci_SystemBandwidth_n 25/ ci_SystemBandwidth_n 50/ ci_SystemBandwidth_n 75/ ci_SystemBandwidth_n 100/
NONE
ci_Syste mBand width_n 50
UL_BANDWIDT H
Uplink bandwidth used by the active cell. - ci_SystemBandwidth_n6: 1.4MHz band-
ci_SystemBandwidth_n 6/ ci_SystemBandwidth_n 15/ ci_SystemBandwidth_n 25/ ci_SystemBandwidth_n 50/ ci_SystemBandwidth_n 75/ ci_SystemBandwidth_n 100/
NONE
ci_Syste mBand width_n 50
width that uses 6 physical resource blocks. - ci_SystemBandwidth_n15: 3MHz band-
width that uses 15 physical resource blocks. - ci_SystemBandwidth_n25: 5 MHz bandwidth using 25 physical RBs. - ci_SystemBandwidth_n50: 10 MHz bandwidth using 50 physical RBs. - ci_SystemBandwidth_n75: 15 MHz bandwidth using 75 physical RBs. - ci_SystemBandwidth_n100: 20 MHz bandwidth using 100 physical RBs.
404
Range
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
LTE eNB Command Description/Ver.1.0
Parameter
Description
Range
Unit
Default
FREQUENCY_ BAND_INDICA TOR
Frequency band indicator including the frequency of the active cell. This information is broadcast to UE via SIB 1.
1 ~ 64
NONE
3
GROUP_ID
This parameter defines Carrier groupId for the cell
0 ~ 10
NONE
0
FORCED_MOD E
This parameter defines forced mode for changed value.
False/True/
NONE
False
Output Parameter Description CELL_NUM
The cell number to be changed or retrieved.
PHY_CELL_ID
Physical cell ID. It is used for UE to distinguish the cell in a wireless network, and is also used to recover cell-specific reference signals. It should be assigned to avoid conflicts between neighboring cells.
CELL_TYPE
Type of cell operation. -
macroCell: Operates multiple common cells.
-
openCell: Operates a single common cell.
-
hybridCell: Operates closed subscriber group (CSG) cells as
well as common ones. -
DUPLEX_TYPE
DL_ANT_COUNT
UL_ANT_COUNT
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
csgCell: Operates CSG cells only.
Communication method for cell operation. -
ci_FDD: Frequency division duplex.
-
ci_TDD: Time division duplex.
Tx antenna count used by the active cell. -
ci_n1TxAntCnt: 1 Tx antenna is used.
-
ci_n2TxAntCnt: 2 Tx antennas are used.
-
ci_n4TxAntCnt: 4 Tx antennas are used.
The Rx antenna count used by the active cell. -
ci_n2RxAntCnt: 2 Rx antennas are used.
-
ci_n4RxAntCnt: 4 Rx antennas are used.
-
ci_n6RxAntCnt: 6 Rx antennas are used.
-
ci_n8RxAntCnt: 8 Rx antennas are used.
-
ci_n10RxAntCnt: 10 Rx antennas are used.
-
ci_n12RxAntCnt: 12 Rx antennas are used.
405
Command Description
EARFCN_DL
Downlink ARFCN (Absolute Radio Frequency Channel Number) used by the EUTRAN (Evolved Universal Terrestrial Radio Access Network) system in the active cell. The center frequency should be changed to E-UTRA Absolute Radio Frequency Channel Number (EARFCN). See 5.7.3 in 3GPP TS 36.101.
EARFCN_UL
Uplink ARFCN (Absolute Radio Frequency Channel Number) used by the EUTRAN (Evolved Universal Terrestrial Radio Access Network) system in the active cell. The center frequency should be changed to EARFCN. See 5.7.3 in 3GPP TS 36.101.
DL_BANDWIDTH
Downlink bandwidth used by the active cell. -
ci_SystemBandwidth_n6: 1.4MHz bandwidth that uses 6
physical resource blocks. -
ci_SystemBandwidth_n15: 3MHz bandwidth that uses 15
physical resource blocks. -
ci_SystemBandwidth_n25: 5 MHz bandwidth using 25 physi-
cal RBs. -
ci_SystemBandwidth_n50: 10 MHz bandwidth using 50
physical RBs. -
ci_SystemBandwidth_n75: 15 MHz bandwidth using 75
physical RBs. -
ci_SystemBandwidth_n100: 20 MHz bandwidth using 100
physical RBs. UL_BANDWIDTH
Uplink bandwidth used by the active cell. -
ci_SystemBandwidth_n6: 1.4MHz bandwidth that uses 6
physical resource blocks. -
ci_SystemBandwidth_n15: 3MHz bandwidth that uses 15
physical resource blocks. -
ci_SystemBandwidth_n25: 5 MHz bandwidth using 25 physi-
cal RBs. -
ci_SystemBandwidth_n50: 10 MHz bandwidth using 50
physical RBs. -
ci_SystemBandwidth_n75: 15 MHz bandwidth using 75
physical RBs. -
ci_SystemBandwidth_n100: 20 MHz bandwidth using 100
physical RBs.
406
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
LTE eNB Command Description/Ver.1.0
FREQUENCY_BAND_INDICATORFrequency band indicator including the frequency of the active cell. This information is broadcast to UE via SIB 1. GROUP_ID
This parameter defines Carrier groupId for the cell
FORCED_MODE
This parameter defines forced mode for changed value.
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
407
Command Description
C2128 CHANGE BLACK LISTED CELL INFORMATION Command Format CHG-BLACK-LIST: CELL_NUM, BLACK_LIST_IDX, [STATUS], [PCI_TYPE], [START_PCI], [PCI_RANGE], [EARFCN_UL], [EARFCN_DL];
Command Description Changes the blacklist cell information for each cell in the eNB. This command can change the information on the blacklist, which is registered in the cell by entering the cell number and blacklist index. TIMEOUT
10
Input Parameter Description Parameter
Description
Range
Unit
Default
CELL_NUM
The cell number to be changed.
0~8
NONE
0
BLACK_LIST_I DX
Index for the blacklist cell.
0 ~ 127
NONE
0
Whether tuple information is valid ID.
N_EQUIP/EQUIP/
NONE
N_EQUI P
STATUS
- N_EQUIP: Invalid ID - EQUIP: Valid ID.
PCI_TYPE
Physical cell ID type of the blacklist cell. - ci_singlePci: Single PCI. - ci_rangedPci: PCI range.
ci_singlePci/ ci_rangedPci/
NONE
ci_singl ePci
START_PCI
The starting physical cell ID for the blacklist cell.
0 ~ 503
NONE
0
PCI_RANGE
Range from the starting physical cell ID of the blacklist cell. Not used if it is a single physical cell ID type.
ci_rangePCI_n4/ ci_rangePCI_n8/ ci_rangePCI_n12/ ci_rangePCI_n16/ ci_rangePCI_n24/ ci_rangePCI_n32/ ci_rangePCI_n48/ ci_rangePCI_n64/ ci_rangePCI_n84/ ci_rangePCI_n96/ ci_rangePCI_n128/ ci_rangePCI_n168/ ci_rangePCI_n252/ ci_rangePCI_n504/
NONE
ci_rang ePCI_n 4
408
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
LTE eNB Command Description/Ver.1.0
Parameter
Description
Range
Unit
Default
EARFCN_UL
Uplink EARFCN (E-UTRA Absolute Radio Frequency Channel Number) of the blacklist cell.
0 ~ 65535
NONE
19600
EARFCN_DL
Downlink EARFCN (E-UTRA Absolute Radio Frequency Channel Number) of the blacklist cell.
0 ~ 65535
NONE
1600
Output Parameter Description CELL_NUM
The cell number to be changed.
BLACK_LIST_IDX
Index for the blacklist cell.
STATUS
Whether tuple information is valid ID.
PCI_TYPE
-
N_EQUIP: Invalid ID
-
EQUIP: Valid ID.
Physical cell ID type of the blacklist cell. -
ci_singlePci: Single PCI.
-
ci_rangedPci: PCI range.
START_PCI
The starting physical cell ID for the blacklist cell.
PCI_RANGE
Range from the starting physical cell ID of the blacklist cell. Not used if it is a single physical cell ID type.
EARFCN_UL
Uplink EARFCN (E-UTRA Absolute Radio Frequency Channel Number) of the blacklist cell.
EARFCN_DL
Downlink EARFCN (E-UTRA Absolute Radio Frequency Channel Number) of the blacklist cell.
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
409
Command Description
C2129 CHANGE CELL ACCESS INFORMATION Command Format CHG-CELL-ACS: CELL_NUM, [CELL_BARRED], [INTRA_FREQ_CELL_RESELECT], [BARRING_CTR_USAGE];
Command Description Changes the cell access parameters in the eNB. This information is broadcast to the UE through SIB (System Information Block) 1. TIMEOUT
10
Input Parameter Description Parameter
Description
Range
Unit
Default
CELL_NUM
The cell number to be changed or retrieved.
0~8
NONE
0
CELL_BARRE D
Whether the cell is barred. - ci_barred: The cell is barred. - ci_notBarred: The cell is not barred. When the cell status turns to Shutdown, or the operator sets this parameter value to ci_barred, the cellBarred value of SIB1 is broadcast as ci_barred.
ci_barred/ci_notBarred/
NONE
ci_notB arred
INTRA_FREQ_ CELL_RESELE CT
The reselection status of the intra-frequency cell if the cell selected by the UE is barred. - ci_intraFreqReselect_allowed: An intrafrequency cell is reselected. - ci_intraFreqReselect_notAllowed: An intra-frequency cell is considered barred.
ci_intraFreqReselect_al lowed/ ci_intraFreqReselect_n otAllowed/
NONE
ci_intra FreqRe select_n otAllowed
BARRING_CTR _USAGE
Whether barring control type is applied when setting the ac-BarringInfo for SIB2. - barringOff : Not assigns the ac-BarringInfo parameter. -manualCtrl : using manual barring control. -cpuStatusCtrl : using auto barring control according to CPU Overlad.
barringOff/manualCtrl/ cpuStatusCtrl/
NONE
cpuStatusCtrl
Output Parameter Description
410
CELL_NUM
The cell number to be changed or retrieved.
CELL_BARRED
Whether the cell is barred.
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
LTE eNB Command Description/Ver.1.0
-
ci_barred: The cell is barred.
-
ci_notBarred: The cell is not barred. When the cell status
turns to Shutdown, or the operator sets this parameter value to ci_barred, the cellBarred value of SIB1 is broadcast as ci_barred. INTRA_FREQ_CELL_RESELECT The reselection status of the intra-frequency cell if the cell selected by the UE is barred. - ci_intraFreqReselect_allowed: An intra-frequency cell is rese-
lected. -
ci_intraFreqReselect_notAllowed: An intra-frequency cell is
considered barred. BARRING_CTR_USAGE
Whether barring control type is applied when setting the acBarringInfo for SIB2. -
barringOff : Not assigns the ac-BarringInfo parameter.
-manualCtrl
: using manual barring control.
-cpuStatusCtrl
: using auto barring control according to CPU
Overlad.
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
411
Command Description
C2130 CHANGE CELL RESELECT INFORMATION Command Format CHG-CELL-RSEL: CELL_NUM, [Q_HYST], [Q_HYST_SFMEDIUM], [Q_HYST_SFHIGH];
Command Description Changes information on the cell reselection parameters in the eNB. This information is broadcast to the UE through SIB (System Information Block) 3. TIMEOUT
10
Input Parameter Description Parameter
Description
Range
Unit
Default
CELL_NUM
The cell number to be changed or retrieved.
0~8
NONE
0
Q_HYST
Offset value added to the current serving cell from the cell reselection reference. ci_q_Hyst_dB1 indicates 1dB, and ci_q_Hyst_dB2 2dB.
ci_q_Hyst_dB0/ ci_q_Hyst_dB1/ ci_q_Hyst_dB2/ ci_q_Hyst_dB3/ ci_q_Hyst_dB4/ ci_q_Hyst_dB5/ ci_q_Hyst_dB6/ ci_q_Hyst_dB8/ ci_q_Hyst_dB10/ ci_q_Hyst_dB12/ ci_q_Hyst_dB14/ ci_q_Hyst_dB16/ ci_q_Hyst_dB18/ ci_q_Hyst_dB20/ ci_q_Hyst_dB22/ ci_q_Hyst_dB24/
dB
ci_q_Hy st_dB0
Q_HYST_SFM EDIUM
The value added if the UE speed in Qhyst added to the current serving cell is Medium in the cell reselection condition. This parameter, in order to apply to change, SPEED_STATE_RESEL_PARAMS_USAG E of CHG-MOBIL-STA is set to CI_use.
ci_Q_HystSF_dB-6/ ci_Q_HystSF_dB-4/ ci_Q_HystSF_dB-2/ ci_Q_HystSF_dB0/
dB
ci_Q_H ystSF_d B-6
Q_HYST_SFHI GH
The value added if the UE speed in Qhyst added to the current serving cell is High in the cell reselection condition. ci_Q_HystSF_dB_6 indicates -6dB, and ci_Q_HystSF_dB_4 -4dB. This parameter, in order to apply to change, SPEED_STATE_RESEL_PARAMS_USAG E of CHG-MOBIL-STA is set to CI_use.
ci_Q_HystSF_dB-6/ ci_Q_HystSF_dB-4/ ci_Q_HystSF_dB-2/ ci_Q_HystSF_dB0/
dB
ci_Q_H ystSF_d B-6
412
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
LTE eNB Command Description/Ver.1.0
Output Parameter Description CELL_NUM
The cell number to be changed or retrieved.
Q_HYST
Offset value added to the current serving cell from the cell reselection reference. ci_q_Hyst_dB1 indicates 1dB, and ci_q_Hyst_dB2 2dB.
Q_HYST_SFMEDIUM
The value added if the UE speed in Qhyst added to the current serving cell is Medium in the cell reselection condition. This parameter, in order to apply to change, SPEED_STATE_RESEL_PARAMS_USAGE of CHGMOBIL-STA is set to CI_use.
Q_HYST_SFHIGH
The value added if the UE speed in Qhyst added to the current serving cell is High in the cell reselection condition. ci_Q_HystSF_dB_6 indicates -6dB, and ci_Q_HystSF_dB_4 4dB. This parameter, in order to apply to change, SPEED_STATE_RESEL_PARAMS_USAGE of CHGMOBIL-STA is set to CI_use.
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
413
Command Description
C2131 CHANGE CELL SELECT INFORMATION Command Format CHG-CELL-SEL: CELL_NUM, [Q_RXLEV_MIN], [Q_RXLEV_MIN_OFFSET_USAGE], [Q_RXLEV_MIN_OFFSET], [P_MAX_USAGE], [P_MAX], [REL9_SEL_INFO_USAGE], [Q_QUAL_MIN], [Q_QUAL_MIN_OFFSET_USAGE], [Q_QUAL_MIN_OFFSET];
Command Description Changes the cell selection parameter in the eNB. This information is broadcast to the UE through SIB (System Information Block) 1. TIMEOUT
10
Input Parameter Description Parameter
Description
Range
Unit
Default
CELL_NUM
The cell number to be changed or retrieved.
0~8
NONE
0
Q_RXLEV_MIN
The threshold added to the current measured cell in the cell selection condition.
-70 ~ -22
dBm
-64
Q_RXLEV_MIN _OFFSET_USA GE
The offset value added to qRxlevmin in the cell selection condition. - CI_no_use: qRxlevminoffset value is not added to qRxlevmin. - CI_use: qRxlevminoffset value is added to qRxlevmin.
CI_no_use/CI_use/
NONE
CI_no_u se
Q_RXLEV_MIN _OFFSET
The offset value added to qRxlevmin in the cell selection condition. The range is 1-8, where 1 indicates 2dB, and 8 indicates 16dB (IE value*2[dB]).
1~8
NONE
3
P_MAX_USAG E
Whether UE can use the maximum power for uplink transmission in cells. - CI_no_use: UE uses the maximum power according to its capability. - CI_use: UE uses the maximum power set in pMax.
CI_no_use/CI_use/
NONE
CI_no_u se
P_MAX
The value used for limiting uplink transmission power and calculating the compensation (see 5.2.3.2 of 3GPP TS 36.304) parameter.
-30 ~ 33
NONE
0
414
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
LTE eNB Command Description/Ver.1.0
Parameter
Description
Range
Unit
Default
REL9_SEL_INF O_USAGE
Whether to use Rel. 9 selectionInfo parameter of the cell in the eNB. - CI_no_use: Rel. 9 selectionInfo parameter is not used. - CI_use: Rel. 9 selectionInfo parameter is used.
CI_no_use/CI_use/
NONE
CI_no_u se
Q_QUAL_MIN
The threshold added to the current measured cell in the cell selection condition. The value is in dB.
-34 ~ -3
NONE
-16
Q_QUAL_MIN_ OFFSET_USA GE
Whether to set the offset value added to qQualMin based on the cell selection condition. - CI_no_use: The qQualMinOffset value is not added to qQualMin. - CI_use: The qQualMinOffset value is added to qQualMin.
CI_no_use/CI_use/
NONE
CI_no_u se
Q_QUAL_MIN_ OFFSET
The offset value added to qQualMin in the cell selection condition. The value is in dB.
1~8
NONE
3
Output Parameter Description CELL_NUM
The cell number to be changed or retrieved.
Q_RXLEV_MIN
The threshold added to the current measured cell in the cell selection condition.
Q_RXLEV_MIN_OFFSET_USAGE The offset value added to qRxlevmin in the cell selection condition. -
CI_no_use: qRxlevminoffset value is not added to qRxlev-
min. -
Q_RXLEV_MIN_OFFSET
CI_use: qRxlevminoffset value is added to qRxlevmin.
The offset value added to qRxlevmin in the cell selection condition. The range is 1-8, where 1 indicates 2dB, and 8 indicates 16dB (IE value*2[dB]).
P_MAX_USAGE
Whether UE can use the maximum power for uplink transmission in cells. -
CI_no_use: UE uses the maximum power according to its
capability. -
P_MAX
CI_use: UE uses the maximum power set in pMax.
The value used for limiting uplink transmission power and calculating the compensation (see 5.2.3.2 of 3GPP TS 36.304)
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
415
Command Description
parameter. REL9_SEL_INFO_USAGE
Whether to use Rel. 9 selectionInfo parameter of the cell in the eNB.
Q_QUAL_MIN
-
CI_no_use: Rel. 9 selectionInfo parameter is not used.
-
CI_use: Rel. 9 selectionInfo parameter is used.
The threshold added to the current measured cell in the cell selection condition. The value is in dB.
Q_QUAL_MIN_OFFSET_USAGE Whether to set the offset value added to qQualMin based on the cell selection condition. -
CI_no_use: The qQualMinOffset value is not added to qQual-
Min. -
Q_QUAL_MIN_OFFSET
CI_use: The qQualMinOffset value is added to qQualMin.
The offset value added to qQualMin in the cell selection condition. The value is in dB.
416
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
LTE eNB Command Description/Ver.1.0
C2132 CHANGE CSG PCI IDLE INFORMATION Command Format CHG-CSGPCI-IDLE: CELL_NUM, FA_INDEX, [CSG_PCIRANGE_USAGE], [PCI_TYPE], [CSG_PCISTART], [CSG_PCIRANGE], [FORCED_MODE];
Command Description Changes the PCI related to CSG (close subscriber group) of the cell. If the cell type is set to CSG, the PCI value or the PCI range of the CSG is included in the SIB for transmission. Also, if the cell type is set to Macro, whether to include SIB is determined by the usage. This parameter, in order to apply the changes, CELL_LOCK or forcedModeFlag is set to True. TIMEOUT
10
Input Parameter Description Parameter
Description
Range
Unit
Default
CELL_NUM
The cell number to be changed or retrieved.
0~8
NONE
0
FA_INDEX
EUTRA frequency index. Up to 8 FAs can be assigned per cell.
0~7
NONE
0
CSG_PCIRAN GE_USAGE
Whether to use PCI range of the CSG cell. - CI_no_use: The PCI range is not used. - CI_use: The PCI range is used.
CI_no_use/CI_use/
NONE
CI_no_u se
PCI_TYPE
The PCI type of a CSG cell. Determines whether to use CSG PCI as a range or single. - ci_singlePci: CSG PCI is used as a single. - ci_rangedPci: CSG PCI is used as a range.
ci_singlePci/ ci_rangedPci/
NONE
ci_rang edPci
CSG_PCISTAR T
The PCI start value of the CSG cell.
0 ~ 503
NONE
420
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
417
Command Description
Parameter
Description
Range
Unit
Default
CSG_PCIRAN GE
The PCI range of the CSG cell. The range includes the start value.
ci_rangePCI_n4/ ci_rangePCI_n8/ ci_rangePCI_n12/ ci_rangePCI_n16/ ci_rangePCI_n24/ ci_rangePCI_n32/ ci_rangePCI_n48/ ci_rangePCI_n64/ ci_rangePCI_n84/ ci_rangePCI_n96/ ci_rangePCI_n128/ ci_rangePCI_n168/ ci_rangePCI_n252/ ci_rangePCI_n504/
NONE
ci_rang ePCI_n 84
FORCED_MOD E
This parameter defines forced mode for changed value.
False/True/
NONE
False
Output Parameter Description CELL_NUM
The cell number to be changed or retrieved.
FA_INDEX
EUTRA frequency index. Up to 8 FAs can be assigned per cell.
CSG_PCIRANGE_USAGE
Whether to use PCI range of the CSG cell.
PCI_TYPE
-
CI_no_use: The PCI range is not used.
-
CI_use: The PCI range is used.
The PCI type of a CSG cell. Determines whether to use CSG PCI as a range or single. -
ci_singlePci: CSG PCI is used as a single.
-
ci_rangedPci: CSG PCI is used as a range.
CSG_PCISTART
The PCI start value of the CSG cell.
CSG_PCIRANGE
The PCI range of the CSG cell. The range includes the start value.
FORCED_MODE
418
This parameter defines forced mode for changed value.
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
LTE eNB Command Description/Ver.1.0
C2133 CHANGE SIB SCHEDULING INFORMATION Command Format CHG-SIB-INF: CELL_NUM, [SIB2_PERIOD], [SIB3_PERIOD], [SIB4_PERIOD], [SIB5_PERIOD], [SIB6_PERIOD], [SIB7_PERIOD], [SIB8_PERIOD], [SIB9_PERIOD], [SIB10_PERIOD], [SIB11_PERIOD], [SIB12_PERIOD], [SI_WINDOW], [WARNING_MSG_TYPE];
Command Description Changes the System Information Block (SIB) interval of cells. SIB2-SIB12 is sent as an SI (System Information) message and the mapping information for SIB and SI messages of SIB2-SIB12 is included in schedulingInfoList of SIB1. Each SIB is included in its own SI message and SIBs of the same period are mapped to the same SI message. Multiple SI messages may also be transmitted in the same period. SIB2 is always mapped to the first SI message in the SI message list of schedulingInfoList. TIMEOUT
10
Input Parameter Description Parameter
Description
Range
Unit
Default
CELL_NUM
The cell number to be changed or retrieved.
0~8
NONE
0
SIB2_PERIOD
The transmission period for the system information block type 2 of the cell in the eNB. - ci_rf8: 80 ms. - ci_rf16: 160 ms. - ci_rf32: 320 ms. - ci_rf64: 640 ms. - ci_rf128: 1280 ms. - ci_rf256: 2560 ms. - ci_rf512: 5120 ms. - ci_not_used: SIB2 is not sent.
ci_rf8/ci_rf16/ci_rf32/ ci_rf64/ci_rf128/ ci_rf256/ci_rf512/ ci_not_used/
NONE
ci_rf16
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
419
Command Description
Parameter
Description
Range
Unit
Default
SIB3_PERIOD
The transmission period for the system information block type 3 of the cell in the eNB. - ci_rf8: 80 ms. - ci_rf16: 160 ms. - ci_rf32: 320 ms. - ci_rf64: 640 ms. - ci_rf128: 1280 ms. - ci_rf256: 2560 ms. - ci_rf512: 5120 ms. - ci_not_used: SIB3 is not sent.
ci_rf8/ci_rf16/ci_rf32/ ci_rf64/ci_rf128/ ci_rf256/ci_rf512/ ci_not_used/
NONE
ci_rf32
SIB4_PERIOD
The transmission period for the system information block type 4 of the cell in the eNB. - ci_rf8: 80 ms. - ci_rf16: 160 ms. - ci_rf32: 320 ms. - ci_rf64: 640 ms. - ci_rf128: 1280 ms. - ci_rf256: 2560 ms. - ci_rf512: 5120 ms. - ci_not_used: SIB4 is not sent.
ci_rf8/ci_rf16/ci_rf32/ ci_rf64/ci_rf128/ ci_rf256/ci_rf512/ ci_not_used/
NONE
ci_rf64
SIB5_PERIOD
The transmission period for the system information block type 5 of the cell in the eNB. - ci_rf8: 80 ms. - ci_rf16: 160 ms. - ci_rf32: 320 ms. - ci_rf64: 640 ms. - ci_rf128: 1280 ms. - ci_rf256: 2560 ms. - ci_rf512: 5120 ms. - ci_not_used: SIB5 is not sent.
ci_rf8/ci_rf16/ci_rf32/ ci_rf64/ci_rf128/ ci_rf256/ci_rf512/ ci_not_used/
NONE
ci_not_u sed
SIB6_PERIOD
The transmission period for the system information block type 6 of the cell in the eNB. - ci_rf8: 80 ms. - ci_rf16: 160 ms. - ci_rf32: 320 ms. - ci_rf64: 640 ms. - ci_rf128: 1280 ms. - ci_rf256: 2560 ms. - ci_rf512: 5120 ms. - ci_not_used: SIB6 is not sent.
ci_rf8/ci_rf16/ci_rf32/ ci_rf64/ci_rf128/ ci_rf256/ci_rf512/ ci_not_used/
NONE
ci_rf128
420
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
LTE eNB Command Description/Ver.1.0
Parameter
Description
Range
Unit
Default
SIB7_PERIOD
The transmission period for the system information block type 7 of the cell in the eNB. - ci_rf8: 80 ms. - ci_rf16: 160 ms. - ci_rf32: 320 ms. - ci_rf64: 640 ms. - ci_rf128: 1280 ms. - ci_rf256: 2560 ms. - ci_rf512: 5120 ms. - ci_not_used: SIB7 is not sent.
ci_rf8/ci_rf16/ci_rf32/ ci_rf64/ci_rf128/ ci_rf256/ci_rf512/ ci_not_used/
NONE
ci_not_u sed
SIB8_PERIOD
The transmission period for the system information block type 8 of the cell in the eNB. - ci_rf8: 80 ms. - ci_rf16: 160 ms. - ci_rf32: 320 ms. - ci_rf64: 640 ms. - ci_rf128: 1280 ms. - ci_rf256: 2560 ms. - ci_rf512: 5120 ms. ci_not_used: SIB8 is not sent.
ci_rf8/ci_rf16/ci_rf32/ ci_rf64/ci_rf128/ ci_rf256/ci_rf512/ ci_not_used/
NONE
ci_not_u sed
SIB9_PERIOD
The transmission period for the system information block type 9 of the cell in the eNB. - ci_rf8: 80 ms. - ci_rf16: 160 ms. - ci_rf32: 320 ms. - ci_rf64: 640 ms. - ci_rf128: 1280 ms. - ci_rf256: 2560 ms. - ci_rf512: 5120 ms. - ci_not_used: SIB9 is not sent.
ci_rf8/ci_rf16/ci_rf32/ ci_rf64/ci_rf128/ ci_rf256/ci_rf512/ ci_not_used/
NONE
ci_not_u sed
SIB10_PERIOD
The transmission period for the system information block type 10 of the cell in the eNB. - ci_rf8: 80 ms. - ci_rf16: 160 ms. - ci_rf32: 320 ms. - ci_rf64: 640 ms. - ci_rf128: 1280 ms. - ci_rf256: 2560 ms. - ci_rf512: 5120 ms. - ci_not_used: SIB10 is not sent.
ci_rf8/ci_rf16/ci_rf32/ ci_rf64/ci_rf128/ ci_rf256/ci_rf512/ ci_not_used/
NONE
ci_not_u sed
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
421
Command Description
Parameter
Description
Range
Unit
Default
SIB11_PERIOD
The transmission period for the system information block type 11 of the cell in the eNB. - ci_rf8: 80 ms. - ci_rf16: 160 ms. - ci_rf32: 320 ms. - ci_rf64: 640 ms. - ci_rf128: 1280 ms. - ci_rf256: 2560 ms. - ci_rf512: 5120 ms. - ci_not_used: SIB11 is not sent.
ci_rf8/ci_rf16/ci_rf32/ ci_rf64/ci_rf128/ ci_rf256/ci_rf512/ ci_not_used/
NONE
ci_not_u sed
SIB12_PERIOD
The transmission period for the system information block type 12 of the cell in the eNB. - ci_rf8: 80 ms. - ci_rf16: 160 ms. - ci_rf32: 320 ms. - ci_rf64: 640 ms. - ci_rf128: 1280 ms. - ci_rf256: 2560 ms. - ci_rf512: 5120 ms. - ci_not_used: SIB12 is not sent.
ci_rf8/ci_rf16/ci_rf32/ ci_rf64/ci_rf128/ ci_rf256/ci_rf512/ ci_not_used/
NONE
ci_not_u sed
SI_WINDOW
The system information window size of the cell in the eNB. Each SI message is related with one SI window, and does not overlap with SI windows of other SI messages. I.e, one SI is sent in each SI window. All SI messages have the same window size. Corresponding SI messages within the SI window are sent repeatedly. The range is as follows:. -ci_si_WindowLength_ms1: 1 ms. - ci_si_WindowLength_ms2: 2 ms. - ci_si_WindowLength_ms5: 5 ms. - ci_si_WindowLength_ms10: 10 ms. - ci_si_WindowLength_ms15: 15 ms. - ci_si_WindowLength_ms20: 20 ms. - ci_si_WindowLength_ms40: 40 ms.
ci_si_WindowLength_m s1/ ci_si_WindowLength_m s2/ ci_si_WindowLength_m s5/ ci_si_WindowLength_m s10/ ci_si_WindowLength_m s15/ ci_si_WindowLength_m s20/ ci_si_WindowLength_m s40/
NONE
ci_si_Wi ndowLe ngth_m s20
WARNING_MS G_TYPE
This is the value of Warning Message Type
etws/cmas/
NONE
etws
Output Parameter Description CELL_NUM
The cell number to be changed or retrieved.
SIB2_PERIOD
The transmission period for the system information block type 2 of the cell in the eNB.
422
-
ci_rf8: 80 ms.
-
ci_rf16: 160 ms.
-
ci_rf32: 320 ms.
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
LTE eNB Command Description/Ver.1.0
SIB3_PERIOD
-
ci_rf64: 640 ms.
-
ci_rf128: 1280 ms.
-
ci_rf256: 2560 ms.
-
ci_rf512: 5120 ms.
-
ci_not_used: SIB2 is not sent.
The transmission period for the system information block type 3 of the cell in the eNB.
SIB4_PERIOD
-
ci_rf8: 80 ms.
-
ci_rf16: 160 ms.
-
ci_rf32: 320 ms.
-
ci_rf64: 640 ms.
-
ci_rf128: 1280 ms.
-
ci_rf256: 2560 ms.
-
ci_rf512: 5120 ms.
-
ci_not_used: SIB3 is not sent.
The transmission period for the system information block type 4 of the cell in the eNB.
SIB5_PERIOD
-
ci_rf8: 80 ms.
-
ci_rf16: 160 ms.
-
ci_rf32: 320 ms.
-
ci_rf64: 640 ms.
-
ci_rf128: 1280 ms.
-
ci_rf256: 2560 ms.
-
ci_rf512: 5120 ms.
-
ci_not_used: SIB4 is not sent.
The transmission period for the system information block type 5 of the cell in the eNB.
SIB6_PERIOD
-
ci_rf8: 80 ms.
-
ci_rf16: 160 ms.
-
ci_rf32: 320 ms.
-
ci_rf64: 640 ms.
-
ci_rf128: 1280 ms.
-
ci_rf256: 2560 ms.
-
ci_rf512: 5120 ms.
-
ci_not_used: SIB5 is not sent.
The transmission period for the system information block type 6 of the cell in the eNB.
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
423
Command Description
SIB7_PERIOD
-
ci_rf8: 80 ms.
-
ci_rf16: 160 ms.
-
ci_rf32: 320 ms.
-
ci_rf64: 640 ms.
-
ci_rf128: 1280 ms.
-
ci_rf256: 2560 ms.
-
ci_rf512: 5120 ms.
-
ci_not_used: SIB6 is not sent.
The transmission period for the system information block type 7 of the cell in the eNB.
SIB8_PERIOD
-
ci_rf8: 80 ms.
-
ci_rf16: 160 ms.
-
ci_rf32: 320 ms.
-
ci_rf64: 640 ms.
-
ci_rf128: 1280 ms.
-
ci_rf256: 2560 ms.
-
ci_rf512: 5120 ms.
-
ci_not_used: SIB7 is not sent.
The transmission period for the system information block type 8 of the cell in the eNB.
SIB9_PERIOD
-
ci_rf8: 80 ms.
-
ci_rf16: 160 ms.
-
ci_rf32: 320 ms.
-
ci_rf64: 640 ms.
-
ci_rf128: 1280 ms.
-
ci_rf256: 2560 ms.
-
ci_rf512: 5120 ms. ci_not_used: SIB8 is not sent.
The transmission period for the system information block type 9 of the cell in the eNB.
424
-
ci_rf8: 80 ms.
-
ci_rf16: 160 ms.
-
ci_rf32: 320 ms.
-
ci_rf64: 640 ms.
-
ci_rf128: 1280 ms.
-
ci_rf256: 2560 ms.
-
ci_rf512: 5120 ms.
-
ci_not_used: SIB9 is not sent.
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
LTE eNB Command Description/Ver.1.0
SIB10_PERIOD
The transmission period for the system information block type 10 of the cell in the eNB.
SIB11_PERIOD
-
ci_rf8: 80 ms.
-
ci_rf16: 160 ms.
-
ci_rf32: 320 ms.
-
ci_rf64: 640 ms.
-
ci_rf128: 1280 ms.
-
ci_rf256: 2560 ms.
-
ci_rf512: 5120 ms.
-
ci_not_used: SIB10 is not sent.
The transmission period for the system information block type 11 of the cell in the eNB.
SIB12_PERIOD
-
ci_rf8: 80 ms.
-
ci_rf16: 160 ms.
-
ci_rf32: 320 ms.
-
ci_rf64: 640 ms.
-
ci_rf128: 1280 ms.
-
ci_rf256: 2560 ms.
-
ci_rf512: 5120 ms.
-
ci_not_used: SIB11 is not sent.
The transmission period for the system information block type 12 of the cell in the eNB.
SI_WINDOW
-
ci_rf8: 80 ms.
-
ci_rf16: 160 ms.
-
ci_rf32: 320 ms.
-
ci_rf64: 640 ms.
-
ci_rf128: 1280 ms.
-
ci_rf256: 2560 ms.
-
ci_rf512: 5120 ms.
-
ci_not_used: SIB12 is not sent.
The system information window size of the cell in the eNB. Each SI message is related with one SI window, and does not overlap with SI windows of other SI messages. I.e, one SI is sent in each SI window. All SI messages have the same window size. Corresponding SI messages within the SI window are sent repeatedly. The range is as follows:. -ci_si_WindowLength_ms1: -
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
1 ms.
ci_si_WindowLength_ms2: 2 ms.
425
Command Description
WARNING_MSG_TYPE
426
-
ci_si_WindowLength_ms5: 5 ms.
-
ci_si_WindowLength_ms10: 10 ms.
-
ci_si_WindowLength_ms15: 15 ms.
-
ci_si_WindowLength_ms20: 20 ms.
-
ci_si_WindowLength_ms40: 40 ms.
This is the value of Warning Message Type
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
LTE eNB Command Description/Ver.1.0
C2134 CHANGE MOBILITY STATE INFORMATION Command Format CHG-MOBIL-STA: CELL_NUM, [SPEED_STATE_RE_SEL_PARS_USAGE], [T_EVALULATION], [T_HYST_NORMAL], [N_CELL_CHANGE_MEDIUM], [N_CELL_CHANGE_HIGH];
Command Description Changes the mobility state information. Mobility state information is changed by entering a CELL_NUM parameter value. The following parameters are used when changing the mobility states: speedStaeReSelParsUsage, tEvalulation, tHystNormal, nCellChangeMedium and nCellChangeHigh. TIMEOUT
10
Input Parameter Description Parameter
Description
Range
Unit
Default
CELL_NUM
The cell number to be changed or retrieved.
0~8
NONE
0
SPEED_STATE _RE_SEL_PAR S_USAGE
Whether to use the speedStateReselectonPars field of the cell in the eNB. - CI_no_use: The speedStateReselectonPars field is not used. - CI_use: The speedStateReselectonPars field is used.
CI_no_use/CI_use/
NONE
CI_no_u se
T_EVALULATIO N
The evaluation time of the cell in the eNB.
ci_T_Evalulation_s30/ ci_T_Evalulation_s60/ ci_T_Evalulation_s120/ ci_T_Evalulation_s180/ ci_T_Evalulation_s240/
sec
ci_T_Ev alulation _s30
T_HYST_NOR MAL
The hyst normal time of the cell in the eNB.
ci_T_HystNormal_s30/ ci_T_HystNormal_s60/ ci_T_HystNormal_s120 / ci_T_HystNormal_s180 / ci_T_HystNormal_s240 /
sec
ci_T_Hy stNorma l_s30
N_CELL_CHAN GE_MEDIUM
The number of cell change in medium mobility state of the cell in the eNB.
1 ~ 16
NONE
5
N_CELL_CHAN GE_HIGH
The number of cell change in high mobility state of the cell in the eNB.
1 ~ 16
NONE
10
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
427
Command Description
Output Parameter Description CELL_NUM
The cell number to be changed or retrieved.
SPEED_STATE_RE_SEL_PARS_USAGEWhether to use the speedStateReselectonPars field of the cell in the eNB. -
CI_no_use: The speedStateReselectonPars field is not used.
-
CI_use: The speedStateReselectonPars field is used.
T_EVALULATION
The evaluation time of the cell in the eNB.
T_HYST_NORMAL
The hyst normal time of the cell in the eNB.
N_CELL_CHANGE_MEDIUM
The number of cell change in medium mobility state of the cell in the eNB.
N_CELL_CHANGE_HIGH
The number of cell change in high mobility state of the cell in the eNB.
428
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
LTE eNB Command Description/Ver.1.0
C2135 CHANGE UE TIMER CONSTANTS INFORMATION Command Format CHG-TIME-INF: CELL_NUM, [T300], [T301], [T302], [T304], [CCO_T304], [T310], [T311], [T320], [N310], [N311];
Command Description Changes the UE timer constant in the eNB. This information includes the UE-timers and constants broadcasted to SIB2 and the UE-specific timer information. The timer values broadcasted to SIB are t300, t301, t310, n310, and n311. All other values are UE-specific timer values which are included in the RRC message. TIMEOUT
10
Input Parameter Description Parameter
Description
Range
Unit
Default
CELL_NUM
The cell number to be changed or retrieved.
0~8
NONE
0
T300
Timer t300 of the cell in the eNB. The UE starts the t300 timer after sending RRC Connection Request. When it receives the RRC Connection Setup message or the RRC Connection Reject message, the timer is cleared. When the t300 timer terminates, UE resets the MAC, clears the MAC configuration, and re-establishes the RLC. The default is 200 ms, and can be changed by the operator. - ci_t_300_ms100: 100 ms. - ci_t_300_ms200: 200 ms. - ci_t_300_ms300: 300 ms. - ci_t_300_ms400: 400 ms. - ci_t_300_ms600: 600 ms. - ci_t_300_ms1000: 1000 ms. - ci_t_300_ms1500: 1500 ms. - ci_t_300_ms2000: 2000 ms.
ci_t_300_ms100/ ci_t_300_ms200/ ci_t_300_ms300/ ci_t_300_ms400/ ci_t_300_ms600/ ci_t_300_ms1000/ ci_t_300_ms1500/ ci_t_300_ms2000/
NONE
ci_t_300 _ms200
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
429
Command Description
Parameter
Description
Range
Unit
Default
T301
Timer t301 of the cell in the eNB. The UE starts the t301 timer after sending RRC Connection Reestablishment Request. When it receives the RRC Connection Reestablishment message or the RRC Connection Reestablishment message, the timer is cleared. When the t301 timer terminates, UE becomes idle. The default is 200 ms, and can be changed by the operator. - ci_t_301_ms100: 100 ms. - ci_t_301_ms200: 200 ms. - ci_t_301_ms300: 300 ms. - ci_t_301_ms400: 400 ms. - ci_t_301_ms600: 600 ms. - ci_t_301_ms1000: 1000 ms. - ci_t_301_ms1500: 1500 ms. - ci_t_301_ms2000: 2000 ms.
ci_t_301_ms100/ ci_t_301_ms200/ ci_t_301_ms300/ ci_t_301_ms400/ ci_t_301_ms600/ ci_t_301_ms1000/ ci_t_301_ms1500/ ci_t_301_ms2000/
NONE
ci_t_301 _ms200
T302
The timer value which starts after the UE receives the RRC Connection Reject message. The timer terminates when UE status becomes RRC_Connect or a cell is reselected. When the timer is cleared, the UE treats the cell as barred and performs cell reselection. The default is 8 seconds, and can be changed by the operator. - ci_t_302_s1: 1 second. - ci_t_302_s2: 2 seconds. - ci_t_302_s3: 3 seconds. - ci_t_302_s4: 4 seconds. - ci_t_302_s5: 5 seconds. - ci_t_302_s6: 6 seconds. - ci_t_302_s7: 7 seconds. - ci_t_302_s8: 8 seconds. - ci_t_302_s9: 9 seconds. - ci_t_302_s10: 10 seconds. - ci_t_302_s11: 11 seconds. - ci_t_302_s12: 12 seconds. - ci_t_302_s13: 13 seconds. - ci_t_302_s14: 14 seconds. - ci_t_302_s15: 15 seconds. - ci_t_302_s16: 16 seconds.
ci_t_302_s1/ ci_t_302_s2/ ci_t_302_s3/ ci_t_302_s4/ ci_t_302_s5/ ci_t_302_s6/ ci_t_302_s7/ ci_t_302_s8/ ci_t_302_s9/ ci_t_302_s10/ ci_t_302_s11/ ci_t_302_s12/ ci_t_302_s13/ ci_t_302_s14/ ci_t_302_s15/ ci_t_302_s16/
NONE
ci_t_302 _s8
T304
The timer started by UE after receiving RRC Connection Reconfiguration message during the handover. The timer terminates when the handover to EUTRA succeeds. The default is 200 ms, and can be changed by the operator. - ci_t_304_ms50: 50 ms. - ci_t_304_ms100: 100 ms. - ci_t_304_ms150: 150 ms. - ci_t_304_ms200: 200 ms. - ci_t_304_ms500: 500 ms. - ci_t_304_ms1000: 1000 ms. - ci_t_304_ms2000: 2000 ms.
ci_t_304_ms50/ ci_t_304_ms100/ ci_t_304_ms150/ ci_t_304_ms200/ ci_t_304_ms500/ ci_t_304_ms1000/ ci_t_304_ms2000/
NONE
ci_t_304 _ms200
430
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
LTE eNB Command Description/Ver.1.0
Parameter
Description
Range
Unit
Default
CCO_T304
The timer started by UE after receiving Mobility From EUTRA Command message during the handover. The timer terminates when the command to change the cell to inter-RAT succeeds. - ci_cco_t_304_ms100: 100 ms. - ci_cco_t_304_ms200: 200 ms. - ci_cco_t_304_ms500: 500 ms. - ci_cco_t_304_ms1000: 1000 ms. - ci_cco_t_304_ms2000: 2000 ms. - ci_cco_t_304_ms4000: 4000 ms. - ci_cco_t_304_ms8000: 8000 ms.
ci_cco_t_304_ms100/ ci_cco_t_304_ms200/ ci_cco_t_304_ms500/ ci_cco_t_304_ms1000/ ci_cco_t_304_ms2000/ ci_cco_t_304_ms4000/ ci_cco_t_304_ms8000/
NONE
ci_cco_t _304_m s1000
T310
The timer value which starts after the UE continuously receives out-of-syncIndication as much as N310. Cleared if in-sync indication is received continuously as much as N311, if handover is triggered, or if the reestablishment procedure is triggered. - ci_t_310_ms0: 0 ms. - ci_t_310_ms50: 50 ms. - ci_t_310_ms100: 100 ms. - ci_t_310_ms200: 200 ms. - ci_t_310_ms500: 500 ms. - ci_t_310_ms1000: 1000 ms. - ci_t_310_ms2000: 2000 ms.
ci_t_310_ms0/ ci_t_310_ms50/ ci_t_310_ms100/ ci_t_310_ms200/ ci_t_310_ms500/ ci_t_310_ms1000/ ci_t_310_ms2000/
NONE
ci_t_310 _ms100 0
T311
The timer started by UE when initiating a reestablishment procedure. The timer is cleared if a suitable EUTRA cell or an interRAT cell is found. If the timer is cleared without finding a suitable cell, it enters RRC_IDLE state. - ci_t_311_ms1000: 1000 ms. -ci_t_311_ms3000: 3000 ms. -ci_t_311_ms5000: 5000 ms. -ci_t_311_ms10000: 10000 ms. -ci_t_311_ms15000: 15000 ms. -ci_t_311_ms20000. 20000ms. -ci_t_311_ms30000: 30000 ms.
ci_t_311_ms1000/ ci_t_311_ms3000/ ci_t_311_ms5000/ ci_t_311_ms10000/ ci_t_311_ms15000/ ci_t_311_ms20000/ ci_t_311_ms30000/
NONE
ci_t_311 _ms300 0
T320
The timer started by UE when receiving a t320 timer value. It also starts when cell reselection occurs from another RAT to EUTRA, and terminates when UE status becomes RRC_CONNECTED. The default is 30 minutes, and can be changed by the operator. - ci_t_320_min5: 5 minutes. - ci_t_320_min10: 10 minutes. - ci_t_320_min20: 20 minutes. - ci_t_320_min30: 30 minutes. - ci_t_320_min60: 60 minutes. - ci_t_320_min120: 120 minutes. - ci_t_320_min180: 180 minutes.
ci_t_320_min5/ ci_t_320_min10/ ci_t_320_min20/ ci_t_320_min30/ ci_t_320_min60/ ci_t_320_min120/ ci_t_320_min180/
NONE
ci_t_320 _min30
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
431
Command Description
Parameter
Description
Range
Unit
Default
N310
The maximum count of out-of-syncIndication the UE receives from lower-layer. The default is 10, and can be changed by the operator. - ci_n_310_n1: 1. - ci_n_310_n2: 2. - ci_n_310_n3: 3. - ci_n_310_n4: 4. - ci_n_310_n6: 6. - ci_n_310_n8: 8. - ci_n_310_n10: 10. - ci_n_310_n20: 20.
ci_n_310_n1/ ci_n_310_n2/ ci_n_310_n3/ ci_n_310_n4/ ci_n_310_n6/ ci_n_310_n8/ ci_n_310_n10/ ci_n_310_n20/
NONE
ci_n_31 0_n10
N311
The maximum count of In-syncIndication the UE receives from lower-layer. The default is 1, and can be changed by the operator. - ci_n_311_n1: 1. - ci_n_311_n2: 2. - ci_n_311_n3: 3. - ci_n_311_n4: 4. - ci_n_311_n5: 5. - ci_n_311_n6: 6. - ci_n_311_n8: 8. - ci_n_311_n10: 10.
ci_n_311_n1/ ci_n_311_n2/ ci_n_311_n3/ ci_n_311_n4/ ci_n_311_n5/ ci_n_311_n6/ ci_n_311_n8/ ci_n_311_n10/
NONE
ci_n_31 1_n1
Output Parameter Description CELL_NUM
The cell number to be changed or retrieved.
T300
Timer t300 of the cell in the eNB. The UE starts the t300 timer after sending RRC Connection Request. When it receives the RRC Connection Setup message or the RRC Connection Reject message, the timer is cleared. When the t300 timer terminates, UE resets the MAC, clears the MAC configuration, and reestablishes the RLC. The default is 200 ms, and can be changed by the operator.
T301
432
-
ci_t_300_ms100: 100 ms.
-
ci_t_300_ms200: 200 ms.
-
ci_t_300_ms300: 300 ms.
-
ci_t_300_ms400: 400 ms.
-
ci_t_300_ms600: 600 ms.
-
ci_t_300_ms1000: 1000 ms.
-
ci_t_300_ms1500: 1500 ms.
-
ci_t_300_ms2000: 2000 ms.
Timer t301 of the cell in the eNB. The UE starts the t301 timer
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
LTE eNB Command Description/Ver.1.0
after sending RRC Connection Reestablishment Request. When it receives the RRC Connection Reestablishment message or the RRC Connection Reestablishment message, the timer is cleared. When the t301 timer terminates, UE becomes idle. The default is 200 ms, and can be changed by the operator.
T302
-
ci_t_301_ms100: 100 ms.
-
ci_t_301_ms200: 200 ms.
-
ci_t_301_ms300: 300 ms.
-
ci_t_301_ms400: 400 ms.
-
ci_t_301_ms600: 600 ms.
-
ci_t_301_ms1000: 1000 ms.
-
ci_t_301_ms1500: 1500 ms.
-
ci_t_301_ms2000: 2000 ms.
The timer value which starts after the UE receives the RRC Connection Reject message. The timer terminates when UE status becomes RRC_Connect or a cell is reselected. When the timer is cleared, the UE treats the cell as barred and performs cell reselection. The default is 8 seconds, and can be changed by the operator.
T304
-
ci_t_302_s1: 1 second.
-
ci_t_302_s2: 2 seconds.
-
ci_t_302_s3: 3 seconds.
-
ci_t_302_s4: 4 seconds.
-
ci_t_302_s5: 5 seconds.
-
ci_t_302_s6: 6 seconds.
-
ci_t_302_s7: 7 seconds.
-
ci_t_302_s8: 8 seconds.
-
ci_t_302_s9: 9 seconds.
-
ci_t_302_s10: 10 seconds.
-
ci_t_302_s11: 11 seconds.
-
ci_t_302_s12: 12 seconds.
-
ci_t_302_s13: 13 seconds.
-
ci_t_302_s14: 14 seconds.
-
ci_t_302_s15: 15 seconds.
-
ci_t_302_s16: 16 seconds.
The timer started by UE after receiving RRC Connection Reconfiguration message during the handover. The timer terminates when the handover to EUTRA succeeds. The default is 200 ms, and can be changed by the operator.
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
433
Command Description
CCO_T304
-
ci_t_304_ms50: 50 ms.
-
ci_t_304_ms100: 100 ms.
-
ci_t_304_ms150: 150 ms.
-
ci_t_304_ms200: 200 ms.
-
ci_t_304_ms500: 500 ms.
-
ci_t_304_ms1000: 1000 ms.
-
ci_t_304_ms2000: 2000 ms.
The timer started by UE after receiving Mobility From EUTRA Command message during the handover. The timer terminates when the command to change the cell to inter-RAT succeeds.
T310
-
ci_cco_t_304_ms100: 100 ms.
-
ci_cco_t_304_ms200: 200 ms.
-
ci_cco_t_304_ms500: 500 ms.
-
ci_cco_t_304_ms1000: 1000 ms.
-
ci_cco_t_304_ms2000: 2000 ms.
-
ci_cco_t_304_ms4000: 4000 ms.
-
ci_cco_t_304_ms8000: 8000 ms.
The timer value which starts after the UE continuously receives out-of-syncIndication as much as N310. Cleared if in-sync indication is received continuously as much as N311, if handover is triggered, or if the reestablishment procedure is triggered.
T311
-
ci_t_310_ms0: 0 ms.
-
ci_t_310_ms50: 50 ms.
-
ci_t_310_ms100: 100 ms.
-
ci_t_310_ms200: 200 ms.
-
ci_t_310_ms500: 500 ms.
-
ci_t_310_ms1000: 1000 ms.
-
ci_t_310_ms2000: 2000 ms.
The timer started by UE when initiating a reestablishment procedure. The timer is cleared if a suitable EUTRA cell or an inter-RAT cell is found. If the timer is cleared without finding a suitable cell, it enters RRC_IDLE state. -
434
ci_t_311_ms1000: 1000 ms.
-ci_t_311_ms3000:
3000 ms.
-ci_t_311_ms5000:
5000 ms.
-ci_t_311_ms10000:
10000 ms.
-ci_t_311_ms15000:
15000 ms.
-ci_t_311_ms20000.
20000ms.
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
LTE eNB Command Description/Ver.1.0
-ci_t_311_ms30000:
T320
30000 ms.
The timer started by UE when receiving a t320 timer value. It also starts when cell reselection occurs from another RAT to EUTRA, and terminates when UE status becomes RRC_CONNECTED. The default is 30 minutes, and can be changed by the operator.
N310
-
ci_t_320_min5: 5 minutes.
-
ci_t_320_min10: 10 minutes.
-
ci_t_320_min20: 20 minutes.
-
ci_t_320_min30: 30 minutes.
-
ci_t_320_min60: 60 minutes.
-
ci_t_320_min120: 120 minutes.
-
ci_t_320_min180: 180 minutes.
The maximum count of out-of-syncIndication the UE receives from lower-layer. The default is 10, and can be changed by the operator.
N311
-
ci_n_310_n1: 1.
-
ci_n_310_n2: 2.
-
ci_n_310_n3: 3.
-
ci_n_310_n4: 4.
-
ci_n_310_n6: 6.
-
ci_n_310_n8: 8.
-
ci_n_310_n10: 10.
-
ci_n_310_n20: 20.
The maximum count of In-syncIndication the UE receives from lower-layer. The default is 1, and can be changed by the operator.
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
-
ci_n_311_n1: 1.
-
ci_n_311_n2: 2.
-
ci_n_311_n3: 3.
-
ci_n_311_n4: 4.
-
ci_n_311_n5: 5.
-
ci_n_311_n6: 6.
-
ci_n_311_n8: 8.
-
ci_n_311_n10: 10.
435
Command Description
C2145 CHANGE CELL ACCESS IDLE INFORMATION Command Format CHG-CAS-IDLE: CELL_NUM, [CSG_IDENTITY], [FORCED_MODE];
Command Description Changes the CSG cell ID. This information is broadcast to the UE through SIB (System Information Block) 1. This parameter, in order to apply the changes, CELL_LOCK or forcedModeFlag is set to True. TIMEOUT
10
Input Parameter Description Parameter
Description
Range
Unit
Default
CELL_NUM
The cell number to be changed or retrieved.
0~8
NONE
0
CSG_IDENTIT Y
The ID of the cell. This is available only if it is a Closed Subscriber Group (CSG) cell.
0 ~ 134217727
NONE
0
FORCED_MOD E
This parameter defines forced mode for changed value.
False/True/
NONE
False
Output Parameter Description CELL_NUM
The cell number to be changed or retrieved.
CSG_IDENTITY
The ID of the cell. This is available only if it is a Closed Subscriber Group (CSG) cell.
FORCED_MODE
436
This parameter defines forced mode for changed value.
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
LTE eNB Command Description/Ver.1.0
C2147 CHANGE SIB SCHEDULING IDLE INFORMATION Command Format CHG-SIB-IDLE: CELL_NUM, [MAX_PACKED_SI_SIZE], [FORCED_MODE];
Command Description Changes the maximum size of the packed SI that can be sent by the cell. It can be changed only when the cell is in the idle state. This parameter, in order to apply the changes, CELL_LOCK or forcedModeFlag is set to True. TIMEOUT
10
Input Parameter Description Parameter
Description
Range
Unit
Default
CELL_NUM
The cell number to be changed or retrieved.
0~8
NONE
0
MAX_PACKED _SI_SIZE
The maximum size of the packed SI for transmission in the cell. This value takes into account the DL RB count by bandwidth, maximum RB count allocated to each SI message, PDSCH RE count for each RB, payload size of DCI Format 1A, max aggregation level and PDCCH coderate. Recommend values are 9 for 1.4 MB (i.e., mega bytes); 26 for 3 MB; 49 for 5 MB; 97 for 10 MB; 141 for 15 MB; 217 for 20 MB.
0 ~ 217
NONE
217
FORCED_MOD E
This parameter defines forced mode for changed value.
False/True/
NONE
False
Output Parameter Description CELL_NUM
The cell number to be changed or retrieved.
MAX_PACKED_SI_SIZE
The maximum size of the packed SI for transmission in the cell. This value takes into account the DL RB count by bandwidth, maximum RB count allocated to each SI message, PDSCH RE count for each RB, payload size of DCI Format 1A, max aggregation level and PDCCH coderate. Recommend values are 9 for
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
437
Command Description
1.4 MB (i.e., mega bytes); 26 for 3 MB; 49 for 5 MB; 97 for 10 MB; 141 for 15 MB; 217 for 20 MB. FORCED_MODE
438
This parameter defines forced mode for changed value.
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
LTE eNB Command Description/Ver.1.0
C2148 CHANGE CELL CAC FUNCTION Command Format CHG-CELL-CAC: CELL_NUM, [CELL_COUNT_CAC_USAGE], [MAX_CALL_COUNT], [CALL_CAC_THRESH_FOR_NORMAL], [CALL_CAC_THRESH_FOR_EMER_HO], [DRB_COUNT_CAC_USAGE], [MAX_DRB_COUNT], [DRB_CAC_THRESH_FOR_NORMAL], [DRB_CAC_THRESH_FOR_EMER_HO], [QOS_CAC_OPTION], [QOS_POLICY_OPTION], [PRB_REPORT_PERIOD], [ESTIMATION_OPT], [PREEMPTION_FLAG], [BH_BW_CAC_USAGE], [BH_BW_CAC_OPTION];
Command Description Changes the CAC (call admission control) parameter information of the cells operating within the eNB. As cell-level CACs, backhaul based CAC, call count based CAC, DRB count based CAC, and QoS based CAC are performed. Changes threshold, CAC option, and preemption status for performing CAC at the cell level. TIMEOUT
10
Input Parameter Description Parameter
Description
Range
Unit
Default
CELL_NUM
The cell number to be changed or retrieved.
0~8
NONE
0
CELL_COUNT_ CAC_USAGE
Whether to execute the call count-based CAC function, which is one of the capacitybased Call Admission Control (CAC) functions per cell. - CI_no_use: The capacity-based CAC function per cell is not performed. - CI_use: The capacity-based CAC function per cell is performed.
CI_no_use/CI_use/
NONE
CI_use
MAX_CALL_C OUNT
The call count limit in the capacity based CAC (call admission control) at the cell level. The number of calls that can be allowed by the cell.
0 ~ 2000
NONE
2000
CALL_CAC_TH RESH_FOR_N ORMAL
The percentage of the allowable calls to the total normal calls. When a normal call is requested, if the number of connected calls exceeds MAX_CALL_COUNT * CALL_CAC_THRESH_FOR_NORMAL, the Capacity-based CAC Fail is generated.
0 ~ 100
%
90
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
439
Command Description
Parameter
Description
CALL_CAC_TH RESH_FOR_E MER_HO
Emergency call availability of total handover calls in percentage. When a normal call is requested, if the number of connected calls exceeds MAX_CALL_COUNT * CALL_CAC_THRESH_FOR_EMER_HO, the Capacity-based CAC Fail is generated.
0 ~ 100
%
100
DRB_COUNT_ CAC_USAGE
Whether to execute the E-UTRAN Radio Access Bearer (E-RAB)-based CAC function, which is one of the capacity-based Call Admission Control (CAC) functions per cell. - CI_no_use: The E-RAB count-based CAC function per cell is not executed. - CI_use: The E-RAB count-based CAC function per cell is executed.
CI_no_use/CI_use/
NONE
CI_use
MAX_DRB_CO UNT
The limit for the E-RAB (E-UTRAN Radio Access Bearer) count in capacity based CAC (call admission control) at the cell level. The number of E-RABs (E-Utran Radio Access Bearers) allowed in the cell.
0 ~ 4000
NONE
4000
DRB_CAC_TH RESH_FOR_N ORMAL
The percentage of the allowable calls to the total normal calls. When a normal call is requested, if the number of connected calls exceeds 'MAX_DRB_COUNT * DRB_CAC_THRESH_FOR_NORMAL', the Capacity-based CAC Fail is generated.
0 ~ 100
%
90
DRB_CAC_TH RESH_FOR_E MER_HO
Emergency call availability of total handover calls in percentage. When a normal call is requested, if the number of connected calls exceeds 'MAX_DRB_COUNT * DRB_CAC_THRESH_FOR_EMER_HO', the Capacity-based CAC Fail is generated.
0 ~ 100
%
100
QOS_CAC_OP TION
The policy of the QoS (Quality of Service) based CAC (call admission control) at the cell level. - QoSCAC_option0: The QoS based CAC function at the cell level is not used. - QoSCAC_option1: The QoS-based CAC function per cell is used.
QoSCAC_option0/ QoSCAC_option1/
NONE
QoSCA C_optio n1
QOS_POLICY_ OPTION
The policy used when executing the Quality of Service (QoS)-based Call Admission Control (CAC) function per cell. - QoSPolicy_option0: For a GBR bearer newly requested, the PRB usage is calculated based on the resource type (GBR or non-GBR) of the QCI. Then CAC is executed based on the calculated PRB usage. Non-GBRs are always allowed. - QoSPolicy_option1: For a GBR bearer newly requested, the PRB usage is calculated based on the priority of the QCI. Then CAC is executed based on the calculated PRB usage. Non-GBRs are always allowed.
QoSPolicy_option0/ QoSPolicy_option1/
NONE
QoSPoli cy_optio n1
440
Range
Unit
Default
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
LTE eNB Command Description/Ver.1.0
Parameter
Description
Range
Unit
Default
PRB_REPORT _PERIOD
PRB (Physical Resource Block) report period for QoS CAC at the cell level.
1~5
sec
2
ESTIMATION_ OPT
The policy of the Expected PRB usage calculation. (0: auto, 1:manual). - EstimationOption_auto(0) : The PRB Usage is automatically calculated. - EstimationOption_manual(1) : The PRB Usage is manually calculated.
EstimationOption_auto/ EstimationOption_man ual/
NONE
EstimationOpti on_auto
PREEMPTION_ FLAG
Whether to use preemption at the cell level. - CI_no_use: The Preemption function per cell is disabled. - CI_use: The Preemption function per cell is enabled.
CI_no_use/CI_use/
NONE
CI_use
BH_BW_CAC_ USAGE
Whether to use backhaul bandwidth based CAC at the cell level. - CI_no_use: Backhaul Bandwidth-based CAC function per cell is not used. - CI_use: Backhaul Bandwidth-based CAC function per cell is used.
CI_no_use/CI_use/
NONE
CI_use
BH_BW_CAC_ OPTION
The policy used when executing the Backhaul-based Call Admission Control (CAC) function per cell. - bhBwCac_QCI_only: QoS-based CAC. - bhBwCac_ServiceGroup_only: Service group-based CAC. - bhBwCac_Both_QCI_ServiceGroup: QoS amp; Service group-based CAC.
bhBwCac_QCI_only/ bhBwCac_ServiceGrou p_only/ bhBwCac_Both_QCI_S erviceGroup/
NONE
bhBwCa c_Servi ceGrou p_only
Output Parameter Description CELL_NUM
The cell number to be changed or retrieved.
CELL_COUNT_CAC_USAGE
Whether to execute the call count-based CAC function, which is one of the capacity-based Call Admission Control (CAC) functions per cell. -
CI_no_use: The capacity-based CAC function per cell is not
performed. -
CI_use: The capacity-based CAC function per cell is per-
formed. MAX_CALL_COUNT
The call count limit in the capacity based CAC (call admission control) at the cell level. The number of calls that can be allowed by the cell.
CALL_CAC_THRESH_FOR_NORMALThe percentage of the allowable calls to the total normal calls. When a normal call is requested, if the number of con-
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
441
Command Description
nected calls exceeds MAX_CALL_COUNT * CALL_CAC_THRESH_FOR_NORMAL, the Capacity-based CAC Fail is generated. CALL_CAC_THRESH_FOR_EMER_HOEmergency call availability of total handover calls in percentage. When a normal call is requested, if the number of connected calls exceeds MAX_CALL_COUNT * CALL_CAC_THRESH_FOR_EMER_HO, the Capacity-based CAC Fail is generated. DRB_COUNT_CAC_USAGE
Whether to execute the E-UTRAN Radio Access Bearer (ERAB)-based CAC function, which is one of the capacity-based Call Admission Control (CAC) functions per cell. - CI_no_use: The E-RAB count-based CAC function per cell is
not executed. -
CI_use: The E-RAB count-based CAC function per cell is
executed. MAX_DRB_COUNT
The limit for the E-RAB (E-UTRAN Radio Access Bearer) count in capacity based CAC (call admission control) at the cell level. The number of E-RABs (E-Utran Radio Access Bearers) allowed in the cell.
DRB_CAC_THRESH_FOR_NORMALThe percentage of the allowable calls to the total normal calls. When a normal call is requested, if the number of connected calls exceeds 'MAX_DRB_COUNT * DRB_CAC_THRESH_FOR_NORMAL', the Capacity-based CAC Fail is generated. DRB_CAC_THRESH_FOR_EMER_HOEmergency call availability of total handover calls in percentage. When a normal call is requested, if the number of connected calls exceeds 'MAX_DRB_COUNT * DRB_CAC_THRESH_FOR_EMER_HO', the Capacity-based CAC Fail is generated. QOS_CAC_OPTION
The policy of the QoS (Quality of Service) based CAC (call admission control) at the cell level. -
QoSCAC_option0: The QoS based CAC function at the cell
level is not used. -
QoSCAC_option1: The QoS-based CAC function per cell is
used.
442
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
LTE eNB Command Description/Ver.1.0
QOS_POLICY_OPTION
The policy used when executing the Quality of Service (QoS)based Call Admission Control (CAC) function per cell. -
QoSPolicy_option0: For a GBR bearer newly requested, the
PRB usage is calculated based on the resource type (GBR or non-GBR) of the QCI. Then CAC is executed based on the calculated PRB usage. Non-GBRs are always allowed. -
QoSPolicy_option1: For a GBR bearer newly requested, the
PRB usage is calculated based on the priority of the QCI. Then CAC is executed based on the calculated PRB usage. NonGBRs are always allowed. PRB_REPORT_PERIOD
PRB (Physical Resource Block) report period for QoS CAC at the cell level.
ESTIMATION_OPT
The policy of the Expected PRB usage calculation. (0: auto, 1:manual). -
EstimationOption_auto(0) : The PRB Usage is automatically
calculated. -
EstimationOption_manual(1) : The PRB Usage is manually
calculated. PREEMPTION_FLAG
BH_BW_CAC_USAGE
Whether to use preemption at the cell level. -
CI_no_use: The Preemption function per cell is disabled.
-
CI_use: The Preemption function per cell is enabled.
Whether to use backhaul bandwidth based CAC at the cell level. -
CI_no_use: Backhaul Bandwidth-based CAC function per
cell is not used. -
CI_use: Backhaul Bandwidth-based CAC function per cell is
used. BH_BW_CAC_OPTION
The policy used when executing the Backhaul-based Call Admission Control (CAC) function per cell. -
bhBwCac_QCI_only: QoS-based CAC.
-
bhBwCac_ServiceGroup_only: Service group-based CAC.
-
bhBwCac_Both_QCI_ServiceGroup: QoS amp; Service
group-based CAC.
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
443
Command Description
C2149 CHANGE ENB FUNCTION Command Format CHG-ENB-CAC: [CALL_COUNT_CAC_USAGE], [MAX_ENB_CALL_COUNT], [CALL_CAC_THRESH_FOR_NORMAL], [CALL_CAC_THRESH_FOR_EMER_HO], [CHECK_UE_ID_USAGE];
Command Description Changes the capacity based CAC (call admission control) parameter information of the eNBs in the BS. This command performs call count based CAC at the eNB level. It also changes the threshold information and the MAX call count information required for CAC at the eNB level. TIMEOUT
10
Input Parameter Description Parameter
Description
CALL_COUNT_ CAC_USAGE
Whether to execute the Capacity-based Call Admission Control (CAC) function per cell. - CI_no_use: The capacity-based CAC function per base station is not performed. - CI_use: The capacity-based CAC function per base station is performed.
CI_no_use/CI_use/
NONE
CI_use
MAX_ENB_CA LL_COUNT
The limit for capacity based CAC (call admission control) at the eNB level. The number of calls that can be allowed by the eNB.
0 ~ 4500
NONE
4500
CALL_CAC_TH RESH_FOR_N ORMAL
The percentage of the allowable calls to the total normal calls. When a normal call is requested, if the number of connected calls exceeds MAX_ENB_CALL_COUNT * CALL_CAC_THRESH_FOR_NORMAL, the Capacity-based CAC Fail is generated.
0 ~ 100
%
90
CALL_CAC_TH RESH_FOR_E MER_HO
Emergency call availability of total handover calls in percentage. When a normal call is requested, if the number of connected calls exceeds MAX_ENB_CALL_COUNT * CALL_CAC_THRESH_FOR_EMER_HO, the Capacity-based CAC Fail is generated.
0 ~ 100
%
100
444
Range
Unit
Default
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
LTE eNB Command Description/Ver.1.0
Parameter
Description
Range
CHECK_UE_ID _USAGE
Whether to execute the SAE Temporary Mobile Station Identifier (S-TMSI) Duplication Check function for a new call. - CI_no_use: The S-TMSI Duplication Check function is not performed. - CI_use: The S-TMSI Duplication Check function is performed. If a call is found as a duplicate, the existing call is released and the new call is accommodated.
CI_no_use/CI_use/
Unit NONE
Default CI_use
Output Parameter Description CALL_COUNT_CAC_USAGE
Whether to execute the Capacity-based Call Admission Control (CAC) function per cell. -
CI_no_use: The capacity-based CAC function per base sta-
tion is not performed. -
CI_use: The capacity-based CAC function per base station is
performed. MAX_ENB_CALL_COUNT
The limit for capacity based CAC (call admission control) at the eNB level. The number of calls that can be allowed by the eNB.
CALL_CAC_THRESH_FOR_NORMALThe percentage of the allowable calls to the total normal calls. When a normal call is requested, if the number of connected calls exceeds MAX_ENB_CALL_COUNT * CALL_CAC_THRESH_FOR_NORMAL, the Capacity-based CAC Fail is generated. CALL_CAC_THRESH_FOR_EMER_HOEmergency call availability of total handover calls in percentage. When a normal call is requested, if the number of connected calls exceeds MAX_ENB_CALL_COUNT * CALL_CAC_THRESH_FOR_EMER_HO, the Capacity-based CAC Fail is generated. CHECK_UE_ID_USAGE
Whether to execute the SAE Temporary Mobile Station Identifier (S-TMSI) Duplication Check function for a new call. -
CI_no_use: The S-TMSI Duplication Check function is not
performed. -
CI_use: The S-TMSI Duplication Check function is per-
formed. If a call is found as a duplicate, the existing call is released and the new call is accommodated.
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
445
Command Description
C2150 CHANGE QOS CAC PARAMETER FUNCTION Command Format CHG-QCAC-PARA: CELL_NUM, [DL_GBRUSAGE_THRESH_NORMAL], [DL_GBRUSAGE_THRESH_HO], [UL_GBRUSAGE_THRESH_NORMAL], [UL_GBRUSAGE_THRESH_HO];
Command Description Changes the active QoS (Quality of Service) CAC (call admission control) parameter in the eNB. QoS CAC is performed at the cell level, for QCI of each GBR bearer. Changes the threshold by QCI for performing QoS CAC and retrieves the threshold for determining congestion state of the active cell. TIMEOUT
10
Input Parameter Description Parameter
Description
Range
Unit
Default
CELL_NUM
The cell number to be changed or retrieved.
0~8
NONE
0
DL_GBRUSAG E_THRESH_N ORMAL
The threshold of downlink calls that can be assigned per cell. It is used when a new call is requested. It is calculated as 'PRB percentage'. When a new call is requested, if the downlink GBR PRB usage exceeds this parameter value, the QoS CAC Fail is generated.
0 ~ 100
%
80
DL_GBRUSAG E_THRESH_H O
The threshold of downlink Handover calls that can be assigned per cell. It is used when a Handover call is requested. It is calculated as 'PRB percentage. When a Handover call is requested, if the downlink GBR PRB usage exceeds this parameter value, the QoS CAC Fail is generated.
0 ~ 100
%
100
UL_GBRUSAG E_THRESH_N ORMAL
The threshold of uplink calls that can be assigned per cell. It is used when a new call is requested. It is calculated as 'PRB percentage'. When a new call is requested, if the uplink GBR PRB usage exceeds this parameter value, the QoS CAC Fail is generated.
0 ~ 100
%
80
446
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
LTE eNB Command Description/Ver.1.0
Parameter
Description
Range
UL_GBRUSAG E_THRESH_H O
The threshold of uplink Handover calls that can be assigned per cell. It is used when a Handover call is requested. It is calculated as 'PRB percentage'. When a Handover call is requested, if the uplink GBR PRB usage exceeds this parameter value, the QoS CAC Fail is generated.
0 ~ 100
Unit %
Default 100
Output Parameter Description CELL_NUM
The cell number to be changed or retrieved.
DL_GBRUSAGE_THRESH_NORMALThe threshold of downlink calls that can be assigned per cell. It is used when a new call is requested. It is calculated as 'PRB percentage'. When a new call is requested, if the downlink GBR PRB usage exceeds this parameter value, the QoS CAC Fail is generated. DL_GBRUSAGE_THRESH_HO
The threshold of downlink Handover calls that can be assigned per cell. It is used when a Handover call is requested. It is calculated as 'PRB percentage. When a Handover call is requested, if the downlink GBR PRB usage exceeds this parameter value, the QoS CAC Fail is generated.
UL_GBRUSAGE_THRESH_NORMALThe threshold of uplink calls that can be assigned per cell. It is used when a new call is requested. It is calculated as 'PRB percentage'. When a new call is requested, if the uplink GBR PRB usage exceeds this parameter value, the QoS CAC Fail is generated. UL_GBRUSAGE_THRESH_HO
The threshold of uplink Handover calls that can be assigned per cell. It is used when a Handover call is requested. It is calculated as 'PRB percentage'. When a Handover call is requested, if the uplink GBR PRB usage exceeds this parameter value, the QoS CAC Fail is generated.
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
447
Command Description
C2151 CHANGE SON ANR PARAMETERS Command Format CHG-SON-ANR: [MAX_NRTSIZE], [LSM_USAGE_FLAG], [DEFAULT_WEIGHT], [DEFAULT_PERIOD], [HO_ATTEMPT_WEIGHT], [HO_SUCCESS_WEIGHT], [LOWER_HO_ATTEMPT_RATE], [LOWER_HO_SUCCESS_TO_KPI], [UPPER_HO_TO_BLACK_RATE];
Command Description Changes the parameter information for the SON ANR function. TIMEOUT
10
Input Parameter Description Parameter
Description
MAX_NRTSIZE
The maximum size of Neighbor Relation Table (NRT) per cell. ANR manages the ranking of NRs that are within this size. If an added NR exceeds the size, ANR adds the existing NR of the lowest rank to the blacklist to limit the number of NRs to MAX_NRTSIZE.
1 ~ 256
NONE
256
LSM_USAGE_ FLAG
Whether to use the ECGI and IP processing procedures in the LSM during operation. - FALSE (0): The procedures are not executed through the LSM but are executed through UE. - TRUE (1): The procedures are executed through the LSM or UE.
False/True/
NONE
True
DEFAULT_WEI GHT
The default weight for a new neighbor relation (NR). A neighboring cell newly added has a disadvantage in both of the handover attempt rate and the handover success rate, when determining its priority. Therefore, the default weight specified by this parameter value is given to the newly added neighboring cells during the specified period of time (DEFAULT_PERIOD).
0.000 ~ 1.000
NONE
0.05
DEFAULT_PER IOD
A period of time for which the default priority is applied to a new Neighbor Relation (NR) in a unit of day. During this period of time, the default weight (DEFAULT_WEIGHT) is given to the newly added NRs and they are handled so that they are not added to the blacklist.
1 ~ 30
day
7
448
Range
Unit
Default
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
LTE eNB Command Description/Ver.1.0
Parameter
Description
Range
Unit
Default
HO_ATTEMPT_ WEIGHT
The weight given to a handover attempt rate when calculating the NR ranking. The NR ranking is determined by default in consideration of handover success and failure rates of each neighboring cell with attempt rates weighted.
0.000 ~ 1.000
NONE
1.0
HO_SUCCESS _WEIGHT
The weight given to the handover success rate when calculating the NR ranking. The NR ranking is determined by default in consideration of handover success and failure rates of each neighboring cell with success rates weighted.
0.000 ~ 1.000
NONE
0.0
LOWER_HO_A TTEMPT_RATE
The lowest attempt rate that applies the handover blacklist. NRs that fail to meet HO KPI are added to the HO blacklist to prevent a handover to the neighboring cell. The NRs whose attempt rate is lower than this parameter value, and whose success rate is lower than LOWER_HO_SUCCESS_TO_KPI are included in the handover blacklist.
0.000 ~ 1.000
NONE
0.0
LOWER_HO_S UCCESS_TO_ KPI
The lowest success rate that applies the handover blacklist. NRs that fail to meet HO KPI are added to the HO blacklist to prevent a handover to the neighboring cell. The NRs whose success rate is lower than the HO KPI multiplied by this parameter value, and whose attempt rate is lower than LOWER_HO_ATTEMPT_RATE are included in the handover blacklist.
0.000 ~ 1.000
NONE
0.0
UPPER_HO_T O_BLACK_RAT E
The upper limit of the handover attempt rate to the black cell to be deleted from the blacklist. During handover from cell A to cell B, if the handover to wrong cell event occurs and the frequency of reconnecting to neighboring cells managed by the blacklist exceeds this parameter, the NR is returned to NRT from the blacklist.
0.000 ~ 1.000
NONE
0.1
Output Parameter Description MAX_NRTSIZE
The maximum size of Neighbor Relation Table (NRT) per cell. ANR manages the ranking of NRs that are within this size. If an added NR exceeds the size, ANR adds the existing NR of the lowest rank to the blacklist to limit the number of NRs to MAX_NRTSIZE.
LSM_USAGE_FLAG
Whether to use the ECGI and IP processing procedures in the LSM during operation. -
FALSE (0): The procedures are not executed through the
LSM but are executed through UE.
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
449
Command Description
-
TRUE (1): The procedures are executed through the LSM or
UE. DEFAULT_WEIGHT
The default weight for a new neighbor relation (NR). A neighboring cell newly added has a disadvantage in both of the handover attempt rate and the handover success rate, when determining its priority. Therefore, the default weight specified by this parameter value is given to the newly added neighboring cells during the specified period of time (DEFAULT_PERIOD).
DEFAULT_PERIOD
A period of time for which the default priority is applied to a new Neighbor Relation (NR) in a unit of day. During this period of time, the default weight (DEFAULT_WEIGHT) is given to the newly added NRs and they are handled so that they are not added to the blacklist.
HO_ATTEMPT_WEIGHT
The weight given to a handover attempt rate when calculating the NR ranking. The NR ranking is determined by default in consideration of handover success and failure rates of each neighboring cell with attempt rates weighted.
HO_SUCCESS_WEIGHT
The weight given to the handover success rate when calculating the NR ranking. The NR ranking is determined by default in consideration of handover success and failure rates of each neighboring cell with success rates weighted.
LOWER_HO_ATTEMPT_RATE
The lowest attempt rate that applies the handover blacklist. NRs that fail to meet HO KPI are added to the HO blacklist to prevent a handover to the neighboring cell. The NRs whose attempt rate is lower than this parameter value, and whose success rate is lower than LOWER_HO_SUCCESS_TO_KPI are included in the handover blacklist.
LOWER_HO_SUCCESS_TO_KPI The lowest success rate that applies the handover blacklist. NRs that fail to meet HO KPI are added to the HO blacklist to prevent a handover to the neighboring cell. The NRs whose success rate is lower than the HO KPI multiplied by this parameter value, and whose attempt rate is lower than LOWER_HO_ATTEMPT_RATE are included in the handover blacklist.
450
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
LTE eNB Command Description/Ver.1.0
UPPER_HO_TO_BLACK_RATE
The upper limit of the handover attempt rate to the black cell to be deleted from the blacklist. During handover from cell A to cell B, if the handover to wrong cell event occurs and the frequency of reconnecting to neighboring cells managed by the blacklist exceeds this parameter, the NR is returned to NRT from the blacklist.
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
451
Command Description
C2153 CHANGE SRB RLC INFORMATION Command Format CHG-SRB-RLC: SRB_ID, [TIMER_POLL_RETRANSMIT], [POLL_PDU], [POLL_BYTE], [MAX_RETRANSMISSION_THRESHOLD], [TIMER_REORDERING], [TIMER_STATUS_PROHIBIT];
Command Description Changes the parameter values required to operate the RLC protocol. The AMD PDU retransmission count per SRB ID, Poll Byte and Poll PDU settings for poll triggering, Poll Retransmission timer value, Loss Detection timer value, and STATUS_PDU Prohibit timer value can be changed. TIMEOUT
10
Input Parameter Description Parameter SRB_ID
452
Description The ID of SRB to retrieve. - 1: Information on SRB1. - 2: Information on SRB2.
Range 1~2
Unit NONE
Default 1
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
LTE eNB Command Description/Ver.1.0
Parameter
Description
Range
Unit
Default
TIMER_PO LL_RETRA NSMIT
The timer to retransmit poll in a transmitting AM RLC entity.
ci_T_PollRetransmit_ms5/ ci_T_PollRetransmit_ms10/ ci_T_PollRetransmit_ms15/ ci_T_PollRetransmit_ms20/ ci_T_PollRetransmit_ms25/ ci_T_PollRetransmit_ms30/ ci_T_PollRetransmit_ms35/ ci_T_PollRetransmit_ms40/ ci_T_PollRetransmit_ms45/ ci_T_PollRetransmit_ms50/ ci_T_PollRetransmit_ms55/ ci_T_PollRetransmit_ms60/ ci_T_PollRetransmit_ms65/ ci_T_PollRetransmit_ms70/ ci_T_PollRetransmit_ms75/ ci_T_PollRetransmit_ms80/ ci_T_PollRetransmit_ms85/ ci_T_PollRetransmit_ms90/ ci_T_PollRetransmit_ms95/ ci_T_PollRetransmit_ms100/ ci_T_PollRetransmit_ms105/ ci_T_PollRetransmit_ms110/ ci_T_PollRetransmit_ms115/ ci_T_PollRetransmit_ms120/ ci_T_PollRetransmit_ms125/ ci_T_PollRetransmit_ms130/ ci_T_PollRetransmit_ms135/ ci_T_PollRetransmit_ms140/ ci_T_PollRetransmit_ms145/ ci_T_PollRetransmit_ms150/ ci_T_PollRetransmit_ms155/ ci_T_PollRetransmit_ms160/ ci_T_PollRetransmit_ms165/ ci_T_PollRetransmit_ms170/ ci_T_PollRetransmit_ms175/ ci_T_PollRetransmit_ms180/ ci_T_PollRetransmit_ms185/ ci_T_PollRetransmit_ms190/ ci_T_PollRetransmit_ms195/ ci_T_PollRetransmit_ms200/ ci_T_PollRetransmit_ms205/ ci_T_PollRetransmit_ms210/ ci_T_PollRetransmit_ms215/ ci_T_PollRetransmit_ms220/ ci_T_PollRetransmit_ms225/ ci_T_PollRetransmit_ms230/ ci_T_PollRetransmit_ms235/ ci_T_PollRetransmit_ms240/ ci_T_PollRetransmit_ms245/ ci_T_PollRetransmit_ms250/ ci_T_PollRetransmit_ms300/ ci_T_PollRetransmit_ms350/ ci_T_PollRetransmit_ms400/ ci_T_PollRetransmit_ms450/ ci_T_PollRetransmit_ms500/
NONE
ci_T_Po llRetran smit_ms 45
POLL_PDU
The threshold to trigger poll for pollPDU PDUs in an AM_RLC entity.
ci_p4/ci_p8/ci_p16/ci_p32/ci_p64/ ci_p128/ci_p256/ci_pInfinity/
NONE
ci_pInfin ity
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
453
Command Description
Parameter
Description
Range
Unit
Default
POLL_BYT E
The threshold used to trigger poll for pollByte bytes in an AM_RLC entity.
ci_kB25/ci_kB50/ci_kB75/ci_kB100/ ci_kB125/ci_kB250/ci_kB375/ ci_kB500/ci_kB750/ci_kB1000/ ci_kB1250/ci_kB1500/ci_kB2000/ ci_kB3000/ci_kBinfinity/
NONE
ci_kBinfi nity
MAX_RETR ANSMISSI ON_THRES HOLD
The threshold used to limit the number of the AMD PDU retransmission in a transmitting AM_RLC entity.
ci_t1/ci_t2/ci_t3/ci_t4/ci_t6/ci_t8/ ci_t16/ci_t32/
NONE
ci_t32
TIMER_RE ORDERING
The timer to detect the losses of RLC PDUs in a receiving RLC entity.
ci_T_Reordering_ms0/ ci_T_Reordering_ms5/ ci_T_Reordering_ms10/ ci_T_Reordering_ms15/ ci_T_Reordering_ms20/ ci_T_Reordering_ms25/ ci_T_Reordering_ms30/ ci_T_Reordering_ms35/ ci_T_Reordering_ms40/ ci_T_Reordering_ms45/ ci_T_Reordering_ms50/ ci_T_Reordering_ms55/ ci_T_Reordering_ms60/ ci_T_Reordering_ms65/ ci_T_Reordering_ms70/ ci_T_Reordering_ms75/ ci_T_Reordering_ms80/ ci_T_Reordering_ms85/ ci_T_Reordering_ms90/ ci_T_Reordering_ms95/ ci_T_Reordering_ms100/ ci_T_Reordering_ms110/ ci_T_Reordering_ms120/ ci_T_Reordering_ms130/ ci_T_Reordering_ms140/ ci_T_Reordering_ms150/ ci_T_Reordering_ms160/ ci_T_Reordering_ms170/ ci_T_Reordering_ms180/ ci_T_Reordering_ms190/ ci_T_Reordering_ms200/
NONE
ci_T_Re ordering _ms35
454
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
LTE eNB Command Description/Ver.1.0
Parameter
Description
TIMER_ST ATUS_PRO HIBIT
The timer to prohibit the transmission of STATUS_PDU in a receiving AM_RLC entity.
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
Range ci_T_StatusProhibit_ms0/ ci_T_StatusProhibit_ms5/ ci_T_StatusProhibit_ms10/ ci_T_StatusProhibit_ms15/ ci_T_StatusProhibit_ms20/ ci_T_StatusProhibit_ms25/ ci_T_StatusProhibit_ms30/ ci_T_StatusProhibit_ms35/ ci_T_StatusProhibit_ms40/ ci_T_StatusProhibit_ms45/ ci_T_StatusProhibit_ms50/ ci_T_StatusProhibit_ms55/ ci_T_StatusProhibit_ms60/ ci_T_StatusProhibit_ms65/ ci_T_StatusProhibit_ms70/ ci_T_StatusProhibit_ms75/ ci_T_StatusProhibit_ms80/ ci_T_StatusProhibit_ms85/ ci_T_StatusProhibit_ms90/ ci_T_StatusProhibit_ms95/ ci_T_StatusProhibit_ms100/ ci_T_StatusProhibit_ms105/ ci_T_StatusProhibit_ms110/ ci_T_StatusProhibit_ms115/ ci_T_StatusProhibit_ms120/ ci_T_StatusProhibit_ms125/ ci_T_StatusProhibit_ms130/ ci_T_StatusProhibit_ms135/ ci_T_StatusProhibit_ms140/ ci_T_StatusProhibit_ms145/ ci_T_StatusProhibit_ms150/ ci_T_StatusProhibit_ms155/ ci_T_StatusProhibit_ms160/ ci_T_StatusProhibit_ms165/ ci_T_StatusProhibit_ms170/ ci_T_StatusProhibit_ms175/ ci_T_StatusProhibit_ms180/ ci_T_StatusProhibit_ms185/ ci_T_StatusProhibit_ms190/ ci_T_StatusProhibit_ms195/ ci_T_StatusProhibit_ms200/ ci_T_StatusProhibit_ms205/ ci_T_StatusProhibit_ms210/ ci_T_StatusProhibit_ms215/ ci_T_StatusProhibit_ms220/ ci_T_StatusProhibit_ms225/ ci_T_StatusProhibit_ms230/ ci_T_StatusProhibit_ms235/ ci_T_StatusProhibit_ms240/ ci_T_StatusProhibit_ms245/ ci_T_StatusProhibit_ms250/ ci_T_StatusProhibit_ms300/ ci_T_StatusProhibit_ms350/ ci_T_StatusProhibit_ms400/ ci_T_StatusProhibit_ms450/ ci_T_StatusProhibit_ms500/
Unit
Default
NONE
ci_T_St atusPro hibit_ms 0
455
Command Description
Output Parameter Description SRB_ID
The ID of SRB to retrieve. -
1: Information on SRB1.
-
2: Information on SRB2.
TIMER_POLL_RETRANSMIT
The timer to retransmit poll in a transmitting AM RLC entity.
POLL_PDU
The threshold to trigger poll for pollPDU PDUs in an AM_RLC entity.
POLL_BYTE
The threshold used to trigger poll for pollByte bytes in an AM_RLC entity.
MAX_RETRANSMISSION_THRESHOLDThe threshold used to limit the number of the AMD PDU retransmission in a transmitting AM_RLC entity. TIMER_REORDERING
The timer to detect the losses of RLC PDUs in a receiving RLC entity.
TIMER_STATUS_PROHIBIT
The timer to prohibit the transmission of STATUS_PDU in a receiving AM_RLC entity.
456
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
LTE eNB Command Description/Ver.1.0
C2154 CHANGE QCI DSCP MAP INFORMATION Command Format CHG-QCIDSCP-MAP: QCI, [DSCP];
Command Description Changes the configured Differentiated Services Code Point (DSCP) mapping information per QCI. TIMEOUT
10
Input Parameter Description Parameter
Description
Range
Unit
Default
QCI
QCI(Qos Class Identifier) value for which the DSCP mapping information will be set.
0 ~ 255
NONE
0
DSCP
DSCP value that will be set for the specified traffic type (QCI).
0 ~ 63
NONE
0
Output Parameter Description QCI
QCI(Qos Class Identifier) value for which the DSCP mapping information will be set.
DSCP
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
DSCP value that will be set for the specified traffic type (QCI).
457
Command Description
C2155 CHANGE DSCP COS MAP INFORMATION Command Format CHG-DSCPCOS-MAP: DSCP, [COS];
Command Description Changes the COS mapping information per Differentiated Services Code Point (DSCP). The COS value mapped to a DSCP value is marked as VLAN TAG. TIMEOUT
10
Input Parameter Description Parameter
Description
Range
Unit
Default
DSCP
DSCP value for which the COS mapping information will be set.
0 ~ 63
NONE
0
COS
The CoS value that will be set for the specified DSCP value.
0~7
NONE
0
Output Parameter Description DSCP
DSCP value for which the COS mapping information will be set.
COS
458
The CoS value that will be set for the specified DSCP value.
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
LTE eNB Command Description/Ver.1.0
C2158 CHANGE QCI VALUE INFORMATION Command Format CHG-QCI-VAL: QCI, [STATUS], [RESOURCE_TYPE], [PRIORITY], [PDB], [PELR], [BH_SERVICE_GROUP], [SCHEDULING_TYPE];
Command Description Changes the configuration information per QoS Class Identifier (QCI). The information is used by the Evolved Universal Terrestrial Radio Access Network (EUTRAN) in the eNB. The status, resource type, priority, Packet Delay Budget (PDB), Packet Error Loss Rate (PLER) Backhaul Service Group parameter values per QCI can be changed. TIMEOUT
10
Input Parameter Description Parameter
Description
Range
Unit
Default
QCI
QCI index. The range is from 0 to 255. The standard QCIs defined in the standard documents is 1 to 9. The user can use QCI values 0 and 10-255.
0 ~ 255
NONE
0
STATUS
Whether the QoS Class Identifier (QCI) is used. - EQUIP: The QCI is used in the eNB. - N_EQUIP: The QCI is not used in the eNB.
N_EQUIP/EQUIP/
NONE
N_EQUI P
RESOURCE_T YPE
The resource type of the QoS Class Identifier (QCI). - ci_NonGBR: The resource type of the QCI is set to non-GBR (Guaranteed Bit Rate). - ci_GBR: The resource type of the QCI is set to GBR (Guaranteed Bit Rate).
ci_NonGBR/ci_GBR/
NONE
ci_Non GBR
PRIORITY
The priority of the QoS Class Identifier (QCI). The range is between 1 and 16. 1 indicates the highest priority.
1 ~ 16
NONE
9
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
459
Command Description
Parameter
Description
Range
Unit
Default
PDB
Packet Delay Budget (PDB) of the QoS Class Identifier (QCI). - ci_pdb50msec: PDB of the QCI to 50 msec. - ci_pdb100msec: PDB of the QCI to 100 msec. - ci_pdb150msec: PDB of the QCI to 150 msec. - ci_pdb200msec: PDB of the QCI to 200 msec. - ci_pdb250msec: PDB of the QCI to 250 msec. - ci_pdb300msec: PDB of the QCI to 300 msec. - ci_pdb350msec: PDB of the QCI to 350 msec. - ci_pdb400msec: PDB of the QCI to 400 msec. - ci_pdb450msec: PDB of the QCI to 450 msec. - ci_pdb500msec: PDB of the QCI to 500 msec.
ci_pdb50msec/ ci_pdb100msec/ ci_pdb150msec/ ci_pdb200msec/ ci_pdb250msec/ ci_pdb300msec/ ci_pdb350msec/ ci_pdb400msec/ ci_pdb450msec/ ci_pdb500msec/
NONE
ci_pdb3 00msec
PELR
Packet Error Loss Rate (PLER) of the QoS Class Identifier (QCI). - ci_pler10_2: The PLER's QCI is 10^-2. - ci_pler10_3: The PLER's QCI is 10^-3. - ci_pler10_4: The PLER's QCI is 10^-4. - ci_pler10_5: The PLER's QCI is 10^-5. - ci_pler10_6: The PLER's QCI is 10^-6. - ci_pler10_7: The PLER's QCI is 10^-7. - ci_pler10_8: The PLER's QCI is 10^-8. - ci_pler10_9: The PLER's QCI is 10^-9.
ci_pler10_2/ ci_pler10_3/ ci_pler10_4/ ci_pler10_5/ ci_pler10_6/ ci_pler10_7/ ci_pler10_8/ ci_pler10_9/
NONE
ci_pler1 0_6
BH_SERVICE_ GROUP
The service group of the QoS Class Identifier (QCI). The entered parameter values is used in the backhaul Call Admission Control (CAC). - voipService: The QCI uses the Voice of Internet Protocol (VoIP) service. - videoService: The QCI uses the video service.
voipService/videoService/
NONE
voipService
SCHEDULING_ TYPE
The schedulin type of the QoS Class Identifier (QCI). The entered parameter values is used in scheduling by MAC Layer. - Dynamic_scheduling: The QCI uses the Dynamic scheduling. - SPS_scheduling: The QCI uses SPS scheduling.
Dynamic_scheduling/ SPS_scheduling/
NONE
Dynami c_sched uling
Output Parameter Description QCI
QCI index. The range is from 0 to 255. The standard QCIs defined in the standard documents is 1 to 9. The user can use
460
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
LTE eNB Command Description/Ver.1.0
QCI values 0 and 10-255. STATUS
RESOURCE_TYPE
Whether the QoS Class Identifier (QCI) is used. -
EQUIP: The QCI is used in the eNB.
-
N_EQUIP: The QCI is not used in the eNB.
The resource type of the QoS Class Identifier (QCI). - ci_NonGBR: The resource type of the QCI is set to non-GBR
(Guaranteed Bit Rate). - ci_GBR: The resource type of the QCI is set to GBR (Guaran-
teed Bit Rate). PRIORITY
The priority of the QoS Class Identifier (QCI). The range is between 1 and 16. 1 indicates the highest priority.
PDB
PELR
Packet Delay Budget (PDB) of the QoS Class Identifier (QCI). -
ci_pdb50msec: PDB of the QCI to 50 msec.
-
ci_pdb100msec: PDB of the QCI to 100 msec.
-
ci_pdb150msec: PDB of the QCI to 150 msec.
-
ci_pdb200msec: PDB of the QCI to 200 msec.
-
ci_pdb250msec: PDB of the QCI to 250 msec.
-
ci_pdb300msec: PDB of the QCI to 300 msec.
-
ci_pdb350msec: PDB of the QCI to 350 msec.
-
ci_pdb400msec: PDB of the QCI to 400 msec.
-
ci_pdb450msec: PDB of the QCI to 450 msec.
-
ci_pdb500msec: PDB of the QCI to 500 msec.
Packet Error Loss Rate (PLER) of the QoS Class Identifier (QCI).
BH_SERVICE_GROUP
-
ci_pler10_2: The PLER's QCI is 10^-2.
-
ci_pler10_3: The PLER's QCI is 10^-3.
-
ci_pler10_4: The PLER's QCI is 10^-4.
-
ci_pler10_5: The PLER's QCI is 10^-5.
-
ci_pler10_6: The PLER's QCI is 10^-6.
-
ci_pler10_7: The PLER's QCI is 10^-7.
-
ci_pler10_8: The PLER's QCI is 10^-8.
-
ci_pler10_9: The PLER's QCI is 10^-9.
The service group of the QoS Class Identifier (QCI). The entered parameter values is used in the backhaul Call Admission Control (CAC).
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
461
Command Description
-
voipService: The QCI uses the Voice of Internet Protocol
(VoIP) service. -
SCHEDULING_TYPE
videoService: The QCI uses the video service.
The schedulin type of the QoS Class Identifier (QCI). The entered parameter values is used in scheduling by MAC Layer.
462
-
Dynamic_scheduling: The QCI uses the Dynamic scheduling.
-
SPS_scheduling: The QCI uses SPS scheduling.
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
LTE eNB Command Description/Ver.1.0
C2159 CHANGE LOGICAL CH INFORMATION Command Format CHG-LOCH-INF: QCI, [PRIORITIZED_BIT_RATE], [BUCKET_SIZE_DURATION], [LOGICAL_CHANNEL_PRIORITY], [NON_GBRPFWEIGHT];
Command Description Changes the parameter values needed to operate a logical channel. The bucket size duration, logical channel group ID, logical channel priority, non GBRPFWeight, prioritized bit rate for each QCI can be changed. TIMEOUT
10
Input Parameter Description Parameter
Description
Range
Unit
Default
QCI
QCI (QoS Class Identifier) index. The range is from 0 to 255. The standard QCIs defined in the standard documents is 1 to 9. The user can use QCI values 0 and 10255.
0 ~ 255
NONE
0
PRIORITIZED_ BIT_RATE
The parameter used for UE's logical channel prioritization. It is a minimum transmission rate that must be secured per logical channel. The parameter by which UE increases the bucket for each logical channel. - ci_kBps0: Prioritized Bit Rate of the QCI is 0 kBps. - ci_kBps8: Prioritized Bit Rate of the QCI is 8 kBps. - ci_kBps16: Prioritized Bit Rate of the QCI is 16 kBps. - ci_kBps32: Prioritized Bit Rate of the QCI is 32 kBps. - ci_kBps64: Prioritized Bit Rate of the QCI is 64 kBps. - ci_kBps128: Prioritized Bit Rate of the QCI is 128 kBps. - ci_kBps256: Prioritized Bit Rate of the QCI is 256 kBps. - ci_prioritizedBitRate_infinity: Prioritized Bit Rate of the QCI is infinity.
ci_kBps0/ci_kBps8/ ci_kBps16/ci_kBps32/ ci_kBps64/ci_kBps128/ ci_kBps256/ ci_prioritizedBitRate_inf inity/
NONE
ci_kBps 8
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
463
Command Description
Parameter
Description
Range
Unit
Default
BUCKET_SIZE _DURATION
The parameter used for UE's logical channel prioritization. It determines the maximum length of a bucket per UE's logical channel. - ci_bucketSizeDuration_ms50: Bucket Size Duration of the QCI is 50 ms. - ci_bucketSizeDuration_ms100: Bucket Size Duration of the QCI is 100 ms. - ci_bucketSizeDuration_ms150: Bucket Size Duration of the QCI is 150 ms. - ci_bucketSizeDuration_ms300: Bucket Size Duration of the QCI is 300 ms. - ci_bucketSizeDuration_ms500: Bucket Size Duration of the QCI is 500 ms. - ci_bucketSizeDuration_ms1000: Bucket Size Duration of the QCI is 1000 ms.
ci_bucketSizeDuration_ ms50/ ci_bucketSizeDuration_ ms100/ ci_bucketSizeDuration_ ms150/ ci_bucketSizeDuration_ ms300/ ci_bucketSizeDuration_ ms500/ ci_bucketSizeDuration_ ms1000/
NONE
ci_buck etSizeD uration_ ms300
LOGICAL_CHA NNEL_PRIORI TY
The parameter used for UE's logical channel prioritization. It determines an allocation order per logical channel. The range is from 1 to 16.
1 ~ 16
NONE
9
NON_GBRPFW EIGHT
The non-GBR bearer's proportional fairness weight per QCI. The threshold that is not applied to a GBR bearer. The range is from 0 to 15.
0 ~ 15
NONE
1
Output Parameter Description QCI
QCI (QoS Class Identifier) index. The range is from 0 to 255. The standard QCIs defined in the standard documents is 1 to 9. The user can use QCI values 0 and 10-255.
PRIORITIZED_BIT_RATE
The parameter used for UE's logical channel prioritization. It is a minimum transmission rate that must be secured per logical channel. The parameter by which UE increases the bucket for each logical channel. -
ci_kBps0: Prioritized Bit Rate of the QCI is 0 kBps.
-
ci_kBps8: Prioritized Bit Rate of the QCI is 8 kBps.
-
ci_kBps16: Prioritized Bit Rate of the QCI is 16 kBps.
-
ci_kBps32: Prioritized Bit Rate of the QCI is 32 kBps.
-
ci_kBps64: Prioritized Bit Rate of the QCI is 64 kBps.
-
ci_kBps128: Prioritized Bit Rate of the QCI is 128 kBps.
-
ci_kBps256: Prioritized Bit Rate of the QCI is 256 kBps.
- ci_prioritizedBitRate_infinity: Prioritized Bit Rate of the QCI
is infinity. BUCKET_SIZE_DURATION
464
The parameter used for UE's logical channel prioritization. It
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
LTE eNB Command Description/Ver.1.0
determines the maximum length of a bucket per UE's logical channel. -
ci_bucketSizeDuration_ms50: Bucket Size Duration of the
QCI is 50 ms. -
ci_bucketSizeDuration_ms100: Bucket Size Duration of the
QCI is 100 ms. -
ci_bucketSizeDuration_ms150: Bucket Size Duration of the
QCI is 150 ms. -
ci_bucketSizeDuration_ms300: Bucket Size Duration of the
QCI is 300 ms. -
ci_bucketSizeDuration_ms500: Bucket Size Duration of the
QCI is 500 ms. -
ci_bucketSizeDuration_ms1000: Bucket Size Duration of the
QCI is 1000 ms. LOGICAL_CHANNEL_PRIORITY The parameter used for UE's logical channel prioritization. It determines an allocation order per logical channel. The range is from 1 to 16. NON_GBRPFWEIGHT
The non-GBR bearer's proportional fairness weight per QCI. The threshold that is not applied to a GBR bearer. The range is from 0 to 15.
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
465
Command Description
C2160 CHANGE RLC INFORMATION Command Format CHG-RLC-INF: QCI, [RLC_MODE], [ENB_TIMER_POLL_RETRANSMIT], [ENB_POLL_PDU], [ENB_POLL_BYTE], [ENB_MAX_RETX_THRESHOLD], [ENB_TIMER_REORDERING], [ENB_TIMER_STATUS_PROHIBIT], [UE_TIMER_POLL_RETRANSMIT], [UE_POLL_PDU], [UE_POLL_BYTE], [UE_MAX_RETX_THRESHOLD], [UE_TIMER_REORDERING], [UE_TIMER_STATUS_PROHIBIT], [SN_FIELD_LENGTH];
Command Description Changes the parameter values required to operate the RLC protocol. The RLC mode per QCI, AMD PDU retransmission count in the eNB and UE, Poll Byte and Poll PDU settings for poll triggering, Poll Retransmission timer value, Loss Detection timer value, and STATUS_PDU Prohibit timer value can be changed. TIMEOUT
10
Input Parameter Description Parameter
Description
Range
Unit
Default
QCI
QCI (QoS Class Identifier) index. The range is from 0 to 255. The standard QCIs defined in the standard documents is 1 to 9. The user can use QCI values 0 and 10255.
0 ~ 255
NONE
0
RLC_MODE
The mode information (AM/ UM) on RLC.
AM_RLC/UM_BI_RLC/ UM_UNI_DL_RLC/UM_UNI_UL_RLC/
NONE
AM_RL C
466
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
LTE eNB Command Description/Ver.1.0
Parameter
Description
ENB_TIME R_POLL_R ETRANSMIT
The timer to retransmit poll in a transmitting AM RLC entity.
ENB_POLL _PDU
The threshold to trigger poll for pollPDU PDUs in an AM_RLC entity.
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
Range
Unit
Default
ci_T_PollRetransmit_ms5/ ci_T_PollRetransmit_ms10/ ci_T_PollRetransmit_ms15/ ci_T_PollRetransmit_ms20/ ci_T_PollRetransmit_ms25/ ci_T_PollRetransmit_ms30/ ci_T_PollRetransmit_ms35/ ci_T_PollRetransmit_ms40/ ci_T_PollRetransmit_ms45/ ci_T_PollRetransmit_ms50/ ci_T_PollRetransmit_ms55/ ci_T_PollRetransmit_ms60/ ci_T_PollRetransmit_ms65/ ci_T_PollRetransmit_ms70/ ci_T_PollRetransmit_ms75/ ci_T_PollRetransmit_ms80/ ci_T_PollRetransmit_ms85/ ci_T_PollRetransmit_ms90/ ci_T_PollRetransmit_ms95/ ci_T_PollRetransmit_ms100/ ci_T_PollRetransmit_ms105/ ci_T_PollRetransmit_ms110/ ci_T_PollRetransmit_ms115/ ci_T_PollRetransmit_ms120/ ci_T_PollRetransmit_ms125/ ci_T_PollRetransmit_ms130/ ci_T_PollRetransmit_ms135/ ci_T_PollRetransmit_ms140/ ci_T_PollRetransmit_ms145/ ci_T_PollRetransmit_ms150/ ci_T_PollRetransmit_ms155/ ci_T_PollRetransmit_ms160/ ci_T_PollRetransmit_ms165/ ci_T_PollRetransmit_ms170/ ci_T_PollRetransmit_ms175/ ci_T_PollRetransmit_ms180/ ci_T_PollRetransmit_ms185/ ci_T_PollRetransmit_ms190/ ci_T_PollRetransmit_ms195/ ci_T_PollRetransmit_ms200/ ci_T_PollRetransmit_ms205/ ci_T_PollRetransmit_ms210/ ci_T_PollRetransmit_ms215/ ci_T_PollRetransmit_ms220/ ci_T_PollRetransmit_ms225/ ci_T_PollRetransmit_ms230/ ci_T_PollRetransmit_ms235/ ci_T_PollRetransmit_ms240/ ci_T_PollRetransmit_ms245/ ci_T_PollRetransmit_ms250/ ci_T_PollRetransmit_ms300/ ci_T_PollRetransmit_ms350/ ci_T_PollRetransmit_ms400/ ci_T_PollRetransmit_ms450/ ci_T_PollRetransmit_ms500/
NONE
ci_T_Po llRetran smit_ms 50
ci_p4/ci_p8/ci_p16/ci_p32/ci_p64/ ci_p128/ci_p256/ci_pInfinity/
NONE
ci_p16
467
Command Description
Parameter
Description
ENB_POLL _BYTE
The threshold used to trigger poll for pollByte bytes in an AM_RLC entity.
ENB_MAX_ RETX_THR ESHOLD ENB_TIME R_REORDE RING
468
Range
Unit
Default
ci_kB25/ci_kB50/ci_kB75/ci_kB100/ ci_kB125/ci_kB250/ci_kB375/ci_kB500/ ci_kB750/ci_kB1000/ci_kB1250/ ci_kB1500/ci_kB2000/ci_kB3000/ ci_kBinfinity/
NONE
ci_kB50
The threshold used to limit the number of the AMD PDU retransmission in a transmitting AM_RLC entity.
ci_t1/ci_t2/ci_t3/ci_t4/ci_t6/ci_t8/ci_t16/ ci_t32/
NONE
ci_t32
The timer to detect the losses of RLC PDUs in a receiving RLC entity.
ci_T_Reordering_ms0/ ci_T_Reordering_ms5/ ci_T_Reordering_ms10/ ci_T_Reordering_ms15/ ci_T_Reordering_ms20/ ci_T_Reordering_ms25/ ci_T_Reordering_ms30/ ci_T_Reordering_ms35/ ci_T_Reordering_ms40/ ci_T_Reordering_ms45/ ci_T_Reordering_ms50/ ci_T_Reordering_ms55/ ci_T_Reordering_ms60/ ci_T_Reordering_ms65/ ci_T_Reordering_ms70/ ci_T_Reordering_ms75/ ci_T_Reordering_ms80/ ci_T_Reordering_ms85/ ci_T_Reordering_ms90/ ci_T_Reordering_ms95/ ci_T_Reordering_ms100/ ci_T_Reordering_ms110/ ci_T_Reordering_ms120/ ci_T_Reordering_ms130/ ci_T_Reordering_ms140/ ci_T_Reordering_ms150/ ci_T_Reordering_ms160/ ci_T_Reordering_ms170/ ci_T_Reordering_ms180/ ci_T_Reordering_ms190/ ci_T_Reordering_ms200/
NONE
ci_T_Re ordering _ms40
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
LTE eNB Command Description/Ver.1.0
Parameter
Description
ENB_TIME R_STATUS_ PROHIBIT
The timer to prohibit the transmission of STATUS_PDU in a receiving AM_RLC entity.
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
Range ci_T_StatusProhibit_ms0/ ci_T_StatusProhibit_ms5/ ci_T_StatusProhibit_ms10/ ci_T_StatusProhibit_ms15/ ci_T_StatusProhibit_ms20/ ci_T_StatusProhibit_ms25/ ci_T_StatusProhibit_ms30/ ci_T_StatusProhibit_ms35/ ci_T_StatusProhibit_ms40/ ci_T_StatusProhibit_ms45/ ci_T_StatusProhibit_ms50/ ci_T_StatusProhibit_ms55/ ci_T_StatusProhibit_ms60/ ci_T_StatusProhibit_ms65/ ci_T_StatusProhibit_ms70/ ci_T_StatusProhibit_ms75/ ci_T_StatusProhibit_ms80/ ci_T_StatusProhibit_ms85/ ci_T_StatusProhibit_ms90/ ci_T_StatusProhibit_ms95/ ci_T_StatusProhibit_ms100/ ci_T_StatusProhibit_ms105/ ci_T_StatusProhibit_ms110/ ci_T_StatusProhibit_ms115/ ci_T_StatusProhibit_ms120/ ci_T_StatusProhibit_ms125/ ci_T_StatusProhibit_ms130/ ci_T_StatusProhibit_ms135/ ci_T_StatusProhibit_ms140/ ci_T_StatusProhibit_ms145/ ci_T_StatusProhibit_ms150/ ci_T_StatusProhibit_ms155/ ci_T_StatusProhibit_ms160/ ci_T_StatusProhibit_ms165/ ci_T_StatusProhibit_ms170/ ci_T_StatusProhibit_ms175/ ci_T_StatusProhibit_ms180/ ci_T_StatusProhibit_ms185/ ci_T_StatusProhibit_ms190/ ci_T_StatusProhibit_ms195/ ci_T_StatusProhibit_ms200/ ci_T_StatusProhibit_ms205/ ci_T_StatusProhibit_ms210/ ci_T_StatusProhibit_ms215/ ci_T_StatusProhibit_ms220/ ci_T_StatusProhibit_ms225/ ci_T_StatusProhibit_ms230/ ci_T_StatusProhibit_ms235/ ci_T_StatusProhibit_ms240/ ci_T_StatusProhibit_ms245/ ci_T_StatusProhibit_ms250/ ci_T_StatusProhibit_ms300/ ci_T_StatusProhibit_ms350/ ci_T_StatusProhibit_ms400/ ci_T_StatusProhibit_ms450/ ci_T_StatusProhibit_ms500/
Unit
Default
NONE
ci_T_St atusPro hibit_ms 50
469
Command Description
Parameter
Description
UE_TIMER_ POLL_RET RANSMIT
The timer to retransmit poll in a transmitting AM RLC entity.
UE_POLL_ PDU
The threshold to trigger poll for pollPDU PDUs in an AM_RLC entity.
470
Range
Unit
Default
ci_T_PollRetransmit_ms5/ ci_T_PollRetransmit_ms10/ ci_T_PollRetransmit_ms15/ ci_T_PollRetransmit_ms20/ ci_T_PollRetransmit_ms25/ ci_T_PollRetransmit_ms30/ ci_T_PollRetransmit_ms35/ ci_T_PollRetransmit_ms40/ ci_T_PollRetransmit_ms45/ ci_T_PollRetransmit_ms50/ ci_T_PollRetransmit_ms55/ ci_T_PollRetransmit_ms60/ ci_T_PollRetransmit_ms65/ ci_T_PollRetransmit_ms70/ ci_T_PollRetransmit_ms75/ ci_T_PollRetransmit_ms80/ ci_T_PollRetransmit_ms85/ ci_T_PollRetransmit_ms90/ ci_T_PollRetransmit_ms95/ ci_T_PollRetransmit_ms100/ ci_T_PollRetransmit_ms105/ ci_T_PollRetransmit_ms110/ ci_T_PollRetransmit_ms115/ ci_T_PollRetransmit_ms120/ ci_T_PollRetransmit_ms125/ ci_T_PollRetransmit_ms130/ ci_T_PollRetransmit_ms135/ ci_T_PollRetransmit_ms140/ ci_T_PollRetransmit_ms145/ ci_T_PollRetransmit_ms150/ ci_T_PollRetransmit_ms155/ ci_T_PollRetransmit_ms160/ ci_T_PollRetransmit_ms165/ ci_T_PollRetransmit_ms170/ ci_T_PollRetransmit_ms175/ ci_T_PollRetransmit_ms180/ ci_T_PollRetransmit_ms185/ ci_T_PollRetransmit_ms190/ ci_T_PollRetransmit_ms195/ ci_T_PollRetransmit_ms200/ ci_T_PollRetransmit_ms205/ ci_T_PollRetransmit_ms210/ ci_T_PollRetransmit_ms215/ ci_T_PollRetransmit_ms220/ ci_T_PollRetransmit_ms225/ ci_T_PollRetransmit_ms230/ ci_T_PollRetransmit_ms235/ ci_T_PollRetransmit_ms240/ ci_T_PollRetransmit_ms245/ ci_T_PollRetransmit_ms250/ ci_T_PollRetransmit_ms300/ ci_T_PollRetransmit_ms350/ ci_T_PollRetransmit_ms400/ ci_T_PollRetransmit_ms450/ ci_T_PollRetransmit_ms500/
NONE
ci_T_Po llRetran smit_ms 50
ci_p4/ci_p8/ci_p16/ci_p32/ci_p64/ ci_p128/ci_p256/ci_pInfinity/
NONE
ci_p16
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
LTE eNB Command Description/Ver.1.0
Parameter
Description
Range
Unit
Default
UE_POLL_ BYTE
The threshold used to trigger poll for pollByte bytes in an AM_RLC entity.
ci_kB25/ci_kB50/ci_kB75/ci_kB100/ ci_kB125/ci_kB250/ci_kB375/ci_kB500/ ci_kB750/ci_kB1000/ci_kB1250/ ci_kB1500/ci_kB2000/ci_kB3000/ ci_kBinfinity/
NONE
ci_kB50
UE_MAX_R ETX_THRE SHOLD
The threshold used to limit the number of the AMD PDU retransmission in a transmitting AM_RLC entity.
ci_t1/ci_t2/ci_t3/ci_t4/ci_t6/ci_t8/ci_t16/ ci_t32/
NONE
ci_t32
UE_TIMER_ REORDERING
The timer to detect the losses of RLC PDUs in a receiving RLC entity.
ci_T_Reordering_ms0/ ci_T_Reordering_ms5/ ci_T_Reordering_ms10/ ci_T_Reordering_ms15/ ci_T_Reordering_ms20/ ci_T_Reordering_ms25/ ci_T_Reordering_ms30/ ci_T_Reordering_ms35/ ci_T_Reordering_ms40/ ci_T_Reordering_ms45/ ci_T_Reordering_ms50/ ci_T_Reordering_ms55/ ci_T_Reordering_ms60/ ci_T_Reordering_ms65/ ci_T_Reordering_ms70/ ci_T_Reordering_ms75/ ci_T_Reordering_ms80/ ci_T_Reordering_ms85/ ci_T_Reordering_ms90/ ci_T_Reordering_ms95/ ci_T_Reordering_ms100/ ci_T_Reordering_ms110/ ci_T_Reordering_ms120/ ci_T_Reordering_ms130/ ci_T_Reordering_ms140/ ci_T_Reordering_ms150/ ci_T_Reordering_ms160/ ci_T_Reordering_ms170/ ci_T_Reordering_ms180/ ci_T_Reordering_ms190/ ci_T_Reordering_ms200/
NONE
ci_T_Re ordering _ms40
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
471
Command Description
Parameter
Description
UE_TIMER_ STATUS_P ROHIBIT
The timer to prohibit the transmission of STATUS_PDU in a receiving AM_RLC entity.
SN_FIELD_ LENGTH
The field size of UM sequence number.
472
Range
Unit
Default
ci_T_StatusProhibit_ms0/ ci_T_StatusProhibit_ms5/ ci_T_StatusProhibit_ms10/ ci_T_StatusProhibit_ms15/ ci_T_StatusProhibit_ms20/ ci_T_StatusProhibit_ms25/ ci_T_StatusProhibit_ms30/ ci_T_StatusProhibit_ms35/ ci_T_StatusProhibit_ms40/ ci_T_StatusProhibit_ms45/ ci_T_StatusProhibit_ms50/ ci_T_StatusProhibit_ms55/ ci_T_StatusProhibit_ms60/ ci_T_StatusProhibit_ms65/ ci_T_StatusProhibit_ms70/ ci_T_StatusProhibit_ms75/ ci_T_StatusProhibit_ms80/ ci_T_StatusProhibit_ms85/ ci_T_StatusProhibit_ms90/ ci_T_StatusProhibit_ms95/ ci_T_StatusProhibit_ms100/ ci_T_StatusProhibit_ms105/ ci_T_StatusProhibit_ms110/ ci_T_StatusProhibit_ms115/ ci_T_StatusProhibit_ms120/ ci_T_StatusProhibit_ms125/ ci_T_StatusProhibit_ms130/ ci_T_StatusProhibit_ms135/ ci_T_StatusProhibit_ms140/ ci_T_StatusProhibit_ms145/ ci_T_StatusProhibit_ms150/ ci_T_StatusProhibit_ms155/ ci_T_StatusProhibit_ms160/ ci_T_StatusProhibit_ms165/ ci_T_StatusProhibit_ms170/ ci_T_StatusProhibit_ms175/ ci_T_StatusProhibit_ms180/ ci_T_StatusProhibit_ms185/ ci_T_StatusProhibit_ms190/ ci_T_StatusProhibit_ms195/ ci_T_StatusProhibit_ms200/ ci_T_StatusProhibit_ms205/ ci_T_StatusProhibit_ms210/ ci_T_StatusProhibit_ms215/ ci_T_StatusProhibit_ms220/ ci_T_StatusProhibit_ms225/ ci_T_StatusProhibit_ms230/ ci_T_StatusProhibit_ms235/ ci_T_StatusProhibit_ms240/ ci_T_StatusProhibit_ms245/ ci_T_StatusProhibit_ms250/ ci_T_StatusProhibit_ms300/ ci_T_StatusProhibit_ms350/ ci_T_StatusProhibit_ms400/ ci_T_StatusProhibit_ms450/ ci_T_StatusProhibit_ms500/
NONE
ci_T_St atusPro hibit_ms 50
ci_size5/ci_size10/
NONE
ci_size1 0
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
LTE eNB Command Description/Ver.1.0
Output Parameter Description QCI
QCI (QoS Class Identifier) index. The range is from 0 to 255. The standard QCIs defined in the standard documents is 1 to 9. The user can use QCI values 0 and 10-255.
RLC_MODE
The mode information (AM/UM) on RLC.
ENB_TIMER_POLL_RETRANSMITThe timer to retransmit poll in a transmitting AM RLC entity. ENB_POLL_PDU
The threshold to trigger poll for pollPDU PDUs in an AM_RLC entity.
ENB_POLL_BYTE
The threshold used to trigger poll for pollByte bytes in an AM_RLC entity.
ENB_MAX_RETX_THRESHOLD The threshold used to limit the number of the AMD PDU retransmission in a transmitting AM_RLC entity. ENB_TIMER_REORDERING
The timer to detect the losses of RLC PDUs in a receiving RLC entity.
ENB_TIMER_STATUS_PROHIBITThe timer to prohibit the transmission of STATUS_PDU in a receiving AM_RLC entity. UE_TIMER_POLL_RETRANSMIT The timer to retransmit poll in a transmitting AM RLC entity. UE_POLL_PDU
The threshold to trigger poll for pollPDU PDUs in an AM_RLC entity.
UE_POLL_BYTE
The threshold used to trigger poll for pollByte bytes in an AM_RLC entity.
UE_MAX_RETX_THRESHOLD
The threshold used to limit the number of the AMD PDU retransmission in a transmitting AM_RLC entity.
UE_TIMER_REORDERING
The timer to detect the losses of RLC PDUs in a receiving RLC entity.
UE_TIMER_STATUS_PROHIBIT The timer to prohibit the transmission of STATUS_PDU in a receiving AM_RLC entity. SN_FIELD_LENGTH
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
The field size of UM sequence number.
473
Command Description
C2161 CHANGE PDCP INFORMATION Command Format CHG-PDCP-INF: QCI, [UM_SN_SIZE], [DISCARD_TIMER], [FWD_END_TIMER], [STATUS_REPORT_REQUIRED];
Command Description Changes the parameter values of the PDCP protocol. This command can change the UM SN size, discard timer value, forward end timer value for each of 256 QoS classes. The changes do not affect the existing calls and are applied only to the new calls. TIMEOUT
10
Input Parameter Description Parameter
Description
Range
Unit
Default
QCI
QCI index. The range is from 0 to 255. The standard QCIs defined in the standard documents is 1 to 9. The user can use QCI values 0 and 10-255.
0 ~ 255
NONE
0
UM_SN_SIZE
The size of PDCP Sequence Number (SN) in RLC UM mode. - ci_len7bits: Uses the size of 7 bits (0 to 127). - ci_len12bits: The size of 12 bits (0 to 4095) is used (Default).
ci_len7bits/ci_len12bits/
NONE
ci_len12 bits
DISCARD_TIM ER
The Discard timer value for a packet buffer managed per RB in RLC AM mode. If ACK is not received from the RLC within a specified period of time, the packet is discarded. - ci_discardTimer_ms50: 50 msec. - ci_discardTimer_ms100: 100 msec. - ci_discardTimer_ms150: 150 msec. - ci_discardTimer_ms300: 300 msec. - ci_discardTimer_ms500: 500 msec. - ci_discardTimer_ms750: 750 msec. - ci_discardTimer_ms1500: 1500 msec. - ci_discardTimer_infinity: The discard timer is disabled. (default).
ci_discardTimer_ms50/ ci_discardTimer_ms100 / ci_discardTimer_ms150 / ci_discardTimer_ms300 / ci_discardTimer_ms500 / ci_discardTimer_ms750 / ci_discardTimer_ms150 0/ ci_discardTimer_infinity /
NONE
ci_disca rdTimer _infinity
FWD_END_TI MER
A period of time when PDCP of target eNB waits for end marker upon receiving a HO_COMPLETE message. in milliseconds.
10 ~ 1000
msec
200
STATUS_REPO RT_REQUIRED
This value determines whether or not to send SN Status Report.
False/True/
NONE
True
474
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
LTE eNB Command Description/Ver.1.0
Output Parameter Description QCI
QCI index. The range is from 0 to 255. The standard QCIs defined in the standard documents is 1 to 9. The user can use QCI values 0 and 10-255.
UM_SN_SIZE
DISCARD_TIMER
The size of PDCP Sequence Number (SN) in RLC UM mode. -
ci_len7bits: Uses the size of 7 bits (0 to 127).
-
ci_len12bits: The size of 12 bits (0 to 4095) is used (Default).
The Discard timer value for a packet buffer managed per RB in RLC AM mode. If ACK is not received from the RLC within a specified period of time, the packet is discarded. -
ci_discardTimer_ms50: 50 msec.
-
ci_discardTimer_ms100: 100 msec.
-
ci_discardTimer_ms150: 150 msec.
-
ci_discardTimer_ms300: 300 msec.
-
ci_discardTimer_ms500: 500 msec.
-
ci_discardTimer_ms750: 750 msec.
-
ci_discardTimer_ms1500: 1500 msec.
-
ci_discardTimer_infinity: The discard timer is disabled.
(default). FWD_END_TIMER
A period of time when PDCP of target eNB waits for end marker upon receiving a HO_COMPLETE message. in milliseconds.
STATUS_REPORT_REQUIRED
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
This value determines whether or not to send SN Status Report.
475
Command Description
C2162 CHANGE GTP INFORMATION Command Format CHG-GTP-INF: [T3_TMR], [T3_TMR_LONG], [N3_REQUEST], [KEEP_ALIVE], [SNN], [ECN];
Command Description Changes the parameter values of the GTP protocol. The command can change use keep alive, the timeout interval, and the sequence number. If KeepAlive is set, the GTP ECHO-REQ message is sent to S-GW at a specified interval (T3_TIMER_LONG). If the GTP ECHO-RESP message is not received from S-GW until the next message is sent, transmission is repeated for N3_REQUEST times at T3_TIMER interval. TIMEOUT
10
Input Parameter Description Parameter
Description
Range
Unit
Default
T3_TMR
The interval at which transmission of the ECHO-REQ message is repeated if a response message to ECHO-REQ, which is sent for Keep Alive, is not received. The range is between 0 and 60000 msec. The default is 5000 (5 seconds). This timer runs only if KEEP_ALIVE is set to '1'.
0 ~ 60000
msec
5000
T3_TMR_LON G
The interval at which the ECHO-REQ message is sent for periodic Keep Alive. The range is between 60000 and 600000 msec. The default is 60000 (60 seconds). This timer runs only if KEEP_ALIVE is set to '1'.
60000 ~ 600000
msec
60000
N3_REQUEST
The maximum retransmission number of the GTP ECHO-REQ message. This timer runs only if KEEP_ALIVE is set to '1'.
0 ~ 10
NONE
5
KEEP_ALIVE
Whether the GTP ECHO-REQ message at specified intervals (Keep Alive) is sent. - 0: The ECHO-REQ message is not sent. - 1: The ECHO-REQ message is sent(default).
0~1
NONE
1
SNN
Whether the GTP sequence number is used. - 0: The GTP sequence number in the eNB is not used. - 1: The GTP sequence number in the eNB is used.
0~1
NONE
1
476
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
LTE eNB Command Description/Ver.1.0
Parameter ECN
Description
Range
Whether the Explicit Congestion Notification (ECN) function is used. - 0: The ECN function in the eNB is not used. - 1: The ECN function in the eNB is used.
0~1
Unit NONE
Default 1
Output Parameter Description T3_TMR
The interval at which transmission of the ECHO-REQ message is repeated if a response message to ECHO-REQ, which is sent for Keep Alive, is not received. The range is between 0 and 60000 msec. The default is 5000 (5 seconds). This timer runs only if KEEP_ALIVE is set to '1'.
T3_TMR_LONG
The interval at which the ECHO-REQ message is sent for periodic Keep Alive. The range is between 60000 and 600000 msec. The default is 60000 (60 seconds). This timer runs only if KEEP_ALIVE is set to '1'.
N3_REQUEST
The maximum retransmission number of the GTP ECHO-REQ message. This timer runs only if KEEP_ALIVE is set to '1'.
KEEP_ALIVE
Whether the GTP ECHO-REQ message at specified intervals (Keep Alive) is sent.
SNN
ECN
-
0: The ECHO-REQ message is not sent.
-
1: The ECHO-REQ message is sent(default).
Whether the GTP sequence number is used. -
0: The GTP sequence number in the eNB is not used.
-
1: The GTP sequence number in the eNB is used.
Whether the Explicit Congestion Notification (ECN) function is used.
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
-
0: The ECN function in the eNB is not used.
-
1: The ECN function in the eNB is used.
477
Command Description
C2163 CHANGE PCCH CONFIGURATION Command Format CHG-PCCH-CONF: [DEFAULT_PAGING_CYCLE], [N_B];
Command Description Changes the configuration of the Paging Control Channel (PCCH) in the eNB. Paging is used when initiating a mobile-terminating connection or triggering UE to re-obtain the system information, as well as for sending the Earthquake and Tsunami Warning System (ETWS) indication. TIMEOUT
10
Input Parameter Description Parameter
Description
Range
Unit
Default
DEFAULT_PAG ING_CYCLE
When DRX is used, UE monitors a single paging occasion per DRX cycle. If UE-specific DRX is not set by the upper layer, defaultPagingCycle is applied as the default DRX cycle.
ci_defaultPagingCycle_ rf32/ ci_defaultPagingCycle_ rf64/ ci_defaultPagingCycle_ rf128/ ci_defaultPagingCycle_ rf256/
msec
ci_defau ltPaging Cycle_rf 256
N_B
The parameter required to calculate the paging frame and paging occasion using the TS 36.304 method, which is a multiple of defaultPagingCycle.
ci_fourT/ci_twoT/ ci_oneT/ci_halfT/ ci_quarterT/ ci_oneEightT/ ci_onSixteenthT/ ci_oneThirtySecondT/
NONE
ci_oneE ightT
Output Parameter Description DEFAULT_PAGING_CYCLE[msec] When DRX is used, UE monitors a single paging occasion per DRX cycle. If UE-specific DRX is not set by the upper layer, defaultPagingCycle is applied as the default DRX cycle. N_B
The parameter required to calculate the paging frame and paging occasion using the TS 36.304 method, which is a multiple of defaultPagingCycle.
478
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
LTE eNB Command Description/Ver.1.0
C2164 CHANGE PDSCH CONFIGURATION Command Format CHG-PDSCH-IDLE: CELL_NUM, [DL_POWER_OPTION], [FORCED_MODE];
Command Description Changes the configuration of the Physical Downlink Shared Channel (PDSCH) in the eNB. The power ratio between a Resource Element (RE) transmitting a reference signal and a RE transmitting data can be set in PDSCH. This parameter, in order to apply the changes, CELL_LOCK or forcedModeFlag is set to True. TIMEOUT
10
Input Parameter Description Parameter
Description
Range
Unit
Default
CELL_NUM
The cell number for which the command was executed.
0~8
NONE
0
DL_POWER_O PTION
The power setting option. The power of the RS per resource grid is set to a multiple of the power of the data per resource grID. - ci_pwrOpt_Same: The power of the RS per resource grid is the same as that of the data per resource grID. - ci_pwrOpt_OneHalf: The power of the RS per resource grid is one and a half times as much as that of the data per resource grID. - ci_pwrOpt_Twice: The power of the RS per resource grid is two times as much as that of the data per resource grID. - ci_pwrOpt_Half: The power of the RS per resource grid is a half times as much as that of the data per resource grID.
ci_pwrOpt_Same/ ci_pwrOpt_OneHalf/ ci_pwrOpt_Twice/ ci_pwrOpt_Half/ ci_pwrOpt_FortyHundre dth/ ci_pwrOpt_ThirtyThree Hundredth/ ci_pwrOpt_ThirtyTwoH undredth/ ci_pwrOpt_TwentyFive Hundredth/ ci_pwrOpt_TwentyHund redth/ ci_pwrOpt_SixteenHun dredth/ ci_pwrOpt_ThirteenHun dredth/
NONE
ci_pwrO pt_Half
FORCED_MOD E
This parameter defines forced mode for changed value.
False/True/
NONE
False
Output Parameter Description CELL_NUM
The cell number for which the command was executed.
DL_POWER_OPTION
The power setting option. The power of the RS per resource
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
479
Command Description
grid is set to a multiple of the power of the data per resource grID. -
ci_pwrOpt_Same: The power of the RS per resource grid is
the same as that of the data per resource grID. -
ci_pwrOpt_OneHalf: The power of the RS per resource grid
is one and a half times as much as that of the data per resource grID. -
ci_pwrOpt_Twice: The power of the RS per resource grid is
two times as much as that of the data per resource grID. -
ci_pwrOpt_Half: The power of the RS per resource grid is a
half times as much as that of the data per resource grID. FORCED_MODE
480
This parameter defines forced mode for changed value.
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
LTE eNB Command Description/Ver.1.0
C2165 CHANGE PHICH CONFIGURATION IDLE Command Format CHG-PHICH-IDLE: CELL_NUM, [PHICH_DURATION], [PHICH_RESOURCE], [FORCED_MODE];
Command Description Changes the configuration of the Physical Hybrid ARQ Indicator Channel (PHICH) in the eNB. This command can change PHICH duration and resource settings. This parameter, in order to apply the changes, CELL_LOCK or forcedModeFlag is set to True. TIMEOUT
10
Input Parameter Description Parameter
Description
Range
Unit
Default
CELL_NUM
The cell number for which the command was executed.
0~8
NONE
0
PHICH_DURAT ION
The PHICH duration set in accordance with Table 6.9.3-1 of TS 36.211. It sets the lower limit of a control region size that is passed to PCFICH.
ci_normal/ci_extended/
NONE
ci_norm al
PHICH_RESO URCE
The parameter used to calculate the number of PHICH groups.
ci_oneSixth/ci_half/ ci_one/ci_two/
NONE
ci_one
FORCED_MOD E
This parameter defines forced mode for changed value.
False/True/
NONE
False
Output Parameter Description CELL_NUM
The cell number for which the command was executed.
PHICH_DURATION
The PHICH duration set in accordance with Table 6.9.3-1 of TS 36.211. It sets the lower limit of a control region size that is passed to PCFICH.
PHICH_RESOURCE
The parameter used to calculate the number of PHICH groups.
FORCED_MODE
This parameter defines forced mode for changed value.
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
481
Command Description
C2166 CHANGE PRACH CONFIGURATION Command Format CHG-PRACH-CONF: CELL_NUM, [PRACH_CONFIG_INDEX], [HIGH_SPEED_FLAG], [ZERO_CORREL_ZONE_CONFIG], [ROOT_SEQUENCE_INDEX], [PRACH_POSITION];
Command Description Changes the configuration of the Physical Random Access Channel (PRACH) in the eNB. This command can change the high speed flag, the PRACH configuration index, the root sequence index, and the zero correlation zone configuration. TIMEOUT
10
Input Parameter Description Parameter
Description
Range
Unit
Default
CELL_NUM
The cell number for which the command was executed.
0~8
NONE
0
PRACH_CONFI G_INDEX
Index for the preamble format, subframe sent by preamble, and interval.
0 ~ 63
NONE
3
HIGH_SPEED_ FLAG
Whether to use unrestricted or restricted set. When this parameter is set to TRUE, a restricted set is used. When set to FALSE, an unrestricted set is used.
False/True/
NONE
False
ZERO_CORRE L_ZONE_CON FIG
The zero correlation zone used to create a random preamble.
0 ~ 15
NONE
12
ROOT_SEQUE NCE_INDEX
The first logical root sequence index used to create a random preamble. Different values should be assigned to neighboring cells.
0 ~ 837
NONE
0
PRACH_POSIT ION
Provides information about PRACH position between two possible positions adjacent to PUCCH. 0: low position, 1: high position
0~1
NONE
0
Output Parameter Description CELL_NUM
The cell number for which the command was executed.
PRACH_CONFIG_INDEX
Index for the preamble format, subframe sent by preamble, and interval.
482
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
LTE eNB Command Description/Ver.1.0
HIGH_SPEED_FLAG
Whether to use unrestricted or restricted set. When this parameter is set to TRUE, a restricted set is used. When set to FALSE, an unrestricted set is used.
ZERO_CORREL_ZONE_CONFIG The zero correlation zone used to create a random preamble. ROOT_SEQUENCE_INDEX
The first logical root sequence index used to create a random preamble. Different values should be assigned to neighboring cells.
PRACH_POSITION
Provides information about PRACH position between two possible positions adjacent to PUCCH. 0: low position, 1: high position
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
483
Command Description
C2167 CHANGE PUSCH CONFIGURATION Command Format CHG-PUSCH-CONF: CELL_NUM, [N_SB], [HOPPING_MODE], [ENABLE_SIX_FOUR_QAM], [GROUP_HOPPING_ENABLED], [GROUP_ASSIGNMENT_PUSCH], [SEQUENCE_HOPPING_ENABLED];
Command Description Changes the configuration of the Physical Uplink Shared Channel (PUSCH) in the eNB. Information on whether the eNB can receive 64-QAM, and the hopping settings can be changed. TIMEOUT
10
Input Parameter Description Parameter
Description
Range
Unit
Default
CELL_NUM
The cell number for which the command was executed.
0~8
NONE
0
N_SB
The number of sub-bands in Type 2 PUSCH hopping.
1~4
NONE
1
HOPPING_MO DE
Hopping mode. - ci_interSubFrame: Inter-subframe hopping. - ci_intraAndInterSubFrame: Intra and
ci_interSubFrame/ ci_intraAndInterSubFra me/
NONE
ci_inter SubFrame
inter-subframe hopping. ENABLE_SIX_ FOUR_QAM
Whether to support 64QAM. Only the category 5 UEs capable of sending 64-QAM via the uplink are affected by this parameter value. - False: 64QAM is not applied. - True: 64QAM when the eNB receives data is applied.
False/True/
NONE
True
GROUP_HOPP ING_ENABLED
Whether to support group hopping. - False: Group hopping is not supported. - True: Group hopping is supported.
False/True/
NONE
False
GROUP_ASSI GNMENT_PUS CH
The group assignment value in the PUSCH.
0 ~ 29
NONE
0
SEQUENCE_H OPPING_ENAB LED
Whether to support sequence hopping. - False: Sequence hopping is not supported. - True: Sequence hopping is supported.
False/True/
NONE
False
484
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
LTE eNB Command Description/Ver.1.0
Output Parameter Description CELL_NUM
The cell number for which the command was executed.
N_SB
The number of sub-bands in Type 2 PUSCH hopping.
HOPPING_MODE
Hopping mode. -
ci_interSubFrame: Inter-subframe hopping.
- ci_intraAndInterSubFrame: Intra
ENABLE_SIX_FOUR_QAM
and inter-subframe hopping.
Whether to support 64QAM. Only the category 5 UEs capable of sending 64-QAM via the uplink are affected by this parameter value.
GROUP_HOPPING_ENABLED
GROUP_ASSIGNMENT_PUSCH
-
False: 64QAM is not applied.
-
True: 64QAM when the eNB receives data is applied.
Whether to support group hopping. -
False: Group hopping is not supported.
-
True: Group hopping is supported.
The group assignment value in the PUSCH.
SEQUENCE_HOPPING_ENABLEDWhether to support sequence hopping.
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
-
False: Sequence hopping is not supported.
-
True: Sequence hopping is supported.
485
Command Description
C2168 CHANGE RACH CONFIGURATION Command Format CHG-RACH-CONF: CELL_NUM, [NUMBER_OF_RAPREAMBLES], [SIZE_OF_RAPREAMBLES_GROUP_A], [MESSAGE_SIZE_GROUP_A], [MESSAGE_POWER_OFFSET_GROUP_B], [POWER_RAMPING_STEP], [PREAMBLE_INIT_RCV_TARGET_POWER], [PREAMBLE_TRANS_MAX], [CONTENTION_RESOLUTION_TIMER], [BACKOFF_INDICATOR_SETUP], [BACKOFF_INDICATOR], [MAX_HARQMSG3_TX];
Command Description Changes the configuration of the Random Access Channel (RACH) in the eNB. The backoff indicator, number of times to transmit Msg3 HARQ, the number of non-dedicated/dedicated preambles, the power ramping step and the maximum number of transmission, and the number of preamble group A/B can be changed. TIMEOUT
10
Input Parameter Description Parameter CELL_NUM
486
Description The cell number for which the command was executed.
Range 0~8
Unit NONE
Default 0
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
LTE eNB Command Description/Ver.1.0
Parameter NUMBER_OF_ RAPREAMBLES
Description The number of non-dedicated preambles.
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
Range ci_numberOfRA_Pream bles_n4/ ci_numberOfRA_Pream bles_n8/ ci_numberOfRA_Pream bles_n12/ ci_numberOfRA_Pream bles_n16/ ci_numberOfRA_Pream bles_n20/ ci_numberOfRA_Pream bles_n24/ ci_numberOfRA_Pream bles_n28/ ci_numberOfRA_Pream bles_n32/ ci_numberOfRA_Pream bles_n36/ ci_numberOfRA_Pream bles_n40/ ci_numberOfRA_Pream bles_n44/ ci_numberOfRA_Pream bles_n48/ ci_numberOfRA_Pream bles_n52/ ci_numberOfRA_Pream bles_n56/ ci_numberOfRA_Pream bles_n60/ ci_numberOfRA_Pream bles_n64/
Unit
Default
NONE
ci_numb erOfRA _Pream bles_n6 0
487
Command Description
Parameter
Description
Range
Unit
Default
SIZE_OF_RAP REAMBLES_G ROUP_A
The number of PreamblesGroup A.
ci_sizeOfRAPreambles GroupA_n4/ ci_sizeOfRAPreambles GroupA_n8/ ci_sizeOfRAPreambles GroupA_n12/ ci_sizeOfRAPreambles GroupA_n16/ ci_sizeOfRAPreambles GroupA_n20/ ci_sizeOfRAPreambles GroupA_n24/ ci_sizeOfRAPreambles GroupA_n28/ ci_sizeOfRAPreambles GroupA_n32/ ci_sizeOfRAPreambles GroupA_n36/ ci_sizeOfRAPreambles GroupA_n40/ ci_sizeOfRAPreambles GroupA_n44/ ci_sizeOfRAPreambles GroupA_n48/ ci_sizeOfRAPreambles GroupA_n52/ ci_sizeOfRAPreambles GroupA_n56/ ci_sizeOfRAPreambles GroupA_n60/
NONE
ci_size OfRAPreamblesGro upA_n2 8
MESSAGE_SIZ E_GROUP_A
Standard for message size to select PreamblesGroup A.
ci_messageSizeGroup A_b56/ ci_messageSizeGroup A_b144/ ci_messageSizeGroup A_b208/ ci_messageSizeGroup A_b256/
NONE
ci_mess ageSize GroupA _b56
MESSAGE_PO WER_OFFSET _GROUP_B
Standard for power offset to select PreambleGroup B.
ci_messagePowerOffse tGroupB_minusinfinity/ ci_messagePowerOffse tGroupB_dB0/ ci_messagePowerOffse tGroupB_dB5/ ci_messagePowerOffse tGroupB_dB8/ ci_messagePowerOffse tGroupB_dB10/ ci_messagePowerOffse tGroupB_dB12/ ci_messagePowerOffse tGroupB_dB15/ ci_messagePowerOffse tGroupB_dB18/
NONE
ci_mess agePowerOffsetGr oupB_d B0
488
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
LTE eNB Command Description/Ver.1.0
Parameter
Description
Range
Unit
Default
POWER_RAM PING_STEP
Power ramping steps when sending a preamble.
ci_powerRampingSetup _dB0/ ci_powerRampingSetup _dB2/ ci_powerRampingSetup _dB4/ ci_powerRampingSetup _dB6/
NONE
ci_powe rRampin gSetup_ dB2
PREAMBLE_IN IT_RCV_TARG ET_POWER
The threshold used to set an initial-target receiving power of preambles.
ci_dBm-120/ci_dBm118/ci_dBm-116/ ci_dBm-114/ci_dBm112/ci_dBm-110/ ci_dBm-108/ci_dBm106/ci_dBm-104/ ci_dBm-102/ci_dBm100/ci_dBm-98/ ci_dBm-96/ci_dBm-94/ ci_dBm-92/ci_dBm-90/
NONE
ci_dBm108
PREAMBLE_T RANS_MAX
The maximum number of times to transmit a preamble.
ci_PreambleTransMax_ n3/ ci_PreambleTransMax_ n4/ ci_PreambleTransMax_ n5/ ci_PreambleTransMax_ n6/ ci_PreambleTransMax_ n7/ ci_PreambleTransMax_ n8/ ci_PreambleTransMax_ n10/ ci_PreambleTransMax_ n20/ ci_PreambleTransMax_ n50/ ci_PreambleTransMax_ n100/ ci_PreambleTransMax_ n200/
NONE
ci_Prea mbleTra nsMax_ n10
CONTENTION_ RESOLUTION_ TIMER
Contention resolution timer.
ci_mac_ContentionRes olutionTimer_sf8/ ci_mac_ContentionRes olutionTimer_sf16/ ci_mac_ContentionRes olutionTimer_sf24/ ci_mac_ContentionRes olutionTimer_sf32/ ci_mac_ContentionRes olutionTimer_sf40/ ci_mac_ContentionRes olutionTimer_sf48/ ci_mac_ContentionRes olutionTimer_sf56/ ci_mac_ContentionRes olutionTimer_sf64/
NONE
ci_mac_ ContentionResolutionTi mer_sf4 8
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
489
Command Description
Parameter BACKOFF_IND ICATOR_SETU P
Description
Range
Whether to use the backoff indicator. - ci_Config_Release: release. - ci_Config_Setup: setup.
Unit
Default
ci_Config_Release/ ci_Config_Setup/
NONE
ci_Confi g_Relea se
BACKOFF_IND ICATOR
The backoff parameter.
0 ~ 12
NONE
0
MAX_HARQMS G3_TX
The maximum number of transmission of HARQ Msg3.
1~8
NONE
8
Output Parameter Description CELL_NUM
The cell number for which the command was executed.
NUMBER_OF_RAPREAMBLES
The number of non-dedicated preambles.
SIZE_OF_RAPREAMBLES_GROUP_AThe number of PreamblesGroup A. MESSAGE_SIZE_GROUP_A
Standard for message size to select PreamblesGroup A.
MESSAGE_POWER_OFFSET_GROUP_BStandard for power offset to select PreambleGroup B. POWER_RAMPING_STEP
Power ramping steps when sending a preamble.
PREAMBLE_INIT_RCV_TARGET_POWERThe threshold used to set an initial-target receiving power of preambles. PREAMBLE_TRANS_MAX
The maximum number of times to transmit a preamble.
CONTENTION_RESOLUTION_TIMERContention resolution timer. BACKOFF_INDICATOR_SETUP Whether to use the backoff indicator.
490
-
ci_Config_Release: release.
-
ci_Config_Setup: setup.
BACKOFF_INDICATOR
The backoff parameter.
MAX_HARQMSG3_TX
The maximum number of transmission of HARQ Msg3.
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
LTE eNB Command Description/Ver.1.0
C2169 CHANGE TIME ALIGNMENT INFORMATION Command Format CHG-TIME-ALIGN: CELL_NUM, [TIME_ALIGNMENT_TIMER_COMMON];
Command Description Changes the configuration of a time alignment of UE. If TimeAlignmentTimer is not infinity, the UE determines that the uplink timing is maintained by receiving the timing advance command within the timer value. Otherwise, the UE releases the PUCCH and SRS resources. TIMEOUT
10
Input Parameter Description Parameter
Description
Range
Unit
Default
CELL_NUM
The cell number for which the command was executed.
0~8
NONE
0
TIME_ALIGNM ENT_TIMER_C OMMON
The parameter used to adjust a period of time during which UE decides that the uplink timing is correct.
ci_timeAlignmentTimer _sf500/ ci_timeAlignmentTimer _sf750/ ci_timeAlignmentTimer _sf1280/ ci_timeAlignmentTimer _sf1920/ ci_timeAlignmentTimer _sf2560/ ci_timeAlignmentTimer _sf5120/ ci_timeAlignmentTimer _sf10240/ ci_timeAlignmentTimer _infinity/
NONE
ci_time Alignme ntTimer _infinity
Output Parameter Description CELL_NUM
The cell number for which the command was executed.
TIME_ALIGNMENT_TIMER_COMMONThe parameter used to adjust a period of time during which UE decides that the uplink timing is correct.
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
491
Command Description
C2170 CHANGE SOUNDING RS UPLINK CONFIGURATION Command Format CHG-SNDRS-CONF: CELL_NUM, [SRS_USAGE], [ACK_NACK_SRS_SIMUL_TRANSMISSION];
Command Description Changes the configuration of the UL Sounding Reference Signal in the eNB. This command can change whether simultaneous transmission of ACK/NACK or SR, and SRS is supported, whether SRS is used in the cell, and SRS MaxUpPts. TIMEOUT
10
Input Parameter Description Parameter
Description
Range
Unit
Default
CELL_NUM
The cell number for which the command was executed.
0~8
NONE
0
SRS_USAGE
Whether to use SRS. - CI_no_use: SRS is not used. - CI_use: SRS is used.
CI_no_use/CI_use/
NONE
CI_use
ACK_NACK_S RS_SIMUL_TR ANSMISSION
Whether simultaneous transmission of ACK/NACK or SR, and Sounding RS is supported. - False: Sounding RS is not transmitted. - True: Sounding RS is transmitted.
False/True/
NONE
True
Output Parameter Description CELL_NUM
The cell number for which the command was executed.
SRS_USAGE
Whether to use SRS. -
CI_no_use: SRS is not used.
-
CI_use: SRS is used.
ACK_NACK_SRS_SIMUL_TRANSMISSIONWhether simultaneous transmission of ACK/NACK or SR, and Sounding RS is supported.
492
-
False: Sounding RS is not transmitted.
-
True: Sounding RS is transmitted.
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
LTE eNB Command Description/Ver.1.0
C2171 CHANGE UPLINK POWER CONTROL PARAMETER Command Format CHG-PWR-PARA: CELL_NUM, [P0_NOMINAL_PUSCH], [ALPHA], [P0_NOMINAL_PUCCH], [DELTA_FPUCCHFORMAT1], [DELTA_FPUCCHFORMAT1_B], [DELTA_FPUCCHFORMAT2], [DELTA_FPUCCHFORMAT2_A], [DELTA_FPUCCHFORMAT2_B], [DELTA_PREAMBLE_MSG3], [UL_TARGET_IOT], [UL_IOI_THRESHOLD_STEP];
Command Description Changes the configuration of the Uplink Power Control in the eNB. The alpha value used in PUSCH Power Control, transmission power settings by PUCCH format, settings for the p0_nominal_PUCCH and p0_nominal_PUSCH, and UL IOT target value can be changed. TIMEOUT
10
Input Parameter Description Parameter
Description
Range
Unit
Default
CELL_NUM
The cell number for which the command was executed.
0~8
NONE
0
P0_NOMINAL_ PUSCH
p0NominalPUSCH.
-126 ~ 24
NONE
-80
ALPHA
Assign alpha (0,0.4,0.5~0.9,1)
ci_al0/ci_al04/ci_al05/ ci_al06/ci_al07/ci_al08/ ci_al09/ci_al1/
NONE
ci_al08
P0_NOMINAL_ PUCCH
p0Nominal PUCCH.
-127 ~ -96
NONE
-112
DELTA_FPUCC HFORMAT1
The difference in the transmission power between PUCCH format1a and PUCCH format1.
ci_deltaF_PUCCH_For mat1_deltaF-2/ ci_deltaF_PUCCH_For mat1_deltaF0/ ci_deltaF_PUCCH_For mat1_deltaF2/
NONE
ci_delta F_PUC CH_For mat1_d eltaF0
DELTA_FPUCC HFORMAT1_B
The difference in the transmission power between PUCCH format1a and PUCCH format1b.
ci_deltaF_PUCCH_For mat1b_deltaF1/ ci_deltaF_PUCCH_For mat1b_deltaF3/ ci_deltaF_PUCCH_For mat1b_deltaF5/
NONE
ci_delta F_PUC CH_For mat1b_ deltaF1
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
493
Command Description
Parameter
Description
Range
Unit
Default
DELTA_FPUCC HFORMAT2
The difference in the transmission power between PUCCH format1a and PUCCH format2.
ci_deltaF_PUCCH_For mat2_deltaF-2/ ci_deltaF_PUCCH_For mat2_deltaF0/ ci_deltaF_PUCCH_For mat2_deltaF1/ ci_deltaF_PUCCH_For mat2_deltaF2/
NONE
ci_delta F_PUC CH_For mat2_d eltaF2
DELTA_FPUCC HFORMAT2_A
The difference in the transmission power between PUCCH format1a and PUCCH format2a.
ci_deltaF_PUCCH_For mat2a_deltaF-2/ ci_deltaF_PUCCH_For mat2a_deltaF0/ ci_deltaF_PUCCH_For mat2a_deltaF2/
NONE
ci_delta F_PUC CH_For mat2a_ deltaF2
DELTA_FPUCC HFORMAT2_B
The difference in the transmission power between PUCCH format1a and PUCCH format2b.
ci_deltaF_PUCCH_For mat2b_deltaF-2/ ci_deltaF_PUCCH_For mat2b_deltaF0/ ci_deltaF_PUCCH_For mat2b_deltaF2/
NONE
ci_delta F_PUC CH_For mat2b_ deltaF2
DELTA_PREAM BLE_MSG3
deltaPreambleMsg3.
-1 ~ 6
NONE
2
UL_TARGET_I OT
The UL IOT target value for all ICIC types.
1 ~ 128
0.25dB
32
UL_IOI_THRES HOLD_STEP
The difference between high and low thresholds to generate UL IOI for all ICIC types and the Target IoT. The threshold scaled up 4 times in dB area.
1 ~ 128
0.25dB
2
Output Parameter Description CELL_NUM
The cell number for which the command was executed.
P0_NOMINAL_PUSCH
p0NominalPUSCH.
ALPHA
Assign alpha (0,0.4,0.5~0.9,1)
P0_NOMINAL_PUCCH
p0Nominal PUCCH.
DELTA_FPUCCHFORMAT1
The difference in the transmission power between PUCCH format1a and PUCCH format1.
DELTA_FPUCCHFORMAT1_B
The difference in the transmission power between PUCCH format1a and PUCCH format1b.
DELTA_FPUCCHFORMAT2
The difference in the transmission power between PUCCH format1a and PUCCH format2.
494
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
LTE eNB Command Description/Ver.1.0
DELTA_FPUCCHFORMAT2_A
The difference in the transmission power between PUCCH format1a and PUCCH format2a.
DELTA_FPUCCHFORMAT2_B
The difference in the transmission power between PUCCH format1a and PUCCH format2b.
DELTA_PREAMBLE_MSG3
deltaPreambleMsg3.
UL_TARGET_IOT
The UL IOT target value for all ICIC types.
UL_IOI_THRESHOLD_STEP
The difference between high and low thresholds to generate UL IOI for all ICIC types and the Target IoT. The threshold scaled up 4 times in dB area.
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
495
Command Description
C2172 CHANGE BCCH CONFIGURATION Command Format CHG-BCCH-CONF: CELL_NUM, [MODIFICATION_PERIOD_COEFF];
Command Description Changes the configuration of the Broadcast Control Channel (BCCH) in the eNB. This command can retrieve the ModificationPeriodCoeff value used to determine an interval for changing system information. TIMEOUT
10
Input Parameter Description Parameter
Description
Range
Unit
Default
CELL_NUM
The cell number for which the command was executed.
0~8
NONE
0
MODIFICATION _PERIOD_COE FF
The number of times to determine whether the system information saved is valid ID.
ci_modificationPeriodC oeff_n2/ ci_modificationPeriodC oeff_n4/ ci_modificationPeriodC oeff_n8/ ci_modificationPeriodC oeff_n16/
NONE
ci_modif icationPeriodC oeff_n4
Output Parameter Description CELL_NUM
The cell number for which the command was executed.
MODIFICATION_PERIOD_COEFFThe number of times to determine whether the system information saved is valid ID.
496
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
LTE eNB Command Description/Ver.1.0
C2173 CHANGE PUSCH CONFIGURATION IDLE Command Format CHG-PUSCH-IDLE: CELL_NUM, [CYCLIC_SHIFT], [FORCED_MODE];
Command Description Changes the configuration of the Physical Uplink Shared Channel (PUSCH) in the eNB. The n(1)_DMRS value used to determine the cyclic shift value of a PUSCH Reference Signal can be changed. This parameter, in order to apply the changes, CELL_LOCK or forcedModeFlag is set to True. TIMEOUT
10
Input Parameter Description Parameter
Description
Range
Unit
Default
CELL_NUM
The cell number for which the command was executed.
0~8
NONE
0
CYCLIC_SHIFT
The n(1)_DMRS value by cell. The cyclic shift value of the PUSCH reference signal is determined by this value and the n(2)_DMRS value set in DCI format 0.
0~7
NONE
0
FORCED_MOD E
This parameter defines forced mode for changed value.
False/True/
NONE
False
Output Parameter Description CELL_NUM
The cell number for which the command was executed.
CYCLIC_SHIFT
The n(1)_DMRS value by cell. The cyclic shift value of the PUSCH reference signal is determined by this value and the n(2)_DMRS value set in DCI format 0.
FORCED_MODE
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
This parameter defines forced mode for changed value.
497
Command Description
C2174 CHANGE RACH CONFIGURATION IDLE Command Format CHG-RACH-IDLE: CELL_NUM, [RA_RESPONSE_WINDOW_SIZE], [FORCED_MODE];
Command Description Change RACH(Random Access Channel) Configuration. This parameter, in order to apply the changes, CELL_LOCK or forcedModeFlag is set to True. TIMEOUT
10
Input Parameter Description Parameter
Description
Range
Unit
Default
CELL_NUM
The cell number for which the command was executed.
0~8
NONE
0
RA_RESPONS E_WINDOW_SI ZE
The period of time during which UE waits for RA Response.
ci_ra_ResponseWindo wSize_sf2/ ci_ra_ResponseWindo wSize_sf3/ ci_ra_ResponseWindo wSize_sf4/ ci_ra_ResponseWindo wSize_sf5/ ci_ra_ResponseWindo wSize_sf6/ ci_ra_ResponseWindo wSize_sf7/ ci_ra_ResponseWindo wSize_sf8/ ci_ra_ResponseWindo wSize_sf10/
NONE
ci_ra_R esponseWind owSize_ sf7
FORCED_MOD E
This parameter defines forced mode for changed value.
False/True/
NONE
False
Output Parameter Description CELL_NUM
The cell number for which the command was executed.
RA_RESPONSE_WINDOW_SIZE The period of time during which UE waits for RA Response. FORCED_MODE
498
This parameter defines forced mode for changed value.
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
LTE eNB Command Description/Ver.1.0
C2175 CHANGE CQI REPORTING INFORMATION Command Format CHG-CQI-REP: TRANSMISSION_MODE, [WIDE_SUBBAND_SELECT];
Command Description Changes the information required to operate CQI reporting. It can set whether to operate Wideband CQI or both of Wideband CQI and Subband CQI per DL transmission mode. TIMEOUT
10
Input Parameter Description Parameter
Description
Range
TRANSMISSIO N_MODE
Transmission mode. - ci_tm1: Single-antenna port (port 0), DCI format 1 or 1A is used. - ci_tm2: Transmit diversity, DCI format 1 or 1A is used. - ci_tm3: Open-loop spatial multiplexing, DCI format 2A or 1A is used. - ci_tm4: Closed-loop spatial multiplexing, DCI format 2 or 1A is used. - ci_tm5: MU-MIMO, DCI format 1D or 1A is used. - ci_tm6: Closed-loop rank-1 precoding, DCI format 1B or 1A is used. - ci_tm7: Single-antenna port (port 5), DCI format 1 or 1A is used. - ci_tm8: Single-antenna port (port 7/port
Unit
Default
ci_tm1/ci_tm2/ci_tm3/ ci_tm4/ci_tm5/ci_tm6/ ci_tm7/ci_tm8/
NONE
ci_tm1
ci_WideBand/ ci_SubBand/
NONE
ci_Wide Band
8), DCI format 2B or 1A is used. WIDE_SUBBA ND_SELECT
Selects a Wideband/Subband CQI option. - ci_WideBand: wideband CQI only. - ci_SubBand: wideband CQI + subband CQI.
Output Parameter Description TRANSMISSION_MODE
Transmission mode. -
ci_tm1: Single-antenna port (port 0), DCI format 1 or 1A is
used. -
ci_tm2: Transmit diversity, DCI format 1 or 1A is used.
- ci_tm3: Open-loop spatial multiplexing, DCI format 2A or 1A
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
499
Command Description
is used. - ci_tm4: Closed-loop spatial multiplexing, DCI format 2 or 1A
is used. -
ci_tm5: MU-MIMO, DCI format 1D or 1A is used.
-
ci_tm6: Closed-loop rank-1 precoding, DCI format 1B or 1A
is used. -
ci_tm7: Single-antenna port (port 5), DCI format 1 or 1A is
used. - ci_tm8: Single-antenna port (port 7/port 8), DCI format 2B or
1A is used. WIDE_SUBBAND_SELECT
500
Selects a Wideband/Subband CQI option. -
ci_WideBand: wideband CQI only.
-
ci_SubBand: wideband CQI + subband CQI.
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
LTE eNB Command Description/Ver.1.0
C2176 CHANGE DEDICATED PHY PUSCH INFORMATION Command Format CHG-DPHY-PUSCH: CELL_NUM, [BETA_OFFSET_ACKINDEX], [BETA_OFFSET_RIINDEX], [BETA_OFFSET_CQIINDEX];
Command Description Changes the information required to operate the dedicated PUSCH. This command can retrieve betaOffsetACK, betaOffsetCQI, and betaOffsetRI, which determine the degree of resources in PUSCH to be used in transmitting UCI if it needs to be sent to the uplink in the same subframe as PUSCH. TIMEOUT
10
Input Parameter Description Parameter
Description
Range
Unit
Default
CELL_NUM
The cell number to be changed.
0~8
NONE
0
BETA_OFFSET _ACKINDEX
The threshold used to multiplex ACK/NACK and PUSCH.
0 ~ 15
NONE
8
BETA_OFFSET _RIINDEX
The threshold used to multiplex RI with PUSCH.
0 ~ 15
NONE
5
BETA_OFFSET _CQIINDEX
The threshold used to multiplex CQI with PUSCH.
0 ~ 15
NONE
11
Output Parameter Description CELL_NUM
The cell number to be changed.
BETA_OFFSET_ACKINDEX
The threshold used to multiplex ACK/NACK and PUSCH.
BETA_OFFSET_RIINDEX
The threshold used to multiplex RI with PUSCH.
BETA_OFFSET_CQIINDEX
The threshold used to multiplex CQI with PUSCH.
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
501
Command Description
C2177 CHANGE DEDICATED PHY SPS INFORMATION Command Format CHG-DPHY-SPS: CELL_NUM, [P0_NOMINAL_PUSCHPERSISTENT], [P0_UEPUSCHPERSISTENT], [SEMI_PERSIST_SCHED_TBS_DL], [SEMI_PERSIST_SCHED_TBS_UL], [TWO_INTERVALS_CONFIG], [SEMI_PERSIST_SCHED_MAXNUMBER_OF_RB_DL], [SEMI_PERSIST_SCHED_MAXNUMBER_OF_RB_UL];
Command Description Changes the information required to operate the dedicated Semi Persist Scheduling (SPS). This command can retrieve UL power settings for SPS and whether to use the two-interval SPS pattern. TIMEOUT
10
Input Parameter Description Parameter
Description
Range
Unit
Default
CELL_NUM
The cell number to be changed.
0~8
NONE
0
P0_NOMIN AL_PUSCH PERSISTENT
SPS P0 value used in power control. The value is dBm.
-126 ~ 24
NONE
-80
P0_UEPUS CHPERSISTENT
SPS P0 value used in power control, which is determined per UE. The value is in dB.
-8 ~ 7
NONE
0
502
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
LTE eNB Command Description/Ver.1.0
Parameter
Description
SEMI_PER SIST_SCHE D_TBS_DL
Provide information about the combinations of the allocated number of RB, MCS and TBS size for DL SPS
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
Range ci_semiPersistSchedTbsDL_120/ ci_semiPersistSchedTbsDL_136/ ci_semiPersistSchedTbsDL_152/ ci_semiPersistSchedTbsDL_176/ ci_semiPersistSchedTbsDL_208/ ci_semiPersistSchedTbsDL_224/ ci_semiPersistSchedTbsDL_256/ ci_semiPersistSchedTbsDL_296/ ci_semiPersistSchedTbsDL_328/ ci_semiPersistSchedTbsDL_376/ ci_semiPersistSchedTbsDL_392/ ci_semiPersistSchedTbsDL_408/ ci_semiPersistSchedTbsDL_424/ ci_semiPersistSchedTbsDL_440/ ci_semiPersistSchedTbsDL_456/ ci_semiPersistSchedTbsDL_472/ ci_semiPersistSchedTbsDL_488/ ci_semiPersistSchedTbsDL_504/ ci_semiPersistSchedTbsDL_536/ ci_semiPersistSchedTbsDL_552/ ci_semiPersistSchedTbsDL_584/ ci_semiPersistSchedTbsDL_600/ ci_semiPersistSchedTbsDL_616/ ci_semiPersistSchedTbsDL_680/ ci_semiPersistSchedTbsDL_712/ ci_semiPersistSchedTbsDL_744/ ci_semiPersistSchedTbsDL_776/ ci_semiPersistSchedTbsDL_808/ ci_semiPersistSchedTbsDL_840/ ci_semiPersistSchedTbsDL_872/ ci_semiPersistSchedTbsDL_904/ ci_semiPersistSchedTbsDL_936/ ci_semiPersistSchedTbsDL_1000/ ci_semiPersistSchedTbsDL_1032/ ci_semiPersistSchedTbsDL_1128/ ci_semiPersistSchedTbsDL_1192/ ci_semiPersistSchedTbsDL_1256/ ci_semiPersistSchedTbsDL_1352/ ci_semiPersistSchedTbsDL_1416/ ci_semiPersistSchedTbsDL_1544/ ci_semiPersistSchedTbsDL_1736/
Unit
Default
NONE
ci_dl_rb 2_tbs0
503
Command Description
Parameter
Description
SEMI_PER SIST_SCHE D_TBS_UL
Provide information about the combinations of the allocated number of RB, MCS and TBS size for UL SPS
TWO_INTE RVALS_CO NFIG
Unit
Default
ci_semiPersistSchedTbsUL_120/ ci_semiPersistSchedTbsUL_136/ ci_semiPersistSchedTbsUL_152/ ci_semiPersistSchedTbsUL_176/ ci_semiPersistSchedTbsUL_208/ ci_semiPersistSchedTbsUL_224/ ci_semiPersistSchedTbsUL_256/ ci_semiPersistSchedTbsUL_296/ ci_semiPersistSchedTbsUL_328/ ci_semiPersistSchedTbsUL_376/ ci_semiPersistSchedTbsUL_392/ ci_semiPersistSchedTbsUL_408/ ci_semiPersistSchedTbsUL_424/ ci_semiPersistSchedTbsUL_440/ ci_semiPersistSchedTbsUL_456/ ci_semiPersistSchedTbsUL_472/ ci_semiPersistSchedTbsUL_488/ ci_semiPersistSchedTbsUL_504/ ci_semiPersistSchedTbsUL_536/ ci_semiPersistSchedTbsUL_552/ ci_semiPersistSchedTbsUL_584/ ci_semiPersistSchedTbsUL_600/ ci_semiPersistSchedTbsUL_616/ ci_semiPersistSchedTbsUL_680/ ci_semiPersistSchedTbsUL_712/ ci_semiPersistSchedTbsUL_744/ ci_semiPersistSchedTbsUL_776/ ci_semiPersistSchedTbsUL_808/ ci_semiPersistSchedTbsUL_840/ ci_semiPersistSchedTbsUL_872/ ci_semiPersistSchedTbsUL_904/ ci_semiPersistSchedTbsUL_936/ ci_semiPersistSchedTbsUL_1000/ ci_semiPersistSchedTbsUL_1032/ ci_semiPersistSchedTbsUL_1128/ ci_semiPersistSchedTbsUL_1192/ ci_semiPersistSchedTbsUL_1256/ ci_semiPersistSchedTbsUL_1352/ ci_semiPersistSchedTbsUL_1416/ ci_semiPersistSchedTbsUL_1544/ ci_semiPersistSchedTbsUL_1736/
NONE
ci_ul_rb 2_tbs0
Whether to use the two-interval SPS pattern in UL. - ci_false: Two-interval SPS pattern is not used. - ci_true: Two-interval SPS pattern is used.
ci_false/ci_true/
NONE
ci_true
SEMI_PER SIST_SCHE D_MAXNU MBER_OF_ RB_DL
Provide informations about the maximum allowable number of PRBs for DL SPS
1 ~ 64
NONE
12
SEMI_PER SIST_SCHE D_MAXNU MBER_OF_ RB_UL
Provide informations about the maximum allowable number of PRBs for UL SPS
1 ~ 64
NONE
12
504
Range
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
LTE eNB Command Description/Ver.1.0
Output Parameter Description CELL_NUM
The cell number to be changed.
P0_NOMINAL_PUSCHPERSISTENTSPS P0 value used in power control. The value is dBm. P0_UEPUSCHPERSISTENT
SPS P0 value used in power control, which is determined per UE. The value is in dB.
SEMI_PERSIST_SCHED_TBS_DL Provide information about the combinations of the allocated number of RB, MCS and TBS size for DL SPS SEMI_PERSIST_SCHED_TBS_UL Provide information about the combinations of the allocated number of RB, MCS and TBS size for UL SPS TWO_INTERVALS_CONFIG
Whether to use the two-interval SPS pattern in UL. -
ci_false: Two-interval SPS pattern is not used.
-
ci_true: Two-interval SPS pattern is used.
SEMI_PERSIST_SCHED_MAXNUMBER_OF_RB_DLProvide informations about the maximum allowable number of PRBs for DL SPS SEMI_PERSIST_SCHED_MAXNUMBER_OF_RB_ULProvide informations about the maximum allowable number of PRBs for UL SPS
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
505
Command Description
C2178 CHANGE DEDICATED PHY SR INFORMATION Command Format CHG-DPHY-SR: CELL_NUM, [DSR_TRANS_MAX];
Command Description Changes the information required to operate the dedicated Scheduling Request (SR). The UE's maximum transmission number of a scheduling request can be changed. TIMEOUT
10
Input Parameter Description Parameter
Description
Range
Unit
Default
CELL_NUM
The cell number for which the command was executed.
0~8
NONE
0
DSR_TRANS_ MAX
The maximum number of scheduling requests that can be sent until PUSCH resources are assigned to UE.
ci_dsr_TransMax_n4/ ci_dsr_TransMax_n8/ ci_dsr_TransMax_n16/ ci_dsr_TransMax_n32/ ci_dsr_TransMax_n64/
NONE
ci_dsr_ TransM ax_n64
Output Parameter Description CELL_NUM
The cell number for which the command was executed.
DSR_TRANS_MAX
The maximum number of scheduling requests that can be sent until PUSCH resources are assigned to UE.
506
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
LTE eNB Command Description/Ver.1.0
C2179 CHANGE DEDICATED UL PWR CTRL INFORMATION Command Format CHG-ULPWR-CTRL: CELL_NUM, [P0_UE_PUSCH], [DELTA_MCSENABLED], [ACCUMULATION_ENABLED], [P0_UE_PUCCH], [P_SRSOFFSET], [FILTER_COEFFICIENT];
Command Description Changes the information required to operate dedicated Uplink Power Control. The p0 value per UE for PUSCH/PUCCH, whether the accumulation mode is used by TPC, the power offsets of PUSCH and SRS, and the L3 filtering coefficient value used by the UE to calculate a path loss can be changed. TIMEOUT
10
Input Parameter Description Parameter
Description
Range
Unit
Default
CELL_NUM
The cell number for which the command was executed.
0~8
NONE
0
P0_UE_PUSC H
The non-persistent scheduling P0 value used in PUSCH power control, which is determined per UE.
-8 ~ 7
NONE
0
DELTA_MCSE NABLED
Whether to use a power offset against other MCSs. - ci_en0: 0. - ci_en1: 1.25. Refer to 5.1 of TS 36.213.
ci_en0/ci_en1/
NONE
ci_en0
ACCUMULATIO N_ENABLED
Whether to use the accumulation mode and absolute mode in the TPC. - 0: Accumulation mode is not used. - 1: Accumulation mode is used.
0~1
NONE
1
P0_UE_PUCC H
P0 value used in PUCCH power control, which is determined per UE.
-8 ~ 7
NONE
0
P_SRSOFFSE T
The power offset value between PUSCH and SRS.
0 ~ 15
NONE
7
FILTER_COEF FICIENT
Filtering coefficient used to measure RSRP in order to calculate a path loss.
ci_fc0/ci_fc1/ci_fc2/ ci_fc3/ci_fc4/ci_fc5/ ci_fc6/ci_fc7/ci_fc8/ ci_fc9/ci_fc11/ci_fc13/ ci_fc15/ci_fc17/ci_fc19/
NONE
ci_fc4
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
507
Command Description
Output Parameter Description CELL_NUM
The cell number for which the command was executed.
P0_UE_PUSCH
The non-persistent scheduling P0 value used in PUSCH power control, which is determined per UE.
DELTA_MCSENABLED
ACCUMULATION_ENABLED
Whether to use a power offset against other MCSs. -
ci_en0: 0.
-
ci_en1: 1.25. Refer to 5.1 of TS 36.213.
Whether to use the accumulation mode and absolute mode in the TPC.
P0_UE_PUCCH
-
0: Accumulation mode is not used.
-
1: Accumulation mode is used.
P0 value used in PUCCH power control, which is determined per UE.
P_SRSOFFSET
The power offset value between PUSCH and SRS.
FILTER_COEFFICIENT
Filtering coefficient used to measure RSRP in order to calculate a path loss.
508
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
LTE eNB Command Description/Ver.1.0
C2180 CHANGE DEDICATED PHY UL SRS INFORMATION Command Format CHG-DPHY-ULSRS: CELL_NUM, [SRS_HOPPING_BANDWIDTH], [DURATION];
Command Description Changes the information required to operate dedicated Uplink Sounding RS. The hopping bandwidth of the SRS and the transmission duration of the SRS can be changed. TIMEOUT
10
Input Parameter Description Parameter
Description
Range
Unit
Default
CELL_NUM
The cell number for which the command was executed.
0~8
NONE
0
SRS_HOPPIN G_BANDWIDT H
The area where Sounding RS is hopped.
ci_hbw0/ci_hbw1/ ci_hbw2/ci_hbw3/
NONE
ci_hbw0
DURATION
The transmission duration of Sounding RS. - 0: Sounding RS is transmitted only once. - 1: Sounding RS is transmitted repeatedly until it is disabled.
0~1
NONE
1
Output Parameter Description CELL_NUM
The cell number for which the command was executed.
SRS_HOPPING_BANDWIDTH
The area where Sounding RS is hopped.
DURATION
The transmission duration of Sounding RS.
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
-
0: Sounding RS is transmitted only once.
-
1: Sounding RS is transmitted repeatedly until it is disabled.
509
Command Description
C2181 CHANGE DPHY RLF INFORMATION Command Format CHG-DPHY-RLF: QCI, [DEDICATED_RLFSETUP], [T301], [T310], [N310], [T311], [N311];
Command Description Changes the information on the dedicated PHY RLF. The parameter value used to determine RLF can be changed. TIMEOUT
10
Input Parameter Description Parameter
Description
Range
Unit
Default
QCI
QCI index. The range is from 0 to 255. The standard QCIs defined in the standard documents is 1 to 9. The user can use QCI values 0 and 10-255.
0 ~ 255
NONE
0
DEDICATED_R LFSETUP
Whether the dedicated RLF is used. - ci_Config_Release: The RLF function is not used. - ci_Config_Setup: The RLF function is used.
ci_Config_Release/ ci_Config_Setup/
NONE
ci_Confi g_Relea se
T301
Timer t301 of a cell in the eNB.
ci_t_301_ms100/ ci_t_301_ms200/ ci_t_301_ms300/ ci_t_301_ms400/ ci_t_301_ms600/ ci_t_301_ms1000/ ci_t_301_ms1500/ ci_t_301_ms2000/
NONE
ci_t_301 _ms200 0
T310
Timer t310 of a cell in the eNB.
ci_t_310_ms0/ ci_t_310_ms50/ ci_t_310_ms100/ ci_t_310_ms200/ ci_t_310_ms500/ ci_t_310_ms1000/ ci_t_310_ms2000/
NONE
ci_t_310 _ms200 0
N310
N310 value of a cell in the eNB.
ci_n_310_n1/ ci_n_310_n2/ ci_n_310_n3/ ci_n_310_n4/ ci_n_310_n6/ ci_n_310_n8/ ci_n_310_n10/ ci_n_310_n20/
NONE
ci_n_31 0_n10
510
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
LTE eNB Command Description/Ver.1.0
Parameter
Description
Range
Unit
Default
T311
Timer t311 of a cell in the eNB.
ci_t_311_ms1000/ ci_t_311_ms3000/ ci_t_311_ms5000/ ci_t_311_ms10000/ ci_t_311_ms15000/ ci_t_311_ms20000/ ci_t_311_ms30000/
NONE
ci_t_311 _ms100 0
N311
N311 value of a cell in the eNB.
ci_n_311_n1/ ci_n_311_n2/ ci_n_311_n3/ ci_n_311_n4/ ci_n_311_n5/ ci_n_311_n6/ ci_n_311_n8/ ci_n_311_n10/
NONE
ci_n_31 1_n1
Output Parameter Description QCI
QCI index. The range is from 0 to 255. The standard QCIs defined in the standard documents is 1 to 9. The user can use QCI values 0 and 10-255.
DEDICATED_RLFSETUP
Whether the dedicated RLF is used. -
ci_Config_Release: The RLF function is not used.
-
ci_Config_Setup: The RLF function is used.
T301
Timer t301 of a cell in the eNB.
T310
Timer t310 of a cell in the eNB.
N310
N310 value of a cell in the eNB.
T311
Timer t311 of a cell in the eNB.
N311
N311 value of a cell in the eNB.
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
511
Command Description
C2182 CHANGE DRX INFORMATION Command Format CHG-DRX-INF: QCI, [DRX_CONFIG_SETUP], [ON_DURATION_TIMER_NORMAL], [DRX_INACTIVITY_TIMER_NORMAL], [DRX_RETRANSMISSION_TIMER_NORMAL], [LONG_DRXCYCLE_START_OFFSET_TYPE_NORMAL], [SHORT_DRXCONFIG_SETUP], [SHORT_DRXCYCLE_NORMAL], [DRX_SHORT_CYCLE_TIMER_NORMAL], [DRX_SELECTION_ORDER], [ON_DURATION_TIMER_REPORT_CGI], [DRX_INACTIVITY_TIMER_REPORT_CGI], [DRX_RETRANSMISSION_TIMER_REPORT_CGI], [LONG_DRXCYCLE_START_OFFSET_TYPE_REPORT_CGI], [SHORT_DRXCYCLE_REPORT_CGI], [DRX_SHORT_CYCLE_TIMER_REPORT_CGI];
Command Description Changes the parameter values required to operate the DRX. Information on whether to use the DRX, the longDRX cycle, whether to use the short DRX, and the short DRX cycle can be changed. TIMEOUT
10
Input Parameter Description Parameter
Description
Range
Unit
Default
QCI
QCI index. The range is from 0 to 255. The standard QCIs defined in the standard documents is 1 to 9. The user can use QCI values 0 and 10-255.
0 ~ 255
NONE
0
DRX_CONFIG_ SETUP
Whether to use the DRX. - ci_Config_Release: DRX is not used. - ci_Config_Setup: normal DRX profile is
ci_Drx_Config_Release /ci_Drx_Config_Setup/ ci_Drx_Config_reportC GI/
NONE
ci_Drx_ Config_ Release
used in normal status and reportCGI DRX profile is used in reportCGI status. - ci_Config_reportCGI: DRX is not used in normal status and reportCGI DRX profile is used in reportCGI status.
512
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
LTE eNB Command Description/Ver.1.0
Parameter
Description
Range
ON_DURATION _TIMER_NOR MAL
Timer to monitor PDCCH in DRX mode in normal status. (5.7 in TS 36.321) Value in number of PDCCH sub-frames: psf1 for 1 PDCCH subframe, psf2 for 2 PDCCH subframes and so on (6.3.2 in TS 36.331) {psf1, psf2, psf3, psf4, psf5, psf6, psf8, psf10, psf20, psf30, psf40, psf50, psf60, psf80, psf100, psf200} Available values are greater than or equal to 10ms.
ci_onDurationTimer_psf 1/ ci_onDurationTimer_psf 2/ ci_onDurationTimer_psf 3/ ci_onDurationTimer_psf 4/ ci_onDurationTimer_psf 5/ ci_onDurationTimer_psf 6/ ci_onDurationTimer_psf 8/ ci_onDurationTimer_psf 10/ ci_onDurationTimer_psf 20/ ci_onDurationTimer_psf 30/ ci_onDurationTimer_psf 40/ ci_onDurationTimer_psf 50/ ci_onDurationTimer_psf 60/ ci_onDurationTimer_psf 80/ ci_onDurationTimer_psf 100/ ci_onDurationTimer_psf 200/
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
Unit
Default
NONE
ci_onDu rationTi mer_psf 10
513
Command Description
Parameter
Description
Range
DRX_INACTIVI TY_TIMER_NO RMAL
Timer to monitor PDCCH in DRX mode in normal status. (5.7 in TS 36.321) Value in number of PDCCH sub-frames: psf1 for 1 PDCCH subframe, psf2 for 2 PDCCH subframes and so on (6.3.2 in TS 36.331) {psf1, psf2, psf3, psf4, psf5, psf6, psf8, psf10, psf20, psf30, psf40, psf50, psf60, psf80, psf100, psf200, psf300, psf500, psf750, psf1280, psf1920, psf2560, spare10, spare9, spare8, spare7, spare6, spare5, spare4, spare3, spare2, spare1} Available Value is greater than or equal to 10ms
ci_drx_InactivityTimer_ psf1/ ci_drx_InactivityTimer_ psf2/ ci_drx_InactivityTimer_ psf3/ ci_drx_InactivityTimer_ psf4/ ci_drx_InactivityTimer_ psf5/ ci_drx_InactivityTimer_ psf6/ ci_drx_InactivityTimer_ psf8/ ci_drx_InactivityTimer_ psf10/ ci_drx_InactivityTimer_ psf20/ ci_drx_InactivityTimer_ psf30/ ci_drx_InactivityTimer_ psf40/ ci_drx_InactivityTimer_ psf50/ ci_drx_InactivityTimer_ psf60/ ci_drx_InactivityTimer_ psf80/ ci_drx_InactivityTimer_ psf100/ ci_drx_InactivityTimer_ psf200/ ci_drx_InactivityTimer_ psf300/ ci_drx_InactivityTimer_ psf500/ ci_drx_InactivityTimer_ psf750/ ci_drx_InactivityTimer_ psf1280/ ci_drx_InactivityTimer_ psf1920/ ci_drx_InactivityTimer_ psf2560/
514
Unit
Default
NONE
ci_drx_I nactivity Timer_p sf100
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
LTE eNB Command Description/Ver.1.0
Parameter
Description
Range
Unit
Default
DRX_RETRAN SMISSION_TIM ER_NORMAL
The timer used to monitor PDCCH in DRX mode in normal status. {psf1, psf2, psf4, psf6, psf8, psf16, psf24, psf33}
ci_drx_Retransmission Timer_sf1/ ci_drx_Retransmission Timer_sf2/ ci_drx_Retransmission Timer_sf4/ ci_drx_Retransmission Timer_sf6/ ci_drx_Retransmission Timer_sf8/ ci_drx_Retransmission Timer_sf16/ ci_drx_Retransmission Timer_sf24/ ci_drx_Retransmission Timer_sf33/
NONE
ci_drx_ Retrans mission Timer_s f16
LONG_DRXCY CLE_START_O FFSET_TYPE_ NORMAL
The long DRX cycle and drx start offset values to run onDurationTimer in DRX mode in normal status. The unit of the long DRX cycle is a sub-frame. If the short DRXCycle is set to a value, this parameter is set to a multiple of the short DRX-Cycle. The DRX start offset is set to an integer. For the TDD, DL sub-frame or UL sub-frame can be set. {sf10, sf20, sf32, sf40, sf64, sf80, sf128, sf160, sf256, sf320, sf512, sf640, sf1024, sf1280, sf2048, sf2560} Available Value: multiple of 10ms
ci_sf10_chosen/ ci_sf20_chosen/ ci_sf32_chosen/ ci_sf40_chosen/ ci_sf64_chosen/ ci_sf80_chosen/ ci_sf128_chosen/ ci_sf160_chosen/ ci_sf256_chosen/ ci_sf320_chosen/ ci_sf512_chosen/ ci_sf640_chosen/ ci_sf1024_chosen/ ci_sf1280_chosen/ ci_sf2048_chosen/ ci_sf2560_chosen/
NONE
ci_sf160 _chosen
SHORT_DRXC ONFIG_SETUP
Short DRX mode. - ci_Config_Release: Short DRX is not used. - ci_Config_Setup: Short DRX is used.
ci_Config_Release/ ci_Config_Setup/
NONE
ci_Confi g_Relea se
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
515
Command Description
Parameter
Description
Range
Unit
Default
SHORT_DRXC YCLE_NORMA L
The short DRX cycle to run onDurationTimer in DRX mode in normal status. {sf2, sf5, sf8, sf10, sf16, sf20, sf32, sf40, sf64, sf80, sf128, sf160, sf256, sf320, sf512, sf640} Available Value: multiple of 10ms
ci_shortDRX_Cycle_sf2 / ci_shortDRX_Cycle_sf5 / ci_shortDRX_Cycle_sf8 / ci_shortDRX_Cycle_sf1 0/ ci_shortDRX_Cycle_sf1 6/ ci_shortDRX_Cycle_sf2 0/ ci_shortDRX_Cycle_sf3 2/ ci_shortDRX_Cycle_sf4 0/ ci_shortDRX_Cycle_sf6 4/ ci_shortDRX_Cycle_sf8 0/ ci_shortDRX_Cycle_sf1 28/ ci_shortDRX_Cycle_sf1 60/ ci_shortDRX_Cycle_sf2 56/ ci_shortDRX_Cycle_sf3 20/ ci_shortDRX_Cycle_sf5 12/ ci_shortDRX_Cycle_sf6 40/
NONE
ci_short DRX_C ycle_sf8 0
DRX_SHORT_ CYCLE_TIMER _NORMAL
The timer used to enter long DRX mode in normal status.
1 ~ 16
NONE
4
DRX_SELECTI ON_ORDER
Selection order per QCI to select DRX profile.
0 ~ 15
NONE
9
516
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
LTE eNB Command Description/Ver.1.0
Parameter
Description
Range
ON_DURATION _TIMER_REPO RT_CGI
Timer to monitor PDCCH in DRX mode in reportCGI status. (5.7 in TS 36.321) Value in number of PDCCH sub-frames: psf1 for 1 PDCCH subframe, psf2 for 2 PDCCH sub-frames and so on (6.3.2 in TS 36.331) {psf1, psf2, psf3, psf4, psf5, psf6, psf8, psf10, psf20, psf30, psf40, psf50, psf60, psf80, psf100, psf200} Available values are greater than or equal to 10ms.
ci_onDurationTimer_psf 1/ ci_onDurationTimer_psf 2/ ci_onDurationTimer_psf 3/ ci_onDurationTimer_psf 4/ ci_onDurationTimer_psf 5/ ci_onDurationTimer_psf 6/ ci_onDurationTimer_psf 8/ ci_onDurationTimer_psf 10/ ci_onDurationTimer_psf 20/ ci_onDurationTimer_psf 30/ ci_onDurationTimer_psf 40/ ci_onDurationTimer_psf 50/ ci_onDurationTimer_psf 60/ ci_onDurationTimer_psf 80/ ci_onDurationTimer_psf 100/ ci_onDurationTimer_psf 200/
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
Unit
Default
NONE
ci_onDu rationTi mer_psf 10
517
Command Description
Parameter
Description
Range
DRX_INACTIVI TY_TIMER_RE PORT_CGI
Timer to monitor PDCCH in DRX mode in reportCGI status. (5.7 in TS 36.321) Value in number of PDCCH sub-frames: psf1 for 1 PDCCH subframe, psf2 for 2 PDCCH sub-frames and so on (6.3.2 in TS 36.331) {psf1, psf2, psf3, psf4, psf5, psf6, psf8, psf10, psf20, psf30, psf40, psf50, psf60, psf80, psf100, psf200, psf300, psf500, psf750, psf1280, psf1920, psf2560, spare10, spare9, spare8, spare7, spare6, spare5, spare4, spare3, spare2, spare1} Available Value is greater than or equal to 10ms
ci_drx_InactivityTimer_ psf1/ ci_drx_InactivityTimer_ psf2/ ci_drx_InactivityTimer_ psf3/ ci_drx_InactivityTimer_ psf4/ ci_drx_InactivityTimer_ psf5/ ci_drx_InactivityTimer_ psf6/ ci_drx_InactivityTimer_ psf8/ ci_drx_InactivityTimer_ psf10/ ci_drx_InactivityTimer_ psf20/ ci_drx_InactivityTimer_ psf30/ ci_drx_InactivityTimer_ psf40/ ci_drx_InactivityTimer_ psf50/ ci_drx_InactivityTimer_ psf60/ ci_drx_InactivityTimer_ psf80/ ci_drx_InactivityTimer_ psf100/ ci_drx_InactivityTimer_ psf200/ ci_drx_InactivityTimer_ psf300/ ci_drx_InactivityTimer_ psf500/ ci_drx_InactivityTimer_ psf750/ ci_drx_InactivityTimer_ psf1280/ ci_drx_InactivityTimer_ psf1920/ ci_drx_InactivityTimer_ psf2560/
518
Unit
Default
NONE
ci_drx_I nactivity Timer_p sf100
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
LTE eNB Command Description/Ver.1.0
Parameter
Description
Range
DRX_RETRAN SMISSION_TIM ER_REPORT_ CGI
The timer used to monitor PDCCH in DRX mode in reportCGI status. {psf1, psf2, psf4, psf6, psf8, psf16, psf24, psf33}
LONG_DRXCY CLE_START_O FFSET_TYPE_ REPORT_CGI
The long DRX cycle and drx start offset values to run onDurationTimer in DRX mode in reportCGI status. The unit of the long DRX cycle is a sub-frame. If the short DRXCycle is set to a value, this parameter is set to a multiple of the short DRX-Cycle. The DRX start offset is set to an integer. For the TDD, DL sub-frame or UL sub-frame can be set. {sf10, sf20, sf32, sf40, sf64, sf80, sf128, sf160, sf256, sf320, sf512, sf640, sf1024, sf1280, sf2048, sf2560} Available Value: multiple of 10ms
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
Unit
Default
ci_drx_Retransmission Timer_sf1/ ci_drx_Retransmission Timer_sf2/ ci_drx_Retransmission Timer_sf4/ ci_drx_Retransmission Timer_sf6/ ci_drx_Retransmission Timer_sf8/ ci_drx_Retransmission Timer_sf16/ ci_drx_Retransmission Timer_sf24/ ci_drx_Retransmission Timer_sf33/
NONE
ci_drx_ Retrans mission Timer_s f16
ci_sf10_chosen/ ci_sf20_chosen/ ci_sf32_chosen/ ci_sf40_chosen/ ci_sf64_chosen/ ci_sf80_chosen/ ci_sf128_chosen/ ci_sf160_chosen/ ci_sf256_chosen/ ci_sf320_chosen/ ci_sf512_chosen/ ci_sf640_chosen/ ci_sf1024_chosen/ ci_sf1280_chosen/ ci_sf2048_chosen/ ci_sf2560_chosen/
NONE
ci_sf160 _chosen
519
Command Description
Parameter
Description
Range
Unit
Default
SHORT_DRXC YCLE_REPOR T_CGI
The short DRX cycle to run onDurationTimer in DRX mode in reportCGI status. {sf2, sf5, sf8, sf10, sf16, sf20, sf32, sf40, sf64, sf80, sf128, sf160, sf256, sf320, sf512, sf640} Available Value: multiple of 10ms
ci_shortDRX_Cycle_sf2 / ci_shortDRX_Cycle_sf5 / ci_shortDRX_Cycle_sf8 / ci_shortDRX_Cycle_sf1 0/ ci_shortDRX_Cycle_sf1 6/ ci_shortDRX_Cycle_sf2 0/ ci_shortDRX_Cycle_sf3 2/ ci_shortDRX_Cycle_sf4 0/ ci_shortDRX_Cycle_sf6 4/ ci_shortDRX_Cycle_sf8 0/ ci_shortDRX_Cycle_sf1 28/ ci_shortDRX_Cycle_sf1 60/ ci_shortDRX_Cycle_sf2 56/ ci_shortDRX_Cycle_sf3 20/ ci_shortDRX_Cycle_sf5 12/ ci_shortDRX_Cycle_sf6 40/
NONE
ci_short DRX_C ycle_sf8 0
DRX_SHORT_ CYCLE_TIMER _REPORT_CGI
The timer used to enter long DRX mode in reportCGI status.
1 ~ 16
NONE
4
Output Parameter Description QCI
QCI index. The range is from 0 to 255. The standard QCIs defined in the standard documents is 1 to 9. The user can use QCI values 0 and 10-255.
DRX_CONFIG_SETUP
Whether to use the DRX. -
ci_Config_Release: DRX is not used.
-
ci_Config_Setup: normal DRX profile is used in normal sta-
tus and reportCGI DRX profile is used in reportCGI status. -
ci_Config_reportCGI: DRX is not used in normal status and
reportCGI DRX profile is used in reportCGI status. ON_DURATION_TIMER_NORMALTimer to monitor PDCCH in DRX mode in normal status. (5.7 in TS 36.321) Value in number of PDCCH sub-frames: psf1 for
520
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
LTE eNB Command Description/Ver.1.0
1 PDCCH subframe, psf2 for 2 PDCCH sub-frames and so on (6.3.2 in TS 36.331) {psf1, psf2, psf3, psf4, psf5, psf6, psf8, psf10, psf20, psf30, psf40, psf50, psf60, psf80, psf100, psf200} Available values are greater than or equal to 10ms. DRX_INACTIVITY_TIMER_NORMALTimer to monitor PDCCH in DRX mode in normal status. (5.7 in TS 36.321) Value in number of PDCCH sub-frames: psf1 for 1 PDCCH subframe, psf2 for 2 PDCCH sub-frames and so on (6.3.2 in TS 36.331) {psf1, psf2, psf3, psf4, psf5, psf6, psf8, psf10, psf20, psf30, psf40, psf50, psf60, psf80, psf100, psf200, psf300, psf500, psf750, psf1280, psf1920, psf2560, spare10, spare9, spare8, spare7, spare6, spare5, spare4, spare3, spare2, spare1} Available Value is greater than or equal to 10ms DRX_RETRANSMISSION_TIMER_NORMALThe timer used to monitor PDCCH in DRX mode in normal status. {psf1, psf2, psf4, psf6, psf8, psf16, psf24, psf33} LONG_DRXCYCLE_START_OFFSET_TYPE_NORMALThe long DRX cycle and drx start offset values to run onDurationTimer in DRX mode in normal status. The unit of the long DRX cycle is a sub-frame. If the short DRX-Cycle is set to a value, this parameter is set to a multiple of the short DRX-Cycle. The DRX start offset is set to an integer. For the TDD, DL sub-frame or UL sub-frame can be set. {sf10, sf20, sf32, sf40, sf64, sf80, sf128, sf160, sf256, sf320, sf512, sf640, sf1024, sf1280, sf2048, sf2560} Available Value: multiple of 10ms SHORT_DRXCONFIG_SETUP
SHORT_DRXCYCLE_NORMAL
Short DRX mode. -
ci_Config_Release: Short DRX is not used.
-
ci_Config_Setup: Short DRX is used.
The short DRX cycle to run onDurationTimer in DRX mode in normal status. {sf2, sf5, sf8, sf10, sf16, sf20, sf32, sf40, sf64, sf80, sf128, sf160, sf256, sf320, sf512, sf640} Available Value: multiple of 10ms
DRX_SHORT_CYCLE_TIMER_NORMALThe timer used to enter long DRX mode in normal status. DRX_SELECTION_ORDER
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
Selection order per QCI to select DRX profile.
521
Command Description
ON_DURATION_TIMER_REPORT_CGITimer to monitor PDCCH in DRX mode in reportCGI status. (5.7 in TS 36.321) Value in number of PDCCH sub-frames: psf1 for 1 PDCCH subframe, psf2 for 2 PDCCH sub-frames and so on (6.3.2 in TS 36.331) {psf1, psf2, psf3, psf4, psf5, psf6, psf8, psf10, psf20, psf30, psf40, psf50, psf60, psf80, psf100, psf200} Available values are greater than or equal to 10ms. DRX_INACTIVITY_TIMER_REPORT_CGITimer to monitor PDCCH in DRX mode in reportCGI status. (5.7 in TS 36.321) Value in number of PDCCH subframes: psf1 for 1 PDCCH subframe, psf2 for 2 PDCCH subframes and so on (6.3.2 in TS 36.331) {psf1, psf2, psf3, psf4, psf5, psf6, psf8, psf10, psf20, psf30, psf40, psf50, psf60, psf80, psf100, psf200, psf300, psf500, psf750, psf1280, psf1920, psf2560, spare10, spare9, spare8, spare7, spare6, spare5, spare4, spare3, spare2, spare1} Available Value is greater than or equal to 10ms DRX_RETRANSMISSION_TIMER_REPORT_CGIThe timer used to monitor PDCCH in DRX mode in reportCGI status. {psf1, psf2, psf4, psf6, psf8, psf16, psf24, psf33} LONG_DRXCYCLE_START_OFFSET_TYPE_REPORT_CGIThe long DRX cycle and drx start offset values to run onDurationTimer in DRX mode in reportCGI status. The unit of the long DRX cycle is a subframe. If the short DRX-Cycle is set to a value, this parameter is set to a multiple of the short DRX-Cycle. The DRX start offset is set to an integer. For the TDD, DL sub-frame or UL subframe can be set. {sf10, sf20, sf32, sf40, sf64, sf80, sf128, sf160, sf256, sf320, sf512, sf640, sf1024, sf1280, sf2048, sf2560} Available Value: multiple of 10ms SHORT_DRXCYCLE_REPORT_CGIThe short DRX cycle to run onDurationTimer in DRX mode in reportCGI status. {sf2, sf5, sf8, sf10, sf16, sf20, sf32, sf40, sf64, sf80, sf128, sf160, sf256, sf320, sf512, sf640} Available Value: multiple of 10ms DRX_SHORT_CYCLE_TIMER_REPORT_CGIThe timer used to enter long DRX mode in reportCGI status.
522
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
LTE eNB Command Description/Ver.1.0
C2183 CHANGE DL SCHEDULER INFORMATION Command Format CHG-DL-SCHED: CELL_NUM, [DL_MIMO_MODE], [ALPHA], [BETA], [GAMMA];
Command Description Changes the configuration information of downlink scheduling for the MAC layer in the eNB. Fairness, channel quality, and priority-related scheduler values (alpha, beta, and gamma) can be changed. TIMEOUT
10
Input Parameter Description Parameter
Description
Range
Unit
Default
CELL_NUM
The cell number for which the command was executed.
0~8
NONE
0
DL_MIMO_MO DE
DL MIMO parameters. 0(SM/MU-MIMO disable), 1(SM enable), 2(MU_MIMO enable), 3(Test Mode: CL-SM default mode), 4(Test Mode: CL-Rank1-Precoding default mode), 5(Test Mode: OL-TxD default mode), 6(Test Mode: OL-SM default mode), 7(Test Mode: Dual-layer transmission default mode), 8(Beamforming enable), 9(Dual-layer beamforming enable), 10(reserved)
0 ~ 10
NONE
9
ALPHA
Fairness weight in PF scheduler.
0 ~ 15
NONE
1
BETA
Channel quality weight in PF scheduler.
0 ~ 15
NONE
1
GAMMA
Priority weight in PF scheduler.
0 ~ 15
NONE
4
Output Parameter Description CELL_NUM
The cell number for which the command was executed.
DL_MIMO_MODE
DL MIMO parameters. 0(SM/MU-MIMO disable), 1(SM enable), 2(MU_MIMO enable), 3(Test Mode: CL-SM default mode), 4(Test Mode: CL-Rank1-Precoding default mode), 5(Test Mode: OL-TxD default mode), 6(Test Mode: OL-SM default mode), 7(Test Mode: Dual-layer transmission default mode), 8(Beamforming enable), 9(Dual-layer beamforming
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
523
Command Description
enable), 10(reserved)
524
ALPHA
Fairness weight in PF scheduler.
BETA
Channel quality weight in PF scheduler.
GAMMA
Priority weight in PF scheduler.
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
LTE eNB Command Description/Ver.1.0
C2184 CHANGE UL SCHEDULER INFORMATION Command Format CHG-UL-SCHED: CELL_NUM, [ALPHA], [BETA], [GAMMA];
Command Description Changes the configuration information of uplink scheduling for the MAC layer in the eNB. Fairness, channel quality, and priority-related scheduler values (alpha, beta, and gamma) can be changed. TIMEOUT
10
Input Parameter Description Parameter
Description
Range
Unit
Default
CELL_NUM
The cell number for which the command was executed.
0~8
NONE
0
ALPHA
Fairness weight in PF scheduler.
0 ~ 15
NONE
1
BETA
Channel quality weight in PF scheduler.
0 ~ 15
NONE
1
GAMMA
Priority weight in PF scheduler.
0 ~ 15
NONE
4
Output Parameter Description CELL_NUM
The cell number for which the command was executed.
ALPHA
Fairness weight in PF scheduler.
BETA
Channel quality weight in PF scheduler.
GAMMA
Priority weight in PF scheduler.
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
525
Command Description
C2185 CHANGE TRANSPORT CH BSR INFORMATION Command Format CHG-TRCH-BSR: QCI, [PERIODIC_BSRTIMER], [RETX_BSRTIMER];
Command Description Changes the parameter values required to operate the Transport Channel BSR. BSR-related timer values can be changed. TIMEOUT
10
Input Parameter Description Parameter QCI
526
Description QCI index. The range is from 0 to 255. The standard QCIs defined in the standard documents is 1 to 9. The user can use QCI values 0 and 10-255.
Range 0 ~ 255
Unit NONE
Default 0
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
LTE eNB Command Description/Ver.1.0
Parameter
Description
Range
Unit
Default
PERIODIC_BS RTIMER
The Periodic BSR Timer type in accordance with the PDB per QCI. For multiple bearers, the PDB with the smallest value is used.
ci_periodicBSR_Timer_ sf5/ ci_periodicBSR_Timer_ sf10/ ci_periodicBSR_Timer_ sf16/ ci_periodicBSR_Timer_ sf20/ ci_periodicBSR_Timer_ sf32/ ci_periodicBSR_Timer_ sf40/ ci_periodicBSR_Timer_ sf64/ ci_periodicBSR_Timer_ sf80/ ci_periodicBSR_Timer_ sf128/ ci_periodicBSR_Timer_ sf160/ ci_periodicBSR_Timer_ sf320/ ci_periodicBSR_Timer_ sf640/ ci_periodicBSR_Timer_ sf1280/ ci_periodicBSR_Timer_ sf2560/ ci_periodicBSR_Timer_ infinity/
NONE
ci_perio dicBSR _Timer_ sf5
RETX_BSRTIM ER
The Retx BSR Timer type in accordance with the PDB per QCI. For multiple bearers, the PDB with the smallest value is used.
ci_retxBSR_Timer_sf32 0/ ci_retxBSR_Timer_sf64 0/ ci_retxBSR_Timer_sf12 80/ ci_retxBSR_Timer_sf25 60/ ci_retxBSR_Timer_sf51 20/ ci_retxBSR_Timer_sf10 240/
NONE
ci_retxB SR_Tim er_sf32 0
Output Parameter Description QCI
QCI index. The range is from 0 to 255. The standard QCIs defined in the standard documents is 1 to 9. The user can use QCI values 0 and 10-255.
PERIODIC_BSRTIMER
The Periodic BSR Timer type in accordance with the PDB per QCI. For multiple bearers, the PDB with the smallest value is used.
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
527
Command Description
RETX_BSRTIMER
The Retx BSR Timer type in accordance with the PDB per QCI. For multiple bearers, the PDB with the smallest value is used.
528
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
LTE eNB Command Description/Ver.1.0
C2186 CHANGE TRANSPORT CH INFORMATION Command Format CHG-TRCH-INF: CELL_NUM, [MAX_HARQTX], [TTI_BUNDLING], [TTI_BUNDLING_BAND], [PERIODIC_PHRTIMER], [DL_PATHLOSS_CHANGE], [MAX_HARQTX_BUNDLING];
Command Description Changes the information required to operate transport channels. The maximum UL HARQ retransmission count, whether to use TTI bundling, the TTI bundling band, the PHR transmission interval, and the dlPathlossChange value can be changed. TIMEOUT
10
Input Parameter Description Parameter
Description
Range
Unit
Default
CELL_NUM
The cell number to be changed.
0~8
NONE
0
MAX_HARQTX
The max HARQ Tx per cell. The UE executes PUSCH retransmission in accordance with this parameter value.
ci_maxHARQ_Tx_n1/ ci_maxHARQ_Tx_n2/ ci_maxHARQ_Tx_n3/ ci_maxHARQ_Tx_n4/ ci_maxHARQ_Tx_n5/ ci_maxHARQ_Tx_n6/ ci_maxHARQ_Tx_n7/ ci_maxHARQ_Tx_n8/ ci_maxHARQ_Tx_n10/ ci_maxHARQ_Tx_n12/ ci_maxHARQ_Tx_n16/ ci_maxHARQ_Tx_n20/ ci_maxHARQ_Tx_n24/ ci_maxHARQ_Tx_n28/
NONE
ci_max HARQ_ Tx_n5
TTI_BUNDLIN G
Whether to use TTI bundling. - False: ttiBundling is not used. - True: ttiBundling is used.
False/True/
NONE
False
TTI_BUNDLIN G_BAND
The maximum number of RBs per cell to which the users for whom TTI_BUNDLING is set to true can be assigned.
0 ~ 100
NONE
100
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
529
Command Description
Parameter
Description
Range
Unit
Default
PERIODIC_PH RTIMER
periodicPHRTimer per cell.
ci_periodicPHR_Timer_ sf10/ ci_periodicPHR_Timer_ sf20/ ci_periodicPHR_Timer_ sf50/ ci_periodicPHR_Timer_ sf100/ ci_periodicPHR_Timer_ sf200/ ci_periodicPHR_Timer_ sf500/ ci_periodicPHR_Timer_ sf1000/ ci_periodicPHR_Timer_ infinity/
NONE
ci_perio dicPHR _Timer_ sf100
DL_PATHLOSS _CHANGE
The dLPathloss Change value per cell.
ci_dl_PathlossChange_ dB1/ ci_dl_PathlossChange_ dB3/ ci_dl_PathlossChange_ dB6/ ci_dl_PathlossChange_ infinity/
NONE
ci_dl_P athloss Change _dB6
MAX_HARQTX _BUNDLING
The maximum HARQ transmission count in sub_frame bundling mode.
ci_maxHARQ_Tx_n1/ ci_maxHARQ_Tx_n2/ ci_maxHARQ_Tx_n3/ ci_maxHARQ_Tx_n4/ ci_maxHARQ_Tx_n5/ ci_maxHARQ_Tx_n6/ ci_maxHARQ_Tx_n7/ ci_maxHARQ_Tx_n8/ ci_maxHARQ_Tx_n10/ ci_maxHARQ_Tx_n12/ ci_maxHARQ_Tx_n16/ ci_maxHARQ_Tx_n20/ ci_maxHARQ_Tx_n24/ ci_maxHARQ_Tx_n28/
NONE
ci_max HARQ_ Tx_n20
Output Parameter Description CELL_NUM
The cell number to be changed.
MAX_HARQTX
The max HARQ Tx per cell. The UE executes PUSCH retransmission in accordance with this parameter value.
TTI_BUNDLING
TTI_BUNDLING_BAND
Whether to use TTI bundling. -
False: ttiBundling is not used.
-
True: ttiBundling is used.
The maximum number of RBs per cell to which the users for whom TTI_BUNDLING is set to true can be assigned.
530
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
LTE eNB Command Description/Ver.1.0
PERIODIC_PHRTIMER
periodicPHRTimer per cell.
DL_PATHLOSS_CHANGE
The dLPathloss Change value per cell.
MAX_HARQTX_BUNDLING
The maximum HARQ transmission count in sub_frame bundling mode.
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
531
Command Description
C2187 CHANGE EUTRA FA PRIORITY INFORMATION Command Format CHG-EUTRA-FA: CELL_NUM, FA_INDEX, [STATUS], [EARFCN_UL], [EARFCN_DL], [PRIORITY], [Q_RX_LEV_MIN], [P_MAX_USAGE], [P_MAX], [T_RESELECTION], [SF_USAGE], [T_RESELECTION_SF_MEDIUM], [T_RESELECTION_SF_HIGH], [S_INTRA_SEARCH_USAGE], [S_INTRA_SEARCH], [S_NON_INTRA_SEARCH_USAGE], [S_NON_INTRA_SEARCH], [THRESH_SERVING_LOW], [THRESH_XHIGH], [THRESH_XLOW], [MESA_BANDWIDTH_USAGE], [MEASUREMENT_BANDWIDTH], [PRESENCE_ANT_PORT1], [NEIGH_CELL_CONFIG], [Q_OFFSET_FREQ], [OFFSET_FREQ], [S_INTRA_SEARCH_REL9_USAGE], [S_INTRA_SEARCH_P], [S_INTRA_SEARCH_Q], [S_NON_INTRA_SEARCH_REL9_USAGE], [S_NON_INTRA_SEARCH_P], [S_NON_INTRA_SEARCH_Q], [Q_QUAL_MIN_REL9_USAGE], [Q_QUAL_MIN_REL9], [THRESH_SERVING_LOW_QREL9_USAGE], [THRESH_SERVING_LOW_QREL9], [THRESH_XHIGH_QREL9], [THRESH_XLOW_QREL9], [MCC0], [MNC0], [PREFERENCE0], [MCC1], [MNC1], [PREFERENCE1], [MCC2], [MNC2], [PREFERENCE2], [MCC3], [MNC3], [PREFERENCE3], [MCC4], [MNC4], [PREFERENCE4], [MCC5], [MNC5], [PREFERENCE5];
Command Description Changes the parameter values required to operate the EUTRA FA Priority Information. When the Cell Num and fa Index parameter values are set as input values, the EUTRA FA information registered to the specified cell in the eNB can be changed. TIMEOUT
10
Input Parameter Description Parameter
Description
Range
Unit
Default
CELL_NUM
The cell number to be changed.
0~8
NONE
0
FA_INDEX
EUTRA frequency index. Up to 8 FAs can be assigned per cell.
0~7
NONE
0
STATUS
Whether the EUTRA FA is valid ID. - N_EQUIP: Invalid ID - EQUIP: Valid ID.
N_EQUIP/EQUIP/
NONE
EQUIP
EARFCN_UL
Uplink E-UTRA Absolute Radio Frequency Channel Number.
0 ~ 65535
NONE
19600
EARFCN_DL
Downlink E-UTRA Absolute Radio Frequency Channel Number.
0 ~ 65535
NONE
1600
PRIORITY
Priority of EUTRA FA.
0~7
NONE
7
Q_RX_LEV_MI N
The minimum RX level required in a cell in dBm units.
-70 ~ -22
dBm
-59
532
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
LTE eNB Command Description/Ver.1.0
Parameter
Description
Range
Unit
Default
P_MAX_USAG E
Whether to use pMax. - CI_no_use: pMax value is not used. - CI_use: pMax value is used.
CI_no_use/CI_use/
NONE
CI_use
P_MAX
The maximum TX power level in the UE.
-30 ~ 33
dBm
0
T_RESELECTI ON
Reselection timer value.
0~7
sec
1
Whether to use scaling factors.
CI_no_use/CI_use/
NONE
CI_no_u se
SF_USAGE
- CI_no_use:
T_RESELECTION_SF_MEDIUM and T_RESELECTION_SF_HIGH values are not used. - CI_use: T_RESELECTION_SF_MEDIUM and T_RESELECTION_SF_HIGH values are used. T_RESELECTI ON_SF_MEDIU M
The medium timer value of the reselection scaling factors.
ci_oDot25/ci_oDot5/ ci_oDot75/ci_1Dot0/
NONE
ci_1Dot 0
T_RESELECTI ON_SF_HIGH
The high timer value of the reselection scaling factors.
ci_oDot25/ci_oDot5/ ci_oDot75/ci_1Dot0/
NONE
ci_1Dot 0
S_INTRA_SEA RCH_USAGE
Whether to use sIntraSearch. - CI_no_use: sIntraSearch is not used. - CI_use: sIntraSearch is used.
CI_no_use/CI_use/
NONE
CI_use
S_INTRA_SEA RCH
The threshold for intra-frequency measurement.
0 ~ 31
dB
26
S_NON_INTRA _SEARCH_US AGE
Whether to use sNonIntraSearch. - CI_no_use: sNonIntraSearch is not used. - CI_use: sNonIntraSearch is used.
CI_no_use/CI_use/
NONE
CI_use
S_NON_INTRA _SEARCH
The threshold for inter-RAT and intra-frequency measurement.
0 ~ 31
dB
26
THRESH_SER VING_LOW
The low threshold for serving frequency during reselection evaluation.
0 ~ 31
dB
1
THRESH_XHIG H
The threshold used in the UE to reselect a frequency whose priority is higher than the current camped frequency.
0 ~ 31
dB
31
THRESH_XLO W
The threshold used to reselect low-priority frequency from high-priority frequency.
0 ~ 31
dB
31
MESA_BANDW IDTH_USAGE
Whether to use measurementBandwidth. - CI_no_use: measurementBandwidth is not used. - CI_use: measurementBandwidth is used.
CI_no_use/CI_use/
NONE
CI_use
MEASUREMEN T_BANDWIDT H
The maximum measurement bandwidth allowed for carrier frequency.
ci_mbw6/ci_mbw15/ ci_mbw25/ci_mbw50/ ci_mbw75/ci_mbw100/
NONE
ci_mbw 6
PRESENCE_A NT_PORT1
Whether Antenna Port1 exists. - False: Antenna Port1 does not exist. - True: Antenna Port1 exists.
False/True/
NONE
1
NEIGH_CELL_ CONFIG
The neighboring cell settings.
0~3
NONE
1
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
533
Command Description
Parameter
Description
Range
Q_OFFSET_FR EQ
Frequency offset value applied to q-OffsetFreq in SIB5.
ci_dB-24/ci_dB-22/ ci_dB-20/ci_dB-18/ ci_dB-16/ci_dB-14/ ci_dB-12/ci_dB-10/ ci_dB-8/ci_dB-6/ci_dB5/ci_dB-4/ci_dB-3/ ci_dB-2/ci_dB-1/ ci_dB0/ci_dB1/ci_dB2/ ci_dB3/ci_dB4/ci_dB5/ ci_dB6/ci_dB8/ci_dB10/ ci_dB12/ci_dB14/ ci_dB16/ci_dB18/ ci_dB20/ci_dB22/ ci_dB24/
dB
ci_dB0
OFFSET_FRE Q
Frequency offset value applied to offsetFreq in RRC Connection Reconfiguration.
ci_dB-24/ci_dB-22/ ci_dB-20/ci_dB-18/ ci_dB-16/ci_dB-14/ ci_dB-12/ci_dB-10/ ci_dB-8/ci_dB-6/ci_dB5/ci_dB-4/ci_dB-3/ ci_dB-2/ci_dB-1/ ci_dB0/ci_dB1/ci_dB2/ ci_dB3/ci_dB4/ci_dB5/ ci_dB6/ci_dB8/ci_dB10/ ci_dB12/ci_dB14/ ci_dB16/ci_dB18/ ci_dB20/ci_dB22/ ci_dB24/
dB
ci_dB0
S_INTRA_SEA RCH_REL9_US AGE
Whether to use the sIntraSearch for Rel-9.
CI_no_use/CI_use/
NONE
- CI_no_use: sIntraSearch is not used. - CI_use: sIntraSearch is used.
CI_no_u se
S_INTRA_SEA RCH_P
The threshold P for an intra-frequency measurement in Rel-9.
0 ~ 31
dB
31
S_INTRA_SEA RCH_Q
The threshold Q for an intra-frequency measurement in Rel-9.
0 ~ 31
dB
31
S_NON_INTRA _SEARCH_RE L9_USAGE
Whether to use sNonIntraSearch for Rel-9. - CI_no_use: sNonIntraSearch is not used. - CI_use: sNonIntraSearch is used.
CI_no_use/CI_use/
NONE
CI_no_u se
S_NON_INTRA _SEARCH_P
The threshold P for inter-RAT and an intrafrequency measurement.
0 ~ 31
dB
31
S_NON_INTRA _SEARCH_Q
The threshold Q for inter-RAT and an intrafrequency measurement.
0 ~ 31
dB
31
Q_QUAL_MIN_ REL9_USAGE
Whether to use the qQualMin for Rel-9. - CI_no_use: SqQualMin is not used. - CI_use: qQualMin is used.
CI_no_use/CI_use/
NONE
CI_no_u se
Q_QUAL_MIN_ REL9
qQualMin value for Rel-9.
-34 ~ -3
NONE
-3
THRESH_SER VING_LOW_Q REL9_USAGE
Whether to use the threshServingLowQ for Rel-9. - CI_no_use: threshServingLowQ is not used. - CI_use: threshServingLowQ is used.
CI_no_use/CI_use/
NONE
CI_no_u se
534
Unit
Default
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
LTE eNB Command Description/Ver.1.0
Parameter
Description
Range
Unit
Default
THRESH_SER VING_LOW_Q REL9
threshServingLowQ value for Rel-9.
0 ~ 31
dB
31
THRESH_XHIG H_QREL9
The threshold used in the UE to reselect a frequency whose priority is higher than the current camped frequency in Rel-9.
0 ~ 31
dB
31
THRESH_XLO W_QREL9
The threshold used to reselect low-priority frequency from high-priority frequency in Rel-9.
0 ~ 31
dB
31
MCC0
Mobile Country Code (MCC) that comprises Public Land Mobile Network (PLMN). FA have the Preference of Preference0 for PLMN#0
3
NONE
450
MNC0
MNC that comprises PLMN.FA have the Preference of Preference0 for PLMN#0
3
NONE
08
PREFERENCE 0
Preference of PLMN #0 for FA.
not_allowed_prefer/ allowed_prefer/ preferred_prefer/
NONE
preferre d_prefer
MCC1
Mobile Country Code (MCC) that comprises Public Land Mobile Network (PLMN). FA have the Preference of Preference1 for PLMN#1
3
NONE
FFF
MNC1
MNC that comprises PLMN.FA have the Preference of Preference1 for PLMN#1
3
NONE
FFF
PREFERENCE 1
Preference of PLMN #1 for FA.
not_allowed_prefer/ allowed_prefer/ preferred_prefer/
NONE
not_allo wed_pr efer
MCC2
Mobile Country Code (MCC) that comprises Public Land Mobile Network (PLMN). FA have the Preference of Preference2 for PLMN#2
3
NONE
FFF
MNC2
MNC that comprises PLMN.FA have the Preference of Preference2 for PLMN#2
3
NONE
FFF
PREFERENCE 2
Preference of PLMN #2 for FA.
not_allowed_prefer/ allowed_prefer/ preferred_prefer/
NONE
not_allo wed_pr efer
MCC3
Mobile Country Code (MCC) that comprises Public Land Mobile Network (PLMN). FA have the Preference of Preference3 for PLMN#3
3
NONE
FFF
MNC3
MNC that comprises PLMN.FA have the Preference of Preference3 for PLMN#3
3
NONE
FFF
PREFERENCE 3
Preference of PLMN #3 for FA.
not_allowed_prefer/ allowed_prefer/ preferred_prefer/
NONE
not_allo wed_pr efer
MCC4
Mobile Country Code (MCC) that comprises Public Land Mobile Network (PLMN). FA have the Preference of Preference4 for PLMN#4
3
NONE
FFF
MNC4
MNC that comprises PLMN.FA have the Preference of Preference4 for PLMN#4
3
NONE
FFF
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
535
Command Description
Parameter
Description
Range
Unit
Default
PREFERENCE 4
Preference of PLMN #4 for FA.
not_allowed_prefer/ allowed_prefer/ preferred_prefer/
NONE
not_allo wed_pr efer
MCC5
Mobile Country Code (MCC) that comprises Public Land Mobile Network (PLMN). FA have the Preference of Preference5 for PLMN#5
3
NONE
FFF
MNC5
MNC that comprises PLMN.FA have the Preference of Preference5 for PLMN#5
3
NONE
FFF
PREFERENCE 5
Preference of PLMN #5 for FA.
not_allowed_prefer/ allowed_prefer/ preferred_prefer/
NONE
not_allo wed_pr efer
Output Parameter Description CELL_NUM
The cell number to be changed.
FA_INDEX
EUTRA frequency index. Up to 8 FAs can be assigned per cell.
STATUS
Whether the EUTRA FA is valid ID. -
N_EQUIP: Invalid ID
-
EQUIP: Valid ID.
EARFCN_UL
Uplink E-UTRA Absolute Radio Frequency Channel Number.
EARFCN_DL
Downlink E-UTRA Absolute Radio Frequency Channel Number.
PRIORITY
Priority of EUTRA FA.
Q_RX_LEV_MIN
The minimum RX level required in a cell in dBm units.
P_MAX_USAGE
Whether to use pMax. -
CI_no_use: pMax value is not used.
-
CI_use: pMax value is used.
P_MAX
The maximum TX power level in the UE.
T_RESELECTION
Reselection timer value.
SF_USAGE
Whether to use scaling factors. -
CI_no_use: T_RESELECTION_SF_MEDIUM and
T_RESELECTION_SF_HIGH values are not used.
536
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
LTE eNB Command Description/Ver.1.0
-
CI_use: T_RESELECTION_SF_MEDIUM and
T_RESELECTION_SF_HIGH values are used. T_RESELECTION_SF_MEDIUM The medium timer value of the reselection scaling factors. T_RESELECTION_SF_HIGH
The high timer value of the reselection scaling factors.
S_INTRA_SEARCH_USAGE
Whether to use sIntraSearch.
S_INTRA_SEARCH
-
CI_no_use: sIntraSearch is not used.
-
CI_use: sIntraSearch is used.
The threshold for intra-frequency measurement.
S_NON_INTRA_SEARCH_USAGE Whether to use sNonIntraSearch. -
CI_no_use: sNonIntraSearch is not used.
-
CI_use: sNonIntraSearch is used.
S_NON_INTRA_SEARCH
The threshold for inter-RAT and intra-frequency measurement.
THRESH_SERVING_LOW
The low threshold for serving frequency during reselection evaluation.
THRESH_XHIGH
The threshold used in the UE to reselect a frequency whose priority is higher than the current camped frequency.
THRESH_XLOW
The threshold used to reselect low-priority frequency from high-priority frequency.
MESA_BANDWIDTH_USAGE
Whether to use measurementBandwidth. -
CI_no_use: measurementBandwidth is not used.
-
CI_use: measurementBandwidth is used.
MEASUREMENT_BANDWIDTH The maximum measurement bandwidth allowed for carrier frequency. PRESENCE_ANT_PORT1
Whether Antenna Port1 exists. -
False: Antenna Port1 does not exist.
-
True: Antenna Port1 exists.
NEIGH_CELL_CONFIG
The neighboring cell settings.
Q_OFFSET_FREQ
Frequency offset value applied to q-OffsetFreq in SIB5.
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
537
Command Description
OFFSET_FREQ
Frequency offset value applied to offsetFreq in RRC Connection Reconfiguration.
S_INTRA_SEARCH_REL9_USAGEWhether to use the sIntraSearch for Rel-9. -
CI_no_use: sIntraSearch is not used.
-
CI_use: sIntraSearch is used.
S_INTRA_SEARCH_P
The threshold P for an intra-frequency measurement in Rel-9.
S_INTRA_SEARCH_Q
The threshold Q for an intra-frequency measurement in Rel-9.
S_NON_INTRA_SEARCH_REL9_USAGEWhether to use sNonIntraSearch for Rel-9.
S_NON_INTRA_SEARCH_P
-
CI_no_use: sNonIntraSearch is not used.
-
CI_use: sNonIntraSearch is used.
The threshold P for inter-RAT and an intra-frequency measurement.
S_NON_INTRA_SEARCH_Q
The threshold Q for inter-RAT and an intra-frequency measurement.
Q_QUAL_MIN_REL9_USAGE
Q_QUAL_MIN_REL9
Whether to use the qQualMin for Rel-9. -
CI_no_use: SqQualMin is not used.
-
CI_use: qQualMin is used.
qQualMin value for Rel-9.
THRESH_SERVING_LOW_QREL9_USAGEWhether to use the threshServingLowQ for Rel-9. -
CI_no_use: threshServingLowQ is not used.
-
CI_use: threshServingLowQ is used.
THRESH_SERVING_LOW_QREL9threshServingLowQ value for Rel-9. THRESH_XHIGH_QREL9
The threshold used in the UE to reselect a frequency whose priority is higher than the current camped frequency in Rel-9.
THRESH_XLOW_QREL9
The threshold used to reselect low-priority frequency from high-priority frequency in Rel-9.
MCC0
Mobile Country Code (MCC) that comprises Public Land Mobile Network (PLMN). FA have the Preference of Preference0 for PLMN#0
538
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
LTE eNB Command Description/Ver.1.0
MNC0
MNC that comprises PLMN.FA have the Preference of Preference0 for PLMN#0
PREFERENCE0
Preference of PLMN #0 for FA.
MCC1
Mobile Country Code (MCC) that comprises Public Land Mobile Network (PLMN). FA have the Preference of Preference1 for PLMN#1
MNC1
MNC that comprises PLMN.FA have the Preference of Preference1 for PLMN#1
PREFERENCE1
Preference of PLMN #1 for FA.
MCC2
Mobile Country Code (MCC) that comprises Public Land Mobile Network (PLMN). FA have the Preference of Preference2 for PLMN#2
MNC2
MNC that comprises PLMN.FA have the Preference of Preference2 for PLMN#2
PREFERENCE2
Preference of PLMN #2 for FA.
MCC3
Mobile Country Code (MCC) that comprises Public Land Mobile Network (PLMN). FA have the Preference of Preference3 for PLMN#3
MNC3
MNC that comprises PLMN.FA have the Preference of Preference3 for PLMN#3
PREFERENCE3
Preference of PLMN #3 for FA.
MCC4
Mobile Country Code (MCC) that comprises Public Land Mobile Network (PLMN). FA have the Preference of Preference4 for PLMN#4
MNC4
MNC that comprises PLMN.FA have the Preference of Preference4 for PLMN#4
PREFERENCE4
Preference of PLMN #4 for FA.
MCC5
Mobile Country Code (MCC) that comprises Public Land Mobile Network (PLMN). FA have the Preference of
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
539
Command Description
Preference5 for PLMN#5 MNC5
MNC that comprises PLMN.FA have the Preference of Preference5 for PLMN#5
PREFERENCE5
540
Preference of PLMN #5 for FA.
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
LTE eNB Command Description/Ver.1.0
C2188 CHANGE MEASUREMENT INFORMATION Command Format CHG-MEAS-FUNC: CELL_NUM, [S_MEASURE], [SF_USAGE], [TIME_TO_TRIGGER_SF_MEDIUM], [TIME_TO_TRIGGER_SF_HIGH];
Command Description Changes the measurement information registered in a cell in the eNB. When the Cell Num parameter value is set as an input value, the Meas Config information for the specified cell can be changed. TIMEOUT
10
Input Parameter Description Parameter
Description
Range
Unit
Default
CELL_NUM
The cell number to be changed.
0~8
NONE
0
S_MEASURE
The quality threshold of the serving cell used by the UE to control measurement for the intra-frequency, inter-frequency, and inter-RAT neighboring cells.
0 ~ 97
dBm
80
SF_USAGE
Whether to use scaling factors. - CI_no_use: Scaling factor is not used. - CI_use: Scaling factor is used.
CI_no_use/CI_use/
NONE
CI_no_u se
TIME_TO_TRI GGER_SF_ME DIUM
SpeedStateScaleFactors used to scale the parameter values that control mobility when the UE is at a medium speed. - ci_oDot25: 0.25 is used for the medium timer. - ci_oDot5: 0.5 is used for the medium timer. - ci_oDot75: 0.75 is used for the medium timer. - ci_1Dot0: 1.0 is used for the medium timer.
ci_oDot25/ci_oDot5/ ci_oDot75/ci_1Dot0/
NONE
ci_1Dot 0
TIME_TO_TRI GGER_SF_HIG H
SpeedStateScaleFactors used to scale the parameter values that control mobility when the UE is at a high speed. - ci_oDot25: 0.25 is used for the high timer. - ci_oDot5: 0.5 is used for the high timer. - ci_oDot75: 0.75 is used for the high timer. - ci_1Dot0: 1.0 is used for the high timer.
ci_oDot25/ci_oDot5/ ci_oDot75/ci_1Dot0/
NONE
ci_1Dot 0
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
541
Command Description
Output Parameter Description CELL_NUM
The cell number to be changed.
S_MEASURE
The quality threshold of the serving cell used by the UE to control measurement for the intra-frequency, inter-frequency, and inter-RAT neighboring cells.
SF_USAGE
Whether to use scaling factors. -
CI_no_use: Scaling factor is not used.
-
CI_use: Scaling factor is used.
TIME_TO_TRIGGER_SF_MEDIUMSpeedStateScaleFactors used to scale the parameter values that control mobility when the UE is at a medium speed.
TIME_TO_TRIGGER_SF_HIGH
-
ci_oDot25: 0.25 is used for the medium timer.
-
ci_oDot5: 0.5 is used for the medium timer.
-
ci_oDot75: 0.75 is used for the medium timer.
-
ci_1Dot0: 1.0 is used for the medium timer.
SpeedStateScaleFactors used to scale the parameter values that control mobility when the UE is at a high speed.
542
-
ci_oDot25: 0.25 is used for the high timer.
-
ci_oDot5: 0.5 is used for the high timer.
-
ci_oDot75: 0.75 is used for the high timer.
-
ci_1Dot0: 1.0 is used for the high timer.
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
LTE eNB Command Description/Ver.1.0
C2189 CHANGE MEASUREMENT GAP INFORMATION Command Format CHG-MSGAP-INF: [GAP_PATTERN_FOR_INTER_FA], [GAP_PATTERN_FOR_INTER_RAT], [GAP_USE_FOR_ANR], [GAP_PATTERN_FOR_ANR];
Command Description Changes the measurement gap information registered in a cell in the eNB. When the DB Index parameter value is entered as an input value, the gap patterns for Inter FA, Inter RAT, and ANR for the specified DB can be changed. TIMEOUT
10
Input Parameter Description Parameter
Description
Range
Unit
Default
GAP_PATTERN _FOR_INTER_ FA
Measurement gap pattern used for interfrequency measurement. The default is gapPattern0. - gapPattern0: 0-39. - gapPattern1: 0-79.
gapPattern0/ gapPattern1/
NONE
gapPatt ern0
GAP_PATTERN _FOR_INTER_ RAT
The measurement gap pattern used for inter-RAT measurement. The default is gapPattern0. - gapPattern0: 0-39. - gapPattern1: 0-79.
gapPattern0/ gapPattern1/
NONE
gapPatt ern0
GAP_USE_FO R_ANR
Whether the measurement gap is used for the SON ANR function. The default is False. - False: Measurement gap is not used. - True: Measurement gap is used.
False/True/
NONE
False
GAP_PATTERN _FOR_ANR
The measurement gap pattern used for SON ANR. The default is gapPattern0. - gapPattern0: 0-39. - gapPattern1: 0-79.
gapPattern0/ gapPattern1/
NONE
gapPatt ern0
Output Parameter Description GAP_PATTERN_FOR_INTER_FA Measurement gap pattern used for inter-frequency measurement. The default is gapPattern0. -
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
gapPattern0: 0-39.
543
Command Description
-
gapPattern1: 0-79.
GAP_PATTERN_FOR_INTER_RATThe measurement gap pattern used for inter-RAT measurement. The default is gapPattern0.
GAP_USE_FOR_ANR
-
gapPattern0: 0-39.
-
gapPattern1: 0-79.
Whether the measurement gap is used for the SON ANR function. The default is False.
GAP_PATTERN_FOR_ANR
-
False: Measurement gap is not used.
-
True: Measurement gap is used.
The measurement gap pattern used for SON ANR. The default is gapPattern0.
544
-
gapPattern0: 0-39.
-
gapPattern1: 0-79.
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
LTE eNB Command Description/Ver.1.0
C2190 CHANGE UTRA FA PRIORITY INFORMATION Command Format CHG-UTRA-FA: CELL_NUM, FA_INDEX, [STATUS], [DUPLEX_TYPE], [UARFCN_UL], [UARFCN_DL], [PRIORITY], [THRESH_XHIGH], [THRESH_XLOW], [Q_RX_LEV_MIN], [P_MAX_UTRA], [Q_QUAL_MIN], [OFFSET_FREQ], [THRESH_XHIGH_QREL9], [THRESH_XLOW_QREL9];
Command Description Changes the UTRA FA priority information. When the Cell Num and fa Index parameter values are set as input values, the UTRAN FA information registered to the specified cell in the eNB can be changed. TIMEOUT
10
Input Parameter Description Parameter
Description
Range
Unit
Default
CELL_NUM
The cell number to be changed.
0~8
NONE
0
FA_INDEX
EUTRA frequency index. Up to 6 FAs can be assigned per cell.
0~5
NONE
0
STATUS
Whether the EUTRA FA is valid ID. - N_EQUIP: Invalid ID - EQUIP: Valid ID.
N_EQUIP/EQUIP/
NONE
EQUIP
DUPLEX_TYPE
The duplex mode information on a cell. Enter either FDD or TDD. - ci_FDD: Frequency division duplex. - ci_TDD: Time division duplex.
ci_FDD/ci_TDD/
NONE
ci_FDD
UARFCN_UL
Uplink UTRA Absolute Radio Frequency Channel Number.
0 ~ 16383
NONE
9862
UARFCN_DL
Downlink UTRA Absolute Radio Frequency Channel Number.
0 ~ 16383
NONE
10812
PRIORITY
Priority information on the UTRA FA.
0~7
NONE
4
THRESH_XHIG H
The threshold used in the UE to reselect a frequency whose priority is higher than the current camped frequency.
0 ~ 31
dB
0
THRESH_XLO W
The threshold used to reselect low-priority frequency from high-priority frequency.
0 ~ 31
dB
0
Q_RX_LEV_MI N
The minimum RX level required in a cell in dBm units.
-60 ~ -13
dBm
-54
P_MAX_UTRA
The maximum RF output power in the UE.
-50 ~ 33
dBm
0
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
545
Command Description
Parameter
Description
Range
Unit
Default
Q_QUAL_MIN
The minimum quality level required in UTRA FDD cells.
-24 ~ 0
dB
-20
OFFSET_FRE Q
The offset applied to UTRA carrier frequency.
-15 ~ 15
dBm
0
THRESH_XHIG H_QREL9
The threshold used in the UE to reselect a frequency whose priority is higher than the current camped frequency in Rel-9.
0 ~ 31
dB
0
THRESH_XLO W_QREL9
The threshold used to reselect low-priority frequency from high-priority frequency in Rel-9.
0 ~ 31
dB
0
Output Parameter Description CELL_NUM
The cell number to be changed.
FA_INDEX
EUTRA frequency index. Up to 6 FAs can be assigned per cell.
STATUS
Whether the EUTRA FA is valid ID.
DUPLEX_TYPE
-
N_EQUIP: Invalid ID
-
EQUIP: Valid ID.
The duplex mode information on a cell. Enter either FDD or TDD. -
ci_FDD: Frequency division duplex.
-
ci_TDD: Time division duplex.
UARFCN_UL
Uplink UTRA Absolute Radio Frequency Channel Number.
UARFCN_DL
Downlink UTRA Absolute Radio Frequency Channel Number.
PRIORITY
Priority information on the UTRA FA.
THRESH_XHIGH
The threshold used in the UE to reselect a frequency whose priority is higher than the current camped frequency.
THRESH_XLOW
The threshold used to reselect low-priority frequency from high-priority frequency.
546
Q_RX_LEV_MIN
The minimum RX level required in a cell in dBm units.
P_MAX_UTRA
The maximum RF output power in the UE.
Q_QUAL_MIN
The minimum quality level required in UTRA FDD cells.
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
LTE eNB Command Description/Ver.1.0
OFFSET_FREQ
The offset applied to UTRA carrier frequency.
THRESH_XHIGH_QREL9
The threshold used in the UE to reselect a frequency whose priority is higher than the current camped frequency in Rel-9.
THRESH_XLOW_QREL9
The threshold used to reselect low-priority frequency from high-priority frequency in Rel-9.
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
547
Command Description
C2193 CHANGE EUTRA A1CRITERIA INFORMATION Command Format CHG-EUTRA-A1CNF: CELL_NUM, PURPOSE, [ACTIVE_STATE], [A1_THRESHOLD_RSRP], [A1_THRESHOLD_RSRQ], [HYSTERESIS], [TIME_TO_TRIGGER], [TRIGGER_QUANTITY], [REPORT_QUANTITY], [MAX_REPORT_CELL], [REPORT_INTERVAL], [REPORT_AMOUNT];
Command Description Changes the EUTRA A1 criteria information. When the CELL_NUM and PURPOSE parameter values are set as input values, the EUTRAN A1 event report information registered to the specified E-UTRAN served cell can be changed. TIMEOUT
10
Input Parameter Description Parameter
Description
Range
Unit
Default
CELL_NUM
The cell number to be changed.
0~8
NONE
0
PURPOSE
The purpose for using Event A1. It is currently used to deactivate measurement gap. - ci_A1PurposeMeasGapDeat. : Deactivates the gap. - ci_A1PurposeSpare_1: Reserved. - ci_A1PurposeSpare_2: Reserved.
ci_A1PurposeMeasGap Deact/ ci_A1PurposeSpare_1/ ci_A1PurposeSpare_2/
NONE
ci_A1Pu rposeMeasGapDea ct
ACTIVE_STAT E
Whether to use Event A1. - Inactive: Event A1 is not used. - Active: Event A1 is used.
Inactive/Active/
NONE
Inactive
A1_THRESHO LD_RSRP
RSRP threshold used in the EUTRA measurement report triggering condition for Event A1.
0 ~ 97
dBm
35
A1_THRESHO LD_RSRQ
RSRQ threshold used in the EUTRA measurement report triggering condition for Event A1.
0 ~ 34
dB
32
HYSTERESIS
Hysteresis applied to entry and leave condition of Event A1.
0 ~ 30
NONE
0
548
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
LTE eNB Command Description/Ver.1.0
Parameter
Description
Range
TIME_TO_TRI GGER
timeToTrigger value for Event A1. The timeToTrigger value is the period of time that must be met for the UE to trigger a measurement report.
ci_TimeToTrigger_ms0/ ci_TimeToTrigger_ms4 0/ ci_TimeToTrigger_ms6 4/ ci_TimeToTrigger_ms8 0/ ci_TimeToTrigger_ms1 00/ ci_TimeToTrigger_ms1 28/ ci_TimeToTrigger_ms1 60/ ci_TimeToTrigger_ms2 56/ ci_TimeToTrigger_ms3 20/ ci_TimeToTrigger_ms4 80/ ci_TimeToTrigger_ms5 12/ ci_TimeToTrigger_ms6 40/ ci_TimeToTrigger_ms1 024/ ci_TimeToTrigger_ms1 280/ ci_TimeToTrigger_ms2 560/ ci_TimeToTrigger_ms5 120/
ms
ci_Time ToTrigg er_ms4 80
TRIGGER_QU ANTITY
Quantity (RSRP/RSRQ) used to calculate a triggering condition for Event A1. Either RSRP or RSRQ is assigned.
ci_rsrp/ci_rsrq/
NONE
ci_rsrp
REPORT_QUA NTITY
The quantity information included in a measurement report for Event A1. It can be the same value as the trigger quantity or be set to include both of the RSRP and RSRQ values.
ci_sameAsTriggerQuan tity/ci_both/
NONE
ci_both
MAX_REPORT _CELL
The maximum number of cells included in a measurement report for Event A1.
1~8
NONE
8
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
Unit
Default
549
Command Description
Parameter
Description
Range
Unit
Default
REPORT_INTE RVAL
The reporting interval of a measurement report for Event A1.
ci_ReportInterval_ms12 0/ ci_ReportInterval_ms24 0/ ci_ReportInterval_ms48 0/ ci_ReportInterval_ms64 0/ ci_ReportInterval_ms10 24/ ci_ReportInterval_ms20 48/ ci_ReportInterval_ms51 20/ ci_ReportInterval_ms10 240/ ci_ReportInterval_min1/ ci_ReportInterval_min6/ ci_ReportInterval_min1 2/ ci_ReportInterval_min3 0/ ci_ReportInterval_min6 0/
ms
ci_Repo rtInterva l_ms240
REPORT_AMO UNT
The number of measurement reports for Event A1.
ci_reportAmount_r1/ ci_reportAmount_r2/ ci_reportAmount_r4/ ci_reportAmount_r8/ ci_reportAmount_r16/ ci_reportAmount_r32/ ci_reportAmount_r64/ ci_reportAmount_infinit y/
NONE
ci_repor tAmount _r8
Output Parameter Description CELL_NUM
The cell number to be changed.
PURPOSE
The purpose for using Event A1. It is currently used to deactivate measurement gap.
ACTIVE_STATE
A1_THRESHOLD_RSRP
-
ci_A1PurposeMeasGapDeat. : Deactivates the gap.
-
ci_A1PurposeSpare_1: Reserved.
-
ci_A1PurposeSpare_2: Reserved.
Whether to use Event A1. -
Inactive: Event A1 is not used.
-
Active: Event A1 is used.
RSRP threshold used in the EUTRA measurement report triggering condition for Event A1.
550
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
LTE eNB Command Description/Ver.1.0
A1_THRESHOLD_RSRQ
RSRQ threshold used in the EUTRA measurement report triggering condition for Event A1.
HYSTERESIS
Hysteresis applied to entry and leave condition of Event A1.
TIME_TO_TRIGGER
timeToTrigger value for Event A1. The timeToTrigger value is the period of time that must be met for the UE to trigger a measurement report.
TRIGGER_QUANTITY
Quantity (RSRP/RSRQ) used to calculate a triggering condition for Event A1. Either RSRP or RSRQ is assigned.
REPORT_QUANTITY
The quantity information included in a measurement report for Event A1. It can be the same value as the trigger quantity or be set to include both of the RSRP and RSRQ values.
MAX_REPORT_CELL
The maximum number of cells included in a measurement report for Event A1.
REPORT_INTERVAL
The reporting interval of a measurement report for Event A1.
REPORT_AMOUNT
The number of measurement reports for Event A1.
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
551
Command Description
C2194 CHANGE EUTRA A2CRITERIA INFORMATION Command Format CHG-EUTRA-A2CNF: CELL_NUM, PURPOSE, [ACTIVE_STATE], [A2_THRESHOLD_RSRP], [A2_THRESHOLD_RSRQ], [HYSTERESIS], [TIME_TO_TRIGGER], [TRIGGER_QUANTITY], [REPORT_QUANTITY], [MAX_REPORT_CELL], [REPORT_INTERVAL], [REPORT_AMOUNT];
Command Description Changes the EUTRA A2 criteria information. When the CELL_NUM and PURPOSE parameter values are set as input values, the EUTRAN A2 event report information registered to the specified E-UTRAN served cell can be changed. TIMEOUT
10
Input Parameter Description Parameter
Description
Range
Unit
Default
CELL_NUM
The cell number to be changed.
0~8
NONE
0
PURPOSE
The purpose for using Event A2. It is currently used to activate measurement gap and PS-redirection. - ci_A2PurposeMeasGapAct: Activates gap. - ci_A2PurposeRedirection: PS Redirecdtion. -ci_A2PurposeSpare_1: Reserved. - ci_A2PurposeSpare_2: Reserved.
ci_A2PurposeMeasGap Act/ ci_A2PurposeRedirecti on/ ci_A2PurposeSpare_1/ ci_A2PurposeSpare_2/
NONE
ci_A2Pu rposeMeasGapAct
ACTIVE_STAT E
Whether to use the Event A2. - Inactive: Event A2 is not used. - Active: Event A2 is used.
Inactive/Active/
NONE
1
A2_THRESHO LD_RSRP
RSRP threshold used in the EUTRA measurement report triggering condition for Event A2.
0 ~ 97
dBm
24
A2_THRESHO LD_RSRQ
RSRQ threshold used in the EUTRA measurement report triggering condition for Event A2.
0 ~ 34
dB
32
HYSTERESIS
Hysteresis applied to entry and leave condition of Event A2.
0 ~ 30
NONE
0
552
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
LTE eNB Command Description/Ver.1.0
Parameter
Description
Range
TIME_TO_TRI GGER
timeToTrigger value for Event A2. The timeToTrigger value is the period of time that must be met for the UE to trigger a measurement report.
ci_TimeToTrigger_ms0/ ci_TimeToTrigger_ms4 0/ ci_TimeToTrigger_ms6 4/ ci_TimeToTrigger_ms8 0/ ci_TimeToTrigger_ms1 00/ ci_TimeToTrigger_ms1 28/ ci_TimeToTrigger_ms1 60/ ci_TimeToTrigger_ms2 56/ ci_TimeToTrigger_ms3 20/ ci_TimeToTrigger_ms4 80/ ci_TimeToTrigger_ms5 12/ ci_TimeToTrigger_ms6 40/ ci_TimeToTrigger_ms1 024/ ci_TimeToTrigger_ms1 280/ ci_TimeToTrigger_ms2 560/ ci_TimeToTrigger_ms5 120/
ms
ci_Time ToTrigg er_ms4 80
TRIGGER_QU ANTITY
Quantity (RSRP/RSRQ) used to calculate a triggering condition for Event A2. Either RSRP or RSRQ is assigned.
ci_rsrp/ci_rsrq/
NONE
ci_rsrp
REPORT_QUA NTITY
The quantity information included in a measurement report for Event A2. It can be the same value as the trigger quantity or be set to include both of the RSRP and RSRQ values.
ci_sameAsTriggerQuan tity/ci_both/
NONE
ci_both
MAX_REPORT _CELL
The maximum number of cells included in a measurement report for Event A2.
1~8
NONE
8
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
Unit
Default
553
Command Description
Parameter
Description
Range
Unit
Default
REPORT_INTE RVAL
The reporting interval of a measurement report for Event A2.
ci_ReportInterval_ms12 0/ ci_ReportInterval_ms24 0/ ci_ReportInterval_ms48 0/ ci_ReportInterval_ms64 0/ ci_ReportInterval_ms10 24/ ci_ReportInterval_ms20 48/ ci_ReportInterval_ms51 20/ ci_ReportInterval_ms10 240/ ci_ReportInterval_min1/ ci_ReportInterval_min6/ ci_ReportInterval_min1 2/ ci_ReportInterval_min3 0/ ci_ReportInterval_min6 0/
ms
ci_Repo rtInterva l_ms240
REPORT_AMO UNT
The number of measurement reports for Event A2.
ci_reportAmount_r1/ ci_reportAmount_r2/ ci_reportAmount_r4/ ci_reportAmount_r8/ ci_reportAmount_r16/ ci_reportAmount_r32/ ci_reportAmount_r64/ ci_reportAmount_infinit y/
NONE
ci_repor tAmount _r8
Output Parameter Description CELL_NUM
The cell number to be changed.
PURPOSE
The purpose for using Event A2. It is currently used to activate measurement gap and PS-redirection. -
ci_A2PurposeMeasGapAct: Activates gap.
-
ci_A2PurposeRedirection: PS Redirecdtion.
-ci_A2PurposeSpare_1: -
ACTIVE_STATE
A2_THRESHOLD_RSRP
554
Reserved.
ci_A2PurposeSpare_2: Reserved.
Whether to use the Event A2. -
Inactive: Event A2 is not used.
-
Active: Event A2 is used.
RSRP threshold used in the EUTRA measurement report trig-
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
LTE eNB Command Description/Ver.1.0
gering condition for Event A2. A2_THRESHOLD_RSRQ
RSRQ threshold used in the EUTRA measurement report triggering condition for Event A2.
HYSTERESIS
Hysteresis applied to entry and leave condition of Event A2.
TIME_TO_TRIGGER
timeToTrigger value for Event A2. The timeToTrigger value is the period of time that must be met for the UE to trigger a measurement report.
TRIGGER_QUANTITY
Quantity (RSRP/RSRQ) used to calculate a triggering condition for Event A2. Either RSRP or RSRQ is assigned.
REPORT_QUANTITY
The quantity information included in a measurement report for Event A2. It can be the same value as the trigger quantity or be set to include both of the RSRP and RSRQ values.
MAX_REPORT_CELL
The maximum number of cells included in a measurement report for Event A2.
REPORT_INTERVAL
The reporting interval of a measurement report for Event A2.
REPORT_AMOUNT
The number of measurement reports for Event A2.
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
555
Command Description
C2195 CHANGE EUTRA A3CRITERIA INFORMATION Command Format CHG-EUTRA-A3CNF: CELL_NUM, PURPOSE, [ACTIVE_STATE], [A3_OFFSET], [A3_REPORT_ON_LEAVE], [HYSTERESIS], [TIME_TO_TRIGGER], [TRIGGER_QUANTITY], [REPORT_QUANTITY], [MAX_REPORT_CELL], [REPORT_INTERVAL], [REPORT_AMOUNT];
Command Description Changes the EUTRA A3 criteria. When the CELL_NUM and PURPOSE parameter values are set as input values, the EUTRAN A3 event report information registered to the specified EUTRAN served cell can be changed. TIMEOUT
10
Input Parameter Description Parameter
Description
Range
Unit
Default
CELL_NUM
The cell number to be changed.
0~8
NONE
0
PURPOSE
The purpose for using Event A3. It is currently used for intra-LTE handover and the SON ANR function. - ci_A3PurposeIntraLteHandover: IntraLTE handover. - ci_A3PurposeReportStrongestCells: ICIC. - ci_A3PurposeSpare_2: Reserved.
ci_A3PurposeIntraLteH andover/ ci_A3PurposeReportStr ongestCells/ ci_A3PurposeSpare_2/
NONE
ci_A3Pu rposeIntraLteHandov er
ACTIVE_STAT E
Whether to use Event A3. - Inactive: Event A3 is not used. - Active: Event A3 is used.
Inactive/Active/
NONE
Active
A3_OFFSET
RSRP threshold used for triggering the EUTRA measurement report for Event A3.
-30 ~ 30
dB
6
A3_REPORT_ ON_LEAVE
Indicates whether or not the UE shall initiate the measurement reporting procedure when the leaving condition is met. - False: a3ReportOnLeave parameter is set to FALSE and UE is not report when the leaving condition is met (default). - True: a3ReportOnLeave parameter is set to TRUE and UE shall report when the leaving condition is met.
False/True/
NONE
False
HYSTERESIS
Hysteresis applied to entry and leave condition of Event A3.
0 ~ 30
NONE
0
556
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
LTE eNB Command Description/Ver.1.0
Parameter
Description
Range
TIME_TO_TRI GGER
timeToTrigger value for Event A3. The timeToTrigger value is the period of time that must be met for the UE to trigger a measurement report.
ci_TimeToTrigger_ms0/ ci_TimeToTrigger_ms4 0/ ci_TimeToTrigger_ms6 4/ ci_TimeToTrigger_ms8 0/ ci_TimeToTrigger_ms1 00/ ci_TimeToTrigger_ms1 28/ ci_TimeToTrigger_ms1 60/ ci_TimeToTrigger_ms2 56/ ci_TimeToTrigger_ms3 20/ ci_TimeToTrigger_ms4 80/ ci_TimeToTrigger_ms5 12/ ci_TimeToTrigger_ms6 40/ ci_TimeToTrigger_ms1 024/ ci_TimeToTrigger_ms1 280/ ci_TimeToTrigger_ms2 560/ ci_TimeToTrigger_ms5 120/
ms
ci_Time ToTrigg er_ms1 00
TRIGGER_QU ANTITY
Quantity (RSRP/RSRQ) used to calculate a triggering condition for Event A3. Either RSRP or RSRQ is assigned.
ci_rsrp/ci_rsrq/
NONE
ci_rsrq
REPORT_QUA NTITY
The quantity information included in a measurement report for Event A3. It can be the same value as the trigger quantity or be set to include both of the RSRP and RSRQ values.
ci_sameAsTriggerQuan tity/ci_both/
NONE
ci_same AsTriggerQuantity
MAX_REPORT _CELL
The maximum number of cells included in a measurement report for Event A3.
1~8
NONE
8
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
Unit
Default
557
Command Description
Parameter
Description
Range
Unit
Default
REPORT_INTE RVAL
The reporting interval of a measurement report for Event A3.
ci_ReportInterval_ms12 0/ ci_ReportInterval_ms24 0/ ci_ReportInterval_ms48 0/ ci_ReportInterval_ms64 0/ ci_ReportInterval_ms10 24/ ci_ReportInterval_ms20 48/ ci_ReportInterval_ms51 20/ ci_ReportInterval_ms10 240/ ci_ReportInterval_min1/ ci_ReportInterval_min6/ ci_ReportInterval_min1 2/ ci_ReportInterval_min3 0/ ci_ReportInterval_min6 0/
ms
ci_Repo rtInterva l_ms240
REPORT_AMO UNT
The number of measurement reports for Event A3.
ci_reportAmount_r1/ ci_reportAmount_r2/ ci_reportAmount_r4/ ci_reportAmount_r8/ ci_reportAmount_r16/ ci_reportAmount_r32/ ci_reportAmount_r64/ ci_reportAmount_infinit y/
NONE
ci_repor tAmount _r8
Output Parameter Description CELL_NUM
The cell number to be changed.
PURPOSE
The purpose for using Event A3. It is currently used for intraLTE handover and the SON ANR function.
ACTIVE_STATE
A3_OFFSET
-
ci_A3PurposeIntraLteHandover: Intra-LTE handover.
-
ci_A3PurposeReportStrongestCells: ICIC.
-
ci_A3PurposeSpare_2: Reserved.
Whether to use Event A3. -
Inactive: Event A3 is not used.
-
Active: Event A3 is used.
RSRP threshold used for triggering the EUTRA measurement report for Event A3.
558
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
LTE eNB Command Description/Ver.1.0
A3_REPORT_ON_LEAVE
Indicates whether or not the UE shall initiate the measurement reporting procedure when the leaving condition is met. - False: a3ReportOnLeave parameter is set to FALSE and UE is
not report when the leaving condition is met (default). -
True: a3ReportOnLeave parameter is set to TRUE and UE
shall report when the leaving condition is met. HYSTERESIS
Hysteresis applied to entry and leave condition of Event A3.
TIME_TO_TRIGGER
timeToTrigger value for Event A3. The timeToTrigger value is the period of time that must be met for the UE to trigger a measurement report.
TRIGGER_QUANTITY
Quantity (RSRP/RSRQ) used to calculate a triggering condition for Event A3. Either RSRP or RSRQ is assigned.
REPORT_QUANTITY
The quantity information included in a measurement report for Event A3. It can be the same value as the trigger quantity or be set to include both of the RSRP and RSRQ values.
MAX_REPORT_CELL
The maximum number of cells included in a measurement report for Event A3.
REPORT_INTERVAL
The reporting interval of a measurement report for Event A3.
REPORT_AMOUNT
The number of measurement reports for Event A3.
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
559
Command Description
C2196 CHANGE EUTRA A4CRITERIA INFORMATION Command Format CHG-EUTRA-A4CNF: CELL_NUM, PURPOSE, [ACTIVE_STATE], [A4_THRESHOLD_RSRP], [A4_THRESHOLD_RSRQ], [HYSTERESIS], [TIME_TO_TRIGGER], [TRIGGER_QUANTITY], [REPORT_QUANTITY], [MAX_REPORT_CELL], [REPORT_INTERVAL], [REPORT_AMOUNT];
Command Description Changes the EUTRA A4 criteria information. When the CELL_NUM and PURPOSE parameter values are set as input values, the EUTRAN A4 event report information registered to the specified E-UTRAN served cell can be changed. TIMEOUT
10
Input Parameter Description Parameter
Description
Range
Unit
Default
CELL_NUM
The cell number to be changed.
0~8
NONE
0
PURPOSE
The purpose for using Event A4. It is currently used for intra-LTE handover and the SON ANR function. - ci_A4PurposeANR_Specific: For ANR. - ci_A4PurposeSpare_1: Reserved. - ci_A4PurposeSpare_2: Reserved.
ci_A4PurposeANR_Spe cific/ ci_A4PurposeSpare_1/ ci_A4PurposeSpare_2/
NONE
ci_A4Pu rposeA NR_Spe cific
ACTIVE_STAT E
Whether to use Event A4. - Inactive: Event A4 is not used. - Active: Event A4 is used.
Inactive/Active/
NONE
Inactive
A4_THRESHO LD_RSRP
RSRP threshold used in the EUTRA measurement report triggering condition for Event A4.
0 ~ 97
dBm
35
A4_THRESHO LD_RSRQ
RSRQ threshold used in the EUTRA measurement report triggering condition for Event A4.
0 ~ 34
dB
32
HYSTERESIS
Hysteresis applied to entry and leave condition of Event A4.
0 ~ 30
NONE
0
560
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
LTE eNB Command Description/Ver.1.0
Parameter
Description
Range
TIME_TO_TRI GGER
timeToTrigger value for Event A4. The timeToTrigger value is the period of time that must be met for the UE to trigger a measurement report.
ci_TimeToTrigger_ms0/ ci_TimeToTrigger_ms4 0/ ci_TimeToTrigger_ms6 4/ ci_TimeToTrigger_ms8 0/ ci_TimeToTrigger_ms1 00/ ci_TimeToTrigger_ms1 28/ ci_TimeToTrigger_ms1 60/ ci_TimeToTrigger_ms2 56/ ci_TimeToTrigger_ms3 20/ ci_TimeToTrigger_ms4 80/ ci_TimeToTrigger_ms5 12/ ci_TimeToTrigger_ms6 40/ ci_TimeToTrigger_ms1 024/ ci_TimeToTrigger_ms1 280/ ci_TimeToTrigger_ms2 560/ ci_TimeToTrigger_ms5 120/
ms
ci_Time ToTrigg er_ms4 80
TRIGGER_QU ANTITY
Quantity (RSRP/RSRQ) used to calculate a triggering condition for Event A4. Either RSRP or RSRQ is assigned.
ci_rsrp/ci_rsrq/
NONE
ci_rsrp
REPORT_QUA NTITY
The quantity information included in a measurement report for Event A4. It can be the same value as the trigger quantity or be set to include both of the RSRP and RSRQ values.
ci_sameAsTriggerQuan tity/ci_both/
NONE
ci_both
MAX_REPORT _CELL
The maximum number of cells included in a measurement report for Event A4.
1~8
NONE
8
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
Unit
Default
561
Command Description
Parameter
Description
Range
Unit
Default
REPORT_INTE RVAL
The reporting interval of a measurement report for Event A4.
ci_ReportInterval_ms12 0/ ci_ReportInterval_ms24 0/ ci_ReportInterval_ms48 0/ ci_ReportInterval_ms64 0/ ci_ReportInterval_ms10 24/ ci_ReportInterval_ms20 48/ ci_ReportInterval_ms51 20/ ci_ReportInterval_ms10 240/ ci_ReportInterval_min1/ ci_ReportInterval_min6/ ci_ReportInterval_min1 2/ ci_ReportInterval_min3 0/ ci_ReportInterval_min6 0/
ms
ci_Repo rtInterva l_ms240
REPORT_AMO UNT
The number of measurement reports for Event A4.
ci_reportAmount_r1/ ci_reportAmount_r2/ ci_reportAmount_r4/ ci_reportAmount_r8/ ci_reportAmount_r16/ ci_reportAmount_r32/ ci_reportAmount_r64/ ci_reportAmount_infinit y/
NONE
ci_repor tAmount _r8
Output Parameter Description CELL_NUM
The cell number to be changed.
PURPOSE
The purpose for using Event A4. It is currently used for intraLTE handover and the SON ANR function.
ACTIVE_STATE
A4_THRESHOLD_RSRP
-
ci_A4PurposeANR_Specific: For ANR.
-
ci_A4PurposeSpare_1: Reserved.
-
ci_A4PurposeSpare_2: Reserved.
Whether to use Event A4. -
Inactive: Event A4 is not used.
-
Active: Event A4 is used.
RSRP threshold used in the EUTRA measurement report triggering condition for Event A4.
562
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
LTE eNB Command Description/Ver.1.0
A4_THRESHOLD_RSRQ
RSRQ threshold used in the EUTRA measurement report triggering condition for Event A4.
HYSTERESIS
Hysteresis applied to entry and leave condition of Event A4.
TIME_TO_TRIGGER
timeToTrigger value for Event A4. The timeToTrigger value is the period of time that must be met for the UE to trigger a measurement report.
TRIGGER_QUANTITY
Quantity (RSRP/RSRQ) used to calculate a triggering condition for Event A4. Either RSRP or RSRQ is assigned.
REPORT_QUANTITY
The quantity information included in a measurement report for Event A4. It can be the same value as the trigger quantity or be set to include both of the RSRP and RSRQ values.
MAX_REPORT_CELL
The maximum number of cells included in a measurement report for Event A4.
REPORT_INTERVAL
The reporting interval of a measurement report for Event A4.
REPORT_AMOUNT
The number of measurement reports for Event A4.
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
563
Command Description
C2197 CHANGE EUTRA A5CRITERIA INFORMATION Command Format CHG-EUTRA-A5CNF: CELL_NUM, PURPOSE, [ACTIVE_STATE], [A5_THRESHOLD1_RSRP], [A5_THRESHOLD2_RSRP], [A5_THRESHOLD1_RSRQ], [A5_THRESHOLD2_RSRQ], [HYSTERESIS], [TIME_TO_TRIGGER], [TRIGGER_QUANTITY], [REPORT_QUANTITY], [MAX_REPORT_CELL], [REPORT_INTERVAL], [REPORT_AMOUNT];
Command Description Changes the EUTRA A5 criteria information. When the CELL_NUM and PURPOSE parameter values are set as input values, the EUTRAN A5 event report information registered to the specified E-UTRAN served cell can be changed. TIMEOUT
10
Input Parameter Description Parameter
Description
Range
Unit
Default
CELL_NUM
The cell number to be changed.
0~8
NONE
0
PURPOSE
The purpose for using Event A5. Not in current use. The definition is made for later use. - ci_A5PurposeIntraLteHandover: IntraLTE handover. - ci_A5PurposeSpare_1: Reserved. - ci_A5PurposeSpare_2: Reserved.
ci_A5PurposeIntraLteH andover/ ci_A5PurposeSpare_1/ ci_A5PurposeSpare_2/
NONE
ci_A5Pu rposeIntraLteHandov er
ACTIVE_STAT E
Whether to use the Event A5. - Inactive: Event A5 is not used. - Active: Event A5 is used.
Inactive/Active/
NONE
Inactive
A5_THRESHO LD1_RSRP
RSRP threshold1 used for triggering the EUTRA measurement report for Event A5.
0 ~ 97
dBm
35
A5_THRESHO LD2_RSRP
RSRP threshold2 used for triggering the EUTRA measurement report for Event A5.
0 ~ 97
dBm
35
A5_THRESHO LD1_RSRQ
RSRQ threshold1 used for triggering the EUTRA measurement report for Event A5.
0 ~ 34
dB
32
A5_THRESHO LD2_RSRQ
RSRQ threshold2 used for triggering the EUTRA measurement report for Event A5.
0 ~ 34
dB
32
HYSTERESIS
Hysteresis applied to entry and leave condition of Event A5.
0 ~ 30
NONE
0
564
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
LTE eNB Command Description/Ver.1.0
Parameter
Description
Range
TIME_TO_TRI GGER
timeToTrigger value for Event A5. The timeToTrigger value is the period of time that must be met for the UE to trigger a measurement report.
ci_TimeToTrigger_ms0/ ci_TimeToTrigger_ms4 0/ ci_TimeToTrigger_ms6 4/ ci_TimeToTrigger_ms8 0/ ci_TimeToTrigger_ms1 00/ ci_TimeToTrigger_ms1 28/ ci_TimeToTrigger_ms1 60/ ci_TimeToTrigger_ms2 56/ ci_TimeToTrigger_ms3 20/ ci_TimeToTrigger_ms4 80/ ci_TimeToTrigger_ms5 12/ ci_TimeToTrigger_ms6 40/ ci_TimeToTrigger_ms1 024/ ci_TimeToTrigger_ms1 280/ ci_TimeToTrigger_ms2 560/ ci_TimeToTrigger_ms5 120/
ms
ci_Time ToTrigg er_ms4 80
TRIGGER_QU ANTITY
Quantity (RSRP/RSRQ) used to calculate a triggering condition for Event A5. Either RSRP or RSRQ is assigned.
ci_rsrp/ci_rsrq/
NONE
ci_rsrp
REPORT_QUA NTITY
The quantity information included in a measurement report for Event A5. It can be the same value as the trigger quantity or be set to include both of the RSRP and RSRQ values.
ci_sameAsTriggerQuan tity/ci_both/
NONE
ci_both
MAX_REPORT _CELL
The maximum number of cells included in a measurement report for Event A5.
1~8
NONE
8
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
Unit
Default
565
Command Description
Parameter
Description
Range
Unit
Default
REPORT_INTE RVAL
The reporting interval of a measurement report for Event A5.
ci_ReportInterval_ms12 0/ ci_ReportInterval_ms24 0/ ci_ReportInterval_ms48 0/ ci_ReportInterval_ms64 0/ ci_ReportInterval_ms10 24/ ci_ReportInterval_ms20 48/ ci_ReportInterval_ms51 20/ ci_ReportInterval_ms10 240/ ci_ReportInterval_min1/ ci_ReportInterval_min6/ ci_ReportInterval_min1 2/ ci_ReportInterval_min3 0/ ci_ReportInterval_min6 0/
ms
ci_Repo rtInterva l_ms240
REPORT_AMO UNT
The number of measurement reports for Event A5.
ci_reportAmount_r1/ ci_reportAmount_r2/ ci_reportAmount_r4/ ci_reportAmount_r8/ ci_reportAmount_r16/ ci_reportAmount_r32/ ci_reportAmount_r64/ ci_reportAmount_infinit y/
NONE
ci_repor tAmount _r8
Output Parameter Description CELL_NUM
The cell number to be changed.
PURPOSE
The purpose for using Event A5. Not in current use. The definition is made for later use.
ACTIVE_STATE
A5_THRESHOLD1_RSRP
-
ci_A5PurposeIntraLteHandover: Intra-LTE handover.
-
ci_A5PurposeSpare_1: Reserved.
-
ci_A5PurposeSpare_2: Reserved.
Whether to use the Event A5. -
Inactive: Event A5 is not used.
-
Active: Event A5 is used.
RSRP threshold1 used for triggering the EUTRA measurement report for Event A5.
566
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
LTE eNB Command Description/Ver.1.0
A5_THRESHOLD2_RSRP
RSRP threshold2 used for triggering the EUTRA measurement report for Event A5.
A5_THRESHOLD1_RSRQ
RSRQ threshold1 used for triggering the EUTRA measurement report for Event A5.
A5_THRESHOLD2_RSRQ
RSRQ threshold2 used for triggering the EUTRA measurement report for Event A5.
HYSTERESIS
Hysteresis applied to entry and leave condition of Event A5.
TIME_TO_TRIGGER
timeToTrigger value for Event A5. The timeToTrigger value is the period of time that must be met for the UE to trigger a measurement report.
TRIGGER_QUANTITY
Quantity (RSRP/RSRQ) used to calculate a triggering condition for Event A5. Either RSRP or RSRQ is assigned.
REPORT_QUANTITY
The quantity information included in a measurement report for Event A5. It can be the same value as the trigger quantity or be set to include both of the RSRP and RSRQ values.
MAX_REPORT_CELL
The maximum number of cells included in a measurement report for Event A5.
REPORT_INTERVAL
The reporting interval of a measurement report for Event A5.
REPORT_AMOUNT
The number of measurement reports for Event A5.
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
567
Command Description
C2198 CHANGE EUTRA PERIOD CRITERIA INFORMATION Command Format CHG-EUTRA-PRD: CELL_NUM, PURPOSE, [ACTIVE_STATE], [TRIGGER_QUANTITY], [REPORT_QUANTITY], [MAX_REPORT_CELL], [REPORT_INTERVAL], [REPORT_AMOUNT];
Command Description Changes the EUTRA periodic criteria. When the CELL_NUM and PURPOSE parameter values are set as input values, the EUTRAN Periodic Report information registered to the specified EUTRAN served cell can be changed. TIMEOUT
10
Input Parameter Description Parameter
Description
Range
Unit
Default
CELL_NUM
The cell number to be changed.
0~8
NONE
0
PURPOSE
The purpose for using the EUTRA periodic report. It is currently used for ReportStrongestCells(ICIC) and ReportCGI functions.
ci_EutraPeriodicalPurp oseReportStrongestCells/ ci_EutraPeriodicalPurp oseReportCGI/ ci_EutraPeriodicalPurp oseSpare_1/
NONE
ci_Eutra PeriodicalPurposeRe portStrongestCell s
-
ci_EutraPeriodicalPurposeReportStrongest Cells: ICIC. - ci_EutraPeriodicalPurposeReportCGI: Report CGI. - ci_EutraPeriodicalPurposeSpare_1: Reserved. ACTIVE_STAT E
Whether to use the EUTRA periodic report. - Inactive: The EUTRA periodic report is not used. - Active: The EUTRA periodic report is used.
Inactive/Active/
NONE
Inactive
TRIGGER_QU ANTITY
The quantity (RSRP/RSRQ) used to calculate a triggering condition for the EUTRA periodic report. Either RSRP or RSRQ is assigned.
ci_rsrp/ci_rsrq/
NONE
ci_rsrp
REPORT_QUA NTITY
The quantity information included in a measurement report for the EUTRA periodic report. It can be the same value as the trigger quantity or be set to include both of the RSRP and RSRQ values.
ci_sameAsTriggerQuan tity/ci_both/
NONE
ci_same AsTriggerQuantity
568
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
LTE eNB Command Description/Ver.1.0
Parameter
Description
Range
Unit
Default
MAX_REPORT _CELL
The maximum number of cells included in a measurement report for the EUTRA periodic report.
1~8
NONE
4
REPORT_INTE RVAL
The reporting interval of a measurement report for the EUTRA periodic report.
ci_ReportInterval_ms12 0/ ci_ReportInterval_ms24 0/ ci_ReportInterval_ms48 0/ ci_ReportInterval_ms64 0/ ci_ReportInterval_ms10 24/ ci_ReportInterval_ms20 48/ ci_ReportInterval_ms51 20/ ci_ReportInterval_ms10 240/ ci_ReportInterval_min1/ ci_ReportInterval_min6/ ci_ReportInterval_min1 2/ ci_ReportInterval_min3 0/ ci_ReportInterval_min6 0/
NONE
ci_Repo rtInterva l_ms240
REPORT_AMO UNT
The number of measurement reports for the EUTRA periodic report.
ci_reportAmount_r1/ ci_reportAmount_r2/ ci_reportAmount_r4/ ci_reportAmount_r8/ ci_reportAmount_r16/ ci_reportAmount_r32/ ci_reportAmount_r64/ ci_reportAmount_infinit y/
NONE
ci_repor tAmount _infinity
Output Parameter Description CELL_NUM
The cell number to be changed.
PURPOSE
The purpose for using the EUTRA periodic report. It is currently used for ReportStrongestCells(ICIC) and ReportCGI functions.
ACTIVE_STATE
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
-
ci_EutraPeriodicalPurposeReportStrongestCells: ICIC.
-
ci_EutraPeriodicalPurposeReportCGI: Report CGI.
-
ci_EutraPeriodicalPurposeSpare_1: Reserved.
Whether to use the EUTRA periodic report. -
Inactive: The EUTRA periodic report is not used.
-
Active: The EUTRA periodic report is used.
569
Command Description
TRIGGER_QUANTITY
The quantity (RSRP/RSRQ) used to calculate a triggering condition for the EUTRA periodic report. Either RSRP or RSRQ is assigned.
REPORT_QUANTITY
The quantity information included in a measurement report for the EUTRA periodic report. It can be the same value as the trigger quantity or be set to include both of the RSRP and RSRQ values.
MAX_REPORT_CELL
The maximum number of cells included in a measurement report for the EUTRA periodic report.
REPORT_INTERVAL
The reporting interval of a measurement report for the EUTRA periodic report.
REPORT_AMOUNT
The number of measurement reports for the EUTRA periodic report.
570
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
LTE eNB Command Description/Ver.1.0
C2199 CHANGE UTRAB1 CRITERIA INFORMATION Command Format CHG-UTRA-B1CNF: CELL_NUM, PURPOSE, [ACTIVE_STATE], [B1_THRESHOLD_UTRA_RSCP], [B1_THRESHOLD_UTRA_EC_NO], [HYSTERESIS], [TIME_TO_TRIGGER], [MAX_REPORT_CELL], [REPORT_INTERVAL], [REPORT_AMOUNT];
Command Description Changes the UTRA B1 criteria information. When the CELL_NUM and PURPOSE parameter values are set as input values, the UTRAN B1 event report information registered to the specified E-UTRAN served cell can be changed. TIMEOUT
10
Input Parameter Description Parameter
Description
Range
Unit
Default
CELL_NUM
The cell number to be changed.
0~8
NONE
0
PURPOSE
The purpose for using UTRA Event B1 information. It is currently used for the SON ANR function. - ci_B1PurposeANR_Specific: For ANR. - ci_B1PurposeSpare_1: Reserved. - ci_B1PurposeSpare_2: Reserved.
ci_B1PurposeANR_Spe cific/ ci_B1PurposeSpare_1/ ci_B1PurposeSpare_2/
NONE
ci_B1Pu rposeA NR_Spe cific
ACTIVE_STAT E
Whether to use UTRA Event B1. - Inactive: UTRA Event B1 is not used. - Active: UTRA Event B1 is used.
Inactive/Active/
NONE
Inactive
B1_THRESHO LD_UTRA_RS CP
UTRA RSCP threshold used in the InterRAT measurement report triggering condition for the UTRA Event B1.
-5 ~ 91
NONE
80
B1_THRESHO LD_UTRA_EC_ NO
UTRA EcNO threshold used in the InterRAT measurement report triggering condition for the UTRA Event B1.
0 ~ 49
NONE
20
HYSTERESIS
Hysteresis applied to entry and leave condition of UTRA Event B1.
0 ~ 30
NONE
0
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
571
Command Description
Parameter
Description
Range
TIME_TO_TRI GGER
timeToTrigger value for UTRA Event B1. The timeToTrigger value is the period of time that must be met for the UE to trigger a measurement report.
ci_TimeToTrigger_ms0/ ci_TimeToTrigger_ms4 0/ ci_TimeToTrigger_ms6 4/ ci_TimeToTrigger_ms8 0/ ci_TimeToTrigger_ms1 00/ ci_TimeToTrigger_ms1 28/ ci_TimeToTrigger_ms1 60/ ci_TimeToTrigger_ms2 56/ ci_TimeToTrigger_ms3 20/ ci_TimeToTrigger_ms4 80/ ci_TimeToTrigger_ms5 12/ ci_TimeToTrigger_ms6 40/ ci_TimeToTrigger_ms1 024/ ci_TimeToTrigger_ms1 280/ ci_TimeToTrigger_ms2 560/ ci_TimeToTrigger_ms5 120/
NONE
ci_Time ToTrigg er_ms8 0
MAX_REPORT _CELL
The maximum number of cells included in a measurement report for UTRA Event B1.
1~8
NONE
1
REPORT_INTE RVAL
The reporting interval of a measurement report for UTRA Event B1.
ci_ReportInterval_ms12 0/ ci_ReportInterval_ms24 0/ ci_ReportInterval_ms48 0/ ci_ReportInterval_ms64 0/ ci_ReportInterval_ms10 24/ ci_ReportInterval_ms20 48/ ci_ReportInterval_ms51 20/ ci_ReportInterval_ms10 240/ ci_ReportInterval_min1/ ci_ReportInterval_min6/ ci_ReportInterval_min1 2/ ci_ReportInterval_min3 0/ ci_ReportInterval_min6 0/
NONE
ci_Repo rtInterva l_ms240
572
Unit
Default
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
LTE eNB Command Description/Ver.1.0
Parameter REPORT_AMO UNT
Description
Range
The number of measurement reports for UTRA Event B1.
ci_reportAmount_r1/ ci_reportAmount_r2/ ci_reportAmount_r4/ ci_reportAmount_r8/ ci_reportAmount_r16/ ci_reportAmount_r32/ ci_reportAmount_r64/ ci_reportAmount_infinit y/
Unit
Default
NONE
ci_repor tAmount _r1
Output Parameter Description CELL_NUM
The cell number to be changed.
PURPOSE
The purpose for using UTRA Event B1 information. It is currently used for the SON ANR function.
ACTIVE_STATE
B1_THRESHOLD_UTRA_RSCP
-
ci_B1PurposeANR_Specific: For ANR.
-
ci_B1PurposeSpare_1: Reserved.
-
ci_B1PurposeSpare_2: Reserved.
Whether to use UTRA Event B1. -
Inactive: UTRA Event B1 is not used.
-
Active: UTRA Event B1 is used.
UTRA RSCP threshold used in the Inter-RAT measurement report triggering condition for the UTRA Event B1.
B1_THRESHOLD_UTRA_EC_NO UTRA EcNO threshold used in the Inter-RAT measurement report triggering condition for the UTRA Event B1. HYSTERESIS
Hysteresis applied to entry and leave condition of UTRA Event B1.
TIME_TO_TRIGGER
timeToTrigger value for UTRA Event B1. The timeToTrigger value is the period of time that must be met for the UE to trigger a measurement report.
MAX_REPORT_CELL
The maximum number of cells included in a measurement report for UTRA Event B1.
REPORT_INTERVAL
The reporting interval of a measurement report for UTRA Event B1.
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
573
Command Description
REPORT_AMOUNT
574
The number of measurement reports for UTRA Event B1.
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
LTE eNB Command Description/Ver.1.0
C2200 CHANGE UTRAB2 CRITERIA INFORMATION Command Format CHG-UTRA-B2CNF: CELL_NUM, PURPOSE, [ACTIVE_STATE], [B2_THRESHOLD1_RSRP], [B2_THRESHOLD1_RSRQ], [B2_THRESHOLD2_UTRA_RSCP], [B2_THRESHOLD2_UTRA_EC_NO], [HYSTERESIS], [TIME_TO_TRIGGER], [MAX_REPORT_CELL], [REPORT_INTERVAL], [REPORT_AMOUNT], [TRIGGER_QUANTITY_EUTRA];
Command Description Changes the UTRA B2 criteria information. When the CELL_NUM and PURPOSE parameter values are set as input values, the UTRAN B2 event report information registered to the specified E-UTRAN served cell can be changed. TIMEOUT
10
Input Parameter Description Parameter
Description
Range
Unit
Default
CELL_NUM
The cell number to be changed.
0~8
NONE
0
PURPOSE
The purpose for using the UTRA Event B2 information. It is currently used for the InterRAT handover function. - ci_B2PurposeInterRatHandover: For inter-RAT handover. - ci_B2PurposeSpare_1: Reserved. - ci_B2PurposeSpare_2: Reserved.
ci_B2PurposeInterRatH andover/ ci_B2PurposeSpare_1/ ci_B2PurposeSpare_2/
NONE
ci_B2Pu rposeInterRatHan dover
ACTIVE_STAT E
Whether to use UTRA Event B2. - Inactive: UTRA Event B2 is not used. - Active: UTRA Event B2 is used.
Inactive/Active/
NONE
Inactive
B2_THRESHO LD1_RSRP
RSRP threshold1 value used in the EUTRA measurement report triggering condition for the UTRA Event B2.
0 ~ 97
dBm
70
B2_THRESHO LD1_RSRQ
RSRQ threshold1 value used in the EUTRA measurement report triggering condition for the UTRA Event B2.
0 ~ 34
dB
10
B2_THRESHO LD2_UTRA_RS CP
UTRA RSCP threshold2 value used in the Inter-RAT measurement report triggering condition for the Event B2.
-5 ~ 91
NONE
80
B2_THRESHO LD2_UTRA_EC _NO
UTRA EcNO threshold2 value used in the Inter-RAT measurement report triggering condition for the Event B2.
0 ~ 49
NONE
20
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
575
Command Description
Parameter
Description
Range
Unit
Default
HYSTERESIS
Hysteresis applied to entry and leave condition of the UTRA Event B2.
0 ~ 30
NONE
0
TIME_TO_TRI GGER
timeToTrigger value for the UTRA Event B2. The timeToTrigger value is the period of time that must be met for the UE to trigger a measurement report.
ci_TimeToTrigger_ms0/ ci_TimeToTrigger_ms4 0/ ci_TimeToTrigger_ms6 4/ ci_TimeToTrigger_ms8 0/ ci_TimeToTrigger_ms1 00/ ci_TimeToTrigger_ms1 28/ ci_TimeToTrigger_ms1 60/ ci_TimeToTrigger_ms2 56/ ci_TimeToTrigger_ms3 20/ ci_TimeToTrigger_ms4 80/ ci_TimeToTrigger_ms5 12/ ci_TimeToTrigger_ms6 40/ ci_TimeToTrigger_ms1 024/ ci_TimeToTrigger_ms1 280/ ci_TimeToTrigger_ms2 560/ ci_TimeToTrigger_ms5 120/
NONE
ci_Time ToTrigg er_ms8 0
MAX_REPORT _CELL
The maximum number of cells included in a measurement report for the UTRA Event B2.
1~8
NONE
1
576
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
LTE eNB Command Description/Ver.1.0
Parameter
Description
Range
Unit
Default
REPORT_INTE RVAL
The reporting interval of a measurement report for the UTRA Event B2.
ci_ReportInterval_ms12 0/ ci_ReportInterval_ms24 0/ ci_ReportInterval_ms48 0/ ci_ReportInterval_ms64 0/ ci_ReportInterval_ms10 24/ ci_ReportInterval_ms20 48/ ci_ReportInterval_ms51 20/ ci_ReportInterval_ms10 240/ ci_ReportInterval_min1/ ci_ReportInterval_min6/ ci_ReportInterval_min1 2/ ci_ReportInterval_min3 0/ ci_ReportInterval_min6 0/
NONE
ci_Repo rtInterva l_ms240
REPORT_AMO UNT
The number of measurement reports for the UTRA Event B2.
ci_reportAmount_r1/ ci_reportAmount_r2/ ci_reportAmount_r4/ ci_reportAmount_r8/ ci_reportAmount_r16/ ci_reportAmount_r32/ ci_reportAmount_r64/ ci_reportAmount_infinit y/
NONE
ci_repor tAmount _r1
TRIGGER_QU ANTITY_EUTR A
The EUTRA quantity used to calculate a triggering condition for the UTRA Event B2. - ci_rsrp: RSRP. - ci_rsrq: RSRQ.
ci_rsrp/ci_rsrq/
NONE
ci_rsrp
Output Parameter Description CELL_NUM
The cell number to be changed.
PURPOSE
The purpose for using the UTRA Event B2 information. It is currently used for the Inter-RAT handover function.
ACTIVE_STATE
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
-
ci_B2PurposeInterRatHandover: For inter-RAT handover.
-
ci_B2PurposeSpare_1: Reserved.
-
ci_B2PurposeSpare_2: Reserved.
Whether to use UTRA Event B2. -
Inactive: UTRA Event B2 is not used.
-
Active: UTRA Event B2 is used.
577
Command Description
B2_THRESHOLD1_RSRP
RSRP threshold1 value used in the EUTRA measurement report triggering condition for the UTRA Event B2.
B2_THRESHOLD1_RSRQ
RSRQ threshold1 value used in the EUTRA measurement report triggering condition for the UTRA Event B2.
B2_THRESHOLD2_UTRA_RSCP UTRA RSCP threshold2 value used in the Inter-RAT measurement report triggering condition for the Event B2. B2_THRESHOLD2_UTRA_EC_NO UTRA EcNO threshold2 value used in the Inter-RAT measurement report triggering condition for the Event B2. HYSTERESIS
Hysteresis applied to entry and leave condition of the UTRA Event B2.
TIME_TO_TRIGGER
timeToTrigger value for the UTRA Event B2. The timeToTrigger value is the period of time that must be met for the UE to trigger a measurement report.
MAX_REPORT_CELL
The maximum number of cells included in a measurement report for the UTRA Event B2.
REPORT_INTERVAL
The reporting interval of a measurement report for the UTRA Event B2.
REPORT_AMOUNT
The number of measurement reports for the UTRA Event B2.
TRIGGER_QUANTITY_EUTRA
The EUTRA quantity used to calculate a triggering condition for the UTRA Event B2.
578
-
ci_rsrp: RSRP.
-
ci_rsrq: RSRQ.
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
LTE eNB Command Description/Ver.1.0
C2201 CHANGE UTRA PERIOD CRITERIA INFORMATION Command Format CHG-UTRA-PRD: CELL_NUM, PURPOSE, [ACTIVE_STATE], [MAX_REPORT_CELL], [REPORT_INTERVAL], [REPORT_AMOUNT];
Command Description Changes the UTRA periodic criteria information. When the CELL_NUM and PURPOSE parameter values are set as input values, the UTRAN Periodic Report information registered to the specified E-UTRAN served cell can be changed. TIMEOUT
10
Input Parameter Description Parameter
Description
Range
Unit
Default
CELL_NUM
The cell number to be changed.
0~8
NONE
0
PURPOSE
The purpose for using the UTRA periodic report. It is currently used for ReportStrongestCells(ICIC), ReportStrongestCellsForSON and ReportCGI functions.
ci_RatPeriodicalPurpos eReportStrongestCells/ ci_RatPeriodicalPurpos eReportStrongestCellsForSON/ ci_RatPeriodicalPurpos eReportCGI/
NONE
ci_RatP eriodicalPurposeRe portStrongestCell s
-
ci_RatPeriodicalPurposeReportStrongestC ells: ICIC. -
ci_RatPeriodicalPurposeReportStrongestC ellsForSON: SON. - ci_RatPeriodicalPurposeReportCGI: CGI. ACTIVE_STAT E
Whether to use the EUTRA periodic report. - Inactive: The UTRA periodic report is not used. - Active: The UTRA periodic report is used.
Inactive/Active/
NONE
Inactive
MAX_REPORT _CELL
The maximum number of cells included in a measurement report for the UTRA periodic report.
1~8
NONE
1
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
579
Command Description
Parameter
Description
Range
Unit
Default
REPORT_INTE RVAL
The reporting interval of a measurement report for the UTRA periodic report.
ci_ReportInterval_ms12 0/ ci_ReportInterval_ms24 0/ ci_ReportInterval_ms48 0/ ci_ReportInterval_ms64 0/ ci_ReportInterval_ms10 24/ ci_ReportInterval_ms20 48/ ci_ReportInterval_ms51 20/ ci_ReportInterval_ms10 240/ ci_ReportInterval_min1/ ci_ReportInterval_min6/ ci_ReportInterval_min1 2/ ci_ReportInterval_min3 0/ ci_ReportInterval_min6 0/
NONE
ci_Repo rtInterva l_ms240
REPORT_AMO UNT
The number of measurement reports for the UTRA periodic report.
ci_reportAmount_r1/ ci_reportAmount_r2/ ci_reportAmount_r4/ ci_reportAmount_r8/ ci_reportAmount_r16/ ci_reportAmount_r32/ ci_reportAmount_r64/ ci_reportAmount_infinit y/
NONE
ci_repor tAmount _r16
Output Parameter Description CELL_NUM
The cell number to be changed.
PURPOSE
The purpose for using the UTRA periodic report. It is currently used for ReportStrongestCells(ICIC), ReportStrongestCellsForSON and ReportCGI functions.
ACTIVE_STATE
MAX_REPORT_CELL
580
-
ci_RatPeriodicalPurposeReportStrongestCells: ICIC.
-
ci_RatPeriodicalPurposeReportStrongestCellsForSON: SON.
-
ci_RatPeriodicalPurposeReportCGI: CGI.
Whether to use the EUTRA periodic report. -
Inactive: The UTRA periodic report is not used.
-
Active: The UTRA periodic report is used.
The maximum number of cells included in a measurement
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
LTE eNB Command Description/Ver.1.0
report for the UTRA periodic report. REPORT_INTERVAL
The reporting interval of a measurement report for the UTRA periodic report.
REPORT_AMOUNT
The number of measurement reports for the UTRA periodic report.
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
581
Command Description
C2208 CHANGE QUANTITY CONFIG EUTRA Command Format CHG-QUANT-EUTRA: CELL_NUM, [RSRP_FILTER_COEFFICIENT], [RSRQ_FILTER_COEFFICIENT];
Command Description Changes quantity settings for EUTRA measurement. When the Cell Num parameter value is set as an input value, the EUTRAN-related measurement quantity information registered to the specified cell can be changed. TIMEOUT
10
Input Parameter Description Parameter
Description
Range
Unit
Default
CELL_NUM
The cell number to be changed.
0~8
NONE
0
RSRP_FILTER _COEFFICIEN T
The measurement filtering coefficient for EUTRA RSRP.
ci_fc0/ci_fc1/ci_fc2/ ci_fc3/ci_fc4/ci_fc5/ ci_fc6/ci_fc7/ci_fc8/ ci_fc9/ci_fc11/ci_fc13/ ci_fc15/ci_fc17/ci_fc19/
NONE
ci_fc8
RSRQ_FILTER _COEFFICIEN T
The measurement filtering coefficient for EUTRA RSRQ.
ci_fc0/ci_fc1/ci_fc2/ ci_fc3/ci_fc4/ci_fc5/ ci_fc6/ci_fc7/ci_fc8/ ci_fc9/ci_fc11/ci_fc13/ ci_fc15/ci_fc17/ci_fc19/
NONE
ci_fc8
Output Parameter Description
582
CELL_NUM
The cell number to be changed.
RSRP_FILTER_COEFFICIENT
The measurement filtering coefficient for EUTRA RSRP.
RSRQ_FILTER_COEFFICIENT
The measurement filtering coefficient for EUTRA RSRQ.
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
LTE eNB Command Description/Ver.1.0
C2209 CHANGE QUANTITY CONFIG UTRA Command Format CHG-QUANT-UTRA: CELL_NUM, [MEAS_QUANTITY_UTRA_FDD], [MEAS_QUANTITY_UTRA_TDD], [UTRA_FILTER_COEFFICIENT];
Command Description Changes the quantity settings for UTRA FDD/TDD measurement. When the Cell Num parameter value is set as an input value, the EUTRAN-related measurement quantity information registered to the specified cell can be changed. TIMEOUT
10
Input Parameter Description Parameter
Description
Range
Unit
Default
CELL_NUM
The cell number to be changed.
0~8
NONE
0
MEAS_QUANTI TY_UTRA_FDD
The measurement quantity information used for UTRA FDD measurement. Enter this parameter to either cpich_RSCP or cpich_EcN0.
ci_cpich_RSCP/ ci_cpich_EcN0/
NONE
ci_cpich _RSCP
MEAS_QUANTI TY_UTRA_TDD
The measurement quantity information used for UTRA FDD measurement. This parameter can have only one value: pccpch_RSCP.
ci_pccpch_RSCP/
NONE
ci_pccp ch_RSC P
UTRA_FILTER_ COEFFICIENT
The measurement filtering coefficient for EUTRA.
ci_fc0/ci_fc1/ci_fc2/ ci_fc3/ci_fc4/ci_fc5/ ci_fc6/ci_fc7/ci_fc8/ ci_fc9/ci_fc11/ci_fc13/ ci_fc15/ci_fc17/ci_fc19/
NONE
ci_fc4
Output Parameter Description CELL_NUM
The cell number to be changed.
MEAS_QUANTITY_UTRA_FDD
The measurement quantity information used for UTRA FDD measurement. Enter this parameter to either cpich_RSCP or cpich_EcN0.
MEAS_QUANTITY_UTRA_TDD
The measurement quantity information used for UTRA FDD measurement. This parameter can have only one value:
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
583
Command Description
pccpch_RSCP. UTRA_FILTER_COEFFICIENT
584
The measurement filtering coefficient for EUTRA.
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
LTE eNB Command Description/Ver.1.0
C2215 CHANGE UTRA RESELECT INFORMATION Command Format CHG-UTRA-RESEL: CELL_NUM, [T_RESELECTION], [SF_USAGE], [T_RESELECTION_SF_MEDIUM], [T_RESELECTION_SF_HIGH];
Command Description Changes the UTRAN FA Reselection information. When the CELL_NUM parameter value is set as an input value, the UTRAN Reselection information registered to the specified E-UTRAN served cell can be changed. TIMEOUT
10
Input Parameter Description Parameter
Description
Range
Unit
Default
CELL_NUM
The cell number to be changed or retrieved.
0~8
NONE
0
T_RESELECTI ON
UTRAN FA Reselection timer value. The duration is in seconds.
0~7
sec
1
SF_USAGE
Whether to use the scaling factors related to UTRAN FA reselection. - CI_no_use: Scaling factor is not used. - CI_use: Scaling factor is used.
CI_no_use/CI_use/
NONE
CI_no_u se
T_RESELECTI ON_SF_MEDIU M
The medium timer value of the scaling factors related to UTRAN FA reselection. - ci_oDot25: 0.25 is used for the medium timer. - ci_oDot5: 0.5 is used for the medium timer. - ci_oDot75: 0.75 is used for the medium timer. - ci_1Dot0: 1.0 is used for the medium timer.
ci_oDot25/ci_oDot5/ ci_oDot75/ci_1Dot0/
NONE
ci_1Dot 0
T_RESELECTI ON_SF_HIGH
The high timer value of the scaling factors related to UTRAN FA reselection. - ci_oDot25: 0.25 is used for the high timer. - ci_oDot5: 0.5 is used for the high timer. - ci_oDot75: 0.75 is used for the high timer. - ci_1Dot0: 1.0 is used for the high timer.
ci_oDot25/ci_oDot5/ ci_oDot75/ci_1Dot0/
NONE
ci_1Dot 0
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
585
Command Description
Output Parameter Description CELL_NUM
The cell number to be changed or retrieved.
T_RESELECTION
UTRAN FA Reselection timer value. The duration is in seconds.
SF_USAGE
Whether to use the scaling factors related to UTRAN FA reselection. -
CI_no_use: Scaling factor is not used.
-
CI_use: Scaling factor is used.
T_RESELECTION_SF_MEDIUM The medium timer value of the scaling factors related to UTRAN FA reselection.
T_RESELECTION_SF_HIGH
-
ci_oDot25: 0.25 is used for the medium timer.
-
ci_oDot5: 0.5 is used for the medium timer.
-
ci_oDot75: 0.75 is used for the medium timer.
-
ci_1Dot0: 1.0 is used for the medium timer.
The high timer value of the scaling factors related to UTRAN FA reselection.
586
-
ci_oDot25: 0.25 is used for the high timer.
-
ci_oDot5: 0.5 is used for the high timer.
-
ci_oDot75: 0.75 is used for the high timer.
-
ci_1Dot0: 1.0 is used for the high timer.
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
LTE eNB Command Description/Ver.1.0
C2217 CHANGE ROHC INFORMATION Command Format CHG-ROHC-INF: QCI, [ROHC_SUPPORT], [MAX_CONTEXT_SESSION], [PROFILE0001], [PROFILE0002], [PROFILE0003], [PROFILE0004], [PROFILE0006], [PROFILE0101], [PROFILE0102], [PROFILE0103], [PROFILE0104];
Command Description Changes the parameter values of the RObust Header Compression (ROHC) protocol. Information on whether to operate the ROHC per QoS class and the supported profile types per QoS class can be changed. TIMEOUT
10
Input Parameter Description Parameter
Description
Range
Unit
Default
QCI
QCI index. The range is from 0 to 255. The standard QCIs defined in the standard documents is 1 to 9. The user can use QCI values 0 and 10-255.
0 ~ 255
NONE
0
ROHC_SUPPO RT
Whether to support the ROHC. - False: ROHC is not used (default). - True: ROHC is used.
False/True/
NONE
False
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
587
Command Description
Parameter
Description
Range
Unit
Default
MAX_CONTEX T_SESSION
The maximum number of ROHC context sessions supported per call. - ci_maxROHC_Sessions_cs2: Up to 2 sessions per call are supported. - ci_maxROHC_Sessions_cs4: Up to 4 sessions per call are supported. - ci_maxROHC_Sessions_cs8: Up to 8 sessions per call are supported. - ci_maxROHC_Sessions_cs12: Supports up to 12 sessions per call are supported. - ci_maxROHC_Sessions_cs16: Up to 16 sessions per call are supported (default). - ci_maxROHC_Sessions_cs24: Up to 24 sessions per call are supported. - ci_maxROHC_Sessions_cs32: Up to 32 sessions per call are supported. - ci_maxROHC_Sessions_cs48: Up to 48 sessions per call are supported. - ci_maxROHC_Sessions_cs64: Up to 64 sessions per call are supported. - ci_maxROHC_Sessions_cs128: Up to 128 sessions per call are supported. - ci_maxROHC_Sessions_cs256: Up to 256 sessions per call are supported. - ci_maxROHC_Sessions_cs512: Up to 512 sessions per call are supported. - ci_maxROHC_Sessions_cs1024: Up to 1024 sessions per call are supported. - ci_maxROHC_Sessions_cs16384: Up to 16384 sessions per call are supported.
ci_maxROHC_Session s_cs2/ ci_maxROHC_Session s_cs4/ ci_maxROHC_Session s_cs8/ ci_maxROHC_Session s_cs12/ ci_maxROHC_Session s_cs16/ ci_maxROHC_Session s_cs24/ ci_maxROHC_Session s_cs32/ ci_maxROHC_Session s_cs48/ ci_maxROHC_Session s_cs64/ ci_maxROHC_Session s_cs128/ ci_maxROHC_Session s_cs256/ ci_maxROHC_Session s_cs512/ ci_maxROHC_Session s_cs1024/ ci_maxROHC_Session s_cs16384/
NONE
ci_max ROHC_ Session s_cs16
PROFILE0001
Whether to support the profile0001 (RTP/ UDP/IP). - False: The profile0001 is not supported. - True: The profile0001 is supported (default).
False/True/
NONE
True
PROFILE0002
Whether to support the profile0002 (UDP/ IP). - False: The profile0002 is not supported (default). - True: The profile0002 is supported.
False/True/
NONE
True
PROFILE0003
Whether to support the profile0003 (ESP/ IP). - False: The profile0003 is not supported (default). - True: The profile0003 is supported.
False/True/
NONE
False
PROFILE0004
Whether to support the profile0004 (IP). - False: The profile0004 is not supported (default). - True: The profile0004 is supported.
False/True/
NONE
True
588
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
LTE eNB Command Description/Ver.1.0
Parameter
Description
Range
Unit
Default
PROFILE0006
Whether to support the profile0006 (TCP/ IP). - False: The profile0006 is not supported (default). - True: The profile0006 is supported.
False/True/
NONE
False
PROFILE0101
Whether to support the profile0101 (RTP/ UDP/IP). - False: The profile0101 is not supported (default). - True: The profile0101 is supported.
False/True/
NONE
False
PROFILE0102
Whether to support the profile0102 (UDP/ IP). - False: The profile0102 is not supported (default). - True: The profile0102 is supported.
False/True/
NONE
False
PROFILE0103
Whether to support the profile0103 (ESP/ IP). - False: The profile0103 is not supported (default). - True: The profile0103 is supported.
False/True/
NONE
False
PROFILE0104
Whether to support the profile0104 (IP). - False: The profile0104 is not supported (default). - True: The profile0104 is supported.
False/True/
NONE
False
Output Parameter Description QCI
QCI index. The range is from 0 to 255. The standard QCIs defined in the standard documents is 1 to 9. The user can use QCI values 0 and 10-255.
ROHC_SUPPORT
MAX_CONTEXT_SESSION
Whether to support the ROHC. -
False: ROHC is not used (default).
-
True: ROHC is used.
The maximum number of ROHC context sessions supported per call. -
ci_maxROHC_Sessions_cs2: Up to 2 sessions per call are
supported. -
ci_maxROHC_Sessions_cs4: Up to 4 sessions per call are
supported. -
ci_maxROHC_Sessions_cs8: Up to 8 sessions per call are
supported. - ci_maxROHC_Sessions_cs12: Supports up to 12 sessions per
call are supported.
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
589
Command Description
-
ci_maxROHC_Sessions_cs16: Up to 16 sessions per call are
supported (default). -
ci_maxROHC_Sessions_cs24: Up to 24 sessions per call are
supported. -
ci_maxROHC_Sessions_cs32: Up to 32 sessions per call are
supported. -
ci_maxROHC_Sessions_cs48: Up to 48 sessions per call are
supported. -
ci_maxROHC_Sessions_cs64: Up to 64 sessions per call are
supported. -
ci_maxROHC_Sessions_cs128: Up to 128 sessions per call
are supported. -
ci_maxROHC_Sessions_cs256: Up to 256 sessions per call
are supported. -
ci_maxROHC_Sessions_cs512: Up to 512 sessions per call
are supported. - ci_maxROHC_Sessions_cs1024: Up to 1024 sessions per call
are supported. -
ci_maxROHC_Sessions_cs16384: Up to 16384 sessions per
call are supported. PROFILE0001
PROFILE0002
PROFILE0003
PROFILE0004
PROFILE0006
590
Whether to support the profile0001 (RTP/UDP/IP). -
False: The profile0001 is not supported.
-
True: The profile0001 is supported (default).
Whether to support the profile0002 (UDP/IP). -
False: The profile0002 is not supported (default).
-
True: The profile0002 is supported.
Whether to support the profile0003 (ESP/IP). -
False: The profile0003 is not supported (default).
-
True: The profile0003 is supported.
Whether to support the profile0004 (IP). -
False: The profile0004 is not supported (default).
-
True: The profile0004 is supported.
Whether to support the profile0006 (TCP/IP). -
False: The profile0006 is not supported (default).
-
True: The profile0006 is supported.
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
LTE eNB Command Description/Ver.1.0
PROFILE0101
PROFILE0102
PROFILE0103
PROFILE0104
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
Whether to support the profile0101 (RTP/UDP/IP). -
False: The profile0101 is not supported (default).
-
True: The profile0101 is supported.
Whether to support the profile0102 (UDP/IP). -
False: The profile0102 is not supported (default).
-
True: The profile0102 is supported.
Whether to support the profile0103 (ESP/IP). -
False: The profile0103 is not supported (default).
-
True: The profile0103 is supported.
Whether to support the profile0104 (IP). -
False: The profile0104 is not supported (default).
-
True: The profile0104 is supported.
591
Command Description
C2218 CHANGE SECURITY INFORMATION Command Format CHG-SECU-INF: [INTEGRITY_EA_PRIOR], [CIPHER_EA_PRIOR];
Command Description Changes the preferred integrity protection algorithm and ciphering algorithm of the eNB. When the DB Index parameter value is set as an input value, the preferred integrity protection algorithm and ciphering algorithm can be changed. TIMEOUT
10
Input Parameter Description Parameter
Description
Range
Unit
Default
INTEGRITY_E A_PRIOR
The integrity protection algorithm supported by the eNB. - EIA0: NULL. - EIA1: SNOW 3G. - EIA2: AES.
EIA0/EIA1/EIA2/
NONE
EIA2
CIPHER_EA_P RIOR
The ciphering algorithm supported by the eNB. - EEA0: NULL. - EEA1: SNOW 3G. - EEA2: AES.
EEA0/EEA1/EEA2/
NONE
EEA2
Output Parameter Description INTEGRITY_EA_PRIOR
CIPHER_EA_PRIOR
592
The integrity protection algorithm supported by the eNB. -
EIA0: NULL.
-
EIA1: SNOW 3G.
-
EIA2: AES.
The ciphering algorithm supported by the eNB. -
EEA0: NULL.
-
EEA1: SNOW 3G.
-
EEA2: AES.
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
LTE eNB Command Description/Ver.1.0
C2220 CHANGE NEIGHBOR ENB INFORMATION Command Format CHG-NBR-ENB: NBR_ENB_INDEX, [STATUS], [NO_X2], [NO_HO], [ENB_ID], [ENB_TYPE], [ENB_MCC], [ENB_MNC], [IP_VER], [NBR_ENB_IPV4], [NBR_ENB_IPV6], [SECONDARY_NBR_ENB_IPV4], [SECONDARY_NBR_ENB_IPV6], [ADMINISTRATIVE_STATE], [REMOTE_FLAG];
Command Description Changes the neighboring eNB information required to operate a Neighbor eNB. This command can change the neighboring eNB information by entering the NBR_ENB_INDEX parameter. TIMEOUT
10
Input Parameter Description Parameter
Description
Range
Unit
Default
NBR_ENB_IND EX
Index of the neighboring eNB. The value entered when registering the neighboring eNB is used.
0 ~ 255
NONE
0
STATUS
The validity of the neighboring eNB information. - N_EQUIP: Invalid ID - EQUIP: Valid ID.
N_EQUIP/EQUIP/
NONE
N_EQUI P
NO_X2
Whether to make X2 connection to the neighboring eNB. - False: X2 connection with the neighboring eNB is made. - True: X2 connection to the neighboring eNB is not made.
False/True/
NONE
False
NO_HO
Whether to perform handover to the neighboring eNB. - False: Handover to the neighboring eNB is performed. - True: Handover to the neighboring eNB is not performed.
False/True/
NONE
False
ENB_ID
The eNB ID represents the neighboring eNB. If the enbType value is macro eNB, 20 bit of the value is eNB ID. If the enbType value is home eNB, 28 bit of the value is eNB ID.
0 ~ 268435455
NONE
0
ENB_TYPE
eNB type of the neighboring eNB. - ci_Macro_eNB: Indicates the macro eNB. - ci_Home_eNB: Indicates the home eNB.
ci_Macro_eNB/ ci_Home_eNB/
NONE
ci_Macr o_eNB
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
593
Command Description
Parameter
Description
Range
Unit
Default
ENB_MCC
The PLMN information (MCC) that represents the neighboring eNB. It is a threedigit number with each digit being from 0 to 9.
3
NONE
450
ENB_MNC
The PLMN information (MNC) that represents the neighboring eNB. It is a threedigit or two-digit number with each digit being from 0 to 9.
3
NONE
08
IP_VER
The IP version, which is the IP address of the neighboring eNB.
IPV4/IPV6/
NONE
IPV4
NBR_ENB_IPV 4
Enter the IP address of the neighboring eNB in the IP version 4 format.
IPv4 Address
NONE
-
NBR_ENB_IPV 6
Enter the IP address of the neighboring eNB in the IP version 6 format.
IPv6 Address
NONE
-
SECONDARY_ NBR_ENB_IPV 4
Enter the secondary IP address of the neighboring eNB in the IP version 4 format.
IPv4 Address
NONE
-
SECONDARY_ NBR_ENB_IPV 6
Enter the secondary IP address of the neighboring eNB in the IP version 6 format.
IPv6 Address
NONE
-
ADMINISTRATI VE_STATE
This parameter defines Neighbor eNB Link Status
locked/unlocked/shuttingDown/
NONE
unlocke d
REMOTE_FLA G
This parameter defines the target eNB is managed local EMS or other EMS
False/True/
NONE
False
Output Parameter Description NBR_ENB_INDEX
Index of the neighboring eNB. The value entered when registering the neighboring eNB is used.
STATUS
NO_X2
NO_HO
ENB_ID
The validity of the neighboring eNB information. -
N_EQUIP: Invalid ID
-
EQUIP: Valid ID.
Whether to make X2 connection to the neighboring eNB. -
False: X2 connection with the neighboring eNB is made.
-
True: X2 connection to the neighboring eNB is not made.
Whether to perform handover to the neighboring eNB. -
False: Handover to the neighboring eNB is performed.
-
True: Handover to the neighboring eNB is not performed.
The eNB ID represents the neighboring eNB. If the enbType value is macro eNB, 20 bit of the value is eNB ID. If the enbType value is home eNB, 28 bit of the value is eNB ID.
594
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
LTE eNB Command Description/Ver.1.0
ENB_TYPE
ENB_MCC
eNB type of the neighboring eNB. -
ci_Macro_eNB: Indicates the macro eNB.
-
ci_Home_eNB: Indicates the home eNB.
The PLMN information (MCC) that represents the neighboring eNB. It is a three-digit number with each digit being from 0 to 9.
ENB_MNC
The PLMN information (MNC) that represents the neighboring eNB. It is a three-digit or two-digit number with each digit being from 0 to 9.
IP_VER
The IP version, which is the IP address of the neighboring eNB.
NBR_ENB_IPV4
Enter the IP address of the neighboring eNB in the IP version 4 format.
NBR_ENB_IPV6
Enter the IP address of the neighboring eNB in the IP version 6 format.
SECONDARY_NBR_ENB_IPV4
Enter the secondary IP address of the neighboring eNB in the IP version 4 format.
SECONDARY_NBR_ENB_IPV6
Enter the secondary IP address of the neighboring eNB in the IP version 6 format.
ADMINISTRATIVE_STATE
This parameter defines Neighbor eNB Link Status
REMOTE_FLAG
This parameter defines the target eNB is managed local EMS or other EMS
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
595
Command Description
C2221 CHANGE EXTERNAL EUTRAN CELL FDD INFORMATION Command Format CHG-NBR-EUTRAN: CELL_NUM, RELATION_IDX, [STATUS], [ENB_ID], [FEMTO_INDICATOR], [VIRTUAL_INDICATOR], [TARGET_CELL_NUM], [ENB_TYPE], [ENB_MCC], [ENB_MNC], [PHY_CELL_ID], [TAC], [MCC0], [MNC0], [MCC1], [MNC1], [MCC2], [MNC2], [MCC3], [MNC3], [MCC4], [MNC4], [MCC5], [MNC5], [EARFCN_UL], [EARFCN_DL], [BANDWIDTH_UL], [BANDWIDTH_DL], [IND_OFFSET], [QOFFSET_CELL], [IS_REMOVE_ALLOWED], [IS_HOALLOWED];
Command Description Changes information on E-UTRAN neighboring cell to the eNB. This command can change information on E-UTRAN neighboring cell by entering the CELL_NUM and RELATION_IDX parameter values. TIMEOUT
10
Input Parameter Description Parameter
Description
Range
Unit
Default
CELL_NUM
The cell number to be changed.
0~8
NONE
0
RELATION_IDX
Database index of E-UTRAN neighboring cell.
0 ~ 255
NONE
0
STATUS
The validity of the E-UTRAN neighboring cell information. - N_EQUIP: The E-UTRAN neighboring cell information is invalid ID. - EQUIP: The E-UTRAN neighboring cell information is valid ID.
N_EQUIP/EQUIP/
NONE
N_EQUI P
ENB_ID
The eNB ID of the eNB to which E-UTRAN neighboring cell to the eNB belongs. If the enbType value is macro eNB, 20 bit of the value is eNB ID. If the enbType value is home eNB, 28 bit of the value is eNB ID. It is used when creating a cell identifier.
0 ~ 268435455
NONE
0
FEMTO_INDIC ATOR
The femto indicator of E-UTRAN neighbor cell. - True: Femto cell. - False: Marco cell.
False/True/
NONE
False
VIRTUAL_INDI CATOR
The cloud indicator of E-UTRAN neighbor cell. - True: Cloud macro cell. - False: General macro cell.
False/True/
NONE
False
596
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
LTE eNB Command Description/Ver.1.0
Parameter
Description
Range
Unit
Default
TARGET_CELL _NUM
The local cell ID of E-UTRAN neighboring cell to the eNB. It is used when creating a cell identifier.
0 ~ 255
NONE
0
ENB_TYPE
The type of the eNB to which E-UTRAN neighboring cell to the eNB belongs. - ci_Macro_eNB: Indicates the macro eNB. - ci_Home_eNB: Indicates the home eNB.
ci_Macro_eNB/ ci_Home_eNB/
NONE
ci_Macr o_eNB
ENB_MCC
The PLMN information (MCC) of the eNB to which E-UTRAN neighboring cell to the eNB belongs. It is a three-digit number with each digit being from 0 to 9.
3
NONE
450
ENB_MNC
The PLMN information (MNC) of the eNB to which E-UTRAN neighboring cell to the eNB belongs. It is a three-digit or two-digit number with each digit being from 0 to 9.
3
NONE
08
PHY_CELL_ID
The physical cell ID of E-UTRAN neighboring cell to the eNB.
0 ~ 503
NONE
1
TAC
The tracking area code of E-UTRAN neighboring cell to the eNB.
H'0000 ~ H'FFFF
NONE
H'0000
MCC0
The broadcast PLMN list information (MCC) of E-UTRAN neighboring cell to the eNB. It is a three-digit number with each digit being from 0 to 9.
3
NONE
450
MNC0
The broadcast PLMN list information (MNC) of E-UTRAN neighboring cell to the eNB. It is a three-digit or two-digit number with each digit being from 0 to 9.
3
NONE
08
MCC1
The broadcast PLMN list information (MCC) of E-UTRAN neighboring cell to the eNB. It is a three-digit number with each digit being from 0 to 9.
3
NONE
FFF
MNC1
The broadcast PLMN list information (MNC) of E-UTRAN neighboring cell to the eNB. It is a three-digit or two-digit number with each digit being from 0 to 9.
3
NONE
FFF
MCC2
The broadcast PLMN list information (MCC) of E-UTRAN neighboring cell to the eNB. It is a three-digit number with each digit being from 0 to 9.
3
NONE
FFF
MNC2
The broadcast PLMN list information (MNC) of E-UTRAN neighboring cell to the eNB. It is a three-digit or two-digit number with each digit being from 0 to 9.
3
NONE
FFF
MCC3
The broadcast PLMN list information (MCC) of E-UTRAN neighboring cell to the eNB. It is a three-digit number with each digit being from 0 to 9.
3
NONE
FFF
MNC3
The broadcast PLMN list information (MNC) of E-UTRAN neighboring cell to the eNB. It is a three-digit or two-digit number with each digit being from 0 to 9.
3
NONE
FFF
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
597
Command Description
Parameter
Description
Range
Unit
Default
MCC4
The broadcast PLMN list information (MCC) of E-UTRAN neighboring cell to the eNB. It is a three-digit number with each digit being from 0 to 9.
3
NONE
FFF
MNC4
The broadcast PLMN list information (MNC) of E-UTRAN neighboring cell to the eNB. It is a three-digit or two-digit number with each digit being from 0 to 9.
3
NONE
FFF
MCC5
The broadcast PLMN list information (MCC) of E-UTRAN neighboring cell to the eNB. It is a three-digit number with each digit being from 0 to 9.
3
NONE
FFF
MNC5
The broadcast PLMN list information (MNC) of E-UTRAN neighboring cell to the eNB. It is a three-digit or two-digit number with each digit being from 0 to 9.
3
NONE
FFF
EARFCN_UL
The uplink EARFCN (E-UTRAN Absolute Radio Frequency Channel Number) of EUTRAN neighboring cell to the eNB.
0 ~ 65535
NONE
19600
EARFCN_DL
The uplink EARFCN (E-UTRAN Absolute Radio Frequency Channel Number) of EUTRAN neighboring cell to the eNB.
0 ~ 65535
NONE
1600
BANDWIDTH_ UL
The uplink bandwidth of E-UTRAN neighboring cell to the eNB.
ci_SystemBandwidth_n 6/ ci_SystemBandwidth_n 15/ ci_SystemBandwidth_n 25/ ci_SystemBandwidth_n 50/ ci_SystemBandwidth_n 75/ ci_SystemBandwidth_n 100/
NONE
ci_Syste mBand width_n 50
BANDWIDTH_ DL
The downlink bandwidth of E-UTRAN neighboring cell to the eNB.
ci_SystemBandwidth_n 6/ ci_SystemBandwidth_n 15/ ci_SystemBandwidth_n 25/ ci_SystemBandwidth_n 50/ ci_SystemBandwidth_n 75/ ci_SystemBandwidth_n 100/
NONE
ci_Syste mBand width_n 50
598
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
LTE eNB Command Description/Ver.1.0
Parameter
Description
Range
Unit
Default
IND_OFFSET
The cell individual offset to be applied to EUTRAN neighboring cell to the eNB. It is used for UE measurement in RRC Connected mode.
ci_dB-24/ci_dB-22/ ci_dB-20/ci_dB-18/ ci_dB-16/ci_dB-14/ ci_dB-12/ci_dB-10/ ci_dB-8/ci_dB-6/ci_dB5/ci_dB-4/ci_dB-3/ ci_dB-2/ci_dB-1/ ci_dB0/ci_dB1/ci_dB2/ ci_dB3/ci_dB4/ci_dB5/ ci_dB6/ci_dB8/ci_dB10/ ci_dB12/ci_dB14/ ci_dB16/ci_dB18/ ci_dB20/ci_dB22/ ci_dB24/
dB
ci_dB0
QOFFSET_CE LL
The cell quality offset to be applied to EUTRAN neighboring cell to the eNB. It is used for UE cell re-selection in RRC Idle mode.
ci_dB-24/ci_dB-22/ ci_dB-20/ci_dB-18/ ci_dB-16/ci_dB-14/ ci_dB-12/ci_dB-10/ ci_dB-8/ci_dB-6/ci_dB5/ci_dB-4/ci_dB-3/ ci_dB-2/ci_dB-1/ ci_dB0/ci_dB1/ci_dB2/ ci_dB3/ci_dB4/ci_dB5/ ci_dB6/ci_dB8/ci_dB10/ ci_dB12/ci_dB14/ ci_dB16/ci_dB18/ ci_dB20/ci_dB22/ ci_dB24/
dB
ci_dB0
IS_REMOVE_A LLOWED
Whether to delete a certain neighboring cell to the eNB using the ANR (Automatic Neighbor Relation) function. - True: The neighboring cell can be deleted. - False: The neighboring cell cannot be deleted.
False/True/
NONE
True
IS_HOALLOWE D
Whether to perform handover to E-UTRAN neighboring cell. - True: Handover is allowed. - False: Handover is not allowed.
False/True/
NONE
True
Output Parameter Description CELL_NUM
The cell number to be changed.
RELATION_IDX
Database index of E-UTRAN neighboring cell.
STATUS
The validity of the E-UTRAN neighboring cell information. -
N_EQUIP: The E-UTRAN neighboring cell information is
invalid ID. - EQUIP:
The E-UTRAN neighboring cell information is valid
ID.
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
599
Command Description
ENB_ID
The eNB ID of the eNB to which E-UTRAN neighboring cell to the eNB belongs. If the enbType value is macro eNB, 20 bit of the value is eNB ID. If the enbType value is home eNB, 28 bit of the value is eNB ID. It is used when creating a cell identifier.
FEMTO_INDICATOR
VIRTUAL_INDICATOR
TARGET_CELL_NUM
The femto indicator of E-UTRAN neighbor cell. -
True: Femto cell.
-
False: Marco cell.
The cloud indicator of E-UTRAN neighbor cell. -
True: Cloud macro cell.
-
False: General macro cell.
The local cell ID of E-UTRAN neighboring cell to the eNB. It is used when creating a cell identifier.
ENB_TYPE
The type of the eNB to which E-UTRAN neighboring cell to the eNB belongs.
ENB_MCC
-
ci_Macro_eNB: Indicates the macro eNB.
-
ci_Home_eNB: Indicates the home eNB.
The PLMN information (MCC) of the eNB to which E-UTRAN neighboring cell to the eNB belongs. It is a three-digit number with each digit being from 0 to 9.
ENB_MNC
The PLMN information (MNC) of the eNB to which EUTRAN neighboring cell to the eNB belongs. It is a three-digit or two-digit number with each digit being from 0 to 9.
PHY_CELL_ID
The physical cell ID of E-UTRAN neighboring cell to the eNB.
TAC
The tracking area code of E-UTRAN neighboring cell to the eNB.
MCC0
The broadcast PLMN list information (MCC) of E-UTRAN neighboring cell to the eNB. It is a three-digit number with each digit being from 0 to 9.
MNC0
The broadcast PLMN list information (MNC) of E-UTRAN neighboring cell to the eNB. It is a three-digit or two-digit number with each digit being from 0 to 9.
600
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
LTE eNB Command Description/Ver.1.0
MCC1
The broadcast PLMN list information (MCC) of E-UTRAN neighboring cell to the eNB. It is a three-digit number with each digit being from 0 to 9.
MNC1
The broadcast PLMN list information (MNC) of E-UTRAN neighboring cell to the eNB. It is a three-digit or two-digit number with each digit being from 0 to 9.
MCC2
The broadcast PLMN list information (MCC) of E-UTRAN neighboring cell to the eNB. It is a three-digit number with each digit being from 0 to 9.
MNC2
The broadcast PLMN list information (MNC) of E-UTRAN neighboring cell to the eNB. It is a three-digit or two-digit number with each digit being from 0 to 9.
MCC3
The broadcast PLMN list information (MCC) of E-UTRAN neighboring cell to the eNB. It is a three-digit number with each digit being from 0 to 9.
MNC3
The broadcast PLMN list information (MNC) of E-UTRAN neighboring cell to the eNB. It is a three-digit or two-digit number with each digit being from 0 to 9.
MCC4
The broadcast PLMN list information (MCC) of E-UTRAN neighboring cell to the eNB. It is a three-digit number with each digit being from 0 to 9.
MNC4
The broadcast PLMN list information (MNC) of E-UTRAN neighboring cell to the eNB. It is a three-digit or two-digit number with each digit being from 0 to 9.
MCC5
The broadcast PLMN list information (MCC) of E-UTRAN neighboring cell to the eNB. It is a three-digit number with each digit being from 0 to 9.
MNC5
The broadcast PLMN list information (MNC) of E-UTRAN neighboring cell to the eNB. It is a three-digit or two-digit number with each digit being from 0 to 9.
EARFCN_UL
The uplink EARFCN (E-UTRAN Absolute Radio Frequency Channel Number) of E-UTRAN neighboring cell to the eNB.
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
601
Command Description
EARFCN_DL
The uplink EARFCN (E-UTRAN Absolute Radio Frequency Channel Number) of E-UTRAN neighboring cell to the eNB.
BANDWIDTH_UL
The uplink bandwidth of E-UTRAN neighboring cell to the eNB.
BANDWIDTH_DL
The downlink bandwidth of E-UTRAN neighboring cell to the eNB.
IND_OFFSET
The cell individual offset to be applied to E-UTRAN neighboring cell to the eNB. It is used for UE measurement in RRC Connected mode.
QOFFSET_CELL
The cell quality offset to be applied to E-UTRAN neighboring cell to the eNB. It is used for UE cell re-selection in RRC Idle mode.
IS_REMOVE_ALLOWED
Whether to delete a certain neighboring cell to the eNB using the ANR (Automatic Neighbor Relation) function.
IS_HOALLOWED
602
-
True: The neighboring cell can be deleted.
-
False: The neighboring cell cannot be deleted.
Whether to perform handover to E-UTRAN neighboring cell. -
True: Handover is allowed.
-
False: Handover is not allowed.
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
LTE eNB Command Description/Ver.1.0
C2222 CHANGE EXTERNAL UTRAN CELL INFORMATION Command Format CHG-NBR-UTRAN: CELL_NUM, RELATION_IDX, [STATUS], [RNC_ID], [C_ID], [LAC], [RAC], [MCC0], [MNC0], [MCC1], [MNC1], [MCC2], [MNC2], [MCC3], [MNC3], [MCC4], [MNC4], [MCC5], [MNC5], [DUPLEX_TYPE], [P_SCM_CODE], [CELL_PARA_ID], [ARFCN_UL], [ARFCN_DL], [IS_REMOVE_ALLOWED], [IS_HOALLOWED], [VOIP_INCAPABLE], [RIM_SUPPORT], [HIGH_PRIORITY_FOR_CSFB];
Command Description Changes information on UTRAN neighboring cell to the eNB. This command can change information on UTRAN neighboring cell by entering the CELL_NUM and RELATION_IDX parameter values. TIMEOUT
10
Input Parameter Description Parameter
Description
Range
Unit
Default
CELL_NUM
The cell number to be changed.
0~8
NONE
0
RELATION_IDX
Database index of UTRAN neighboring cell.
0 ~ 255
NONE
0
STATUS
The validity of the UTRAN neighboring cell information. - N_EQUIP: UTRAN neighboring cell information is invalid ID. - EQUIP: UTRAN neighboring cell information is valid ID.
N_EQUIP/EQUIP/
NONE
N_EQUI P
RNC_ID
RNC ID of UTRAN neighboring cell to the eNB.
0 ~ 4095
NONE
0
C_ID
CID of UTRAN neighboring cell to the eNB.
0 ~ 65535
NONE
0
LAC
The location area code of UTRAN neighboring cell to the eNB.
0 ~ 65535
NONE
0
RAC
The routing area code of UTRAN neighboring cell to the eNB.
0 ~ 255
NONE
0
MCC0
The broadcast PLMN list information (MCC) of UTRAN neighboring cell to the eNB. It is a three-digit number with each digit being from 0 to 9.
3
NONE
450
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
603
Command Description
Parameter
Description
Range
Unit
Default
MNC0
The broadcast PLMN list information (MNC) of UTRAN neighboring cell to the eNB. It is a three-digit or two-digit number with each digit being from 0 to 9.
3
NONE
08
MCC1
The broadcast PLMN list information (MCC) of UTRAN neighboring cell to the eNB. It is a three-digit number with each digit being from 0 to 9.
3
NONE
FFF
MNC1
The broadcast PLMN list information (MNC) of UTRAN neighboring cell to the eNB. It is a three-digit or two-digit number with each digit being from 0 to 9.
3
NONE
FFF
MCC2
The broadcast PLMN list information (MCC) of UTRAN neighboring cell to the eNB. It is a three-digit number with each digit being from 0 to 9.
3
NONE
FFF
MNC2
The broadcast PLMN list information (MNC) of UTRAN neighboring cell to the eNB. It is a three-digit or two-digit number with each digit being from 0 to 9.
3
NONE
FFF
MCC3
The broadcast PLMN list information (MCC) of UTRAN neighboring cell to the eNB. It is a three-digit number with each digit being from 0 to 9.
3
NONE
FFF
MNC3
The broadcast PLMN list information (MNC) of UTRAN neighboring cell to the eNB. It is a three-digit or two-digit number with each digit being from 0 to 9.
3
NONE
FFF
MCC4
The broadcast PLMN list information (MCC) of UTRAN neighboring cell to the eNB. It is a three-digit number with each digit being from 0 to 9.
3
NONE
FFF
MNC4
The broadcast PLMN list information (MNC) of UTRAN neighboring cell to the eNB. It is a three-digit or two-digit number with each digit being from 0 to 9.
3
NONE
FFF
MCC5
The broadcast PLMN list information (MCC) of UTRAN neighboring cell to the eNB. It is a three-digit number with each digit being from 0 to 9.
3
NONE
FFF
MNC5
The broadcast PLMN list information (MNC) of UTRAN neighboring cell to the eNB. It is a three-digit or two-digit number with each digit being from 0 to 9.
3
NONE
FFF
DUPLEX_TYPE
The duplex type of UTRAN neighboring cell to the eNB. - ci_FDD: Frequency division duplex. - ci_TDD: Time division duplex.
ci_FDD/ci_TDD/
NONE
ci_FDD
P_SCM_CODE
The primary scramble code of UTRAN neighboring cell to the eNB, which needs only for FDD.
0 ~ 511
NONE
0
604
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
LTE eNB Command Description/Ver.1.0
Parameter
Description
Range
Unit
Default
CELL_PARA_I D
The cell parameter ID of UTRAN neighboring cell to the eNB, which needs only for TDD.
0 ~ 127
NONE
0
ARFCN_UL
The uplink absolute radio frequency channel number (ARFCN) of UTRAN neighboring cell to the eNB.
0 ~ 16383
NONE
0
ARFCN_DL
The downlink absolute radio frequency channel number (ARFCN) of UTRAN neighboring cell to the eNB.
0 ~ 16383
NONE
0
IS_REMOVE_A LLOWED
Whether to delete a certain neighboring cell to the eNB using the ANR (Automatic Neighbor Relation) function. - True: The neighboring cell can be deleted. - False: The neighboring cell cannot be deleted.
False/True/
NONE
True
IS_HOALLOWE D
Whether to perform handover to UTRAN neighboring cell. - True: Handover is allowed. - False: Handover is not allowed.
False/True/
NONE
True
VOIP_INCAPA BLE
Whether to support VoIp of UTRAN neighboring cell. - True: VoIP is support. - False: VoIP is not supported.
False/True/
NONE
True
RIM_SUPPORT
Whether to support RIM Procedure of UTRAN neighbor cell. - False : RIM is not support. - True : RIM is support.
False/True/
NONE
False
HIGH_PRIORIT Y_FOR_CSFB
Whether to decide CSFB_Hysteresis application availability about CSFB with PS HO
False/True/
NONE
False
Output Parameter Description CELL_NUM
The cell number to be changed.
RELATION_IDX
Database index of UTRAN neighboring cell.
STATUS
The validity of the UTRAN neighboring cell information. -
N_EQUIP: UTRAN neighboring cell information is invalid
ID. -
EQUIP: UTRAN neighboring cell information is valid ID.
RNC_ID
RNC ID of UTRAN neighboring cell to the eNB.
C_ID
CID of UTRAN neighboring cell to the eNB.
LAC
The location area code of UTRAN neighboring cell to the eNB.
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
605
Command Description
RAC
The routing area code of UTRAN neighboring cell to the eNB.
MCC0
The broadcast PLMN list information (MCC) of UTRAN neighboring cell to the eNB. It is a three-digit number with each digit being from 0 to 9.
MNC0
The broadcast PLMN list information (MNC) of UTRAN neighboring cell to the eNB. It is a three-digit or two-digit number with each digit being from 0 to 9.
MCC1
The broadcast PLMN list information (MCC) of UTRAN neighboring cell to the eNB. It is a three-digit number with each digit being from 0 to 9.
MNC1
The broadcast PLMN list information (MNC) of UTRAN neighboring cell to the eNB. It is a three-digit or two-digit number with each digit being from 0 to 9.
MCC2
The broadcast PLMN list information (MCC) of UTRAN neighboring cell to the eNB. It is a three-digit number with each digit being from 0 to 9.
MNC2
The broadcast PLMN list information (MNC) of UTRAN neighboring cell to the eNB. It is a three-digit or two-digit number with each digit being from 0 to 9.
MCC3
The broadcast PLMN list information (MCC) of UTRAN neighboring cell to the eNB. It is a three-digit number with each digit being from 0 to 9.
MNC3
The broadcast PLMN list information (MNC) of UTRAN neighboring cell to the eNB. It is a three-digit or two-digit number with each digit being from 0 to 9.
MCC4
The broadcast PLMN list information (MCC) of UTRAN neighboring cell to the eNB. It is a three-digit number with each digit being from 0 to 9.
MNC4
The broadcast PLMN list information (MNC) of UTRAN neighboring cell to the eNB. It is a three-digit or two-digit number with each digit being from 0 to 9.
606
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
LTE eNB Command Description/Ver.1.0
MCC5
The broadcast PLMN list information (MCC) of UTRAN neighboring cell to the eNB. It is a three-digit number with each digit being from 0 to 9.
MNC5
The broadcast PLMN list information (MNC) of UTRAN neighboring cell to the eNB. It is a three-digit or two-digit number with each digit being from 0 to 9.
DUPLEX_TYPE
P_SCM_CODE
The duplex type of UTRAN neighboring cell to the eNB. -
ci_FDD: Frequency division duplex.
-
ci_TDD: Time division duplex.
The primary scramble code of UTRAN neighboring cell to the eNB, which needs only for FDD.
CELL_PARA_ID
The cell parameter ID of UTRAN neighboring cell to the eNB, which needs only for TDD.
ARFCN_UL
The uplink absolute radio frequency channel number (ARFCN) of UTRAN neighboring cell to the eNB.
ARFCN_DL
The downlink absolute radio frequency channel number (ARFCN) of UTRAN neighboring cell to the eNB.
IS_REMOVE_ALLOWED
Whether to delete a certain neighboring cell to the eNB using the ANR (Automatic Neighbor Relation) function.
IS_HOALLOWED
-
True: The neighboring cell can be deleted.
-
False: The neighboring cell cannot be deleted.
Whether to perform handover to UTRAN neighboring cell. -
True: Handover is allowed.
-
False: Handover is not allowed.
RIM_STATUS
This parameter shown RIM Association Status
VOIP_INCAPABLE
Whether to support VoIp of UTRAN neighboring cell.
RIM_SUPPORT
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
-
True: VoIP is support.
-
False: VoIP is not supported.
Whether to support RIM Procedure of UTRAN neighbor cell. -
False : RIM is not support.
-
True : RIM is support.
607
Command Description
HIGH_PRIORITY_FOR_CSFB
Whether to decide CSFB_Hysteresis application availability about CSFB with PS HO
608
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
LTE eNB Command Description/Ver.1.0
C2225 CHANGE MME CONFIGURATION Command Format CHG-MME-CONF: MME_INDEX, [STATUS], [ACTIVE_STATE], [IP_VER], [MME_IPV4], [MME_IPV6], [ADMINISTRATIVE_STATE], [SECONDARY_MME_IPV4], [SECONDARY_MME_IPV6];
Command Description Changes the MME-related parameter values. MME Equip, activesState indicating whether S1 is used, MME IP, and secondary MME IP can be changed. TIMEOUT
10
Input Parameter Description Parameter
Description
Range
Unit
Default
MME_INDEX
The index used to access the information. Since there are a total of 16 MMEs that can be connected to an eNB, the index range is 0 to 15.
0 ~ 15
NONE
0
STATUS
The EQUIP status information on the MME. - N_EQUIP: The MME to connect does not exist (default). - EQUIP: The MME to connect exists.
N_EQUIP/EQUIP/
NONE
N_EQUI P
ACTIVE_STAT E
The state information on the specified MME in operation. Of the MMEs for which the S1 Setup is established, if there is an undesired MME, this parameter value must be changed to Inactive. The default is active. If the STATUS parameter is set to Equip, it is better not to change this parameter value to inactive. - Active: MME (S1 assigned) is used. - Inactive: MME (S1 assigned) is not used.
Inactive/Active/
NONE
Active
IP_VER
The IP address version of the MME. Either IPv4 or IPv6 is assigned.
IPV4/IPV6/
NONE
IPV4
MME_IPV4
Information on the IPV4 address of the MME. This parameter value is valid only if the IP_VER parameter is set to IPv4. It is not used if the IP_VER parameter is set to IPv6.
IPv4 Address
NONE
-
MME_IPV6
Information on the IPV6 address of the eNB. This parameter value is valid only if the IP_VER parameter is set to IPv6. It is not used if the IP_VER parameter is set to IPv4.
IPv6 Address
NONE
-
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
609
Command Description
Parameter
Description
Range
Unit
Default
ADMINISTRATI VE_STATE
The status of the MME link. - locked: A state where active calls connected to the MME are all dropped, and new call connections are not possible. - unlocked: Connection to the MME is normal. - shutting down: A state where active calls connected to the MME are maintained, but new call connections are not possible.
locked/unlocked/shuttingDown/
NONE
unlocke d
SECONDARY_ MME_IPV4
The secondary IP address of the IPv4 type set in the MME node to support the SCTP Multi Homing function. It is valid only if the IP_VER parameter is set to IPv4.
IPv4 Address
NONE
-
SECONDARY_ MME_IPV6
The secondary IP address of the IPv6 type set in the MME node to support the SCTP Multi Homing function. It is valid only if the IP_VER parameter is set to IPv6.
IPv6 Address
NONE
-
Output Parameter Description MME_INDEX
The index used to access the information. Since there are a total of 16 MMEs that can be connected to an eNB, the index range is 0 to 15.
STATUS
ACTIVE_STATE
The EQUIP status information on the MME. -
N_EQUIP: The MME to connect does not exist (default).
-
EQUIP: The MME to connect exists.
The state information on the specified MME in operation. Of the MMEs for which the S1 Setup is established, if there is an undesired MME, this parameter value must be changed to Inactive. The default is active. If the STATUS parameter is set to Equip, it is better not to change this parameter value to inactive.
IP_VER
-
Active: MME (S1 assigned) is used.
-
Inactive: MME (S1 assigned) is not used.
The IP address version of the MME. Either IPv4 or IPv6 is assigned.
MME_IPV4
Information on the IPV4 address of the MME. This parameter value is valid only if the IP_VER parameter is set to IPv4. It is not used if the IP_VER parameter is set to IPv6.
MME_IPV6
610
Information on the IPV6 address of the eNB. This parameter
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
LTE eNB Command Description/Ver.1.0
value is valid only if the IP_VER parameter is set to IPv6. It is not used if the IP_VER parameter is set to IPv4. ADMINISTRATIVE_STATE
The status of the MME link. -
locked: A state where active calls connected to the MME are
all dropped, and new call connections are not possible. -
unlocked: Connection to the MME is normal.
-
shutting down: A state where active calls connected to the
MME are maintained, but new call connections are not possible. SECONDARY_MME_IPV4
The secondary IP address of the IPv4 type set in the MME node to support the SCTP Multi Homing function. It is valid only if the IP_VER parameter is set to IPv4.
SECONDARY_MME_IPV6
The secondary IP address of the IPv6 type set in the MME node to support the SCTP Multi Homing function. It is valid only if the IP_VER parameter is set to IPv6.
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
611
Command Description
C2226 CHANGE SON FUNCTION CELL CONTROL FLAGS Command Format CHG-SONFN-CELL: CELL_NUM, [ANR_ENABLE], [INTER_RAT_ANR_ENABLE_UTRAN], [MOBILITY_ROBUSTNESS_ENABLE], [MOBILITY_LOAD_BALANCE_ENABLE], [BLANKING_LOAD_BALANCE_ENABLE], [RACH_OPT_ENABLE], [PICO_SUBBAND_BLANKING_ENABLE], [IDLE_MODE_LOAD_BALANCE_ENABLE], [SON_SRS_FUNC_ENABLE];
Command Description Changes the flag for the SON function controlled by the cell. There can be 3 operation modes, which are Function Off, Manual Apply and Auto Apply or 2 operation modes, which are Function Off and Auto Apply. TIMEOUT
10
Input Parameter Description Parameter
Description
Range
Unit
Default
CELL_NUM
The cell number to be changed.
0~8
NONE
0
ANR_ENABLE
Controls SON ANR in 3 modes. - sonFuncOff: The ANR function is dis-
sonFuncOff/sonManualApply/sonAutoApply/
NONE
sonAutoApply
sonFuncOff/sonManualApply/sonAutoApply/
NONE
sonFuncOff
abled except for the NR deletion (X2based). - sonManualApply: The NR adding and NR ranking are performed automatically. The management of HO Black List and NR deletion are performed manually. - sonAutoApply: The NR adding and NR ranking, managing HO Black List, NR deleting, and NR adding are performed automatically. INTER_RAT_A NR_ENABLE_ UTRAN
612
Controls SON Inter-RAT ANR for URTAN (WCDMA). - sonFuncOff: The Inter-RAT ANR function is disabled. -sonManualApply: The NR Adding is performed automatically. - sonAutoApply: The NR Adding is performed automatically.
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
LTE eNB Command Description/Ver.1.0
Parameter
Description
MOBILITY_RO BUSTNESS_E NABLE
Whether to enable the Mobility Robustness Optimized function (one of the SON functions). - OFF: The function is turned off. - Manual Apply: When the parameter value is changed by an algorithm, this change is reported tot he the LSN and then the operator determines manually whether to apply the changed parameter value. - Auto Apply: When the parameter value is changed by an algorithm, this change is applied automatically.
MOBILITY_LO AD_BALANCE_ ENABLE
Unit
Default
sonFuncOff/sonManualApply/sonAutoApply/
NONE
sonFuncOff
Whether to enable the Mobility-based Load Balance function, (one of the SON functions). - OFF: The function is turned off. - Auto Apply: When the parameter value is changed by an algorithm, this change is applied automatically.
sonFuncOff/sonAutoApply/
NONE
sonFuncOff
BLANKING_LO AD_BALANCE_ ENABLE
Whether to enable the Blanking Load Balance function, (one of the SON functions). - OFF: The function is turned off. - Auto Apply: When the parameter value is changed by an algorithm, this change is applied automatically.
sonFuncOff/sonAutoApply/
NONE
sonFuncOff
RACH_OPT_E NABLE
Whether to enable the Rach Optimized function (one of the SON functions). - OFF: The function is turned off. - Manual Apply: When the parameter value is changed by an algorithm, this change is reported tot he the LSN and then the operator determines manually whether to apply the changed parameter value. - Auto Apply: When the parameter value is changed by an algorithm, this change is applied automatically.
sonFuncOff/sonManualApply/sonAutoApply/
NONE
sonFuncOff
PICO_SUBBAN D_BLANKING_ ENABLE
Whether to enable the Pico Subband Load Balancing function, (one of the SON functions). - OFF: The function is turned off. - Auto Apply: When the parameter value is changed by an algorithm, this change is applied automatically.
sonFuncOff/sonAutoApply/
NONE
sonFuncOff
IDLE_MODE_L OAD_BALANC E_ENABLE
Whether to enable the Idle Mode Load Balancing function.
sonFuncOff/sonManualApply/sonAutoApply/
NONE
sonManualApply
SON_SRS_FU NC_ENABLE
Whether to enable the SRS SON function, (one of the SON functions). - OFF: The function is turned off. - Auto Apply: When the parameter value is changed by an algorithm, this change is applied automatically.
sonFuncOff/sonManualApply/sonAutoApply/
NONE
sonAutoApply
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
Range
613
Command Description
Output Parameter Description CELL_NUM
The cell number to be changed.
ANR_ENABLE
Controls SON ANR in 3 modes. - sonFuncOff: The ANR function is disabled except for the NR
deletion (X2-based). -
sonManualApply: The NR adding and NR ranking are per-
formed automatically. The management of HO Black List and NR deletion are performed manually. -
sonAutoApply: The NR adding and NR ranking, managing
HO Black List, NR deleting, and NR adding are performed automatically. INTER_RAT_ANR_ENABLE_UTRANControls SON Inter-RAT ANR for URTAN (WCDMA). -
sonFuncOff: The Inter-RAT ANR function is disabled.
-sonManualApply:
The NR Adding is performed automati-
cally. -
sonAutoApply: The NR Adding is performed automatically.
MOBILITY_ROBUSTNESS_ENABLEWhether to enable the Mobility Robustness Optimized function (one of the SON functions). -
OFF: The function is turned off.
-
Manual Apply: When the parameter value is changed by an
algorithm, this change is reported tot he the LSN and then the operator determines manually whether to apply the changed parameter value. -
Auto Apply: When the parameter value is changed by an
algorithm, this change is applied automatically. MOBILITY_LOAD_BALANCE_ENABLEWhether to enable the Mobility-based Load Balance function, (one of the SON functions). -
OFF: The function is turned off.
-
Auto Apply: When the parameter value is changed by an
algorithm, this change is applied automatically. BLANKING_LOAD_BALANCE_ENABLEWhether to enable the Blanking Load Balance function, (one of the SON functions). -
OFF: The function is turned off.
-
Auto Apply: When the parameter value is changed by an
algorithm, this change is applied automatically.
614
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
LTE eNB Command Description/Ver.1.0
RACH_OPT_ENABLE
Whether to enable the Rach Optimized function (one of the SON functions). -
OFF: The function is turned off.
-
Manual Apply: When the parameter value is changed by an
algorithm, this change is reported tot he the LSN and then the operator determines manually whether to apply the changed parameter value. -
Auto Apply: When the parameter value is changed by an
algorithm, this change is applied automatically. PICO_SUBBAND_BLANKING_ENABLEWhether to enable the Pico Subband Load Balancing function, (one of the SON functions). -
OFF: The function is turned off.
-
Auto Apply: When the parameter value is changed by an
algorithm, this change is applied automatically. IDLE_MODE_LOAD_BALANCE_ENABLEWhether to enable the Idle Mode Load Balancing function. SON_SRS_FUNC_ENABLE
Whether to enable the SRS SON function, (one of the SON functions). -
OFF: The function is turned off.
-
Auto Apply: When the parameter value is changed by an
algorithm, this change is applied automatically.
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
615
Command Description
C2227 CHANGE SON DL ICIC PARAMETERS Command Format CHG-SON-DLICIC: CELL_NUM, [DL_ICIC_TYPE];
Command Description Changes information on parameters related to Downlink Inter-Cell Interference Cancellation (DL ICIC). It is defined as one of the scheduler functions of the eNB system. It is set as a separate flag unlike other SON functions. Manual Apply is disabled. TIMEOUT
10
Input Parameter Description Parameter
Description
Range
Unit
Default
CELL_NUM
cell index (number)
0~8
NONE
0
DL_ICIC_TYPE
The DL ICIC type is specified. - sonIcicDlNone: The DL ICIC function is
sonIcicDlNone/ sonIcicDlDynamicStd/ sonIcicDlDynamicSamsung/
NONE
sonIcic DlNone
not performed. The UE performs the power control function with fixed conditions. - sonIcicDlDynamicStd: The Dynamic ICIC function is performed. The system calculates the conditions based on the UE location for performing the power control function.
Output Parameter Description CELL_NUM
cell index (number)
DL_ICIC_TYPE
The DL ICIC type is specified. -
sonIcicDlNone: The DL ICIC function is not performed. The
UE performs the power control function with fixed conditions. -
sonIcicDlDynamicStd: The Dynamic ICIC function is per-
formed. The system calculates the conditions based on the UE location for performing the power control function.
616
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
LTE eNB Command Description/Ver.1.0
C2228 CHANGE SON UL ICIC PARAMETERS Command Format CHG-SON-ULICIC: CELL_NUM, [UL_ICIC_TYPE];
Command Description Changes information on parameters related to Uplink Inter-Cell Interference Cancellation (UL ICIC). It is defined as one of the scheduler functions of the eNB system. It is set as a separate flag unlike other SON functions. Manual Apply is disabled. TIMEOUT
10
Input Parameter Description Parameter
Description
Range
Unit
Default
CELL_NUM
The cell number for which the command was executed.
0~8
NONE
0
UL_ICIC_TYPE
The UL ICIC type is specified. - sonIcicUlNone: The UL ICIC function is not performed. The UE performs the power control function with the specified conditions. - sonIcicUlDynamicStd: The Dynamic ICIC function is performed. The system suggests various conditions based on the UE location. Then, the UE uses the suggested conditions for performing the power control function.
sonIcicUlNone/ sonIcicUlDynamicStd/ sonIcicUlDynamicSamsung/
NONE
sonIcic UlNone
Output Parameter Description CELL_NUM
The cell number for which the command was executed.
UL_ICIC_TYPE
The UL ICIC type is specified. -
sonIcicUlNone: The UL ICIC function is not performed. The
UE performs the power control function with the specified conditions. -
sonIcicUlDynamicStd: The Dynamic ICIC function is per-
formed. The system suggests various conditions based on the UE location. Then, the UE uses the suggested conditions for performing the power control function.
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
617
Command Description
C2231 CHANGE SON MRO Command Format CHG-SON-MRO: [T_PERIOD], [T_PERIOD_TEMP], [HANDOVER_SUCCESS_KPI], [N_HANDOVER_THRESH], [OFFSET_MAX], [OFFSET_MIN];
Command Description Changes the parameter values required for Mobility Robustness Optimization (MRO). A period of time to collect statistics related to handover data for MRO operation, criteria related to KPI and handover attempts for triggering MRO, minimum/maximum offset values that can be changed through MRO, flags and parameter values for turning on/off the ping-pong optimization and the TTT optimization can be changed. It has a significance if SONFN-CELL: mobilityRobustnessEnable:= 1 (Manual Apply) or 2 (Automatic Apply). TIMEOUT
10
Input Parameter Description Parameter
Description
Range
Unit
Default
T_PERIOD
The period of statistics monitoring. The timer (a unit of one_day/one_week, by default/one_month) used to trigger the handover parameter control. - one_day: MRO is triggered based on handover statistics collected for 1 day. - one_week: MRO is triggered based on handover statistics collected for 1 week. - one_month: MRO is triggered based on handover statistics collected for one_month.
one_day/one_week/ one_month/
NONE
one_we ek
T_PERIOD_TE MP
The period of fallback statistics monitoring. This value (one_hour/one_day/one_week, default=one_week) is used for checking a fault where HandoverSuccessKPI is not temporarily met after the RACH parameter is changed. - one_hour: Fallback for MRO based on the handover statistics collected for 1 hour. - one_day: Fallback for MRO based on the handover statistics collected for 1 day. - one_week: Fallback for MRO based on the handover statistics collected for 1 week.
one_hour/one_day/ one_week/
NONE
one_da y
618
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
LTE eNB Command Description/Ver.1.0
Parameter
Description
Range
Unit
Default
HANDOVER_S UCCESS_KPI
The threshold related to the handover success KPI to trigger MRO algorithm. The MRO algorithm is triggered if the handover success rate is lower than this threshold.
90.000000 ~ 100.000000
0.1(%)
99.0000 00
N_HANDOVER _THRESH
The threshold to the number of handover attempts to trigger MRO algorithm. The MRO algorithm is triggered if the number of handover attempts collected during the statistics period is lower than this threshold.
0 ~ 100000
1
10000
OFFSET_MAX
The maximum value allowable for HO margin which is equal to A3Offset - CIO. If and only if the value of A3Offset - CIO is lower than this maximum value, it is valid ID.
0 ~ 39
1(dB)
5
OFFSET_MIN
The minimum value allowable for HO margin which is equal to A3Offset - CIO. If and only if the value of A3Offset - CIO is higher than this minimum value, it is valid ID.
-39 ~ 0
1(dB)
0
Output Parameter Description T_PERIOD
The period of statistics monitoring. The timer (a unit of one_day/one_week, by default/one_month) used to trigger the handover parameter control. -
one_day: MRO is triggered based on handover statistics col-
lected for 1 day. - one_week: MRO is triggered based on handover statistics col-
lected for 1 week. -
one_month: MRO is triggered based on handover statistics
collected for 1 month. T_PERIOD_TEMP
The period of fallback statistics monitoring. This value (one_hour/one_day/one_week, default=one_week) is used for checking a fault where HandoverSuccessKPI is not temporarily met after the RACH parameter is changed. - one_hour: Fallback for MRO based on the handover statistics
collected for 1 hour. -
one_day: Fallback for MRO based on the handover statistics
collected for 1 day. - one_week: Fallback for MRO based on the handover statistics
collected for 1 week. HANDOVER_SUCCESS_KPI
The threshold related to the handover success KPI to trigger MRO algorithm. The MRO algorithm is triggered if the handover success rate is lower than this threshold.
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
619
Command Description
N_HANDOVER_THRESH
The threshold to the number of handover attempts to trigger MRO algorithm. The MRO algorithm is triggered if the number of handover attempts collected during the statistics period is lower than this threshold.
OFFSET_MAX
The maximum value allowable for HO margin which is equal to A3Offset - CIO. If and only if the value of A3Offset - CIO is lower than this maximum value, it is valid ID.
OFFSET_MIN
The minimum value allowable for HO margin which is equal to A3Offset - CIO. If and only if the value of A3Offset - CIO is higher than this minimum value, it is valid ID.
620
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
LTE eNB Command Description/Ver.1.0
C2232 CHANGE CLOCK CONTROL INFORMATION Command Format CHG-CLOCK-CTRL: CELL_NUM, [CLOCK_ADVANCE], [CLOCK_RETARD];
Command Description Changes the parameter values required for the Modem/DSP clock advance/retard settings. A period of time for the eNB to transmit/receive DU signals changes according to the value entered in the clock advance/retard parameter. The value for UL timing advance in UE decreases if increasing the clock advance/retard without changing the RU setting. TIMEOUT
10
Input Parameter Description Parameter
Description
Range
Unit
Default
CELL_NUM
The cell number to be changed.
0~8
NONE
0
CLOCK_ADVA NCE
The clock advance value in ns.
0 ~ 137875
ns
137875
CLOCK_RETA RD
The clock retard value in ns.
0 ~ 137875
ns
137875
Output Parameter Description CELL_NUM
The cell number to be changed.
CLOCK_ADVANCE
The clock advance value in ns.
CLOCK_RETARD
The clock retard value in ns.
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
621
Command Description
C2233 CHANGE QCI BH BW INFORMATION Command Format CHG-BHBW-QCI: QCI, [BH_BW_CAC_DL_THRESH_FOR_NORMAL], [BH_BW_CAC_DL_THRESH_FOR_EMER_HO], [BH_BW_CAC_UL_THRESH_FOR_NORMAL], [BH_BW_CAC_UL_THRESH_FOR_EMER_HO], [OVER_BOOKING_RATIO];
Command Description Changes parameter information for backhaul Call Admission Control (CAC) per QoS Class Identifier (QCI) enabled in the eNB. Backhaul-based CAC is enabled per QCI or service group on GBR bearers. Changes thresholds to enable backhaul-based CAC per QCI. TIMEOUT
10
Input Parameter Description Parameter
Description
Range
Unit
Default
QCI
QCI index. The range is from 0 to 255. The standard QCIs defined in the standard documents is 1 to 9. The user can use QCI values 0 and 10-255.
0 ~ 255
NONE
0
BH_BW_CAC_ DL_THRESH_F OR_NORMAL
The total backhaul bandwidth in percent that can be assigned to the downlink per QoS Class Identifier (QCI) for normal calls. When a normal call is requested, if the downlink usage exceeds the input parameter value, the Backhaul Bandwidth CAC Fail is generated.
0 ~ 100
%
30
BH_BW_CAC_ DL_THRESH_F OR_EMER_HO
The total backhaul bandwidth in percent that can be assigned to the downlink per QoS Class Identifier (QCI) for urgent and handover calls. When emergency and handover calls are requested, if the downlink usage exceeds the input parameter value, the Backhaul Bandwidth CAC Fail is generated.
0 ~ 100
%
35
BH_BW_CAC_ UL_THRESH_F OR_NORMAL
The total backhaul bandwidth in percent that can be assigned to the uplink per QoS Class Identifier (QCI) for normal calls. When a normal call is requested, if the uplink usage exceeds the input parameter value, the Backhaul Bandwidth CAC Fail is generated.
0 ~ 100
%
30
622
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
LTE eNB Command Description/Ver.1.0
Parameter
Description
Range
Unit
Default
BH_BW_CAC_ UL_THRESH_F OR_EMER_HO
The total backhaul bandwidth in percent that can be assigned to the uplink per QoS Class Identifier (QCI) for urgent and handover calls. When emergency and handover calls are requested, if the uplink usage exceeds the input parameter value, the Backhaul Bandwidth CAC Fail is generated.
0 ~ 100
%
35
OVER_BOOKI NG_RATIO
The ratio of over-booking with downlink and uplink thresholds when executing backhaul-based CAC per QoS Class Identifier (QCI).
1.0 ~ 10.0
NONE
1.0
Output Parameter Description QCI
QCI index. The range is from 0 to 255. The standard QCIs defined in the standard documents is 1 to 9. The user can use QCI values 0 and 10-255.
BH_BW_CAC_DL_THRESH_FOR_NORMALThe total backhaul bandwidth in percent that can be assigned to the downlink per QoS Class Identifier (QCI) for normal calls. When a normal call is requested, if the downlink usage exceeds the input parameter value, the Backhaul Bandwidth CAC Fail is generated. BH_BW_CAC_DL_THRESH_FOR_EMER_HOThe total backhaul bandwidth in percent that can be assigned to the downlink per QoS Class Identifier (QCI) for urgent and handover calls. When emergency and handover calls are requested, if the downlink usage exceeds the input parameter value, the Backhaul Bandwidth CAC Fail is generated. BH_BW_CAC_UL_THRESH_FOR_NORMALThe total backhaul bandwidth in percent that can be assigned to the uplink per QoS Class Identifier (QCI) for normal calls. When a normal call is requested, if the uplink usage exceeds the input parameter value, the Backhaul Bandwidth CAC Fail is generated. BH_BW_CAC_UL_THRESH_FOR_EMER_HOThe total backhaul bandwidth in percent that can be assigned to the uplink per QoS Class Identifier (QCI) for urgent and handover calls. When emergency and handover calls are requested, if the uplink usage exceeds the input parameter value, the Backhaul Bandwidth CAC Fail is generated.
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
623
Command Description
OVER_BOOKING_RATIO
The ratio of over-booking with downlink and uplink thresholds when executing backhaul-based CAC per QoS Class Identifier (QCI).
624
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
LTE eNB Command Description/Ver.1.0
C2234 CHANGE SCTP PARAMETER Command Format CHG-SCTP-PARA: [MME_FAILOVER_TIMER], [HEART_BEAT_INTERVAL], [NUM_PATH_RE_TX], [RTO_INITIAL], [RTO_MIN], [RTO_MAX], [CONNECT_INTERVAL];
Command Description Changes the SCTP-related parameter values. The changed values are necessary for the SCTP to establish/maintain a connection with a peer. TIMEOUT
10
Input Parameter Description Parameter
Description
MME_FAILOVE R_TIMER
The timer to maintain the call connected to the MME if the SCTP returns to normal within a specified time (mmeFailoverTimer) after the MME SCTP is disconnected in seconds.
1 ~ 30
sec
10
HEART_BEAT_ INTERVAL
The transmission interval of the HeartBeat message to be sent to verify the normality of the SCTP Link in milliseconds.
100 ~ 60000
msec
1500
NUM_PATH_R E_TX
The number of times to re-send heartbeat messages in order to check whether the SCTP link is normal. The SCTP link is disconnected if responses to the heartbeats are not received during specified (numPathReTx) attempts.
1 ~ 100
count
5
RTO_INITIAL
The threshold used to calculate the SCTP round-trip time (RTT). It is an initial value of Retransmission Time-Out used before the RTT by packet transmission is measured.
100 ~ 60000
msec
1000
RTO_MIN
The minimum value of Retransmission Time-Out used to calculate the SCTP RTT.
100 ~ 60000
msec
1000
RTO_MAX
The maximum value of Retransmission Time-Out used to calculate the SCTP RTT.
100 ~ 60000
msec
1400
CONNECT_INT ERVAL
The timer to establish connections periodically when the SCTP link is not currently established while the peer node is EQUIP in PLD in seconds.
1 ~ 10
sec
4
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
Range
Unit
Default
625
Command Description
Output Parameter Description MME_FAILOVER_TIMER
The timer to maintain the call connected to the MME if the SCTP returns to normal within a specified time (mmeFailoverTimer) after the MME SCTP is disconnected in seconds.
HEART_BEAT_INTERVAL
The transmission interval of the HeartBeat message to be sent to verify the normality of the SCTP Link in milliseconds.
NUM_PATH_RE_TX
The number of times to re-send heartbeat messages in order to check whether the SCTP link is normal. The SCTP link is disconnected if responses to the heartbeats are not received during specified (numPathReTx) attempts.
RTO_INITIAL
The threshold used to calculate the SCTP round-trip time (RTT). It is an initial value of Retransmission Time-Out used before the RTT by packet transmission is measured.
RTO_MIN
The minimum value of Retransmission Time-Out used to calculate the SCTP RTT.
RTO_MAX
The maximum value of Retransmission Time-Out used to calculate the SCTP RTT.
CONNECT_INTERVAL
The timer to establish connections periodically when the SCTP link is not currently established while the peer node is EQUIP in PLD in seconds.
626
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
LTE eNB Command Description/Ver.1.0
C2235 CHANGE SVC GRP BH BW INFORMATION Command Format CHG-BHBW-SVCGR: SERVICE_GROUP, [BH_BW_CAC_DL_THRESH_FOR_NORMAL], [BH_BW_CAC_DL_THRESH_FOR_EMER_HO], [BH_BW_CAC_UL_THRESH_FOR_NORMAL], [BH_BW_CAC_UL_THRESH_FOR_EMER_HO], [OVER_BOOKING_RATIO];
Command Description Changes parameter information for backhaul Call Admission Control (CAC) per service group enabled in the eNB. Backhaul-based CAC is enabled per QCI or service group on GBR bearers. Changes thresholds to enable backhaul-based CAC per service group. TIMEOUT
10
Input Parameter Description Parameter
Description
SERVICE_GRO UP
Service group. - voipService: Service group that uses the Voice over Internet Protocol (VoIP) service. - videoService: Service group that uses the video service.
BH_BW_CAC_ DL_THRESH_F OR_NORMAL
Unit
Default
voipService/videoService/
NONE
voipService
The total backhaul bandwidth in percent that can be assigned to the downlink per service group for normal calls. When a normal call is requested, if the downlink usage exceeds the input parameter value, the Backhaul Bandwidth CAC Fail is generated.
0 ~ 100
%
30
BH_BW_CAC_ DL_THRESH_F OR_EMER_HO
The total backhaul bandwidth in percent that can be assigned to the downlink per service group for urgent and handover calls. When emergency and handover calls are requested, if the downlink usage exceeds the input parameter value, the Backhaul Bandwidth CAC Fail is generated.
0 ~ 100
%
35
BH_BW_CAC_ UL_THRESH_F OR_NORMAL
The total backhaul bandwidth in percent that can be assigned to the uplink per service group for normal calls. When a normal call is requested, if the uplink usage exceeds the input parameter value, the Backhaul Bandwidth CAC Fail is generated.
0 ~ 100
%
30
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
Range
627
Command Description
Parameter
Description
Range
Unit
Default
BH_BW_CAC_ UL_THRESH_F OR_EMER_HO
The total backhaul bandwidth in percent that can be assigned to the uplink per service group for urgent and handover calls. When emergency and handover calls are requested, if the uplink usage exceeds the input parameter value, the Backhaul Bandwidth CAC Fail is generated.
0 ~ 100
%
35
OVER_BOOKI NG_RATIO
The ratio of over-booking with downlink and uplink thresholds when operating backhaulbased CAC per service group.
1.0 ~ 10.0
NONE
1.0
Output Parameter Description SERVICE_GROUP
Service group. -
voipService: Service group that uses the Voice over Internet
Protocol (VoIP) service. -
videoService: Service group that uses the video service.
BH_BW_CAC_DL_THRESH_FOR_NORMALThe total backhaul bandwidth in percent that can be assigned to the downlink per service group for normal calls. When a normal call is requested, if the downlink usage exceeds the input parameter value, the Backhaul Bandwidth CAC Fail is generated. BH_BW_CAC_DL_THRESH_FOR_EMER_HOThe total backhaul bandwidth in percent that can be assigned to the downlink per service group for urgent and handover calls. When emergency and handover calls are requested, if the downlink usage exceeds the input parameter value, the Backhaul Bandwidth CAC Fail is generated. BH_BW_CAC_UL_THRESH_FOR_NORMALThe total backhaul bandwidth in percent that can be assigned to the uplink per service group for normal calls. When a normal call is requested, if the uplink usage exceeds the input parameter value, the Backhaul Bandwidth CAC Fail is generated. BH_BW_CAC_UL_THRESH_FOR_EMER_HOThe total backhaul bandwidth in percent that can be assigned to the uplink per service group for urgent and handover calls. When emergency and handover calls are requested, if the uplink usage exceeds the input parameter value, the Backhaul Bandwidth CAC Fail is generated.
628
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
LTE eNB Command Description/Ver.1.0
OVER_BOOKING_RATIO
The ratio of over-booking with downlink and uplink thresholds when operating backhaul-based CAC per service group.
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
629
Command Description
C2236 CHANGE SON SELF OPTIMIZATION PARAMETERS Command Format CHG-SON-SO: [TX_TBMAX], [RX_TBMAX];
Command Description Changes the parameter values related to SON self-optimization. The following functions are related to the parameters that can be retrieved: - RRH Optic delay compensation measures RRHspecific optical delay when initially installing RRH or if an optical delay change occurs and calculates Tx and Rx time buffer by a formula. The calculated time buffer is sent to the RRH for RRH delay compensation. The TX_TBMAX and RX_TBMAX values that can be retrieved by using this command are necessary to calculate the time buffer. - Related commands The operation of RRH optic delay compensation is determined by the DELAY_COMPENSATION_ENABLE parameter value of the CHG-SONFN-ENB command. If the value is SON FuncOff, the compensation function is not executed. If the value is sonAutoApply, the compensation function is executed. The TX_TBMAX and RX_TBMAX parameter values can be retrieved using the RTRV-SON-SO command. TIMEOUT
10
Input Parameter Description Parameter TX_TBMAX
630
Description Tx Time Buffer Maximum value. The value that can be set by using the maximum delay that occurs from DU to RRH. Assuming the maximum distanced between DU and RRH is d_max (km), the maximum DL CPRI hopping delay is h_max (ns), the maximum number of RRHs that can be cascaded is N_max, and the maximum Tx processing delay is PD_max, TX_TBMAX can be calculated using the following formula. However, this formula is based on the basic concept of Max Timer buffer, and thus can be changed due to various factors in an actual network design. TX_TBMAX (ns) = 5000 * d_max + (N_max-1) * h_max + PD_max
Range
Unit
Default
19600 ~ 200000
nanosecond
140375
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
LTE eNB Command Description/Ver.1.0
Parameter RX_TBMAX
Description The maximum Tx Time Buffer value. The value that can be set by using the maximum delay that occurs from DU to RRH. Assuming the maximum distanced between DU and RRH is d_max (km), the maximum UL CPRI hopping delay is h_max (ns), the maximum number of RRHs that can be cascaded is N_max, and the maximum Tx processing delay is PD_max, TX_TBMAX can be calculated using the following formula. However, this formula is based on the basic concept of Max Timer buffer, and thus can be changed due to various factors in an actual network design. RX_TBMAX (ns) = 5000 * d_max + (N_max-1) * h_max + PD_max
Range
Unit
Default
14400 ~ 200000
nanosecond
140375
Output Parameter Description TX_TBMAX
Tx Time Buffer Maximum value. The value that can be set by using the maximum delay that occurs from DU to RRH. Assuming the maximum distanced between DU and RRH is d_max (km), the maximum DL CPRI hopping delay is h_max (ns), the maximum number of RRHs that can be cascaded is N_max, and the maximum Tx processing delay is PD_max, TX_TBMAX can be calculated using the following formula. However, this formula is based on the basic concept of Max Timer buffer, and thus can be changed due to various factors in an actual network design. TX_TBMAX (ns) = 5000 * d_max + (N_max-1) * h_max + PD_max
RX_TBMAX
The maximum Tx Time Buffer value. The value that can be set by using the maximum delay that occurs from DU to RRH. Assuming the maximum distanced between DU and RRH is d_max (km), the maximum UL CPRI hopping delay is h_max (ns), the maximum number of RRHs that can be cascaded is N_max, and the maximum Tx processing delay is PD_max, TX_TBMAX can be calculated using the following formula. However, this formula is based on the basic concept of Max Timer buffer, and thus can be changed due to various factors in an actual network design. RX_TBMAX (ns) = 5000 * d_max + (N_max-1) * h_max + PD_max
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
631
Command Description
C2237 CHANGE SIGNAL DSCP INFORMATION Command Format CHG-SIGDSCP-DATA: CLASS_ID, [DSCP];
Command Description Changes Signal DSCP Data in the eNB. TIMEOUT
10
Input Parameter Description Parameter CLASS_ID
Description
Range
It is Signal Class ID within the eNB.
Unit
Default
0~2
NONE
0
0 ~ 63
NONE
40
- 0 : S1 Signaling. -1 : X2 Signaling. -2 : S1/X2-U management
DSCP
DSCP value that will be set for the specified Signal ClassID.
Output Parameter Description CLASS_ID
It is Signal Class ID within the eNB. -
DSCP
632
0 : S1 Signaling.
-1
: X2 Signaling.
-2
: S1/X2-U management
DSCP value that will be set for the specified Signal ClassID.
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
LTE eNB Command Description/Ver.1.0
C2238 CREATE BLACK LISTED CELL INFORMATION Command Format CRTE-BLACK-LIST: CELL_NUM, BLACK_LIST_IDX, [STATUS], [PCI_TYPE], [START_PCI], [PCI_RANGE], [EARFCN_UL], [EARFCN_DL];
Command Description Creates the blacklist cell information for each cell in the eNB. The information on the blacklist cell for each cell in the eNB. The information is sent to the UE when executing a basic call. TIMEOUT
10
Input Parameter Description Parameter
Description
Range
Unit
Default
CELL_NUM
The cell number to be changed.
0~8
NONE
0
BLACK_LIST_I DX
Index for the blacklist cell.
0 ~ 127
NONE
0
Whether tuple information is valid ID.
N_EQUIP/EQUIP/
NONE
N_EQUI P
STATUS
- N_EQUIP: Invalid ID - EQUIP: Valid ID.
PCI_TYPE
Physical cell ID type of the blacklist cell. - ci_singlePci: Single PCI. - ci_rangedPci: PCI range.
ci_singlePci/ ci_rangedPci/
NONE
ci_singl ePci
START_PCI
The starting physical cell ID for the blacklist cell.
0 ~ 503
NONE
0
PCI_RANGE
Range from the starting physical cell ID of the blacklist cell. Not used if it is a single physical cell ID type.
ci_rangePCI_n4/ ci_rangePCI_n8/ ci_rangePCI_n12/ ci_rangePCI_n16/ ci_rangePCI_n24/ ci_rangePCI_n32/ ci_rangePCI_n48/ ci_rangePCI_n64/ ci_rangePCI_n84/ ci_rangePCI_n96/ ci_rangePCI_n128/ ci_rangePCI_n168/ ci_rangePCI_n252/ ci_rangePCI_n504/
NONE
ci_rang ePCI_n 4
EARFCN_UL
Uplink EARFCN (E-UTRA Absolute Radio Frequency Channel Number) of the blacklist cell.
0 ~ 65535
NONE
19600
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
633
Command Description
Parameter EARFCN_DL
Description
Range
Downlink EARFCN (E-UTRA Absolute Radio Frequency Channel Number) of the blacklist cell.
Unit
0 ~ 65535
NONE
Default 1600
Output Parameter Description CELL_NUM
The cell number to be changed.
BLACK_LIST_IDX
Index for the blacklist cell.
STATUS
Whether tuple information is valid ID.
PCI_TYPE
-
N_EQUIP: Invalid ID
-
EQUIP: Valid ID.
Physical cell ID type of the blacklist cell. -
ci_singlePci: Single PCI.
-
ci_rangedPci: PCI range.
START_PCI
The starting physical cell ID for the blacklist cell.
PCI_RANGE
Range from the starting physical cell ID of the blacklist cell. Not used if it is a single physical cell ID type.
EARFCN_UL
Uplink EARFCN (E-UTRA Absolute Radio Frequency Channel Number) of the blacklist cell.
EARFCN_DL
Downlink EARFCN (E-UTRA Absolute Radio Frequency Channel Number) of the blacklist cell.
634
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
LTE eNB Command Description/Ver.1.0
C2239 RETRIEVE SIGNAL DSCP INFORMATION Command Format RTRV-SIGDSCP-DATA: [CLASS_ID];
Command Description Retrieves Signal DSCP Data in the eNB. TIMEOUT
10
Input Parameter Description Parameter CLASS_ID
Description
Range
It is Signal Class ID within the eNB.
0~2
Unit NONE
Defaul t 0
- 0 : S1 Signaling. -1 : X2 Signaling. -2 : S1/X2-U management
Output Parameter Description CLASS_ID
It is Signal Class ID within the eNB. -
DSCP
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
0 : S1 Signaling.
-1
: X2 Signaling.
-2
: S1/X2-U management
DSCP value that will be set for the specified Signal ClassID.
635
Command Description
C2244 CREATE NEIGHBOR ENB INFORMATION Command Format CRTE-NBR-ENB: NBR_ENB_INDEX, [STATUS], [NO_X2], [NO_HO], [ENB_ID], [ENB_TYPE], [ENB_MCC], [ENB_MNC], [IP_VER], [NBR_ENB_IPV4], [NBR_ENB_IPV6], [SECONDARY_NBR_ENB_IPV4], [SECONDARY_NBR_ENB_IPV6], [ADMINISTRATIVE_STATE], [OWNER_TYPE], [REMOTE_FLAG];
Command Description Creates information on the neighboring eNB for operation. The user can create information on the neighboring eNB by entering the NBR_ENB_INDEX parameter value. If parameters are not specified, they are set to the defaults. TIMEOUT
10
Input Parameter Description Parameter
Description
Range
Unit
Default
NBR_ENB_IND EX
Index of the neighboring eNB. The value entered when registering the neighboring eNB is used.
0 ~ 255
NONE
0
STATUS
The validity of the neighboring eNB information. - N_EQUIP: Invalid ID - EQUIP: Valid ID.
N_EQUIP/EQUIP/
NONE
N_EQUI P
NO_X2
Whether to make X2 connection to the neighboring eNB. - False: X2 connection with the neighboring eNB is made. - True: X2 connection to the neighboring eNB is not made.
False/True/
NONE
False
NO_HO
Whether to perform handover to the neighboring eNB. - False: Handover to the neighboring eNB is performed. - True: Handover to the neighboring eNB is not performed.
False/True/
NONE
False
ENB_ID
The eNB ID represents the neighboring eNB. If the enbType value is macro eNB, 20 bit of the value is eNB ID. If the enbType value is home eNB, 28 bit of the value is eNB ID.
0 ~ 268435455
NONE
0
ENB_TYPE
eNB type of the neighboring eNB. - ci_Macro_eNB: Indicates the macro eNB. - ci_Home_eNB: Indicates the home eNB.
ci_Macro_eNB/ ci_Home_eNB/
NONE
ci_Macr o_eNB
636
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
LTE eNB Command Description/Ver.1.0
Parameter
Description
Range
Unit
Default
ENB_MCC
The PLMN information (MCC) that represents the neighboring eNB. It is a threedigit number with each digit being from 0 to 9.
3
NONE
450
ENB_MNC
The PLMN information (MNC) that represents the neighboring eNB. It is a threedigit or two-digit number with each digit being from 0 to 9.
3
NONE
08
IP_VER
The IP version, which is the IP address of the neighboring eNB.
IPV4/IPV6/
NONE
IPV4
NBR_ENB_IPV 4
Enter the IP address of the neighboring eNB in the IP version 4 format.
IPv4 Address
NONE
-
NBR_ENB_IPV 6
Enter the IP address of the neighboring eNB in the IP version 6 format.
IPv6 Address
NONE
-
SECONDARY_ NBR_ENB_IPV 4
Enter the secondary IP address of the neighboring eNB in the IP version 4 format.
IPv4 Address
NONE
-
SECONDARY_ NBR_ENB_IPV 6
Enter the secondary IP address of the neighboring eNB in the IP version 6 format.
IPv6 Address
NONE
-
ADMINISTRATI VE_STATE
This parameter defines Neighbor eNB Link Status
locked/unlocked/shuttingDown/
NONE
unlocke d
OWNER_TYPE
This parameter defines how NRT is updated, This filed can be classfied Initial NRT / ANR by Server/ ANR by UE / Created by User Command/CreatedByUserUI.
NoneType/InitialNRT/ AnrByServer/AnrByUe/ CreatedByUserCommand/CreatedByUserUI/
NONE
CreatedByUserCo mmand
REMOTE_FLA G
This parameter defines the target eNB is managed local EMS or other EMS
False/True/
NONE
False
Output Parameter Description NBR_ENB_INDEX
Index of the neighboring eNB. The value entered when registering the neighboring eNB is used.
STATUS
NO_X2
NO_HO
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
The validity of the neighboring eNB information. -
N_EQUIP: Invalid ID
-
EQUIP: Valid ID.
Whether to make X2 connection to the neighboring eNB. -
False: X2 connection with the neighboring eNB is made.
-
True: X2 connection to the neighboring eNB is not made.
Whether to perform handover to the neighboring eNB. -
False: Handover to the neighboring eNB is performed.
-
True: Handover to the neighboring eNB is not performed.
637
Command Description
ENB_ID
The eNB ID represents the neighboring eNB. If the enbType value is macro eNB, 20 bit of the value is eNB ID. If the enbType value is home eNB, 28 bit of the value is eNB ID.
ENB_TYPE
ENB_MCC
eNB type of the neighboring eNB. -
ci_Macro_eNB: Indicates the macro eNB.
-
ci_Home_eNB: Indicates the home eNB.
The PLMN information (MCC) that represents the neighboring eNB. It is a three-digit number with each digit being from 0 to 9.
ENB_MNC
The PLMN information (MNC) that represents the neighboring eNB. It is a three-digit or two-digit number with each digit being from 0 to 9.
IP_VER
The IP version, which is the IP address of the neighboring eNB.
NBR_ENB_IPV4
Enter the IP address of the neighboring eNB in the IP version 4 format.
NBR_ENB_IPV6
Enter the IP address of the neighboring eNB in the IP version 6 format.
SECONDARY_NBR_ENB_IPV4
Enter the secondary IP address of the neighboring eNB in the IP version 4 format.
SECONDARY_NBR_ENB_IPV6
Enter the secondary IP address of the neighboring eNB in the IP version 6 format.
ADMINISTRATIVE_STATE
This parameter defines Neighbor eNB Link Status
OWNER_TYPE
This parameter defines how NRT is updated, This filed can be classfied Initial NRT / ANR by Server/ ANR by UE / Created by User Command/CreatedByUserUI.
REMOTE_FLAG
This parameter defines the target eNB is managed local EMS or other EMS
638
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
LTE eNB Command Description/Ver.1.0
C2245 CREATE EXTERNAL EUTRAN CELL FDD INFORMATION Command Format CRTE-NBR-EUTRAN: CELL_NUM, RELATION_IDX, [STATUS], [ENB_ID], [FEMTO_INDICATOR], [VIRTUAL_INDICATOR], [TARGET_CELL_NUM], [ENB_TYPE], [ENB_MCC], [ENB_MNC], [PHY_CELL_ID], [TAC], [MCC0], [MNC0], [MCC1], [MNC1], [MCC2], [MNC2], [MCC3], [MNC3], [MCC4], [MNC4], [MCC5], [MNC5], [EARFCN_UL], [EARFCN_DL], [BANDWIDTH_UL], [BANDWIDTH_DL], [IND_OFFSET], [QOFFSET_CELL], [IS_REMOVE_ALLOWED], [IS_HOALLOWED], [OWNER_TYPE];
Command Description Creates information on E-UTRAN neighboring cell to the eNB. The user can create information on E-UTRAN neighboring cell by entering the CELL_NUM and RELATION_IDX parameter values. If parameters are not specified, they are set to the defaults. TIMEOUT
10
Input Parameter Description Parameter
Description
Range
Unit
Default
CELL_NUM
The cell number to be changed.
0~8
NONE
0
RELATION_IDX
Database index of E-UTRAN neighboring cell.
0 ~ 255
NONE
0
STATUS
The validity of the E-UTRAN neighboring cell information. - N_EQUIP: The E-UTRAN neighboring cell information is invalid ID. - EQUIP: The E-UTRAN neighboring cell information is valid ID.
N_EQUIP/EQUIP/
NONE
N_EQUI P
ENB_ID
The eNB ID of the eNB to which E-UTRAN neighboring cell to the eNB belongs. If the enbType value is macro eNB, 20 bit of the value is eNB ID. If the enbType value is home eNB, 28 bit of the value is eNB ID. It is used when creating a cell identifier.
0 ~ 268435455
NONE
0
FEMTO_INDIC ATOR
The femto indicator of E-UTRAN neighbor cell. - True: Femto cell. - False: Marco cell.
False/True/
NONE
False
VIRTUAL_INDI CATOR
The cloud indicator of E-UTRAN neighbor cell. - True: Cloud macro cell. - False: General macro cell.
False/True/
NONE
False
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
639
Command Description
Parameter
Description
Range
Unit
Default
TARGET_CELL _NUM
The local cell ID of E-UTRAN neighboring cell to the eNB. It is used when creating a cell identifier.
0 ~ 255
NONE
0
ENB_TYPE
The type of the eNB to which E-UTRAN neighboring cell to the eNB belongs. - ci_Macro_eNB: Indicates the macro eNB. - ci_Home_eNB: Indicates the home eNB.
ci_Macro_eNB/ ci_Home_eNB/
NONE
ci_Macr o_eNB
ENB_MCC
The PLMN information (MCC) of the eNB to which E-UTRAN neighboring cell to the eNB belongs. It is a three-digit number with each digit being from 0 to 9.
3
NONE
450
ENB_MNC
The PLMN information (MNC) of the eNB to which E-UTRAN neighboring cell to the eNB belongs. It is a three-digit or two-digit number with each digit being from 0 to 9.
3
NONE
08
PHY_CELL_ID
The physical cell ID of E-UTRAN neighboring cell to the eNB.
0 ~ 503
NONE
1
TAC
The tracking area code of E-UTRAN neighboring cell to the eNB.
H'0000 ~ H'FFFF
NONE
H'0000
MCC0
The broadcast PLMN list information (MCC) of E-UTRAN neighboring cell to the eNB. It is a three-digit number with each digit being from 0 to 9.
3
NONE
450
MNC0
The broadcast PLMN list information (MNC) of E-UTRAN neighboring cell to the eNB. It is a three-digit or two-digit number with each digit being from 0 to 9.
3
NONE
08
MCC1
The broadcast PLMN list information (MCC) of E-UTRAN neighboring cell to the eNB. It is a three-digit number with each digit being from 0 to 9.
3
NONE
FFF
MNC1
The broadcast PLMN list information (MNC) of E-UTRAN neighboring cell to the eNB. It is a three-digit or two-digit number with each digit being from 0 to 9.
3
NONE
FFF
MCC2
The broadcast PLMN list information (MCC) of E-UTRAN neighboring cell to the eNB. It is a three-digit number with each digit being from 0 to 9.
3
NONE
FFF
MNC2
The broadcast PLMN list information (MNC) of E-UTRAN neighboring cell to the eNB. It is a three-digit or two-digit number with each digit being from 0 to 9.
3
NONE
FFF
MCC3
The broadcast PLMN list information (MCC) of E-UTRAN neighboring cell to the eNB. It is a three-digit number with each digit being from 0 to 9.
3
NONE
FFF
MNC3
The broadcast PLMN list information (MNC) of E-UTRAN neighboring cell to the eNB. It is a three-digit or two-digit number with each digit being from 0 to 9.
3
NONE
FFF
640
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
LTE eNB Command Description/Ver.1.0
Parameter
Description
Range
Unit
Default
MCC4
The broadcast PLMN list information (MCC) of E-UTRAN neighboring cell to the eNB. It is a three-digit number with each digit being from 0 to 9.
3
NONE
FFF
MNC4
The broadcast PLMN list information (MNC) of E-UTRAN neighboring cell to the eNB. It is a three-digit or two-digit number with each digit being from 0 to 9.
3
NONE
FFF
MCC5
The broadcast PLMN list information (MCC) of E-UTRAN neighboring cell to the eNB. It is a three-digit number with each digit being from 0 to 9.
3
NONE
FFF
MNC5
The broadcast PLMN list information (MNC) of E-UTRAN neighboring cell to the eNB. It is a three-digit or two-digit number with each digit being from 0 to 9.
3
NONE
FFF
EARFCN_UL
The uplink EARFCN (E-UTRAN Absolute Radio Frequency Channel Number) of EUTRAN neighboring cell to the eNB.
0 ~ 65535
NONE
19600
EARFCN_DL
The uplink EARFCN (E-UTRAN Absolute Radio Frequency Channel Number) of EUTRAN neighboring cell to the eNB.
0 ~ 65535
NONE
1600
BANDWIDTH_ UL
The uplink bandwidth of E-UTRAN neighboring cell to the eNB.
ci_SystemBandwidth_n 6/ ci_SystemBandwidth_n 15/ ci_SystemBandwidth_n 25/ ci_SystemBandwidth_n 50/ ci_SystemBandwidth_n 75/ ci_SystemBandwidth_n 100/
NONE
ci_Syste mBand width_n 50
BANDWIDTH_ DL
The downlink bandwidth of E-UTRAN neighboring cell to the eNB.
ci_SystemBandwidth_n 6/ ci_SystemBandwidth_n 15/ ci_SystemBandwidth_n 25/ ci_SystemBandwidth_n 50/ ci_SystemBandwidth_n 75/ ci_SystemBandwidth_n 100/
NONE
ci_Syste mBand width_n 50
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
641
Command Description
Parameter
Description
Range
Unit
Default
IND_OFFSET
The cell individual offset to be applied to EUTRAN neighboring cell to the eNB. It is used for UE measurement in RRC Connected mode.
ci_dB-24/ci_dB-22/ ci_dB-20/ci_dB-18/ ci_dB-16/ci_dB-14/ ci_dB-12/ci_dB-10/ ci_dB-8/ci_dB-6/ci_dB5/ci_dB-4/ci_dB-3/ ci_dB-2/ci_dB-1/ ci_dB0/ci_dB1/ci_dB2/ ci_dB3/ci_dB4/ci_dB5/ ci_dB6/ci_dB8/ci_dB10/ ci_dB12/ci_dB14/ ci_dB16/ci_dB18/ ci_dB20/ci_dB22/ ci_dB24/
dB
ci_dB0
QOFFSET_CE LL
The cell quality offset to be applied to EUTRAN neighboring cell to the eNB. It is used for UE cell re-selection in RRC Idle mode.
ci_dB-24/ci_dB-22/ ci_dB-20/ci_dB-18/ ci_dB-16/ci_dB-14/ ci_dB-12/ci_dB-10/ ci_dB-8/ci_dB-6/ci_dB5/ci_dB-4/ci_dB-3/ ci_dB-2/ci_dB-1/ ci_dB0/ci_dB1/ci_dB2/ ci_dB3/ci_dB4/ci_dB5/ ci_dB6/ci_dB8/ci_dB10/ ci_dB12/ci_dB14/ ci_dB16/ci_dB18/ ci_dB20/ci_dB22/ ci_dB24/
dB
ci_dB0
IS_REMOVE_A LLOWED
Whether to delete a certain neighboring cell to the eNB using the ANR (Automatic Neighbor Relation) function. - True: The neighboring cell can be deleted. - False: The neighboring cell cannot be deleted.
False/True/
NONE
True
IS_HOALLOWE D
Whether to perform handover to E-UTRAN neighboring cell. - True: Handover is allowed. - False: Handover is not allowed.
False/True/
NONE
True
OWNER_TYPE
This parameter defines how NRT is updated, This filed can be classfied Initial NRT / ANR by Server/ ANR by UE / Created by User Command/CreatedByUserUI.
NoneType/InitialNRT/ AnrByServer/AnrByUe/ CreatedByUserCommand/CreatedByUserUI/
NONE
CreatedByUserCo mmand
Output Parameter Description CELL_NUM
The cell number to be changed.
RELATION_IDX
Database index of E-UTRAN neighboring cell.
STATUS
The validity of the E-UTRAN neighboring cell information. -
642
N_EQUIP: The E-UTRAN neighboring cell information is
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
LTE eNB Command Description/Ver.1.0
invalid ID. - EQUIP:
The E-UTRAN neighboring cell information is valid
ID. ENB_ID
The eNB ID of the eNB to which E-UTRAN neighboring cell to the eNB belongs. If the enbType value is macro eNB, 20 bit of the value is eNB ID. If the enbType value is home eNB, 28 bit of the value is eNB ID. It is used when creating a cell identifier.
FEMTO_INDICATOR
VIRTUAL_INDICATOR
TARGET_CELL_NUM
The femto indicator of E-UTRAN neighbor cell. -
True: Femto cell.
-
False: Marco cell.
The cloud indicator of E-UTRAN neighbor cell. -
True: Cloud macro cell.
-
False: General macro cell.
The local cell ID of E-UTRAN neighboring cell to the eNB. It is used when creating a cell identifier.
ENB_TYPE
The type of the eNB to which E-UTRAN neighboring cell to the eNB belongs.
ENB_MCC
-
ci_Macro_eNB: Indicates the macro eNB.
-
ci_Home_eNB: Indicates the home eNB.
The PLMN information (MCC) of the eNB to which E-UTRAN neighboring cell to the eNB belongs. It is a three-digit number with each digit being from 0 to 9.
ENB_MNC
The PLMN information (MNC) of the eNB to which EUTRAN neighboring cell to the eNB belongs. It is a three-digit or two-digit number with each digit being from 0 to 9.
PHY_CELL_ID
The physical cell ID of E-UTRAN neighboring cell to the eNB.
TAC
The tracking area code of E-UTRAN neighboring cell to the eNB.
MCC0
The broadcast PLMN list information (MCC) of E-UTRAN neighboring cell to the eNB. It is a three-digit number with each digit being from 0 to 9.
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
643
Command Description
MNC0
The broadcast PLMN list information (MNC) of E-UTRAN neighboring cell to the eNB. It is a three-digit or two-digit number with each digit being from 0 to 9.
MCC1
The broadcast PLMN list information (MCC) of E-UTRAN neighboring cell to the eNB. It is a three-digit number with each digit being from 0 to 9.
MNC1
The broadcast PLMN list information (MNC) of E-UTRAN neighboring cell to the eNB. It is a three-digit or two-digit number with each digit being from 0 to 9.
MCC2
The broadcast PLMN list information (MCC) of E-UTRAN neighboring cell to the eNB. It is a three-digit number with each digit being from 0 to 9.
MNC2
The broadcast PLMN list information (MNC) of E-UTRAN neighboring cell to the eNB. It is a three-digit or two-digit number with each digit being from 0 to 9.
MCC3
The broadcast PLMN list information (MCC) of E-UTRAN neighboring cell to the eNB. It is a three-digit number with each digit being from 0 to 9.
MNC3
The broadcast PLMN list information (MNC) of E-UTRAN neighboring cell to the eNB. It is a three-digit or two-digit number with each digit being from 0 to 9.
MCC4
The broadcast PLMN list information (MCC) of E-UTRAN neighboring cell to the eNB. It is a three-digit number with each digit being from 0 to 9.
MNC4
The broadcast PLMN list information (MNC) of E-UTRAN neighboring cell to the eNB. It is a three-digit or two-digit number with each digit being from 0 to 9.
MCC5
The broadcast PLMN list information (MCC) of E-UTRAN neighboring cell to the eNB. It is a three-digit number with each digit being from 0 to 9.
MNC5
The broadcast PLMN list information (MNC) of E-UTRAN neighboring cell to the eNB. It is a three-digit or two-digit num-
644
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
LTE eNB Command Description/Ver.1.0
ber with each digit being from 0 to 9. EARFCN_UL
The uplink EARFCN (E-UTRAN Absolute Radio Frequency Channel Number) of E-UTRAN neighboring cell to the eNB.
EARFCN_DL
The uplink EARFCN (E-UTRAN Absolute Radio Frequency Channel Number) of E-UTRAN neighboring cell to the eNB.
BANDWIDTH_UL
The uplink bandwidth of E-UTRAN neighboring cell to the eNB.
BANDWIDTH_DL
The downlink bandwidth of E-UTRAN neighboring cell to the eNB.
IND_OFFSET
The cell individual offset to be applied to E-UTRAN neighboring cell to the eNB. It is used for UE measurement in RRC Connected mode.
QOFFSET_CELL
The cell quality offset to be applied to E-UTRAN neighboring cell to the eNB. It is used for UE cell re-selection in RRC Idle mode.
IS_REMOVE_ALLOWED
Whether to delete a certain neighboring cell to the eNB using the ANR (Automatic Neighbor Relation) function.
IS_HOALLOWED
OWNER_TYPE
-
True: The neighboring cell can be deleted.
-
False: The neighboring cell cannot be deleted.
Whether to perform handover to E-UTRAN neighboring cell. -
True: Handover is allowed.
-
False: Handover is not allowed.
This parameter defines how NRT is updated, This filed can be classfied Initial NRT / ANR by Server/ ANR by UE / Created by User Command/CreatedByUserUI.
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
645
Command Description
C2246 CREATE EXTERNAL UTRAN CELL INFORMATION Command Format CRTE-NBR-UTRAN: CELL_NUM, RELATION_IDX, [STATUS], [RNC_ID], [C_ID], [LAC], [RAC], [MCC0], [MNC0], [MCC1], [MNC1], [MCC2], [MNC2], [MCC3], [MNC3], [MCC4], [MNC4], [MCC5], [MNC5], [DUPLEX_TYPE], [P_SCM_CODE], [CELL_PARA_ID], [ARFCN_UL], [ARFCN_DL], [IS_REMOVE_ALLOWED], [IS_HOALLOWED], [VOIP_INCAPABLE], [RIM_SUPPORT], [OWNER_TYPE], [HIGH_PRIORITY_FOR_CSFB];
Command Description Creates information on UTRAN neighboring cell to the eNB. The user can create information on UTRAN neighboring cell by entering the CELL_NUM and RELATION_IDX parameter values. If parameters are not specified, they are set to the defaults. TIMEOUT
10
Input Parameter Description Parameter
Description
Range
Unit
Default
CELL_NUM
The cell number to be changed.
0~8
NONE
0
RELATION_IDX
Database index of UTRAN neighboring cell.
0 ~ 255
NONE
0
STATUS
The validity of the UTRAN neighboring cell information. - N_EQUIP: UTRAN neighboring cell information is invalid ID. - EQUIP: UTRAN neighboring cell information is valid ID.
N_EQUIP/EQUIP/
NONE
N_EQUI P
RNC_ID
RNC ID of UTRAN neighboring cell to the eNB.
0 ~ 4095
NONE
0
C_ID
CID of UTRAN neighboring cell to the eNB.
0 ~ 65535
NONE
0
LAC
The location area code of UTRAN neighboring cell to the eNB.
0 ~ 65535
NONE
0
RAC
The routing area code of UTRAN neighboring cell to the eNB.
0 ~ 255
NONE
0
MCC0
The broadcast PLMN list information (MCC) of UTRAN neighboring cell to the eNB. It is a three-digit number with each digit being from 0 to 9.
3
NONE
450
646
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
LTE eNB Command Description/Ver.1.0
Parameter
Description
Range
Unit
Default
MNC0
The broadcast PLMN list information (MNC) of UTRAN neighboring cell to the eNB. It is a three-digit or two-digit number with each digit being from 0 to 9.
3
NONE
08
MCC1
The broadcast PLMN list information (MCC) of UTRAN neighboring cell to the eNB. It is a three-digit number with each digit being from 0 to 9.
3
NONE
FFF
MNC1
The broadcast PLMN list information (MNC) of UTRAN neighboring cell to the eNB. It is a three-digit or two-digit number with each digit being from 0 to 9.
3
NONE
FFF
MCC2
The broadcast PLMN list information (MCC) of UTRAN neighboring cell to the eNB. It is a three-digit number with each digit being from 0 to 9.
3
NONE
FFF
MNC2
The broadcast PLMN list information (MNC) of UTRAN neighboring cell to the eNB. It is a three-digit or two-digit number with each digit being from 0 to 9.
3
NONE
FFF
MCC3
The broadcast PLMN list information (MCC) of UTRAN neighboring cell to the eNB. It is a three-digit number with each digit being from 0 to 9.
3
NONE
FFF
MNC3
The broadcast PLMN list information (MNC) of UTRAN neighboring cell to the eNB. It is a three-digit or two-digit number with each digit being from 0 to 9.
3
NONE
FFF
MCC4
The broadcast PLMN list information (MCC) of UTRAN neighboring cell to the eNB. It is a three-digit number with each digit being from 0 to 9.
3
NONE
FFF
MNC4
The broadcast PLMN list information (MNC) of UTRAN neighboring cell to the eNB. It is a three-digit or two-digit number with each digit being from 0 to 9.
3
NONE
FFF
MCC5
The broadcast PLMN list information (MCC) of UTRAN neighboring cell to the eNB. It is a three-digit number with each digit being from 0 to 9.
3
NONE
FFF
MNC5
The broadcast PLMN list information (MNC) of UTRAN neighboring cell to the eNB. It is a three-digit or two-digit number with each digit being from 0 to 9.
3
NONE
FFF
DUPLEX_TYPE
The duplex type of UTRAN neighboring cell to the eNB. - ci_FDD: Frequency division duplex. - ci_TDD: Time division duplex.
ci_FDD/ci_TDD/
NONE
ci_FDD
P_SCM_CODE
The primary scramble code of UTRAN neighboring cell to the eNB, which needs only for FDD.
0 ~ 511
NONE
0
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
647
Command Description
Parameter
Description
Range
Unit
Default
CELL_PARA_I D
The cell parameter ID of UTRAN neighboring cell to the eNB, which needs only for TDD.
0 ~ 127
NONE
0
ARFCN_UL
The uplink absolute radio frequency channel number (ARFCN) of UTRAN neighboring cell to the eNB.
0 ~ 16383
NONE
0
ARFCN_DL
The downlink absolute radio frequency channel number (ARFCN) of UTRAN neighboring cell to the eNB.
0 ~ 16383
NONE
0
IS_REMOVE_A LLOWED
Whether to delete a certain neighboring cell to the eNB using the ANR (Automatic Neighbor Relation) function. - True: The neighboring cell can be deleted. - False: The neighboring cell cannot be deleted.
False/True/
NONE
True
IS_HOALLOWE D
Whether to perform handover to UTRAN neighboring cell. - True: Handover is allowed. - False: Handover is not allowed.
False/True/
NONE
True
VOIP_INCAPA BLE
Whether to support VoIp of UTRAN neighboring cell. - True: VoIP is support. - False: VoIP is not supported.
False/True/
NONE
True
RIM_SUPPORT
Whether to support RIM Procedure of UTRAN neighbor cell. - False : RIM is not support. - True : RIM is support.
False/True/
NONE
False
OWNER_TYPE
This parameter defines how NRT is updated, This filed can be classfied Initial NRT / ANR by Server/ ANR by UE / Created by User Command/CreatedByUserUI.
NoneType/InitialNRT/ AnrByServer/AnrByUe/ CreatedByUserCommand/CreatedByUserUI/
NONE
CreatedByUserCo mmandvalid ID
HIGH_PRIORIT Y_FOR_CSFB
Whether to decide CSFB_Hysteresis application availability about CSFB with PS HO
False/True/
NONE
False
Output Parameter Description CELL_NUM
The cell number to be changed.
RELATION_IDX
Database index of UTRAN neighboring cell.
STATUS
The valid IDity of the UTRAN neighboring cell information. -
N_EQUIP: UTRAN neighboring cell information is invalid
ID. -
RNC_ID
648
EQUIP: UTRAN neighboring cell information is valid ID.
RNC ID of UTRAN neighboring cell to the eNB.
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
LTE eNB Command Description/Ver.1.0
C_ID
CID of UTRAN neighboring cell to the eNB.
LAC
The location area code of UTRAN neighboring cell to the eNB.
RAC
The routing area code of UTRAN neighboring cell to the eNB.
MCC0
The broadcast PLMN list information (MCC) of UTRAN neighboring cell to the eNB. It is a three-digit number with each digit being from 0 to 9.
MNC0
The broadcast PLMN list information (MNC) of UTRAN neighboring cell to the eNB. It is a three-digit or two-digit number with each digit being from 0 to 9.
MCC1
The broadcast PLMN list information (MCC) of UTRAN neighboring cell to the eNB. It is a three-digit number with each digit being from 0 to 9.
MNC1
The broadcast PLMN list information (MNC) of UTRAN neighboring cell to the eNB. It is a three-digit or two-digit number with each digit being from 0 to 9.
MCC2
The broadcast PLMN list information (MCC) of UTRAN neighboring cell to the eNB. It is a three-digit number with each digit being from 0 to 9.
MNC2
The broadcast PLMN list information (MNC) of UTRAN neighboring cell to the eNB. It is a three-digit or two-digit number with each digit being from 0 to 9.
MCC3
The broadcast PLMN list information (MCC) of UTRAN neighboring cell to the eNB. It is a three-digit number with each digit being from 0 to 9.
MNC3
The broadcast PLMN list information (MNC) of UTRAN neighboring cell to the eNB. It is a three-digit or two-digit number with each digit being from 0 to 9.
MCC4
The broadcast PLMN list information (MCC) of UTRAN neighboring cell to the eNB. It is a three-digit number with each digit being from 0 to 9.
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
649
Command Description
MNC4
The broadcast PLMN list information (MNC) of UTRAN neighboring cell to the eNB. It is a three-digit or two-digit number with each digit being from 0 to 9.
MCC5
The broadcast PLMN list information (MCC) of UTRAN neighboring cell to the eNB. It is a three-digit number with each digit being from 0 to 9.
MNC5
The broadcast PLMN list information (MNC) of UTRAN neighboring cell to the eNB. It is a three-digit or two-digit number with each digit being from 0 to 9.
DUPLEX_TYPE
P_SCM_CODE
The duplex type of UTRAN neighboring cell to the eNB. -
ci_FDD: Frequency division duplex.
-
ci_TDD: Time division duplex.
The primary scramble code of UTRAN neighboring cell to the eNB, which needs only for FDD.
CELL_PARA_ID
The cell parameter ID of UTRAN neighboring cell to the eNB, which needs only for TDD.
ARFCN_UL
The uplink absolute radio frequency channel number (ARFCN) of UTRAN neighboring cell to the eNB.
ARFCN_DL
The downlink absolute radio frequency channel number (ARFCN) of UTRAN neighboring cell to the eNB.
IS_REMOVE_ALLOWED
Whether to delete a certain neighboring cell to the eNB using the ANR (Automatic Neighbor Relation) function.
IS_HOALLOWED
650
-
True: The neighboring cell can be deleted.
-
False: The neighboring cell cannot be deleted.
Whether to perform handover to UTRAN neighboring cell. -
True: Handover is allowed.
-
False: Handover is not allowed.
RIM_STATUS
This parameter shown RIM Association Status
VOIP_INCAPABLE
Whether to support VoIp of UTRAN neighboring cell. -
True: VoIP is support.
-
False: VoIP is not supported.
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
LTE eNB Command Description/Ver.1.0
RIM_SUPPORT
OWNER_TYPE
Whether to support RIM Procedure of UTRAN neighbor cell. -
False : RIM is not support.
-
True : RIM is support.
This parameter defines how NRT is updated, This filed can be classfied Initial NRT / ANR by Server/ ANR by UE / Created by User Command/CreatedByUserUI.
HIGH_PRIORITY_FOR_CSFB
Whether to decide CSFB_Hysteresis application availability about CSFB with PS HO
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
651
Command Description
C2249 DELETE BLACK LISTED CELL INFORMATION Command Format DLT-BLACK-LIST: CELL_NUM, BLACK_LIST_IDX;
Command Description Deletes the blacklist cell information for each cell in the eNB. The user can delete the blacklist cell information by entering the Cell Num and Black List Index parameter values. TIMEOUT
10
Input Parameter Description Parameter
Description
Range
Unit
Default
CELL_NUM
The cell number to be changed.
0~8
NONE
0
BLACK_LIST_I DX
Index for the blacklist cell.
0 ~ 127
NONE
0
Output Parameter Description No output parameter.
652
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
LTE eNB Command Description/Ver.1.0
C2255 DELETE NEIGHBOR ENB INFORMATION Command Format DLT-NBR-ENB: NBR_ENB_INDEX;
Command Description Deletes information on the neighboring eNB to the eNB. The user can delete information on the neighboring eNB by entering the NBR_ENB_INDEX parameter value. TIMEOUT
10
Input Parameter Description Parameter
Description
NBR_ENB_INDEX
Index of the neighboring eNB. The value entered when registering the neighboring eNB is used.
Range 0 ~ 255
Unit NONE
Defaul t 0
Output Parameter Description No output parameter.
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
653
Command Description
C2256 DELETE EXTERNAL EUTRAN CELL FDD INFORMATION Command Format DLT-NBR-EUTRAN: CELL_NUM, RELATION_IDX;
Command Description Deletes information on E-UTRAN neighboring cell to the eNB. The user can delete information on E-UTRAN neighboring cell by entering the CELL_NUM and RELATION_IDX parameter values. TIMEOUT
10
Input Parameter Description Parameter
Description
Range
Unit
Default
CELL_NUM
The cell number to be changed.
0~8
NONE
0
RELATION_IDX
Database index of E-UTRAN neighboring cell.
0 ~ 255
NONE
0
Output Parameter Description No output parameter.
654
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
LTE eNB Command Description/Ver.1.0
C2257 DELETE EXTERNAL UTRAN CELL INFORMATION Command Format DLT-NBR-UTRAN: CELL_NUM, RELATION_IDX;
Command Description Deletes information on UTRAN neighboring cell to the eNB. The user can delete information on UTRAN neighboring cell by entering the CELL_NUM and RELATION_IDX parameter values. TIMEOUT
10
Input Parameter Description Parameter
Description
Range
Unit
Default
CELL_NUM
The cell number to be changed.
0~8
NONE
0
RELATION_IDX
Database index of UTRAN neighboring cell.
0 ~ 255
NONE
0
Output Parameter Description No output parameter.
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
655
Command Description
C2260 RETRIEVE SON FUNCTION ENB CONTROL FLAGS Command Format RTRV-SONFN-ENB;
Command Description Retrieves the flag for the SON function controlled by the eNB. There can be 3 operation modes, which are Function Off, Manual Apply and Auto Apply or 2 operation modes, which are Function Off and Auto Apply. TIMEOUT
10
Input Parameter Description No input parameter.
Output Parameter Description PCID_ENABLE
Controls SON PCID in 3 modes. -
sonFuncOff: Performs X2 monitoring.
-
sonManualApply: Assigns the initial PCI automatically, per-
forms X2 monitoring, and detects PCI collision/confusion. -
sonAutoApply: Assigns the initial PCI automatically, per-
forms X2 monitoring, and detects PCI collision/confusion. DELAY_COMPENSATION_ENABLEControls SON delay compensation in 2 modes.
656
-
sonFuncOff: SON delay compensation is disabled.
-
sonAutoApply: SON delay compensation is enabled.
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
LTE eNB Command Description/Ver.1.0
C2261 CHANGE SON FUNCTION ENB CONTROL FLAGS Command Format CHG-SONFN-ENB: [PCID_ENABLE], [DELAY_COMPENSATION_ENABLE];
Command Description Changes the flag for the SON function controlled by the eNB. There can be 3 operation modes, which are Function Off, Manual Apply and Auto Apply or 2 operation modes, which are Function Off and Auto Apply. TIMEOUT
10
Input Parameter Description Parameter
Description
Range
PCID_ENABLE
Controls SON PCID in 3 modes. - sonFuncOff: Performs X2 monitoring. - sonManualApply: Assigns the initial PCI automatically, performs X2 monitoring, and detects PCI collision/confusion. - sonAutoApply: Assigns the initial PCI automatically, performs X2 monitoring, and detects PCI collision/confusion.
DELAY_COMP ENSATION_EN ABLE
Controls SON delay compensation in 2 modes. - sonFuncOff: SON delay compensation is disabled. - sonAutoApply: SON delay compensation is enabled.
Unit
Default
sonFuncOff/sonManualApply/sonAutoApply/
NONE
sonFuncOff
sonFuncOff/sonAutoApply/
NONE
sonAutoApply
Output Parameter Description PCID_ENABLE
Controls SON PCID in 3 modes. -
sonFuncOff: Performs X2 monitoring.
-
sonManualApply: Assigns the initial PCI automatically, per-
forms X2 monitoring, and detects PCI collision/confusion. -
sonAutoApply: Assigns the initial PCI automatically, per-
forms X2 monitoring, and detects PCI collision/confusion. DELAY_COMPENSATION_ENABLEControls SON delay compensation in 2 modes.
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
657
Command Description
658
-
sonFuncOff: SON delay compensation is disabled.
-
sonAutoApply: SON delay compensation is enabled.
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
LTE eNB Command Description/Ver.1.0
C2266 RETRIEVE SON RO Command Format RTRV-SON-RO;
Command Description Retrieves parameters required for RO (RACH Optimization). This command retrieves the following parameters: the collection period of RACH data-related statistics required to operate RO, the minimum/maximum values of the parameters that can be changed by RO, the optimizationrelated parameters for the number of dedicated preambles, RACH Tx power and PRACH configuration index. It has a significance if SONFN-CELL: rachOptEnable := 1 (Manual Apply) or 2 (Automatic Apply). TIMEOUT
10
Input Parameter Description No input parameter.
Output Parameter Description T_PERIOD
The period of statistics monitoring. This value (one_day/ one_week/one_month, default=one_month) is used for triggering the RACH parameter control. -
one_day: RO is triggered based on handover statistics col-
lected for 1 day. -
one_week: RO is triggered based on handover statistics col-
lected for 1 week. -
one_month: RO is triggered based on handover statistics col-
lected for 1 month. T_PERIOD_TEMP
The period of fallback statistics monitoring. This value (one_hour/one_day/one_week, default=one_week) is used for checking a fault where RACH performance is not temporarily met after the RACH parameter is changed. -
one_hour: Fallback for RO based on the handover statistics
collected for 1 hour. -
one_day: Fallback for RO based on the handover statistics
collected for 1 day.
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
659
Command Description
-
one_week: Fallback for RO based on the handover statistics
collected for 1 week. RACH_FILTERING_COEFF
The coefficient applied to filtering when processing RACH statistics data. F(n) = (1-rachFilteringCoeff)xF(n-1) + rachFilteringCoeff x CurrentValue
DEDICATED_INCREASE
The threshold that increases the number of dedicated preambles.
DEDICATED_DECREASE
The threshold that decreases the number of dedicated preambles.
PROB_DEDICATED_INCREASE The probability that increases the number of dedicated preambles. PROB_DEDICATED_DECREASE The probability that decreases the number of dedicated preambles. DEDICATED_MAX
The maximum value of the number of dedicated preambles. {n0, n4, n8, n12, n16, n20, n24, n28, n32, n36, n40, n44, n48, n52, n56, n60}
DEDICATED_MIN
The minimum value of the number of dedicated preambles. {n0, n4, n8, n12, n16, n20, n24, n28, n32, n36, n40, n44, n48, n52, n56, n60}
POWER_INCREASE
The threshold that increases preamble Tx-related power resources.
POWER_DECREASE
The threshold that decreases preamble Tx-related power resources.
POWER_INCREASE_DED
The threshold that increases dedicated preamble Tx-related power resources.
POWER_DECREASE_DED
The threshold that decreases dedicated preamble Tx-related power resources.
PROB_POWER_INCREASE
The probability that increases preamble Tx-related power resources.
660
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
LTE eNB Command Description/Ver.1.0
PROB_POWER_DECREASE
The probability that decreases preamble Tx-related power resources.
PREAMBLE_INITIAL_RECEIVED_TARGET_POWER_MAXThe maximum value of initial received target power. {dBm-120, dBm-118, dBm-116, dBm114, dBm-112, dBm-110, dBm-108, dBm-106, dBm-104, dBm102, dBm-100, dBm-98, dBm-96, dBm-94, dBm-92, dBm-90} PREAMBLE_INITIAL_RECEIVED_TARGET_POWER_MINThe minimum value of initial received target power. {dBm-120, dBm-118, dBm-116, dBm114, dBm-112, dBm-110, dBm-108, dBm-106, dBm-104, dBm102, dBm-100, dBm-98, dBm-96, dBm-94, dBm-92, dBm-90} POWER_RAMPING_STEP_MAX The maximum value of ramping step. {dB0, dB2,dB4, dB6} POWER_RAMPING_STEP_MIN
The minimum value of ramping step. {dB0, dB2,dB4, dB6}
CONTENTION_INCREASE
The threshold that increases PRACH configuration index.
CONTENTION_DECREASE
The threshold that decreases PRACH configuration index.
PROB_CONTENTION_INCREASE The probability that increases PRACH configuration index. PROB_CONTENTION_DECREASEThe probability that decreases PRACH configuration index. TIME_CHANCE_MAX
The maximum value of time chance index related to PRACH configuration index. {0.5, 1, 2, 3, 5, 10}
TIME_CHANCE_MIN
The minimum value of time chance index related to PRACH configuration index. {0.5, 1, 2, 3, 5, 10}
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
661
Command Description
C2267 CHANGE SON RO Command Format CHG-SON-RO: [T_PERIOD], [T_PERIOD_TEMP], [RACH_FILTERING_COEFF], [DEDICATED_INCREASE], [DEDICATED_DECREASE], [PROB_DEDICATED_INCREASE], [PROB_DEDICATED_DECREASE], [DEDICATED_MAX], [DEDICATED_MIN], [POWER_INCREASE], [POWER_DECREASE], [POWER_INCREASE_DED], [POWER_DECREASE_DED], [PROB_POWER_INCREASE], [PROB_POWER_DECREASE], [PREAMBLE_INITIAL_RECEIVED_TARGET_POWER_MAX], [PREAMBLE_INITIAL_RECEIVED_TARGET_POWER_MIN], [POWER_RAMPING_STEP_MAX], [POWER_RAMPING_STEP_MIN], [CONTENTION_INCREASE], [CONTENTION_DECREASE], [PROB_CONTENTION_INCREASE], [PROB_CONTENTION_DECREASE], [TIME_CHANCE_MAX], [TIME_CHANCE_MIN];
Command Description Changes parameters required for RO (RACH Optimization). This command changes the following parameters: the collection period of RACH data-related statistics required to operate RO, the minimum/maximum values of the parameters that can be changed by RO, the optimizationrelated parameters for the number of dedicated preambles, RACH Tx power and PRACH configuration index. It has a significance if SONFN-CELL: rachOptEnable := 1 (Manual Apply) or 2 (Automatic Apply). TIMEOUT
10
Input Parameter Description Parameter T_PERIOD
662
Description The period of statistics monitoring. This value (one_day/one_week/one_month, default=one_month) is used for triggering the RACH parameter control. - one_day: RO is triggered based on handover statistics collected for 1 day. - one_week: RO is triggered based on handover statistics collected for 1 week. - one_month: RO is triggered based on handover statistics collected for 1 month.
Range one_day/one_week/ one_month/
Unit
Default
NONE
one_mo nth
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
LTE eNB Command Description/Ver.1.0
Parameter
Description
T_PERIOD_TE MP
The period of fallback statistics monitoring. This value (one_hour/one_day/one_week, default=one_week) is used for checking a fault where RACH performance is not temporarily met after the RACH parameter is changed. - one_hour: Fallback for RO based on the handover statistics collected for 1 hour. - one_day: Fallback for RO based on the handover statistics collected for 1 day. - one_week: Fallback for RO based on the handover statistics collected for 1 week.
RACH_FILTERI NG_COEFF
Unit
Default
one_hour/one_day/ one_week/
NONE
one_we ek
The coefficient applied to filtering when processing RACH statistics data. F(n) = (1rachFilteringCoeff)xF(n-1) + rachFilteringCoeff x CurrentValue
0.000000 ~ 1.000000
NONE
0.0333
DEDICATED_I NCREASE
The threshold that increases the number of dedicated preambles.
0 ~ 100
%
1
DEDICATED_D ECREASE
The threshold that decreases the number of dedicated preambles.
0 ~ 100
%
1
PROB_DEDICA TED_INCREAS E
The probability that increases the number of dedicated preambles.
0 ~ 100
%
10
PROB_DEDICA TED_DECREA SE
The probability that decreases the number of dedicated preambles.
0 ~ 100
%
10
DEDICATED_M AX
The maximum value of the number of dedicated preambles. {n0, n4, n8, n12, n16, n20, n24, n28, n32, n36, n40, n44, n48, n52, n56, n60}
ci_ro_n0/ci_ro_n4/ ci_ro_n8/ci_ro_n12/ ci_ro_n16/ci_ro_n20/ ci_ro_n24/ci_ro_n28/ ci_ro_n32/ci_ro_n36/ ci_ro_n40/ci_ro_n44/ ci_ro_n48/ci_ro_n54/ ci_ro_n56/ci_ro_n60/
NONE
ci_ro_n 32
DEDICATED_M IN
The minimum value of the number of dedicated preambles. {n0, n4, n8, n12, n16, n20, n24, n28, n32, n36, n40, n44, n48, n52, n56, n60}
ci_ro_n0/ci_ro_n4/ ci_ro_n8/ci_ro_n12/ ci_ro_n16/ci_ro_n20/ ci_ro_n24/ci_ro_n28/ ci_ro_n32/ci_ro_n36/ ci_ro_n40/ci_ro_n44/ ci_ro_n48/ci_ro_n54/ ci_ro_n56/ci_ro_n60/
NONE
ci_ro_n 4
POWER_INCR EASE
The threshold that increases preamble Txrelated power resources.
0 ~ 199
NONE
10
POWER_DECR EASE
The threshold that decreases preamble Txrelated power resources.
0 ~ 199
NONE
2
POWER_INCR EASE_DED
The threshold that increases dedicated preamble Tx-related power resources.
0 ~ 199
NONE
3
POWER_DECR EASE_DED
The threshold that decreases dedicated preamble Tx-related power resources.
0 ~ 199
NONE
2
PROB_POWER _INCREASE
The probability that increases preamble Txrelated power resources.
0 ~ 100
%
10
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
Range
663
Command Description
Parameter
Description
Range
Unit
Default
PROB_POWER _DECREASE
The probability that decreases preamble Tx-related power resources.
0 ~ 100
%
10
PREAMBLE_IN ITIAL_RECEIV ED_TARGET_P OWER_MAX
The maximum value of initial received target power. {dBm-120, dBm-118, dBm-116, dBm-114, dBm-112, dBm-110, dBm-108, dBm-106, dBm-104, dBm-102, dBm-100, dBm-98, dBm-96, dBm-94, dBm-92, dBm90}
ci_roTarget_dbm_minu s120/ ci_roTarget_dbm_minu s118/ ci_roTarget_dbm_minu s116/ ci_roTarget_dbm_minu s114/ ci_roTarget_dbm_minu s112/ ci_roTarget_dbm_minu s110/ ci_roTarget_dbm_minu s108/ ci_roTarget_dbm_minu s106/ ci_roTarget_dbm_minu s104/ ci_roTarget_dbm_minu s102/ ci_roTarget_dbm_minu s100/ ci_roTarget_dbm_minu s98/ ci_roTarget_dbm_minu s96/ ci_roTarget_dbm_minu s94/ ci_roTarget_dbm_minu s92/ ci_roTarget_dbm_minu s90/
NONE
ci_roTar get_db m_minu s90
664
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
LTE eNB Command Description/Ver.1.0
Parameter
Description
Range
Unit
Default
PREAMBLE_IN ITIAL_RECEIV ED_TARGET_P OWER_MIN
The minimum value of initial received target power. {dBm-120, dBm-118, dBm-116, dBm-114, dBm-112, dBm-110, dBm-108, dBm-106, dBm-104, dBm-102, dBm-100, dBm-98, dBm-96, dBm-94, dBm-92, dBm90}
ci_roTarget_dbm_minu s120/ ci_roTarget_dbm_minu s118/ ci_roTarget_dbm_minu s116/ ci_roTarget_dbm_minu s114/ ci_roTarget_dbm_minu s112/ ci_roTarget_dbm_minu s110/ ci_roTarget_dbm_minu s108/ ci_roTarget_dbm_minu s106/ ci_roTarget_dbm_minu s104/ ci_roTarget_dbm_minu s102/ ci_roTarget_dbm_minu s100/ ci_roTarget_dbm_minu s98/ ci_roTarget_dbm_minu s96/ ci_roTarget_dbm_minu s94/ ci_roTarget_dbm_minu s92/ ci_roTarget_dbm_minu s90/
NONE
ci_roTar get_db m_minu s120
POWER_RAM PING_STEP_M AX
The maximum value of ramping step. {dB0, dB2,dB4, dB6}
ci_roStep_0dB/ ci_roStep_2dB/ ci_roStep_4dB/ ci_roStep_6dB/
NONE
ci_roSte p_6dB
POWER_RAM PING_STEP_M IN
The minimum value of ramping step. {dB0, dB2,dB4, dB6}
ci_roStep_0dB/ ci_roStep_2dB/ ci_roStep_4dB/ ci_roStep_6dB/
NONE
ci_roSte p_2dB
CONTENTION_ INCREASE
The threshold that increases PRACH configuration index.
0 ~ 100
%
10
CONTENTION_ DECREASE
The threshold that decreases PRACH configuration index.
0 ~ 100
%
2
PROB_CONTE NTION_INCRE ASE
The probability that increases PRACH configuration index.
0 ~ 100
%
10
PROB_CONTE NTION_DECRE ASE
The probability that decreases PRACH configuration index.
0 ~ 100
%
10
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
665
Command Description
Parameter
Description
Range
Unit
Default
TIME_CHANCE _MAX
The maximum value of time chance index related to PRACH configuration index. {0.5, 1, 2, 3, 5, 10}
ci_roConfig_0_5/ ci_roConfig_1/ ci_roConfig_2/ ci_roConfig_3/ ci_roConfig_5/ ci_roConfig_10/
NONE
ci_roCo nfig_10
TIME_CHANCE _MIN
The minimum value of time chance index related to PRACH configuration index. {0.5, 1, 2, 3, 5, 10}
ci_roConfig_0_5/ ci_roConfig_1/ ci_roConfig_2/ ci_roConfig_3/ ci_roConfig_5/ ci_roConfig_10/
NONE
ci_roCo nfig_0_ 5
Output Parameter Description T_PERIOD
The period of statistics monitoring. This value (one_day/ one_week/one_month, default=one_month) is used for triggering the RACH parameter control. -
one_day: RO is triggered based on handover statistics col-
lected for 1 day. -
one_week: RO is triggered based on handover statistics col-
lected for 1 week. -
one_month: RO is triggered based on handover statistics col-
lected for 1 month. T_PERIOD_TEMP
The period of fallback statistics monitoring. This value (one_hour/one_day/one_week, default=one_week) is used for checking a fault where RACH performance is not temporarily met after the RACH parameter is changed. -
one_hour: Fallback for RO based on the handover statistics
collected for 1 hour. -
one_day: Fallback for RO based on the handover statistics
collected for 1 day. -
one_week: Fallback for RO based on the handover statistics
collected for 1 week. RACH_FILTERING_COEFF
The coefficient applied to filtering when processing RACH statistics data. F(n) = (1-rachFilteringCoeff)xF(n-1) + rachFilteringCoeff x CurrentValue
DEDICATED_INCREASE
The threshold that increases the number of dedicated preambles.
666
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
LTE eNB Command Description/Ver.1.0
DEDICATED_DECREASE
The threshold that decreases the number of dedicated preambles.
PROB_DEDICATED_INCREASE The probability that increases the number of dedicated preambles. PROB_DEDICATED_DECREASE The probability that decreases the number of dedicated preambles. DEDICATED_MAX
The maximum value of the number of dedicated preambles. {n0, n4, n8, n12, n16, n20, n24, n28, n32, n36, n40, n44, n48, n52, n56, n60}
DEDICATED_MIN
The minimum value of the number of dedicated preambles. {n0, n4, n8, n12, n16, n20, n24, n28, n32, n36, n40, n44, n48, n52, n56, n60}
POWER_INCREASE
The threshold that increases preamble Tx-related power resources.
POWER_DECREASE
The threshold that decreases preamble Tx-related power resources.
POWER_INCREASE_DED
The threshold that increases dedicated preamble Tx-related power resources.
POWER_DECREASE_DED
The threshold that decreases dedicated preamble Tx-related power resources.
PROB_POWER_INCREASE
The probability that increases preamble Tx-related power resources.
PROB_POWER_DECREASE
The probability that decreases preamble Tx-related power resources.
PREAMBLE_INITIAL_RECEIVED_TARGET_POWER_MAXThe maximum value of initial received target power. {dBm-120, dBm-118, dBm-116, dBm114, dBm-112, dBm-110, dBm-108, dBm-106, dBm-104, dBm102, dBm-100, dBm-98, dBm-96, dBm-94, dBm-92, dBm-90} PREAMBLE_INITIAL_RECEIVED_TARGET_POWER_MINThe minimum value of initial received target power. {dBm-120, dBm-118, dBm-116, dBm-
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
667
Command Description
114, dBm-112, dBm-110, dBm-108, dBm-106, dBm-104, dBm102, dBm-100, dBm-98, dBm-96, dBm-94, dBm-92, dBm-90} POWER_RAMPING_STEP_MAX The maximum value of ramping step. {dB0, dB2,dB4, dB6} POWER_RAMPING_STEP_MIN
The minimum value of ramping step. {dB0, dB2,dB4, dB6}
CONTENTION_INCREASE
The threshold that increases PRACH configuration index.
CONTENTION_DECREASE
The threshold that decreases PRACH configuration index.
PROB_CONTENTION_INCREASE The probability that increases PRACH configuration index. PROB_CONTENTION_DECREASEThe probability that decreases PRACH configuration index. TIME_CHANCE_MAX
The maximum value of time chance index related to PRACH configuration index. {0.5, 1, 2, 3, 5, 10}
TIME_CHANCE_MIN
The minimum value of time chance index related to PRACH configuration index. {0.5, 1, 2, 3, 5, 10}
668
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
LTE eNB Command Description/Ver.1.0
C2272 RETRIEVE HYBRID PCI RANGE INFORMATION Command Format RTRV-HYBRIDPCI-INF: [CELL_NUM], [FA_INDEX];
Command Description Retrieves hybrid cell-related PCI. This command retrieves PCI value or PCI range of the hybrid cell when the cell type is set to hybrid cell. TIMEOUT
10
Input Parameter Description Parameter
Description
Range
Unit
Default
CELL_NUM
The cell number to be changed or retrieved.
0~8
NONE
0
FA_INDEX
This index refer to the faIndex of EutraFaPriorInfoFunc PLD and used for check the Hybrid PCI range under the same frequency of the target cell when inbound handover decision.
0~7
NONE
0
Output Parameter Description CELL_NUM
The cell number to be changed or retrieved.
FA_INDEX
This index refer to the faIndex of EutraFaPriorInfoFunc PLD and used for check the Hybrid PCI range under the same frequency of the target cell when inbound handover decision.
HYBRID_PCIRANGE_USAGE
Whether to use PCI range of the hybrid cell. (0: The range is not used, 1: The range is used.)
PCI_TYPE
The PCI type of the hybrid cell.
HYBRID_PCISTART
The PCI start value of the hybrid cell.
HYBRID_PCIRANGE
The PCI range of the hybrid cell. The range includes the start
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
669
Command Description
value.
670
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
LTE eNB Command Description/Ver.1.0
C2273 CHANGE HYBRID PCI RANGE INFORMATION Command Format CHG-HYBRIDPCI-INF: CELL_NUM, FA_INDEX, [HYBRID_PCIRANGE_USAGE], [PCI_TYPE], [HYBRID_PCISTART], [HYBRID_PCIRANGE];
Command Description Changes hybrid cell-related PCI of the cell. This command changes PCI value or PCI range of the hybrid cell when the cell type is set to hybrid cell. TIMEOUT
10
Input Parameter Description Parameter
Description
Range
Unit
Default
CELL_NUM
The cell number to be changed or retrieved.
0~8
NONE
0
FA_INDEX
This index refer to the faIndex of EutraFaPriorInfoFunc PLD and used for check the Hybrid PCI range under the same frequency of the target cell when inbound handover decision.
0~7
NONE
0
HYBRID_PCIR ANGE_USAGE
Whether to use PCI range of the hybrid cell. (0: The range is not used, 1: The range is used.)
CI_no_use/CI_use/
NONE
CI_no_u se
PCI_TYPE
The PCI type of the hybrid cell.
ci_singlePci/ ci_rangedPci/
NONE
ci_singl ePci
HYBRID_PCIS TART
The PCI start value of the hybrid cell.
0 ~ 503
NONE
0
HYBRID_PCIR ANGE
The PCI range of the hybrid cell. The range includes the start value.
ci_rangePCI_n4/ ci_rangePCI_n8/ ci_rangePCI_n12/ ci_rangePCI_n16/ ci_rangePCI_n24/ ci_rangePCI_n32/ ci_rangePCI_n48/ ci_rangePCI_n64/ ci_rangePCI_n84/ ci_rangePCI_n96/ ci_rangePCI_n128/ ci_rangePCI_n168/ ci_rangePCI_n252/ ci_rangePCI_n504/
NONE
ci_rang ePCI_n 4
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
671
Command Description
Output Parameter Description CELL_NUM
The cell number to be changed or retrieved.
FA_INDEX
This index refer to the faIndex of EutraFaPriorInfoFunc PLD and used for check the Hybrid PCI range under the same frequency of the target cell when inbound handover decision.
HYBRID_PCIRANGE_USAGE
Whether to use PCI range of the hybrid cell. (0: The range is not used, 1: The range is used.)
PCI_TYPE
The PCI type of the hybrid cell.
HYBRID_PCISTART
The PCI start value of the hybrid cell.
HYBRID_PCIRANGE
The PCI range of the hybrid cell. The range includes the start value.
672
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
LTE eNB Command Description/Ver.1.0
C2274 RETRIEVE OPEN PCI RANGE INFORMATION Command Format RTRV-OPENPCI-INF: [CELL_NUM], [FA_INDEX];
Command Description Retrieves open cell-related PCI of the cell. This command retrieves PCI value or PCI range of the open cell when the cell type is set to open cell. TIMEOUT
10
Input Parameter Description Parameter
Description
Range
Unit
Default
CELL_NUM
The cell number to be changed or retrieved.
0~8
NONE
0
FA_INDEX
This index refer to the faIndex of EutraFaPriorInfoFunc PLD and used for check the Open PCI range under the same frequency of the target cell when inbound handover decision.
0~7
NONE
0
Output Parameter Description CELL_NUM
The cell number to be changed or retrieved.
FA_INDEX
This index refer to the faIndex of EutraFaPriorInfoFunc PLD and used for check the Open PCI range under the same frequency of the target cell when inbound handover decision.
OPEN_PCIRANGE_USAGE
Whether to use PCI range of the open cell. (0: The range is not used, 1: The range is used.)
PCI_TYPE
The PCI type of the open cell.
OPEN_PCISTART
The PCI start value of the open cell.
OPEN_PCIRANGE
The PCI range of the open cell. The range includes the start
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
673
Command Description
value.
674
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
LTE eNB Command Description/Ver.1.0
C2275 CHANGE OPEN PCI RANGE INFORMATION Command Format CHG-OPENPCI-INF: CELL_NUM, FA_INDEX, [OPEN_PCIRANGE_USAGE], [PCI_TYPE], [OPEN_PCISTART], [OPEN_PCIRANGE];
Command Description Changes open cell-related PCI of the cell. This command changes PCI value or PCI range of the open cell when the cell type is set to open cell. TIMEOUT
10
Input Parameter Description Parameter
Description
Range
Unit
Default
CELL_NUM
The cell number to be changed or retrieved.
0~8
NONE
0
FA_INDEX
This index refer to the faIndex of EutraFaPriorInfoFunc PLD and used for check the Open PCI range under the same frequency of the target cell when inbound handover decision.
0~7
NONE
0
OPEN_PCIRAN GE_USAGE
Whether to use PCI range of the open cell. (0: The range is not used, 1: The range is used.)
CI_no_use/CI_use/
NONE
CI_no_u se
PCI_TYPE
The PCI type of the open cell.
ci_singlePci/ ci_rangedPci/
NONE
ci_singl ePci
OPEN_PCISTA RT
The PCI start value of the open cell.
0 ~ 503
NONE
0
OPEN_PCIRAN GE
The PCI range of the open cell. The range includes the start value.
ci_rangePCI_n4/ ci_rangePCI_n8/ ci_rangePCI_n12/ ci_rangePCI_n16/ ci_rangePCI_n24/ ci_rangePCI_n32/ ci_rangePCI_n48/ ci_rangePCI_n64/ ci_rangePCI_n84/ ci_rangePCI_n96/ ci_rangePCI_n128/ ci_rangePCI_n168/ ci_rangePCI_n252/ ci_rangePCI_n504/
NONE
ci_rang ePCI_n 4
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
675
Command Description
Output Parameter Description CELL_NUM
The cell number to be changed or retrieved.
FA_INDEX
This index refer to the faIndex of EutraFaPriorInfoFunc PLD and used for check the Open PCI range under the same frequency of the target cell when inbound handover decision.
OPEN_PCIRANGE_USAGE
Whether to use PCI range of the open cell. (0: The range is not used, 1: The range is used.)
PCI_TYPE
The PCI type of the open cell.
OPEN_PCISTART
The PCI start value of the open cell.
OPEN_PCIRANGE
The PCI range of the open cell. The range includes the start value.
676
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
LTE eNB Command Description/Ver.1.0
C2276 RETRIEVE POSITIONING CONFIGURATION Command Format RTRV-POS-CONF: [CELL_NUM];
Command Description Retrieves parameters required for UE positioning. UE positioning has two ways: E-CID and OTDOA. Both of methods can view the current parameter among information included in the UE positioning measurement. TIMEOUT
10
Input Parameter Description Parameter CELL_NUM
Description The cell number for which the command was executed.
Range 0~8
Unit NONE
Defaul t 0
Output Parameter Description CELL_NUM
The cell number for which the command was executed.
LATITUDE
The latitude of the cell for providing the OTDOA function. The UE location information included in the cell can be calculated using the latitude value.
LONGITUDE
The longitude of the cell for providing the OTDOA function. The UE location information included in the cell can be calculated using the longitude value.
HEIGHT
The altitude of the cell for providing the OTDOA function. The UE location information included in the cell can be calculated using the altitude value.
UNCERTAINTY_SEMI_MAJOR
The uncertainty of semi major. The uncertainty, which the user enters directly. It can be calculated by a formula of r=10*(1.1k-
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
677
Command Description
1). UNCERTAINTY_SEMI_MINOR
The uncertainty of semi minor. The uncertainty, which the user enters directly. It can be calculated by a formula of r=10*(1.1k1).
ORIENTATION_OF_MAJOR_AXISThe orientation of the major axis, which the user directly enters the value chosen from 0 to 179. UNCERTAINTY_ALTITUDE
The uncertainty of altitude tolerance, which the user enters directly. It can be calculated by using a formula of h=45*(1.025k-1).
CONFIDENCE
The confidence (%) of location service.
MEASUREMENT_INTERVAL
The value used when the measured periodicity included in ECID measurement initiation request is periodic. The interval at which MRs are received when eNB receives MR from the UE periodically. This value can be changed by the user, which is a different value from the interval used in eNB.
PRS_CONFIG_INDEX
PRS configuration index. If the user enters a value, eNB sends the value to MAC layer.
NUM_OF_DL_FRAME
The number of downlink frames. If the user enters a value, eNB sends the value to MAC layer.
PRS_MUTING_CONFIG_SIZE
PRS muting configuration size. If the user enters a value, eNB sends the value to MAC layer.
PRS_MUTING_CONFIG_VALUE PRS muting configuration. If the user enters a value, eNB sends the value to MAC layer. PRS_BANDWIDTH
PRS Bandwidth. If the user enters a value, eNB sends the value to MAC layer.
OTDOA_ENABLE
OTDOA function On/Off. If this parameter set 0, OTDOA service is off and also PRS signaling is off.
678
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
LTE eNB Command Description/Ver.1.0
C2277 CHANGE POSITIONING CONFIGURATION Command Format CHG-POS-CONF: CELL_NUM, [LATITUDE], [LONGITUDE], [HEIGHT], [UNCERTAINTY_SEMI_MAJOR], [UNCERTAINTY_SEMI_MINOR], [ORIENTATION_OF_MAJOR_AXIS], [UNCERTAINTY_ALTITUDE], [CONFIDENCE], [MEASUREMENT_INTERVAL], [PRS_CONFIG_INDEX], [NUM_OF_DL_FRAME], [PRS_MUTING_CONFIG_SIZE], [PRS_MUTING_CONFIG_VALUE], [PRS_BANDWIDTH], [OTDOA_ENABLE];
Command Description Changes parameters required for UE positioning. UE positioning has two ways: E-CID and OTDOA. Both of methods can change the current parameter among information included in the UE positioning measurement. TIMEOUT
10
Input Parameter Description Parameter
Description
Range
Unit
Default
CELL_NUM
The cell number for which the command was executed.
0~8
NONE
0
LATITUDE
The latitude of the cell for providing the OTDOA function. The UE location information included in the cell can be calculated using the latitude value.
20
NONE
N 000:00: 00.000
LONGITUDE
The longitude of the cell for providing the OTDOA function. The UE location information included in the cell can be calculated using the longitude value.
20
NONE
E 000:00: 00.000
HEIGHT
The altitude of the cell for providing the OTDOA function. The UE location information included in the cell can be calculated using the altitude value.
20
NONE
0000.00 m
UNCERTAINTY _SEMI_MAJOR
The uncertainty of semi major. The uncertainty, which the user enters directly. It can be calculated by a formula of r=10*(1.1k-1).
0 ~ 127
NONE
0
UNCERTAINTY _SEMI_MINOR
The uncertainty of semi minor. The uncertainty, which the user enters directly. It can be calculated by a formula of r=10*(1.1k-1).
0 ~ 127
NONE
0
ORIENTATION _OF_MAJOR_ AXIS
The orientation of the major axis, which the user directly enters the value chosen from 0 to 179.
0 ~ 179
NONE
0
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
679
Command Description
Parameter
Description
Range
Unit
Default
UNCERTAINTY _ALTITUDE
The uncertainty of altitude tolerance, which the user enters directly. It can be calculated by using a formula of h=45*(1.025k-1).
0 ~ 127
NONE
0
CONFIDENCE
The confidence (%) of location service.
0 ~ 100
NONE
0
MEASUREMEN T_INTERVAL
The value used when the measured periodicity included in E-CID measurement initiation request is periodic. The interval at which MRs are received when eNB receives MR from the UE periodically. This value can be changed by the user, which is a different value from the interval used in eNB.
ci_120ms/ci_240ms/ ci_480ms/ci_640ms/ ci_1024ms/ci_2048ms/ ci_5120ms/ ci_10240ms/ci_1min/ ci_6min/ci_12min/ ci_30min/ci_60min/
NONE
ci_120m s
PRS_CONFIG_ INDEX
PRS configuration index. If the user enters a value, eNB sends the value to MAC layer.
0 ~ 4095
NONE
1131
NUM_OF_DL_ FRAME
The number of downlink frames. If the user enters a value, eNB sends the value to MAC layer.
ci_sf1/ci_sf2/ci_sf4/ ci_sf6/
NONE
ci_sf1
PRS_MUTING_ CONFIG_SIZE
PRS muting configuration size. If the user enters a value, eNB sends the value to MAC layer.
ci_Two/ci_Four/ ci_Eight/ci_Sixteen/
NONE
ci_Eight
PRS_MUTING_ CONFIG_VALU E
PRS muting configuration. If the user enters a value, eNB sends the value to MAC layer.
0 ~ 65535
NONE
255
PRS_BANDWI DTH
PRS Bandwidth. If the user enters a value, eNB sends the value to MAC layer.
ci_prsBw6/ci_prsBw15/ ci_prsBw25/ ci_prsBw50/ ci_prsBw75/ ci_prsBw100/
NONE
ci_prsB w50
OTDOA_ENAB LE
OTDOA function On/Off. If this parameter set 0, OTDOA service is off and also PRS signaling is off.
False/True/
NONE
False
Output Parameter Description CELL_NUM
The cell number for which the command was executed.
LATITUDE
The latitude of the cell for providing the OTDOA function. The UE location information included in the cell can be calculated using the latitude value.
LONGITUDE
The longitude of the cell for providing the OTDOA function. The UE location information included in the cell can be calculated using the longitude value.
HEIGHT
The altitude of the cell for providing the OTDOA function. The UE location information included in the cell can be calculated using the altitude value.
680
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
LTE eNB Command Description/Ver.1.0
UNCERTAINTY_SEMI_MAJOR
The uncertainty of semi major. The uncertainty, which the user enters directly. It can be calculated by a formula of r=10*(1.1k1).
UNCERTAINTY_SEMI_MINOR
The uncertainty of semi minor. The uncertainty, which the user enters directly. It can be calculated by a formula of r=10*(1.1k1).
ORIENTATION_OF_MAJOR_AXISThe orientation of the major axis, which the user directly enters the value chosen from 0 to 179. UNCERTAINTY_ALTITUDE
The uncertainty of altitude tolerance, which the user enters directly. It can be calculated by using a formula of h=45*(1.025k-1).
CONFIDENCE
The confidence (%) of location service.
MEASUREMENT_INTERVAL
The value used when the measured periodicity included in ECID measurement initiation request is periodic. The interval at which MRs are received when eNB receives MR from the UE periodically. This value can be changed by the user, which is a different value from the interval used in eNB.
PRS_CONFIG_INDEX
PRS configuration index. If the user enters a value, eNB sends the value to MAC layer.
NUM_OF_DL_FRAME
The number of downlink frames. If the user enters a value, eNB sends the value to MAC layer.
PRS_MUTING_CONFIG_SIZE
PRS muting configuration size. If the user enters a value, eNB sends the value to MAC layer.
PRS_MUTING_CONFIG_VALUE PRS muting configuration. If the user enters a value, eNB sends the value to MAC layer. PRS_BANDWIDTH
PRS Bandwidth. If the user enters a value, eNB sends the value to MAC layer.
OTDOA_ENABLE
OTDOA function On/Off. If this parameter set 0, OTDOA service is off and also PRS signaling is off.
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
681
Command Description
C2292 RETRIEVE SRS NEIGHBOR CELL CONFIGURATION Command Format RTRV-SRSNBR-CONF: [CELL_NUM], [SRS_NBR_IDX];
Command Description Retrieve SRS configuration of SRS neighbor cell. phyCellId, clusterId, SRS pool index, groupHopping and sequenceHopping can be Retrieved for each cell. TIMEOUT
10
Input Parameter Description Parameter
Description
Range
Unit
Default
CELL_NUM
The cell number for which the command was executed.
0~8
NONE
0
SRS_NBR_IDX
SRS neighbor cell index.
0 ~ 19
NONE
0
Output Parameter Description CELL_NUM
The cell number for which the command was executed.
SRS_NBR_IDX
SRS neighbor cell index.
STATUS
The validity of the SRS neighbor cell information.
ENB_ID
The eNB ID of the eNB to which SRS neighbor cell to the eNB belongs. If the enbType value is macro eNB, 20 bit of the value is eNB ID. If the enbType value is home eNB, 28 bit of the value is eNB ID. It is used when creating a cell identifier.
TARGET_CELL_NUM
The local cell ID of SRS neighbor cell to the eNB. It is used when creating a cell identifier.
682
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
LTE eNB Command Description/Ver.1.0
C2303 RETRIEVE EXTERNAL EUTRAN CELL FDD INFORMATION Command Format RTRV-NBR-EUTRAN: [CELL_NUM], [RELATION_IDX];
Command Description Retrieves information on E-UTRAN neighboring cell to the eNB. If the CELL_NUM and RELATION_INDEX parameters are entered, the information for a certain E-UTRAN neighboring cell is retrieved. If not, the information for all E-UTRAN neighboring cells is retrieved. TIMEOUT
10
Input Parameter Description Parameter
Description
Range
Unit
Default
CELL_NUM
The cell number to be changed.
0~8
NONE
0
RELATION_IDX
Database index of E-UTRAN neighboring cell.
0 ~ 255
NONE
0
Output Parameter Description CELL_NUM
The cell number to be changed.
RELATION_IDX
Database index of E-UTRAN neighboring cell.
STATUS
The validity of the E-UTRAN neighboring cell information. -
N_EQUIP: The E-UTRAN neighboring cell information is
invalid ID. - EQUIP:
The E-UTRAN neighboring cell information is valid
ID. ENB_ID
The eNB ID of the eNB to which E-UTRAN neighboring cell to the eNB belongs. If the enbType value is macro eNB, 20 bit of the value is eNB ID. If the enbType value is home eNB, 28 bit of the value is eNB ID. It is used when creating a cell identifier.
FEMTO_INDICATOR
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
The femto indicator of E-UTRAN neighbor cell.
683
Command Description
VIRTUAL_INDICATOR
TARGET_CELL_NUM
-
True: Femto cell.
-
False: Marco cell.
The cloud indicator of E-UTRAN neighbor cell. -
True: Cloud macro cell.
-
False: General macro cell.
The local cell ID of E-UTRAN neighboring cell to the eNB. It is used when creating a cell identifier.
ENB_TYPE
The type of the eNB to which E-UTRAN neighboring cell to the eNB belongs.
ENB_MCC
-
ci_Macro_eNB: Indicates the macro eNB.
-
ci_Home_eNB: Indicates the home eNB.
The PLMN information (MCC) of the eNB to which E-UTRAN neighboring cell to the eNB belongs. It is a three-digit number with each digit being from 0 to 9.
ENB_MNC
The PLMN information (MNC) of the eNB to which EUTRAN neighboring cell to the eNB belongs. It is a three-digit or two-digit number with each digit being from 0 to 9.
PHY_CELL_ID
The physical cell ID of E-UTRAN neighboring cell to the eNB.
TAC
The tracking area code of E-UTRAN neighboring cell to the eNB.
MCC0
The broadcast PLMN list information (MCC) of E-UTRAN neighboring cell to the eNB. It is a three-digit number with each digit being from 0 to 9.
MNC0
The broadcast PLMN list information (MNC) of E-UTRAN neighboring cell to the eNB. It is a three-digit or two-digit number with each digit being from 0 to 9.
MCC1
The broadcast PLMN list information (MCC) of E-UTRAN neighboring cell to the eNB. It is a three-digit number with each digit being from 0 to 9.
MNC1
The broadcast PLMN list information (MNC) of E-UTRAN neighboring cell to the eNB. It is a three-digit or two-digit num-
684
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
LTE eNB Command Description/Ver.1.0
ber with each digit being from 0 to 9. MCC2
The broadcast PLMN list information (MCC) of E-UTRAN neighboring cell to the eNB. It is a three-digit number with each digit being from 0 to 9.
MNC2
The broadcast PLMN list information (MNC) of E-UTRAN neighboring cell to the eNB. It is a three-digit or two-digit number with each digit being from 0 to 9.
MCC3
The broadcast PLMN list information (MCC) of E-UTRAN neighboring cell to the eNB. It is a three-digit number with each digit being from 0 to 9.
MNC3
The broadcast PLMN list information (MNC) of E-UTRAN neighboring cell to the eNB. It is a three-digit or two-digit number with each digit being from 0 to 9.
MCC4
The broadcast PLMN list information (MCC) of E-UTRAN neighboring cell to the eNB. It is a three-digit number with each digit being from 0 to 9.
MNC4
The broadcast PLMN list information (MNC) of E-UTRAN neighboring cell to the eNB. It is a three-digit or two-digit number with each digit being from 0 to 9.
MCC5
The broadcast PLMN list information (MCC) of E-UTRAN neighboring cell to the eNB. It is a three-digit number with each digit being from 0 to 9.
MNC5
The broadcast PLMN list information (MNC) of E-UTRAN neighboring cell to the eNB. It is a three-digit or two-digit number with each digit being from 0 to 9.
EARFCN_UL
The uplink EARFCN (E-UTRAN Absolute Radio Frequency Channel Number) of E-UTRAN neighboring cell to the eNB.
EARFCN_DL
The uplink EARFCN (E-UTRAN Absolute Radio Frequency Channel Number) of E-UTRAN neighboring cell to the eNB.
BANDWIDTH_UL
The uplink bandwidth of E-UTRAN neighboring cell to the eNB.
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
685
Command Description
BANDWIDTH_DL
The downlink bandwidth of E-UTRAN neighboring cell to the eNB.
IND_OFFSET
The cell individual offset to be applied to E-UTRAN neighboring cell to the eNB. It is used for UE measurement in RRC Connected mode.
QOFFSET_CELL
The cell quality offset to be applied to E-UTRAN neighboring cell to the eNB. It is used for UE cell re-selection in RRC Idle mode.
IS_REMOVE_ALLOWED
Whether to delete a certain neighboring cell to the eNB using the ANR (Automatic Neighbor Relation) function.
IS_HOALLOWED
OWNER_TYPE
-
True: The neighboring cell can be deleted.
-
False: The neighboring cell cannot be deleted.
Whether to perform handover to E-UTRAN neighboring cell. -
True: Handover is allowed.
-
False: Handover is not allowed.
This parameter defines how NRT is updated, This filed can be classfied Initial NRT / ANR by Server/ ANR by UE / Created by User Command/CreatedByUserUI.
686
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
LTE eNB Command Description/Ver.1.0
C2304 RETRIEVE SYSTEM UE COUNT Command Format RTRV-SYS-UECNT;
Command Description Retrieves the number of UE that is connected to the eNB. This command number of Active UE of RRC Establishment cause and HO (Handover) is separated by a command to query. TIMEOUT
10
Input Parameter Description No input parameter.
Output Parameter Description ACTIVE_UECOUNT
The total number of calls assigned to all cells in the system.
EMER_AC_UECOUNT
It is emergency access UE count.
H_PRIORITY_AC_UECOUNT
It is high priority access UE count.
M_TERM_AC_UECOUNT
It is mobile terminating access UE count.
M_ORG_SIGNAL_AC_UECOUNT It is mobile originating signalling access UE count. M_ORG_DATA_AC_UECOUNT
It is mobile originating data access UE count.
RELOCATE_HOCOUNT
It is relocated handover count.
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
687
Command Description
C2305 RETRIEVE HANDOVER OPTION INFORMATION Command Format RTRV-HO-OPT;
Command Description Retrieves handover information. The user can retrieve the E-RAB iteration method set in the eNB, whether to include neighboring cell list (NCL), and whether to forward uplink data in the target eNB. TIMEOUT
10
Input Parameter Description No input parameter.
Output Parameter Description ERAB_INTERACTION
Prioritization information when contention occurs between ERAB and handover procedures.
USED_NBR_LIST
-
0: Performs handover first (Handover Prior).
-
1: Performs E-RAB procedures (ERAB Prior).
The method for providing the neighboring cell list included in MeasObjectEUTRA of the RRC Connection Reconfiguration message. -
0: Neighboring cells whose CIO value is not dB0 are only
included in the list (by algorithm). -
1: Neighboring cells whose CIO value is dB0 are also
included in the list (force-used). UPLINK_FORWARD
Whether to forward uplink data in the target base station during handover.
NUM_OF_ENB
-
0: Uplink data forwarding is disabled.
-
1: Uplink data forwarding is enabled.
The number of target base stations for multi-target preparation during handover. The maximum of 4 eNBs can be prepared. If
688
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
LTE eNB Command Description/Ver.1.0
the value entered is 1, the multi-target preparation is not executed. RIM_ENABLE
Whether to RIM procedure decision.
MME_SELECT_FACTOR_FOR_RIMThis parameter is MME Selection Factor for RIM Procedure.
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
689
Command Description
C2306 RETRIEVE CELL UE COUNT Command Format RTRV-CELL-UECNT: [CELL_NUM];
Command Description Retrieves the number of UE that is connected to the Cell. This command number of Active UE of RRC Establishment cause and HO (Handover) is separated by a command to query. TIMEOUT
10
Input Parameter Description Parameter CELL_NUM
Description The cell number. This value must not exceed the maximum number of cells supported by the system. It is determined by FA/Sector. For example, if the maximum capacity provided to the carrier per system is 1 FA/3 Sector, up to 3 cells are supported.
Range
Unit
0~8
NONE
Defaul t 0
Output Parameter Description CELL_NUM
The cell number. This value must not exceed the maximum number of cells supported by the system. It is determined by FA/Sector. For example, if the maximum capacity provided to the carrier per system is 1 FA/3 Sector, up to 3 cells are supported.
ACTIVE_UECOUNT
The number of calls assigned to the cell.
EMER_AC_UECOUNT
It is emergency access UE count.
H_PRIORITY_AC_UECOUNT
It is high priority access UE count.
M_TERM_AC_UECOUNT
It is mobile terminating access UE count.
M_ORG_SIGNAL_AC_UECOUNT It is mobile originating signalling access UE count.
690
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
LTE eNB Command Description/Ver.1.0
M_ORG_DATA_AC_UECOUNT
It is mobile originating data access UE count.
RELOCATE_HOCOUNT
It is relocated handover count.
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
691
Command Description
C2307 CHANGE SRS INFORMATION Command Format CHG-SRS-IDLE: CELL_NUM, [FORCED_MODE];
Command Description This command defines to change SRS(Sounding Reference Signal) paramters in each cell. TIMEOUT
10
Input Parameter Description Parameter
Description
Range
Unit
Default
CELL_NUM
Cell index (number)
0~8
NONE
0
FORCED_MOD E
This parameter defines forced mode for changed value.
False/True/
NONE
False
Output Parameter Description
692
CELL_NUM
Cell index (number)
FORCED_MODE
This parameter defines forced mode for changed value.
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
LTE eNB Command Description/Ver.1.0
C2308 RETRIEVE SRS INFORMATION Command Format RTRV-SRS-IDLE: [CELL_NUM];
Command Description This command defines to retrieve SRS(Sounding Reference Signal) paramters in each cell. TIMEOUT
10
Input Parameter Description Parameter CELL_NUM
Description Cell index (number)
Range 0~8
Unit NONE
Defaul t 0
Output Parameter Description CELL_NUM
Cell index (number)
FORCED_MODE
This parameter defines forced mode for changed value.
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
693
Command Description
C2309 RETRIEVE INTERWORK PARAMETER Command Format RTRV-INTER-PARA: [SUB_CELL_NUM];
Command Description Retrieves the Interwork Parameter Information. TIMEOUT
10
Input Parameter Description Parameter SUB_CELL_NUM
Description Indicated sub cell number.
Range 0 ~ 17
Unit NONE
Defaul t 0
Output Parameter Description
694
SUB_CELL_NUM
Indicated sub cell number.
CSFB_HYSTERESIS
This attribute indicate the CSFB Hysteresis value.
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
LTE eNB Command Description/Ver.1.0
C2310 RETRIEVE SON LB INFORMATION Command Format RTRV-SON-LB;
Command Description Retrieve SON Load Balancing Multi-Carrier Information TIMEOUT
10
Input Parameter Description No input parameter.
Output Parameter Description NUM_LB_CANDIDATE
Number of UEs which perform measurement for LBMC
NUM_LB_TARGET
Number of UEs which perform handover for LBMC
NUM_LB_MAX_UE
Maximum number of UEs defined for capacity value
CAPACITY_LB_ALPHA_FACTORCoefficient of numLbmcMaxUe defined for capacity value CAPACITY_LB_BETA_FACTOR Coefficient of non-GBR PRB usage defined for capacity value GOLD_UE_FACTOR
Weight of Gold class UEs
SILVER_UE_FACTOR
Weight of Silver class UEs
MULTI_CA_LOAD_GAP_THRESHOLDThreshold of load distribution between two cells in the same group of same sector. If the radio resource load gap of the two cells is greater than this threshold, multicarrier load distribution is triggered. INTRAGROUP_LB_TRIGGER_THRESHOLDThreshold of load distribution between two cells in the same group of same sector. Only when the radio resource load of source cell is greater than this threshold, multicarrier load distribution can be triggered.
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
695
Command Description
OVERLOAD_THRESHOLD_PRB Threshold of load distribution between two cells in the same group of same sector. Only when the radio resource load of target cell is smaller than this threshold, multicarrier load distribution can be triggered. OVERLOAD_THRESHOLD_TARGETThreshold of inter-sector load distribution. Only when the radio resource load of target cell is smaller than this threshold, inter-sector load distribution can be triggered. CPU_THRESHOLD
MAximum CPU load defined for capacity value
MIN_BACK_HAUL_CAPACITY
Minimum backhaul capacity per UE defined for capacity value
T_LOAD_DECISION_LB
Period of cell load calculation
T_RESOURCE_STATUS_REPORTINGPeriod of cell load status reporting to X2 connected neighbor cells T_MEASUREMENT_COLLECTION_LBPeriod of measurement report collection T_MEASUREMENT_REPORT_INTERVAL_LBInterval of periodic measurement report M_LB_FLAG_STEP1
M_LB_FLAG_STEP2
M_LB_FLAG_STEP3
M_LB_RADIO_CONDITION
M_LB_THRESHOLD_RSRP
Whether to enable the mlb Step1. -
OFF (0): The function is turned off.
-
ON (1): The function is turned on.
Whether to enable the mlb Step2. -
OFF (0): The function is turned off.
-
ON (1): The function is turned on.
Whether to enable the mlb Step3. -
OFF (0): The function is turned off.
-
ON (1): The function is turned on.
Wheter to select RSRP or RSRQ as a radio condition for mlb. -
ci_rsrp : select RSRP.
-
ci_rsrq : select RSRQ.
RSRP threshold used in selecting mLb candidate UEs in MLB step 1, 2.
M_LB_THRESHOLD_RSRQ
696
RSRQ threshold used in selecting mLb candidate UEs in MLB
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
LTE eNB Command Description/Ver.1.0
step 1, 2.
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
697
Command Description
C2311 CHANGE SON LB INFORMATION Command Format CHG-SON-LB: [NUM_LB_CANDIDATE], [NUM_LB_TARGET], [NUM_LB_MAX_UE], [CAPACITY_LB_ALPHA_FACTOR], [CAPACITY_LB_BETA_FACTOR], [GOLD_UE_FACTOR], [SILVER_UE_FACTOR], [MULTI_CA_LOAD_GAP_THRESHOLD], [INTRAGROUP_LB_TRIGGER_THRESHOLD], [OVERLOAD_THRESHOLD_PRB], [OVERLOAD_THRESHOLD_TARGET], [CPU_THRESHOLD], [MIN_BACK_HAUL_CAPACITY], [T_LOAD_DECISION_LB], [T_RESOURCE_STATUS_REPORTING], [T_MEASUREMENT_COLLECTION_LB], [T_MEASUREMENT_REPORT_INTERVAL_LB], [M_LB_FLAG_STEP1], [M_LB_FLAG_STEP2], [M_LB_FLAG_STEP3], [M_LB_RADIO_CONDITION], [M_LB_THRESHOLD_RSRP], [M_LB_THRESHOLD_RSRQ];
Command Description Change SON Load Balancing Multi-Carrier Information TIMEOUT
10
Input Parameter Description Parameter
Description
Range
Unit
Default
NUM_LB_CAN DIDATE
Number of UEs which perform measurement for LBMC
0 ~ 600
NONE
20
NUM_LB_TAR GET
Number of UEs which perform handover for LBMC
0 ~ 600
NONE
1
NUM_LB_MAX _UE
Maximum number of UEs defined for capacity value
0 ~ 600
NONE
600
CAPACITY_LB _ALPHA_FACT OR
Coefficient of numLbmcMaxUe defined for capacity value
0.0 ~ 1.0
NONE
0.8
CAPACITY_LB _BETA_FACTO R
Coefficient of non-GBR PRB usage defined for capacity value
0.0 ~ 1.0
NONE
1.0
GOLD_UE_FA CTOR
Weight of Gold class UEs
1.0 ~ 10.0
NONE
1.0
SILVER_UE_F ACTOR
Weight of Silver class UEs
1.0 ~ 10.0
NONE
1.0
MULTI_CA_LO AD_GAP_THR ESHOLD
Threshold of load distribution between two cells in the same group of same sector. If the radio resource load gap of the two cells is greater than this threshold, multicarrier load distribution is triggered.
0.0 ~ 100.0
%
10.0
698
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
LTE eNB Command Description/Ver.1.0
Parameter
Description
INTRAGROUP _LB_TRIGGER _THRESHOLD
Threshold of load distribution between two cells in the same group of same sector. Only when the radio resource load of source cell is greater than this threshold, multicarrier load distribution can be triggered.
0.0 ~ 100.0
%
40.0
OVERLOAD_T HRESHOLD_P RB
Threshold of load distribution between two cells in the same group of same sector. Only when the radio resource load of target cell is smaller than this threshold, multicarrier load distribution can be triggered.
0.0 ~ 100.0
%
75.0
OVERLOAD_T HRESHOLD_T ARGET
Threshold of inter-sector load distribution. Only when the radio resource load of target cell is smaller than this threshold, inter-sector load distribution can be triggered.
0.0 ~ 100.0
%
75.0
CPU_THRESH OLD
MAximum CPU load defined for capacity value
0.0 ~ 100.0
%
70.0
MIN_BACK_HA UL_CAPACITY
Minimum backhaul capacity per UE defined for capacity value
0.0 ~ 100.0
%
3.0
T_LOAD_DECI SION_LB
Period of cell load calculation
0 ~ 1440
NONE
5
T_RESOURCE _STATUS_REP ORTING
Period of cell load status reporting to X2 connected neighbor cells
ci_lbPeriod1_1000ms/ ci_lbPeriod1_2000ms/ ci_lbPeriod1_5000ms/ ci_lbPeriod1_10000ms/
NONE
ci_lbPer iod1_10 000ms
T_MEASUREM ENT_COLLECT ION_LB
Period of measurement report collection
ci_lbPeriod2_500ms/ ci_lbPeriod2_1min/ ci_lbPeriod2_2min/ ci_lbPeriod2_3min/ ci_lbPeriod2_4min/ ci_lbPeriod2_5min/ ci_lbPeriod2_10min/ ci_lbPeriod2_20min/ ci_lbPeriod2_30min/ ci_lbPeriod2_40min/ ci_lbPeriod2_50min/ ci_lbPeriod2_60min/
NONE
ci_lbPer iod2_1 min
T_MEASUREM ENT_REPORT _INTERVAL_LB
Interval of periodic measurement report
ci_lbPeriod3_120ms/ ci_lbPeriod3_240ms/ ci_lbPeriod3_480ms/ ci_lbPeriod3_640ms/ ci_lbPeriod3_1024ms/ ci_lbPeriod3_2048ms/ ci_lbPeriod3_5120ms/ ci_lbPeriod3_10240ms/ ci_lbPeriod3_1min/ ci_lbPeriod3_6min/ ci_lbPeriod3_12min/ ci_lbPeriod3_30min/ ci_lbPeriod3_60min/
NONE
ci_lbPer iod3_48 0ms
M_LB_FLAG_S TEP1
Whether to enable the mlb Step1. - OFF (0): The function is turned off. - ON (1): The function is turned on.
OFF/ON/
NONE
OFF
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
Range
Unit
Default
699
Command Description
Parameter
Description
Range
Unit
Default
M_LB_FLAG_S TEP2
Whether to enable the mlb Step2. - OFF (0): The function is turned off. - ON (1): The function is turned on.
OFF/ON/
NONE
ON
M_LB_FLAG_S TEP3
Whether to enable the mlb Step3. - OFF (0): The function is turned off. - ON (1): The function is turned on.
OFF/ON/
NONE
ON
M_LB_RADIO_ CONDITION
Wheter to select RSRP or RSRQ as a radio condition for mlb. - ci_rsrp : select RSRP. - ci_rsrq : select RSRQ.
ci_rsrp/ci_rsrq/
NONE
ci_rsrq
M_LB_THRES HOLD_RSRP
RSRP threshold used in selecting mLb candidate UEs in MLB step 1, 2.
0 ~ 97
NONE
55
M_LB_THRES HOLD_RSRQ
RSRQ threshold used in selecting mLb candidate UEs in MLB step 1, 2.
0 ~ 34
NONE
23
Output Parameter Description NUM_LB_CANDIDATE
Number of UEs which perform measurement for LBMC
NUM_LB_TARGET
Number of UEs which perform handover for LBMC
NUM_LB_MAX_UE
Maximum number of UEs defined for capacity value
CAPACITY_LB_ALPHA_FACTORCoefficient of numLbmcMaxUe defined for capacity value CAPACITY_LB_BETA_FACTOR Coefficient of non-GBR PRB usage defined for capacity value GOLD_UE_FACTOR
Weight of Gold class UEs
SILVER_UE_FACTOR
Weight of Silver class UEs
MULTI_CA_LOAD_GAP_THRESHOLDThreshold of load distribution between two cells in the same group of same sector. If the radio resource load gap of the two cells is greater than this threshold, multicarrier load distribution is triggered. INTRAGROUP_LB_TRIGGER_THRESHOLDThreshold of load distribution between two cells in the same group of same sector. Only when the radio resource load of source cell is greater than this threshold, multicarrier load distribution can be triggered. OVERLOAD_THRESHOLD_PRB Threshold of load distribution between two cells in the same group of same sector. Only when the radio resource load of tar-
700
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
LTE eNB Command Description/Ver.1.0
get cell is smaller than this threshold, multicarrier load distribution can be triggered. OVERLOAD_THRESHOLD_TARGETThreshold of inter-sector load distribution. Only when the radio resource load of target cell is smaller than this threshold, inter-sector load distribution can be triggered. CPU_THRESHOLD
MAximum CPU load defined for capacity value
MIN_BACK_HAUL_CAPACITY
Minimum backhaul capacity per UE defined for capacity value
T_LOAD_DECISION_LB
Period of cell load calculation
T_RESOURCE_STATUS_REPORTINGPeriod of cell load status reporting to X2 connected neighbor cells T_MEASUREMENT_COLLECTION_LBPeriod of measurement report collection T_MEASUREMENT_REPORT_INTERVAL_LBInterval of periodic measurement report M_LB_FLAG_STEP1
M_LB_FLAG_STEP2
M_LB_FLAG_STEP3
M_LB_RADIO_CONDITION
M_LB_THRESHOLD_RSRP
Whether to enable the mlb Step1. -
OFF (0): The function is turned off.
-
ON (1): The function is turned on.
Whether to enable the mlb Step2. -
OFF (0): The function is turned off.
-
ON (1): The function is turned on.
Whether to enable the mlb Step3. -
OFF (0): The function is turned off.
-
ON (1): The function is turned on.
Wheter to select RSRP or RSRQ as a radio condition for mlb. -
ci_rsrp : select RSRP.
-
ci_rsrq : select RSRQ.
RSRP threshold used in selecting mLb candidate UEs in MLB step 1, 2.
M_LB_THRESHOLD_RSRQ
RSRQ threshold used in selecting mLb candidate UEs in MLB step 1, 2.
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
701
Command Description
C2312 RETRIEVE SCHEDULER SERVER CONFIGURATION Command Format RTRV-SCHRSERV-INF;
Command Description Retrieves the Scheduler system information. TIMEOUT
10
Input Parameter Description No input parameter.
Output Parameter Description CLUSTER_ID
This is the Scheduler server ID to which this eNB belongs.
SCHR_TYPE
Scheduler server type
ADMINISTRATIVE_STATE
The administrative state of the Scheduler server interworking function configured by the user.
702
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
LTE eNB Command Description/Ver.1.0
C2313 CHANGE SCHEDULER SERVER CONFIGURATION Command Format CHG-SCHRSERV-INF: [CLUSTER_ID], [SCHR_TYPE], [ADMINISTRATIVE_STATE];
Command Description Changes the Scheduler system information. TIMEOUT
10
Input Parameter Description Parameter
Description
Range
Unit
Default
CLUSTER_ID
This is the Scheduler server ID to which this eNB belongs.
0 ~ 1023
NONE
0
SCHR_TYPE
Scheduler server type
eRTCluster/ eNRTScheduler/ eSCHR_NONE/
NONE
eSCHR _NONE
ADMINISTRATI VE_STATE
The administrative state of the Scheduler server interworking function configured by the user.
locked/unlocked/shuttingDown/
NONE
unlocke d
Output Parameter Description CLUSTER_ID
This is the Scheduler server ID to which this eNB belongs.
SCHR_TYPE
Scheduler server type
ADMINISTRATIVE_STATE
The administrative state of the Scheduler server interworking function configured by the user.
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
703
Command Description
C2314 RETRIEVE SON SRS PARAMETERS Command Format RTRV-SON-SRS;
Command Description Retrieves the parameter information for the SON SRS function. This command retrieves the operation condition when the SRS function is set to Manual Apply or Auto Apply by the CHGSONFN-CELL command. TIMEOUT
10
Input Parameter Description No input parameter.
Output Parameter Description MAX_SRS_NRT_SIZE
Maximum SRS NRTsize of cell.
MIN_POOL_SIZE
Minimum # of SRS Pool Index allowed
MAX_POOL_SIZE
Maximum # of SRS Pool Index allowed
RESERV_POOL_START
Start SRS Pool Index of the reserved SRS Pool area for new Cell(eNB) grow.
NR_RANKING_PERIOD
SRS NR Ranking ReCalculation Period(hours) if SRS SON enabled.
TH_MR_CNT
If the MR count of a NR cell is greater than or equal to this threshold, the NR cell can be a SRS NR.
704
TH_MR_CNT_RATIO
The ratio : Th_MR_Cnt_Ratio_High/Th_MR_Cnt_Ratio_Low
COEF_MR_CNT_FILTER
MR count IIR filtering coefficient.
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
LTE eNB Command Description/Ver.1.0
C2315 CHANGE SON SRS PARAMETERS Command Format CHG-SON-SRS: [MAX_SRS_NRT_SIZE], [MIN_POOL_SIZE], [MAX_POOL_SIZE], [RESERV_POOL_START], [NR_RANKING_PERIOD], [TH_MR_CNT], [TH_MR_CNT_RATIO], [COEF_MR_CNT_FILTER];
Command Description Changes the parameter information for the SON SRS function. This command can change the condition by using the CHG-SONFN-CELL command when the SRS function is set to Manual Apply or Auto Apply. TIMEOUT
10
Input Parameter Description Parameter
Description
Range
Unit
Default
MAX_SRS_NR T_SIZE
Maximum SRS NRTsize of cell.
1 ~ 20
NONE
8
MIN_POOL_SI ZE
Minimum # of SRS Pool Index allowed
1~4
NONE
1
MAX_POOL_SI ZE
Maximum # of SRS Pool Index allowed
4 ~ 16
NONE
4
RESERV_POO L_START
Start SRS Pool Index of the reserved SRS Pool area for new Cell(eNB) grow.
50 ~ 79
NONE
60
NR_RANKING_ PERIOD
SRS NR Ranking ReCalculation Period(hours) if SRS SON enabled.
srs_6hour/srs_12hour/ srs_1day/srs_2day/ srs_3day/srs_4day/ srs_5day/srs_6day/ srs_7day/
NONE
srs_1da y
TH_MR_CNT
If the MR count of a NR cell is greater than or equal to this threshold, the NR cell can be a SRS NR.
1 ~ 1000
NONE
100
TH_MR_CNT_ RATIO
The ratio : Th_MR_Cnt_Ratio_High/ Th_MR_Cnt_Ratio_Low
1.000000 ~ 10.000000
NONE
2.00000 0
COEF_MR_CN T_FILTER
MR count IIR filtering coefficient.
0.000000 ~ 1.000000
NONE
0.5
Output Parameter Description MAX_SRS_NRT_SIZE
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
Maximum SRS NRTsize of cell.
705
Command Description
MIN_POOL_SIZE
Minimum # of SRS Pool Index allowed
MAX_POOL_SIZE
Maximum # of SRS Pool Index allowed
RESERV_POOL_START
Start SRS Pool Index of the reserved SRS Pool area for new Cell(eNB) grow.
NR_RANKING_PERIOD
SRS NR Ranking ReCalculation Period(hours) if SRS SON enabled.
TH_MR_CNT
If the MR count of a NR cell is greater than or equal to this threshold, the NR cell can be a SRS NR.
706
TH_MR_CNT_RATIO
The ratio : Th_MR_Cnt_Ratio_High/Th_MR_Cnt_Ratio_Low
COEF_MR_CNT_FILTER
MR count IIR filtering coefficient.
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
LTE eNB Command Description/Ver.1.0
C2316 RETRIEVE SMARTCELL AND SCHEDULER INTERWORKING CONFIGURATION Command Format RTRV-CELLSCHR-CONF: [CELL_NUM];
Command Description Retrives the interwoking function between a SmartCell of an eNB and Scheduler(SCHR) server. This configuration is valid only if SmartCellType of this eNB(system) is not e_SMARTCELL_TYPE_OFF. TIMEOUT
10
Input Parameter Description Parameter CELL_NUM
Description
Range
The cell number. This value must not exceed the maximum number of cells supported by the system.
0~8
Unit NONE
Defaul t 0
Output Parameter Description CELL_NUM
The cell number. This value must not exceed the maximum number of cells supported by the system.
SMART_CELL_COORDI_ENABLEIt is the SmartCell Coordination function On(true)/Off(false) flag, i.e. control flag of inteworking function between a SmartCell and the Scheduler server. -
locked: A transitional state in the cell grow/degrow process.
In this state, resources are grown in the PLD but no call services are offered. The user can delete resources or change them to the unlocked state so that a call service can be offered. -
unlocked: The cell growth is complete. The grown resources
are available in the PLD to offer a call service. -
shuttingDown: A transitional state in the cell degrowth pro-
cess. In this state, the grown resources in the PLD continue to offer the call service of the previous unlocked state but does not
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
707
Command Description
offer any new call services. When the current call service is complete, the resources automatically change to the locked state.
708
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
LTE eNB Command Description/Ver.1.0
C2317 CHANGE SMARTCELL AND SCHEDULER INTERWORKING CONFIGURATION Command Format CHG-CELLSCHR-CONF: CELL_NUM, [SMART_CELL_COORDI_ENABLE];
Command Description Changes the interwoking function between a SmartCell of an eNB and Scheduler(SCHR) server. This configuration is valid only if SmartCellType of this eNB(system) is not e_SMARTCELL_TYPE_OFF. TIMEOUT
10
Input Parameter Description Parameter
Description
Range
Unit
Default
CELL_NUM
The cell number. This value must not exceed the maximum number of cells supported by the system.
0~8
NONE
0
SMART_CELL_ COORDI_ENA BLE
It is the SmartCell Coordination function On(true)/Off(false) flag, i.e. control flag of inteworking function between a SmartCell and the Scheduler server. - locked: A transitional state in the cell grow/degrow process. In this state, resources are grown in the PLD but no call services are offered. The user can delete resources or change them to the unlocked state so that a call service can be offered. - unlocked: The cell growth is complete. The grown resources are available in the PLD to offer a call service. - shuttingDown: A transitional state in the cell degrowth process. In this state, the grown resources in the PLD continue to offer the call service of the previous unlocked state but does not offer any new call services. When the current call service is complete, the resources automatically change to the locked state.
False/True/
NONE
True
Output Parameter Description CELL_NUM
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
The cell number. This value must not exceed the maximum
709
Command Description
number of cells supported by the system. SMART_CELL_COORDI_ENABLEIt is the SmartCell Coordination function On(true)/Off(false) flag, i.e. control flag of inteworking function between a SmartCell and the Scheduler server. -
locked: A transitional state in the cell grow/degrow process.
In this state, resources are grown in the PLD but no call services are offered. The user can delete resources or change them to the unlocked state so that a call service can be offered. -
unlocked: The cell growth is complete. The grown resources
are available in the PLD to offer a call service. -
shuttingDown: A transitional state in the cell degrowth pro-
cess. In this state, the grown resources in the PLD continue to offer the call service of the previous unlocked state but does not offer any new call services. When the current call service is complete, the resources automatically change to the locked state.
710
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
LTE eNB Command Description/Ver.1.0
C2320 RETRIEVE IDLE MODE LB INFORMATION Command Format RTRV-IDLELB-INFO: [FA_INDEX];
Command Description Retrieves the Idle Mode Load Balancing Control Information. TIMEOUT
10
Input Parameter Description Parameter FA_INDEX
Description Indicated FA Index
Range 0~7
Unit NONE
Defaul t 0
Output Parameter Description FA_INDEX
Indicated FA Index
STATUS
The validity of each tuple information.
BAND_INDICATOR
Band indicator for Idle Mode Load Balancing.
EARFCN_DL
Downlink ARFCN (Absolute Radio Frequency Channel Number) for Idle Mode Load Balancing.
SEARCH_RATE
Frequency Selection Percentage
PRIORITY
Cell Reselection Priority
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
711
Command Description
C2321 CHANGE IDLE MODE LB INFORMATION Command Format CHG-IDLELB-INFO: FA_INDEX, [STATUS], [BAND_INDICATOR], [EARFCN_DL], [SEARCH_RATE], [PRIORITY];
Command Description Changes the Idle Mode Load Balancing Control Information. TIMEOUT
10
Input Parameter Description Parameter
Description
Range
Unit
Default
FA_INDEX
Indicated FA Index
0~7
NONE
0
STATUS
The validity of each tuple information.
N_EQUIP/EQUIP/
NONE
N_EQUI P
BAND_INDICA TOR
Band indicator for Idle Mode Load Balancing.
1 ~ 64
NONE
2
EARFCN_DL
Downlink ARFCN (Absolute Radio Frequency Channel Number) for Idle Mode Load Balancing.
0 ~ 65535
NONE
0
SEARCH_RAT E
Frequency Selection Percentage
0 ~ 65535
NONE
0
PRIORITY
Cell Reselection Priority
0~7
NONE
0
Output Parameter Description FA_INDEX
Indicated FA Index
STATUS
The validity of each tuple information.
BAND_INDICATOR
Band indicator for Idle Mode Load Balancing.
EARFCN_DL
Downlink ARFCN (Absolute Radio Frequency Channel Number) for Idle Mode Load Balancing.
712
SEARCH_RATE
Frequency Selection Percentage
PRIORITY
Cell Reselection Priority
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
LTE eNB Command Description/Ver.1.0
C2331 CHANGE INTERWORK PARAMETER Command Format CHG-INTER-PARA: SUB_CELL_NUM, [CSFB_HYSTERESIS];
Command Description Changes the Interwork Parameter Information. TIMEOUT
10
Input Parameter Description Parameter
Description
Range
Unit
Default
SUB_CELL_NU M
Indicated sub cell number.
0 ~ 17
NONE
0
CSFB_HYSTE RESIS
This attribute indicate the CSFB Hysteresis value.
0 ~ 30
NONE
0
Output Parameter Description SUB_CELL_NUM
Indicated sub cell number.
CSFB_HYSTERESIS
This attribute indicate the CSFB Hysteresis value.
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
713
Command Description
C2333 RETRIEVE EUTRAN CELL INFORMATION Command Format RTRV-CELL-INFO: [CELL_NUM];
Command Description Retrieve cell information TIMEOUT
10
Input Parameter Description Parameter CELL_NUM
Description
Range
The cell number to be changed or retrieved.
Unit
0~8
NONE
Defaul t 0
Output Parameter Description CELL_NUM
The cell number to be changed or retrieved.
CELL_SIZE
The is cell size. -
ci_cellsize_verysmall : Very Small size cell.
-ci_cellsize_small
: Small size cell.
-ci_cellsize_medium -ci_cellsize_large
HNB_NAME
: Medium size cell.
: Large size cell
The name of the home eNB. Broadcast to the UE through SIB (System Information Block) 9 when the cell is operated as a CSG cell or as a hybrid cell in bytes.
MCC0
Mobile Country Code (MCC) that comprises Public Land Mobile Network (PLMN). It is broadcast to UE via SIB 1 when cells are in operation. A total of 6 PLMN lists are sent. MCC of PLMN #0, one of the six lists, is entered.
MNC0
MNC that comprises PLMN. It is broadcast to UE via System Information Block (SIB) 1 when cells are in operation. A total
714
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
LTE eNB Command Description/Ver.1.0
of 6 PLMN lists are sent. MNC of PLMN #0, one of the six lists, is entered. CELL_RESERVED_OP_USE0
CellReservedOpUse of PLMN #0. Broadcast to the UE through SIB (System Information Block) 1. -
ci_reserved: Selection/re-selection is reserved for UEs that
have a specific access class (AC) to PLMN #0. -
ci_notReserved: Selection/re-selection is available for UEs
that have all access classes (AC) to PLMN #0. MCC1
MCC that comprises PLMN. It is broadcast to UE via SIB 1 when cells are in operation. A total of 6 PLMN lists are sent. MCC of PLMN #1, one of the six lists, is entered.
MNC1
MNC that comprises PLMN. It is broadcast to UE via SIB 1 when cells are in operation. A total of 6 PLMN lists are sent. MNC of PLMN #1, one of the six lists, is entered.
CELL_RESERVED_OP_USE1
cellReservedOpUse of PLMN #1. It is broadcast to UE via SIB 1. -
ci_reserved: Selection/re-selection is reserved for UEs that
have a specific AC to PLMN #1. -
ci_notReserved: Selection/re-selection is available for UEs
that have all access classes (AC) to PLMN #1. MCC2
MCC that comprises PLMN. It is broadcast to UE via SIB 1 when cells are in operation. A total of 6 PLMN lists are sent. MCC of PLMN #2, one of the six lists, is entered.
MNC2
MNC that comprises PLMN. It is broadcast to UE via SIB 1 when cells are in operation. A total of 6 PLMN lists are sent. MNC of PLMN #2, one of the six lists, is entered.
CELL_RESERVED_OP_USE2
cellReservedOpUse of PLMN #2. It is broadcast to UE via SIB 1. -
ci_reserved: Selection/re-selection is reserved for UEs that
have a specific AC to PLMN #2. -
ci_notReserved: Selection/re-selection is available for UEs
that have all access classes (AC) to PLMN #2. MCC3
MCC that comprises PLMN. It is broadcast to UE via SIB 1 when cells are in operation. A total of 6 PLMN lists are sent.
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
715
Command Description
MCC of PLMN #3, one of the six lists, is entered. MNC3
MNC that comprises PLMN. It is broadcast to UE via SIB 1 when cells are in operation. A total of 6 PLMN lists are sent. MNC of PLMN #3, one of the six lists, is entered.
CELL_RESERVED_OP_USE3
cellReservedOpUse of PLMN #3. It is broadcast to UE via SIB 1. -
ci_reserved: Selection/re-selection is reserved for UEs that
have a specific AC to PLMN #3. -
ci_notReserved: Selection/re-selection is available for UEs
that have all access classes (AC) to PLMN #3. MCC4
MCC that comprises PLMN. It is broadcast to UE via SIB 1 when cells are in operation. A total of 6 PLMN lists are sent. MCC of PLMN #4, one of the six lists, is entered.
MNC4
MNC that comprises PLMN. It is broadcast to UE via SIB 1 when cells are in operation. A total of 6 PLMN lists are sent. MNC of PLMN #4, one of the six lists, is entered.
CELL_RESERVED_OP_USE4
cellReservedOpUse of PLMN #4. It is broadcast to UE via SIB 1. -
ci_reserved: Selection/re-selection is reserved for UEs that
have a specific AC to PLMN #4. -
ci_notReserved: Selection/re-selection is available for UEs
that have all access classes (AC) to PLMN #4. MCC5
Mobile Country Code (MCC) that comprises PLMN. It is broadcast to UE via SIB 1 when cells are in operation. A total of 6 PLMN lists are sent. MCC of PLMN #5, one of the six lists, is entered.
MNC5
MNC that comprises PLMN. It is broadcast to UE via SIB 1 when cells are in operation. A total of 6 PLMN lists are sent. MNC of PLMN #5, one of the six lists, is entered.
CELL_RESERVED_OP_USE5
cellReservedOpUse of PLMN #5. It is broadcast to UE via SIB 1. -
ci_reserved: Selection/re-selection is reserved for UEs that
have a specific access class (AC) to PLMN #5. -
716
ci_notReserved: Selection/re-selection is available for UEs
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
LTE eNB Command Description/Ver.1.0
that have all access classes (AC) to PLMN #5. ADD_SPECTRUM_EMISSION
Additional spectrum emission used by the active cell. At max power, UE can additionally reduce power. See 6.2.4 in 3GPP TS 36.101. This information is broadcast to UE via SIB 2.
TRACKING_AREA_CODE
TAC (Tracking Area Code) used by the active cell. It is used for warning message transmission and interruption when paging the UE. This information is broadcast to UE via SIB 1.
IMS_EMERGENCY_SUPPORT
supports IMS (IP Multimedia Subsystem) emergency calls. This information is broadcast to UE via SIB 1. - False: The cell in operation does not support IMS Emergency. -
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
True: The cell in operation supports IMS Emergency.
717
Command Description
C2334 CHANGE EUTRAN CELL INFORMATION Command Format CHG-CELL-INFO: CELL_NUM, [CELL_SIZE], [HNB_NAME], [MCC0], [MNC0], [CELL_RESERVED_OP_USE0], [MCC1], [MNC1], [CELL_RESERVED_OP_USE1], [MCC2], [MNC2], [CELL_RESERVED_OP_USE2], [MCC3], [MNC3], [CELL_RESERVED_OP_USE3], [MCC4], [MNC4], [CELL_RESERVED_OP_USE4], [MCC5], [MNC5], [CELL_RESERVED_OP_USE5], [ADD_SPECTRUM_EMISSION], [TRACKING_AREA_CODE], [IMS_EMERGENCY_SUPPORT];
Command Description Change cell information TIMEOUT
10
Input Parameter Description Parameter
Description
Range
Unit
Default
CELL_NUM
The cell number to be changed or retrieved.
0~8
NONE
0
CELL_SIZE
The is cell size. - ci_cellsize_verysmall : Very Small size cell. -ci_cellsize_small : Small size cell. -ci_cellsize_medium : Medium size cell. -ci_cellsize_large : Large size cell
ci_cellsize_verysmall/ ci_cellsize_small/ ci_cellsize_medium/ ci_cellsize_large/
NONE
ci_cellsi ze_larg e
HNB_NAME
The name of the home eNB. Broadcast to the UE through SIB (System Information Block) 9 when the cell is operated as a CSG cell or as a hybrid cell in bytes.
48
NONE
SAMSU NG_LT E
MCC0
Mobile Country Code (MCC) that comprises Public Land Mobile Network (PLMN). It is broadcast to UE via SIB 1 when cells are in operation. A total of 6 PLMN lists are sent. MCC of PLMN #0, one of the six lists, is entered.
3
NONE
450
MNC0
MNC that comprises PLMN. It is broadcast to UE via System Information Block (SIB) 1 when cells are in operation. A total of 6 PLMN lists are sent. MNC of PLMN #0, one of the six lists, is entered.
3
NONE
08
718
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
LTE eNB Command Description/Ver.1.0
Parameter
Description
Range
Unit
Default
CELL_RESERV ED_OP_USE0
CellReservedOpUse of PLMN #0. Broadcast to the UE through SIB (System Information Block) 1. - ci_reserved: Selection/re-selection is reserved for UEs that have a specific access class (AC) to PLMN #0. - ci_notReserved: Selection/re-selection is available for UEs that have all access classes (AC) to PLMN #0.
ci_reserved/ ci_notReserved/
NONE
ci_notR eserved
MCC1
MCC that comprises PLMN. It is broadcast to UE via SIB 1 when cells are in operation. A total of 6 PLMN lists are sent. MCC of PLMN #1, one of the six lists, is entered.
3
NONE
FFF
MNC1
MNC that comprises PLMN. It is broadcast to UE via SIB 1 when cells are in operation. A total of 6 PLMN lists are sent. MNC of PLMN #1, one of the six lists, is entered.
3
NONE
FFF
CELL_RESERV ED_OP_USE1
cellReservedOpUse of PLMN #1. It is broadcast to UE via SIB 1. - ci_reserved: Selection/re-selection is reserved for UEs that have a specific AC to PLMN #1. - ci_notReserved: Selection/re-selection is available for UEs that have all access classes (AC) to PLMN #1.
ci_reserved/ ci_notReserved/
NONE
ci_notR eserved
MCC2
MCC that comprises PLMN. It is broadcast to UE via SIB 1 when cells are in operation. A total of 6 PLMN lists are sent. MCC of PLMN #2, one of the six lists, is entered.
3
NONE
FFF
MNC2
MNC that comprises PLMN. It is broadcast to UE via SIB 1 when cells are in operation. A total of 6 PLMN lists are sent. MNC of PLMN #2, one of the six lists, is entered.
3
NONE
FFF
CELL_RESERV ED_OP_USE2
cellReservedOpUse of PLMN #2. It is broadcast to UE via SIB 1. - ci_reserved: Selection/re-selection is reserved for UEs that have a specific AC to PLMN #2. - ci_notReserved: Selection/re-selection is available for UEs that have all access classes (AC) to PLMN #2.
ci_reserved/ ci_notReserved/
NONE
ci_notR eserved
MCC3
MCC that comprises PLMN. It is broadcast to UE via SIB 1 when cells are in operation. A total of 6 PLMN lists are sent. MCC of PLMN #3, one of the six lists, is entered.
3
NONE
FFF
MNC3
MNC that comprises PLMN. It is broadcast to UE via SIB 1 when cells are in operation. A total of 6 PLMN lists are sent. MNC of PLMN #3, one of the six lists, is entered.
3
NONE
FFF
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
719
Command Description
Parameter
Description
Range
Unit
Default
CELL_RESERV ED_OP_USE3
cellReservedOpUse of PLMN #3. It is broadcast to UE via SIB 1. - ci_reserved: Selection/re-selection is reserved for UEs that have a specific AC to PLMN #3. - ci_notReserved: Selection/re-selection is available for UEs that have all access classes (AC) to PLMN #3.
ci_reserved/ ci_notReserved/
NONE
ci_notR eserved
MCC4
MCC that comprises PLMN. It is broadcast to UE via SIB 1 when cells are in operation. A total of 6 PLMN lists are sent. MCC of PLMN #4, one of the six lists, is entered.
3
NONE
FFF
MNC4
MNC that comprises PLMN. It is broadcast to UE via SIB 1 when cells are in operation. A total of 6 PLMN lists are sent. MNC of PLMN #4, one of the six lists, is entered.
3
NONE
FFF
CELL_RESERV ED_OP_USE4
cellReservedOpUse of PLMN #4. It is broadcast to UE via SIB 1. - ci_reserved: Selection/re-selection is reserved for UEs that have a specific AC to PLMN #4. - ci_notReserved: Selection/re-selection is available for UEs that have all access classes (AC) to PLMN #4.
ci_reserved/ ci_notReserved/
NONE
ci_notR eserved
MCC5
Mobile Country Code (MCC) that comprises PLMN. It is broadcast to UE via SIB 1 when cells are in operation. A total of 6 PLMN lists are sent. MCC of PLMN #5, one of the six lists, is entered.
3
NONE
FFF
MNC5
MNC that comprises PLMN. It is broadcast to UE via SIB 1 when cells are in operation. A total of 6 PLMN lists are sent. MNC of PLMN #5, one of the six lists, is entered.
3
NONE
FFF
CELL_RESERV ED_OP_USE5
cellReservedOpUse of PLMN #5. It is broadcast to UE via SIB 1. - ci_reserved: Selection/re-selection is reserved for UEs that have a specific access class (AC) to PLMN #5. - ci_notReserved: Selection/re-selection is available for UEs that have all access classes (AC) to PLMN #5.
ci_reserved/ ci_notReserved/
NONE
ci_notR eserved
ADD_SPECTR UM_EMISSION
Additional spectrum emission used by the active cell. At max power, UE can additionally reduce power. See 6.2.4 in 3GPP TS 36.101. This information is broadcast to UE via SIB 2.
1 ~ 32
NONE
1
TRACKING_AR EA_CODE
TAC (Tracking Area Code) used by the active cell. It is used for warning message transmission and interruption when paging the UE. This information is broadcast to UE via SIB 1.
H'0000 ~ H'FFFF
NONE
H'0000
720
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
LTE eNB Command Description/Ver.1.0
Parameter
Description
Range
IMS_EMERGE NCY_SUPPOR T
supports IMS (IP Multimedia Subsystem) emergency calls. This information is broadcast to UE via SIB 1. - False: The cell in operation does not support IMS Emergency. - True: The cell in operation supports IMS Emergency.
False/True/
Unit NONE
Default False
Output Parameter Description CELL_NUM
The cell number to be changed or retrieved.
CELL_SIZE
The is cell size. -
ci_cellsize_verysmall : Very Small size cell.
-ci_cellsize_small
: Small size cell.
-ci_cellsize_medium -ci_cellsize_large
HNB_NAME
: Medium size cell.
: Large size cell
The name of the home eNB. Broadcast to the UE through SIB (System Information Block) 9 when the cell is operated as a CSG cell or as a hybrid cell in bytes.
MCC0
Mobile Country Code (MCC) that comprises Public Land Mobile Network (PLMN). It is broadcast to UE via SIB 1 when cells are in operation. A total of 6 PLMN lists are sent. MCC of PLMN #0, one of the six lists, is entered.
MNC0
MNC that comprises PLMN. It is broadcast to UE via System Information Block (SIB) 1 when cells are in operation. A total of 6 PLMN lists are sent. MNC of PLMN #0, one of the six lists, is entered.
CELL_RESERVED_OP_USE0
CellReservedOpUse of PLMN #0. Broadcast to the UE through SIB (System Information Block) 1. -
ci_reserved: Selection/re-selection is reserved for UEs that
have a specific access class (AC) to PLMN #0. -
ci_notReserved: Selection/re-selection is available for UEs
that have all access classes (AC) to PLMN #0. MCC1
MCC that comprises PLMN. It is broadcast to UE via SIB 1 when cells are in operation. A total of 6 PLMN lists are sent. MCC of PLMN #1, one of the six lists, is entered.
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
721
Command Description
MNC1
MNC that comprises PLMN. It is broadcast to UE via SIB 1 when cells are in operation. A total of 6 PLMN lists are sent. MNC of PLMN #1, one of the six lists, is entered.
CELL_RESERVED_OP_USE1
cellReservedOpUse of PLMN #1. It is broadcast to UE via SIB 1. -
ci_reserved: Selection/re-selection is reserved for UEs that
have a specific AC to PLMN #1. -
ci_notReserved: Selection/re-selection is available for UEs
that have all access classes (AC) to PLMN #1. MCC2
MCC that comprises PLMN. It is broadcast to UE via SIB 1 when cells are in operation. A total of 6 PLMN lists are sent. MCC of PLMN #2, one of the six lists, is entered.
MNC2
MNC that comprises PLMN. It is broadcast to UE via SIB 1 when cells are in operation. A total of 6 PLMN lists are sent. MNC of PLMN #2, one of the six lists, is entered.
CELL_RESERVED_OP_USE2
cellReservedOpUse of PLMN #2. It is broadcast to UE via SIB 1. -
ci_reserved: Selection/re-selection is reserved for UEs that
have a specific AC to PLMN #2. -
ci_notReserved: Selection/re-selection is available for UEs
that have all access classes (AC) to PLMN #2. MCC3
MCC that comprises PLMN. It is broadcast to UE via SIB 1 when cells are in operation. A total of 6 PLMN lists are sent. MCC of PLMN #3, one of the six lists, is entered.
MNC3
MNC that comprises PLMN. It is broadcast to UE via SIB 1 when cells are in operation. A total of 6 PLMN lists are sent. MNC of PLMN #3, one of the six lists, is entered.
CELL_RESERVED_OP_USE3
cellReservedOpUse of PLMN #3. It is broadcast to UE via SIB 1. -
ci_reserved: Selection/re-selection is reserved for UEs that
have a specific AC to PLMN #3. -
ci_notReserved: Selection/re-selection is available for UEs
that have all access classes (AC) to PLMN #3. MCC4
722
MCC that comprises PLMN. It is broadcast to UE via SIB 1
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
LTE eNB Command Description/Ver.1.0
when cells are in operation. A total of 6 PLMN lists are sent. MCC of PLMN #4, one of the six lists, is entered. MNC4
MNC that comprises PLMN. It is broadcast to UE via SIB 1 when cells are in operation. A total of 6 PLMN lists are sent. MNC of PLMN #4, one of the six lists, is entered.
CELL_RESERVED_OP_USE4
cellReservedOpUse of PLMN #4. It is broadcast to UE via SIB 1. -
ci_reserved: Selection/re-selection is reserved for UEs that
have a specific AC to PLMN #4. -
ci_notReserved: Selection/re-selection is available for UEs
that have all access classes (AC) to PLMN #4. MCC5
Mobile Country Code (MCC) that comprises PLMN. It is broadcast to UE via SIB 1 when cells are in operation. A total of 6 PLMN lists are sent. MCC of PLMN #5, one of the six lists, is entered.
MNC5
MNC that comprises PLMN. It is broadcast to UE via SIB 1 when cells are in operation. A total of 6 PLMN lists are sent. MNC of PLMN #5, one of the six lists, is entered.
CELL_RESERVED_OP_USE5
cellReservedOpUse of PLMN #5. It is broadcast to UE via SIB 1. -
ci_reserved: Selection/re-selection is reserved for UEs that
have a specific access class (AC) to PLMN #5. -
ci_notReserved: Selection/re-selection is available for UEs
that have all access classes (AC) to PLMN #5. ADD_SPECTRUM_EMISSION
Additional spectrum emission used by the active cell. At max power, UE can additionally reduce power. See 6.2.4 in 3GPP TS 36.101. This information is broadcast to UE via SIB 2.
TRACKING_AREA_CODE
TAC (Tracking Area Code) used by the active cell. It is used for warning message transmission and interruption when paging the UE. This information is broadcast to UE via SIB 1.
IMS_EMERGENCY_SUPPORT
supports IMS (IP Multimedia Subsystem) emergency calls. This information is broadcast to UE via SIB 1. - False: The cell in operation does not support IMS Emergency. -
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
True: The cell in operation supports IMS Emergency.
723
Command Description
C2335 RETRIEVE EMERGENCY AREA ID Command Format RTRV-CELL-EMRG: [CELL_NUM];
Command Description Retrieve Emergency Area Identity TIMEOUT
10
Input Parameter Description Parameter CELL_NUM
Description The cell number to be changed or retrieved.
Range
Unit
0~8
NONE
Defaul t 0
Output Parameter Description CELL_NUM
The cell number to be changed or retrieved.
EAID0_USAGE
Whether using for emergency ared ID or not
EMERGENCY_AREA_ID0
Emergency area identity used by the active cell. Used for warning message transmission and interruption.
EAID1_USAGE
Whether using for emergency ared ID or not
EMERGENCY_AREA_ID1
Emergency area identity used by the active cell. Used for warning message transmission and interruption.
EAID2_USAGE
Whether using for emergency ared ID or not
EMERGENCY_AREA_ID2
Emergency area identity used by the active cell. Used for warning message transmission and interruption.
724
EAID3_USAGE
Whether using for emergency ared ID or not
EMERGENCY_AREA_ID3
Emergency area identity used by the active cell. Used for warn-
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
LTE eNB Command Description/Ver.1.0
ing message transmission and interruption. EAID4_USAGE
Whether using for emergency ared ID or not
EMERGENCY_AREA_ID4
Emergency area identity used by the active cell. Used for warning message transmission and interruption.
EAID5_USAGE
Whether using for emergency ared ID or not
EMERGENCY_AREA_ID5
Emergency area identity used by the active cell. Used for warning message transmission and interruption.
EAID6_USAGE
Whether using for emergency ared ID or not
EMERGENCY_AREA_ID6
Emergency area identity used by the active cell. Used for warning message transmission and interruption.
EAID7_USAGE
Whether using for emergency ared ID or not
EMERGENCY_AREA_ID7
Emergency area identity used by the active cell. Used for warning message transmission and interruption.
EAID8_USAGE
Whether using for emergency ared ID or not
EMERGENCY_AREA_ID8
Emergency area identity used by the active cell. Used for warning message transmission and interruption.
EAID9_USAGE
Whether using for emergency ared ID or not
EMERGENCY_AREA_ID9
Emergency area identity used by the active cell. Used for warning message transmission and interruption.
EAID10_USAGE
Whether using for emergency ared ID or not
EMERGENCY_AREA_ID10
Emergency area identity used by the active cell. Used for warning message transmission and interruption.
EAID11_USAGE
Whether using for emergency ared ID or not
EMERGENCY_AREA_ID11
Emergency area identity used by the active cell. Used for warning message transmission and interruption.
EAID12_USAGE
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
Whether using for emergency ared ID or not
725
Command Description
EMERGENCY_AREA_ID12
Emergency area identity used by the active cell. Used for warning message transmission and interruption.
EAID13_USAGE
Whether using for emergency ared ID or not
EMERGENCY_AREA_ID13
Emergency area identity used by the active cell. Used for warning message transmission and interruption.
EAID14_USAGE
Whether using for emergency ared ID or not
EMERGENCY_AREA_ID14
Emergency area identity used by the active cell. Used for warning message transmission and interruption.
726
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
LTE eNB Command Description/Ver.1.0
C2336 CHANGE EMERGENCY AREA ID Command Format CHG-CELL-EMRG: CELL_NUM, [EAID0_USAGE], [EMERGENCY_AREA_ID0], [EAID1_USAGE], [EMERGENCY_AREA_ID1], [EAID2_USAGE], [EMERGENCY_AREA_ID2], [EAID3_USAGE], [EMERGENCY_AREA_ID3], [EAID4_USAGE], [EMERGENCY_AREA_ID4], [EAID5_USAGE], [EMERGENCY_AREA_ID5], [EAID6_USAGE], [EMERGENCY_AREA_ID6], [EAID7_USAGE], [EMERGENCY_AREA_ID7], [EAID8_USAGE], [EMERGENCY_AREA_ID8], [EAID9_USAGE], [EMERGENCY_AREA_ID9], [EAID10_USAGE], [EMERGENCY_AREA_ID10], [EAID11_USAGE], [EMERGENCY_AREA_ID11], [EAID12_USAGE], [EMERGENCY_AREA_ID12], [EAID13_USAGE], [EMERGENCY_AREA_ID13], [EAID14_USAGE], [EMERGENCY_AREA_ID14];
Command Description Change Emergency Area Identity TIMEOUT
10
Input Parameter Description Parameter
Description
Range
Unit
Default
CELL_NUM
The cell number to be changed or retrieved.
0~8
NONE
0
EAID0_USAGE
Whether using for emergency ared ID or not
CI_no_use/CI_use/
NONE
CI_no_u se
EMERGENCY_ AREA_ID0
Emergency area identity used by the active cell. Used for warning message transmission and interruption.
H'0000 ~ H'FFFFFF
NONE
H'0000
EAID1_USAGE
Whether using for emergency ared ID or not
CI_no_use/CI_use/
NONE
CI_no_u se
EMERGENCY_ AREA_ID1
Emergency area identity used by the active cell. Used for warning message transmission and interruption.
H'0000 ~ H'FFFFFF
NONE
H'0000
EAID2_USAGE
Whether using for emergency ared ID or not
CI_no_use/CI_use/
NONE
CI_no_u se
EMERGENCY_ AREA_ID2
Emergency area identity used by the active cell. Used for warning message transmission and interruption.
H'0000 ~ H'FFFFFF
NONE
H'0000
EAID3_USAGE
Whether using for emergency ared ID or not
CI_no_use/CI_use/
NONE
CI_no_u se
EMERGENCY_ AREA_ID3
Emergency area identity used by the active cell. Used for warning message transmission and interruption.
H'0000 ~ H'FFFFFF
NONE
H'0000
EAID4_USAGE
Whether using for emergency ared ID or not
CI_no_use/CI_use/
NONE
CI_no_u se
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
727
Command Description
Parameter
Description
EMERGENCY_ AREA_ID4
Emergency area identity used by the active cell. Used for warning message transmission and interruption.
H'0000 ~ H'FFFFFF
NONE
H'0000
EAID5_USAGE
Whether using for emergency ared ID or not
CI_no_use/CI_use/
NONE
CI_no_u se
EMERGENCY_ AREA_ID5
Emergency area identity used by the active cell. Used for warning message transmission and interruption.
H'0000 ~ H'FFFFFF
NONE
H'0000
EAID6_USAGE
Whether using for emergency ared ID or not
CI_no_use/CI_use/
NONE
CI_no_u se
EMERGENCY_ AREA_ID6
Emergency area identity used by the active cell. Used for warning message transmission and interruption.
H'0000 ~ H'FFFFFF
NONE
H'0000
EAID7_USAGE
Whether using for emergency ared ID or not
CI_no_use/CI_use/
NONE
CI_no_u se
EMERGENCY_ AREA_ID7
Emergency area identity used by the active cell. Used for warning message transmission and interruption.
H'0000 ~ H'FFFFFF
NONE
H'0000
EAID8_USAGE
Whether using for emergency ared ID or not
CI_no_use/CI_use/
NONE
CI_no_u se
EMERGENCY_ AREA_ID8
Emergency area identity used by the active cell. Used for warning message transmission and interruption.
H'0000 ~ H'FFFFFF
NONE
H'0000
EAID9_USAGE
Whether using for emergency ared ID or not
CI_no_use/CI_use/
NONE
CI_no_u se
EMERGENCY_ AREA_ID9
Emergency area identity used by the active cell. Used for warning message transmission and interruption.
H'0000 ~ H'FFFFFF
NONE
H'0000
EAID10_USAG E
Whether using for emergency ared ID or not
CI_no_use/CI_use/
NONE
CI_no_u se
EMERGENCY_ AREA_ID10
Emergency area identity used by the active cell. Used for warning message transmission and interruption.
H'0000 ~ H'FFFFFF
NONE
H'0000
EAID11_USAG E
Whether using for emergency ared ID or not
CI_no_use/CI_use/
NONE
CI_no_u se
EMERGENCY_ AREA_ID11
Emergency area identity used by the active cell. Used for warning message transmission and interruption.
H'0000 ~ H'FFFFFF
NONE
H'0000
EAID12_USAG E
Whether using for emergency ared ID or not
CI_no_use/CI_use/
NONE
CI_no_u se
EMERGENCY_ AREA_ID12
Emergency area identity used by the active cell. Used for warning message transmission and interruption.
H'0000 ~ H'FFFFFF
NONE
H'0000
EAID13_USAG E
Whether using for emergency ared ID or not
CI_no_use/CI_use/
NONE
CI_no_u se
EMERGENCY_ AREA_ID13
Emergency area identity used by the active cell. Used for warning message transmission and interruption.
H'0000 ~ H'FFFFFF
NONE
H'0000
728
Range
Unit
Default
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
LTE eNB Command Description/Ver.1.0
Parameter
Description
Range
Unit
Default
EAID14_USAG E
Whether using for emergency ared ID or not
CI_no_use/CI_use/
NONE
CI_no_u se
EMERGENCY_ AREA_ID14
Emergency area identity used by the active cell. Used for warning message transmission and interruption.
H'0000 ~ H'FFFFFF
NONE
H'0000
Output Parameter Description CELL_NUM
The cell number to be changed or retrieved.
EAID0_USAGE
Whether using for emergency ared ID or not
EMERGENCY_AREA_ID0
Emergency area identity used by the active cell. Used for warning message transmission and interruption.
EAID1_USAGE
Whether using for emergency ared ID or not
EMERGENCY_AREA_ID1
Emergency area identity used by the active cell. Used for warning message transmission and interruption.
EAID2_USAGE
Whether using for emergency ared ID or not
EMERGENCY_AREA_ID2
Emergency area identity used by the active cell. Used for warning message transmission and interruption.
EAID3_USAGE
Whether using for emergency ared ID or not
EMERGENCY_AREA_ID3
Emergency area identity used by the active cell. Used for warning message transmission and interruption.
EAID4_USAGE
Whether using for emergency ared ID or not
EMERGENCY_AREA_ID4
Emergency area identity used by the active cell. Used for warning message transmission and interruption.
EAID5_USAGE
Whether using for emergency ared ID or not
EMERGENCY_AREA_ID5
Emergency area identity used by the active cell. Used for warning message transmission and interruption.
EAID6_USAGE
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
Whether using for emergency ared ID or not
729
Command Description
EMERGENCY_AREA_ID6
Emergency area identity used by the active cell. Used for warning message transmission and interruption.
EAID7_USAGE
Whether using for emergency ared ID or not
EMERGENCY_AREA_ID7
Emergency area identity used by the active cell. Used for warning message transmission and interruption.
EAID8_USAGE
Whether using for emergency ared ID or not
EMERGENCY_AREA_ID8
Emergency area identity used by the active cell. Used for warning message transmission and interruption.
EAID9_USAGE
Whether using for emergency ared ID or not
EMERGENCY_AREA_ID9
Emergency area identity used by the active cell. Used for warning message transmission and interruption.
EAID10_USAGE
Whether using for emergency ared ID or not
EMERGENCY_AREA_ID10
Emergency area identity used by the active cell. Used for warning message transmission and interruption.
EAID11_USAGE
Whether using for emergency ared ID or not
EMERGENCY_AREA_ID11
Emergency area identity used by the active cell. Used for warning message transmission and interruption.
EAID12_USAGE
Whether using for emergency ared ID or not
EMERGENCY_AREA_ID12
Emergency area identity used by the active cell. Used for warning message transmission and interruption.
EAID13_USAGE
Whether using for emergency ared ID or not
EMERGENCY_AREA_ID13
Emergency area identity used by the active cell. Used for warning message transmission and interruption.
EAID14_USAGE
Whether using for emergency ared ID or not
EMERGENCY_AREA_ID14
Emergency area identity used by the active cell. Used for warning message transmission and interruption.
730
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
LTE eNB Command Description/Ver.1.0
C2338 CHANGE UTRA CARRIER SIB INFORMATION Command Format CHG-UTRA-CAR: CELL_NUM, FA_INDEX, [STATUS], [DUPLEX_TYPE], [UARFCN_DL], [RESEL_PRIORITY_USAGE], [PRIORITY], [THRESH_XHIGH], [THRESH_XLOW], [Q_RX_LEV_MIN], [P_MAX_UTRA], [Q_QUAL_MIN], [THRESH_XHIGH_QREL9], [THRESH_XLOW_QREL9];
Command Description Changes the UTRA FA priority information. TIMEOUT
10
Input Parameter Description Parameter
Description
Range
Unit
Default
CELL_NUM
The cell number to be changed.
0~8
NONE
0
FA_INDEX
EUTRA frequency index. Up to 6 FAs can be assigned per cell.
0~5
NONE
0
STATUS
Whether the EUTRA FA is valid ID.
N_EQUIP/EQUIP/
NONE
N_EQUI P
DUPLEX_TYPE
The duplex mode information on a cell. Enter either FDD or TDD. - ci_FDD: Frequency division duplex. - ci_TDD: Time division duplex.
ci_FDD/ci_TDD/
NONE
ci_FDD
UARFCN_DL
Downlink UTRA Absolute Radio Frequency Channel Number.
0 ~ 16383
NONE
0
RESEL_PRIOR ITY_USAGE
Decide sending value of cellReselectionPriority by reselPriorityUsage
CI_no_use/CI_use/
NONE
CI_use
PRIORITY
Priority information on the UTRA FA.
0~7
NONE
4
THRESH_XHIG H
The threshold used in the UE to reselect a frequency whose priority is higher than the current camped frequency.
0 ~ 31
NONE
0
THRESH_XLO W
The threshold used to reselect low-priority frequency from high-priority frequency.
0 ~ 31
NONE
0
Q_RX_LEV_MI N
The minimum RX level required in a cell in dBm units.
-60 ~ -13
NONE
-50
P_MAX_UTRA
The maximum RF output power in the UE.
-50 ~ 33
NONE
0
Q_QUAL_MIN
The minimum quality level required in UTRA FDD cells.
-24 ~ 0
NONE
0
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
731
Command Description
Parameter
Description
Range
Unit
Default
THRESH_XHIG H_QREL9
The threshold used in the UE to reselect a frequency whose priority is higher than the current camped frequency in Rel-9.
0 ~ 31
NONE
0
THRESH_XLO W_QREL9
The threshold used to reselect low-priority frequency from high-priority frequency in Rel-9.
0 ~ 31
NONE
0
Output Parameter Description CELL_NUM
The cell number to be changed.
FA_INDEX
EUTRA frequency index. Up to 6 FAs can be assigned per cell.
STATUS
Whether the EUTRA FA is valid ID.
DUPLEX_TYPE
The duplex mode information on a cell. Enter either FDD or TDD. -
ci_FDD: Frequency division duplex.
-
ci_TDD: Time division duplex.
UARFCN_DL
Downlink UTRA Absolute Radio Frequency Channel Number.
RESEL_PRIORITY_USAGE
Decide sending value of cellReselectionPriority by reselPriorityUsage
PRIORITY
Priority information on the UTRA FA.
THRESH_XHIGH
The threshold used in the UE to reselect a frequency whose priority is higher than the current camped frequency.
THRESH_XLOW
The threshold used to reselect low-priority frequency from high-priority frequency.
Q_RX_LEV_MIN
The minimum RX level required in a cell in dBm units.
P_MAX_UTRA
The maximum RF output power in the UE.
Q_QUAL_MIN
The minimum quality level required in UTRA FDD cells.
THRESH_XHIGH_QREL9
The threshold used in the UE to reselect a frequency whose priority is higher than the current camped frequency in Rel-9.
732
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
LTE eNB Command Description/Ver.1.0
THRESH_XLOW_QREL9
The threshold used to reselect low-priority frequency from high-priority frequency in Rel-9.
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
733
Command Description
C2339 RETRIEVE UTRA CARRIER SIB INFORMATION Command Format RTRV-UTRA-CAR: [CELL_NUM], [FA_INDEX];
Command Description Retrieves priority of UTRA FA. If the CELL_NUM and FA_INDEX parameters are entered, the information only for the UTRAN FA object registered to the corresponding E-UTRAN served cell is retrieved. If not, the information for all UTRAN FA objects is retrieved. TIMEOUT
10
Input Parameter Description Parameter
Description
Range
Unit
Default
CELL_NUM
The cell number to be changed.
0~8
NONE
0
FA_INDEX
EUTRA frequency index. Up to 6 FAs can be assigned per cell.
0~5
NONE
0
Output Parameter Description CELL_NUM
The cell number to be changed.
FA_INDEX
EUTRA frequency index. Up to 6 FAs can be assigned per cell.
STATUS
Whether the EUTRA FA is valid ID.
DUPLEX_TYPE
The duplex mode information on a cell. Enter either FDD or TDD. -
ci_FDD: Frequency division duplex.
-
ci_TDD: Time division duplex.
UARFCN_DL
Downlink UTRA Absolute Radio Frequency Channel Number.
RESEL_PRIORITY_USAGE
Decide sending value of cellReselectionPriority by reselPriorityUsage
734
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
LTE eNB Command Description/Ver.1.0
PRIORITY
Priority information on the UTRA FA.
THRESH_XHIGH
The threshold used in the UE to reselect a frequency whose priority is higher than the current camped frequency.
THRESH_XLOW
The threshold used to reselect low-priority frequency from high-priority frequency.
Q_RX_LEV_MIN
The minimum RX level required in a cell in dBm units.
P_MAX_UTRA
The maximum RF output power in the UE.
Q_QUAL_MIN
The minimum quality level required in UTRA FDD cells.
THRESH_XHIGH_QREL9
The threshold used in the UE to reselect a frequency whose priority is higher than the current camped frequency in Rel-9.
THRESH_XLOW_QREL9
The threshold used to reselect low-priority frequency from high-priority frequency in Rel-9.
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
735
Command Description
C2343 RETRIEVE INTERWORKING OPTION Command Format RTRV-INTWO-OPT: [CELL_NUM];
Command Description Retrieve Interworking Option Information. TIMEOUT
10
Input Parameter Description Parameter CELL_NUM
Description
Range
The cell number to be changed.
0~8
Unit NONE
Defaul t 0
Output Parameter Description CELL_NUM
The cell number to be changed.
INTER_FREQ_REDIRECTION
Whether to force redirection during the inter-frequency handover. -
0: Redirection is not executed during handover (normal).
-
1: Redirection is executed regardless of condition (force-
used). INTER_RAT_PS_REDIRECTION Whether to force redirection during the inter RAT PS handover. -
0: Redirection is not executed during handover (normal).
-
1: Redirection is executed regardless of condition (force-
used). INTER_RAT_CS_REDIRECTION Whether to force redirection during the CSFB with inter RAT handover. -
0: Redirection is not executed during handover (normal).
-
1: Redirection is executed regardless of condition (force-
used). IDLE_CSFB_OPTIMIZED
736
Whether to optimize call setup procedure for CSFB in Idle state
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
LTE eNB Command Description/Ver.1.0
UE.
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
-
False : Do not optimized call setup procedure.
-
True : Do optimized call setup procedure.
737
Command Description
C2344 CHANGE INTERWORKING OPTION Command Format CHG-INTWO-OPT: CELL_NUM, [INTER_FREQ_REDIRECTION], [INTER_RAT_PS_REDIRECTION], [INTER_RAT_CS_REDIRECTION], [IDLE_CSFB_OPTIMIZED];
Command Description Change Interworking Option Information. TIMEOUT
10
Input Parameter Description Parameter
Description
Range
Unit
Default
CELL_NUM
The cell number to be changed.
0~8
NONE
0
INTER_FREQ_ REDIRECTION
Whether to force redirection during the inter-frequency handover. - 0: Redirection is not executed during handover (normal). - 1: Redirection is executed regardless of condition (force-used).
False/True/
NONE
False
INTER_RAT_P S_REDIRECTI ON
Whether to force redirection during the inter RAT PS handover. - 0: Redirection is not executed during handover (normal). - 1: Redirection is executed regardless of condition (force-used).
False/True/
NONE
True
INTER_RAT_C S_REDIRECTI ON
Whether to force redirection during the CSFB with inter RAT handover. - 0: Redirection is not executed during handover (normal). - 1: Redirection is executed regardless of condition (force-used).
False/True/
NONE
True
IDLE_CSFB_O PTIMIZED
Whether to optimize call setup procedure for CSFB in Idle state UE. - False : Do not optimized call setup procedure. - True : Do optimized call setup procedure.
False/True/
NONE
True
Output Parameter Description CELL_NUM
738
The cell number to be changed.
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
LTE eNB Command Description/Ver.1.0
INTER_FREQ_REDIRECTION
Whether to force redirection during the inter-frequency handover. -
0: Redirection is not executed during handover (normal).
-
1: Redirection is executed regardless of condition (force-
used). INTER_RAT_PS_REDIRECTION Whether to force redirection during the inter RAT PS handover. -
0: Redirection is not executed during handover (normal).
-
1: Redirection is executed regardless of condition (force-
used). INTER_RAT_CS_REDIRECTION Whether to force redirection during the CSFB with inter RAT handover. -
0: Redirection is not executed during handover (normal).
-
1: Redirection is executed regardless of condition (force-
used). IDLE_CSFB_OPTIMIZED
Whether to optimize call setup procedure for CSFB in Idle state UE.
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
-
False : Do not optimized call setup procedure.
-
True : Do optimized call setup procedure.
739
Command Description
C2370 CHANGE UTRA FA PRIORITY INFORMATION Command Format CHG-UTRA-PRIOR: CELL_NUM, FA_INDEX, SPID, [DEDICATED_PRIORITY];
Command Description Changes the parameter values required to operate the UTRA FA dedicated Priority Information accroding SPID. When the Cell Num, fa Index and SPID parameter values are set as input values, the UTRA FA Dedicated Priority information registered to the specified cell in the eNB can be changed. TIMEOUT
10
Input Parameter Description Parameter
Description
Range
Unit
Default
CELL_NUM
The cell number to be changed.
0~8
NONE
0
FA_INDEX
UTRA frequency index. Up to 6 FAs can be assigned per cell. It is mapping to PLDUtraFaPriorInfo.
0~5
NONE
0
SPID
Subscriber Profile ID for RAT/Frequency priority.
spid_254/spid_255/ spid_256/
NONE
spid_25 4
DEDICATED_P RIORITY
Dedicated Priority Value for frequency according SPID.
0~7
NONE
4
Output Parameter Description CELL_NUM
The cell number to be changed.
FA_INDEX
UTRA frequency index. Up to 6 FAs can be assigned per cell. It is mapping to PLDUtraFaPriorInfo.
740
SPID
Subscriber Profile ID for RAT/Frequency priority.
DEDICATED_PRIORITY
Dedicated Priority Value for frequency according SPID.
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
LTE eNB Command Description/Ver.1.0
C2371 RETRIEVE UTRA FA PRIORITY INFORMATION Command Format RTRV-UTRA-PRIOR: [CELL_NUM], [FA_INDEX], [SPID];
Command Description Retrieves parameters required to operate dedicated priority information on UTRA FA accroding SPID . If the Cell Num parameter is entered, the UTRA FA registered to the corresponding cell is retrieved. If not, the UTRA FA information registered to all cells is retrieved. TIMEOUT
10
Input Parameter Description Parameter
Description
Range
Unit
Default
CELL_NUM
The cell number to be changed.
0~8
NONE
0
FA_INDEX
UTRA frequency index. Up to 6 FAs can be assigned per cell. It is mapping to PLDUtraFaPriorInfo.
0~5
NONE
0
SPID
Subscriber Profile ID for RAT/Frequency priority.
spid_254/spid_255/ spid_256/
NONE
spid_25 4
Output Parameter Description CELL_NUM
The cell number to be changed.
FA_INDEX
UTRA frequency index. Up to 6 FAs can be assigned per cell. It is mapping to PLDUtraFaPriorInfo.
SPID
Subscriber Profile ID for RAT/Frequency priority.
DEDICATED_PRIORITY
Dedicated Priority Value for frequency according SPID.
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
741
Command Description
C2372 RETRIEVE UTRA SIB5 TEMPLATE1 Command Format RTRV-UTRA-SIB5T1: [DB_IDX];
Command Description Retrieve UTRA SIB5 Templete TIMEOUT
10
Input Parameter Description Parameter DB_IDX
Description DB Index
Range
Unit
0 ~ 15
NONE
Defaul t 0
Output Parameter Description DB_IDX
DB Index
SIB6_INDICATOR
SIB 6 Indicator
PICH_POWER_OFFSET
pichPowerOffset
AICH_POWER_OFFSET
aichPowerOffset
TX_DIV_INDICATOR
txDivIndicator
P_RACH_AVAILABLE_SIGNATUREpRachAvailableSignature P_RACH_AVAILABLE_SF
pRachAvailableSF
P_RACH_PRE_SCRAM_CODE_WORD_NUMpRachPreScramCodeWordNum P_RACH_PUNCTURING_LIMIT pRachPuncturingLimit P_RACH_AVAIL_SUB_CHANNEL_NUMpRachAvailSubChannelNum P_RACH_TRANSPORT_CHANNEL_IDpRachTransportChannelId
742
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
LTE eNB Command Description/Ver.1.0
PRACH_TTI_SELECT
prachTtiSelect
P_RACH_TTI_RLC_SIZE_TYPE1 pRachTtiRlcSizeType1 P_RACH_TTI_NUM_OF_TB_SIZE_LIST1pRachTtiNumOfTbSizeList1 P_RACH_TTI_LOGICAL_CHANNEL_LIST1pRachTtiLogicalChannelList1 P_RACH_TTI_RLC_SIZE_TYPE2 pRachTtiRlcSizeType2 P_RACH_TTI_NUM_OF_TB_SIZE_LIST2pRachTtiNumOfTbSizeList2 P_RACH_TTI_LOGICAL_CHANNEL_LIST2pRachTtiLogicalChannelList2 P_RACH_CHANNEL_CODING_TYPEpRachChannelCodingType P_RACH_RATE_MATCHING_ATTRpRachRateMatchingAttr P_RACH_CRC_SIZE
pRachCrcSize
P_RACH_CTFC2_BIT0
pRachCtfc2Bit0
P_RACH_GAIN_FACTOR_BETA_C0pRachGainFactorBetaC0 P_RACH_GAIN_FACTOR_BETA_D0pRachGainFactorBetaD0 P_RACH_POWER_OFFSET_PPM0pRachPowerOffsetPpm0 P_RACH_CTFC2_BIT1
pRachCtfc2Bit1
P_RACH_GAIN_FACTOR_BETA_C1pRachGainFactorBetaC1 P_RACH_GAIN_FACTOR_BETA_D1pRachGainFactorBetaD1 P_RACH_POWER_OFFSET_PPM1pRachPowerOffsetPpm1 P_RACH_PARTITIONING_USED pRachPartitioningUsed AC_SERV_CLASS1_START_IDX acServClass1StartIdx AC_SERV_CLASS1_END_IDX
acServClass1EndIdx
AC_SERV_CLASS1_SUB_CHAN_NUMBERacServClass1SubChanNumber
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
743
Command Description
AC_SERV_CLASS2_START_IDX acServClass2StartIdx AC_SERV_CLASS2_END_IDX
acServClass2EndIdx
AC_SERV_CLASS2_SUB_CHAN_NUMBERacServClass2SubChanNumber AC_SERV_CLASS3_START_IDX acServClass3StartIdx AC_SERV_CLASS3_END_IDX
acServClass3EndIdx
AC_SERV_CLASS3_SUB_CHAN_NUMBERacServClass3SubChanNumber AC_SERV_CLASS4_START_IDX acServClass4StartIdx AC_SERV_CLASS4_END_IDX
acServClass4EndIdx
AC_SERV_CLASS4_SUB_CHAN_NUMBERacServClass4SubChanNumber AC_SERV_CLASS5_START_IDX acServClass5StartIdx AC_SERV_CLASS5_END_IDX
acServClass5EndIdx
AC_SERV_CLASS5_SUB_CHAN_NUMBERacServClass5SubChanNumber AC_SERV_CLASS6_START_IDX acServClass6StartIdx AC_SERV_CLASS6_END_IDX
acServClass6EndIdx
AC_SERV_CLASS6_SUB_CHAN_NUMBERacServClass6SubChanNumber AC_SERV_CLASS7_START_IDX acServClass7StartIdx AC_SERV_CLASS7_END_IDX
acServClass7EndIdx
AC_SERV_CLASS7_SUB_CHAN_NUMBERacServClass7SubChanNumber AC_SERV_CLASS8_START_IDX acServClass8StartIdx AC_SERV_CLASS8_END_IDX
acServClass8EndIdx
AC_SERV_CLASS8_SUB_CHAN_NUMBERacServClass8SubChanNumber P_RACH_AC_TO_ASCMAPPING0 pRachAcToASCMapping0
744
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
LTE eNB Command Description/Ver.1.0
P_RACH_AC_TO_ASCMAPPING1 pRachAcToASCMapping1 P_RACH_AC_TO_ASCMAPPING2 pRachAcToASCMapping2 P_RACH_AC_TO_ASCMAPPING3 pRachAcToASCMapping3 P_RACH_AC_TO_ASCMAPPING4 pRachAcToASCMapping4 P_RACH_AC_TO_ASCMAPPING5 pRachAcToASCMapping5 P_RACH_AC_TO_ASCMAPPING6 pRachAcToASCMapping6 P_RACH_PRIMARY_CPICHTX_POWERpRachPrimaryCPICHTxPower P_RACH_CONSTANT_VAL
pRachConstantVal
P_RACH_POWER_RAMP_STEP pRachPowerRampStep P_RACH_PREAMBLE_RETRANS_MAXpRachPreambleRetransMax P_RACH_MMAX
pRachMmax
P_RACH_NB01_MIN
pRachNb01Min
P_RACH_NB01_MAX
pRachNb01Max
P_RACH_CHANNELISATION_CODEpRachChannelisationCode P_RACH_STTD_INDICATOR
pRachSttdIndicator
P_RACH_AICH_TRANSMISSION_TIMINGpRachAichTransmissionTiming PERSISTENCE_SCALLING_FACTOR_LIST_USEDpersistenceScallingFactorList Usage Indicator PERSISTENCE_SCALLING_FACTOR_LIST_VAL0persistenceScallingFactorListVal0 PERSISTENCE_SCALLING_FACTOR_LIST_VAL1persistenceScallingFactorListVal1 PERSISTENCE_SCALLING_FACTOR_LIST_VAL2persistenceScallingFactorListVal2 PERSISTENCE_SCALLING_FACTOR_LIST_VA3persistenceScallingFactorListVal3 PERSISTENCE_SCALLING_FACTOR_LIST_VAL4persistenceScallingFactorListVal4
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
745
Command Description
PERSISTENCE_SCALLING_FACTOR_LIST_VAL5persistenceScallingFactorListVal5 RES_VALUE1
746
reserved Field
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
LTE eNB Command Description/Ver.1.0
C2373 CHANGE UTRA SIB5 TEMPLATE1 Command Format CHG-UTRA-SIB5T1: DB_IDX, [SIB6_INDICATOR], [PICH_POWER_OFFSET], [AICH_POWER_OFFSET], [TX_DIV_INDICATOR], [P_RACH_AVAILABLE_SIGNATURE], [P_RACH_AVAILABLE_SF], [P_RACH_PRE_SCRAM_CODE_WORD_NUM], [P_RACH_PUNCTURING_LIMIT], [P_RACH_AVAIL_SUB_CHANNEL_NUM], [P_RACH_TRANSPORT_CHANNEL_ID], [PRACH_TTI_SELECT], [P_RACH_TTI_RLC_SIZE_TYPE1], [P_RACH_TTI_NUM_OF_TB_SIZE_LIST1], [P_RACH_TTI_LOGICAL_CHANNEL_LIST1], [P_RACH_TTI_RLC_SIZE_TYPE2], [P_RACH_TTI_NUM_OF_TB_SIZE_LIST2], [P_RACH_TTI_LOGICAL_CHANNEL_LIST2], [P_RACH_CHANNEL_CODING_TYPE], [P_RACH_RATE_MATCHING_ATTR], [P_RACH_CRC_SIZE], [P_RACH_CTFC2_BIT0], [P_RACH_GAIN_FACTOR_BETA_C0], [P_RACH_GAIN_FACTOR_BETA_D0], [P_RACH_POWER_OFFSET_PPM0], [P_RACH_CTFC2_BIT1], [P_RACH_GAIN_FACTOR_BETA_C1], [P_RACH_GAIN_FACTOR_BETA_D1], [P_RACH_POWER_OFFSET_PPM1], [P_RACH_PARTITIONING_USED], [AC_SERV_CLASS1_START_IDX], [AC_SERV_CLASS1_END_IDX], [AC_SERV_CLASS1_SUB_CHAN_NUMBER], [AC_SERV_CLASS2_START_IDX], [AC_SERV_CLASS2_END_IDX], [AC_SERV_CLASS2_SUB_CHAN_NUMBER], [AC_SERV_CLASS3_START_IDX], [AC_SERV_CLASS3_END_IDX], [AC_SERV_CLASS3_SUB_CHAN_NUMBER], [AC_SERV_CLASS4_START_IDX], [AC_SERV_CLASS4_END_IDX], [AC_SERV_CLASS4_SUB_CHAN_NUMBER], [AC_SERV_CLASS5_START_IDX], [AC_SERV_CLASS5_END_IDX], [AC_SERV_CLASS5_SUB_CHAN_NUMBER], [AC_SERV_CLASS6_START_IDX], [AC_SERV_CLASS6_END_IDX], [AC_SERV_CLASS6_SUB_CHAN_NUMBER], [AC_SERV_CLASS7_START_IDX], [AC_SERV_CLASS7_END_IDX], [AC_SERV_CLASS7_SUB_CHAN_NUMBER], [AC_SERV_CLASS8_START_IDX], [AC_SERV_CLASS8_END_IDX], [AC_SERV_CLASS8_SUB_CHAN_NUMBER], [P_RACH_AC_TO_ASCMAPPING0], [P_RACH_AC_TO_ASCMAPPING1], [P_RACH_AC_TO_ASCMAPPING2], [P_RACH_AC_TO_ASCMAPPING3], [P_RACH_AC_TO_ASCMAPPING4], [P_RACH_AC_TO_ASCMAPPING5], [P_RACH_AC_TO_ASCMAPPING6], [P_RACH_PRIMARY_CPICHTX_POWER], [P_RACH_CONSTANT_VAL], [P_RACH_POWER_RAMP_STEP], [P_RACH_PREAMBLE_RETRANS_MAX], [P_RACH_MMAX], [P_RACH_NB01_MIN], [P_RACH_NB01_MAX], [P_RACH_CHANNELISATION_CODE], [P_RACH_STTD_INDICATOR], [P_RACH_AICH_TRANSMISSION_TIMING], [PERSISTENCE_SCALLING_FACTOR_LIST_USED], [PERSISTENCE_SCALLING_FACTOR_LIST_VAL0], [PERSISTENCE_SCALLING_FACTOR_LIST_VAL1], [PERSISTENCE_SCALLING_FACTOR_LIST_VAL2], [PERSISTENCE_SCALLING_FACTOR_LIST_VA3], [PERSISTENCE_SCALLING_FACTOR_LIST_VAL4], [PERSISTENCE_SCALLING_FACTOR_LIST_VAL5], [RES_VALUE1];
Command Description Change UTRA SIB5 Templete TIMEOUT
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
10
747
Command Description
Input Parameter Description Parameter
Description
Range
Unit
Default
DB_IDX
DB Index
0 ~ 15
NONE
0
SIB6_INDICAT OR
SIB 6 Indicator
False/True/
NONE
False
PICH_POWER _OFFSET
pichPowerOffset
-10 ~ 5
NONE
-5
AICH_POWER _OFFSET
aichPowerOffset
-22 ~ 5
NONE
-7
TX_DIV_INDIC ATOR
txDivIndicator
False/True/
NONE
False
P_RACH_AVAI LABLE_SIGNA TURE
pRachAvailableSignature
0 ~ 65535
NONE
65535
P_RACH_AVAI LABLE_SF
pRachAvailableSF
ci_sfpr32/ci_sfpr64/ ci_sfpr128/ci_sfpr256/
NONE
ci_sfpr6 4
P_RACH_PRE _SCRAM_COD E_WORD_NU M
pRachPreScramCodeWordNum
0 ~ 15
NONE
0
P_RACH_PUN CTURING_LIMI T
pRachPuncturingLimit
ci_pl0_40/ci_pl0_44/ ci_pl0_48/ci_pl0_52/ ci_pl0_56/ci_pl0_60/ ci_pl0_64/ci_pl0_68/ ci_pl0_72/ci_pl0_76/ ci_pl0_80/ci_pl0_84/ ci_pl0_88/ci_pl0_92/ ci_pl0_96/ci_pl1/
NONE
ci_pl1
P_RACH_AVAI L_SUB_CHAN NEL_NUM
pRachAvailSubChannelNum
0 ~ 4095
NONE
4095
P_RACH_TRA NSPORT_CHA NNEL_ID
pRachTransportChannelId
1 ~ 32
NONE
3
PRACH_TTI_S ELECT
prachTtiSelect
ci_utran_tti10/ ci_utran_tti20/
NONE
ci_utran _tti20
P_RACH_TTI_ RLC_SIZE_TY PE1
pRachTtiRlcSizeType1
0 ~ 31
NONE
15
P_RACH_TTI_ NUM_OF_TB_ SIZE_LIST1
pRachTtiNumOfTbSizeList1
ci_utran_zero/ ci_utran_one/ ci_utran_small/ ci_utran_large/
NONE
ci_utran _one
P_RACH_TTI_ LOGICAL_CHA NNEL_LIST1
pRachTtiLogicalChannelList1
ci_allSizes/ ci_configured/
NONE
ci_confi gured
P_RACH_TTI_ RLC_SIZE_TY PE2
pRachTtiRlcSizeType2
0 ~ 63
NONE
3
748
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
LTE eNB Command Description/Ver.1.0
Parameter
Description
Range
Unit
Default
P_RACH_TTI_ NUM_OF_TB_ SIZE_LIST2
pRachTtiNumOfTbSizeList2
ci_utran_zero/ ci_utran_one/ ci_utran_small/ ci_utran_large/
NONE
ci_utran _one
P_RACH_TTI_ LOGICAL_CHA NNEL_LIST2
pRachTtiLogicalChannelList2
ci_allSizes/ ci_configured/
NONE
ci_confi gured
P_RACH_CHA NNEL_CODIN G_TYPE
pRachChannelCodingType
ci_noCodoing/ ci_convolutioanl_half/ ci_convolutioanl_third/ ci_turbo/
NONE
ci_conv olutioanl _half
P_RACH_RATE _MATCHING_A TTR
pRachRateMatchingAttr
1 ~ 256
NONE
1
P_RACH_CRC _SIZE
pRachCrcSize
ci_crc0/ci_crc8/ ci_crc12/ci_crc16/ ci_crc24/
NONE
ci_crc16
P_RACH_CTF C2_BIT0
pRachCtfc2Bit0
0~3
NONE
0
P_RACH_GAIN _FACTOR_BET A_C0
pRachGainFactorBetaC0
0 ~ 15
NONE
11
P_RACH_GAIN _FACTOR_BET A_D0
pRachGainFactorBetaD0
0 ~ 15
NONE
15
P_RACH_POW ER_OFFSET_P PM0
pRachPowerOffsetPpm0
-5 ~ 10
NONE
3
P_RACH_CTF C2_BIT1
pRachCtfc2Bit1
0~3
NONE
1
P_RACH_GAIN _FACTOR_BET A_C1
pRachGainFactorBetaC1
0 ~ 15
NONE
10
P_RACH_GAIN _FACTOR_BET A_D1
pRachGainFactorBetaD1
0 ~ 15
NONE
15
P_RACH_POW ER_OFFSET_P PM1
pRachPowerOffsetPpm1
-5 ~ 10
NONE
3
P_RACH_PART ITIONING_USE D
pRachPartitioningUsed
ci_utran_used/ ci_utran_not_used/
NONE
ci_utran _not_us ed
AC_SERV_CLA SS1_START_ID X
acServClass1StartIdx
0 ~ 15
NONE
0
AC_SERV_CLA SS1_END_IDX
acServClass1EndIdx
0 ~ 15
NONE
0
AC_SERV_CLA SS1_SUB_CHA N_NUMBER
acServClass1SubChanNumber
ci_utran_b3_b2_b1_b0/ ci_utran_b2_b0/
NONE
ci_utran _b3_b2 _b1_b0
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
749
Command Description
Parameter
Description
Range
Unit
Default
AC_SERV_CLA SS2_START_ID X
acServClass2StartIdx
0 ~ 15
NONE
0
AC_SERV_CLA SS2_END_IDX
acServClass2EndIdx
0 ~ 15
NONE
0
AC_SERV_CLA SS2_SUB_CHA N_NUMBER
acServClass2SubChanNumber
ci_utran_b3_b2_b1_b0/ ci_utran_b2_b0/
NONE
ci_utran _b3_b2 _b1_b0
AC_SERV_CLA SS3_START_ID X
acServClass3StartIdx
0 ~ 15
NONE
0
AC_SERV_CLA SS3_END_IDX
acServClass3EndIdx
0 ~ 15
NONE
0
AC_SERV_CLA SS3_SUB_CHA N_NUMBER
acServClass3SubChanNumber
ci_utran_b3_b2_b1_b0/ ci_utran_b2_b0/
NONE
ci_utran _b3_b2 _b1_b0
AC_SERV_CLA SS4_START_ID X
acServClass4StartIdx
0 ~ 15
NONE
0
AC_SERV_CLA SS4_END_IDX
acServClass4EndIdx
0 ~ 15
NONE
0
AC_SERV_CLA SS4_SUB_CHA N_NUMBER
acServClass4SubChanNumber
ci_utran_b3_b2_b1_b0/ ci_utran_b2_b0/
NONE
ci_utran _b3_b2 _b1_b0
AC_SERV_CLA SS5_START_ID X
acServClass5StartIdx
0 ~ 15
NONE
0
AC_SERV_CLA SS5_END_IDX
acServClass5EndIdx
0 ~ 15
NONE
0
AC_SERV_CLA SS5_SUB_CHA N_NUMBER
acServClass5SubChanNumber
ci_utran_b3_b2_b1_b0/ ci_utran_b2_b0/
NONE
ci_utran _b3_b2 _b1_b0
AC_SERV_CLA SS6_START_ID X
acServClass6StartIdx
0 ~ 15
NONE
0
AC_SERV_CLA SS6_END_IDX
acServClass6EndIdx
0 ~ 15
NONE
0
AC_SERV_CLA SS6_SUB_CHA N_NUMBER
acServClass6SubChanNumber
ci_utran_b3_b2_b1_b0/ ci_utran_b2_b0/
NONE
ci_utran _b2_b0
AC_SERV_CLA SS7_START_ID X
acServClass7StartIdx
0 ~ 15
NONE
0
AC_SERV_CLA SS7_END_IDX
acServClass7EndIdx
0 ~ 15
NONE
0
AC_SERV_CLA SS7_SUB_CHA N_NUMBER
acServClass7SubChanNumber
ci_utran_b3_b2_b1_b0/ ci_utran_b2_b0/
NONE
ci_utran _b2_b0
750
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
LTE eNB Command Description/Ver.1.0
Parameter
Description
Range
Unit
Default
AC_SERV_CLA SS8_START_ID X
acServClass8StartIdx
0 ~ 15
NONE
0
AC_SERV_CLA SS8_END_IDX
acServClass8EndIdx
0 ~ 15
NONE
0
AC_SERV_CLA SS8_SUB_CHA N_NUMBER
acServClass8SubChanNumber
ci_utran_b3_b2_b1_b0/ ci_utran_b2_b0/
NONE
ci_utran _b2_b0
P_RACH_AC_T O_ASCMAPPI NG0
pRachAcToASCMapping0
0~7
NONE
0
P_RACH_AC_T O_ASCMAPPI NG1
pRachAcToASCMapping1
0~7
NONE
0
P_RACH_AC_T O_ASCMAPPI NG2
pRachAcToASCMapping2
0~7
NONE
0
P_RACH_AC_T O_ASCMAPPI NG3
pRachAcToASCMapping3
0~7
NONE
0
P_RACH_AC_T O_ASCMAPPI NG4
pRachAcToASCMapping4
0~7
NONE
0
P_RACH_AC_T O_ASCMAPPI NG5
pRachAcToASCMapping5
0~7
NONE
0
P_RACH_AC_T O_ASCMAPPI NG6
pRachAcToASCMapping6
0~7
NONE
0
P_RACH_PRIM ARY_CPICHTX _POWER
pRachPrimaryCPICHTxPower
-10 ~ 50
NONE
29
P_RACH_CON STANT_VAL
pRachConstantVal
-35 ~ -10
NONE
-34
P_RACH_POW ER_RAMP_ST EP
pRachPowerRampStep
1~8
NONE
4
P_RACH_PRE AMBLE_RETR ANS_MAX
pRachPreambleRetransMax
1 ~ 64
NONE
16
P_RACH_MMA X
pRachMmax
1 ~ 32
NONE
3
P_RACH_NB01 _MIN
pRachNb01Min
0 ~ 50
NONE
0
P_RACH_NB01 _MAX
pRachNb01Max
0 ~ 50
NONE
0
P_RACH_CHA NNELISATION_ CODE
pRachChannelisationCode
0 ~ 255
NONE
2
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
751
Command Description
Parameter
Description
Range
Unit
Default
P_RACH_STT D_INDICATOR
pRachSttdIndicator
False/True/
NONE
False
P_RACH_AICH _TRANSMISSI ON_TIMING
pRachAichTransmissionTiming
ci_e0/ci_e1/
NONE
ci_e1
PERSISTENCE _SCALLING_F ACTOR_LIST_ USED
persistenceScallingFactorList Usage Indicator
ci_utran_used/ ci_utran_not_used/
NONE
ci_utran _not_us ed
PERSISTENCE _SCALLING_F ACTOR_LIST_ VAL0
persistenceScallingFactorListVal0
ci_utran_psf0_9/ ci_utran_psf0_8/ ci_utran_psf0_7/ ci_utran_psf0_6/ ci_utran_psf0_5/ ci_utran_psf0_4/ ci_utran_psf0_3/ ci_utran_psf0_2/
NONE
ci_utran _psf0_8
PERSISTENCE _SCALLING_F ACTOR_LIST_ VAL1
persistenceScallingFactorListVal1
ci_utran_psf0_9/ ci_utran_psf0_8/ ci_utran_psf0_7/ ci_utran_psf0_6/ ci_utran_psf0_5/ ci_utran_psf0_4/ ci_utran_psf0_3/ ci_utran_psf0_2/
NONE
ci_utran _psf0_8
PERSISTENCE _SCALLING_F ACTOR_LIST_ VAL2
persistenceScallingFactorListVal2
ci_utran_psf0_9/ ci_utran_psf0_8/ ci_utran_psf0_7/ ci_utran_psf0_6/ ci_utran_psf0_5/ ci_utran_psf0_4/ ci_utran_psf0_3/ ci_utran_psf0_2/
NONE
ci_utran _psf0_8
PERSISTENCE _SCALLING_F ACTOR_LIST_ VA3
persistenceScallingFactorListVal3
ci_utran_psf0_9/ ci_utran_psf0_8/ ci_utran_psf0_7/ ci_utran_psf0_6/ ci_utran_psf0_5/ ci_utran_psf0_4/ ci_utran_psf0_3/ ci_utran_psf0_2/
NONE
ci_utran _psf0_8
PERSISTENCE _SCALLING_F ACTOR_LIST_ VAL4
persistenceScallingFactorListVal4
ci_utran_psf0_9/ ci_utran_psf0_8/ ci_utran_psf0_7/ ci_utran_psf0_6/ ci_utran_psf0_5/ ci_utran_psf0_4/ ci_utran_psf0_3/ ci_utran_psf0_2/
NONE
ci_utran _psf0_8
752
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
LTE eNB Command Description/Ver.1.0
Parameter
Description
Range
Unit
Default
PERSISTENCE _SCALLING_F ACTOR_LIST_ VAL5
persistenceScallingFactorListVal5
ci_utran_psf0_9/ ci_utran_psf0_8/ ci_utran_psf0_7/ ci_utran_psf0_6/ ci_utran_psf0_5/ ci_utran_psf0_4/ ci_utran_psf0_3/ ci_utran_psf0_2/
NONE
ci_utran _psf0_8
RES_VALUE1
reserved Field
0 ~ 255
NONE
0
Output Parameter Description DB_IDX
DB Index
SIB6_INDICATOR
SIB 6 Indicator
PICH_POWER_OFFSET
pichPowerOffset
AICH_POWER_OFFSET
aichPowerOffset
TX_DIV_INDICATOR
txDivIndicator
P_RACH_AVAILABLE_SIGNATUREpRachAvailableSignature P_RACH_AVAILABLE_SF
pRachAvailableSF
P_RACH_PRE_SCRAM_CODE_WORD_NUMpRachPreScramCodeWordNum P_RACH_PUNCTURING_LIMIT pRachPuncturingLimit P_RACH_AVAIL_SUB_CHANNEL_NUMpRachAvailSubChannelNum P_RACH_TRANSPORT_CHANNEL_IDpRachTransportChannelId PRACH_TTI_SELECT
prachTtiSelect
P_RACH_TTI_RLC_SIZE_TYPE1 pRachTtiRlcSizeType1 P_RACH_TTI_NUM_OF_TB_SIZE_LIST1pRachTtiNumOfTbSizeList1 P_RACH_TTI_LOGICAL_CHANNEL_LIST1pRachTtiLogicalChannelList1 P_RACH_TTI_RLC_SIZE_TYPE2 pRachTtiRlcSizeType2
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
753
Command Description
P_RACH_TTI_NUM_OF_TB_SIZE_LIST2pRachTtiNumOfTbSizeList2 P_RACH_TTI_LOGICAL_CHANNEL_LIST2pRachTtiLogicalChannelList2 P_RACH_CHANNEL_CODING_TYPEpRachChannelCodingType P_RACH_RATE_MATCHING_ATTRpRachRateMatchingAttr P_RACH_CRC_SIZE
pRachCrcSize
P_RACH_CTFC2_BIT0
pRachCtfc2Bit0
P_RACH_GAIN_FACTOR_BETA_C0pRachGainFactorBetaC0 P_RACH_GAIN_FACTOR_BETA_D0pRachGainFactorBetaD0 P_RACH_POWER_OFFSET_PPM0pRachPowerOffsetPpm0 P_RACH_CTFC2_BIT1
pRachCtfc2Bit1
P_RACH_GAIN_FACTOR_BETA_C1pRachGainFactorBetaC1 P_RACH_GAIN_FACTOR_BETA_D1pRachGainFactorBetaD1 P_RACH_POWER_OFFSET_PPM1pRachPowerOffsetPpm1 P_RACH_PARTITIONING_USED pRachPartitioningUsed AC_SERV_CLASS1_START_IDX acServClass1StartIdx AC_SERV_CLASS1_END_IDX
acServClass1EndIdx
AC_SERV_CLASS1_SUB_CHAN_NUMBERacServClass1SubChanNumber AC_SERV_CLASS2_START_IDX acServClass2StartIdx AC_SERV_CLASS2_END_IDX
acServClass2EndIdx
AC_SERV_CLASS2_SUB_CHAN_NUMBERacServClass2SubChanNumber AC_SERV_CLASS3_START_IDX acServClass3StartIdx AC_SERV_CLASS3_END_IDX
754
acServClass3EndIdx
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
LTE eNB Command Description/Ver.1.0
AC_SERV_CLASS3_SUB_CHAN_NUMBERacServClass3SubChanNumber AC_SERV_CLASS4_START_IDX acServClass4StartIdx AC_SERV_CLASS4_END_IDX
acServClass4EndIdx
AC_SERV_CLASS4_SUB_CHAN_NUMBERacServClass4SubChanNumber AC_SERV_CLASS5_START_IDX acServClass5StartIdx AC_SERV_CLASS5_END_IDX
acServClass5EndIdx
AC_SERV_CLASS5_SUB_CHAN_NUMBERacServClass5SubChanNumber AC_SERV_CLASS6_START_IDX acServClass6StartIdx AC_SERV_CLASS6_END_IDX
acServClass6EndIdx
AC_SERV_CLASS6_SUB_CHAN_NUMBERacServClass6SubChanNumber AC_SERV_CLASS7_START_IDX acServClass7StartIdx AC_SERV_CLASS7_END_IDX
acServClass7EndIdx
AC_SERV_CLASS7_SUB_CHAN_NUMBERacServClass7SubChanNumber AC_SERV_CLASS8_START_IDX acServClass8StartIdx AC_SERV_CLASS8_END_IDX
acServClass8EndIdx
AC_SERV_CLASS8_SUB_CHAN_NUMBERacServClass8SubChanNumber P_RACH_AC_TO_ASCMAPPING0 pRachAcToASCMapping0 P_RACH_AC_TO_ASCMAPPING1 pRachAcToASCMapping1 P_RACH_AC_TO_ASCMAPPING2 pRachAcToASCMapping2 P_RACH_AC_TO_ASCMAPPING3 pRachAcToASCMapping3 P_RACH_AC_TO_ASCMAPPING4 pRachAcToASCMapping4 P_RACH_AC_TO_ASCMAPPING5 pRachAcToASCMapping5
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
755
Command Description
P_RACH_AC_TO_ASCMAPPING6 pRachAcToASCMapping6 P_RACH_PRIMARY_CPICHTX_POWERpRachPrimaryCPICHTxPower P_RACH_CONSTANT_VAL
pRachConstantVal
P_RACH_POWER_RAMP_STEP pRachPowerRampStep P_RACH_PREAMBLE_RETRANS_MAXpRachPreambleRetransMax P_RACH_MMAX
pRachMmax
P_RACH_NB01_MIN
pRachNb01Min
P_RACH_NB01_MAX
pRachNb01Max
P_RACH_CHANNELISATION_CODEpRachChannelisationCode P_RACH_STTD_INDICATOR
pRachSttdIndicator
P_RACH_AICH_TRANSMISSION_TIMINGpRachAichTransmissionTiming PERSISTENCE_SCALLING_FACTOR_LIST_USEDpersistenceScallingFactorList Usage Indicator PERSISTENCE_SCALLING_FACTOR_LIST_VAL0persistenceScallingFactorListVal0 PERSISTENCE_SCALLING_FACTOR_LIST_VAL1persistenceScallingFactorListVal1 PERSISTENCE_SCALLING_FACTOR_LIST_VAL2persistenceScallingFactorListVal2 PERSISTENCE_SCALLING_FACTOR_LIST_VA3persistenceScallingFactorListVal3 PERSISTENCE_SCALLING_FACTOR_LIST_VAL4persistenceScallingFactorListVal4 PERSISTENCE_SCALLING_FACTOR_LIST_VAL5persistenceScallingFactorListVal5 RES_VALUE1
756
reserved Field
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
LTE eNB Command Description/Ver.1.0
C2374 RETRIEVE EUTRA FA PRIORITY INFORMATION Command Format RTRV-EUTRA-PRIOR: [CELL_NUM], [FA_INDEX], [SPID];
Command Description Retrieves parameters required to operate dedicated priority information on EUTRA FA accroding SPID. If the Cell Num parameter is entered, the EUTRA FA registered to the corresponding cell is retrieved. If not, the EUTRA FA information registered to all cells is retrieved. TIMEOUT
10
Input Parameter Description Parameter
Description
Range
Unit
Default
CELL_NUM
The cell number to be changed.
0~8
NONE
0
FA_INDEX
EUTRA frequency index. Up to 8 FAs can be assigned per cell. It is mapping to PLDEutraFaPriorInfo.
0~7
NONE
0
SPID
Subscriber Profile ID for RAT/Frequency priority
spid_254/spid_255/ spid_256/
NONE
spid_25 4
Output Parameter Description CELL_NUM
The cell number to be changed.
FA_INDEX
EUTRA frequency index. Up to 8 FAs can be assigned per cell. It is mapping to PLDEutraFaPriorInfo.
SPID
Subscriber Profile ID for RAT/Frequency priority
DEDICATED_PRIORITY
Dedicated Priority Value for Frequency according SPID.
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
757
Command Description
C2375 CHANGE EUTRA FA PRIORITY INFORMATION Command Format CHG-EUTRA-PRIOR: CELL_NUM, FA_INDEX, SPID, [DEDICATED_PRIORITY];
Command Description Changes the parameter values required to operate the EUTRA FA dedicated Priority Information accroding SPID. When the Cell Num, fa Index and SPID parameter values are set as input values, the EUTRA FA dedicated Priority information registered to the specified cell in the eNB can be changed. TIMEOUT
10
Input Parameter Description Parameter
Description
Range
Unit
Default
CELL_NUM
The cell number to be changed.
0~8
NONE
0
FA_INDEX
EUTRA frequency index. Up to 8 FAs can be assigned per cell. It is mapping to PLDEutraFaPriorInfo.
0~7
NONE
0
SPID
Subscriber Profile ID for RAT/Frequency priority
spid_254/spid_255/ spid_256/
NONE
spid_25 4
DEDICATED_P RIORITY
Dedicated Priority Value for Frequency according SPID.
0~7
NONE
4
Output Parameter Description CELL_NUM
The cell number to be changed.
FA_INDEX
EUTRA frequency index. Up to 8 FAs can be assigned per cell. It is mapping to PLDEutraFaPriorInfo.
758
SPID
Subscriber Profile ID for RAT/Frequency priority
DEDICATED_PRIORITY
Dedicated Priority Value for Frequency according SPID.
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
LTE eNB Command Description/Ver.1.0
C2376 RETRIEVE RIM CONTROL Command Format RTRV-RIM-CONTROL;
Command Description Retrieve the RIM Status required to operate a RIM. This command can show the RIM Status information by entering the RIM_STATUS_DB Index. TIMEOUT
10
Input Parameter Description No input parameter.
Output Parameter Description STATUS
Information of Change RIM Connection.
RNC_ID
RNC ID of UTRAN neighboring cell to the eNB.
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
759
Command Description
C2377 RETRIEVE UTRAN MIB Command Format RTRV-UTRAN-MIB: [DB_IDX];
Command Description Retrieve UTRAN MIB TIMEOUT
10
Input Parameter Description Parameter DB_IDX
Description DB Index
Range
Unit
0 ~ 15
NONE
Defaul t 0
Output Parameter Description DB_IDX
DB Index
VALUE_TAG
Value Tag
MCC
MCC
MNC
MNC
SYS_INFO_TYPE_SB1_INCLUDEDScheduling Block 1 Included SYS_INFO_TYPE_SB1_CELL_VALUE_TAGScheduling Block 1 value Tag SYS_INFO_TYPE_SB1_SIB_POS
Scheduling Block 1 Positioning
SYS_INFO_TYPE_SB1_SIB_POS_VALScheduling Block 1 Position value RES_VALUE1
reserved field
RES_VALUE2
reserved field
SYS_INFO_TYPE1_PLMN_VALUE_TAGSystemInformationBlock 1 value Tag
760
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
LTE eNB Command Description/Ver.1.0
SYS_INFO_TYPE1_SIB_POS
SystemInformationBlock 1 Positioning
SYS_INFO_TYPE1_SIB_POS_VAL SystemInformationBlock 1 Position value RES_VALUE3
reserved field
RES_VALUE4
reserved field
SYS_INFO_TYPE3_CELL_VALUE_TAGSystemInformationBlock 3 value Tag SYS_INFO_TYPE3_SIB_POS
SystemInformationBlock 3 Positioning
SYS_INFO_TYPE3_SIB_POS_VAL SystemInformationBlock 3 Position value RES_VALUE5
reserved field
RES_VALUE6
reserved field
SYS_INFO_TYPE5_CELL_VALUE_TAGSystemInformationBlock 5 value Tag SYS_INFO_TYPE5_SEG_COUNT SystemInformationBlock 5 SegCount SYS_INFO_TYPE5_SIB_POS
SystemInformationBlock 5 Positioning
SYS_INFO_TYPE5_SIB_POS_VAL SystemInformationBlock 5 Position value RES_VALUE7
reserved field
RES_VALUE8
reserved field
SYS_INFO_TYPE7_SIB_POS
SystemInformationBlock 7 Positioning
SYS_INFO_TYPE7_SIB_POS_VAL SystemInformationBlock 7 Position value RES_VALUE9
reserved field
RES_VALUE10
reserved field
SYS_INFO_TYPE11_CELL_VALUE_TAGSystemInformationBlock 11 value Tag SYS_INFO_TYPE11_SIB_POS
SystemInformationBlock 11 Positioning
SYS_INFO_TYPE11_SIB_POS_VALSystemInformationBlock 11 Position value
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
761
Command Description
762
RES_VALUE11
reserved field
RES_VALUE12
reserved field
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
LTE eNB Command Description/Ver.1.0
C2378 CHANGE UTRAN MIB Command Format CHG-UTRAN-MIB: DB_IDX, [VALUE_TAG], [MCC], [MNC], [SYS_INFO_TYPE_SB1_INCLUDED], [SYS_INFO_TYPE_SB1_CELL_VALUE_TAG], [SYS_INFO_TYPE_SB1_SIB_POS], [SYS_INFO_TYPE_SB1_SIB_POS_VAL], [RES_VALUE1], [RES_VALUE2], [SYS_INFO_TYPE1_PLMN_VALUE_TAG], [SYS_INFO_TYPE1_SIB_POS], [SYS_INFO_TYPE1_SIB_POS_VAL], [RES_VALUE3], [RES_VALUE4], [SYS_INFO_TYPE3_CELL_VALUE_TAG], [SYS_INFO_TYPE3_SIB_POS], [SYS_INFO_TYPE3_SIB_POS_VAL], [RES_VALUE5], [RES_VALUE6], [SYS_INFO_TYPE5_CELL_VALUE_TAG], [SYS_INFO_TYPE5_SEG_COUNT], [SYS_INFO_TYPE5_SIB_POS], [SYS_INFO_TYPE5_SIB_POS_VAL], [RES_VALUE7], [RES_VALUE8], [SYS_INFO_TYPE7_SIB_POS], [SYS_INFO_TYPE7_SIB_POS_VAL], [RES_VALUE9], [RES_VALUE10], [SYS_INFO_TYPE11_CELL_VALUE_TAG], [SYS_INFO_TYPE11_SIB_POS], [SYS_INFO_TYPE11_SIB_POS_VAL], [RES_VALUE11], [RES_VALUE12];
Command Description Change UTRAN MIB TIMEOUT
10
Input Parameter Description Parameter
Description
Range
Unit
Default
DB_IDX
DB Index
0 ~ 15
NONE
0
VALUE_TAG
Value Tag
1~8
NONE
3
MCC
MCC
3
NONE
450
MNC
MNC
3
NONE
08
SYS_INFO_TY PE_SB1_INCL UDED
Scheduling Block 1 Included
False/True/
NONE
False
SYS_INFO_TY PE_SB1_CELL _VALUE_TAG
Scheduling Block 1 value Tag
1~4
NONE
2
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
763
Command Description
Parameter
Description
Range
Unit
Default
SYS_INFO_TY PE_SB1_SIB_P OS
Scheduling Block 1 Positioning
ci_utran_rep4/ ci_utran_rep8/ ci_utran_rep16/ ci_utran_rep32/ ci_utran_rep64/ ci_utran_rep128/ ci_utran_rep256/ ci_utran_rep512/ ci_utran_rep1024/ ci_utran_rep2048/ ci_utran_rep4096/
NONE
ci_utran _rep128
SYS_INFO_TY PE_SB1_SIB_P OS_VAL
Scheduling Block 1 Position value
0 ~ 256
NONE
63
RES_VALUE1
reserved field
0 ~ 255
NONE
0
RES_VALUE2
reserved field
0 ~ 255
NONE
0
SYS_INFO_TY PE1_PLMN_VA LUE_TAG
SystemInformationBlock 1 value Tag
1 ~ 256
NONE
170
SYS_INFO_TY PE1_SIB_POS
SystemInformationBlock 1 Positioning
ci_utran_rep4/ ci_utran_rep8/ ci_utran_rep16/ ci_utran_rep32/ ci_utran_rep64/ ci_utran_rep128/ ci_utran_rep256/ ci_utran_rep512/ ci_utran_rep1024/ ci_utran_rep2048/ ci_utran_rep4096/
NONE
ci_utran _rep32
SYS_INFO_TY PE1_SIB_POS _VAL
SystemInformationBlock 1 Position value
0 ~ 256
NONE
2
RES_VALUE3
reserved field
0 ~ 255
NONE
0
RES_VALUE4
reserved field
0 ~ 255
NONE
0
SYS_INFO_TY PE3_CELL_VA LUE_TAG
SystemInformationBlock 3 value Tag
1~4
NONE
3
SYS_INFO_TY PE3_SIB_POS
SystemInformationBlock 3 Positioning
ci_utran_rep4/ ci_utran_rep8/ ci_utran_rep16/ ci_utran_rep32/ ci_utran_rep64/ ci_utran_rep128/ ci_utran_rep256/ ci_utran_rep512/ ci_utran_rep1024/ ci_utran_rep2048/ ci_utran_rep4096/
NONE
ci_utran _rep16
SYS_INFO_TY PE3_SIB_POS _VAL
SystemInformationBlock 3 Position value
0 ~ 256
NONE
1
RES_VALUE5
reserved field
0 ~ 255
NONE
0
764
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
LTE eNB Command Description/Ver.1.0
Parameter
Description
Range
Unit
Default
RES_VALUE6
reserved field
0 ~ 255
NONE
0
SYS_INFO_TY PE5_CELL_VA LUE_TAG
SystemInformationBlock 5 value Tag
1~4
NONE
4
SYS_INFO_TY PE5_SEG_CO UNT
SystemInformationBlock 5 SegCount
1 ~ 16
NONE
3
SYS_INFO_TY PE5_SIB_POS
SystemInformationBlock 5 Positioning
ci_utran_rep4/ ci_utran_rep8/ ci_utran_rep16/ ci_utran_rep32/ ci_utran_rep64/ ci_utran_rep128/ ci_utran_rep256/ ci_utran_rep512/ ci_utran_rep1024/ ci_utran_rep2048/ ci_utran_rep4096/
NONE
ci_utran _rep32
SYS_INFO_TY PE5_SIB_POS _VAL
SystemInformationBlock 5 Position value
0 ~ 256
NONE
3
RES_VALUE7
reserved field
0 ~ 255
NONE
0
RES_VALUE8
reserved field
0 ~ 255
NONE
0
SYS_INFO_TY PE7_SIB_POS
SystemInformationBlock 7 Positioning
ci_utran_rep4/ ci_utran_rep8/ ci_utran_rep16/ ci_utran_rep32/ ci_utran_rep64/ ci_utran_rep128/ ci_utran_rep256/ ci_utran_rep512/ ci_utran_rep1024/ ci_utran_rep2048/ ci_utran_rep4096/
NONE
ci_utran _rep16
SYS_INFO_TY PE7_SIB_POS _VAL
SystemInformationBlock 7 Position value
0 ~ 256
NONE
1
RES_VALUE9
reserved field
0 ~ 255
NONE
0
RES_VALUE10
reserved field
0 ~ 255
NONE
0
SYS_INFO_TY PE11_CELL_V ALUE_TAG
SystemInformationBlock 11 value Tag
1~4
NONE
2
SYS_INFO_TY PE11_SIB_PO S
SystemInformationBlock 11 Positioning
ci_utran_rep4/ ci_utran_rep8/ ci_utran_rep16/ ci_utran_rep32/ ci_utran_rep64/ ci_utran_rep128/ ci_utran_rep256/ ci_utran_rep512/ ci_utran_rep1024/ ci_utran_rep2048/ ci_utran_rep4096/
NONE
ci_utran _rep128
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
765
Command Description
Parameter
Description
Range
Unit
Default
SYS_INFO_TY PE11_SIB_PO S_VAL
SystemInformationBlock 11 Position value
0 ~ 256
NONE
10
RES_VALUE11
reserved field
0 ~ 255
NONE
0
RES_VALUE12
reserved field
0 ~ 255
NONE
0
Output Parameter Description DB_IDX
DB Index
VALUE_TAG
Value Tag
MCC
MCC
MNC
MNC
SYS_INFO_TYPE_SB1_INCLUDEDScheduling Block 1 Included SYS_INFO_TYPE_SB1_CELL_VALUE_TAGScheduling Block 1 value Tag SYS_INFO_TYPE_SB1_SIB_POS
Scheduling Block 1 Positioning
SYS_INFO_TYPE_SB1_SIB_POS_VALScheduling Block 1 Position value RES_VALUE1
reserved field
RES_VALUE2
reserved field
SYS_INFO_TYPE1_PLMN_VALUE_TAGSystemInformationBlock 1 value Tag SYS_INFO_TYPE1_SIB_POS
SystemInformationBlock 1 Positioning
SYS_INFO_TYPE1_SIB_POS_VAL SystemInformationBlock 1 Position value RES_VALUE3
reserved field
RES_VALUE4
reserved field
SYS_INFO_TYPE3_CELL_VALUE_TAGSystemInformationBlock 3 value Tag SYS_INFO_TYPE3_SIB_POS
766
SystemInformationBlock 3 Positioning
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
LTE eNB Command Description/Ver.1.0
SYS_INFO_TYPE3_SIB_POS_VAL SystemInformationBlock 3 Position value RES_VALUE5
reserved field
RES_VALUE6
reserved field
SYS_INFO_TYPE5_CELL_VALUE_TAGSystemInformationBlock 5 value Tag SYS_INFO_TYPE5_SEG_COUNT SystemInformationBlock 5 SegCount SYS_INFO_TYPE5_SIB_POS
SystemInformationBlock 5 Positioning
SYS_INFO_TYPE5_SIB_POS_VAL SystemInformationBlock 5 Position value RES_VALUE7
reserved field
RES_VALUE8
reserved field
SYS_INFO_TYPE7_SIB_POS
SystemInformationBlock 7 Positioning
SYS_INFO_TYPE7_SIB_POS_VAL SystemInformationBlock 7 Position value RES_VALUE9
reserved field
RES_VALUE10
reserved field
SYS_INFO_TYPE11_CELL_VALUE_TAGSystemInformationBlock 11 value Tag SYS_INFO_TYPE11_SIB_POS
SystemInformationBlock 11 Positioning
SYS_INFO_TYPE11_SIB_POS_VALSystemInformationBlock 11 Position value RES_VALUE11
reserved field
RES_VALUE12
reserved field
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
767
Command Description
C2379 RETRIEVE UTRA SIB1 Command Format RTRV-UTRA-SIB1: [DB_IDX];
Command Description Retrieve UTRAN SIB 1 TIMEOUT
10
Input Parameter Description Parameter DB_IDX
Description DB Index
Range
Unit
0 ~ 15
NONE
Defaul t 0
Output Parameter Description
768
DB_IDX
DB Index
CS_DRXCYCLE_LEN_COEFF
CS domain DRX Cycle Length Coefficient
PS_DRXCYCLE_LEN_COEFF
PS domain DRX Cycle Length Coefficient
CON_TIMT302
Connected Time t302
CON_TIMN302
Connected Time n302
CON_TIMT308
Connected Time t308
CON_TIMT309
Connected Time t309
CON_TIMN313
Connected Time n313
CON_TIMT314
Connected Time t314
CON_TIMT315
Connected Time t315
IDLE_TIMT300
Idle Time t300
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
LTE eNB Command Description/Ver.1.0
IDLE_TIMN300
Idle Time n300
IDLE_TIMT312
Idle Time t312
IDLE_TIMN312
Idle Time n312
RES_VALUE1
reserved field
RES_VALUE2
reserved field
RES_VALUE4
reserved field
RES_VALUE5
reserved field
RES_VALUE6
reserved field
RES_VALUE7
reserved field
RES_VALUE8
reserved field
RES_VALUE9
reserved field
RES_VALUE10
reserved field
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
769
Command Description
C2380 CHANGE UTRA SIB1 Command Format CHG-UTRA-SIB1: DB_IDX, [CS_DRXCYCLE_LEN_COEFF], [PS_DRXCYCLE_LEN_COEFF], [CON_TIMT302], [CON_TIMN302], [CON_TIMT308], [CON_TIMT309], [CON_TIMN313], [CON_TIMT314], [CON_TIMT315], [IDLE_TIMT300], [IDLE_TIMN300], [IDLE_TIMT312], [IDLE_TIMN312], [RES_VALUE1], [RES_VALUE2], [RES_VALUE4], [RES_VALUE5], [RES_VALUE6], [RES_VALUE7], [RES_VALUE8], [RES_VALUE9], [RES_VALUE10];
Command Description Change UTRAN SIB 1 TIMEOUT
10
Input Parameter Description Parameter
Description
Range
Unit
Default
DB_IDX
DB Index
0 ~ 15
NONE
0
CS_DRXCYCL E_LEN_COEFF
CS domain DRX Cycle Length Coefficient
6~9
NONE
7
PS_DRXCYCL E_LEN_COEFF
PS domain DRX Cycle Length Coefficient
6~9
NONE
7
CON_TIMT302
Connected Time t302
ci_utran_ms100/ ci_utran_ms200/ ci_utran_ms400/ ci_utran_ms600/ ci_utran_ms800/ ci_utran_ms1000/ ci_utran_ms1200/ ci_utran_ms1400/ ci_utran_ms1600/ ci_utran_ms1800/ ci_utran_ms2000/ ci_utran_ms3000/ ci_utran_ms4000/ ci_utran_ms6000/ ci_utran_ms8000/
NONE
ci_utran _ms100 0
CON_TIMN302
Connected Time n302
0~7
NONE
6
CON_TIMT308
Connected Time t308
ci_utran_ms40/ ci_utran_ms80/ ci_utran_ms160/ ci_utran_ms320/
NONE
ci_utran _ms40
CON_TIMT309
Connected Time t309
1~8
NONE
6
770
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
LTE eNB Command Description/Ver.1.0
Parameter
Description
Range
Unit
Default
CON_TIMN313
Connected Time n313
ci_utran_n313_s1/ ci_utran_n313_s2/ ci_utran_n313_s4/ ci_utran_n313_s10/ ci_utran_n313_s20/ ci_utran_n313_s50/ ci_utran_n313_s100/ ci_utran_n313_s200/
NONE
ci_utran _n313_ s100
CON_TIMT314
Connected Time t314
ci_utran_t314_s0/ ci_utran_t314_s2/ ci_utran_t314_s4/ ci_utran_t314_s6/ ci_utran_t314_s8/ ci_utran_t314_s12/ ci_utran_t314_s16/ ci_utran_t314_s20/
NONE
ci_utran _t314_s 0
CON_TIMT315
Connected Time t315
ci_utran_t315_s0/ ci_utran_t315_s10/ ci_utran_t315_s30/ ci_utran_t315_s60/ ci_utran_t315_s180/ ci_utran_t315_s600/ ci_utran_t315_s1200/ ci_utran_t315_s1800/
NONE
ci_utran _t315_s 0
IDLE_TIMT300
Idle Time t300
ci_utran_t300_ms100/ ci_utran_t300_ms200/ ci_utran_t300_ms400/ ci_utran_t300_ms600/ ci_utran_t300_ms800/ ci_utran_t300_ms1000/ ci_utran_t300_ms1200/ ci_utran_t300_ms1400/ ci_utran_t300_ms1600/ ci_utran_t300_ms1800/ ci_utran_t300_ms2000/ ci_utran_t300_ms3000/ ci_utran_t300_ms4000/ ci_utran_t300_ms6000/ ci_utran_t300_ms8000/
NONE
ci_utran _t300_ ms2000
IDLE_TIMN300
Idle Time n300
0~7
NONE
5
IDLE_TIMT312
Idle Time t312
0 ~ 15
NONE
10
IDLE_TIMN312
Idle Time n312
ci_utran_n312_s1/ ci_utran_n312_s50/ ci_utran_n312_s100/ ci_utran_n312_s200/ ci_utran_n312_s400/ ci_utran_n312_s600/ ci_utran_n312_s800/ ci_utran_n312_s1000/
NONE
ci_utran _n312_ s1
RES_VALUE1
reserved field
0 ~ 255
NONE
0
RES_VALUE2
reserved field
0 ~ 255
NONE
0
RES_VALUE4
reserved field
0 ~ 255
NONE
0
RES_VALUE5
reserved field
0 ~ 255
NONE
0
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
771
Command Description
Parameter
Description
Range
Unit
Default
RES_VALUE6
reserved field
0 ~ 255
NONE
0
RES_VALUE7
reserved field
0 ~ 255
NONE
0
RES_VALUE8
reserved field
0 ~ 255
NONE
0
RES_VALUE9
reserved field
0 ~ 255
NONE
0
RES_VALUE10
reserved field
0 ~ 255
NONE
0
Output Parameter Description
772
DB_IDX
DB Index
CS_DRXCYCLE_LEN_COEFF
CS domain DRX Cycle Length Coefficient
PS_DRXCYCLE_LEN_COEFF
PS domain DRX Cycle Length Coefficient
CON_TIMT302
Connected Time t302
CON_TIMN302
Connected Time n302
CON_TIMT308
Connected Time t308
CON_TIMT309
Connected Time t309
CON_TIMN313
Connected Time n313
CON_TIMT314
Connected Time t314
CON_TIMT315
Connected Time t315
IDLE_TIMT300
Idle Time t300
IDLE_TIMN300
Idle Time n300
IDLE_TIMT312
Idle Time t312
IDLE_TIMN312
Idle Time n312
RES_VALUE1
reserved field
RES_VALUE2
reserved field
RES_VALUE4
reserved field
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
LTE eNB Command Description/Ver.1.0
RES_VALUE5
reserved field
RES_VALUE6
reserved field
RES_VALUE7
reserved field
RES_VALUE8
reserved field
RES_VALUE9
reserved field
RES_VALUE10
reserved field
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
773
Command Description
C2381 RETRIEVE UTRA SIB3 Command Format RTRV-UTRA-SIB3: [DB_IDX];
Command Description Retrieve UTRAN SIB 3 TIMEOUT
10
Input Parameter Description Parameter DB_IDX
Description DB Index
Range 0 ~ 15
Unit NONE
Defaul t 0
Output Parameter Description
774
DB_IDX
DB Index
SIB4_INDICATOR
SIB4 Indicator
QUALITY_MEASURE
Quality Measure
Q_HYST2_S
Q Hyst 2s
S_INTRA_SEARCH
S-Intra Search
S_INTER_SEARCH
S-Inter Search
S_SEARCH_HCS
S-Search HCS
RAT_IDENTIFIER1
inter RAT Type
S_SEARCH_RAT1
S-Search RAT
S_HCS_RAT1
S-HCS RAT
S_LIMIT_SEARCH_RAT1
S Limit Search RAT
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
LTE eNB Command Description/Ver.1.0
RAT_IDENTIFIER2
inter RAT Type
S_SEARCH_RAT2
S-Search RAT
S_HCS_RAT2
S-HCS RAT
S_LIMIT_SEARCH_RAT2
S Limit Search RAT
Q_QUAL_MIN
Q Qual Min
Q_RXLEV_MIN
Q Rxlev Min
Q_HYST1_S
Q Hyst 1s
T_RESELECTION_S
t-Reselections
MAX_ALLOWED_UL_TX_POWERMax Allowed UL TX Power RES_VALUE1
reserved field
RES_VALUE2
reserved field
RES_VALUE3
reserved field
RES_VALUE4
reserved field
CELL_BARRED
Cell Barred
CELL_RESERVED_FOR_OP_USE Cell Reserved For Operator Use CELL_RESERVATION_EXT
Cell Reversation
ACCESS_CLASS_BARRED1
access Class Barred
ACCESS_CLASS_BARRED2
access Class Barred
ACCESS_CLASS_BARRED3
access Class Barred
ACCESS_CLASS_BARRED4
access Class Barred
ACCESS_CLASS_BARRED5
access Class Barred
ACCESS_CLASS_BARRED6
access Class Barred
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
775
Command Description
ACCESS_CLASS_BARRED7
access Class Barred
ACCESS_CLASS_BARRED8
access Class Barred
ACCESS_CLASS_BARRED9
access Class Barred
ACCESS_CLASS_BARRED10
access Class Barred
ACCESS_CLASS_BARRED11
access Class Barred
ACCESS_CLASS_BARRED12
access Class Barred
ACCESS_CLASS_BARRED13
access Class Barred
ACCESS_CLASS_BARRED14
access Class Barred
ACCESS_CLASS_BARRED15
access Class Barred
ACCESS_CLASS_BARRED16
access Class Barred
RES_VALUE5
reserved field
RES_VALUE6
reserved field
RES_VALUE7
reserved field
RES_VALUE8
reserved field
DELTA_QRXLEVMIN
delta Q rx Level Min
NON_HCST_CRMAX
nonHCStCRMax
NON_HCST_CRMAX_VAL
nonHCStCRMax value
INTER_FREQ_TRESEL_SCALING_FACTORinter Frequency ScalingFactor Value INTER_RAT_TRESEL_SCALING_FACTORinter RAT ScalingFactor Value
776
RES_VALUE9
reserved field
RES_VALUE10
reserved field
RES_VALUE11
reserved field
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
LTE eNB Command Description/Ver.1.0
C2382 CHANGE UTRA SIB3 Command Format CHG-UTRA-SIB3: DB_IDX, [SIB4_INDICATOR], [QUALITY_MEASURE], [Q_HYST2_S], [S_INTRA_SEARCH], [S_INTER_SEARCH], [S_SEARCH_HCS], [RAT_IDENTIFIER1], [S_SEARCH_RAT1], [S_HCS_RAT1], [S_LIMIT_SEARCH_RAT1], [RAT_IDENTIFIER2], [S_SEARCH_RAT2], [S_HCS_RAT2], [S_LIMIT_SEARCH_RAT2], [Q_QUAL_MIN], [Q_RXLEV_MIN], [Q_HYST1_S], [T_RESELECTION_S], [MAX_ALLOWED_UL_TX_POWER], [RES_VALUE1], [RES_VALUE2], [RES_VALUE3], [RES_VALUE4], [CELL_BARRED], [CELL_RESERVED_FOR_OP_USE], [CELL_RESERVATION_EXT], [ACCESS_CLASS_BARRED1], [ACCESS_CLASS_BARRED2], [ACCESS_CLASS_BARRED3], [ACCESS_CLASS_BARRED4], [ACCESS_CLASS_BARRED5], [ACCESS_CLASS_BARRED6], [ACCESS_CLASS_BARRED7], [ACCESS_CLASS_BARRED8], [ACCESS_CLASS_BARRED9], [ACCESS_CLASS_BARRED10], [ACCESS_CLASS_BARRED11], [ACCESS_CLASS_BARRED12], [ACCESS_CLASS_BARRED13], [ACCESS_CLASS_BARRED14], [ACCESS_CLASS_BARRED15], [ACCESS_CLASS_BARRED16], [RES_VALUE5], [RES_VALUE6], [RES_VALUE7], [RES_VALUE8], [DELTA_QRXLEVMIN], [NON_HCST_CRMAX], [NON_HCST_CRMAX_VAL], [INTER_FREQ_TRESEL_SCALING_FACTOR], [INTER_RAT_TRESEL_SCALING_FACTOR], [RES_VALUE9], [RES_VALUE10], [RES_VALUE11];
Command Description Change UTRAN SIB 3 TIMEOUT
10
Input Parameter Description Parameter
Description
Range
Unit
Default
DB_IDX
DB Index
0 ~ 15
NONE
0
SIB4_INDICAT OR
SIB4 Indicator
False/True/
NONE
False
QUALITY_MEA SURE
Quality Measure
ci_utran_cpichEcN0/ ci_utran_cpichRSCP/
NONE
ci_utran _cpichE cN0
Q_HYST2_S
Q Hyst 2s
0 ~ 40
NONE
1
S_INTRA_SEA RCH
S-Intra Search
-32 ~ 20
NONE
6
S_INTER_SEA RCH
S-Inter Search
-32 ~ 20
NONE
3
S_SEARCH_H CS
S-Search HCS
-105 ~ 91
NONE
25
RAT_IDENTIFI ER1
inter RAT Type
ci_utran_ratType_GSM/ ci_utran_ratType_cdma 2000/
NONE
ci_utran _ratTyp e_cdma 2000
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
777
Command Description
Parameter
Description
Range
Unit
Default
S_SEARCH_R AT1
S-Search RAT
-32 ~ 20
NONE
9
S_HCS_RAT1
S-HCS RAT
-105 ~ 91
NONE
6
S_LIMIT_SEAR CH_RAT1
S Limit Search RAT
-32 ~ 20
NONE
0
RAT_IDENTIFI ER2
inter RAT Type
ci_utran_ratType_GSM/ ci_utran_ratType_cdma 2000/
NONE
ci_utran _ratTyp e_cdma 2000
S_SEARCH_R AT2
S-Search RAT
-32 ~ 20
NONE
2
S_HCS_RAT2
S-HCS RAT
-105 ~ 91
NONE
5
S_LIMIT_SEAR CH_RAT2
S Limit Search RAT
-32 ~ 20
NONE
2
Q_QUAL_MIN
Q Qual Min
-24 ~ 0
NONE
-18
Q_RXLEV_MIN
Q Rxlev Min
-115 ~ -25
NONE
-58
Q_HYST1_S
Q Hyst 1s
0 ~ 40
NONE
2
T_RESELECTI ON_S
t-Reselections
0 ~ 31
NONE
1
MAX_ALLOWE D_UL_TX_PO WER
Max Allowed UL TX Power
-50 ~ 33
NONE
24
RES_VALUE1
reserved field
0 ~ 255
NONE
0
RES_VALUE2
reserved field
0 ~ 255
NONE
0
RES_VALUE3
reserved field
0 ~ 255
NONE
0
RES_VALUE4
reserved field
0 ~ 255
NONE
0
CELL_BARRE D
Cell Barred
ci_barred/ci_notBarred/
NONE
ci_notB arred
CELL_RESERV ED_FOR_OP_ USE
Cell Reserved For Operator Use
ci_reserved/ ci_notReserved/
NONE
ci_notR eserved
CELL_RESERV ATION_EXT
Cell Reversation
ci_reserved/ ci_notReserved/
NONE
ci_notR eserved
ACCESS_CLA SS_BARRED1
access Class Barred
ci_barred/ci_notBarred/
NONE
ci_notB arred
ACCESS_CLA SS_BARRED2
access Class Barred
ci_barred/ci_notBarred/
NONE
ci_notB arred
ACCESS_CLA SS_BARRED3
access Class Barred
ci_barred/ci_notBarred/
NONE
ci_notB arred
ACCESS_CLA SS_BARRED4
access Class Barred
ci_barred/ci_notBarred/
NONE
ci_notB arred
ACCESS_CLA SS_BARRED5
access Class Barred
ci_barred/ci_notBarred/
NONE
ci_notB arred
ACCESS_CLA SS_BARRED6
access Class Barred
ci_barred/ci_notBarred/
NONE
ci_notB arred
778
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
LTE eNB Command Description/Ver.1.0
Parameter
Description
Range
Unit
Default
ACCESS_CLA SS_BARRED7
access Class Barred
ci_barred/ci_notBarred/
NONE
ci_notB arred
ACCESS_CLA SS_BARRED8
access Class Barred
ci_barred/ci_notBarred/
NONE
ci_notB arred
ACCESS_CLA SS_BARRED9
access Class Barred
ci_barred/ci_notBarred/
NONE
ci_notB arred
ACCESS_CLA SS_BARRED10
access Class Barred
ci_barred/ci_notBarred/
NONE
ci_notB arred
ACCESS_CLA SS_BARRED11
access Class Barred
ci_barred/ci_notBarred/
NONE
ci_notB arred
ACCESS_CLA SS_BARRED12
access Class Barred
ci_barred/ci_notBarred/
NONE
ci_notB arred
ACCESS_CLA SS_BARRED13
access Class Barred
ci_barred/ci_notBarred/
NONE
ci_notB arred
ACCESS_CLA SS_BARRED14
access Class Barred
ci_barred/ci_notBarred/
NONE
ci_notB arred
ACCESS_CLA SS_BARRED15
access Class Barred
ci_barred/ci_notBarred/
NONE
ci_notB arred
ACCESS_CLA SS_BARRED16
access Class Barred
ci_barred/ci_notBarred/
NONE
ci_notB arred
RES_VALUE5
reserved field
0 ~ 255
NONE
0
RES_VALUE6
reserved field
0 ~ 255
NONE
0
RES_VALUE7
reserved field
0 ~ 255
NONE
0
RES_VALUE8
reserved field
0 ~ 255
NONE
0
DELTA_QRXLE VMIN
delta Q rx Level Min
-4 ~ -2
NONE
-2
NON_HCST_C RMAX
nonHCStCRMax
ci_utran_non_HCS_not _used/ ci_utran_non_HCS_10/ ci_utran_non_HCS_20/ ci_utran_non_HCS_30/ ci_utran_non_HCS_40/ ci_utran_non_HCS_50/ ci_utran_non_HCS_60/ ci_utran_non_HCS_70/
NONE
ci_utran _non_H CS_not _used
NON_HCST_C RMAX_VAL
nonHCStCRMax value
0 ~ 255
NONE
0
INTER_FREQ_ TRESEL_SCAL ING_FACTOR
inter Frequency ScalingFactor Value
0 ~ 19
NONE
10
INTER_RAT_T RESEL_SCALI NG_FACTOR
inter RAT ScalingFactor Value
0 ~ 19
NONE
10
RES_VALUE9
reserved field
0 ~ 255
NONE
0
RES_VALUE10
reserved field
0 ~ 255
NONE
0
RES_VALUE11
reserved field
0 ~ 255
NONE
0
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
779
Command Description
Output Parameter Description DB_IDX
DB Index
SIB4_INDICATOR
SIB4 Indicator
QUALITY_MEASURE
Quality Measure
Q_HYST2_S
Q Hyst 2s
S_INTRA_SEARCH
S-Intra Search
S_INTER_SEARCH
S-Inter Search
S_SEARCH_HCS
S-Search HCS
RAT_IDENTIFIER1
inter RAT Type
S_SEARCH_RAT1
S-Search RAT
S_HCS_RAT1
S-HCS RAT
S_LIMIT_SEARCH_RAT1
S Limit Search RAT
RAT_IDENTIFIER2
inter RAT Type
S_SEARCH_RAT2
S-Search RAT
S_HCS_RAT2
S-HCS RAT
S_LIMIT_SEARCH_RAT2
S Limit Search RAT
Q_QUAL_MIN
Q Qual Min
Q_RXLEV_MIN
Q Rxlev Min
Q_HYST1_S
Q Hyst 1s
T_RESELECTION_S
t-Reselections
MAX_ALLOWED_UL_TX_POWERMax Allowed UL TX Power RES_VALUE1
780
reserved field
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
LTE eNB Command Description/Ver.1.0
RES_VALUE2
reserved field
RES_VALUE3
reserved field
RES_VALUE4
reserved field
CELL_BARRED
Cell Barred
CELL_RESERVED_FOR_OP_USE Cell Reserved For Operator Use CELL_RESERVATION_EXT
Cell Reversation
ACCESS_CLASS_BARRED1
access Class Barred
ACCESS_CLASS_BARRED2
access Class Barred
ACCESS_CLASS_BARRED3
access Class Barred
ACCESS_CLASS_BARRED4
access Class Barred
ACCESS_CLASS_BARRED5
access Class Barred
ACCESS_CLASS_BARRED6
access Class Barred
ACCESS_CLASS_BARRED7
access Class Barred
ACCESS_CLASS_BARRED8
access Class Barred
ACCESS_CLASS_BARRED9
access Class Barred
ACCESS_CLASS_BARRED10
access Class Barred
ACCESS_CLASS_BARRED11
access Class Barred
ACCESS_CLASS_BARRED12
access Class Barred
ACCESS_CLASS_BARRED13
access Class Barred
ACCESS_CLASS_BARRED14
access Class Barred
ACCESS_CLASS_BARRED15
access Class Barred
ACCESS_CLASS_BARRED16
access Class Barred
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
781
Command Description
RES_VALUE5
reserved field
RES_VALUE6
reserved field
RES_VALUE7
reserved field
RES_VALUE8
reserved field
DELTA_QRXLEVMIN
delta Q rx Level Min
NON_HCST_CRMAX
nonHCStCRMax
NON_HCST_CRMAX_VAL
nonHCStCRMax value
INTER_FREQ_TRESEL_SCALING_FACTORinter Frequency ScalingFactor Value INTER_RAT_TRESEL_SCALING_FACTORinter RAT ScalingFactor Value
782
RES_VALUE9
reserved field
RES_VALUE10
reserved field
RES_VALUE11
reserved field
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
LTE eNB Command Description/Ver.1.0
C2383 RETRIEVE UTRAN SIB7 Command Format RTRV-UTRAN-SIB7: [DB_IDX];
Command Description Retrieve UTRAN SIB 7 TIMEOUT
10
Input Parameter Description Parameter DB_IDX
Description DB Index
Range 0 ~ 15
Unit NONE
Defaul t 0
Output Parameter Description DB_IDX
DB Index
UL_INTERFERENCE
UL Interference
PRACH_INFO_SIB5_DYNAMIC_PRES_LEVPrach Info SIB5 RES_VALUE1
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
reserved field
783
Command Description
C2384 CHANGE UTRAN SIB7 Command Format CHG-UTRAN-SIB7: DB_IDX, [UL_INTERFERENCE], [PRACH_INFO_SIB5_DYNAMIC_PRES_LEV], [RES_VALUE1];
Command Description Change UTRAN SIB 7 TIMEOUT
10
Input Parameter Description Parameter
Description
Range
Unit
Default
DB_IDX
DB Index
0 ~ 15
NONE
0
UL_INTERFER ENCE
UL Interference
-110 ~ -70
NONE
-100
PRACH_INFO_ SIB5_DYNAMI C_PRES_LEV
Prach Info SIB5
1~8
NONE
1
RES_VALUE1
reserved field
0 ~ 255
NONE
0
Output Parameter Description DB_IDX
DB Index
UL_INTERFERENCE
UL Interference
PRACH_INFO_SIB5_DYNAMIC_PRES_LEVPrach Info SIB5 RES_VALUE1
784
reserved field
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
LTE eNB Command Description/Ver.1.0
C2385 RETRIEVE UTRAN SIB11 Command Format RTRV-UTRAN-SIB11: [DB_IDX];
Command Description Retrieve UTRAN SIB 11 TIMEOUT
10
Input Parameter Description Parameter DB_IDX
Description DB Index
Range 0 ~ 15
Unit NONE
Defaul t 0
Output Parameter Description DB_IDX
DB Index
INTER_FREQ_FDDMEAS_IND
Inter Frequency FDD Meas Indicator
INTER_FREQ_TDDMEAS_IND
Inter Frequency TDD Meas Indicator
INTER_RATMEAS_IND
Inter RAT Meas Ind Type
USE_OF_HCS
usage of HCS
CELL_SELECT_QUALITY_MEAS cell Select Quality Measure READ_SFNINDICATOR
Read SFN Indicator
TX_DIVERSITY_INDICATOR
TX Diversity Indicator
RES_VALUE1
reserved field
RES_VALUE2
reserved field
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
785
Command Description
C2386 CHANGE UTRAN SIB11 Command Format CHG-UTRAN-SIB11: DB_IDX, [INTER_FREQ_FDDMEAS_IND], [INTER_FREQ_TDDMEAS_IND], [INTER_RATMEAS_IND], [USE_OF_HCS], [CELL_SELECT_QUALITY_MEAS], [READ_SFNINDICATOR], [TX_DIVERSITY_INDICATOR], [RES_VALUE1], [RES_VALUE2];
Command Description Change UTRAN SIB 11 TIMEOUT
10
Input Parameter Description Parameter
Description
Range
Unit
Default
DB_IDX
DB Index
0 ~ 15
NONE
0
INTER_FREQ_ FDDMEAS_IND
Inter Frequency FDD Meas Indicator
False/True/
NONE
True
INTER_FREQ_ TDDMEAS_IND
Inter Frequency TDD Meas Indicator
False/True/
NONE
False
INTER_RATME AS_IND
Inter RAT Meas Ind Type
ci_utran_measInd_gsm / ci_utran_measInd_is20 00/
NONE
ci_utran _measI nd_gsm
USE_OF_HCS
usage of HCS
ci_utran_useOfHcs_not _used/ ci_utran_useOfHcs_us ed/
NONE
ci_utran _useOf Hcs_not _used
CELL_SELECT _QUALITY_ME AS
cell Select Quality Measure
ci_cpich_RSCP/ ci_cpich_EcN0/
NONE
ci_cpich _EcN0
READ_SFNIND ICATOR
Read SFN Indicator
False/True/
NONE
True
TX_DIVERSITY _INDICATOR
TX Diversity Indicator
False/True/
NONE
False
RES_VALUE1
reserved field
0 ~ 255
NONE
0
RES_VALUE2
reserved field
0 ~ 255
NONE
0
Output Parameter Description DB_IDX
786
DB Index
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
LTE eNB Command Description/Ver.1.0
INTER_FREQ_FDDMEAS_IND
Inter Frequency FDD Meas Indicator
INTER_FREQ_TDDMEAS_IND
Inter Frequency TDD Meas Indicator
INTER_RATMEAS_IND
Inter RAT Meas Ind Type
USE_OF_HCS
usage of HCS
CELL_SELECT_QUALITY_MEAS cell Select Quality Measure READ_SFNINDICATOR
Read SFN Indicator
TX_DIVERSITY_INDICATOR
TX Diversity Indicator
RES_VALUE1
reserved field
RES_VALUE2
reserved field
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
787
Command Description
C2387 RETRIEVE UTRA SIB RELATION Command Format RTRV-UTRA-SIBREL: CELL_NUM, [RELATION_IDX];
Command Description Retrieve UTRAN SIB Relation Mapping Information TIMEOUT
10
Input Parameter Description Parameter
Description
Range
Unit
Default
CELL_NUM
Cell Number
0~8
NONE
0
RELATION_IDX
UTRAN Neighbor Relation Index
0 ~ 255
NONE
0
Output Parameter Description
788
CELL_NUM
Cell Number
RELATION_IDX
UTRAN Neighbor Relation Index
STATUS
Relation Status Info
MIBTEMPLATE_IDX
UTRAN MIB Template Index
SIB1_TEMPLATE_IDX
UTRAN SIB1 Template Index
SIB3_TEMPLATE_IDX
UTRAN SIB3 Template Index
SIB5_TEMPLATE_IDX
UTRAN SIB5 Template Index
SIB7_TEMPLATE_IDX
UTRAN SIB7 Template Index
SIB11_TEMPLATE_IDX
UTRAN SIB11 Template Index
SUB_CELL_NUM_1
This parameter indicates sub cell number.
SUB_CELL_NUM_2
This parameter indicates sub cell number.
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
LTE eNB Command Description/Ver.1.0
C2388 CHANGE UTRA SIB RELATION Command Format CHG-UTRA-SIBREL: CELL_NUM, RELATION_IDX, [STATUS], [MIBTEMPLATE_IDX], [SIB1_TEMPLATE_IDX], [SIB3_TEMPLATE_IDX], [SIB5_TEMPLATE_IDX], [SIB7_TEMPLATE_IDX], [SIB11_TEMPLATE_IDX], [SUB_CELL_NUM_1], [SUB_CELL_NUM_2];
Command Description Change UTRAN SIB Relation Mapping Information TIMEOUT
10
Input Parameter Description Parameter
Description
Range
Unit
Default
CELL_NUM
Cell Number
0~8
NONE
0
RELATION_IDX
UTRAN Neighbor Relation Index
0 ~ 255
NONE
0
STATUS
Relation Status Info
N_EQUIP/EQUIP/
NONE
N_EQUI P
MIBTEMPLATE _IDX
UTRAN MIB Template Index
0 ~ 15
NONE
0
SIB1_TEMPLA TE_IDX
UTRAN SIB1 Template Index
0 ~ 15
NONE
0
SIB3_TEMPLA TE_IDX
UTRAN SIB3 Template Index
0 ~ 15
NONE
0
SIB5_TEMPLA TE_IDX
UTRAN SIB5 Template Index
0 ~ 15
NONE
0
SIB7_TEMPLA TE_IDX
UTRAN SIB7 Template Index
0 ~ 15
NONE
0
SIB11_TEMPL ATE_IDX
UTRAN SIB11 Template Index
0 ~ 15
NONE
0
SUB_CELL_NU M_1
This parameter indicates sub cell number.
0 ~ 17
NONE
0
SUB_CELL_NU M_2
This parameter indicates sub cell number.
0 ~ 17
NONE
0
Output Parameter Description CELL_NUM
Cell Number
RELATION_IDX
UTRAN Neighbor Relation Index
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
789
Command Description
790
STATUS
Relation Status Info
MIBTEMPLATE_IDX
UTRAN MIB Template Index
SIB1_TEMPLATE_IDX
UTRAN SIB1 Template Index
SIB3_TEMPLATE_IDX
UTRAN SIB3 Template Index
SIB5_TEMPLATE_IDX
UTRAN SIB5 Template Index
SIB7_TEMPLATE_IDX
UTRAN SIB7 Template Index
SIB11_TEMPLATE_IDX
UTRAN SIB11 Template Index
SUB_CELL_NUM_1
This parameter indicates sub cell number.
SUB_CELL_NUM_2
This parameter indicates sub cell number.
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
LTE eNB Command Description/Ver.1.0
C2389 CHANGE UTRA SIB5 TEMPLATE 2 Command Format CHG-UTRA-SIB5T2: DB_IDX, [S_CCPCH0_STTD_INDICATOR], [S_CCPCH0_SF_AND_CODE_NUMBER], [S_CCPCH0_SF_AND_CODE_NUMBER_VAL], [S_CCPCH0_PILOT_SYMBOL_EXISTENCE], [S_CCPCH0_TFCI_EXISTENCE], [S_CCPCH0_POSITION_FIXED_OR_FLEXIBLE], [S_CCPCH0_TIMING_OFFSET], [S_CCPCH0_CTFC2_BIT1], [S_CCPCH0_CTFC2_BIT2], [S_CCPCH0_CTFC2_BIT3_INCLUDED], [S_CCPCH0_CTFC2_BIT3_VAL], [S_CCPCH0_CTFC2_BIT4_INCLUDED], [S_CCPCH0_CTFC2_BIT4_VAL], [S_CCPCH0_TTI10_RLC_SIZE_TYPE1], [S_CCPCH0_TTI10_NUM_OF_TB_SIZE_LIST0], [S_CCPCH0_TTI10_NUM_OF_TB_SIZE_LIST1], [S_CCPCH0_TTI10_LOGICAL_CHANNEL_LIST], [S_CCPCH0_CHANNEL_CODING_TYPE], [S_CCPCH0_RATE_MATCHING_ATTR], [S_CCPCH0_CRC_SIZE], [S_CCPCH0_TRANSPORT_CHANNEL_ID], [S_CCPCH0_CTCH_INDICATOR], [S_CCPCH0_PICHCHANNELISATION_CODE], [S_CCPCH0_PICHPI_COUNT_PER_FRAME], [S_CCPCH0_PICHSTTD_INDICATOR], [S_CCPCH1_STTD_INDICATOR], [S_CCPCH1_SF_AND_CODE_NUMBER], [S_CCPCH1_SF_AND_CODE_NUMBER_VAL], [S_CCPCH1_PILOT_SYMBOL_EXISTENCE], [S_CCPCH1_TFCI_EXISTENCE], [S_CCPCH1_POSITION_FIXED_OR_FLEXIBLE], [S_CCPCH1_TIMING_OFFSET_INCLUDED], [S_CCPCH1_TIMING_OFFSET], [S_CCPCH1_CTFC2_BIT1], [S_CCPCH1_CTFC2_BIT2], [S_CCPCH1_CTFC2_BIT3], [S_CCPCH1_CTFC2_BIT4], [S_CCPCH1_TFS0_TTI10_RLC_SIZE_TYPE1], [S_CCPCH1_TFS0_TTI10_NUM_OF_TB_SIZE_LIST0], [S_CCPCH1_TFS0_TTI10_NUM_OF_TB_SIZE_LIST1], [S_CCPCH1_TFS0_TTI10_NUM_OF_TB_SIZE_LIST2], [S_CCPCH1_TFS0_TTI10_NUM_OF_TB_SIZE_LIST2_VAL], [S_CCPCH1_TFS0_TTI10_LOGICAL_CHANNEL_LIST], [S_CCPCH1_TFS0_CHANNEL_CODING_TYPE], [S_CCPCH1_TFS0_RATE_MATCHING_ATTR], [S_CCPCH1_TFS0_CRC_SIZE], [S_CCPCH1_TFS0_TRANSPORT_CHANNEL_ID], [S_CCPCH1_TFS0_CTCH_INDICATOR], [S_CCPCH1_TFS1_TTI10_RLC_SIZE_TYPE2], [S_CCPCH1_TFS1_TTI10_NUM_OF_TB_SIZE_LIST0], [S_CCPCH1_TFS1_TTI10_NUM_OF_TB_SIZE_LIST1], [S_CCPCH1_TFS1_TTI10_LOGICAL_CHANNEL_LIST], [S_CCPCH1_TFS1_CHANNEL_CODING_TYPE], [S_CCPCH1_TFS1_RATE_MATCHING_ATTR], [S_CCPCH1_TFS1_CRC_SIZE], [S_CCPCH1_TFS1_TRANSPORT_CHANNEL_ID], [S_CCPCH1_TFS1_CTCH_INDICATOR], [FREQUENCY_BAND_INDICATOR], [HSDPA_CELL_INDICATOR], [EDCH_CELL_INDICATOR], [S_CCPCH1_CTFC4_BIT_USED], [S_CCPCH1_CTFC4_BIT1], [S_CCPCH1_CTFC4_BIT2], [S_CCPCH1_CTFC4_BIT3], [S_CCPCH1_CTFC4_BIT4], [S_CCPCH1_CTFC4_BIT5], [RES_VALUE1], [RES_VALUE2], [RES_VALUE3], [RES_VALUE4], [RES_VALUE5];
Command Description Change UTRA SIB5 Templete TIMEOUT
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
10
791
Command Description
Input Parameter Description Parameter
Description
Range
Unit
Default
DB_IDX
DB Index
0 ~ 15
NONE
0
S_CCPCH0_ST TD_INDICATO R
sCCPCH0sttdIndicator
False/True/
NONE
False
S_CCPCH0_SF _AND_CODE_ NUMBER
sCCPCH0sfAndCodeNumber
ci_utran_sf4/ ci_utran_sf8/ ci_utran_sf16/ ci_utran_sf32/ ci_utran_sf64/ ci_utran_sf128/ ci_utran_sf256/ ci_utran_sf512/
NONE
ci_utran _sf128
S_CCPCH0_SF _AND_CODE_ NUMBER_VAL
sCCPCH0sfAndCodeNumberVal
0 ~ 255
NONE
4
S_CCPCH0_PI LOT_SYMBOL _EXISTENCE
sCCPCH0pilotSymbolExistence
False/True/
NONE
False
S_CCPCH0_TF CI_EXISTENC E
sCCPCH0tfciExistence
False/True/
NONE
False
S_CCPCH0_P OSITION_FIXE D_OR_FLEXIB LE
sCCPCH0positionFixedOrFlexible
ci_fixed/ci_flexible/
NONE
ci_fixed
S_CCPCH0_TI MING_OFFSET
sCCPCH0timingOffset
0 ~ 149
NONE
20
S_CCPCH0_C TFC2_BIT1
sCCPCH0ctfc2bit1
0~3
NONE
0
S_CCPCH0_C TFC2_BIT2
sCCPCH0ctfc2bit2
0~3
NONE
1
S_CCPCH0_C TFC2_BIT3_IN CLUDED
sCCPCH0ctfc2bit3Included
ci_utran_used/ ci_utran_not_used/
NONE
ci_utran _not_us ed
S_CCPCH0_C TFC2_BIT3_VA L
sCCPCH0ctfc2bit3Val
0~3
NONE
2
S_CCPCH0_C TFC2_BIT4_IN CLUDED
sCCPCH0ctfc2bit4Included
ci_utran_used/ ci_utran_not_used/
NONE
ci_utran _not_us ed
S_CCPCH0_C TFC2_BIT4_VA L
sCCPCH0ctfc2bit4Val
0~3
NONE
3
S_CCPCH0_TT I10_RLC_SIZE _TYPE1
sCCPCH0tti10RlcSizeType1
0 ~ 31
NONE
24
792
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
LTE eNB Command Description/Ver.1.0
Parameter
Description
Range
Unit
Default
S_CCPCH0_TT I10_NUM_OF_ TB_SIZE_LIST 0
sCCPCH0tti10NumOfTbSizeList0
ci_utran_zero/ ci_utran_one/ ci_utran_small/ ci_utran_large/
NONE
ci_utran _zero
S_CCPCH0_TT I10_NUM_OF_ TB_SIZE_LIST 1
sCCPCH0tti10NumOfTbSizeList1
ci_utran_zero/ ci_utran_one/ ci_utran_small/ ci_utran_large/
NONE
ci_utran _one
S_CCPCH0_TT I10_LOGICAL_ CHANNEL_LIS T
sCCPCH0tti10LogicalChannelList
ci_allSizes/ ci_configured/
NONE
ci_allSiz es
S_CCPCH0_C HANNEL_CODI NG_TYPE
sCCPCH0channelCodingType
ci_noCodoing/ ci_convolutioanl_half/ ci_convolutioanl_third/ ci_turbo/
NONE
ci_conv olutioanl _half
S_CCPCH0_R ATE_MATCHIN G_ATTR
sCCPCH0rateMatchingAttr
1 ~ 256
NONE
230
S_CCPCH0_C RC_SIZE
sCCPCH0crcSize
ci_crc0/ci_crc8/ ci_crc12/ci_crc16/ ci_crc24/
NONE
ci_crc16
S_CCPCH0_T RANSPORT_C HANNEL_ID
sCCPCH0transportChannelId
1 ~ 32
NONE
4
S_CCPCH0_C TCH_INDICAT OR
sCCPCH0ctchIndicator
False/True/
NONE
False
S_CCPCH0_PI CHCHANNELIS ATION_CODE
sCCPCH0PichchannelisationCode
0 ~ 255
NONE
3
S_CCPCH0_PI CHPI_COUNT_ PER_FRAME
sCCPCH0PichpiCountPerFrame
ci_e18/ci_e36/ci_e72/ ci_e144/
NONE
ci_e18
S_CCPCH0_PI CHSTTD_INDI CATOR
sCCPCH0PichsttdIndicator
False/True/
NONE
False
S_CCPCH1_ST TD_INDICATO R
sCCPCH1sttdIndicator
False/True/
NONE
False
S_CCPCH1_SF _AND_CODE_ NUMBER
sCCPCH1sfAndCodeNumber
ci_utran_sf4/ ci_utran_sf8/ ci_utran_sf16/ ci_utran_sf32/ ci_utran_sf64/ ci_utran_sf128/ ci_utran_sf256/ ci_utran_sf512/
NONE
ci_utran _sf64
S_CCPCH1_SF _AND_CODE_ NUMBER_VAL
sCCPCH1sfAndCodeNumberVal
0 ~ 255
NONE
1
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
793
Command Description
Parameter
Description
Range
Unit
Default
S_CCPCH1_PI LOT_SYMBOL _EXISTENCE
sCCPCH1pilotSymbolExistence
False/True/
NONE
False
S_CCPCH1_TF CI_EXISTENC E
sCCPCH1tfciExistence
False/True/
NONE
True
S_CCPCH1_P OSITION_FIXE D_OR_FLEXIB LE
sCCPCH1positionFixedOrFlexible
ci_fixed/ci_flexible/
NONE
ci_flexib le
S_CCPCH1_TI MING_OFFSET _INCLUDED
sCCPCH1timingOffsetIncluded
ci_utran_used/ ci_utran_not_used/
NONE
ci_utran _not_us ed
S_CCPCH1_TI MING_OFFSET
sCCPCH1timingOffset
0 ~ 149
NONE
0
S_CCPCH1_C TFC2_BIT1
sCCPCH1ctfc2bit1
0~3
NONE
0
S_CCPCH1_C TFC2_BIT2
sCCPCH1ctfc2bit2
0~3
NONE
1
S_CCPCH1_C TFC2_BIT3
sCCPCH1ctfc2bit3
0~3
NONE
2
S_CCPCH1_C TFC2_BIT4
sCCPCH1ctfc2bit4
0~3
NONE
3
S_CCPCH1_TF S0_TTI10_RLC _SIZE_TYPE1
sCCPCH1TFS0tti10RlcSizeType1
0 ~ 31
NONE
15
S_CCPCH1_TF S0_TTI10_NU M_OF_TB_SIZ E_LIST0
sCCPCH1TFS0tti10NumOfTbSizeList0
ci_utran_zero/ ci_utran_one/ ci_utran_small/ ci_utran_large/
NONE
ci_utran _zero
S_CCPCH1_TF S0_TTI10_NU M_OF_TB_SIZ E_LIST1
sCCPCH1TFS0tti10NumOfTbSizeList1
ci_utran_zero/ ci_utran_one/ ci_utran_small/ ci_utran_large/
NONE
ci_utran _one
S_CCPCH1_TF S0_TTI10_NU M_OF_TB_SIZ E_LIST2
sCCPCH1TFS0tti10NumOfTbSizeList2
ci_utran_zero/ ci_utran_one/ ci_utran_small/ ci_utran_large/
NONE
ci_utran _small
S_CCPCH1_TF S0_TTI10_NU M_OF_TB_SIZ E_LIST2_VAL
sCCPCH1TFS0tti10NumOfTbSizeList2Val
0 ~ 255
NONE
2
S_CCPCH1_TF S0_TTI10_LOG ICAL_CHANNE L_LIST
sCCPCH1TFS0tti10LogicalChannelList
ci_allSizes/ ci_configured/
NONE
ci_allSiz es
S_CCPCH1_TF S0_CHANNEL_ CODING_TYPE
sCCPCH1TFS0channelCodingType
ci_noCodoing/ ci_convolutioanl_half/ ci_convolutioanl_third/ ci_turbo/
NONE
ci_conv olutioanl _half
794
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
LTE eNB Command Description/Ver.1.0
Parameter
Description
Range
Unit
Default
S_CCPCH1_TF S0_RATE_MAT CHING_ATTR
sCCPCH1TFS0rateMatchingAttr
1 ~ 256
NONE
220
S_CCPCH1_TF S0_CRC_SIZE
sCCPCH1TFS0crcSize
ci_crc0/ci_crc8/ ci_crc12/ci_crc16/ ci_crc24/
NONE
ci_crc16
S_CCPCH1_TF S0_TRANSPO RT_CHANNEL_ ID
sCCPCH1TFS0transportChannelId
1 ~ 32
NONE
1
S_CCPCH1_TF S0_CTCH_INDI CATOR
sCCPCH1TFS0ctchIndicator
False/True/
NONE
False
S_CCPCH1_TF S1_TTI10_RLC _SIZE_TYPE2
sCCPCH1TFS1tti10RlcSizeType2
0 ~ 31
NONE
3
S_CCPCH1_TF S1_TTI10_NU M_OF_TB_SIZ E_LIST0
sCCPCH1TFS1tti10NumOfTbSizeList0
ci_utran_zero/ ci_utran_one/ ci_utran_small/ ci_utran_large/
NONE
ci_utran _zero
S_CCPCH1_TF S1_TTI10_NU M_OF_TB_SIZ E_LIST1
sCCPCH1TFS1tti10NumOfTbSizeList1
ci_utran_zero/ ci_utran_one/ ci_utran_small/ ci_utran_large/
NONE
ci_utran _one
S_CCPCH1_TF S1_TTI10_LOG ICAL_CHANNE L_LIST
sCCPCH1TFS1tti10LogicalChannelList
ci_allSizes/ ci_configured/
NONE
ci_allSiz es
S_CCPCH1_TF S1_CHANNEL_ CODING_TYPE
sCCPCH1TFS1channelCodingType
ci_noCodoing/ ci_convolutioanl_half/ ci_convolutioanl_third/ ci_turbo/
NONE
ci_turbo
S_CCPCH1_TF S1_RATE_MAT CHING_ATTR
sCCPCH1TFS1rateMatchingAttr
1 ~ 256
NONE
130
S_CCPCH1_TF S1_CRC_SIZE
sCCPCH1TFS1crcSize
ci_crc0/ci_crc8/ ci_crc12/ci_crc16/ ci_crc24/
NONE
ci_crc16
S_CCPCH1_TF S1_TRANSPO RT_CHANNEL_ ID
sCCPCH1TFS1transportChannelId
1 ~ 32
NONE
2
S_CCPCH1_TF S1_CTCH_INDI CATOR
sCCPCH1TFS1ctchIndicator
False/True/
NONE
False
FREQUENCY_ BAND_INDICA TOR
frequencyBandIndicator
ci_fdd2100/ci_fdd1900/ ci_fdd1800/ci_bandVI/ ci_bandIV/ci_bandV/ ci_bandVII/ ci_RadioFrequencyBan dFDD_extension_indica tor/
NONE
ci_fdd21 00
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
795
Command Description
Parameter
Description
Range
Unit
Default
HSDPA_CELL_ INDICATOR
hsdpaCellIndicator
False/True/
NONE
True
EDCH_CELL_I NDICATOR
edchCellIndicator
False/True/
NONE
True
S_CCPCH1_C TFC4_BIT_US ED
sCCPCH1ctfc4bitUsed
ci_utran_used/ ci_utran_not_used/
NONE
ci_utran _not_us ed
S_CCPCH1_C TFC4_BIT1
sCCPCH1ctfc4bit1
0 ~ 15
NONE
0
S_CCPCH1_C TFC4_BIT2
sCCPCH1ctfc4bit2
0 ~ 15
NONE
1
S_CCPCH1_C TFC4_BIT3
sCCPCH1ctfc4bit3
0 ~ 15
NONE
2
S_CCPCH1_C TFC4_BIT4
sCCPCH1ctfc4bit4
0 ~ 15
NONE
3
S_CCPCH1_C TFC4_BIT5
sCCPCH1ctfc4bit5
0 ~ 15
NONE
4
RES_VALUE1
reserved Field
0 ~ 255
NONE
0
RES_VALUE2
reserved Field
0 ~ 255
NONE
0
RES_VALUE3
reserved Field
0 ~ 255
NONE
0
RES_VALUE4
reserved Field
0 ~ 255
NONE
0
RES_VALUE5
reserved Field
0 ~ 255
NONE
0
Output Parameter Description DB_IDX
DB Index
S_CCPCH0_STTD_INDICATOR
sCCPCH0sttdIndicator
S_CCPCH0_SF_AND_CODE_NUMBERsCCPCH0sfAndCodeNumber S_CCPCH0_SF_AND_CODE_NUMBER_VALsCCPCH0sfAndCodeNumberVal S_CCPCH0_PILOT_SYMBOL_EXISTENCEsCCPCH0pilotSymbolExistence S_CCPCH0_TFCI_EXISTENCE
sCCPCH0tfciExistence
S_CCPCH0_POSITION_FIXED_OR_FLEXIBLEsCCPCH0positionFixedOrFlexible
796
S_CCPCH0_TIMING_OFFSET
sCCPCH0timingOffset
S_CCPCH0_CTFC2_BIT1
sCCPCH0ctfc2bit1
S_CCPCH0_CTFC2_BIT2
sCCPCH0ctfc2bit2
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
LTE eNB Command Description/Ver.1.0
S_CCPCH0_CTFC2_BIT3_INCLUDEDsCCPCH0ctfc2bit3Included S_CCPCH0_CTFC2_BIT3_VAL
sCCPCH0ctfc2bit3Val
S_CCPCH0_CTFC2_BIT4_INCLUDEDsCCPCH0ctfc2bit4Included S_CCPCH0_CTFC2_BIT4_VAL
sCCPCH0ctfc2bit4Val
S_CCPCH0_TTI10_RLC_SIZE_TYPE1sCCPCH0tti10RlcSizeType1 S_CCPCH0_TTI10_NUM_OF_TB_SIZE_LIST0sCCPCH0tti10NumOfTbSizeList0 S_CCPCH0_TTI10_NUM_OF_TB_SIZE_LIST1sCCPCH0tti10NumOfTbSizeList1 S_CCPCH0_TTI10_LOGICAL_CHANNEL_LISTsCCPCH0tti10LogicalChannelList S_CCPCH0_CHANNEL_CODING_TYPEsCCPCH0channelCodingType S_CCPCH0_RATE_MATCHING_ATTRsCCPCH0rateMatchingAttr S_CCPCH0_CRC_SIZE
sCCPCH0crcSize
S_CCPCH0_TRANSPORT_CHANNEL_IDsCCPCH0transportChannelId S_CCPCH0_CTCH_INDICATOR sCCPCH0ctchIndicator S_CCPCH0_PICHCHANNELISATION_CODEsCCPCH0PichchannelisationCode S_CCPCH0_PICHPI_COUNT_PER_FRAMEsCCPCH0PichpiCountPerFrame S_CCPCH0_PICHSTTD_INDICATORsCCPCH0PichsttdIndicator S_CCPCH1_STTD_INDICATOR
sCCPCH1sttdIndicator
S_CCPCH1_SF_AND_CODE_NUMBERsCCPCH1sfAndCodeNumber S_CCPCH1_SF_AND_CODE_NUMBER_VALsCCPCH1sfAndCodeNumberVal S_CCPCH1_PILOT_SYMBOL_EXISTENCEsCCPCH1pilotSymbolExistence S_CCPCH1_TFCI_EXISTENCE
sCCPCH1tfciExistence
S_CCPCH1_POSITION_FIXED_OR_FLEXIBLEsCCPCH1positionFixedOrFlexible
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
797
Command Description
S_CCPCH1_TIMING_OFFSET_INCLUDEDsCCPCH1timingOffsetIncluded S_CCPCH1_TIMING_OFFSET
sCCPCH1timingOffset
S_CCPCH1_CTFC2_BIT1
sCCPCH1ctfc2bit1
S_CCPCH1_CTFC2_BIT2
sCCPCH1ctfc2bit2
S_CCPCH1_CTFC2_BIT3
sCCPCH1ctfc2bit3
S_CCPCH1_CTFC2_BIT4
sCCPCH1ctfc2bit4
S_CCPCH1_TFS0_TTI10_RLC_SIZE_TYPE1sCCPCH1TFS0tti10RlcSizeType1 S_CCPCH1_TFS0_TTI10_NUM_OF_TB_SIZE_LIST0sCCPCH1TFS0tti10NumOfTbSizeList0 S_CCPCH1_TFS0_TTI10_NUM_OF_TB_SIZE_LIST1sCCPCH1TFS0tti10NumOfTbSizeList1 S_CCPCH1_TFS0_TTI10_NUM_OF_TB_SIZE_LIST2sCCPCH1TFS0tti10NumOfTbSizeList2 S_CCPCH1_TFS0_TTI10_NUM_OF_TB_SIZE_LIST2_VAL sCCPCH1TFS0tti10NumOfTbSizeList2Val S_CCPCH1_TFS0_TTI10_LOGICAL_CHANNEL_LISTsCCPCH1TFS0tti10LogicalChannelList S_CCPCH1_TFS0_CHANNEL_CODING_TYPEsCCPCH1TFS0channelCodingType S_CCPCH1_TFS0_RATE_MATCHING_ATTRsCCPCH1TFS0rateMatchingAttr S_CCPCH1_TFS0_CRC_SIZE
sCCPCH1TFS0crcSize
S_CCPCH1_TFS0_TRANSPORT_CHANNEL_IDsCCPCH1TFS0transportChannelId S_CCPCH1_TFS0_CTCH_INDICATORsCCPCH1TFS0ctchIndicator S_CCPCH1_TFS1_TTI10_RLC_SIZE_TYPE2sCCPCH1TFS1tti10RlcSizeType2 S_CCPCH1_TFS1_TTI10_NUM_OF_TB_SIZE_LIST0sCCPCH1TFS1tti10NumOfTbSizeList0 S_CCPCH1_TFS1_TTI10_NUM_OF_TB_SIZE_LIST1sCCPCH1TFS1tti10NumOfTbSizeList1 S_CCPCH1_TFS1_TTI10_LOGICAL_CHANNEL_LISTsCCPCH1TFS1tti10LogicalChannelList S_CCPCH1_TFS1_CHANNEL_CODING_TYPEsCCPCH1TFS1channelCodingType
798
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
LTE eNB Command Description/Ver.1.0
S_CCPCH1_TFS1_RATE_MATCHING_ATTRsCCPCH1TFS1rateMatchingAttr S_CCPCH1_TFS1_CRC_SIZE
sCCPCH1TFS1crcSize
S_CCPCH1_TFS1_TRANSPORT_CHANNEL_IDsCCPCH1TFS1transportChannelId S_CCPCH1_TFS1_CTCH_INDICATORsCCPCH1TFS1ctchIndicator FREQUENCY_BAND_INDICATORfrequencyBandIndicator HSDPA_CELL_INDICATOR
hsdpaCellIndicator
EDCH_CELL_INDICATOR
edchCellIndicator
S_CCPCH1_CTFC4_BIT_USED
sCCPCH1ctfc4bitUsed
S_CCPCH1_CTFC4_BIT1
sCCPCH1ctfc4bit1
S_CCPCH1_CTFC4_BIT2
sCCPCH1ctfc4bit2
S_CCPCH1_CTFC4_BIT3
sCCPCH1ctfc4bit3
S_CCPCH1_CTFC4_BIT4
sCCPCH1ctfc4bit4
S_CCPCH1_CTFC4_BIT5
sCCPCH1ctfc4bit5
RES_VALUE1
reserved Field
RES_VALUE2
reserved Field
RES_VALUE3
reserved Field
RES_VALUE4
reserved Field
RES_VALUE5
reserved Field
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
799
Command Description
C2390 RETRIEVE UTRAN SIB RESERVED Command Format RTRV-UTRAN-SIBRES: [DB_IDX];
Command Description Retrieve UTRAN SIB Reserved TIMEOUT
10
Input Parameter Description Parameter DB_IDX
Description DB Index
Range 0 ~ 15
Unit NONE
Defaul t 0
Output Parameter Description
800
DB_IDX
DB Index
RES_VALUE0
reserved field
RES_VALUE1
reserved field
RES_VALUE2
reserved field
RES_VALUE3
reserved field
RES_VALUE4
reserved field
RES_VALUE5
reserved field
RES_VALUE6
reserved field
RES_VALUE7
reserved field
RES_VALUE8
reserved field
RES_VALUE9
reserved field
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
LTE eNB Command Description/Ver.1.0
RES_VALUE10
reserved field
RES_VALUE11
reserved field
RES_VALUE12
reserved field
RES_VALUE13
reserved field
RES_VALUE14
reserved field
RES_VALUE15
reserved field
RES_VALUE16
reserved field
RES_VALUE17
reserved field
RES_VALUE18
reserved field
RES_VALUE19
reserved field
RES_VALUE20
reserved field
RES_VALUE21
reserved field
RES_VALUE22
reserved field
RES_VALUE23
reserved field
RES_VALUE24
reserved field
RES_VALUE25
reserved field
RES_VALUE26
reserved field
RES_VALUE27
reserved field
RES_VALUE28
reserved field
RES_VALUE29
reserved field
RES_VALUE30
reserved field
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
801
Command Description
C2391 CHANGE UTRAN SIB RESERVED Command Format CHG-UTRAN-SIBRES: DB_IDX, [RES_VALUE0], [RES_VALUE1], [RES_VALUE2], [RES_VALUE3], [RES_VALUE4], [RES_VALUE5], [RES_VALUE6], [RES_VALUE7], [RES_VALUE8], [RES_VALUE9], [RES_VALUE10], [RES_VALUE11], [RES_VALUE12], [RES_VALUE13], [RES_VALUE14], [RES_VALUE15], [RES_VALUE16], [RES_VALUE17], [RES_VALUE18], [RES_VALUE19], [RES_VALUE20], [RES_VALUE21], [RES_VALUE22], [RES_VALUE23], [RES_VALUE24], [RES_VALUE25], [RES_VALUE26], [RES_VALUE27], [RES_VALUE28], [RES_VALUE29], [RES_VALUE30];
Command Description Change UTRAN SIB Reserved TIMEOUT
10
Input Parameter Description Parameter
Description
Range
Unit
Default
DB_IDX
DB Index
0 ~ 15
NONE
0
RES_VALUE0
reserved field
0 ~ 511
NONE
0
RES_VALUE1
reserved field
0 ~ 511
NONE
0
RES_VALUE2
reserved field
0 ~ 511
NONE
0
RES_VALUE3
reserved field
0 ~ 511
NONE
0
RES_VALUE4
reserved field
0 ~ 511
NONE
0
RES_VALUE5
reserved field
0 ~ 511
NONE
0
RES_VALUE6
reserved field
0 ~ 511
NONE
0
RES_VALUE7
reserved field
0 ~ 511
NONE
0
RES_VALUE8
reserved field
0 ~ 511
NONE
0
RES_VALUE9
reserved field
0 ~ 511
NONE
0
RES_VALUE10
reserved field
0 ~ 511
NONE
0
RES_VALUE11
reserved field
0 ~ 511
NONE
0
RES_VALUE12
reserved field
0 ~ 511
NONE
0
RES_VALUE13
reserved field
0 ~ 511
NONE
0
RES_VALUE14
reserved field
0 ~ 511
NONE
0
RES_VALUE15
reserved field
0 ~ 511
NONE
0
RES_VALUE16
reserved field
0 ~ 511
NONE
0
RES_VALUE17
reserved field
0 ~ 511
NONE
0
RES_VALUE18
reserved field
0 ~ 511
NONE
0
802
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
LTE eNB Command Description/Ver.1.0
Parameter
Description
Range
Unit
Default
RES_VALUE19
reserved field
0 ~ 511
NONE
0
RES_VALUE20
reserved field
0 ~ 511
NONE
0
RES_VALUE21
reserved field
0 ~ 511
NONE
0
RES_VALUE22
reserved field
0 ~ 511
NONE
0
RES_VALUE23
reserved field
0 ~ 511
NONE
0
RES_VALUE24
reserved field
0 ~ 511
NONE
0
RES_VALUE25
reserved field
0 ~ 511
NONE
0
RES_VALUE26
reserved field
0 ~ 511
NONE
0
RES_VALUE27
reserved field
0 ~ 511
NONE
0
RES_VALUE28
reserved field
0 ~ 511
NONE
0
RES_VALUE29
reserved field
0 ~ 511
NONE
0
RES_VALUE30
reserved field
0 ~ 511
NONE
0
Output Parameter Description DB_IDX
DB Index
RES_VALUE0
reserved field
RES_VALUE1
reserved field
RES_VALUE2
reserved field
RES_VALUE3
reserved field
RES_VALUE4
reserved field
RES_VALUE5
reserved field
RES_VALUE6
reserved field
RES_VALUE7
reserved field
RES_VALUE8
reserved field
RES_VALUE9
reserved field
RES_VALUE10
reserved field
RES_VALUE11
reserved field
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
803
Command Description
804
RES_VALUE12
reserved field
RES_VALUE13
reserved field
RES_VALUE14
reserved field
RES_VALUE15
reserved field
RES_VALUE16
reserved field
RES_VALUE17
reserved field
RES_VALUE18
reserved field
RES_VALUE19
reserved field
RES_VALUE20
reserved field
RES_VALUE21
reserved field
RES_VALUE22
reserved field
RES_VALUE23
reserved field
RES_VALUE24
reserved field
RES_VALUE25
reserved field
RES_VALUE26
reserved field
RES_VALUE27
reserved field
RES_VALUE28
reserved field
RES_VALUE29
reserved field
RES_VALUE30
reserved field
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
LTE eNB Command Description/Ver.1.0
C2394 RETRIEVE UTRA SIB5 TEMPLATE 2 Command Format RTRV-UTRA-SIB5T2: [DB_IDX];
Command Description RETRIEVE UTRAN SIB 5 Template2 TIMEOUT
10
Input Parameter Description Parameter DB_IDX
Description DB Index
Range 0 ~ 15
Unit NONE
Defaul t 0
Output Parameter Description DB_IDX
DB Index
S_CCPCH0_STTD_INDICATOR
sCCPCH0sttdIndicator
S_CCPCH0_SF_AND_CODE_NUMBERsCCPCH0sfAndCodeNumber S_CCPCH0_SF_AND_CODE_NUMBER_VALsCCPCH0sfAndCodeNumberVal S_CCPCH0_PILOT_SYMBOL_EXISTENCEsCCPCH0pilotSymbolExistence S_CCPCH0_TFCI_EXISTENCE
sCCPCH0tfciExistence
S_CCPCH0_POSITION_FIXED_OR_FLEXIBLEsCCPCH0positionFixedOrFlexible S_CCPCH0_TIMING_OFFSET
sCCPCH0timingOffset
S_CCPCH0_CTFC2_BIT1
sCCPCH0ctfc2bit1
S_CCPCH0_CTFC2_BIT2
sCCPCH0ctfc2bit2
S_CCPCH0_CTFC2_BIT3_INCLUDEDsCCPCH0ctfc2bit3Included
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
805
Command Description
S_CCPCH0_CTFC2_BIT3_VAL
sCCPCH0ctfc2bit3Val
S_CCPCH0_CTFC2_BIT4_INCLUDEDsCCPCH0ctfc2bit4Included S_CCPCH0_CTFC2_BIT4_VAL
sCCPCH0ctfc2bit4Val
S_CCPCH0_TTI10_RLC_SIZE_TYPE1sCCPCH0tti10RlcSizeType1 S_CCPCH0_TTI10_NUM_OF_TB_SIZE_LIST0sCCPCH0tti10NumOfTbSizeList0 S_CCPCH0_TTI10_NUM_OF_TB_SIZE_LIST1sCCPCH0tti10NumOfTbSizeList1 S_CCPCH0_TTI10_LOGICAL_CHANNEL_LISTsCCPCH0tti10LogicalChannelList S_CCPCH0_CHANNEL_CODING_TYPEsCCPCH0channelCodingType S_CCPCH0_RATE_MATCHING_ATTRsCCPCH0rateMatchingAttr S_CCPCH0_CRC_SIZE
sCCPCH0crcSize
S_CCPCH0_TRANSPORT_CHANNEL_IDsCCPCH0transportChannelId S_CCPCH0_CTCH_INDICATOR sCCPCH0ctchIndicator S_CCPCH0_PICHCHANNELISATION_CODEsCCPCH0PichchannelisationCode S_CCPCH0_PICHPI_COUNT_PER_FRAMEsCCPCH0PichpiCountPerFrame S_CCPCH0_PICHSTTD_INDICATORsCCPCH0PichsttdIndicator S_CCPCH1_STTD_INDICATOR
sCCPCH1sttdIndicator
S_CCPCH1_SF_AND_CODE_NUMBERsCCPCH1sfAndCodeNumber S_CCPCH1_SF_AND_CODE_NUMBER_VALsCCPCH1sfAndCodeNumberVal S_CCPCH1_PILOT_SYMBOL_EXISTENCEsCCPCH1pilotSymbolExistence S_CCPCH1_TFCI_EXISTENCE
sCCPCH1tfciExistence
S_CCPCH1_POSITION_FIXED_OR_FLEXIBLEsCCPCH1positionFixedOrFlexible S_CCPCH1_TIMING_OFFSET_INCLUDEDsCCPCH1timingOffsetIncluded
806
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
LTE eNB Command Description/Ver.1.0
S_CCPCH1_TIMING_OFFSET
sCCPCH1timingOffset
S_CCPCH1_CTFC2_BIT1
sCCPCH1ctfc2bit1
S_CCPCH1_CTFC2_BIT2
sCCPCH1ctfc2bit2
S_CCPCH1_CTFC2_BIT3
sCCPCH1ctfc2bit3
S_CCPCH1_CTFC2_BIT4
sCCPCH1ctfc2bit4
S_CCPCH1_TFS0_TTI10_RLC_SIZE_TYPE1sCCPCH1TFS0tti10RlcSizeType1 S_CCPCH1_TFS0_TTI10_NUM_OF_TB_SIZE_LIST0sCCPCH1TFS0tti10NumOfTbSizeList0 S_CCPCH1_TFS0_TTI10_NUM_OF_TB_SIZE_LIST1sCCPCH1TFS0tti10NumOfTbSizeList1 S_CCPCH1_TFS0_TTI10_NUM_OF_TB_SIZE_LIST2sCCPCH1TFS0tti10NumOfTbSizeList2 S_CCPCH1_TFS0_TTI10_NUM_OF_TB_SIZE_LIST2_VAL sCCPCH1TFS0tti10NumOfTbSizeList2Val S_CCPCH1_TFS0_TTI10_LOGICAL_CHANNEL_LISTsCCPCH1TFS0tti10LogicalChannelList S_CCPCH1_TFS0_CHANNEL_CODING_TYPEsCCPCH1TFS0channelCodingType S_CCPCH1_TFS0_RATE_MATCHING_ATTRsCCPCH1TFS0rateMatchingAttr S_CCPCH1_TFS0_CRC_SIZE
sCCPCH1TFS0crcSize
S_CCPCH1_TFS0_TRANSPORT_CHANNEL_IDsCCPCH1TFS0transportChannelId S_CCPCH1_TFS0_CTCH_INDICATORsCCPCH1TFS0ctchIndicator S_CCPCH1_TFS1_TTI10_RLC_SIZE_TYPE2sCCPCH1TFS1tti10RlcSizeType2 S_CCPCH1_TFS1_TTI10_NUM_OF_TB_SIZE_LIST0sCCPCH1TFS1tti10NumOfTbSizeList0 S_CCPCH1_TFS1_TTI10_NUM_OF_TB_SIZE_LIST1sCCPCH1TFS1tti10NumOfTbSizeList1 S_CCPCH1_TFS1_TTI10_LOGICAL_CHANNEL_LISTsCCPCH1TFS1tti10LogicalChannelList S_CCPCH1_TFS1_CHANNEL_CODING_TYPEsCCPCH1TFS1channelCodingType S_CCPCH1_TFS1_RATE_MATCHING_ATTRsCCPCH1TFS1rateMatchingAttr
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
807
Command Description
S_CCPCH1_TFS1_CRC_SIZE
sCCPCH1TFS1crcSize
S_CCPCH1_TFS1_TRANSPORT_CHANNEL_IDsCCPCH1TFS1transportChannelId S_CCPCH1_TFS1_CTCH_INDICATORsCCPCH1TFS1ctchIndicator FREQUENCY_BAND_INDICATORfrequencyBandIndicator
808
HSDPA_CELL_INDICATOR
hsdpaCellIndicator
EDCH_CELL_INDICATOR
edchCellIndicator
S_CCPCH1_CTFC4_BIT_USED
sCCPCH1ctfc4bitUsed
S_CCPCH1_CTFC4_BIT1
sCCPCH1ctfc4bit1
S_CCPCH1_CTFC4_BIT2
sCCPCH1ctfc4bit2
S_CCPCH1_CTFC4_BIT3
sCCPCH1ctfc4bit3
S_CCPCH1_CTFC4_BIT4
sCCPCH1ctfc4bit4
S_CCPCH1_CTFC4_BIT5
sCCPCH1ctfc4bit5
RES_VALUE1
reserved Field
RES_VALUE2
reserved Field
RES_VALUE3
reserved Field
RES_VALUE4
reserved Field
RES_VALUE5
reserved Field
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
LTE eNB Command Description/Ver.1.0
C2400 RETRIEVE DIAG CALL CONFIGURATION Command Format RTRV-DIAG-CONF;
Command Description Retrieves the basic information of the eNB DiagCall Configuration. The user can retrieve the information of DiagCall Configuration. Itinclude diagCallEnable, triggeringConditionTimer, maxNumofUEID and etc. TIMEOUT
10
Input Parameter Description No input parameter.
Output Parameter Description DIAG_CALL_ENABLE
The diagCallEnable parameter to decide Diagnosis Call Function is chosen On or OFF.
TRIGGERING_CONDITION_TIMERIf there is no RRC Connection in cell for triggeringConditionTimer, the ENB start Diagnosis Call Function. DIAG_CALL_TIMER
After the Diagnosis Call Function is started in ENB and send Paging message to UE using IMSI and S-TMSI information in eNB buffer, eNB start diagCallTimer. If eNB receive RRC Connection Request for diagCallTimer, The diag Call Timer is expired. If eNB doesn't receive RRC Connection Request for diagCallTimer, the silent alarm is happend.
MAX_NUMOF_UEID
The maxNumofUEID is the maximum number of S-TMSI, IMSI buffer in eNB for diagnosis call functioin.
RECOVERY_MODE_SELECTION This is the information that whether to use cell auto-recovery method or not Auto (1) : execute cell auto-recovery method provided from system Manual (0) : notify only the detected alarm to operator without any recovery action
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
809
Command Description
AUTO_RECOVERY_METHOD
This is the cell auto-recovery method 0 : Cell release 1 : DSP reset 2 : RU reset 3 : DSP reset RU reset
810
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
LTE eNB Command Description/Ver.1.0
C2401 CHANGE DIAG CALL CONFIGURATION Command Format CHG-DIAG-CONF: [DIAG_CALL_ENABLE], [TRIGGERING_CONDITION_TIMER], [DIAG_CALL_TIMER], [MAX_NUMOF_UEID], [RECOVERY_MODE_SELECTION], [AUTO_RECOVERY_METHOD];
Command Description Changes the basic information of the eNB DiagCall Configuration. The user can retrieve the information of DiagCall Configuration. It include diagCallEnable, triggeringConditionTimer, maxNumofUEID and etc. TIMEOUT
10
Input Parameter Description Parameter
Description
Range
Unit
Default
DIAG_CALL_E NABLE
The diagCallEnable parameter to decide Diagnosis Call Function is chosen On or OFF.
OFF/ON/
NONE
OFF
TRIGGERING_ CONDITION_TI MER
If there is no RRC Connection in cell for triggeringConditionTimer, the ENB start Diagnosis Call Function.
5 ~ 120
NONE
60
DIAG_CALL_TI MER
After the Diagnosis Call Function is started in ENB and send Paging message to UE using IMSI and S-TMSI information in eNB buffer, eNB start diagCallTimer. If eNB receive RRC Connection Request for diagCallTimer, The diag Call Timer is expired. If eNB doesn't receive RRC Connection Request for diagCallTimer, the silent alarm is happend.
1 ~ 10
NONE
5
MAX_NUMOF_ UEID
The maxNumofUEID is the maximum number of S-TMSI, IMSI buffer in eNB for diagnosis call functioin.
1 ~ 30
NONE
10
RECOVERY_M ODE_SELECTI ON
This is the information that whether to use cell auto-recovery method or not Auto (1) : execute cell auto-recovery method provided from system Manual (0) : notify only the detected alarm to operator without any recovery action
MANUAL/AUTO/
NONE
AUTO
AUTO_RECOV ERY_METHOD
This is the cell auto-recovery method 0 : Cell release 1 : DSP reset 2 : RU reset 3 : DSP reset RU reset
CELL_RELEASE/ DSP_RESET_ONLY/ RU_RESET_ONLY/ DSP_RU_RESET/
NONE
CELL_R ELEAS E
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
811
Command Description
Output Parameter Description DIAG_CALL_ENABLE
The diagCallEnable parameter to decide Diagnosis Call Function is chosen On or OFF.
TRIGGERING_CONDITION_TIMERIf there is no RRC Connection in cell for triggeringConditionTimer, the ENB start Diagnosis Call Function. DIAG_CALL_TIMER
After the Diagnosis Call Function is started in ENB and send Paging message to UE using IMSI and S-TMSI information in eNB buffer, eNB start diagCallTimer. If eNB receive RRC Connection Request for diagCallTimer, The diag Call Timer is expired. If eNB doesn't receive RRC Connection Request for diagCallTimer, the silent alarm is happend.
MAX_NUMOF_UEID
The maxNumofUEID is the maximum number of S-TMSI, IMSI buffer in eNB for diagnosis call functioin.
RECOVERY_MODE_SELECTION This is the information that whether to use cell auto-recovery method or not Auto (1) : execute cell auto-recovery method provided from system Manual (0) : notify only the detected alarm to operator without any recovery action AUTO_RECOVERY_METHOD
This is the cell auto-recovery method 0 : Cell release 1 : DSP reset 2 : RU reset 3 : DSP reset RU reset
812
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
LTE eNB Command Description/Ver.1.0
C2409 RETRIEVE FEMTO MOBILITY CONFIGURATION Command Format RTRV-FEMTO-MOBIL: [CELL_NUM], [FA_INDEX];
Command Description Retrieves the Femto Cell Information that includes Femtocell PCI index, phycellId etc for SIB4. When Making intraFreqNeighCellList in SIB4, use Femto PCI, Qoffset. Femto cell's information priority is first than other neighcell information. TIMEOUT
10
Input Parameter Description Parameter
Description
Range
Unit
Default
CELL_NUM
The cell number to be changed or retrieved.
0~8
NONE
0
FA_INDEX
EUTRA frequency index. Up to 8 FAs can be assigned per cell.
0~7
NONE
0
Output Parameter Description CELL_NUM
The cell number to be changed or retrieved.
FA_INDEX
EUTRA frequency index. Up to 8 FAs can be assigned per cell.
FEMTO_PCIINDEX
The index of femto PCI.
USAGE
The usage of femto PCI, qOffset
PHY_CELL_ID
The PCI of Femto Cell
IND_OFFSET
The Cell Individual Offset belongs to Femto PCI
Q_OFFSET_CELL
The qOffset belongs to Femto PCI.
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
813
Command Description
C2410 CHANGE FEMTO MOBILITY CONFIGURATION Command Format CHG-FEMTO-MOBIL: CELL_NUM, FA_INDEX, [FEMTO_PCIINDEX], [USAGE], [PHY_CELL_ID], [IND_OFFSET], [Q_OFFSET_CELL];
Command Description Changes the Femto Cell Information that includes Femtocell PCI index, phycellId etc for SIB4. When Making intraFreqNeighCellList in SIB4, use Femto PCI, Qoffset. That Femto Cell's Information priority is first than other neighcell information. TIMEOUT
10
Input Parameter Description Parameter
Description
Range
Unit
Default
CELL_NUM
The cell number to be changed or retrieved.
0~8
NONE
0
FA_INDEX
EUTRA frequency index. Up to 8 FAs can be assigned per cell.
0~7
NONE
0
FEMTO_PCIIN DEX
The index of femto PCI.
0~7
NONE
0
USAGE
The usage of femto PCI, qOffset
CI_no_use/CI_use/
NONE
CI_no_u se
PHY_CELL_ID
The PCI of Femto Cell
496 ~ 503
NONE
496
IND_OFFSET
The Cell Individual Offset belongs to Femto PCI
ci_dB-24/ci_dB-22/ ci_dB-20/ci_dB-18/ ci_dB-16/ci_dB-14/ ci_dB-12/ci_dB-10/ ci_dB-8/ci_dB-6/ci_dB5/ci_dB-4/ci_dB-3/ ci_dB-2/ci_dB-1/ ci_dB0/ci_dB1/ci_dB2/ ci_dB3/ci_dB4/ci_dB5/ ci_dB6/ci_dB8/ci_dB10/ ci_dB12/ci_dB14/ ci_dB16/ci_dB18/ ci_dB20/ci_dB22/ ci_dB24/
NONE
ci_dB0
814
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
LTE eNB Command Description/Ver.1.0
Parameter Q_OFFSET_C ELL
Description
Range
The qOffset belongs to Femto PCI.
ci_dB-24/ci_dB-22/ ci_dB-20/ci_dB-18/ ci_dB-16/ci_dB-14/ ci_dB-12/ci_dB-10/ ci_dB-8/ci_dB-6/ci_dB5/ci_dB-4/ci_dB-3/ ci_dB-2/ci_dB-1/ ci_dB0/ci_dB1/ci_dB2/ ci_dB3/ci_dB4/ci_dB5/ ci_dB6/ci_dB8/ci_dB10/ ci_dB12/ci_dB14/ ci_dB16/ci_dB18/ ci_dB20/ci_dB22/ ci_dB24/
Unit NONE
Default ci_dB0
Output Parameter Description CELL_NUM
The cell number to be changed or retrieved.
FA_INDEX
EUTRA frequency index. Up to 8 FAs can be assigned per cell.
FEMTO_PCIINDEX
The index of femto PCI.
USAGE
The usage of femto PCI, qOffset
PHY_CELL_ID
The PCI of Femto Cell
IND_OFFSET
The Cell Individual Offset belongs to Femto PCI
Q_OFFSET_CELL
The qOffset belongs to Femto PCI.
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
815
Command Description
C2412 CHANGE SRS NEIGHBOR CELL CONFIGURATION Command Format CHG-SRSNBR-CONF: CELL_NUM, SRS_NBR_IDX, [STATUS], [ENB_ID], [TARGET_CELL_NUM];
Command Description Change SRS configuration of SRS neighbor cell. phyCellId, clusterId, SRS pool index, groupHopping and sequenceHopping can be changed for each cell. TIMEOUT
10
Input Parameter Description Parameter
Description
Range
Unit
Default
CELL_NUM
The cell number for which the command was executed.
0~8
NONE
0
SRS_NBR_IDX
SRS neighbor cell index.
0 ~ 19
NONE
0
STATUS
The validity of the SRS neighbor cell information.
N_EQUIP/EQUIP/
NONE
N_EQUI P
ENB_ID
The eNB ID of the eNB to which SRS neighbor cell to the eNB belongs. If the enbType value is macro eNB, 20 bit of the value is eNB ID. If the enbType value is home eNB, 28 bit of the value is eNB ID. It is used when creating a cell identifier.
0 ~ 268435455
NONE
0
TARGET_CELL _NUM
The local cell ID of SRS neighbor cell to the eNB. It is used when creating a cell identifier.
0 ~ 255
NONE
0
Output Parameter Description CELL_NUM
The cell number for which the command was executed.
SRS_NBR_IDX
SRS neighbor cell index.
STATUS
The validity of the SRS neighbor cell information.
ENB_ID
The eNB ID of the eNB to which SRS neighbor cell to the eNB belongs. If the enbType value is macro eNB, 20 bit of the value
816
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
LTE eNB Command Description/Ver.1.0
is eNB ID. If the enbType value is home eNB, 28 bit of the value is eNB ID. It is used when creating a cell identifier. TARGET_CELL_NUM
The local cell ID of SRS neighbor cell to the eNB. It is used when creating a cell identifier.
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
817
Command Description
C2432 RETRIEVE PUCCH CONFIGURATION Command Format RTRV-PUCCHCONF-IDLE: [CELL_NUM];
Command Description Retrieves PUCCH idle configuration TIMEOUT
10
Input Parameter Description Parameter CELL_NUM
Description Cell index (number)
Range 0~8
Unit NONE
Defaul t 0
Output Parameter Description
818
CELL_NUM
Cell index (number)
FORCED_MODE
This parameter defines forced mode for changed value.
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
LTE eNB Command Description/Ver.1.0
C2433 CHANGE PUCCH CONFIGURATION Command Format CHG-PUCCHCONF-IDLE: CELL_NUM, [FORCED_MODE];
Command Description Changes PUCCH idle configuration TIMEOUT
10
Input Parameter Description Parameter
Description
Range
Unit
Default
CELL_NUM
Cell index (number)
0~8
NONE
0
FORCED_MOD E
This parameter defines forced mode for changed value.
False/True/
NONE
False
Output Parameter Description CELL_NUM
Cell index (number)
FORCED_MODE
This parameter defines forced mode for changed value.
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
819
Command Description
C2435 RETRIEVE UL RESOURCE CONFIGURATION Command Format RTRV-ULRESCONF-IDLE: [CELL_NUM];
Command Description Retrieve settings for PUCCH/SRS state TIMEOUT
10
Input Parameter Description Parameter CELL_NUM
Description The cell number for which the command was executed.
Range
Unit
0~8
NONE
Defaul t 8
Output Parameter Description
820
CELL_NUM
The cell number for which the command was executed.
RESOURCE_TABLE_USAGE
Whether UL resource table is used.
START_STATE_IDX
Start stateIdx
END_STATE_IDX
End stateIdx
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
LTE eNB Command Description/Ver.1.0
C2436 CHANGE UL RESOURCE CONFIGURATION Command Format CHG-ULRESCONF-IDLE: CELL_NUM, [RESOURCE_TABLE_USAGE], [START_STATE_IDX], [END_STATE_IDX];
Command Description Change settings for PUCCH/SRS state TIMEOUT
10
Input Parameter Description Parameter
Description
Range
Unit
Default
CELL_NUM
The cell number for which the command was executed.
0~8
NONE
8
RESOURCE_T ABLE_USAGE
Whether UL resource table is used.
CI_no_use/CI_use/
NONE
CI_no_u se
START_STATE _IDX
Start stateIdx
0~7
NONE
0
END_STATE_I DX
End stateIdx
0~7
NONE
2
Output Parameter Description CELL_NUM
The cell number for which the command was executed.
RESOURCE_TABLE_USAGE
Whether UL resource table is used.
START_STATE_IDX
Start stateIdx
END_STATE_IDX
End stateIdx
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
821
Command Description
C2477 RETRIEVE CELL THROUGHPUT Command Format RTRV-CELL-TP: [CELL_NUM];
Command Description This command shows Throughput status according to cell of eNB for RLC,MAC DL UL. TIMEOUT
10
Input Parameter Description Parameter CELL_NUM
Description The cell number. This value must not exceed the maximum number of cells supported by the system. It is determined by FA/Sector. For example, if the maximum capacity provided to the carrier per system is 1 FA/3 Sector, up to 3 cells are supported.
Range
Unit
0~8
NONE
Defaul t 0
Output Parameter Description CELL_NUM
The cell number. This value must not exceed the maximum number of cells supported by the system. It is determined by FA/Sector. For example, if the maximum capacity provided to the carrier per system is 1 FA/3 Sector, up to 3 cells are supported.
822
RLC_DLTP
The RLC DL throughput value of the cell.
RLC_ULTP
The RLC DL throughput value of the cell.
MAC_DLTP
The MAC DL throughput value of the cell.
MAC_ULTP
The MAC UL throughput value of the cell.
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
LTE eNB Command Description/Ver.1.0
C2480 CHANGE ACCESS BARRING PARAMETERS Command Format CHG-BAR-PARA: CELL_NUM, BARRING_STATUS_TYPE, [BARRING_SIGNAL_USAGE], [ACC_PROB_FAC_SIGNAL], [ACC_CLASS_BAR_TIME_SIGNAL], [BAR_AC11_SIGNAL], [BAR_AC12_SIGNAL], [BAR_AC13_SIGNAL], [BAR_AC14_SIGNAL], [BAR_AC15_SIGNAL], [BARRING_DATA_USAGE], [ACC_PROB_FAC_DATA], [ACC_CLASS_BAR_TIME_DATA], [BAR_AC11_DATA], [BAR_AC12_DATA], [BAR_AC13_DATA], [BAR_AC14_DATA], [BAR_AC15_DATA], [ACCESS_BARRING_EMERGENCY_CALL], [BARRING_MMTELVOICE_USAGE], [ACC_PROB_FAC_MMTELVOICE], [ACC_CLASS_BAR_TIME_MMTELVOICE], [BAR_AC11_MMTELVOICE], [BAR_AC12_MMTELVOICE], [BAR_AC13_MMTELVOICE], [BAR_AC14_MMTELVOICE], [BAR_AC15_MMTELVOICE], [BARRING_MMTELVIDEO_USAGE], [ACC_PROB_FAC_MMTELVIDEO], [ACC_CLASS_BAR_TIME_MMTELVIDEO], [BAR_AC11_MMTELVIDEO], [BAR_AC12_MMTELVIDEO], [BAR_AC13_MMTELVIDEO], [BAR_AC14_MMTELVIDEO], [BAR_AC15_MMTELVIDEO];
Command Description Changes the access barring parameters according to the CPU status in the eNB. This command changes the access barring parameters transmitted to SIB (System Information Block) 2 according to the CPU overload state. The UE controls cell access according to the access barring parameters value at service request. TIMEOUT
10
Input Parameter Description Parameter
Description
Range
Unit
Default
CELL_NUM
The cell number to be changed or retrieved.
0~8
NONE
0
BARRING_STA TUS_TYPE
The barring status to be changed or retrieved. - cpuNormal : The main board CPU is in Normal state. - cpuMinor : The main board CPU is in Minor state. - cpuMajor : The main board CPU is in Major state. - cpuCritical: The main board CPU is in Critical state. - barManual : Manual Mode
cpuNormal/cpuMinor/ cpuMajor/cpuCritical/ barManual/
NONE
cpuNormal
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
823
Command Description
Parameter
Description
BARRING_SIG NAL_USAGE
Whether to use ac-BarringforMO-Signaling of the cell in the eNB. - CI_no_use: ac-BarringforMO-Signaling is not used. UE can access the cell when attaching. - CI_use: ac-BarringforMO-Signaling is used. The UE controls cell access according to the access barring signaling parameter value.
ACC_PROB_F AC_SIGNAL
Unit
Default
CI_no_use/CI_use/
NONE
CI_no_u se
UE generates a random value (rand) between 0 and 1. If rand value less than accessProbabilityFactor, UE can access the cell; otherwise, access is not possible.
ci_p00/ci_p05/ci_p10/ ci_p15/ci_p20/ci_p25/ ci_p30/ci_p40/ci_p50/ ci_p60/ci_p70/ci_p75/ ci_p80/ci_p85/ci_p90/ ci_p95/
NONE
ci_p95
ACC_CLASS_B AR_TIME_SIG NAL
Access barring time of the cell in the eNB. UE generates a random value (rand) between 0 and 1. If rand value less than accessProbabilityFactor, UE determines that the cell is barred, and does not establish RRC connection until T305 timer terminates. The expression used to calculate T305 timer value is (0.7+0.6*rand)*acBarringTime.
ci_s4/ci_s8/ci_s16/ ci_s32/ci_s64/ci_s128/ ci_s256/ci_s512/
NONE
ci_s512
BAR_AC11_SI GNAL
Whether AC 11 (Home PLMN only if the EHPLMN list is not present; otherwise, any EHPLMN) in the eNB is barred. - False: Not barred. - True: Barred.
False/True/
NONE
False
BAR_AC12_SI GNAL
Whether AC 12 (Home PLMN and visited PLMNs of home country only. For this purpose, the home country is defined as the country of the MCC part of the IMSI) in the eNB is barred. - False: Not barred. - True: Barred.
False/True/
NONE
False
BAR_AC13_SI GNAL
Whether AC 13 (Home PLMN and visited PLMNs of home country only. For this purpose, the home country is defined as the country of the MCC part of the IMSI) in the eNB is barred. - False: Not barred. - True: Barred.
False/True/
NONE
False
BAR_AC14_SI GNAL
Whether AC 14 (Home PLMN and visited PLMNs of home country only. For this purpose, the home country is defined as the country of the MCC part of the IMSI) in the eNB is barred. - False: Not barred. - True: Barred.
False/True/
NONE
False
BAR_AC15_SI GNAL
Whether AC15 in the eNB is barred. - False: Not barred. - True: Barred.
False/True/
NONE
False
824
Range
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
LTE eNB Command Description/Ver.1.0
Parameter
Description
BARRING_DAT A_USAGE
Whether to use ac-BarringforMO-Data of the cell in the eNB. - CI_no_use: ac-BarringforMO-Data is not used. The UE can access the cell at service request. - CI_use: ac-BarringforMO-Data is used. The UE controls cell access according to the access barring data parameter value at service request.
ACC_PROB_F AC_DATA
Unit
Default
CI_no_use/CI_use/
NONE
CI_no_u se
Access probability factor of the cell in the eNB. UE generates a random value (rand) between 0 and 1. If rand less than 0, accessProbabilityFactor, UE can access the cell; otherwise, access is not possible.
ci_p00/ci_p05/ci_p10/ ci_p15/ci_p20/ci_p25/ ci_p30/ci_p40/ci_p50/ ci_p60/ci_p70/ci_p75/ ci_p80/ci_p85/ci_p90/ ci_p95/
NONE
ci_p95
ACC_CLASS_B AR_TIME_DAT A
Access barring time of the cell in the eNB. UE generates a random value (rand) between 0 and 1. If rand value less than accessProbabilityFactor, UE determines that the cell is barred, and does not establish RRC connection until T305 timer terminates. The expression used to calculate T305 timer value is (0.7+0.6*rand)*acBarringTime.
ci_s4/ci_s8/ci_s16/ ci_s32/ci_s64/ci_s128/ ci_s256/ci_s512/
NONE
ci_s512
BAR_AC11_DA TA
Whether AC 11 (Home PLMN only if the EHPLMN list is not present; otherwise, any EHPLMN) in the eNB is barred at barring data. - False: Not barred. - True: Barred.
False/True/
NONE
False
BAR_AC12_DA TA
Whether AC 12 (Home PLMN and visited PLMNs of home country only. For this purpose, the home country is defined as the country of the MCC part of the IMSI) in the eNB is barred at barring data. - False: Not barred. - True: Barred.
False/True/
NONE
False
BAR_AC13_DA TA
Whether AC 13 (Home PLMN and visited PLMNs of home country only. For this purpose, the home country is defined as the country of the MCC part of the IMSI) in the eNB is barred at barring data. - False: Not barred. - True: Barred.
False/True/
NONE
False
BAR_AC14_DA TA
Whether AC 14 (Home PLMN and visited PLMNs of home country only. For this purpose, the home country is defined as the country of the MCC part of the IMSI) in the eNB is barred at barring data. - False: Not barred. - True: Barred.
False/True/
NONE
False
BAR_AC15_DA TA
Whether AC15 in the eNB is barred. - False: Not barred. - True: Barred.
False/True/
NONE
False
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
Range
825
Command Description
Parameter
Description
ACCESS_BAR RING_EMERG ENCY_CALL
Whether to use emergency call barring for the cell in the eNB. - False: Not barred. - True: Barred.
False/True/
NONE
False
BARRING_MM TELVOICE_US AGE
Whether to use ssac-BarringForMMTELVoice of the cell in the eNB. - CI_no_use: ssac-BarringForMMTELVoice is not used. The UE can access the cell at service request. - CI_use: ssac-BarringForMMTEL-Voice is used. The UE controls cell access according to the access barring data parameter value at service request.
CI_no_use/CI_use/
NONE
CI_no_u se
ACC_PROB_F AC_MMTELVOI CE
Access probability factor of the cell in the eNB. UE generates a random value (rand) between 0 and 1. If rand less than 0, accessProbabilityFactor, UE can access the cell; otherwise, access is not possible.
ci_p00/ci_p05/ci_p10/ ci_p15/ci_p20/ci_p25/ ci_p30/ci_p40/ci_p50/ ci_p60/ci_p70/ci_p75/ ci_p80/ci_p85/ci_p90/ ci_p95/
NONE
ci_p95
ACC_CLASS_B AR_TIME_MMT ELVOICE
Access barring time of the cell in the eNB. UE generates a random value (rand) between 0 and 1. If rand value less than accessProbabilityFactor, UE determines that the cell is barred, and does not establish RRC connection until T305 timer terminates. The expression used to calculate T305 timer value is (0.7+0.6*rand)*acBarringTime.
ci_s4/ci_s8/ci_s16/ ci_s32/ci_s64/ci_s128/ ci_s256/ci_s512/
NONE
ci_s4
BAR_AC11_M MTELVOICE
Whether AC 11 (Home PLMN only if the EHPLMN list is not present; otherwise, any EHPLMN) in the eNB is barred at barring data. - False: Not barred. - True: Barred.
False/True/
NONE
False
BAR_AC12_M MTELVOICE
Whether AC 12 (Home PLMN and visited PLMNs of home country only. For this purpose, the home country is defined as the country of the MCC part of the IMSI) in the eNB is barred at barring data. - False: Not barred. - True: Barred.
False/True/
NONE
False
BAR_AC13_M MTELVOICE
Whether AC 13 (Home PLMN and visited PLMNs of home country only. For this purpose, the home country is defined as the country of the MCC part of the IMSI) in the eNB is barred at barring data. - False: Not barred. - True: Barred.
False/True/
NONE
False
826
Range
Unit
Default
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
LTE eNB Command Description/Ver.1.0
Parameter
Description
Range
Unit
Default
BAR_AC14_M MTELVOICE
Whether AC 14 (Home PLMN and visited PLMNs of home country only. For this purpose, the home country is defined as the country of the MCC part of the IMSI) in the eNB is barred at barring data. - False: Not barred. - True: Barred.
False/True/
NONE
False
BAR_AC15_M MTELVOICE
Whether AC15 in the eNB is barred. - False: Not barred. - True: Barred.
False/True/
NONE
False
BARRING_MM TELVIDEO_US AGE
Whether to use ssac-BarringForMMTELVoice of the cell in the eNB. - CI_no_use: ssac-BarringForMMTELVoice is not used. The UE can access the cell at service request. - CI_use: ssac-BarringForMMTEL-Voice is used. The UE controls cell access according to the access barring data parameter value at service request.
CI_no_use/CI_use/
NONE
CI_no_u se
ACC_PROB_F AC_MMTELVID EO
Access probability factor of the cell in the eNB. UE generates a random value (rand) between 0 and 1. If rand less than 0, accessProbabilityFactor, UE can access the cell; otherwise, access is not possible.
ci_p00/ci_p05/ci_p10/ ci_p15/ci_p20/ci_p25/ ci_p30/ci_p40/ci_p50/ ci_p60/ci_p70/ci_p75/ ci_p80/ci_p85/ci_p90/ ci_p95/
NONE
ci_p95
ACC_CLASS_B AR_TIME_MMT ELVIDEO
Access barring time of the cell in the eNB. UE generates a random value (rand) between 0 and 1. If rand value less than accessProbabilityFactor, UE determines that the cell is barred, and does not establish RRC connection until T305 timer terminates. The expression used to calculate T305 timer value is (0.7+0.6*rand)*acBarringTime.
ci_s4/ci_s8/ci_s16/ ci_s32/ci_s64/ci_s128/ ci_s256/ci_s512/
NONE
ci_s4
BAR_AC11_M MTELVIDEO
Whether AC 11 (Home PLMN only if the EHPLMN list is not present; otherwise, any EHPLMN) in the eNB is barred at barring data. - False: Not barred. - True: Barred.
False/True/
NONE
False
BAR_AC12_M MTELVIDEO
Whether AC 12 (Home PLMN and visited PLMNs of home country only. For this purpose, the home country is defined as the country of the MCC part of the IMSI) in the eNB is barred at barring data. - False: Not barred. - True: Barred.
False/True/
NONE
False
BAR_AC13_M MTELVIDEO
Whether AC 13 (Home PLMN and visited PLMNs of home country only. For this purpose, the home country is defined as the country of the MCC part of the IMSI) in the eNB is barred at barring data. - False: Not barred. - True: Barred.
False/True/
NONE
False
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
827
Command Description
Parameter
Description
Range
Unit
Default
BAR_AC14_M MTELVIDEO
Whether AC 14 (Home PLMN and visited PLMNs of home country only. For this purpose, the home country is defined as the country of the MCC part of the IMSI) in the eNB is barred at barring data. - False: Not barred. - True: Barred.
False/True/
NONE
False
BAR_AC15_M MTELVIDEO
Whether AC15 in the eNB is barred. - False: Not barred. - True: Barred.
False/True/
NONE
False
Output Parameter Description CELL_NUM
The cell number to be changed or retrieved.
BARRING_STATUS_TYPE
The barring status to be changed or retrieved.
BARRING_SIGNAL_USAGE
-
cpuNormal : The main board CPU is in Normal state.
-
cpuMinor : The main board CPU is in Minor state.
-
cpuMajor : The main board CPU is in Major state.
-
cpuCritical: The main board CPU is in Critical state.
-
barManual : Manual Mode
Whether to use ac-BarringforMO-Signaling of the cell in the eNB. -
CI_no_use: ac-BarringforMO-Signaling is not used. UE can
access the cell when attaching. - CI_use: ac-BarringforMO-Signaling is used. The UE controls
cell access according to the access barring signaling parameter value. ACC_PROB_FAC_SIGNAL
UE generates a random value (rand) between 0 and 1. If rand value less than accessProbabilityFactor, UE can access the cell; otherwise, access is not possible.
ACC_CLASS_BAR_TIME_SIGNALAccess barring time of the cell in the eNB. UE generates a random value (rand) between 0 and 1. If rand value less than accessProbabilityFactor, UE determines that the cell is barred, and does not establish RRC connection until T305 timer terminates. The expression used to calculate T305 timer value is (0.7+0.6*rand)*acBarringTime. BAR_AC11_SIGNAL
828
Whether AC 11 (Home PLMN only if the EHPLMN list is not
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
LTE eNB Command Description/Ver.1.0
present; otherwise, any EHPLMN) in the eNB is barred.
BAR_AC12_SIGNAL
-
False: Not barred.
-
True: Barred.
Whether AC 12 (Home PLMN and visited PLMNs of home country only. For this purpose, the home country is defined as the country of the MCC part of the IMSI) in the eNB is barred.
BAR_AC13_SIGNAL
-
False: Not barred.
-
True: Barred.
Whether AC 13 (Home PLMN and visited PLMNs of home country only. For this purpose, the home country is defined as the country of the MCC part of the IMSI) in the eNB is barred.
BAR_AC14_SIGNAL
-
False: Not barred.
-
True: Barred.
Whether AC 14 (Home PLMN and visited PLMNs of home country only. For this purpose, the home country is defined as the country of the MCC part of the IMSI) in the eNB is barred.
BAR_AC15_SIGNAL
BARRING_DATA_USAGE
-
False: Not barred.
-
True: Barred.
Whether AC15 in the eNB is barred. -
False: Not barred.
-
True: Barred.
Whether to use ac-BarringforMO-Data of the cell in the eNB. -
CI_no_use: ac-BarringforMO-Data is not used. The UE can
access the cell at service request. -
CI_use: ac-BarringforMO-Data is used. The UE controls cell
access according to the access barring data parameter value at service request. ACC_PROB_FAC_DATA
Access probability factor of the cell in the eNB. UE generates a random value (rand) between 0 and 1. If rand less than 0, accessProbabilityFactor, UE can access the cell; otherwise, access is not possible.
ACC_CLASS_BAR_TIME_DATA Access barring time of the cell in the eNB. UE generates a random value (rand) between 0 and 1. If rand value less than accessProbabilityFactor, UE determines that the cell is barred,
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
829
Command Description
and does not establish RRC connection until T305 timer terminates. The expression used to calculate T305 timer value is (0.7+0.6*rand)*acBarringTime. BAR_AC11_DATA
Whether AC 11 (Home PLMN only if the EHPLMN list is not present; otherwise, any EHPLMN) in the eNB is barred at barring data.
BAR_AC12_DATA
-
False: Not barred.
-
True: Barred.
Whether AC 12 (Home PLMN and visited PLMNs of home country only. For this purpose, the home country is defined as the country of the MCC part of the IMSI) in the eNB is barred at barring data.
BAR_AC13_DATA
-
False: Not barred.
-
True: Barred.
Whether AC 13 (Home PLMN and visited PLMNs of home country only. For this purpose, the home country is defined as the country of the MCC part of the IMSI) in the eNB is barred at barring data.
BAR_AC14_DATA
-
False: Not barred.
-
True: Barred.
Whether AC 14 (Home PLMN and visited PLMNs of home country only. For this purpose, the home country is defined as the country of the MCC part of the IMSI) in the eNB is barred at barring data.
BAR_AC15_DATA
-
False: Not barred.
-
True: Barred.
Whether AC15 in the eNB is barred. -
False: Not barred.
-
True: Barred.
ACCESS_BARRING_EMERGENCY_CALLWhether to use emergency call barring for the cell in the eNB. -
False: Not barred.
-
True: Barred.
BARRING_MMTELVOICE_USAGEWhether to use ssac-BarringForMMTEL-Voice of the cell in
830
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
LTE eNB Command Description/Ver.1.0
the eNB. -
CI_no_use: ssac-BarringForMMTEL-Voice is not used. The
UE can access the cell at service request. -
CI_use: ssac-BarringForMMTEL-Voice is used. The UE con-
trols cell access according to the access barring data parameter value at service request. ACC_PROB_FAC_MMTELVOICE Access probability factor of the cell in the eNB. UE generates a random value (rand) between 0 and 1. If rand less than 0, accessProbabilityFactor, UE can access the cell; otherwise, access is not possible. ACC_CLASS_BAR_TIME_MMTELVOICEAccess barring time of the cell in the eNB. UE generates a random value (rand) between 0 and 1. If rand value less than accessProbabilityFactor, UE determines that the cell is barred, and does not establish RRC connection until T305 timer terminates. The expression used to calculate T305 timer value is (0.7+0.6*rand)*acBarringTime. BAR_AC11_MMTELVOICE
Whether AC 11 (Home PLMN only if the EHPLMN list is not present; otherwise, any EHPLMN) in the eNB is barred at barring data.
BAR_AC12_MMTELVOICE
-
False: Not barred.
-
True: Barred.
Whether AC 12 (Home PLMN and visited PLMNs of home country only. For this purpose, the home country is defined as the country of the MCC part of the IMSI) in the eNB is barred at barring data.
BAR_AC13_MMTELVOICE
-
False: Not barred.
-
True: Barred.
Whether AC 13 (Home PLMN and visited PLMNs of home country only. For this purpose, the home country is defined as the country of the MCC part of the IMSI) in the eNB is barred at barring data.
BAR_AC14_MMTELVOICE
-
False: Not barred.
-
True: Barred.
Whether AC 14 (Home PLMN and visited PLMNs of home country only. For this purpose, the home country is defined as
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
831
Command Description
the country of the MCC part of the IMSI) in the eNB is barred at barring data.
BAR_AC15_MMTELVOICE
-
False: Not barred.
-
True: Barred.
Whether AC15 in the eNB is barred. -
False: Not barred.
-
True: Barred.
BARRING_MMTELVIDEO_USAGEWhether to use ssac-BarringForMMTEL-Voice of the cell in the eNB. -
CI_no_use: ssac-BarringForMMTEL-Voice is not used. The
UE can access the cell at service request. -
CI_use: ssac-BarringForMMTEL-Voice is used. The UE con-
trols cell access according to the access barring data parameter value at service request. ACC_PROB_FAC_MMTELVIDEO Access probability factor of the cell in the eNB. UE generates a random value (rand) between 0 and 1. If rand less than 0, accessProbabilityFactor, UE can access the cell; otherwise, access is not possible. ACC_CLASS_BAR_TIME_MMTELVIDEOAccess barring time of the cell in the eNB. UE generates a random value (rand) between 0 and 1. If rand value less than accessProbabilityFactor, UE determines that the cell is barred, and does not establish RRC connection until T305 timer terminates. The expression used to calculate T305 timer value is (0.7+0.6*rand)*acBarringTime. BAR_AC11_MMTELVIDEO
Whether AC 11 (Home PLMN only if the EHPLMN list is not present; otherwise, any EHPLMN) in the eNB is barred at barring data.
BAR_AC12_MMTELVIDEO
-
False: Not barred.
-
True: Barred.
Whether AC 12 (Home PLMN and visited PLMNs of home country only. For this purpose, the home country is defined as the country of the MCC part of the IMSI) in the eNB is barred at barring data.
832
-
False: Not barred.
-
True: Barred.
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
LTE eNB Command Description/Ver.1.0
BAR_AC13_MMTELVIDEO
Whether AC 13 (Home PLMN and visited PLMNs of home country only. For this purpose, the home country is defined as the country of the MCC part of the IMSI) in the eNB is barred at barring data.
BAR_AC14_MMTELVIDEO
-
False: Not barred.
-
True: Barred.
Whether AC 14 (Home PLMN and visited PLMNs of home country only. For this purpose, the home country is defined as the country of the MCC part of the IMSI) in the eNB is barred at barring data.
BAR_AC15_MMTELVIDEO
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
-
False: Not barred.
-
True: Barred.
Whether AC15 in the eNB is barred. -
False: Not barred.
-
True: Barred.
833
Command Description
C2481 RETRIEVE ACCESS BARRING PARAMETERS Command Format RTRV-BAR-PARA: [CELL_NUM], [BARRING_STATUS_TYPE];
Command Description Retrieves the access barring parameters according to state of the CPU within the eNB. This command retrieves the access barring parameters transmitted to SIB (System Information Block) 2 according to the CPU overload state. The UE controls cell access according to the access barring parameters value of SIB2 at service request. TIMEOUT
10
Input Parameter Description Parameter
Description
Range
Unit
Default
CELL_NUM
The cell number to be changed or retrieved.
0~8
NONE
0
BARRING_STA TUS_TYPE
The barring status to be changed or retrieved. - cpuNormal : The main board CPU is in Normal state. - cpuMinor : The main board CPU is in Minor state. - cpuMajor : The main board CPU is in Major state. - cpuCritical: The main board CPU is in Critical state. - barManual : Manual Mode
cpuNormal/cpuMinor/ cpuMajor/cpuCritical/ barManual/
NONE
cpuNormal
Output Parameter Description
834
CELL_NUM
The cell number to be changed or retrieved.
BARRING_STATUS_TYPE
The barring status to be changed or retrieved. -
cpuNormal : The main board CPU is in Normal state.
-
cpuMinor : The main board CPU is in Minor state.
-
cpuMajor : The main board CPU is in Major state.
-
cpuCritical: The main board CPU is in Critical state.
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
LTE eNB Command Description/Ver.1.0
-
BARRING_SIGNAL_USAGE
barManual : Manual Mode
Whether to use ac-BarringforMO-Signaling of the cell in the eNB. -
CI_no_use: ac-BarringforMO-Signaling is not used. UE can
access the cell when attaching. - CI_use: ac-BarringforMO-Signaling is used. The UE controls
cell access according to the access barring signaling parameter value. ACC_PROB_FAC_SIGNAL
UE generates a random value (rand) between 0 and 1. If rand value less than accessProbabilityFactor, UE can access the cell; otherwise, access is not possible.
ACC_CLASS_BAR_TIME_SIGNALAccess barring time of the cell in the eNB. UE generates a random value (rand) between 0 and 1. If rand value less than accessProbabilityFactor, UE determines that the cell is barred, and does not establish RRC connection until T305 timer terminates. The expression used to calculate T305 timer value is (0.7+0.6*rand)*acBarringTime. BAR_AC11_SIGNAL
Whether AC 11 (Home PLMN only if the EHPLMN list is not present; otherwise, any EHPLMN) in the eNB is barred.
BAR_AC12_SIGNAL
-
False: Not barred.
-
True: Barred.
Whether AC 12 (Home PLMN and visited PLMNs of home country only. For this purpose, the home country is defined as the country of the MCC part of the IMSI) in the eNB is barred.
BAR_AC13_SIGNAL
-
False: Not barred.
-
True: Barred.
Whether AC 13 (Home PLMN and visited PLMNs of home country only. For this purpose, the home country is defined as the country of the MCC part of the IMSI) in the eNB is barred.
BAR_AC14_SIGNAL
-
False: Not barred.
-
True: Barred.
Whether AC 14 (Home PLMN and visited PLMNs of home country only. For this purpose, the home country is defined as the country of the MCC part of the IMSI) in the eNB is barred.
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
835
Command Description
BAR_AC15_SIGNAL
BARRING_DATA_USAGE
-
False: Not barred.
-
True: Barred.
Whether AC15 in the eNB is barred. -
False: Not barred.
-
True: Barred.
Whether to use ac-BarringforMO-Data of the cell in the eNB. -
CI_no_use: ac-BarringforMO-Data is not used. The UE can
access the cell at service request. -
CI_use: ac-BarringforMO-Data is used. The UE controls cell
access according to the access barring data parameter value at service request. ACC_PROB_FAC_DATA
Access probability factor of the cell in the eNB. UE generates a random value (rand) between 0 and 1. If rand less than 0, accessProbabilityFactor, UE can access the cell; otherwise, access is not possible.
ACC_CLASS_BAR_TIME_DATA Access barring time of the cell in the eNB. UE generates a random value (rand) between 0 and 1. If rand value less than accessProbabilityFactor, UE determines that the cell is barred, and does not establish RRC connection until T305 timer terminates. The expression used to calculate T305 timer value is (0.7+0.6*rand)*acBarringTime. BAR_AC11_DATA
Whether AC 11 (Home PLMN only if the EHPLMN list is not present; otherwise, any EHPLMN) in the eNB is barred at barring data.
BAR_AC12_DATA
-
False: Not barred.
-
True: Barred.
Whether AC 12 (Home PLMN and visited PLMNs of home country only. For this purpose, the home country is defined as the country of the MCC part of the IMSI) in the eNB is barred at barring data.
BAR_AC13_DATA
-
False: Not barred.
-
True: Barred.
Whether AC 13 (Home PLMN and visited PLMNs of home country only. For this purpose, the home country is defined as
836
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
LTE eNB Command Description/Ver.1.0
the country of the MCC part of the IMSI) in the eNB is barred at barring data.
BAR_AC14_DATA
-
False: Not barred.
-
True: Barred.
Whether AC 14 (Home PLMN and visited PLMNs of home country only. For this purpose, the home country is defined as the country of the MCC part of the IMSI) in the eNB is barred at barring data.
BAR_AC15_DATA
-
False: Not barred.
-
True: Barred.
Whether AC15 in the eNB is barred. -
False: Not barred.
-
True: Barred.
ACCESS_BARRING_EMERGENCY_CALLWhether to use emergency call barring for the cell in the eNB. -
False: Not barred.
-
True: Barred.
BARRING_MMTELVOICE_USAGEWhether to use ssac-BarringForMMTEL-Voice of the cell in the eNB. -
CI_no_use: ssac-BarringForMMTEL-Voice is not used. The
UE can access the cell at service request. -
CI_use: ssac-BarringForMMTEL-Voice is used. The UE con-
trols cell access according to the access barring data parameter value at service request. ACC_PROB_FAC_MMTELVOICE Access probability factor of the cell in the eNB. UE generates a random value (rand) between 0 and 1. If rand less than 0, accessProbabilityFactor, UE can access the cell; otherwise, access is not possible. ACC_CLASS_BAR_TIME_MMTELVOICEAccess barring time of the cell in the eNB. UE generates a random value (rand) between 0 and 1. If rand value less than accessProbabilityFactor, UE determines that the cell is barred, and does not establish RRC connection until T305 timer terminates. The expression used to calculate T305 timer value is (0.7+0.6*rand)*acBarringTime.
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
837
Command Description
BAR_AC11_MMTELVOICE
Whether AC 11 (Home PLMN only if the EHPLMN list is not present; otherwise, any EHPLMN) in the eNB is barred at barring data.
BAR_AC12_MMTELVOICE
-
False: Not barred.
-
True: Barred.
Whether AC 12 (Home PLMN and visited PLMNs of home country only. For this purpose, the home country is defined as the country of the MCC part of the IMSI) in the eNB is barred at barring data.
BAR_AC13_MMTELVOICE
-
False: Not barred.
-
True: Barred.
Whether AC 13 (Home PLMN and visited PLMNs of home country only. For this purpose, the home country is defined as the country of the MCC part of the IMSI) in the eNB is barred at barring data.
BAR_AC14_MMTELVOICE
-
False: Not barred.
-
True: Barred.
Whether AC 14 (Home PLMN and visited PLMNs of home country only. For this purpose, the home country is defined as the country of the MCC part of the IMSI) in the eNB is barred at barring data.
BAR_AC15_MMTELVOICE
-
False: Not barred.
-
True: Barred.
Whether AC15 in the eNB is barred. -
False: Not barred.
-
True: Barred.
BARRING_MMTELVIDEO_USAGEWhether to use ssac-BarringForMMTEL-Voice of the cell in the eNB. -
CI_no_use: ssac-BarringForMMTEL-Voice is not used. The
UE can access the cell at service request. -
CI_use: ssac-BarringForMMTEL-Voice is used. The UE con-
trols cell access according to the access barring data parameter value at service request. ACC_PROB_FAC_MMTELVIDEO Access probability factor of the cell in the eNB. UE generates a random value (rand) between 0 and 1. If rand less than 0,
838
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
LTE eNB Command Description/Ver.1.0
accessProbabilityFactor, UE can access the cell; otherwise, access is not possible. ACC_CLASS_BAR_TIME_MMTELVIDEOAccess barring time of the cell in the eNB. UE generates a random value (rand) between 0 and 1. If rand value less than accessProbabilityFactor, UE determines that the cell is barred, and does not establish RRC connection until T305 timer terminates. The expression used to calculate T305 timer value is (0.7+0.6*rand)*acBarringTime. BAR_AC11_MMTELVIDEO
Whether AC 11 (Home PLMN only if the EHPLMN list is not present; otherwise, any EHPLMN) in the eNB is barred at barring data.
BAR_AC12_MMTELVIDEO
-
False: Not barred.
-
True: Barred.
Whether AC 12 (Home PLMN and visited PLMNs of home country only. For this purpose, the home country is defined as the country of the MCC part of the IMSI) in the eNB is barred at barring data.
BAR_AC13_MMTELVIDEO
-
False: Not barred.
-
True: Barred.
Whether AC 13 (Home PLMN and visited PLMNs of home country only. For this purpose, the home country is defined as the country of the MCC part of the IMSI) in the eNB is barred at barring data.
BAR_AC14_MMTELVIDEO
-
False: Not barred.
-
True: Barred.
Whether AC 14 (Home PLMN and visited PLMNs of home country only. For this purpose, the home country is defined as the country of the MCC part of the IMSI) in the eNB is barred at barring data.
BAR_AC15_MMTELVIDEO
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
-
False: Not barred.
-
True: Barred.
Whether AC15 in the eNB is barred. -
False: Not barred.
-
True: Barred.
839
Command Description
C2484 RETRIEVE QOS CAC QCI PARAMETER FUNCTION Command Format RTRV-QCACQ-PARA: CELL_NUM, [QCI];
Command Description Retrieves the active QoS (Quality of Service) CAC (call admission control) parameter in the eNB. QoS CAC is performed at the cell level, for QCI of each GBR bearer. Retrieves the threshold by QCI for performing QoS CAC and retrieves the threshold for determining congestion state of the active cell. TIMEOUT
10
Input Parameter Description Parameter
Description
Range
Unit
Default
CELL_NUM
CAC(Call Admission Control) based on QoS Parameters is defined.
0~8
NONE
0
QCI
QCI index. The range is from 0 to 255. The standard QCIs defined in the standard documents is 1 to 9. The user can use QCI values 0 and 10-255.
0 ~ 255
NONE
0
Output Parameter Description CELL_NUM
CAC(Call Admission Control) based on QoS Parameters is defined.
QCI
QCI index. The range is from 0 to 255. The standard QCIs defined in the standard documents is 1 to 9. The user can use QCI values 0 and 10-255.
DL_QCIUSAGE_THRESH_NORMALThe threshold of Downlink calls that can be assigned per QoS Class Identifier (QCI). It is used when a new call is requested. It is calculated as PRB percentage. When a new call is requested, if the downlink GBR PRB usage exceeds this parameter value, the QoS CAC Fail is generated.
840
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
LTE eNB Command Description/Ver.1.0
DL_QCIUSAGE_THRESH_HO
The threshold of Downlink Handover calls that can be assigned per QoS Class Identifier (QCI). It is used when a Handover call is requested. It is calculated as PRB percentage . When a Handover call is requested, if the downlink GBR PRB usage exceeds this parameter value, the QoS CAC Fail is generated.
UL_QCIUSAGE_THRESH_NORMALThe threshold of Uplink calls that can be assigned per QoS Class Identifier (QCI). It is used when a new call is requested. It is calculated as PRB fpercentage. When a new call is requested, if the uplink GBR PRB usage exceeds this parameter value, the QoS CAC Fail is generated. UL_QCIUSAGE_THRESH_HO
The threshold of Uplink Handover calls that can be assigned per QoS Class Identifier (QCI). It is used when a Handover call is requested. It is calculated as PRB percentage . When a Handover call is requested, if the uplink GBR PRB usage exceeds this parameter value, the QoS CAC Fail is generated.
UNIT_USAGE_MANUAL
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
The value of PRB usage that can be caltuated manually.
841
Command Description
C2485 CHANGE QOS CAC QCI PARAMETER FUNCTION Command Format CHG-QCACQ-PARA: CELL_NUM, QCI, [DL_QCIUSAGE_THRESH_NORMAL], [DL_QCIUSAGE_THRESH_HO], [UL_QCIUSAGE_THRESH_NORMAL], [UL_QCIUSAGE_THRESH_HO], [UNIT_USAGE_MANUAL];
Command Description Changes the active QoS (Quality of Service) CAC (call admission control) parameter in the eNB. QoS CAC is performed at the cell level, for QCI of each GBR bearer. Changes the threshold by QCI for performing QoS CAC and retrieves the threshold for determining congestion state of the active cell. TIMEOUT
10
Input Parameter Description Parameter
Description
Range
Unit
Default
CELL_NUM
CAC(Call Admission Control) based on QoS Parameters is defined.
0~8
NONE
0
QCI
QCI index. The range is from 0 to 255. The standard QCIs defined in the standard documents is 1 to 9. The user can use QCI values 0 and 10-255.
0 ~ 255
NONE
0
DL_QCIUSAGE _THRESH_NO RMAL
The threshold of Downlink calls that can be assigned per QoS Class Identifier (QCI). It is used when a new call is requested. It is calculated as PRB percentage. When a new call is requested, if the downlink GBR PRB usage exceeds this parameter value, the QoS CAC Fail is generated.
0 ~ 100
%
80
DL_QCIUSAGE _THRESH_HO
The threshold of Downlink Handover calls that can be assigned per QoS Class Identifier (QCI). It is used when a Handover call is requested. It is calculated as PRB percentage . When a Handover call is requested, if the downlink GBR PRB usage exceeds this parameter value, the QoS CAC Fail is generated.
0 ~ 100
%
100
842
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
LTE eNB Command Description/Ver.1.0
Parameter
Description
Range
Unit
Default
UL_QCIUSAGE _THRESH_NO RMAL
The threshold of Uplink calls that can be assigned per QoS Class Identifier (QCI). It is used when a new call is requested. It is calculated as PRB fpercentage. When a new call is requested, if the uplink GBR PRB usage exceeds this parameter value, the QoS CAC Fail is generated.
0 ~ 100
%
80
UL_QCIUSAGE _THRESH_HO
The threshold of Uplink Handover calls that can be assigned per QoS Class Identifier (QCI). It is used when a Handover call is requested. It is calculated as PRB percentage . When a Handover call is requested, if the uplink GBR PRB usage exceeds this parameter value, the QoS CAC Fail is generated.
0 ~ 100
%
100
UNIT_USAGE_ MANUAL
The value of PRB usage that can be caltuated manually.
0.000000 ~ 100.000
NONE
0.00000 0
Output Parameter Description CELL_NUM
CAC(Call Admission Control) based on QoS Parameters is defined.
QCI
QCI index. The range is from 0 to 255. The standard QCIs defined in the standard documents is 1 to 9. The user can use QCI values 0 and 10-255.
DL_QCIUSAGE_THRESH_NORMALThe threshold of Downlink calls that can be assigned per QoS Class Identifier (QCI). It is used when a new call is requested. It is calculated as PRB percentage. When a new call is requested, if the downlink GBR PRB usage exceeds this parameter value, the QoS CAC Fail is generated. DL_QCIUSAGE_THRESH_HO
The threshold of Downlink Handover calls that can be assigned per QoS Class Identifier (QCI). It is used when a Handover call is requested. It is calculated as PRB percentage . When a Handover call is requested, if the downlink GBR PRB usage exceeds this parameter value, the QoS CAC Fail is generated.
UL_QCIUSAGE_THRESH_NORMALThe threshold of Uplink calls that can be assigned per QoS Class Identifier (QCI). It is used when a new call is requested. It is calculated as PRB fpercentage. When a new call is requested, if the uplink GBR PRB usage exceeds this parameter value, the QoS CAC Fail is generated.
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
843
Command Description
UL_QCIUSAGE_THRESH_HO
The threshold of Uplink Handover calls that can be assigned per QoS Class Identifier (QCI). It is used when a Handover call is requested. It is calculated as PRB percentage . When a Handover call is requested, if the uplink GBR PRB usage exceeds this parameter value, the QoS CAC Fail is generated.
UNIT_USAGE_MANUAL
844
The value of PRB usage that can be caltuated manually.
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
LTE eNB Command Description/Ver.1.0
C2495 RETRIEVE CHANNELCARD UE COUNT Command Format RTRV-CC-UECNT: [CC_ID];
Command Description Retrieves the number of UE that is connected to the Channelcard. This command number of Active UE of RRC Establishment cause and HO (Handover) is separated by a command to query. TIMEOUT
10
Input Parameter Description Parameter CC_ID
Description The ID of the channel card (unique within the system).
Range 0~2
Unit NONE
Defaul t 0
Output Parameter Description CC_ID
The ID of the channel card (unique within the system).
ACTIVE_UECOUNT
The number of calls assigned to the channelcard.
EMER_AC_UECOUNT
It is emergency access UE count.
H_PRIORITY_AC_UECOUNT
It is high priority access UE count.
M_TERM_AC_UECOUNT
It is mobile terminating access UE count.
M_ORG_SIGNAL_AC_UECOUNT It is mobile originating signalling access UE count. M_ORG_DATA_AC_UECOUNT
It is mobile originating data access UE count.
RELOCATE_HOCOUNT
It is relocated handover count.
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
845
Command Description
C2499 RETRIEVE ENB INFORMATION Command Format RTRV-ENB-INF;
Command Description Retrieves the basic information of the eNB. The user can retrieve the information whether the eNB is a macro eNB or a Home eNB, the representative PLMN of the eNB, eNB ID, SCTP port, and capacity of the backhaul link. TIMEOUT
10
Input Parameter Description No input parameter.
Output Parameter Description ENB_TYPE
This parameter defines eNB Type ( Macro eNB(0). Home eNB(1) )
ENB_MCC
This parameter defines the Representative PMNN's MCC information
ENB_MNC
This parameter defines the Representative PMNN's MNC information
ENB_ID
This parameter defines eNB ID ( Macro eNB : BIT STRING(20), Home eNB : BIT STRING(28) )
SCTP_PORT_NUM_S1
The port number to be used in SCTP association configuration for S1AP with the MME. (The port number is fixed at 36412. SCTP association is possible only when the port value is the same as SCTP of the MME.)
SCTP_PORT_NUM_X2
The port number to be used in SCTP association configuration for X2AP with the neighbor eNB. (The port number is fixed at 36422. SCTP association is possible only when the port value is the same as SCTP of the neighbor eNB.)
846
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
LTE eNB Command Description/Ver.1.0
BH_LINK_CAPACITY
Total backhaul link capacity of the eNB (in Kbps, 0-10G, default 1G).
DL_CRS_PORT_COUNT
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
This parameter defines Downlink CRS Port Count
847
Command Description
C2516 RETRIEVE RRH CONFIGURATION Command Format RTRV-RRH-CONF: [CONNECT_BOARD_ID], [CONNECT_PORT_ID], [CASCADE_RRH_ID];
Command Description Retrieves the configuration information of RRH which is a remote RF unit. This information can be retrieved by entering the board ID, port ID, or cascade ID connected to the RRH according to the RRH ID scheme. If a board ID is entered but not a port ID and a cascade ID, the configuration information for all RRHs in the board ID is displayed. If a board ID and a port ID are entered but not a cascade ID, the configuration information for all RRHs in the board ID and port ID is displayed. The user can retrieve the RRH mounting status in the PLD, the cells supported by the RRH, the RRH location, the maximum output value and the alarm threshold value. TIMEOUT
10
Input Parameter Description Parameter
Description
CONNECT_BO ARD_ID
The ID of the channel card connected to the RRH. For example, if the RRH is connected to ECP #1, CONNECT_BOARD_ID is 1. The user can enter the CONNECT_BOARD_ID parameter value to retrieve the ID of the RRH connected to the channel card.
0~2
NONE
0
CONNECT_PO RT_ID
The port ID of the channel card connected to the RRH. For example, if the RRH is connected to channel card port #1, CONNECT_PORT_ID is 1. The user can enter the CONNECT_PORT_ID parameter value to retrieve the ID of the RRH connected to the channel card port.
0 ~ 11
NONE
0
CASCADE_RR H_ID
The cascade ID of the channel card port connected to the RRH. For example, if the RRH is the first RRH in the cascade connection, CASCADE_RRH_ID is 0, and if the RRH is the second RRH in the cascade connection, CASCADE_RRH_ID is 1. The user can enter the CASCADE_RRH_ID parameter value to retrieve the ID of the RRH connected to the cascade of the channel card port.
0~2
NONE
0
848
Range
Unit
Default
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
LTE eNB Command Description/Ver.1.0
Output Parameter Description CONNECT_BOARD_ID
The ID of the channel card connected to the RRH. For example, if the RRH is connected to ECP #1, CONNECT_BOARD_ID is 1. The user can enter the CONNECT_BOARD_ID parameter value to retrieve the ID of the RRH connected to the channel card.
CONNECT_PORT_ID
The port ID of the channel card connected to the RRH. For example, if the RRH is connected to channel card port #1, CONNECT_PORT_ID is 1. The user can enter the CONNECT_PORT_ID parameter value to retrieve the ID of the RRH connected to the channel card port.
CASCADE_RRH_ID
The cascade ID of the channel card port connected to the RRH. For example, if the RRH is the first RRH in the cascade connection, CASCADE_RRH_ID is 0, and if the RRH is the second RRH in the cascade connection, CASCADE_RRH_ID is 1. The user can enter the CASCADE_RRH_ID parameter value to retrieve the ID of the RRH connected to the cascade of the channel card port.
STATUS
The mounting status of the RRH in the PLD, which is a remote RF unit. -
EQUIP: Indicates that the unit is mounted on the PLD and
available in the system. -
N_EQUIP: Indicates that the unit is unmounted on the PLD
and unavailable in the system. BOARD_TYPE
It is RRH board type.
CELL_NUM
The cell number serviced by the RRH.
PSU_STATUS
The mounting status in the PLD for the PSU which is a power supply unit of the RRH. -
EQUIP: Indicates that the unit is mounted on the PLD and
available in the system. -
N_EQUIP: Indicates that the unit is unmounted on the PLD
and unavailable in the system. USER_LABEL
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
An additional system name given by the user.
849
Command Description
LATITUDE
The latitude of the RRH location. (A BBB:CC:DD.DDD : A : hemisphere. N or S , BBB : degree. 0~90, CC : minutes. 0~59, DD.DDD : milliseconds. 00.000~59.999)
LONGITUDE
The longitude of the RRH location. (A BBB:CC:DD.DDD : A : hemisphere. E or W, BBB : degree. 0~180, CC : minutes. 0~59, DD.DDD : milliseconds. 00.000~59.999)
HEIGHT
The altitude of the RRH location. (AAAA.AAm : AAAA.AA : water elevation. -9999.99m
~ 9999.99m, Unit is m. ex) 53.85m)
DL_ANT_AZIMUTH
The antenna azimuth of the RRH downlink.
DL_ANT_BEAMWIDTH
It is antenna beamwidth for downlink.
DL_MAX_TX_POWER
The maximum output power of the RRH downlink.
TX_ATTEN
The Tx attenuation for the RRH.
RX_ATTEN
The Rx attenuation for the RRH.
TX_DELAY
The Tx time buffer for delay compensation between RRH and DU.
RX_DELAY
The Rx time buffer for delay compensation between RRH and DU.
OVER_PWR_ALARM_TH
The over-power alarm threshold used by the RRH for detecting over power alarms.
LOW_PWR_ALARM_TH
The low power alarm threshold used by the RRH for detecting low power alarms.
850
TX_PATH_A
The set value used by RRH to control Tx Path A FA signals.
TX_PATH_B
The set value used by RRH to control Tx Path B FA signals.
RX_PATH_A
The set value used by RRH to control Rx Path A FA signals.
RX_PATH_B
The set value used by RRH to control Rx Path B FA signals.
CLOCK_ADVANCE_RPT
The clock advance value required by the RIU output line and
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
LTE eNB Command Description/Ver.1.0
the repeater. VSWR_FAIL_ALARM_THR
The VSWR failure alarm threshold used by the RRH for detecting VSWR alarms.
RSSI_HIGH_ALARM_TH
The RSSI too high alarm threshold.
RSSI_LOW_ALARM_TH
The RSSI too low alarm threshold.
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
851
Command Description
C2517 CHANGE RRH CONFIGURATION Command Format CHG-RRH-CONF: CONNECT_BOARD_ID, CONNECT_PORT_ID, CASCADE_RRH_ID, [STATUS], [BOARD_TYPE], [PSU_STATUS], [USER_LABEL], [LATITUDE], [LONGITUDE], [HEIGHT], [DL_ANT_AZIMUTH], [DL_ANT_BEAMWIDTH], [TX_ATTEN], [RX_ATTEN], [TX_DELAY], [RX_DELAY], [OVER_PWR_ALARM_TH], [LOW_PWR_ALARM_TH], [TX_PATH_A], [TX_PATH_B], [RX_PATH_A], [RX_PATH_B], [CLOCK_ADVANCE_RPT], [VSWR_FAIL_ALARM_THR], [RSSI_HIGH_ALARM_TH], [RSSI_LOW_ALARM_TH];
Command Description Changes the RRH grow/degrow and configuration information. The user can enter the CONNECT_BOARD_ID, CONNECT_PORT_ID, CASCADE_RRH_ID parameter values to select the RRH to be changed. To manage the PSU connected to the RRH in the system, the user can use this command to set the PSU_STATUS parameter to EQUIP to grow the PSU. Reversely, PSU_STATUS can be changed to N_EQUIP to degrow the PSU. The user can name the RRH in USER_LABEL. The user also can set the latitude, longitude and altitude in LATITUDE, LONGITUDE, and HEIGHT; the downlink antenna azimuth in DL_ANT_AZIMUTH; the Tx and Rx attenuation values for each path in TX_ATTEN and RX_ATTEN respectively; the RRH Tx/Rx delay values in TX_DELAY and RX_DELAY; the VSWR alarm, OVER PWR alarm and LOW PWR alarm thresholds in VSWR_SHUT_ALARM_TH, OVER_PWR_ALARM_TH, and LOW_PWR_ALARM_TH; the FA information for each path by toggling TX_PATH_A, TX_PATH_B, TX_PATH_C, TX_PATH_D, RX_PATH_A, RX_PATH_B, RX_PATH_C, or RX_PATH_D on/off. TIMEOUT
10
Input Parameter Description Parameter
Description
CONNECT_BO ARD_ID
The ID of the channel card connected to the RRH. For example, if the RRH is connected to ECP #1, CONNECT_BOARD_ID is 1. The user can enter the CONNECT_BOARD_ID parameter value to retrieve the ID of the RRH connected to the channel card.
852
Range 0~2
Unit NONE
Default 0
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
LTE eNB Command Description/Ver.1.0
Parameter
Description
CONNECT_PO RT_ID
The port ID of the channel card connected to the RRH. For example, if the RRH is connected to channel card port #1, CONNECT_PORT_ID is 1. The user can enter the CONNECT_PORT_ID parameter value to retrieve the ID of the RRH connected to the channel card port.
0 ~ 11
NONE
0
CASCADE_RR H_ID
The cascade ID of the channel card port connected to the RRH. For example, if the RRH is the first RRH in the cascade connection, CASCADE_RRH_ID is 0, and if the RRH is the second RRH in the cascade connection, CASCADE_RRH_ID is 1. The user can enter the CASCADE_RRH_ID parameter value to retrieve the ID of the RRH connected to the cascade of the channel card port.
0~2
NONE
0
STATUS
The mounting status of the RRH in the PLD, which is a remote RF unit. - EQUIP: Indicates that the unit is mounted on the PLD and available in the system. - N_EQUIP: Indicates that the unit is unmounted on the PLD and unavailable in the system.
N_EQUIP/EQUIP/
NONE
N_EQUI P
BOARD_TYPE
It is RRH board type.
RRH_T1/RRH_T2/RIU/ RRH_W4T3/RIU_T2/ RRH_W1/
NONE
RRH_T 2
PSU_STATUS
The mounting status in the PLD for the PSU which is a power supply unit of the RRH. - EQUIP: Indicates that the unit is mounted on the PLD and available in the system. - N_EQUIP: Indicates that the unit is unmounted on the PLD and unavailable in the system.
N_EQUIP/EQUIP/
NONE
N_EQUI P
USER_LABEL
An additional system name given by the user.
96
NONE
-
LATITUDE
The latitude of the RRH location. (A BBB:CC:DD.DDD : A : hemisphere. N or S , BBB : degree. 0~90, CC : minutes. 0~59, DD.DDD : milliseconds. 00.000~59.999)
20
NONE
N 000:00: 00.000
LONGITUDE
The longitude of the RRH location. (A BBB:CC:DD.DDD : A : hemisphere. E or W, BBB : degree. 0~180, CC : minutes. 0~59, DD.DDD : milliseconds. 00.000~59.999)
20
NONE
E 000:00: 00.000
HEIGHT
The altitude of the RRH location. (AAAA.AAm : AAAA.AA : water elevation. -9999.99m ~ 9999.99m, Unit is m. ex) 53.85m)
20
m
0000.00 m
DL_ANT_AZIM UTH
The antenna azimuth of the RRH downlink.
-1 ~ 3600
0.1degr ee
-1
DL_ANT_BEA MWIDTH
It is antenna beamwidth for downlink.
0 ~ 3600
0.1degr ee
700
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
Range
Unit
Default
853
Command Description
Parameter
Description
Range
Unit
Default
TX_ATTEN
The Tx attenuation for the RRH.
1
0.1dB
0
RX_ATTEN
The Rx attenuation for the RRH.
1
0.1dB
0
TX_DELAY
The Tx time buffer for delay compensation between RRH and DU.
0 ~ 200000
ns
137875
RX_DELAY
The Rx time buffer for delay compensation between RRH and DU.
0 ~ 200000
ns
137875
OVER_PWR_A LARM_TH
The over-power alarm threshold used by the RRH for detecting over power alarms.
10000 ~ 540000
x 1000
18022
LOW_PWR_AL ARM_TH
The low power alarm threshold used by the RRH for detecting low power alarms.
1 ~ 1000
x 1000
169
TX_PATH_A
The set value used by RRH to control Tx Path A FA signals.
1
NONE
0
TX_PATH_B
The set value used by RRH to control Tx Path B FA signals.
1
NONE
0
RX_PATH_A
The set value used by RRH to control Rx Path A FA signals.
1
NONE
0
RX_PATH_B
The set value used by RRH to control Rx Path B FA signals.
1
NONE
0
CLOCK_ADVA NCE_RPT
The clock advance value required by the RIU output line and the repeater.
0 ~ 100000
ns
50000
VSWR_FAIL_A LARM_THR
The VSWR failure alarm threshold used by the RRH for detecting VSWR alarms.
30 ~ 100
0.1dB
60
RSSI_HIGH_AL ARM_TH
The RSSI too high alarm threshold.
-1280 ~ -440
0.1dBm
-440
RSSI_LOW_AL ARM_TH
The RSSI too low alarm threshold.
-1280 ~ -440
0.1dBm
-1280
Output Parameter Description CONNECT_BOARD_ID
The ID of the channel card connected to the RRH. For example, if the RRH is connected to ECP #1, CONNECT_BOARD_ID is 1. The user can enter the CONNECT_BOARD_ID parameter value to retrieve the ID of the RRH connected to the channel card.
CONNECT_PORT_ID
The port ID of the channel card connected to the RRH. For example, if the RRH is connected to channel card port #1, CONNECT_PORT_ID is 1. The user can enter the CONNECT_PORT_ID parameter value to retrieve the ID of the RRH connected to the channel card port.
CASCADE_RRH_ID
The cascade ID of the channel card port connected to the RRH. For example, if the RRH is the first RRH in the cascade connec-
854
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
LTE eNB Command Description/Ver.1.0
tion, CASCADE_RRH_ID is 0, and if the RRH is the second RRH in the cascade connection, CASCADE_RRH_ID is 1. The user can enter the CASCADE_RRH_ID parameter value to retrieve the ID of the RRH connected to the cascade of the channel card port. STATUS
The mounting status of the RRH in the PLD, which is a remote RF unit. -
EQUIP: Indicates that the unit is mounted on the PLD and
available in the system. -
N_EQUIP: Indicates that the unit is unmounted on the PLD
and unavailable in the system. BOARD_TYPE
It is RRH board type.
PSU_STATUS
The mounting status in the PLD for the PSU which is a power supply unit of the RRH. -
EQUIP: Indicates that the unit is mounted on the PLD and
available in the system. -
N_EQUIP: Indicates that the unit is unmounted on the PLD
and unavailable in the system. USER_LABEL
An additional system name given by the user.
LATITUDE
The latitude of the RRH location. (A BBB:CC:DD.DDD : A : hemisphere. N or S , BBB : degree. 0~90, CC : minutes. 0~59, DD.DDD : milliseconds. 00.000~59.999)
LONGITUDE
The longitude of the RRH location. (A BBB:CC:DD.DDD : A : hemisphere. E or W, BBB : degree. 0~180, CC : minutes. 0~59, DD.DDD : milliseconds. 00.000~59.999)
HEIGHT
The altitude of the RRH location. (AAAA.AAm : AAAA.AA : water elevation. -9999.99m
~ 9999.99m, Unit is m. ex) 53.85m)
DL_ANT_AZIMUTH
The antenna azimuth of the RRH downlink.
DL_ANT_BEAMWIDTH
It is antenna beamwidth for downlink.
TX_ATTEN
The Tx attenuation for the RRH.
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
855
Command Description
RX_ATTEN
The Rx attenuation for the RRH.
TX_DELAY
The Tx time buffer for delay compensation between RRH and DU.
RX_DELAY
The Rx time buffer for delay compensation between RRH and DU.
OVER_PWR_ALARM_TH
The over-power alarm threshold used by the RRH for detecting over power alarms.
LOW_PWR_ALARM_TH
The low power alarm threshold used by the RRH for detecting low power alarms.
TX_PATH_A
The set value used by RRH to control Tx Path A FA signals.
TX_PATH_B
The set value used by RRH to control Tx Path B FA signals.
RX_PATH_A
The set value used by RRH to control Rx Path A FA signals.
RX_PATH_B
The set value used by RRH to control Rx Path B FA signals.
CLOCK_ADVANCE_RPT
The clock advance value required by the RIU output line and the repeater.
VSWR_FAIL_ALARM_THR
The VSWR failure alarm threshold used by the RRH for detecting VSWR alarms.
856
RSSI_HIGH_ALARM_TH
The RSSI too high alarm threshold.
RSSI_LOW_ALARM_TH
The RSSI too low alarm threshold.
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
LTE eNB Command Description/Ver.1.0
C2518 RETRIEVE DURU PORT CONFIGURATION Command Format RTRV-DURUPT-CONF: [BOARDID], [PORT_ID];
Command Description Retrieves the port configuration information of the channel card (board) by channel card and port. If a board ID or port ID is not entered, the configuration information for all ports is retrieved. If a board ID is entered but not a port ID, the configuration information for all ports within the board ID entered is retrieved. TIMEOUT
10
Input Parameter Description Parameter
Description
Range
Unit
Default
BOARDID
The unique board ID of the board type in the system
0~2
NONE
0
PORT_ID
The unique port ID in Board ID
0 ~ 11
NONE
0
Output Parameter Description BOARDID
The unique board ID of the board type in the system
PORT_ID
The unique port ID in Board ID
STATUS
The mounting information in the PLD. -
EQUIP: Indicates that the unit is mounted on the PLD and
available in the system. -
N_EQUIP: Indicates that the unit is unmounted on the PLD
and unavailable in the system. CONNECT_RU_TYPE
The type of the RF unit connected to the board ID and port ID. (Use CONNECT_RRH to retrieve it if the RRH is connected to the port.)
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
857
Command Description
C2530 RETRIEVE SYSTEM STATE/STATUS Command Format RTRV-SYS-STS;
Command Description Retrieves the system's operational state. Displays whether the system's operational status is Enable or Disable and whether calls are assigned (Act), calls cannot be assigned (Busy) or no calls are assigned (Idle). This command also retrieves the number of calls if the system is in the Act or Busy state. The number of calls in the Idle state is 0. The system information reflects all cells. TIMEOUT
10
Input Parameter Description No input parameter.
Output Parameter Description OPERATIONAL_STATE
USAGE_STATE
The system's operational state. -
enable: One or more cells are available to assign calls.
-
disable: No cells are available to assign calls.
The current state of the system. -
act: There are one or more cells where calls are assigned.
- busy: All resources of the system are already allocated and no
more calls can be assigned. -
idle: No calls are assigned to the system (If
OPERATIONAL_STATE of the system is disable, USAGE_STATE is also idle).
858
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
LTE eNB Command Description/Ver.1.0
C2531 RETRIEVE CELL STATE/STATUS Command Format RTRV-CELL-STS: [CELL_NUM];
Command Description Displays whether the cell's operational status is Enable or Disable and whether calls are assigned (Act), calls cannot be assigned (Busy) or no calls are assigned (Idle). This command also retrieves the number of calls if the cell is in the Act or Busy state. The number of calls in the Idle state is 0. TIMEOUT
10
Input Parameter Description Parameter CELL_NUM
Description
Range
The cell number. This value must not exceed the maximum number of cells supported by the system. It is determined by FA/Sector. For example, if the maximum capacity provided to the carrier per system is 1 FA/3 Sector, up to 3 cells are supported.
0~8
Unit NONE
Defaul t 0
Output Parameter Description CELL_NUM
The cell number. This value must not exceed the maximum number of cells supported by the system. It is determined by FA/Sector. For example, if the maximum capacity provided to the carrier per system is 1 FA/3 Sector, up to 3 cells are supported.
OPERATIONAL_STATE
The operational state of the cell after it is set up. -
enable: Calls can be assigned to the cell.
-
disable: Calls cannot be assigned to the cell because it is not
set up yet. USAGE_STATE
The current state of the cell. -
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
act: One or more calls are assigned to the cell.
859
Command Description
-
busy: All resources of the cell are already allocated and no
more calls can be assigned. -
idle: No calls are assigned to the cell (If
OPERATIONAL_STATE of the cell is disable, USAGE_STATE is also idle).
860
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
LTE eNB Command Description/Ver.1.0
C2533 RETRIEVE CELL DATA Command Format RTRV-CELL-DATA: [CELL_NUM];
Command Description Retrieves the data of the cells provided by the system. The user can enter CELL_NUM to select a cell to be retrieved.The user can retrieve the cell's sectorMode. TIMEOUT
10
Input Parameter Description Parameter CELL_NUM
Description The cell number. This value must not exceed the maximum number of cells supported by the system. It is determined by FA/Sector. For example, if the maximum capacity provided to the carrier per system is 1 FA/3 Sector, up to 3 cells are supported.
Range 0~8
Unit NONE
Defaul t 0
Output Parameter Description CELL_NUM
The cell number. This value must not exceed the maximum number of cells supported by the system. It is determined by FA/Sector. For example, if the maximum capacity provided to the carrier per system is 1 FA/3 Sector, up to 3 cells are supported.
SECTOR_MODE
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
It is SectorMode
861
Command Description
C2608 RETRIEVE REMOTE DEVICE USER DEFINED ALARM DATA Command Format RTRV-RDUDA-DATA: [CONNECT_BOARD_ID], [CONNECT_PORT_ID], [CASCADE_ID], [PORT_ID];
Command Description Retrieve the Remote Device UDA Configuration. TIMEOUT
10
Input Parameter Description Parameter
Description
Range
Unit
Default
CONNECT_BO ARD_ID
It is board ID that UDA is connected.
0~2
NONE
0
CONNECT_PO RT_ID
It is port ID that UDA is connected.
0 ~ 11
NONE
0
CASCADE_ID
It is cascade ID of UDA.
0~2
NONE
0
PORT_ID
Port ID for detect UDA Alarm.
0~2
NONE
0
Output Parameter Description CONNECT_BOARD_ID
It is board ID that UDA is connected.
CONNECT_PORT_ID
It is port ID that UDA is connected.
CASCADE_ID
It is cascade ID of UDA.
PORT_ID
Port ID for detect UDA Alarm.
STATUS
The equip status of input port. The input port can be unequipped or equipped.
ALARM_NAME
User-defined alarm name
SEVERITY
Alarm severity. Supported severities are critical, major, minor, warning.
862
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
LTE eNB Command Description/Ver.1.0
C2609 CHANGE REMOTE DEVICE USER DEFINED ALARM DATA Command Format CHG-RDUDA-DATA: CONNECT_BOARD_ID, CONNECT_PORT_ID, CASCADE_ID, PORT_ID, [STATUS], [ALARM_NAME], [SEVERITY];
Command Description Change the Remote Device UDA Configuration. TIMEOUT
10
Input Parameter Description Parameter
Description
Range
Unit
Default
CONNECT_BO ARD_ID
It is board ID that UDA is connected.
0~2
NONE
0
CONNECT_PO RT_ID
It is port ID that UDA is connected.
0 ~ 11
NONE
0
CASCADE_ID
It is cascade ID of UDA.
0~2
NONE
0
PORT_ID
Port ID for detect UDA Alarm.
0~2
NONE
0
STATUS
The equip status of input port. The input port can be unequipped or equipped.
N_EQUIP/EQUIP/
NONE
NONE
ALARM_NAME
User-defined alarm name
64
NONE
-
SEVERITY
Alarm severity. Supported severities are critical, major, minor, warning.
critical/major/minor/ warning/
NONE
NONE
Output Parameter Description CONNECT_BOARD_ID
It is board ID that UDA is connected.
CONNECT_PORT_ID
It is port ID that UDA is connected.
CASCADE_ID
It is cascade ID of UDA.
PORT_ID
Port ID for detect UDA Alarm.
STATUS
The equip status of input port. The input port can be unequipped or equipped.
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
863
Command Description
ALARM_NAME
User-defined alarm name
SEVERITY
Alarm severity. Supported severities are critical, major, minor, warning.
864
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
LTE eNB Command Description/Ver.1.0
C2614 RETRIEVE REMOTE DEVICE ALARM INHIBITION CONFIGURATION Command Format RTRV-RDALM-INH: UNIT_TYPE, CONNECT_BD_ID, CONNECT_PORT_ID, CASCADE_ID, [ALARM_TYPE];
Command Description Retrieve the remote device alarm inhibition configuration information TIMEOUT
30
Input Parameter Description Parameter
Description
Range
Unit
Default
UNIT_TYPE
It is unit type.
RRH/PSU/
NONE
RRH
CONNECT_BD _ID
This field indicates the connected board ID of remote device.
0~2
NONE
0
CONNECT_PO RT_ID
This field indicates the connected port ID of remote device.
0 ~ 11
NONE
0
CASCADE_ID
This field indicates the cascade ID.
0~2
NONE
0
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
865
Command Description
Parameter ALARM_TYPE
Description
Range
This field indicates alarm type that can be inhibited.
COMMUNICATION_FA IL/CLOCK_FAIL/ CPRI_FAIL/ OPTIC_TRANSCEIVE R_RX_LOS/ OPTIC_TRANSCEIVE R_TX_FAULT/ DC_INPUT_FAIL/DISABLED/ FUNCTION_FAIL/ LNA_FAIL/LOW_GAIN/ LOW_POWER/ OVER_POWER/ VSWR_FAIL/ TEMPERATURE_HIGH /RSSI_HIGH/ RSSI_LOW/UDA/ RECTIFIER_AC_INPU T_FAIL/ RECTIFIER_BATTERY _DISCHARGE/ RECTIFIER_BATTERY _DISCONNECT/ RECTIFIER_COMMUN ICATION_FAIL/ RECTIFIER_DC_OVE R_CURRENT/ RECTIFIER_DOOR_O PEN/ RECTIFIER_HEATER_ FAIL/ RECTIFIER_MODULE _FAIL/ RECTIFIER_OUTPUT_ VOLTAGE_HIGH/ RECTIFIER_OUTPUT_ VOLTAGE_LOW/ HW_TYPE_MISMATC H/
Unit
Default
NONE
COMMUNIC ATION_ FAIL
Output Parameter Description
866
UNIT_TYPE
This field indicates the connected board ID of remote Device.
CONNECT_BD_ID
This field indicates the connected board ID of remote device.
CONNECT_PORT_ID
This field indicates the connected port ID of remote device.
CASCADE_ID
This field indicates the cascade ID.
ALARM_TYPE
This field indicates alarm type that can be inhibited.
ALARM_CODE
This field indicates alarm code that can be inhibited.
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
LTE eNB Command Description/Ver.1.0
INHIBIT_STATUS
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
This field indiccates the inhibit status of alarm.
867
Command Description
C2615 CHANGE REMOTE DEVICE ALARM INHIBITION CONFIGURATION Command Format CHG-RDALM-INH: [UNIT_TYPE], [CONNECT_BD_ID], [CONNECT_PORT_ID], [CASCADE_ID], [ALARM_TYPE], INHIBIT_STATUS;
Command Description Change the remote device alarm inhibition configuration information. TIMEOUT
30
Input Parameter Description Parameter
Description
Range
Unit
Default
UNIT_TYPE
It is unit type
RRH/PSU/
NONE
RRH
CONNECT_BD _ID
It is the connected board ID of remote device.
0~2
NONE
0
CONNECT_PO RT_ID
It is the connected port ID of remote device.
0 ~ 11
NONE
0
CASCADE_ID
It is cascade ID.
0~2
NONE
0
868
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
LTE eNB Command Description/Ver.1.0
Parameter
Description
Range
Unit
Default
ALARM_TYPE
This field describes an alarm type that can be inhibited.
COMMUNICATION_FA IL/CLOCK_FAIL/ CPRI_FAIL/ OPTIC_TRANSCEIVE R_RX_LOS/ OPTIC_TRANSCEIVE R_TX_FAULT/ DC_INPUT_FAIL/DISABLED/ FUNCTION_FAIL/ LNA_FAIL/LOW_GAIN/ LOW_POWER/ OVER_POWER/ VSWR_FAIL/ TEMPERATURE_HIGH /RSSI_HIGH/ RSSI_LOW/UDA/ RECTIFIER_AC_INPU T_FAIL/ RECTIFIER_BATTERY _DISCHARGE/ RECTIFIER_BATTERY _DISCONNECT/ RECTIFIER_COMMUN ICATION_FAIL/ RECTIFIER_DC_OVE R_CURRENT/ RECTIFIER_DOOR_O PEN/ RECTIFIER_HEATER_ FAIL/ RECTIFIER_MODULE _FAIL/ RECTIFIER_OUTPUT_ VOLTAGE_HIGH/ RECTIFIER_OUTPUT_ VOLTAGE_LOW/ HW_TYPE_MISMATC H/
NONE
COMMUNIC ATION_ FAIL
INHIBIT_STAT US
This field describes a status inhibited of an alarm.
ALLOW/INHIBIT/
NONE
ALLOW
Output Parameter Description No output parameter.
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
869
Command Description
C2632 RETRIEVE RRH STATUS Command Format RTRV-RRH-STS: [CONNECT_BOARD_ID], [CONNECT_PORT_ID], [CASCADE_RRH_ID], [PATH_ID];
Command Description Retireves the RRH state. This command retrieves where the RRH connected, the operational state, path state, FW mode, alarm threshold and others. TIMEOUT
20
Input Parameter Description Parameter
Description
Range
Unit
Default
CONNECT_BO ARD_ID
It is board ID that RRH is connected.
0~2
NONE
0
CONNECT_PO RT_ID
It is port ID that RRH is connected.
0 ~ 11
NONE
0
CASCADE_RR H_ID
It is cascade ID of RRH.
0~2
NONE
0
PATH_ID
It is path ID of RRH.
0~1
NONE
0
Output Parameter Description CONNECT_BOARD_ID
It is board ID that RRH is connected.
CONNECT_PORT_ID
It is port ID that RRH is connected.
CASCADE_RRH_ID
It is cascade ID of RRH.
PATH_ID
It is path ID of RRH.
OPERATIONAL_STATE
It is operational state of a resource.
PATH_STATE
It is operational state of a path.
FW_MODE
It is current mode of the FW image.(0 : user mode, 1 : factory mode)
870
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
LTE eNB Command Description/Ver.1.0
NUM_OF_FA
It is number of FA.
MAP_OF_FA0
It is mapping of FA0.
FA0_ON_OFF
It is FA0 On/Off .
FA0_CH_BANDWIDTH
It is FA0 channel bandwith.
FA0_TX_EARFCN
It is FA0 TX EARFCN(E-UTRA Absolute Radio Frequency Channel Number).
FA0_RX_EARFCN
It is FA0 RX EARFCN(E-UTRA Absolute Radio Frequency Channel Number).
OPTIC_DELAY
It is optic delay.
TX_DELAY
It is TX delay.
RX_DELAY
It is RX delay.
LOOPBACK
It is loopback on/off.
TX_ON_OFF
It is TX On/Off configuration.
TX_CONTROL
It is TX enable/disable configuration for path.
RX_ON_OFF
It is RX On/Off configuration.
TEMP
It is temperature.
TX_RF_POWER
It is TX RF Power.
RETURN_LOSS
It is Return Loss.
FA0_RSSI
It is FA0 RSSI.
FA0_RSSI_IQ_LEVEL
It is FA0 RSSI Digital IQ level.
FA0_TSSI_IQ_LEVEL
It is FA0 TSSI Digital IQ level.
FA0_TX_ATTEN
It is FA0 TX attenuation.
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
871
Command Description
C2635 RETRIEVE GPSR STATUS Command Format RTRV-GPS-STS;
Command Description Retrieves the state information of the GPS. The information retrieved includes the GPS antenna delay value, electronic frequency control value, FFOM value, hold over state, GPS ID (GPS identifier), GPS locking state, location (latitude, longitude, altitude), number of satellites traced, list of satellites traced, TFOM value, and TOD (time of day). TIMEOUT
10
Input Parameter Description No input parameter.
Output Parameter Description LOCK_STATE
It is locking status.
HOLDOVER_STATE
It is holdover status.
TOD
It is TOD(Time Of Day).
POS
It is location information(latitude, longitude, altitude(height)).
TFOM
It is Time Figure Of Merit.
ANT_DLY
It is GPS Anternna Delay in seconds.
SAT_C
It is number of satellites being tracked.
SAT_N
It is list of all satellites being tracked.
EFC
It is electronic frequency control value.
TINT
It is Difference or timing shift between the SmartClock 1PPS and GPS 1 PPS signals.
872
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
LTE eNB Command Description/Ver.1.0
FFOM
It is Frequency Figure Of Merit.
IDN
It is identification(Vendor name, Product part number, Product serial number, F/W version, H/W revision).
SAT_ID
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
It is satellite ID string including S/N.
873
Command Description
C2637 RETRIEVE S1 STATUS Command Format RTRV-S1-STS: [MME_INDEX];
Command Description Retrieves the state information of the S1 interface. The S1 interface is responsible for connecting the MME (mobility management entity) in the center of the system to the eNB. The S1 interface exchanges signals with the MME to exchange the OAM (operation and management) information required for supporting mobility of the UE. This command retrieves the MME ID, SCTP (Stream Control Transmission Protocol) state, and S1 interface state (S1AP_STATE). TIMEOUT
10
Input Parameter Description Parameter MME_INDEX
Description It is index of MME.
Range 0 ~ 15
Unit NONE
Defaul t 0
Output Parameter Description MME_INDEX
It is index of MME.
MME_ID
It is ID of MME.
SCTP_STATE
It is SCTP state.
S1AP_STATE
It is interface state.
MME_NAME
It is MME Name
IP_VER
The IP address version of the MME. Either IPv4 or IPv6 is assigned.
MME_IP_V4
Information on the IPV4 address of the MME. This parameter value is valid only if the IP_VER parameter is set to IPv4. It is not used if the IP_VER parameter is set to IPv6
874
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
LTE eNB Command Description/Ver.1.0
MME_IP_V6
Information on the IPV6 address of the eNB. This parameter value is valid only if the IP_VER parameter is set to IPv6. It is not used if the IP_VER parameter is set to IPv4.
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
875
Command Description
C2639 RETRIEVE PRB USAGE Command Format RTRV-PRB-USG: [CELL_NUM];
Command Description Retrieves usage rate of the PRB (physical resource block). The user can retrieve total uplink usage, usage per QCI (QoS class identifier), and total downlink usage for PRBs of each cell. TIMEOUT
10
Input Parameter Description Parameter CELL_NUM
Description
Range
It is cell number.
0~8
Unit NONE
Default 0
Output Parameter Description CELL_NUM
876
It is cell number.
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
LTE eNB Command Description/Ver.1.0
C2644 RETRIEVE PSU STATUS Command Format RTRV-PSU-STS: [CONNECT_BOARD_ID], [CONNECT_PORT_ID], [CASCADE_PSU_ID];
Command Description Inquire PSU status. The result shows PSU operation state, AC/DC input Voltage/Current value, temperature, module, battery state and etc. TIMEOUT
10
Input Parameter Description Parameter
Description
Range
Unit
Default
CONNECT_BO ARD_ID
It is board ID that PSU is connected.
0~2
NONE
0
CONNECT_PO RT_ID
It is port ID that PSU is connected.
0 ~ 11
NONE
0
CASCADE_PS U_ID
It is cascade ID of PSU.
0~2
NONE
0
Output Parameter Description CONNECT_BOARD_ID
It is board ID that PSU is connected.
CONNECT_PORT_ID
It is port ID that PSU is connected.
CASCADE_PSU_ID
It is cascade ID of PSU.
OPERATIONAL_STATE
It is operational state of a resource.
AC_IN_VOLTAGE_R
It is AC input voltage(R).
AC_IN_VOLTAGE_S
It is AC input voltage(S).
AC_IN_VOLTAGE_T
It is AC input voltage(T).
DC_IN_VOLTAGE
It is DC input voltage.
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
877
Command Description
878
DC_IN_CURRENT
It is DC input current.
RECT_DESCRIPTION
It is rectifier description.
RECT_TEMPERATURE
It is rectifier temperature.
MODULE_STATE
It is module state.
BATT_RESIDUAL_RATE
It is battery residual rate.
BATT_RESIDUAL_VOLTAGE
It is battery residual voltage.
BATT_TEST_STATE
It is battery test state.
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
LTE eNB Command Description/Ver.1.0
C2647 RETRIEVE X2 STATUS Command Format RTRV-X2-STS: [NBR_ENB_INDEX];
Command Description Retrieves the state information of the X2 interface. The X2 interface is responsible for providing a direct path of communication with eNBs of other cells in the system. The X2 interface facilitates exchange of signals and the load indicator information between eNBs for fast handover and the information required for self-optimization. This command retrieves the neighbor eNB ID, SCTP (Stream Control Transmission Protocol) state (SCTP_STATE), and X2 interface state (IF_STATE). TIMEOUT
10
Input Parameter Description Parameter NBR_ENB_INDEX
Description It is index of neighbor eNB.
Range 0 ~ 255
Unit NONE
Defaul t 0
Output Parameter Description NBR_ENB_INDEX
It is index of neighbor eNB.
NBR_ENB_ID
It is ID of neighbor eNB.
SCTP_STATE
It is operational state.
X2AP_STATE
It is interface state.
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
879
Command Description
C2803 RETRIEVE CELL COMMON CHANNEL STATE Command Format RTRV-CCCH-STS: [CELL_NUM];
Command Description This command supports function that confirm Cell's common channel state. Operator can confirm following article. - PBCH's normalcy/abnormality. - PDCCH's normalcy/abnormality. - PDCCH USAGE. -PUCCH USAGE. -RS DL USAGE TIMEOUT
10
Input Parameter Description Parameter CELL_NUM
Description
Range
The Number of the cell on which to retrieve common channel state.
Unit
0~8
NONE
Defaul t 0
Output Parameter Description CELL_NUM
Cell Number to request common channel state
PBCH_STATUS
Cell Pbch(Physical Broadcast Channel) Status. -normal -
PDCCH_STATUS
abnormal: Pbch status is abnormal.
Cell Pdcch(Physical Downlink Control Channel) Status. -normal -
PDCCH_USAGE
: Pbch status is normal.
: Pdcch status is normal.
abnormal: Pdcch status is abnormal.
Among PDCCH(Physical Downlink Control Channel) resource, average abundance of population that allocate to
880
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
LTE eNB Command Description/Ver.1.0
UE(%) PUCCH_USAGE
Among PUCCH(Physical Uplink Control Channel) resource, average abundance of population that allocate to UE(%)
RS_DL_USAGE
Among PDSCH(Physical Downlink Shared Channel) resource, average abundance of population that allocate in Reference Signal transfer(%)
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
881
Command Description
C2808 RETRIEVE TX POWER ONLINE TEST RESULT Command Format RTRV-TXPWR-RSLT: TI_ID, [RESULT_ID];
Command Description Retrieves the Tx power online test results. It retrieves the results of the Tx power tests performed by the test schedule added by the CHG-TEST-LIST command. Each test item ID (TI_ID) can have up to 30 results. Lower the result ID, the more recent the results are. Even when the online test scheduler is added, if the actual test has not been performed, the result retrieval returns NO_DATA with NOK processing. The online test results are saved only after the actual test is executed. If the test is interrupted by PAUSE_ONLINE, for example, the result is not updated. TIMEOUT
10
Input Parameter Description Parameter
Description
Range
Unit
Default
TI_ID
The ID for identifying the information added for Tx power online test. Up to 10 can be added. TI_ID defines the detailed execution method of the Tx power online test(TEST_ID). This is set by the user in advance.
0~9
NONE
0
RESULT_ID
The result ID in which order the Tx power online test result is saved after the test is executed. The smaller the result ID, the more recent the result is. Each ID can have up to 30 results. If more than 30 online tests are performed, the oldest data is deleted first.
0 ~ 29
NONE
0
Output Parameter Description TI_ID
The ID for identifying the information added for Tx power tests.
RESULT_ID
The result ID in which order the Tx power online test result is saved after the test is executed. The smaller the result ID, the more recent the result is. (Each ID can have up to 30 results. If
882
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
LTE eNB Command Description/Ver.1.0
more than 30 online tests are performed, the oldest data is deleted first.) TIME_STAMP
The execution time of the Tx power online test.
BD_ID
The board ID connected to the RRH on which the Tx power test is to performed. (The eNB system works with the RRH through the CPRI port of the ECP board.)
PORT_ID
The port ID connected to the RRH on which the Tx power test is to performed. (The eNB system works with the RRH through the CPRI port of the ECP board.)
CASCADE_ID
The cascade ID of the RRH on which the Tx power test is to be performed. (The cascade ID of the RRH connected directly to the ECP board is 0, with increments by 1.)
ERROR_REASON
The error reason if the Tx power test result is NOK.
DL_PATH_CNT UL_PATH_CNT POWER_0
Path 0 power value of the RRH.
POWER_1
Path 1 power value of the RRH.
POWER_STATE_0
Path 0 output state of the RRH.
POWER_STATE_1
-
RF_PWR_ABNORMAL: The RF output is 0 or less.
-
RF_PWR_NORMAL: The RF output is normal.
-
NOT_USE: Not use path.
Path 1 output state of the RRH. -
RF_PWR_ABNORMAL: The RF output is 0 or less.
-
RF_PWR_NORMAL: The RF output is normal.
-
NOT_USE: Not use path.
FA0_RSSI_0
The 1st carrier RSSI level of RRH path 0 (Unit:dBm)
FA0_RSSI_1
The 1st carrier RSSI level of RRH path 1 (Unit:dBm)
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
883
Command Description
C2809 TERMINATE ONGOING TEST Command Format TERM-TEST: INVOCATION_ID;
Command Description Terminates the on-going test in the eNB. Note that this command is not used for terminating online tests because the CHG-TEST-LIST command can be used for terminating the active scheduler. MON-TEST can be used for retrieving the active commands and their invocation IDs, and then the invocation IDs can be used for terminating the active commands. TIMEOUT
10
Input Parameter Description Parameter INVOCATION_ID
Description The ID assigned when the command is executed in the LSM or the CLI. At the time the command is executed, the smallest number among the invocation IDs managed by the TM is assigned. When TERM-TEST is performed, the command for the invocation ID is terminated and the command termination is notified by the EMS.
Range 0 ~ 128
Unit NONE
Defaul t 0
Output Parameter Description No output parameter.
884
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
LTE eNB Command Description/Ver.1.0
C2811 EXECUTE BER TEST Command Format TEST-BER: BD_TYPE, BD_ID, PORT_ID, [CASCADE_ID], BD_ID, PORT_ID, BD_ID, PORT_ID, UNIT_ID, FPGA_ID, [ITERATION], [INTERVAL];
Command Description Performs the BER (Bit Error Rate) on-demand test on the DU-RU CPRI section. The BER test checks the error rate by calculating the BIP (Bit Interleaved Parity) at the CPRI port of the channel card. When the TEST_LB command starts successfully, the user can check the on-demand test result and the Event notification. The test is performed for the iteration count over the interval time (min) and the error count accumulates until the test is complete. TIMEOUT
10
Input Parameter Description Parameter
Description
Range
Unit
Default
BD_TYPE
The type of the target board on which the BER test is to be performed.
ECP/RRH/
NONE
ECP
BD_ID
The board ID connected to the CPRI port of the DU and the Target Board to be tested.
0~2
NONE
0
PORT_ID
The CPRI port ID on which the BER test to be performed.
0 ~ 11
NONE
0
CASCADE_ID
The cascade ID for the RRH with the cascade connection on which the BER test is to be performed. The test is performed for the cascade RRH. The cascade ID is activated only when RRH is selected for BD_TYPE. The cascade ID is assigned at the time of PAU (RRH) growth.
0~2
NONE
0
BD_ID
The board ID connected to the CPRI port of the DU and the Target Board to be tested.
0~2
NONE
0
PORT_ID
The CPRI port ID on which the BER test to be performed.
0 ~ 11
NONE
0
BD_ID
The board ID connected to the CPRI port of the DU and the Target Board to be tested.
0~2
NONE
0
PORT_ID
The CPRI port ID on which the BER test to be performed.
0 ~ 11
NONE
0
UNIT_ID
It carries ID of IIU to be tested
0~1
NONE
0
FPGA_ID
It carries ID of IIU to be tested
0~2
NONE
0
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
885
Command Description
Parameter
Description
Range
Unit
Default
ITERATION
The iteration count for the BER test. A value between 1 and 30 can be entered for iteration.
1 ~ 30
NONE
1
INTERVAL
The BER test interval. A value between 1 and 60 (minutes) can be entered for test interval.
1 ~ 60
NONE
1
Output Parameter Description No output parameter.
886
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
LTE eNB Command Description/Ver.1.0
C2814 EXECUTE LOOPBACK TEST Command Format TEST-LB: BD_ID, PORT_ID, [CASCADE_ID], TYPE;
Command Description Performs the on-demand test on DU-PAU loopback. The DU-PAU loopback test transmits packets from the CPRI port of the channel card to the PAU, receives a response, and compares it against the packets transmitted to check the optical link for any problems. Before executing the loopback command, the target cell must be in Lock state. (Loopback cannot be performed when running services.) The cell state can be retrieved from the 'Cell Management' window in the LSM. If the cell is in Unlock state, it must be changed to Lock before performing the test. When the TEST_LB command starts successfully, the user can check the on-demand test result and the notification in the 'Event' window of the LSM CLI. TIMEOUT
10
Input Parameter Description Parameter
Description
Range
Unit
Default
BD_ID
The board ID connected to the CPRI port of the DU and the RU to be tested. The board ID of the ECP mounted on Slot #1 is 0. Additional ECP boards can be expanded on Slot #2, Slot #3 and so on as the board ID increases sequentially.
0~2
NONE
0
PORT_ID
The CPRI port of the DU and the RU to be tested. The port ID value can be from 0 to 5 or from 0 to 11 depending on the ECP board type.
0 ~ 11
NONE
0
CASCADE_ID
The cascade ID for the RRH with the cascade connection between the DU and the RU to be tested. The section up to the cascade RRH is tested. The cascade ID is assigned at the time of PAU (RRH) growth. If the cascade ID is 0, the ECP. -RRH_0 section is tested. If 1 or greater, the ECP. -RRH_0 - RRH_n section is tested for loopback.
0~2
NONE
0
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
887
Command Description
Parameter TYPE
Description The loopback type to be tested. The available loopback types are DU_MGT, RU_MGT, and RU_MAPPER. - DU_MGT: Packets are looped back at the MGT in the FPGA of the DU, which converts the CPRI frame into the physical signal. - RU_MGT: Packets are looped back at the MGT in the FPGA of the RRH, which, in the reverse order of the DU_MGT, converts the physical signal into the CPRI frame. - RU_MAPPER: Packets are looped back at the MAPPER in the FPGA of the RRH, which converts the CPRI signal into the I/Q signal.
Range DU_MGT/RU_MGT/ RU_MAPPER/
Unit
Default
NONE
DU_MG T
Output Parameter Description No output parameter.
888
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
LTE eNB Command Description/Ver.1.0
C2815 EXECUTE MODEL TEST Command Format TEST-MODEL: CELL_NUM, MODEL_ID;
Command Description Performs the conformance test by artificially generating traffic and then measuring output properties. The DU (DSP) specifies the property items defined in the standard (E-UTRA test models) for RF property tests and then the RF outputs are tested on the DSP. The model test can be performed or terminated using the following commands:. -TEST-MODEL: Performs the model test for a specific cell/subcell. - MON-TEST: Retrieves the state of the on-going test. - TERM-TEST: Terminates the on-going test. TIMEOUT
10
Input Parameter Description Parameter
Description
Range
Unit
Default
CELL_NUM
The cell number for which the model test is to be performed.
0~8
NONE
0
MODEL_ID
The ID of the property item defined in the standard for performing the model test. The following test types are available. The signals defined in LTE TS 36.141 are transmitted to the eNB output according to the type selected. - ETM_1_1: Refer to Section 6.1.1.1 of TS 36.141. - ETM_1_2: Refer to Section 6.1.1.2 of TS 36.141. - ETM_2: Refer to Section 6.1.1.3 of TS 36.141. - ETM_3_1: Refer to Section 6.1.1.4 of TS 36.141. - ETM_3_2: Refer to Section 6.1.1.5 of TS 36.141. - ETM_3_3: Refer to Section 6.1.1.6 of TS 36.141. - ETM_1_1_TA: ETM_1_1 applied 2 ant port to timing alignment test
ETM_1_1/ETM_1_2/ ETM_2/ETM_3_1/ ETM_3_2/ETM_3_3/ ETM_1_1_TA/
NONE
E_TM_1 _1
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
889
Command Description
Output Parameter Description No output parameter.
890
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
LTE eNB Command Description/Ver.1.0
C2816 EXECUTE OCNS TEST Command Format TEST-OCNS: CELL_NUM, MODULATION, CELL_LOAD;
Command Description Sets virtual calls to generate the signals necessary for the eNB's cell planning and wireless environment analysis of the forward link. The OCNS (orthogonal channel noise simulator) can be set or cleared using the following commands:.. -TEST-OCNS: Sets the OCNS for a specific cell/subcell. - MON-TEST: Retrieves the state of the on-going test. - TERM-TEST: Terminates the on-going test. TIMEOUT
10
Input Parameter Description Parameter
Description
Range
Unit
Default
CELL_NUM
The cell number for which the OCNS is to be set.
0~8
NONE
0
MODULATION
The modulation type. Available modulation types are QPSK, 16QAM and 64QAM.
QPSK/QAM_16/ QAM_64/
NONE
QPSK
CELL_LOAD
The load ratio for the cell on which the OCNS is set. The range is between 0% and 100% in intervals of 10. If 100, the maximum noise load is used.
PORTION_0/ PORTION_10/ PORTION_20/ PORTION_30/ PORTION_40/ PORTION_50/ PORTION_60/ PORTION_70/ PORTION_80/ PORTION_90/ PORTION_100/
NONE
PORTI ON_0
Output Parameter Description No output parameter.
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
891
Command Description
C2817 EXECUTE OPTIC DATA TEST Command Format TEST-OPT-DATA: BD_ID, PORT_ID;
Command Description Status for the optical link between DU and RU. The optical link information for the first RRH section on the DU port is obtained by the DU FPGA, and the RRH with the cascade connection is processed by sending the request message and receiving its response. TIMEOUT
10
Input Parameter Description Parameter
Description
Range
Unit
Default
BD_ID
The ID of the board connected to the optical link to be tested.
0~2
NONE
0
PORT_ID
The ID of the port connected to the optical link to be tested.
0 ~ 11
NONE
0
Output Parameter Description No output parameter.
892
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
LTE eNB Command Description/Ver.1.0
C2818 MEASURE THE CELL TRANSMITTED POWER Command Format TEST-TXPWR: BD_ID, PORT_ID, CASCADE_ID;
Command Description Performs the on-demand test on Tx power. T x power test measures the transmission power strength of the power amplifier unit (PAU). During the Tx power test, the user can test the Tx path of the PAU by measuring the Tx RF power and the RSSI. The measuring point is the PAU output line, where the RF power is checked and the normal operation status is reported to the user. When the command starts successfully, the user can check the on-demand test result and the notification (NOTIFY TEST RESULT) in the 'Event' tab of the LSM CLI. The test result is returned as NOK when:. -The cell tested is in 'Lock' state and the Tx output is off. - At least one of the operating paths of the PAU is abnormal (The number of operating paths can be checked by 'PATH_CNT' in result notification). - The PAU is grown in the configuration but is not operating correctly because it is disconnected or powered off. If the test result is NOK:. -Check whether the PAU is correctly connected and powered on. - Check whether the cell is in 'Unlock' state. - Check the alarm state of the PAU. - Check whether the PAU is in the Tx Enable, Tx On or Fa On state. TIMEOUT
10
Input Parameter Description Parameter
Description
Range
Unit
Default
BD_ID
The ID of the board connected to the target PAU on which to perform the Tx power test. The board ID of the channel card starts from 0 at Slot_1 and increases in sequence as the channel card grows.
0~2
NONE
0
PORT_ID
The port ID of the board connected to the target PAU on which to perform the Tx power test. The port IDs are assigned in sequence from the left.
0 ~ 11
NONE
0
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
893
Command Description
Parameter CASCADE_ID
Description The cascade ID connected to the port of the board connected to the target PAU on which to perform the Tx power test. The cascade ID is assigned at the time of PAU growth.
Range 0~2
Unit NONE
Default 0
Output Parameter Description No output parameter.
894
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
LTE eNB Command Description/Ver.1.0
C2819 MEASURE THE ANTENNA VSWR Command Format TEST-VSWR: BD_ID, PORT_ID, CASCADE_ID;
Command Description Performs the on-demand test on VSWR. The VSWR (voltage standing wave ratio) test measures return loss at the output line antenna of the PAU (power amplifier unit) RRH. During the VSWR test, the user can check the matching state of the antenna by measuring the return loss (can be converted into VSWR) at the final output line of the PAU. During the VSWR test, the return loss is measured for each path of the PAU and the test results are reported to the user. Since the power reflected is smaller than the input power, the return loss is always indicated as a negative (-) value in dB. However, since this is a ratio measurement, the value is normally indicated as an absolute value. The VSWR test compares the Tx RF power and the RF power reflected off the antenna. A measurement can be taken only when the Tx RF power is above a certain level. When the command starts successfully, the user can check the on-demand test result and the notification (NOTIFY TEST RESULT) in the 'Event' tab of the LSM CLI. The test result is returned as NOK when:. -The cell tested is in 'Lock' state and the Tx output is off. - At least one of the operating paths of the PAU is abnormal. (The number of operating paths can be checked by 'PATH_CNT' in result notification.). - The PAU is grown in the configuration but is not operating correctly because it is disconnected or powered off. If the test result is NOK:. - Check whether the PAU is correctly connected and powered on. - Check whether the RF power output is normal. (Check whether the cell is in 'Unlock' state.). - Check whether the antenna connection is normal. TIMEOUT
10
Input Parameter Description Parameter
Description
Range
Unit
Default
BD_ID
The port ID of the board connected to the target PAU (RRH) on which to perform the VSWR test. The board ID of the channel card starts from 0 at Slot_1 and increases in sequence as the channel card grows.
0~2
NONE
0
PORT_ID
The ID of the board connected to the target PAU (RRH) on which to perform the VSWR test. The port IDs are assigned in sequence from the left.
0 ~ 11
NONE
0
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
895
Command Description
Parameter CASCADE_ID
Description The cascade ID connected to the port of the board connected to the target PAU (RRH) on which to perform the VSWR test. The cascade ID is assigned at the time of PAU (RRH) growth.
Range 0~2
Unit NONE
Default 0
Output Parameter Description No output parameter.
896
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
LTE eNB Command Description/Ver.1.0
C2821 CHANGE TX POWER ONLINE TEST INFORMATION Command Format CHG-TXPWR-INF: TI_ID, [BOARD_ID], [PORT_ID], [CASCADE_ID];
Command Description Sets or changes the test item ID (TI_ID) referenced during the Tx power online test. The test item ID can set or change the parameter information used as a reference by the Tx power command. Up to 10 test items can be added. TIMEOUT
10
Input Parameter Description Parameter
Description
Range
Unit
Default
TI_ID
The ID for identifying the information added for Tx Power Online Test. Up to 10 can be added. TI_ID defines the detailed execution method of the Tx Power Online Test (TEST_ID). This is set by the user in advance.
0~9
NONE
0
BOARD_ID
The board ID.
0~2
NONE
0
PORT_ID
The port ID connected to the RRH on which the Tx power test is to performed. (The eNB system works with the RRH through the CPRI port of the ECP board.)
0 ~ 11
NONE
0
CASCADE_ID
The cascade ID of the RRH on which the Tx power test is to be performed. The cascade ID of the RRH connected directly to the ECP board is 0, with increments by 1.
0~2
NONE
0
Output Parameter Description TI_ID
The ID for identifying the information added for online Tx power tests.
BOARD_ID
The board ID.
PORT_ID
The port ID connected to the RRH on which the Tx power test is to performed. (The eNB system works with the RRH through
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
897
Command Description
the CPRI port of the ECP board.) CASCADE_ID
The cascade ID of the RRH on which the Tx power test is to be performed. (The cascade ID of the RRH connected directly to the ECP board is 0, with increments by 1).
898
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
LTE eNB Command Description/Ver.1.0
C2822 RETRIEVE TX POWER ONLINE TEST INFORMATION Command Format RTRV-TXPWR-INF: [TI_ID];
Command Description Retrieves the test item ID (TI_ID) referenced during the Tx power online test. The test item ID provides the parameter information used as a reference by the Tx power command. Entering a TI_ID value displays the information corresponding to TI_ID. If none is entered, information for all (10) test items is retrieved. TIMEOUT
10
Input Parameter Description Parameter TI_ID
Description The ID for identifying the information added for Tx Power Online Test. Up to 10 can be added. TI_ID defines the detailed execution method of the Tx Power Online Test (TEST_ID). This is set by the user in advance.
Range 0~9
Unit NONE
Defaul t 0
Output Parameter Description TI_ID
The ID for identifying the information added for online internal ping tests.
BOARD_ID
The board ID.
PORT_ID
The port ID connected to the RRH on which the Tx power test is to be performed.
CASCADE_ID
The cascade ID of the RRH on which the Tx power test is to be performed.
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
899
Command Description
C2862 CHANGE SON ANR FUNCTION SCHEDULES Command Format CHG-ANR-SCHED: CELL_NUM, [ANR_STATE], [DAY], [HOUR], [MINUTE], [PERIOD], [UE_PROPORTION_UTRAN];
Command Description Changes the schedule of SON ANR-specific Operation by the cell. TIMEOUT
10
Input Parameter Description Parameter
Description
Range
Unit
Default
CELL_NUM
The cell number to be changed.
0~8
NONE
0
ANR_STATE
Control the schedule for ANR-specific Operation. - anrSuspend: The ANR-specific Operation by the schedule is not operated. - anrActive: The ANR-specific Operation by the schedule is operated.
anrSuspend/anrActive/
NONE
anrSuspend
DAY
Day of the Week for ANR-specific Operation by the schedule
Sunday/Monday/Tuesday/Wednesday/Thursday/Friday/Saturday/ Everyday/
NONE
Sunday
HOUR
Hour for ANR-specific Operation by the schedule
Hour_0/Hour_1/ Hour_2/Hour_3/ Hour_4/Hour_5/ Hour_6/Hour_7/ Hour_8/Hour_9/ Hour_10/Hour_11/ Hour_12/Hour_13/ Hour_14/Hour_15/ Hour_16/Hour_17/ Hour_18/Hour_19/ Hour_20/Hour_21/ Hour_22/Hour_23/ Everyhour/
NONE
Hour_0
MINUTE
Minute for ANR-specific Operation by the schedule
0 ~ 59
NONE
0
PERIOD
Period for ANR-specific Operation by the schedule (Unit: Minute)
1 ~ 30
MIN
1
900
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
LTE eNB Command Description/Ver.1.0
Parameter UE_PROPORTI ON_UTRAN
Description
Range
Proportion of UE Selection for measurement of UTRAN neighbors during ANRspecific Operation by the schedule
0.000 ~ 1.000
Unit NONE
Default 0.000
Output Parameter Description CELL_NUM
The cell number to be changed.
ANR_STATE
Control the schedule for ANR-specific Operation. -
anrSuspend: The ANR-specific Operation by the schedule is
not operated. -
anrActive: The ANR-specific Operation by the schedule is
operated. DAY
Day of the Week for ANR-specific Operation by the schedule
HOUR
Hour for ANR-specific Operation by the schedule
MINUTE
Minute for ANR-specific Operation by the schedule
PERIOD
Period for ANR-specific Operation by the schedule (Unit: Minute)
UE_PROPORTION_UTRAN
Proportion of UE Selection for measurement of UTRAN neighbors during ANR-specific Operation by the schedule
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
901
Command Description
C2863 RETRIEVE SON ANR FUNCTION SCHEDULES Command Format RTRV-ANR-SCHED: [CELL_NUM];
Command Description Retrieves the schedule of SON ANR-specific Operation by the cell. TIMEOUT
10
Input Parameter Description Parameter CELL_NUM
Description
Range
The cell number to be changed.
0~8
Unit NONE
Defaul t 0
Output Parameter Description CELL_NUM
The cell number to be changed.
ANR_STATE
Control the schedule for ANR-specific Operation. -
anrSuspend: The ANR-specific Operation by the schedule is
not operated. -
anrActive: The ANR-specific Operation by the schedule is
operated. DAY
Day of the Week for ANR-specific Operation by the schedule
HOUR
Hour for ANR-specific Operation by the schedule
MINUTE
Minute for ANR-specific Operation by the schedule
PERIOD
Period for ANR-specific Operation by the schedule (Unit: Minute)
UE_PROPORTION_UTRAN
Proportion of UE Selection for measurement of UTRAN neighbors during ANR-specific Operation by the schedule
902
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd.
LTE eNB
Command Description_SLR2.3 ©2012 Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd. All rights reserved. Information in this manual is proprietary to SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd. No information contained here may be copied, translated, transcribed or duplicated by any form without the prior written consent of SAMSUNG. Information in this manual is subject to change without notice.
View more...
Comments
